What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie?

Welcome To "Exploring Tartaria", where we will explore the Old World Pt. 9 through the lens that we are looking back on the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ! This is not and I'am not a Hollywood Studio. ( She Did A Great Job Everyone) I explain that "Tartaria" was the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ, and that we live at the end of the post-Millennial "Little Season". Thank you to everyone who has researched Tartaria, from lot's forums, and other info. Now let's gain even more knowledge and wisdom by understanding that we are looking back at the Millennial Kingdom! There are so many incredible things to discover. I believe you will enjoy looking at the relics of our past even more with this understanding! Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets I got over what I refer to as the "dual timelines" and go into a little detail about how they relate to each other. I try not to bore you with too many examples and technical details, but hopefully you get the idea! I also go over a few of the more major questions that you may have from Part I. There are some other more pertinent questions that I did not include, such as what is the "Rapture", and what was the Mudflood. I will throw out my theory on the Mudflood down the line. As far as the "Rapture" goes, please re-read 1 Thessolonians 4:17, and you tell me! Could the mortals at the end of the Kingdom be the ones who "meet the Lord in the air"? I'm not sure as I still can't quite make out what the Apostle Paul was trying to tell us. As far as a more detailed explanation of the Tribulation being in our past, I may not be able to get to making that video in the near future. I know many of you have a lot of questions about all the various prophecies from the Old Testament as well as the New Testament. That is a very big subject and one that a person could devote a whole channel to. If you look into "preterism", you will find that many people have already answered a lot of those questions. They may not have understood the Kingdom of God was a physical kingdom in our past, so sometimes their timelines and interpretation of scripture can go off into a weird place (though you can't blame them because we were all deceived, and God has revealed this to us now). Still, there are valuable resources out there from preterist websites who go very in-depth about all of the various parts of scripture from both the OT and NT. It is a very big subject and one that will take a lot of time to get to, so please explore the resources out there that are already available in the meantime! Again, thank you to all of those who have researched in this field. I'm not going to list names because I don't want to leave anyone out. But I'm familiar with the majority of the characters in the Alternative History scene, and I appreciate all of your work very much :) And a special shoutout to my dear friend Nicholas, who has been a great researcher in this field, and has helped me to arrive at some of these conclusions as we hashed out ideas over the past 2 years through TTT (Tartaria Text Time). Thanks so much! Hope you enjoy I ask the simple question: If Jesus Christ was a literal king on earth for a continuous 1,000 years, then is there any evidence that shows him in this role? we look at the past with the understanding that the First Resurrection already occurred approximately 1200 years ago. The people who took part in this event received new bodies, and are now referred to as "Saints", meaning "Holy Ones". This group of people lived and reigned with Christ for 1,000 years, and still live to this present day, as they are now immortal. We take a look at relics, or the physical remains of Saints, and ponder the true importance of these objects, as it seems that relics truly act as a conduit between mortals and God. I hope this information will give you a better foundation as you re-read the Bible, or read for the first time. I feel you will also gain a higher understanding of the Millennial Kingdom, or Kingdom of God, as the New Testament characters not only played major roles in establishing the early Christian communities, but continued their roles in the subsequent Kingdom. Not all of the information can be found in the Bible. Some bits and pieces come from the early church historians, that are then corroborated by repetitive themes throughout the artwork of the Kingdom period. I have done my absolute best to be as accurate as possible. Of course there is so, so much more to learn about with each saint featured in this video. But I feel that this is a solid core that you can build upon as you explore Tartaria ;) My favorite saint is Saint Paul. I think it’s cool that he was so smart that God picked him to write a lot of the most important book ever created. I like that St. Paul is very serious and has an obsessive personality towards a cause. At first he used this talent for destruction, but he was blinded by the enemy and God knew there was a good man in there. Then Paul used his fanatical nature for good and became a fearless evangelist in the face of intense persecution. It’s interesting to me that Paul is still persecuted to this day, as the Enemy sows seeds of doubt about Paul’s writings, presenting tripping blocks even for Christians. It’s honorable to be persecuted by the Adversary, and even more so if it persists 1200 years into the future. I chose Paul as my patron saint, because to me, he is the Patron Saint of Based. I love you Paul! Another saint who I love is Saint John the Baptist. I can’t quite peg what John’s personality is like, but whenever I see a painting of him I just feel an intense love for him that sometimes makes me well up with tears (haha). I’m also looking forward to painting lessons from Saint Luke, who I think of as the cool uncle I never had. I love all of the saints so much and I love learning about their lives before and during the Kingdom, and the special jobs that God gave them based on their talents. I look forward to creating more content about the saints in the future, but for now, I will be moving into some other topics. This is the story of my mental and spiritual journey up until this point in my life. I wanted to share it with you so that you will know that I was barely raised Protestant Christian, much less Catholic. My conversion into Catholicism has been the result of a difficult journey of ardently seeking the truth. Never did I think I would become a Christian, and when I did become one, never would I have thought that I would later become Catholic! Yet another twist in the plot... Catholicism turns out to be the truth! As Jesus said, we will know a good tree from a bad tree by the fruits they produce, so we must ask ourselves, could the Catholic Church be home to the world’s greatest art and architecture, yet still be guilty of all the egregious crimes it is accused of? And as we look back at our past in the context of the Millennial Kingdom, do we see another form of Christianity that appears more dominant than Catholicism? Was the Catholic Church the usurper of the Old World, or was it the architect? I know that many of you will have a lot of questions. I know exactly what those questions are, and they will be answered in the videos to come! Thank you to Our Father Who Art in Heaven for revealing these things to us! ✠ I believe the revelation of our true past is a gift from God during these strange days on Earth. Up until the last few years, we were blinded and could not see what was right in front of us all this time. Sure, we noticed that the art and architecture of the past were all very beautiful and made fine tourist attractions. As we looked up at the architecture of the Old World, we all wondered why we stopped building such beautiful things. Yet the impossible nature of these creations escaped us, and we could not see that miracles of God were sitting right in front of us all along! ✠ God has revealed these things to this generation. Why would he pick this generation? Well since God is a very rational man, it seems only logical that he would reveal these things to the generation that it would be most pertinent to. To a generation that needs to prepare physically, mentally, and most of all-- spiritually, for what is to come. A generation who live through the final prophecy of Revelation, a final battle of some sort, and who will be alive on Judgment Day. That is why I believe that this is a Revelation for the Last Generation. ✠ God showed us compassion and mercy by revealing the truth of our past, and for that I am very grateful. My life would be so much different if I didn't understand where we are in time and what was unfolding today. My physical preparations are in order and I will spend my final days on Earth 1.0 working on this ministry. I will gladly be your Friendly End Times Guide :) Here are the videos that are coming up next on this channel: ✠ The True Origin of the Catholic Church ✠ The Celestial Hierarchy (Angelology) ✠ Greek Mythology (Likely a 3 part series) ✠ The Nature of Satan & the Kingdom of Darkness https://www.youtube.com/@ExploringTartaria/playlists I am looking forward to creating this content for you! ✠ P.S. In the future, I will do a video on the Battle of Gog and Magog and how we should prepare. But I will tell you now that I believe the "camp of the saints/ beloved city" may be up at the North Pole, which seems to be the location of the Garden of Eden. It is just my own prediction that we will be told that aliens have landed at the North Pole and all nations must be gathered to battle for our home. When this begins to unfold (and it appears that the narrative has already begun), you will not want to leave your home. I believe if you can stay home, and live in at least a moderately safe area, you will be okay. You should take preparations seriously, and have extra stock of all supplies that can last several months. You will not want to go out to Walmart when this starts to go down. God has revealed these things so we can prepare. These are my own opinions and I'm not a prophet, but I heed my own advice. I don't know the timeframe of all of this, but I certainly don't see myself becoming an old lady. It could be a couple years. It could kick off next month. I don't know, but please prepare. You know what you need to do! Blessed are those servants whom the master finds on watch when he returns. Luke 12:37 From New Age to Witchcraft to Jesus! - https://youtu.be/AU5-fZD89xM Just So Everyone Knows! I’m aware of the Virgin Mary idolization that happens in the Catholic Church (I wasn’t aware before filming this video) and shortly after this video I threw away this curtain. Thank you. Britta Pipkin ! Biblical Eschatology is the study of what the Bible says is going to happen in the end times. Many treat Eschatology as an area of theology to be avoided. Of course, Eschatology is not as crucial as Christology or Soteriology. That does not mean, though, that it is unimportant to a Biblical worldview. Eschatology is an often misunderstood but vital subject in Biblical studies. Let's take a look at its basic ideas and some of the misconceptions that people have about it. Eschatology is a word most Christians are likely obsessed with… and may not even know it. The word has everything to do with the End Times, i.e., Jesus’ second coming. And many believers have different theories under which they operate. We won’t waste much time in this introduction, as there is so much to unpack. Today we’ll uncover the biblical meaning of eschatology, its importance in Christianity, and much more. What Is the Biblical Meaning of Eschatology? Escatology, when we break the word down, means “last things” or “end.” Escha is Greek for “last” or “farthest,” as in the last thing on a spectrum, and ology always means “the study of.” When we put the words together, we get “the study of last things.” Typically when Christians think of the word eschatology, they think of the Book of Revelation. You’d be completely correct if you operate under this assumption. All twenty-one chapters of Revelation point to things to come (although we could argue that the letters to the seven churches were also written to literal churches—not just future churches that are either operating now or in the future). But did you know that throughout the Bible, we also see hints at the times to come? Where Does Eschatology Appear in the Bible? We see glimpses of “the last things” throughout the Old and New Testaments. Jesus brought up eschatology several times in his sermons. Although we can’t break down every instance of the study of end times in the Bible, I’d love to give a sampling of them below to show the breadth of the subject. 1. Daniel 9: The antichrist is described in great detail (although some believe that Antiochus Epiphanes, Nero, or other controversial figures played a precursor to this). He will attempt to thwart God’s plans, hurt God’s people, and try to turn the world against God. 2. Zechariah 14: A great battle is described, hinted more in detail in the battle of Armageddon in Revelation. 3. Acts 1: Jesus is described as returning, according to an angel, right after Jesus’ ascension. Jesus’ second coming plays a major role in eschatology. 4. Matthew 25: The author discusses eternal punishment and reward befalling unbelievers and believers, respectively. These subjects are further drawn out in Revelation 20. 5. 2 Peter 3: In the last days, several skeptics will question Christians. They’ll say, “You claimed that Jesus is coming back, but where is he? Maybe you were completely wrong.” There are plenty of other examples we can point to, but I highly recommend checking out these verses as well. Several biblical books allude to the second coming of Christ and the events that will take place at the end of the old earth and old heavens. Recognizing the Bible has many passages pointing to the end times, we must understand that many passages are vague or symbolic. For instance, Daniel describes one final empire (the one ruled under the antichrist) as a horrible beast with several horns. We know the beast will not be a literal Godzilla that rules (although the beasts described in Revelation certainly seem like it). Because some of the nature of eschatology is enigmatic, it can be hard to figure out exactly what will happen—especially since only God knows the time and place when these events will happen (Matthew 24). What Are Different Types of Biblical Eschatology? There are several different theories as to the nature of eschatology. Since the end times’ events occur in the future, we can’t fully know what will go down. Furthermore, honestly, all of these theories have issues that can be debated or discussed. Before diving into the theories, we need to understand a few important events mentioned in the Bible. These will be presented in no particular order, as different views on escatology differ on when the events will occur. 1. Tribulation: Christians undergo intense trials under the antichrist and his followers. We can imagine this will result in distress, torture, death, and martyrdom. 2. Second Coming: At one point, Jesus will return. Believers are described in 1 Thessalonians 4 as meeting him up in the sky. Trumpets will announce his arrival, and he will be arriving on a white horse. 3. Millennium: Christ and his followers will rule for 1,000 years. Satan will be kept bound for a set period. Millennialists debate whether the 1,000 years are literal or figurative. 4. Final Judgment: Satan will break loose and plan a war on the followers of God and Jerusalem. At this time, God will defeat Satan and his armies and proceed with the final judgment. Unbelievers will experience the second death, and Satan and the unholy trinity will be thrown into the Lake of Fire. The old earth and old heavens will pass away, and God will introduce the new earth and new heavens. In this article, we won’t have time to break down each of the four major key points listed above. But let’s see how the four main theories of eschatology address these. What Are the Four Main Theories of Eschatology? We will not indicate which theory is most biblically accurate. Each theory has advocates who can cite verses they are drawn to in Scripture and reasons why they believe what they do. 1. Amillennialism The millennium is happening right now → Final judgment of Christ Amillennialism believes that the millennium is symbolic and has been happening since Jesus ascended into heaven. Because of this, no rapture happens in the amillennial view. After the millennial reign ends, Jesus will come to judge the living and the dead. As mentioned in the “What Is Amillennialism?” article linked above, this view seemed to grow in popularity around the time of Augustine. 2. Postmillennialism Symbolic Millennium through which Jesus’ kingdom is advanced through the gospel → Second coming and judgment It’s often difficult to distinguish between amillennialism and postmillennialism since they both believe in a symbolic rather than literal millennial reign. They both believe it signifies a long period. The difference lies in postmillennials’ positive outlook. Postmillennialists believe that Christians will be able to advance the gospel and reach the most souls for Jesus. In contrast, amillennialists and premillennialists put more emphasis on Satan’s grip on the human world. Speaking of premillennialists… 3. Premillennialism Tribulation → Christ returns → 1000-year reign → Final judgment This seems to be one of the most popular views amongst Americans. They believe a time of tribulation and apostasy will occur before Christ steps in, before the 1,000-year reign takes place. Premillennialists differ on when Christ returns. Some say at the end of the tribulation, and some say in the middle of the tribulation. No matter what the case, premillennialists believe that Christians will undergo suffering for a while before Christ steps into the picture. 4. Dispensationalism Jesus returns and raptures believers → Those who come to Christ after rapture undergo tribulation → Jesus returns for the rest of the believers → 1,000-year reign → Final judgment If you’ve read the Left Behind series, you have a good idea of this viewpoint. Dispensationalists follow the same basic chronology as premillennialists, leading some people to describe dispensationalism as a subgroup of premillennialism. However, dispensationalists have a particular twist: they believe Christians will be taken up (raptured) before the tribulation starts. Only those left behind, who come to Christ, will endure the antichrist’s hardships. No matter what view a Christian takes, we all tend to agree that Christ will come again to finalize his kingdom and that a final judgment will take place after a millennial reign. Why Is Eschatology Important to Christianity? Christianity revolves around eschatology. We know that Christ died for our sins, and we can be saved through the power of his resurrection. But the story doesn’t end there. Even after his death and resurrection, the world continues to be broken. People continue to reject his Lordship. We have hope because we know that the world will not continue to remain broken. That God has a restoration plan. Although we can bring pockets of heaven to earth now, God will do so in full at the End of Days. He will restore the Garden of Eden and plant the tree of life again. Eschatology—the study of the End Times—gives us hope that the country of our own (new heaven and new earth) that we’ve been yearning for will be instituted. What Are the Dangers of Eschatology? While eschatology gives us hope for the future, some Christians can get too obsessed with the end times (or, in some cases, not obsessed enough). Below are some of the dangers that come with eschatology—and why we should exercise caution. Too Obsessed: Some believers may try calculating the 70 weeks mentioned in Daniel. They’ll try to do the math to figure out the exact date when Christ will return. Scripture tells us that only God knows. And in the meantime, we have a mission. If we become too obsessed with the End of Days, we may forget what we’ve been called to do now. To preach the Gospel to the ends of the earth. Until all nations hear the word, Christ won’t return. Too Apathetic: Some believers have “fallen asleep” metaphorically on eschatology. They live for now, forgetting that we are also supposed to be future-minded. No, we shouldn’t constantly worry about whether Christ will return in the next minute. We don’t know the hour or minute he will come back. But we should be watchful. We should recognize the signs of the End Times and await with eager anticipation. Too Mean: Although we shouldn’t water down the gospel—and eschatology is part of the gospel—there are some Christians who will take it to the next level. They will embrace the turn-or-burn message and tell people they must believe or end up in the Lake of Fire. Don’t get me wrong; we should warn people about the dangers of sin and not turning to Jesus. But we need to be mindful of methodology. A message rooted in fearmongering is not Christlike nor in line with the tone of the Gospel (2 Timothy 1:7). Eschatology plays an important role throughout the Bible. Humans, and Satan, broke the world. And God will soon come to restore it and to restore us. In the meantime, we need to press on in our current mission. We’re not done yet, Christians. Let’s continue to advance the gospel and leave the End Times to God. We’ll know when he arrives. In the meantime, let’s focus on what he’s called us to do. Biblical Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that believes that all prophecies in the Bible have already been fulfilled in the past. This school of thought interprets the Book of Daniel as referring to events that happened from the 7th century BC until the first century AD, while seeing the prophecies of the Book of Revelation as events that happened in the first century AD. Preterism is directly opposed to futurism, which sees the end-times prophecies as having a still-future fulfillment. Hyper-Preterism, the belief that the New Testament expectation of Christ's return in glory has already occurred, has become a fairly standard part of critical approaches to biblical faith as they have developed during the modern period. Revelation 20-20-21-22 The Thousand Year Reign 20 Then[a] I saw an angel descending from heaven, holding[b] in his hand the key to the abyss and a huge chain. 2 He[c] seized the dragon—the ancient serpent, who is the devil and Satan—and tied him up for a thousand years. 3 The angel[d] then[e] threw him into the abyss and locked[f] and sealed it so that he could not deceive the nations until the one thousand years were finished. (After these things he must be released for a brief period of time.) 4 Then[g] I saw thrones and seated on them were those who had been given authority to judge.[h] I also saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of the testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. These[i] had not worshiped the beast or his image and had refused to receive his mark on their forehead or hand. They[j] came to life[k] and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 (The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were finished.)[l] This is the first resurrection. 6 Blessed and holy is the one who takes part[m] in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them,[n] but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and they will reign with him for a thousand years. Satan’s Final Defeat 7 Now[o] when the thousand years are finished, Satan will be released from his prison 8 and will go out to deceive[p] the nations at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog,[q] to bring them together for the battle. They are as numerous as the grains of sand in the sea.[r] 9 They[s] went up[t] on the broad plain of the earth[u] and encircled[v] the camp[w] of the saints and the beloved city, but[x] fire came down from heaven and devoured them completely.[y] 10 And the devil who deceived[z] them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur,[aa] where the beast and the false prophet are[ab] too, and they will be tormented there day and night forever and ever. The Great White Throne 11 Then[ac] I saw a large[ad] white throne and the one who was seated on it; the earth and the heaven[ae] fled[af] from his presence, and no place was found for them. 12 And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne. Then[ag] books were opened, and another book was opened—the book of life.[ah] So[ai] the dead were judged by what was written in the books, according to their deeds.[aj] 13 The[ak] sea gave up the dead that were in it, and Death[al] and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each one was judged according to his deeds. 14 Then[am] Death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death—the lake of fire. 15 If[an] anyone’s name[ao] was not found written in the book of life, that person[ap] was thrown into the lake of fire. Preterism comes the Latin word ‘praeter’ which means ‘the past’. When it comes to understanding Bible prophecy all Christians are preterists to one degree or another. It is only logical and reasonable to examine the past to see if a prophecy has already been fulfilled. Most Christians would acknowledge that Isaiah 7:14 describing a virgin giving birth has been fulfilled in the past. But not all Christians would agree about the nature of prophecies relating to Christ’s “second coming”. Preterists argue that all of the prophecies relating to Christ’s ‘coming’ (as described in Matthew 24) have already been fulfilled. This contrasts with two other schools of prophecy interpretation. Essentially there are then three general schools of eschatology: Futurism – the contents of Revelation pertain to the very end of time on earth. Historicism – that the contents of Revelation have unfolded throughout history from the time of its writing to the present day (and beyond). Preterism – before assuming that a prophecy is not fulfilled, it should be evaluated in the light of the past. That is, how did the original audience understand what was written to them – and what was the original intention of the text. If it can be demonstrated that a prophecy has been fulfilled in the past, then that prophecy should be considered as fulfilled prophecy. Within Preterism there are two streams. Both streams identify themselves as “Preterist”. To distinguish between them, two pejorative terms are often employed: Hyper-Preterism, and Partial-Preterism. Full Preterists, also referred to as Hyper-Preterists, or Pantelogists, regard all Bible prophecy fulfilled by A.D. 70. Those who regard that most prophecy was fulfilled by A.D. 70 (including the parousia of Christ’s Vindication, the commencement of the Kingdom of Christ, the First Resurrection, but not including the Final Judgment, the banishment of Satan to eternal torment, or the General Resurrection) are referred to as Partial-Preterists or more correctly: Classical Preterists. The proceeding table of comparison between Full-Preterism and Partial Preterism will highlight the differences. Criticism of Preterism can be summarised as- Futurists – claim that Preterism ‘spiritualises’ Bible prophecy rather than taking it literally. To which Preterists counter that they are actually more literal in their interpretation of Bible prophecy because they strive for the original intention of a passage rather than impose fanciful modern understandings onto an ancient text. Historicists – claim that Preterism was developed by Jesuits in the seventeenth century to counter the growing the Reformation claims that the Papacy was the Anti-Christ. This is actually one of the weakest methods of debate: attack with innuendo and name calling and ignore the content of the proposition. The roots of Preterism go back to the First Century AD when people clearly saw the events foretold by Christ as having been fulfilled up until the destruction of Jerusalem and Judea in A.D. 70. The sticking point between Full-Preterists and Partial Preterists is the nature of the Resurrection. Resolve this issue Biblically and you will conclude that one of these two positions is thoroughly Biblical and (while Creeds are not authoritative) in agreement with the earliest Creeds of the Church. Many Christians have strong beliefs about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. However, they don’t talk as much about what will happen after He returns. But the Bible tells you what is in store during and after the greatest event in human history. There are actually dozens of clear, detailed Bible prophecies showing that, after Christ returns, a 1,000-year period will occur, during which He will rule the Earth with the saints. Many Christians downplay this millennium or regard it as being “spiritual” but not literal. What is the Millennium? Is there really a prophesied time of worldwide peace and prosperity just around the corner? Will Jesus Christ really return to Earth to set up a world-ruling government? The answers to these questions are plainly revealed in your Bible. Read the writings of historians and theologians from the first few centuries after Christ’s death and resurrection, and you will see that they were generally aware of His future 1,000-year reign on Earth. Papias of Hierapolis taught in the second century a.d. that “there would be a certain millennium after the resurrection, and that there would be a corporeal reign of Christ on this very Earth,” according to the famous historian Eusebius’s Ecclesiastical Histories (emphasis added). Irenaeus, the bishop of Lyons, wrote in the second century a.d.: “For in as many days as this world was made, in so many thousand years it reaches its consummation.” He identified several Old Testament passages that refer to the Millennium, then continued: “All such things refer not to heavenly matters but to the time of the kingdom, when the Earth has been restored by Jesus Christ.” These men took the many biblical prophecies and statements about the Millennium literally. They did not think that this Kingdom of God was set up only “in your heart.” They understood it to be the literal reign of Jesus Christ on Earth, a government just as real as ancient Israel, the Roman Empire or the United States. Today, however, that general understanding of the Millennium has been lost. What is the truth? First, understand that this is not God’s world. The god of this world is actually Satan the devil (2 Corinthians 4:4). He has deceived the entire world through his powerful broadcast as the prince of the power of the air (Revelation 12:9; Ephesians 2:2). Revelation 20:1-3 prophesy that after Jesus Christ’s return, Satan and his demons will be bound for a thousand years: “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” This shows that after Christ takes the throne of the Earth from Satan, he will be restrained, no longer able to deceive the nations, for a thousand years. That tells us that the Millennium is a future event, because the world right now is clearly still heavily influenced by Satan. When that evil spirit influence is removed, however, everyone will have the opportunity to receive the wonderful truth that God reveals in the Bible. Everyone will finally have the opportunity to learn the way to true happiness. “[T]he earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 11:9). This is the time of “refreshing” and the “restitution of all things” prophesied in Acts 3:19-21. In the Millennium, the saints of God will rule with Jesus Christ (Revelation 20:6; Daniel 7:18, 27; Revelation 3:21; 5:10). These resurrected saints will rule beside Jesus Christ as His Bride (Revelation 19:7-8). In the fourth century a.d., the Catholic Church removed the book of Revelation from its general reading list. Encyclopedia Britannica (11th edition) comments: “Thus the troublesome foundation on which [the teaching of the Millennium] might have continued to build was got rid of.” Edward Gibbon wrote in The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire: “The doctrine of Christ’s reign upon Earth … was considered by degrees as a doubtful and useless opinion, and was at length rejected as the absurd invention of heresy and fanaticism.” The Catholic Church began to look on the Roman Empire as the fulfillment of the Kingdom of God. It erased the teaching of a future kingdom to be established by Christ at His return. Today, the pope of the church in Rome is called the vicar of Christ—in place of Christ. Many in Catholicism and the churches that derived from Catholicism believe that Christ’s millennial reign has already begun in some way. However, Revelation 20 clearly shows that the Millennium cannot begin until after Satan has been removed and bound. Today, we are so far removed from the truth about the Millennium that many Christians don’t believe this doctrine is even taught in the New Testament. But note this in John 7:8: Jesus Christ encouraged His disciples and His family to go and keep the Feast of Tabernacles. “But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he? … Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught” (verses 10-11, 14). Jesus Christ set this example for us: Even at the peril of His life, He kept the Feast of Tabernacles so that we might follow in His steps (1 Peter 2:21). Why keep the Feast of Tabernacles? To understand the truth about the Millennium! The Feast of Tabernacles is the sixth of seven annual festivals that God commands His people to observe every year. This weeklong fall festival occurs in September or October. Deuteronomy 16:14 shows that during the Feast of Tabernacles, God wanted the ancient Israelites to overflow with joyfulness, thanksgiving and rejoicing. God even commanded the Israelites to save a tenth of their income throughout the year for use at this festival to help them rejoice. Deuteronomy 14:23 gives the purpose of the Feast and its abundance: “[T]hat thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God always.” This Feast pictures a time of physical abundance, when the whole world will enjoy the fruits of obeying God’s law. Exodus 23:16 calls the Feast of Tabernacles a “feast of ingathering.” God’s plan of salvation is typed by the two annual harvests in ancient Israel: the small spring harvest of the firstfruits of the crops, and the much larger fall harvest. These harvests type God’s time order for harvesting human beings into His Family: First, He is gathering in a small harvest of firstfruits—the Church, which is being prepared and trained so they might rule with Christ in the Millennium and beyond. Then, God will gather in the great fall harvest, when all who have ever lived will be given a chance to be part of God’s Family. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures that future ingathering of Spirit-begotten humans who will be brought into the Family of God during the 1,000-year reign of Christ. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures a time when God’s Family will be enlarged. That is why Christ observed this festival when He was on Earth—because He understood what it pictured, even if the Jews did not. Zechariah 14 shows that when Christ returns, mankind will try to fight Him, but He will forcefully put down all rebellion. Mankind will be forced to be happy—to live the way of God, which brings real happiness into our lives. At that time, “living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one” (verses 8-9). God’s law will flow out from Jerusalem (Isaiah 2:3), and this city will become the joy of the whole Earth (Psalm 48:2). Zechariah 14:16 shows that in the Millennium, everyone will keep the Feast of Tabernacles: “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Talk about a feast of ingathering! This foretells a time when all mankind—Israelites and Gentiles alike—will be keeping the Feast of Tabernacles in Jerusalem. All mankind will be obeying God’s law and keeping His annual holy days! After putting down the initial rebellion, Christ will begin a massive project of reeducation. Much of that reeducation will center around these seven annual festivals, which picture God’s master plan for mankind. God commanded for these festivals to be observed forever. That is why Christ risked His life to keep them when He was on Earth—because He knew that these holy days pictured a time when all mankind would be brought into the Family of God. In this soon-coming Kingdom of God, everyone will have access to God’s truth and will be able to learn the way to true happiness. The truth of God will cover the Earth like the waters cover the ocean beds! (see Isaiah 11). Zechariah 14:17-19 show what will happen to those who refuse to keep the Feast of Tabernacles. They will experience curses from God such as drought until they change their attitudes. What more proof do we need that God always intends for us to keep these days? Now 6,000 years of human experience have brought mankind to the very brink of world suicide. So, in other words, the first 6,000 years of God’s 7,000-year plan were allotted to allow Satan to labor at his work of deceiving the world, followed by 1,000 years (one millennial day) when Satan shall not be allowed to do any of his “work” of deception. Put another way, God marked out six millennial days to allow man to indulge in the spiritual labor of sin, followed by a millennium of spiritual rest, under the enforced government of God. There is some people who believe that 800-1000 years are added to our History and that fall of Rome and Jesus Christ happened much faster then we think . I tried to research this and found one great article about Italian Umberto Gallery which in 19th century photos did not have first letter M which means it is 1000 years older . Then i found some interesting coins from the past . 1000 Years Added To Our History? Dark Ages Never Existed? Has Our History Been Tampered With? https://muslimheritage.com/uploads/AboutUs.pdf Believers in the “Tartaria” conspiracy theory are convinced that the elaborate temporary fairgrounds built for events like The Chicago World's Fair of 1893 and the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco in 1915 were really the ancient capital cities of a fictional empire. Built in the 1920s?, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank was one of several ornate Western-style commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district. Inside the ‘Tartarian Empire,’ the Architecture boards, adherents of a bizarre conspiracy theory argue that everything you know about the history of architecture is wrong. In 1908, architect Ernest Flagg completed the Singer Building in Lower Manhattan, a Beaux-Arts showstopper made for the Singer sewing machine company. From a wide base, a slender 27-story tower rose, topped by a mansard roof and a delicate lantern spire. Every inch dripped with sumptuous detail inside and out; vaulted roofs, marble columns with bronze trim, window mullions with spiral fluting. The lobby was said to have a “celestial radiance.” A book was written just about its construction. For a year, it was the tallest building in the world at 612 feet, and a celebrated landmark for decades after that. But not for too much longer. Despite its great height, the pencil-thin tower lacked office space. In the 1960s the company sold its ornate headquarters; demolition proceeded in 1967. It’s the tallest building to ever be peacefully demolished. By any account, it’s a fantastical tale: Once the tallest building in the world and a New York icon, knocked down in just a handful of decades. For some, it’s too fantastical to believe … or perhaps not fantastical enough. A dedicated group of YouTubers and Reddit posters see the Singer Building and countless other discarded pre-modern beauties and extant Beaux-Arts landmarks as artifacts of a globe-spanning civilization called the Tartarian Empire, which was somehow erased from the history books. Adherents of this theory believe these buildings to be the keys to a hidden past, clandestinely obscured by malevolent actors. Who? Why? To what possible end? As in many other, more high-profile conspiracy theories, this baroque fantasy doesn’t offer much in the way of practical considerations, logic or evidence. But it’s grounded in some real anxieties, pointing toward the changes wrought by the modern world in general and modern architecture specifically — and rejecting both. Tartaria rises Tartarian-themed content is produced for YouTube videos that get picked over on Reddit. The r/Tartarianarchitecture sub, which began in December 2018, has 3,300 members, though not everyone who posts and comments appears to be a true believer. A larger and more general sub that appeared around the same time, r/Tartaria, has 8,700 members. As conspiracy theories go, Tartaria remains obscure; Twitter user @cinemashoebox brought it to many people’s attention last year with this thread, and pseudoscience-debunking writer Brian Dunning recently devoted an episode of his podcast, Skeptoid, to the Tartaria theory, which appears to have first emerged in 2016 and 2017. The Tartaria storyline is not directly related to the adrenochrome-harvesting Satanic-pedophile cabal that lies at the heart of QAnon, the unfounded conspiracy theory that crashed into the real world in 2020. But it shares some of what Peter Ditto, a social psychologist at the University of California-Irvine who specializes in conspiracy theories, calls QAnon’s “cafeteria quality:” There’s no overarching narrative or single authorial voice interpreting events. It’s just a gusher of outlandish speculation; adherents can pick and choose which elements they want to sign on to. The overall premise is an alternative history. A vast, technologically advanced “Tartarian” empire, emanating from north-central Asia or thereabouts, either influenced or built vast cities and infrastructure all over the world. (Tartaria, or Tartary, though never a coherent empire, was indeed a general term for north-central Asia.) Either via a sudden cataclysm or a steady antagonistic decline — and perhaps as recently as 100 years ago — Tartaria fell. Its great buildings were buried, and its history was erased. After this “great reset,” the few surviving examples of Tartarian architecture were falsely recast as the work of contemporary builders who could never have executed buildings of such grace and beauty, and subjected them to clumsy alterations. “I think that it was one worldwide civilization,” says Joachim Skaar, a 26-year-old Norwegian who runs The Tartarian Meltdown YouTube channel. “It was all based on unity, oneness, peace, love, and harmony, which we don’t see in today’s society.” There’s an arch-traditionalism present in the theory, too. The pre-modern buildings that we venerate are sometimes said to be more than 1,000 years old. “The same people that built the Capitol in Washington built the pyramids in Egypt,” Skaar says. Reached at his recording studio, Skaar, who works as a plumber, is not an architect or historian, but he has strong opinions on both disciplines. “We have two very different types of architecture,” he says. There’s modern architecture “with the name Brutalism,” which he describes as “square concrete boxes which are designed to be produced very fast, very cheap and very effective.” And then there’s Tartarian architecture, a label that gets applied to anything that’s particularly ornate and pre-modern, encompassing many Western styles: Classical, Beaux-Arts, Second Empire. The term is also sometimes used for some non-Western structures, like the Taj Mahal. Structures that seem geographically or culturally dislocated, like the Beaux-Arts commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district, are particularly attractive to this theory, as are those that are impressively massive, like the pyramids of Egypt or the Great Wall of China (built, the theory goes, by Tartarians to keep the Chinese out). Anywhere there’s a perceived gap between the refined craftwork of an old building and the “primitive” technology of the horse-and-buggy-era people building it, space for Tartarian speculation pops up. American cities of the 19th century are often rich with Tartarian appropriation, especially the young settlements of the West, when grand public structures seemed to emerge from the wilderness, surrounded by wood hovels and muddy streets. State capitol buildings and city halls are frequently fingered as palaces of ancient Tartaria rather than Gilded Age municipal buildings. (These photos of the Iowa State Capitol in Des Moines highlight the contrast Tartarian theorists point out.) The Tartarian milieu is an intensely visual medium, occupied with riffing on photos and maps, picking out apparent inconsistencies and making one-off conjectures instead of weaving together comprehensive timelines. The theory is notably light on reasoning as to why and how the greatest cover-up in history was undertaken, but it does offer a few options for how Tartaria was erased and the great reset propagated. Many say that an apocalyptic mud flood buried its great buildings; some suggest the use of high-tech weaponry to tactically remove Tartarian infrastructure. A consistent theme is that warfare is an often-used pretext to wipe away surviving traces of Tartarian civilization, with the two world wars of the 20th century finishing work that may have begun with Napoleon’s invasion of Russia. Despite their interest in architecture, most Tartaria theorists do not appear to have backgrounds in the building trades: Many of the more easily refuted arguments spring from very basic misunderstandings of how the built environment works, as well as broader confusion about how buildings function in the economy and culture. An abundance of posters appear convinced that below-grade basement windows in older buildings, for example, are evidence that the building had been “mud flooded,” and the rest of the structure is actually buried deep underground. Sometimes this will get some skeptical pushback (“I think they didn't have lights in the cellar so they build in windows for them?” was how one poster responded), but that’s more of an exception than the rule. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere.” Similarly, their grasp of historic labor and material costs is shaky. Before the Industrial Revolution, labor was cheap, so paying artisans to sculpt elaborate masonry — even for relatively humble structures — wasn’t the great expense it seems today, when labor prices are higher and factory-made steel, concrete and glass is cheap; that’s why we see so much of these materials in buildings today, and so much less filigreed terra cotta. One of the most adamant denials in Tartarian circles is that public buildings like schools and post offices were ever built with monumental proportions and elegant aesthetics. They sneer at the wedding-cake-topper Second Empire buildings designed by Alfred Mullett after the Civil War, for example. “How many stamps did you sell to build yourself a post office like this?,” says popular Tartarian YouTuber JonLevi in one of his videos. “Absolutely ridiculous. The post office has always struggled.” (He has more than 100,000 subscribers.) Some of this confusion is unfamiliarity: Mullett’s U.S. Customs House and Post Office in St. Louis, for example, was a huge federal project, built to process the mail of 10 states and four U.S. territories, not a neighborhood letter depot. But beyond that, there’s a broader refusal to believe that public architecture could ever have been built in an atmosphere of generosity and abundance. This is echoed by their astonishment at the double-height grand lobbies and arched doorways of old buildings, which they see as artifacts not meant for us. (Some theorists surmise that ancient Tartarians were giants.) The Tartarian community seems to have internalized the current era’s predilection for public sector austerity and the resulting aesthetics, which they abhor, more than they realize. At its core, the theory reflects a fear of how quickly things change. As they look at today’s cityscapes, Tartaria believers see an eerie and alienating place, filled with abstract monoliths that emerged out of nowhere in a brief period of time. They’re skeptical of the rapid rise and development of the U.S., and even more suspicious of how quickly Modernism came to dominate the landscape. One favorite case study, useful for illustrating this aesthetic whiplash, is the grand domed Henry Ives Cobb Chicago Federal Building, built in 1905. Like the Singer Building, it was razed after just 60 years in favor of an icy black Mies van Der Rohe tower. In one sense, the Tartaria theory is right: With modern architecture, a revolutionary new consensus on how the built environment should look and work did take hold in a very short period of time, conveniently overlapping with the world wars that these theorists see as the tail end of Tartaria’s influence. The world of 1960 indeed looked radically different from the world of 1920. Led by obscure and poorly understood forces (architects), architecture schools truly did throw out the history books to build a new world. But instead of making this excision the work of a colossal global mega-conspiracy worthy of a pulpy airport mystery novel, they wouldn’t shut up about it. In the Tartarian worldview, we’re a society that doesn’t properly understand or value the built environment, because we’ve been misled about who really built it. When he’s decrying the lack of regard for the cultural legacy of old buildings, Skaar sounds less like a conspiracy theorist than a board member of a preservation nonprofit. “The problem is that people don’t recognize these buildings,” he says. “They walk past them all the time, and they’re fascinated, but they don’t think any more deeply about it. They don’t know what they’re looking at because they have been told something else.” In search of a fabricated empire This disregard for architecture’s “true” history moves into a wider rejection of how disposably cheap and commodified the culture at large seems to be. As such, one canonical belief of Tartarian aficionados is that the elaborate temporary pavilions built for late 19th century and early 20th century World’s Fairs were in fact Tartarian capital cities. It strikes them as improbably wasteful that anyone would erect these magnificent complexes, full of fluted columns, domes and pediments, out of plaster of Paris, hemp fiber, and straw, as was done for the 1893 World’s Fair in Chicago. In Tartarian lore, these sites were ancient monuments that were co-opted to teach a falsified history of the world and make a few bucks selling popcorn and Ferris Wheel rides. Then they were demolished, to erase the handiwork of the real builders. In pointing out the eradication of an ancient culture by an expanding imperial power, Tartarian believers again stumble on something real, but they scramble the protagonists. In the European colonial era, Western nations fanned out over the globe, subjugating and destabilizing numerous non-white civilizations — and building many examples of what’s now considered Tartarian architecture as celebration of these victories. But when YouTuber JonLevi marvels at the Hong Kong Shanghai Bank and the rest of the 1920s banking infrastructure built along Shanghai’s Huangpu River, he doesn’t see the wealth-extracting handiwork of a rapacious 20th century empire: In the Tartaria-verse, these are the stately remnants of a far older and more benevolent one. The theory posits that only Tartarians, not British bankers or Belgian rubber barons, could move culture like architecture across geography. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere,” says Skaar. Bastion star forts are another building type that Tartarians are obsessed with: They often point out that these cannon-resistant military fortifications, popular in the 16th and 17th centuries, are found all over Western Europe, like Portugal and the Netherlands, but also quite mysteriously, far away in Asia, in Sri Lanka. But since Sri Lanka was a Portuguese and Dutch colony, it’s not really very mysterious. Military historian Jeremy Black, author of two books on the history of fortifications, says that the geographic reoccurrence of the style reflects how effective Europeans were in spreading this technology across the globe. This ahistoricism can make the Tartarian architecture community occasionally receptive to reactionaries, racists and anti-Semites. A survey of videos and discussions will turn up all manner of other conspiratorial threads. Along with flat-Earth advocacy, anti-vaccination sentiments and 5G scaremongering, there’s talk of anti-Semitic banking cartel conspiracies and Holocaust denial. Some Tartarian histories recast populations of Central Asia, like Genghis Kahn’s Mongol Empire, as red-haired, blue-eyed, white people — “Silk Road Aryans.” The persistence of anti-Jewish tropes within current conspiracy theories is likely the result of cultural inertia, says UC-Irvine scholar Ditto. As successive generations of the conspiracy-minded seek evidence to back up their diverging worldview, they find it in texts that may go back centuries, which are riddled with anti-Semitism. But the face of the villains in the Tartarian narrative is not clearly defined. Skaar blames quasi-mystical “parasites” who thrive off pain and strife, and laments that contemporary life has become a place where “everything is based on tyranny, greed, and slavery.” The Tartaria commentariat is laced with economic discontent; they often decry the evaluation and disregard of buildings purely as salable commodities, untethered from broader notions of cultural legacy and achievement. There’s a reoccurring and implicit understanding that buildings, like the Singer Building, get torn down when they stop making money — the only thing that really matters — and that the world is a vast field of predation, where the rich and powerful consume the poor and weak. In fact, the governing ideology of the modern architecture that Tartarians despise was a critique of this system. Modernism argued for an egalitarian architecture that would help break the shackles of the past, rejecting backbreaking representational craftsmanship to honor omnipotent kings and divine beings in favor of simple, universal forms that would leverage restraint and efficacy into a broad uplift for the masses. Minus the weirdest stuff — the global mud flood, the ancient energy weapons, the vanished race of giants — the Tartaria theory is just an extreme form of aesthetic moralism, the idea that traditional architecture styles are inherently good and modern architecture is the product of a degenerate culture. The tastes of the community generally align with traditional architectural revival proponents (some of whom also embrace reactionary and white nationalist politics). This sort of aesthetic nativism flourished during the Trump era, and it appears to have fresh converts in Congress: Recently, representatives Marjorie Taylor Greene and Paul Gosar formed a new caucus dedicated to “uniquely Anglo-Saxon political traditions” and infrastructure that “befits the progeny of European architecture.” The language is different, but the sentiment wouldn’t appear out of place in r/Tartaria. Holding back a flood of conspiracies Though the Tartarian Empire seemed to wink into existence in the past few years, the themes its believers explore are familiar ones. Conspiracy theories are a way to channel restive populism in the face of rapid social and demographic change, Ditto says, and there’s plenty of that going around. They are also a way to gather up amorphous fears and put them in a specific place, to make them more manageable. Ditto calls this “over-intentionalization. “If your fate is controlled by impersonal, systemic forces, it doesn’t offer you much control over your own destiny,” he says. “But if you can localize it to a small group of people whose motives you understand — they are out to get you — then it at least offers some hope that you can overcome their malevolent intentions.” Belief in conspiracy theories can also be driven by loneliness, isolation and economic hardship, which made a pandemic a fertile Petri dish, and helped QAnon’s believers storm the Capitol by force and through the ballot box. The social atomization forced on us by Covid-19 is a hyperbolic retelling of the Tower of Babel (which has a special place in Tartarian lore) and its attendant anxiety at fracturing and divided cultures. The great reset that erased that tower — and the fabulous, fictional empire that built it — continues to reverberate, splintering us into ever-stranger factions. And Ditto says it does seem like reality is getting harder to decipher. The internet has made it easier to disseminate misinformation while eroding faith in the media hierarchies that once filtered it out. Polarization and a lack of trust in government and institutions creates a feedback loop, where leaders can’t solve problems because their political bases are too narrow, and the resulting failures engender more distrust. It’s not a new cycle — despite a spike in media attention, there’s not much evidence that conspiratorial thinking is more common now than in years past — but technology can make these currents of collective delusion more powerful, and harder to ignore. The basic human desires for community, stories (the more outrageous the better) and the need to feel like a protagonist in a wider struggle are what pulls us from moments of real social, economic and cultural dislocation into fabricated histories. Buildings and cities are made to grow old, to outlast people, and to be a testament to these cultural histories. They’re a yardstick for a culture’s ability to endure. When they’re not given the chance to do this, the contradiction can break something loose, and send people scavenging for cultural memory that feels ancient enough to anchor them in an uncertain now.

Welcome To "Exploring Tartaria", where we will explore the Old World Pt. 6 through the lens that we are looking back on the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ! This is not and I'am not a Hollywood Studio. ( She Did A Great Job Everyone) I explain that "Tartaria" was the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ, and that we live at the end of the post-Millennial "Little Season". Thank you to everyone who has researched Tartaria, from lot's forums, and other info. Now let's gain even more knowledge and wisdom by understanding that we are looking back at the Millennial Kingdom! There are so many incredible things to discover. I believe you will enjoy looking at the relics of our past even more with this understanding! Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets I got over what I refer to as the "dual timelines" and go into a little detail about how they relate to each other. I try not to bore you with too many examples and technical details, but hopefully you get the idea! I also go over a few of the more major questions that you may have from Part I. There are some other more pertinent questions that I did not include, such as what is the "Rapture", and what was the Mudflood. I will throw out my theory on the Mudflood down the line. As far as the "Rapture" goes, please re-read 1 Thessolonians 4:17, and you tell me! Could the mortals at the end of the Kingdom be the ones who "meet the Lord in the air"? I'm not sure as I still can't quite make out what the Apostle Paul was trying to tell us. As far as a more detailed explanation of the Tribulation being in our past, I may not be able to get to making that video in the near future. I know many of you have a lot of questions about all the various prophecies from the Old Testament as well as the New Testament. That is a very big subject and one that a person could devote a whole channel to. If you look into "preterism", you will find that many people have already answered a lot of those questions. They may not have understood the Kingdom of God was a physical kingdom in our past, so sometimes their timelines and interpretation of scripture can go off into a weird place (though you can't blame them because we were all deceived, and God has revealed this to us now). Still, there are valuable resources out there from preterist websites who go very in-depth about all of the various parts of scripture from both the OT and NT. It is a very big subject and one that will take a lot of time to get to, so please explore the resources out there that are already available in the meantime! Again, thank you to all of those who have researched in this field. I'm not going to list names because I don't want to leave anyone out. But I'm familiar with the majority of the characters in the Alternative History scene, and I appreciate all of your work very much :) And a special shoutout to my dear friend Nicholas, who has been a great researcher in this field, and has helped me to arrive at some of these conclusions as we hashed out ideas over the past 2 years through TTT (Tartaria Text Time). Thanks so much! Hope you enjoy I ask the simple question: If Jesus Christ was a literal king on earth for a continuous 1,000 years, then is there any evidence that shows him in this role? we look at the past with the understanding that the First Resurrection already occurred approximately 1200 years ago. The people who took part in this event received new bodies, and are now referred to as "Saints", meaning "Holy Ones". This group of people lived and reigned with Christ for 1,000 years, and still live to this present day, as they are now immortal. We take a look at relics, or the physical remains of Saints, and ponder the true importance of these objects, as it seems that relics truly act as a conduit between mortals and God. I hope this information will give you a better foundation as you re-read the Bible, or read for the first time. I feel you will also gain a higher understanding of the Millennial Kingdom, or Kingdom of God, as the New Testament characters not only played major roles in establishing the early Christian communities, but continued their roles in the subsequent Kingdom. Not all of the information can be found in the Bible. Some bits and pieces come from the early church historians, that are then corroborated by repetitive themes throughout the artwork of the Kingdom period. I have done my absolute best to be as accurate as possible. Of course there is so, so much more to learn about with each saint featured in this video. But I feel that this is a solid core that you can build upon as you explore Tartaria ;) My favorite saint is Saint Paul. I think it’s cool that he was so smart that God picked him to write a lot of the most important book ever created. I like that St. Paul is very serious and has an obsessive personality towards a cause. At first he used this talent for destruction, but he was blinded by the enemy and God knew there was a good man in there. Then Paul used his fanatical nature for good and became a fearless evangelist in the face of intense persecution. It’s interesting to me that Paul is still persecuted to this day, as the Enemy sows seeds of doubt about Paul’s writings, presenting tripping blocks even for Christians. It’s honorable to be persecuted by the Adversary, and even more so if it persists 1200 years into the future. I chose Paul as my patron saint, because to me, he is the Patron Saint of Based. I love you Paul! Another saint who I love is Saint John the Baptist. I can’t quite peg what John’s personality is like, but whenever I see a painting of him I just feel an intense love for him that sometimes makes me well up with tears (haha). I’m also looking forward to painting lessons from Saint Luke, who I think of as the cool uncle I never had. I love all of the saints so much and I love learning about their lives before and during the Kingdom, and the special jobs that God gave them based on their talents. I look forward to creating more content about the saints in the future, but for now, I will be moving into some other topics. This is the story of my mental and spiritual journey up until this point in my life. I wanted to share it with you so that you will know that I was barely raised Protestant Christian, much less Catholic. My conversion into Catholicism has been the result of a difficult journey of ardently seeking the truth. Never did I think I would become a Christian, and when I did become one, never would I have thought that I would later become Catholic! Yet another twist in the plot... Catholicism turns out to be the truth! As Jesus said, we will know a good tree from a bad tree by the fruits they produce, so we must ask ourselves, could the Catholic Church be home to the world’s greatest art and architecture, yet still be guilty of all the egregious crimes it is accused of? And as we look back at our past in the context of the Millennial Kingdom, do we see another form of Christianity that appears more dominant than Catholicism? Was the Catholic Church the usurper of the Old World, or was it the architect? I know that many of you will have a lot of questions. I know exactly what those questions are, and they will be answered in the videos to come! Thank you to Our Father Who Art in Heaven for revealing these things to us! ✠ I believe the revelation of our true past is a gift from God during these strange days on Earth. Up until the last few years, we were blinded and could not see what was right in front of us all this time. Sure, we noticed that the art and architecture of the past were all very beautiful and made fine tourist attractions. As we looked up at the architecture of the Old World, we all wondered why we stopped building such beautiful things. Yet the impossible nature of these creations escaped us, and we could not see that miracles of God were sitting right in front of us all along! ✠ God has revealed these things to this generation. Why would he pick this generation? Well since God is a very rational man, it seems only logical that he would reveal these things to the generation that it would be most pertinent to. To a generation that needs to prepare physically, mentally, and most of all-- spiritually, for what is to come. A generation who live through the final prophecy of Revelation, a final battle of some sort, and who will be alive on Judgment Day. That is why I believe that this is a Revelation for the Last Generation. ✠ God showed us compassion and mercy by revealing the truth of our past, and for that I am very grateful. My life would be so much different if I didn't understand where we are in time and what was unfolding today. My physical preparations are in order and I will spend my final days on Earth 1.0 working on this ministry. I will gladly be your Friendly End Times Guide :) Here are the videos that are coming up next on this channel: ✠ The True Origin of the Catholic Church ✠ The Celestial Hierarchy (Angelology) ✠ Greek Mythology (Likely a 3 part series) ✠ The Nature of Satan & the Kingdom of Darkness https://www.youtube.com/@ExploringTartaria/playlists I am looking forward to creating this content for you! ✠ P.S. In the future, I will do a video on the Battle of Gog and Magog and how we should prepare. But I will tell you now that I believe the "camp of the saints/ beloved city" may be up at the North Pole, which seems to be the location of the Garden of Eden. It is just my own prediction that we will be told that aliens have landed at the North Pole and all nations must be gathered to battle for our home. When this begins to unfold (and it appears that the narrative has already begun), you will not want to leave your home. I believe if you can stay home, and live in at least a moderately safe area, you will be okay. You should take preparations seriously, and have extra stock of all supplies that can last several months. You will not want to go out to Walmart when this starts to go down. God has revealed these things so we can prepare. These are my own opinions and I'm not a prophet, but I heed my own advice. I don't know the timeframe of all of this, but I certainly don't see myself becoming an old lady. It could be a couple years. It could kick off next month. I don't know, but please prepare. You know what you need to do! Blessed are those servants whom the master finds on watch when he returns. Luke 12:37 From New Age to Witchcraft to Jesus! - https://youtu.be/AU5-fZD89xM Just So Everyone Knows! I’m aware of the Virgin Mary idolization that happens in the Catholic Church (I wasn’t aware before filming this video) and shortly after this video I threw away this curtain. Thank you. Britta Pipkin ! Biblical Eschatology is the study of what the Bible says is going to happen in the end times. Many treat Eschatology as an area of theology to be avoided. Of course, Eschatology is not as crucial as Christology or Soteriology. That does not mean, though, that it is unimportant to a Biblical worldview. Eschatology is an often misunderstood but vital subject in Biblical studies. Let's take a look at its basic ideas and some of the misconceptions that people have about it. Eschatology is a word most Christians are likely obsessed with… and may not even know it. The word has everything to do with the End Times, i.e., Jesus’ second coming. And many believers have different theories under which they operate. We won’t waste much time in this introduction, as there is so much to unpack. Today we’ll uncover the biblical meaning of eschatology, its importance in Christianity, and much more. What Is the Biblical Meaning of Eschatology? Escatology, when we break the word down, means “last things” or “end.” Escha is Greek for “last” or “farthest,” as in the last thing on a spectrum, and ology always means “the study of.” When we put the words together, we get “the study of last things.” Typically when Christians think of the word eschatology, they think of the Book of Revelation. You’d be completely correct if you operate under this assumption. All twenty-one chapters of Revelation point to things to come (although we could argue that the letters to the seven churches were also written to literal churches—not just future churches that are either operating now or in the future). But did you know that throughout the Bible, we also see hints at the times to come? Where Does Eschatology Appear in the Bible? We see glimpses of “the last things” throughout the Old and New Testaments. Jesus brought up eschatology several times in his sermons. Although we can’t break down every instance of the study of end times in the Bible, I’d love to give a sampling of them below to show the breadth of the subject. 1. Daniel 9: The antichrist is described in great detail (although some believe that Antiochus Epiphanes, Nero, or other controversial figures played a precursor to this). He will attempt to thwart God’s plans, hurt God’s people, and try to turn the world against God. 2. Zechariah 14: A great battle is described, hinted more in detail in the battle of Armageddon in Revelation. 3. Acts 1: Jesus is described as returning, according to an angel, right after Jesus’ ascension. Jesus’ second coming plays a major role in eschatology. 4. Matthew 25: The author discusses eternal punishment and reward befalling unbelievers and believers, respectively. These subjects are further drawn out in Revelation 20. 5. 2 Peter 3: In the last days, several skeptics will question Christians. They’ll say, “You claimed that Jesus is coming back, but where is he? Maybe you were completely wrong.” There are plenty of other examples we can point to, but I highly recommend checking out these verses as well. Several biblical books allude to the second coming of Christ and the events that will take place at the end of the old earth and old heavens. Recognizing the Bible has many passages pointing to the end times, we must understand that many passages are vague or symbolic. For instance, Daniel describes one final empire (the one ruled under the antichrist) as a horrible beast with several horns. We know the beast will not be a literal Godzilla that rules (although the beasts described in Revelation certainly seem like it). Because some of the nature of eschatology is enigmatic, it can be hard to figure out exactly what will happen—especially since only God knows the time and place when these events will happen (Matthew 24). What Are Different Types of Biblical Eschatology? There are several different theories as to the nature of eschatology. Since the end times’ events occur in the future, we can’t fully know what will go down. Furthermore, honestly, all of these theories have issues that can be debated or discussed. Before diving into the theories, we need to understand a few important events mentioned in the Bible. These will be presented in no particular order, as different views on escatology differ on when the events will occur. 1. Tribulation: Christians undergo intense trials under the antichrist and his followers. We can imagine this will result in distress, torture, death, and martyrdom. 2. Second Coming: At one point, Jesus will return. Believers are described in 1 Thessalonians 4 as meeting him up in the sky. Trumpets will announce his arrival, and he will be arriving on a white horse. 3. Millennium: Christ and his followers will rule for 1,000 years. Satan will be kept bound for a set period. Millennialists debate whether the 1,000 years are literal or figurative. 4. Final Judgment: Satan will break loose and plan a war on the followers of God and Jerusalem. At this time, God will defeat Satan and his armies and proceed with the final judgment. Unbelievers will experience the second death, and Satan and the unholy trinity will be thrown into the Lake of Fire. The old earth and old heavens will pass away, and God will introduce the new earth and new heavens. In this article, we won’t have time to break down each of the four major key points listed above. But let’s see how the four main theories of eschatology address these. What Are the Four Main Theories of Eschatology? We will not indicate which theory is most biblically accurate. Each theory has advocates who can cite verses they are drawn to in Scripture and reasons why they believe what they do. 1. Amillennialism The millennium is happening right now → Final judgment of Christ Amillennialism believes that the millennium is symbolic and has been happening since Jesus ascended into heaven. Because of this, no rapture happens in the amillennial view. After the millennial reign ends, Jesus will come to judge the living and the dead. As mentioned in the “What Is Amillennialism?” article linked above, this view seemed to grow in popularity around the time of Augustine. 2. Postmillennialism Symbolic Millennium through which Jesus’ kingdom is advanced through the gospel → Second coming and judgment It’s often difficult to distinguish between amillennialism and postmillennialism since they both believe in a symbolic rather than literal millennial reign. They both believe it signifies a long period. The difference lies in postmillennials’ positive outlook. Postmillennialists believe that Christians will be able to advance the gospel and reach the most souls for Jesus. In contrast, amillennialists and premillennialists put more emphasis on Satan’s grip on the human world. Speaking of premillennialists… 3. Premillennialism Tribulation → Christ returns → 1000-year reign → Final judgment This seems to be one of the most popular views amongst Americans. They believe a time of tribulation and apostasy will occur before Christ steps in, before the 1,000-year reign takes place. Premillennialists differ on when Christ returns. Some say at the end of the tribulation, and some say in the middle of the tribulation. No matter what the case, premillennialists believe that Christians will undergo suffering for a while before Christ steps into the picture. 4. Dispensationalism Jesus returns and raptures believers → Those who come to Christ after rapture undergo tribulation → Jesus returns for the rest of the believers → 1,000-year reign → Final judgment If you’ve read the Left Behind series, you have a good idea of this viewpoint. Dispensationalists follow the same basic chronology as premillennialists, leading some people to describe dispensationalism as a subgroup of premillennialism. However, dispensationalists have a particular twist: they believe Christians will be taken up (raptured) before the tribulation starts. Only those left behind, who come to Christ, will endure the antichrist’s hardships. No matter what view a Christian takes, we all tend to agree that Christ will come again to finalize his kingdom and that a final judgment will take place after a millennial reign. Why Is Eschatology Important to Christianity? Christianity revolves around eschatology. We know that Christ died for our sins, and we can be saved through the power of his resurrection. But the story doesn’t end there. Even after his death and resurrection, the world continues to be broken. People continue to reject his Lordship. We have hope because we know that the world will not continue to remain broken. That God has a restoration plan. Although we can bring pockets of heaven to earth now, God will do so in full at the End of Days. He will restore the Garden of Eden and plant the tree of life again. Eschatology—the study of the End Times—gives us hope that the country of our own (new heaven and new earth) that we’ve been yearning for will be instituted. What Are the Dangers of Eschatology? While eschatology gives us hope for the future, some Christians can get too obsessed with the end times (or, in some cases, not obsessed enough). Below are some of the dangers that come with eschatology—and why we should exercise caution. Too Obsessed: Some believers may try calculating the 70 weeks mentioned in Daniel. They’ll try to do the math to figure out the exact date when Christ will return. Scripture tells us that only God knows. And in the meantime, we have a mission. If we become too obsessed with the End of Days, we may forget what we’ve been called to do now. To preach the Gospel to the ends of the earth. Until all nations hear the word, Christ won’t return. Too Apathetic: Some believers have “fallen asleep” metaphorically on eschatology. They live for now, forgetting that we are also supposed to be future-minded. No, we shouldn’t constantly worry about whether Christ will return in the next minute. We don’t know the hour or minute he will come back. But we should be watchful. We should recognize the signs of the End Times and await with eager anticipation. Too Mean: Although we shouldn’t water down the gospel—and eschatology is part of the gospel—there are some Christians who will take it to the next level. They will embrace the turn-or-burn message and tell people they must believe or end up in the Lake of Fire. Don’t get me wrong; we should warn people about the dangers of sin and not turning to Jesus. But we need to be mindful of methodology. A message rooted in fearmongering is not Christlike nor in line with the tone of the Gospel (2 Timothy 1:7). Eschatology plays an important role throughout the Bible. Humans, and Satan, broke the world. And God will soon come to restore it and to restore us. In the meantime, we need to press on in our current mission. We’re not done yet, Christians. Let’s continue to advance the gospel and leave the End Times to God. We’ll know when he arrives. In the meantime, let’s focus on what he’s called us to do. Biblical Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that believes that all prophecies in the Bible have already been fulfilled in the past. This school of thought interprets the Book of Daniel as referring to events that happened from the 7th century BC until the first century AD, while seeing the prophecies of the Book of Revelation as events that happened in the first century AD. Preterism is directly opposed to futurism, which sees the end-times prophecies as having a still-future fulfillment. Hyper-Preterism, the belief that the New Testament expectation of Christ's return in glory has already occurred, has become a fairly standard part of critical approaches to biblical faith as they have developed during the modern period. Revelation 20-20-21-22 The Thousand Year Reign 20 Then[a] I saw an angel descending from heaven, holding[b] in his hand the key to the abyss and a huge chain. 2 He[c] seized the dragon—the ancient serpent, who is the devil and Satan—and tied him up for a thousand years. 3 The angel[d] then[e] threw him into the abyss and locked[f] and sealed it so that he could not deceive the nations until the one thousand years were finished. (After these things he must be released for a brief period of time.) 4 Then[g] I saw thrones and seated on them were those who had been given authority to judge.[h] I also saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of the testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. These[i] had not worshiped the beast or his image and had refused to receive his mark on their forehead or hand. They[j] came to life[k] and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 (The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were finished.)[l] This is the first resurrection. 6 Blessed and holy is the one who takes part[m] in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them,[n] but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and they will reign with him for a thousand years. Satan’s Final Defeat 7 Now[o] when the thousand years are finished, Satan will be released from his prison 8 and will go out to deceive[p] the nations at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog,[q] to bring them together for the battle. They are as numerous as the grains of sand in the sea.[r] 9 They[s] went up[t] on the broad plain of the earth[u] and encircled[v] the camp[w] of the saints and the beloved city, but[x] fire came down from heaven and devoured them completely.[y] 10 And the devil who deceived[z] them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur,[aa] where the beast and the false prophet are[ab] too, and they will be tormented there day and night forever and ever. The Great White Throne 11 Then[ac] I saw a large[ad] white throne and the one who was seated on it; the earth and the heaven[ae] fled[af] from his presence, and no place was found for them. 12 And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne. Then[ag] books were opened, and another book was opened—the book of life.[ah] So[ai] the dead were judged by what was written in the books, according to their deeds.[aj] 13 The[ak] sea gave up the dead that were in it, and Death[al] and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each one was judged according to his deeds. 14 Then[am] Death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death—the lake of fire. 15 If[an] anyone’s name[ao] was not found written in the book of life, that person[ap] was thrown into the lake of fire. Preterism comes the Latin word ‘praeter’ which means ‘the past’. When it comes to understanding Bible prophecy all Christians are preterists to one degree or another. It is only logical and reasonable to examine the past to see if a prophecy has already been fulfilled. Most Christians would acknowledge that Isaiah 7:14 describing a virgin giving birth has been fulfilled in the past. But not all Christians would agree about the nature of prophecies relating to Christ’s “second coming”. Preterists argue that all of the prophecies relating to Christ’s ‘coming’ (as described in Matthew 24) have already been fulfilled. This contrasts with two other schools of prophecy interpretation. Essentially there are then three general schools of eschatology: Futurism – the contents of Revelation pertain to the very end of time on earth. Historicism – that the contents of Revelation have unfolded throughout history from the time of its writing to the present day (and beyond). Preterism – before assuming that a prophecy is not fulfilled, it should be evaluated in the light of the past. That is, how did the original audience understand what was written to them – and what was the original intention of the text. If it can be demonstrated that a prophecy has been fulfilled in the past, then that prophecy should be considered as fulfilled prophecy. Within Preterism there are two streams. Both streams identify themselves as “Preterist”. To distinguish between them, two pejorative terms are often employed: Hyper-Preterism, and Partial-Preterism. Full Preterists, also referred to as Hyper-Preterists, or Pantelogists, regard all Bible prophecy fulfilled by A.D. 70. Those who regard that most prophecy was fulfilled by A.D. 70 (including the parousia of Christ’s Vindication, the commencement of the Kingdom of Christ, the First Resurrection, but not including the Final Judgment, the banishment of Satan to eternal torment, or the General Resurrection) are referred to as Partial-Preterists or more correctly: Classical Preterists. The proceeding table of comparison between Full-Preterism and Partial Preterism will highlight the differences. Criticism of Preterism can be summarised as- Futurists – claim that Preterism ‘spiritualises’ Bible prophecy rather than taking it literally. To which Preterists counter that they are actually more literal in their interpretation of Bible prophecy because they strive for the original intention of a passage rather than impose fanciful modern understandings onto an ancient text. Historicists – claim that Preterism was developed by Jesuits in the seventeenth century to counter the growing the Reformation claims that the Papacy was the Anti-Christ. This is actually one of the weakest methods of debate: attack with innuendo and name calling and ignore the content of the proposition. The roots of Preterism go back to the First Century AD when people clearly saw the events foretold by Christ as having been fulfilled up until the destruction of Jerusalem and Judea in A.D. 70. The sticking point between Full-Preterists and Partial Preterists is the nature of the Resurrection. Resolve this issue Biblically and you will conclude that one of these two positions is thoroughly Biblical and (while Creeds are not authoritative) in agreement with the earliest Creeds of the Church. Many Christians have strong beliefs about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. However, they don’t talk as much about what will happen after He returns. But the Bible tells you what is in store during and after the greatest event in human history. There are actually dozens of clear, detailed Bible prophecies showing that, after Christ returns, a 1,000-year period will occur, during which He will rule the Earth with the saints. Many Christians downplay this millennium or regard it as being “spiritual” but not literal. What is the Millennium? Is there really a prophesied time of worldwide peace and prosperity just around the corner? Will Jesus Christ really return to Earth to set up a world-ruling government? The answers to these questions are plainly revealed in your Bible. Read the writings of historians and theologians from the first few centuries after Christ’s death and resurrection, and you will see that they were generally aware of His future 1,000-year reign on Earth. Papias of Hierapolis taught in the second century a.d. that “there would be a certain millennium after the resurrection, and that there would be a corporeal reign of Christ on this very Earth,” according to the famous historian Eusebius’s Ecclesiastical Histories (emphasis added). Irenaeus, the bishop of Lyons, wrote in the second century a.d.: “For in as many days as this world was made, in so many thousand years it reaches its consummation.” He identified several Old Testament passages that refer to the Millennium, then continued: “All such things refer not to heavenly matters but to the time of the kingdom, when the Earth has been restored by Jesus Christ.” These men took the many biblical prophecies and statements about the Millennium literally. They did not think that this Kingdom of God was set up only “in your heart.” They understood it to be the literal reign of Jesus Christ on Earth, a government just as real as ancient Israel, the Roman Empire or the United States. Today, however, that general understanding of the Millennium has been lost. What is the truth? First, understand that this is not God’s world. The god of this world is actually Satan the devil (2 Corinthians 4:4). He has deceived the entire world through his powerful broadcast as the prince of the power of the air (Revelation 12:9; Ephesians 2:2). Revelation 20:1-3 prophesy that after Jesus Christ’s return, Satan and his demons will be bound for a thousand years: “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” This shows that after Christ takes the throne of the Earth from Satan, he will be restrained, no longer able to deceive the nations, for a thousand years. That tells us that the Millennium is a future event, because the world right now is clearly still heavily influenced by Satan. When that evil spirit influence is removed, however, everyone will have the opportunity to receive the wonderful truth that God reveals in the Bible. Everyone will finally have the opportunity to learn the way to true happiness. “[T]he earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 11:9). This is the time of “refreshing” and the “restitution of all things” prophesied in Acts 3:19-21. In the Millennium, the saints of God will rule with Jesus Christ (Revelation 20:6; Daniel 7:18, 27; Revelation 3:21; 5:10). These resurrected saints will rule beside Jesus Christ as His Bride (Revelation 19:7-8). In the fourth century a.d., the Catholic Church removed the book of Revelation from its general reading list. Encyclopedia Britannica (11th edition) comments: “Thus the troublesome foundation on which [the teaching of the Millennium] might have continued to build was got rid of.” Edward Gibbon wrote in The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire: “The doctrine of Christ’s reign upon Earth … was considered by degrees as a doubtful and useless opinion, and was at length rejected as the absurd invention of heresy and fanaticism.” The Catholic Church began to look on the Roman Empire as the fulfillment of the Kingdom of God. It erased the teaching of a future kingdom to be established by Christ at His return. Today, the pope of the church in Rome is called the vicar of Christ—in place of Christ. Many in Catholicism and the churches that derived from Catholicism believe that Christ’s millennial reign has already begun in some way. However, Revelation 20 clearly shows that the Millennium cannot begin until after Satan has been removed and bound. Today, we are so far removed from the truth about the Millennium that many Christians don’t believe this doctrine is even taught in the New Testament. But note this in John 7:8: Jesus Christ encouraged His disciples and His family to go and keep the Feast of Tabernacles. “But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he? … Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught” (verses 10-11, 14). Jesus Christ set this example for us: Even at the peril of His life, He kept the Feast of Tabernacles so that we might follow in His steps (1 Peter 2:21). Why keep the Feast of Tabernacles? To understand the truth about the Millennium! The Feast of Tabernacles is the sixth of seven annual festivals that God commands His people to observe every year. This weeklong fall festival occurs in September or October. Deuteronomy 16:14 shows that during the Feast of Tabernacles, God wanted the ancient Israelites to overflow with joyfulness, thanksgiving and rejoicing. God even commanded the Israelites to save a tenth of their income throughout the year for use at this festival to help them rejoice. Deuteronomy 14:23 gives the purpose of the Feast and its abundance: “[T]hat thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God always.” This Feast pictures a time of physical abundance, when the whole world will enjoy the fruits of obeying God’s law. Exodus 23:16 calls the Feast of Tabernacles a “feast of ingathering.” God’s plan of salvation is typed by the two annual harvests in ancient Israel: the small spring harvest of the firstfruits of the crops, and the much larger fall harvest. These harvests type God’s time order for harvesting human beings into His Family: First, He is gathering in a small harvest of firstfruits—the Church, which is being prepared and trained so they might rule with Christ in the Millennium and beyond. Then, God will gather in the great fall harvest, when all who have ever lived will be given a chance to be part of God’s Family. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures that future ingathering of Spirit-begotten humans who will be brought into the Family of God during the 1,000-year reign of Christ. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures a time when God’s Family will be enlarged. That is why Christ observed this festival when He was on Earth—because He understood what it pictured, even if the Jews did not. Zechariah 14 shows that when Christ returns, mankind will try to fight Him, but He will forcefully put down all rebellion. Mankind will be forced to be happy—to live the way of God, which brings real happiness into our lives. At that time, “living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one” (verses 8-9). God’s law will flow out from Jerusalem (Isaiah 2:3), and this city will become the joy of the whole Earth (Psalm 48:2). Zechariah 14:16 shows that in the Millennium, everyone will keep the Feast of Tabernacles: “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Talk about a feast of ingathering! This foretells a time when all mankind—Israelites and Gentiles alike—will be keeping the Feast of Tabernacles in Jerusalem. All mankind will be obeying God’s law and keeping His annual holy days! After putting down the initial rebellion, Christ will begin a massive project of reeducation. Much of that reeducation will center around these seven annual festivals, which picture God’s master plan for mankind. God commanded for these festivals to be observed forever. That is why Christ risked His life to keep them when He was on Earth—because He knew that these holy days pictured a time when all mankind would be brought into the Family of God. In this soon-coming Kingdom of God, everyone will have access to God’s truth and will be able to learn the way to true happiness. The truth of God will cover the Earth like the waters cover the ocean beds! (see Isaiah 11). Zechariah 14:17-19 show what will happen to those who refuse to keep the Feast of Tabernacles. They will experience curses from God such as drought until they change their attitudes. What more proof do we need that God always intends for us to keep these days? Now 6,000 years of human experience have brought mankind to the very brink of world suicide. So, in other words, the first 6,000 years of God’s 7,000-year plan were allotted to allow Satan to labor at his work of deceiving the world, followed by 1,000 years (one millennial day) when Satan shall not be allowed to do any of his “work” of deception. Put another way, God marked out six millennial days to allow man to indulge in the spiritual labor of sin, followed by a millennium of spiritual rest, under the enforced government of God. There is some people who believe that 800-1000 years are added to our History and that fall of Rome and Jesus Christ happened much faster then we think . I tried to research this and found one great article about Italian Umberto Gallery which in 19th century photos did not have first letter M which means it is 1000 years older . Then i found some interesting coins from the past . 1000 Years Added To Our History? Dark Ages Never Existed? Has Our History Been Tampered With? https://muslimheritage.com/uploads/AboutUs.pdf Believers in the “Tartaria” conspiracy theory are convinced that the elaborate temporary fairgrounds built for events like The Chicago World's Fair of 1893 and the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco in 1915 were really the ancient capital cities of a fictional empire. Built in the 1920s?, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank was one of several ornate Western-style commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district. Inside the ‘Tartarian Empire,’ the Architecture boards, adherents of a bizarre conspiracy theory argue that everything you know about the history of architecture is wrong. In 1908, architect Ernest Flagg completed the Singer Building in Lower Manhattan, a Beaux-Arts showstopper made for the Singer sewing machine company. From a wide base, a slender 27-story tower rose, topped by a mansard roof and a delicate lantern spire. Every inch dripped with sumptuous detail inside and out; vaulted roofs, marble columns with bronze trim, window mullions with spiral fluting. The lobby was said to have a “celestial radiance.” A book was written just about its construction. For a year, it was the tallest building in the world at 612 feet, and a celebrated landmark for decades after that. But not for too much longer. Despite its great height, the pencil-thin tower lacked office space. In the 1960s the company sold its ornate headquarters; demolition proceeded in 1967. It’s the tallest building to ever be peacefully demolished. By any account, it’s a fantastical tale: Once the tallest building in the world and a New York icon, knocked down in just a handful of decades. For some, it’s too fantastical to believe … or perhaps not fantastical enough. A dedicated group of YouTubers and Reddit posters see the Singer Building and countless other discarded pre-modern beauties and extant Beaux-Arts landmarks as artifacts of a globe-spanning civilization called the Tartarian Empire, which was somehow erased from the history books. Adherents of this theory believe these buildings to be the keys to a hidden past, clandestinely obscured by malevolent actors. Who? Why? To what possible end? As in many other, more high-profile conspiracy theories, this baroque fantasy doesn’t offer much in the way of practical considerations, logic or evidence. But it’s grounded in some real anxieties, pointing toward the changes wrought by the modern world in general and modern architecture specifically — and rejecting both. Tartaria rises Tartarian-themed content is produced for YouTube videos that get picked over on Reddit. The r/Tartarianarchitecture sub, which began in December 2018, has 3,300 members, though not everyone who posts and comments appears to be a true believer. A larger and more general sub that appeared around the same time, r/Tartaria, has 8,700 members. As conspiracy theories go, Tartaria remains obscure; Twitter user @cinemashoebox brought it to many people’s attention last year with this thread, and pseudoscience-debunking writer Brian Dunning recently devoted an episode of his podcast, Skeptoid, to the Tartaria theory, which appears to have first emerged in 2016 and 2017. The Tartaria storyline is not directly related to the adrenochrome-harvesting Satanic-pedophile cabal that lies at the heart of QAnon, the unfounded conspiracy theory that crashed into the real world in 2020. But it shares some of what Peter Ditto, a social psychologist at the University of California-Irvine who specializes in conspiracy theories, calls QAnon’s “cafeteria quality:” There’s no overarching narrative or single authorial voice interpreting events. It’s just a gusher of outlandish speculation; adherents can pick and choose which elements they want to sign on to. The overall premise is an alternative history. A vast, technologically advanced “Tartarian” empire, emanating from north-central Asia or thereabouts, either influenced or built vast cities and infrastructure all over the world. (Tartaria, or Tartary, though never a coherent empire, was indeed a general term for north-central Asia.) Either via a sudden cataclysm or a steady antagonistic decline — and perhaps as recently as 100 years ago — Tartaria fell. Its great buildings were buried, and its history was erased. After this “great reset,” the few surviving examples of Tartarian architecture were falsely recast as the work of contemporary builders who could never have executed buildings of such grace and beauty, and subjected them to clumsy alterations. “I think that it was one worldwide civilization,” says Joachim Skaar, a 26-year-old Norwegian who runs The Tartarian Meltdown YouTube channel. “It was all based on unity, oneness, peace, love, and harmony, which we don’t see in today’s society.” There’s an arch-traditionalism present in the theory, too. The pre-modern buildings that we venerate are sometimes said to be more than 1,000 years old. “The same people that built the Capitol in Washington built the pyramids in Egypt,” Skaar says. Reached at his recording studio, Skaar, who works as a plumber, is not an architect or historian, but he has strong opinions on both disciplines. “We have two very different types of architecture,” he says. There’s modern architecture “with the name Brutalism,” which he describes as “square concrete boxes which are designed to be produced very fast, very cheap and very effective.” And then there’s Tartarian architecture, a label that gets applied to anything that’s particularly ornate and pre-modern, encompassing many Western styles: Classical, Beaux-Arts, Second Empire. The term is also sometimes used for some non-Western structures, like the Taj Mahal. Structures that seem geographically or culturally dislocated, like the Beaux-Arts commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district, are particularly attractive to this theory, as are those that are impressively massive, like the pyramids of Egypt or the Great Wall of China (built, the theory goes, by Tartarians to keep the Chinese out). Anywhere there’s a perceived gap between the refined craftwork of an old building and the “primitive” technology of the horse-and-buggy-era people building it, space for Tartarian speculation pops up. American cities of the 19th century are often rich with Tartarian appropriation, especially the young settlements of the West, when grand public structures seemed to emerge from the wilderness, surrounded by wood hovels and muddy streets. State capitol buildings and city halls are frequently fingered as palaces of ancient Tartaria rather than Gilded Age municipal buildings. (These photos of the Iowa State Capitol in Des Moines highlight the contrast Tartarian theorists point out.) The Tartarian milieu is an intensely visual medium, occupied with riffing on photos and maps, picking out apparent inconsistencies and making one-off conjectures instead of weaving together comprehensive timelines. The theory is notably light on reasoning as to why and how the greatest cover-up in history was undertaken, but it does offer a few options for how Tartaria was erased and the great reset propagated. Many say that an apocalyptic mud flood buried its great buildings; some suggest the use of high-tech weaponry to tactically remove Tartarian infrastructure. A consistent theme is that warfare is an often-used pretext to wipe away surviving traces of Tartarian civilization, with the two world wars of the 20th century finishing work that may have begun with Napoleon’s invasion of Russia. Despite their interest in architecture, most Tartaria theorists do not appear to have backgrounds in the building trades: Many of the more easily refuted arguments spring from very basic misunderstandings of how the built environment works, as well as broader confusion about how buildings function in the economy and culture. An abundance of posters appear convinced that below-grade basement windows in older buildings, for example, are evidence that the building had been “mud flooded,” and the rest of the structure is actually buried deep underground. Sometimes this will get some skeptical pushback (“I think they didn't have lights in the cellar so they build in windows for them?” was how one poster responded), but that’s more of an exception than the rule. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere.” Similarly, their grasp of historic labor and material costs is shaky. Before the Industrial Revolution, labor was cheap, so paying artisans to sculpt elaborate masonry — even for relatively humble structures — wasn’t the great expense it seems today, when labor prices are higher and factory-made steel, concrete and glass is cheap; that’s why we see so much of these materials in buildings today, and so much less filigreed terra cotta. One of the most adamant denials in Tartarian circles is that public buildings like schools and post offices were ever built with monumental proportions and elegant aesthetics. They sneer at the wedding-cake-topper Second Empire buildings designed by Alfred Mullett after the Civil War, for example. “How many stamps did you sell to build yourself a post office like this?,” says popular Tartarian YouTuber JonLevi in one of his videos. “Absolutely ridiculous. The post office has always struggled.” (He has more than 100,000 subscribers.) Some of this confusion is unfamiliarity: Mullett’s U.S. Customs House and Post Office in St. Louis, for example, was a huge federal project, built to process the mail of 10 states and four U.S. territories, not a neighborhood letter depot. But beyond that, there’s a broader refusal to believe that public architecture could ever have been built in an atmosphere of generosity and abundance. This is echoed by their astonishment at the double-height grand lobbies and arched doorways of old buildings, which they see as artifacts not meant for us. (Some theorists surmise that ancient Tartarians were giants.) The Tartarian community seems to have internalized the current era’s predilection for public sector austerity and the resulting aesthetics, which they abhor, more than they realize. At its core, the theory reflects a fear of how quickly things change. As they look at today’s cityscapes, Tartaria believers see an eerie and alienating place, filled with abstract monoliths that emerged out of nowhere in a brief period of time. They’re skeptical of the rapid rise and development of the U.S., and even more suspicious of how quickly Modernism came to dominate the landscape. One favorite case study, useful for illustrating this aesthetic whiplash, is the grand domed Henry Ives Cobb Chicago Federal Building, built in 1905. Like the Singer Building, it was razed after just 60 years in favor of an icy black Mies van Der Rohe tower. In one sense, the Tartaria theory is right: With modern architecture, a revolutionary new consensus on how the built environment should look and work did take hold in a very short period of time, conveniently overlapping with the world wars that these theorists see as the tail end of Tartaria’s influence. The world of 1960 indeed looked radically different from the world of 1920. Led by obscure and poorly understood forces (architects), architecture schools truly did throw out the history books to build a new world. But instead of making this excision the work of a colossal global mega-conspiracy worthy of a pulpy airport mystery novel, they wouldn’t shut up about it. In the Tartarian worldview, we’re a society that doesn’t properly understand or value the built environment, because we’ve been misled about who really built it. When he’s decrying the lack of regard for the cultural legacy of old buildings, Skaar sounds less like a conspiracy theorist than a board member of a preservation nonprofit. “The problem is that people don’t recognize these buildings,” he says. “They walk past them all the time, and they’re fascinated, but they don’t think any more deeply about it. They don’t know what they’re looking at because they have been told something else.” In search of a fabricated empire This disregard for architecture’s “true” history moves into a wider rejection of how disposably cheap and commodified the culture at large seems to be. As such, one canonical belief of Tartarian aficionados is that the elaborate temporary pavilions built for late 19th century and early 20th century World’s Fairs were in fact Tartarian capital cities. It strikes them as improbably wasteful that anyone would erect these magnificent complexes, full of fluted columns, domes and pediments, out of plaster of Paris, hemp fiber, and straw, as was done for the 1893 World’s Fair in Chicago. In Tartarian lore, these sites were ancient monuments that were co-opted to teach a falsified history of the world and make a few bucks selling popcorn and Ferris Wheel rides. Then they were demolished, to erase the handiwork of the real builders. In pointing out the eradication of an ancient culture by an expanding imperial power, Tartarian believers again stumble on something real, but they scramble the protagonists. In the European colonial era, Western nations fanned out over the globe, subjugating and destabilizing numerous non-white civilizations — and building many examples of what’s now considered Tartarian architecture as celebration of these victories. But when YouTuber JonLevi marvels at the Hong Kong Shanghai Bank and the rest of the 1920s banking infrastructure built along Shanghai’s Huangpu River, he doesn’t see the wealth-extracting handiwork of a rapacious 20th century empire: In the Tartaria-verse, these are the stately remnants of a far older and more benevolent one. The theory posits that only Tartarians, not British bankers or Belgian rubber barons, could move culture like architecture across geography. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere,” says Skaar. Bastion star forts are another building type that Tartarians are obsessed with: They often point out that these cannon-resistant military fortifications, popular in the 16th and 17th centuries, are found all over Western Europe, like Portugal and the Netherlands, but also quite mysteriously, far away in Asia, in Sri Lanka. But since Sri Lanka was a Portuguese and Dutch colony, it’s not really very mysterious. Military historian Jeremy Black, author of two books on the history of fortifications, says that the geographic reoccurrence of the style reflects how effective Europeans were in spreading this technology across the globe. This ahistoricism can make the Tartarian architecture community occasionally receptive to reactionaries, racists and anti-Semites. A survey of videos and discussions will turn up all manner of other conspiratorial threads. Along with flat-Earth advocacy, anti-vaccination sentiments and 5G scaremongering, there’s talk of anti-Semitic banking cartel conspiracies and Holocaust denial. Some Tartarian histories recast populations of Central Asia, like Genghis Kahn’s Mongol Empire, as red-haired, blue-eyed, white people — “Silk Road Aryans.” The persistence of anti-Jewish tropes within current conspiracy theories is likely the result of cultural inertia, says UC-Irvine scholar Ditto. As successive generations of the conspiracy-minded seek evidence to back up their diverging worldview, they find it in texts that may go back centuries, which are riddled with anti-Semitism. But the face of the villains in the Tartarian narrative is not clearly defined. Skaar blames quasi-mystical “parasites” who thrive off pain and strife, and laments that contemporary life has become a place where “everything is based on tyranny, greed, and slavery.” The Tartaria commentariat is laced with economic discontent; they often decry the evaluation and disregard of buildings purely as salable commodities, untethered from broader notions of cultural legacy and achievement. There’s a reoccurring and implicit understanding that buildings, like the Singer Building, get torn down when they stop making money — the only thing that really matters — and that the world is a vast field of predation, where the rich and powerful consume the poor and weak. In fact, the governing ideology of the modern architecture that Tartarians despise was a critique of this system. Modernism argued for an egalitarian architecture that would help break the shackles of the past, rejecting backbreaking representational craftsmanship to honor omnipotent kings and divine beings in favor of simple, universal forms that would leverage restraint and efficacy into a broad uplift for the masses. Minus the weirdest stuff — the global mud flood, the ancient energy weapons, the vanished race of giants — the Tartaria theory is just an extreme form of aesthetic moralism, the idea that traditional architecture styles are inherently good and modern architecture is the product of a degenerate culture. The tastes of the community generally align with traditional architectural revival proponents (some of whom also embrace reactionary and white nationalist politics). This sort of aesthetic nativism flourished during the Trump era, and it appears to have fresh converts in Congress: Recently, representatives Marjorie Taylor Greene and Paul Gosar formed a new caucus dedicated to “uniquely Anglo-Saxon political traditions” and infrastructure that “befits the progeny of European architecture.” The language is different, but the sentiment wouldn’t appear out of place in r/Tartaria. Holding back a flood of conspiracies Though the Tartarian Empire seemed to wink into existence in the past few years, the themes its believers explore are familiar ones. Conspiracy theories are a way to channel restive populism in the face of rapid social and demographic change, Ditto says, and there’s plenty of that going around. They are also a way to gather up amorphous fears and put them in a specific place, to make them more manageable. Ditto calls this “over-intentionalization. “If your fate is controlled by impersonal, systemic forces, it doesn’t offer you much control over your own destiny,” he says. “But if you can localize it to a small group of people whose motives you understand — they are out to get you — then it at least offers some hope that you can overcome their malevolent intentions.” Belief in conspiracy theories can also be driven by loneliness, isolation and economic hardship, which made a pandemic a fertile Petri dish, and helped QAnon’s believers storm the Capitol by force and through the ballot box. The social atomization forced on us by Covid-19 is a hyperbolic retelling of the Tower of Babel (which has a special place in Tartarian lore) and its attendant anxiety at fracturing and divided cultures. The great reset that erased that tower — and the fabulous, fictional empire that built it — continues to reverberate, splintering us into ever-stranger factions. And Ditto says it does seem like reality is getting harder to decipher. The internet has made it easier to disseminate misinformation while eroding faith in the media hierarchies that once filtered it out. Polarization and a lack of trust in government and institutions creates a feedback loop, where leaders can’t solve problems because their political bases are too narrow, and the resulting failures engender more distrust. It’s not a new cycle — despite a spike in media attention, there’s not much evidence that conspiratorial thinking is more common now than in years past — but technology can make these currents of collective delusion more powerful, and harder to ignore. The basic human desires for community, stories (the more outrageous the better) and the need to feel like a protagonist in a wider struggle are what pulls us from moments of real social, economic and cultural dislocation into fabricated histories. Buildings and cities are made to grow old, to outlast people, and to be a testament to these cultural histories. They’re a yardstick for a culture’s ability to endure. When they’re not given the chance to do this, the contradiction can break something loose, and send people scavenging for cultural memory that feels ancient enough to anchor them in an uncertain now.

Cymatic Tartaria a lost civilization with the secret knowledge of sound. This documentary examines the lost civilization of Tartaria. A civilization that still had the secret knowledge of sound and what you can do with it... Churches, cathedrals and mosques were never built as houses of worship, but as 'power plants' that, thanks to their shape, geometry and materials used, could capture and transmit atmospheric energy and frequencies for the benefit of people, animals and plants... With the help of sound / frequencies it is possible to heal people, grow better food, levitate stones, turn lead into gold and many more amazing things that were known at the time of Tartaria. However, slowly this forgotten knowledge emerges and we start to rediscover the true function of Tartarian architecture and geometry... Cymatic Tartaria, a unique documentary that includes Tartaria, architecture, stone circles, Sacred Geometry, Diatonic Ratios, crop circles, ley lines, mudflood, Water Sound Images, electro-culture, sound, frequencies, resonance and form and many more interesting things... Vibration creates form and form creates vibration... Everything You Are Is Frequency And Your DNA Is The Ultimate Antenna. Your entire existence… all matter, all life, all experiences–everything owes its existence in the physical world to frequency. Absolutely everything is frequency. You cannot have an experience on this planet without attracting it through frequency. Every emotion, including love and hate tunes into a specific frequency. Health has a frequency. Disease has frequency. Your organs are each tuned to a specific frequency as is your entire body which resonates at its own frequency. You are a symphony of frequencies while you project yourself through this universe and create your physical reality. You are a master of your energy, and thus you are able to control everything you are, everything you do, everything you experience. From the day you are born until the day you die, nothing will ever change the fact that you are both a frequency emitter and receiver in flux with your internal and external environment. DNA possesses two structural characteristics of fractal antennas, electronic conduction and self symmetry. Electrical conduction allows the movement of electrically charged particles within the body and that flow produces our life force. Life itself as we know it is inextricably interwoven with geometric forms, from the angles of atomic bonds in the molecules of the amino acids, to the helical spirals of DNA, to the spherical prototype of the cell, to the first few cells of an organism which assume vesical, tetrahedral, and star (double) tetrahedral forms prior to the diversification of tissues for different physiological functions. The molecules of our DNA, the cornea of our eye, snow flakes, pine cones, flower petals, diamond crystals, the branching of trees, a nautilus shell, the star we spin around, the galaxy we spiral within, the air we breathe, and all life forms as we know them emerge out of timeless geometric codes. Our human bodies on this planet all developed with a common geometric progression from one to two to four to eight primal cells and beyond. The universe is more than 99.999% empty space, including our own bodies. All physical things are made of atoms which are mostly empty space. If the nucleus was the size of a marble, the electrons would be specks of dust a half mile away. Every physical thing has that much empty space in it. Inside that empty space is intelligence and frequency. Almost everywhere we look, the mineral intelligence embodied within crystalline structures follows a geometry unfaltering in its exactitude. The lattice patterns of crystals all express the principles of mathematical perfection and repetition of a fundamental essence, each with a characteristic spectrum of resonances defined by the angles, lengths and relational orientations of its atomic components. Golden ratio of segments in 5-pointed star (pentagram) were considered sacred to plato and pythagoras in their mystery schools. Note that each larger (or smaller) section is related by the phi ratio, so that a power series of the golden ratio raised to successively higher (or lower) powers are automatically generated Fibonacci ratios appear in the ratio of the number of spiral arms in daisies, in the chronology of rabbit populations, in the sequence of leaf patterns as they twist around a branch, and a myriad of places in nature where self-generating patterns are in effect. The sequence is the rational progression towards the irrational number embodied in the quintessential golden ratio. The world and the universe around us are filled with sacred geometry and the golden ratio. From seashells to the human body, from the cosmos to the atom, all forms are permeated with the shapes found in sacred geometry. While sacred geometry theories can be verified mathematically, it is also a field which holds much interest to many different religious communities who can find that it holds deep spiritual meaning for them.Scientists, archaeologists, mathematicians, and many spiritual seekers study sacred geometry as well. The human genome is packed with at least four million gene switches that reside in bits of DNA that once were dismissed as “junk” but it turns out that so-called junk DNA plays critical roles in controlling how cells, organs and other tissues behave. The discovery, considered a major medical and scientific breakthrough, has enormous implications for human health and consciousness because many complex diseases appear to be caused by tiny changes in hundreds of gene switches. As scientists delved into the “junk” — parts of the DNA that are not actual genes containing instructions for proteins — they discovered a complex system that controls genes. At least 80 percent of this DNA is active and needed. Another 15-17 percent has higher functions scientists are still decoding. Most of the molecules in the body are electrical dipoles. These dipoles electronically function like transducers in that they are able to turn acoustic waves into electrical waves and electrical waves into acoustic waves. A number of membrane proteins as well as DNA consist of helical coils, which may allow them to electronically function as inductor coils. Biological tissues may possess superconducting properties. If certain membrane proteins and the DNA actually function as electrical inductors they may enable the cell to transiently produce very high electrical voltages. Chronic disease occurs when voltage drops below a certain voltage. Cells then don’t have enough energy to work correctly and amount of oxygen in cells drops, switching from aerobic (oxygen- available) metabolism to anaerobic (oxygen diminished) metabolism. The natural properties of biomolecular structures enables cell components and whole cells to oscillate and interact resonantly with other cells. The cells of the body and cellular components possess the ability to function as electrical resonators. Professor H. Frohlich has predicted that the fundamental oscillation in cell membranes occurs at frequencies of the order of 100 GHz and that biological systems possess the ability to create and utilize coherent oscillations and respond to external oscillations. Because cell membranes are composed of dielectric materials a cell will behave as dielectric resonator and will produce an evanescent electromagnetic field in the space around itself. This field does not radiate energy but is capable of interacting with similar systems. The applications of certain frequencies by frequency generating devices can enhance or interfere with cellular resonance and cellular metabolic and electrical functions. The changes in the degree that water is structured in a cell or in the ECM will affect the configurations and liquid crystal properties of proteins, cell membranes, organelle membranes and DNA. Healthy tissues have more structured water than unhealthy tissues. Clinicians who recognize this fact have found that certain types of music, toning, chanting, tuning forks, singing bowls, magnetic waters, certain types of frequency generators, phototherapy treatments and homeopathic preparations can improve water structuring in the tissues and health when they are correctly utilized. Electricity, charge carriers and electrical properties of cells. The cells of the body are composed of matter. Matter itself is composed of atoms, which are mixtures of negatively charged electrons, positively charged protons and electrically neutral neutrons. When an electron is forced out of its orbit around the nucleus of an atom the electron’s action is known as electricity. An electron, an atom, or a material with an excess of electrons has a negative charge. There are multiple structures in cells that act as electronic components. If biological tissues and components of biological tissues can receive, transduce and transmit electric, acoustic, magnetic, mechanical and thermal vibrations then this may help explain such phenomena as: 1. Biological reactions to atmospheric electromagnetic and ionic disturbance (sunspots, thunder storms and earthquakes). 2. Biological reactions to the earth’s geomagnetic and Schumann fields. 3. Biological reactions to hands on healing. 4. Biological responses to machines that produce electric, magnetic, photonic and acoustical vibrations (frequency generators). 5. Medical devices that detect, analyze and alter biological electromagnetic fields (the biofield). 6. How techniques such as acupuncture, moxibustion, and laser (photonic) acupuncture can result in healing effects and movement of Chi? 7. How body work such as deep tissue massage, rolfing, physical therapy, chiropractics can promote healing? 8. Holographic communication. 9. How neural therapy works 10. How electrodermal screening works 11. How some individuals have the capability of feeling, interpreting and correcting alterations in another individual’s biofield Electric fields need to be measured not just as strong or weak, but also as low carriers or high carriers of information. The Russian biophysicist and molecular biologist Pjotr Garjajev and his colleagues also explored the vibrational behavior of the DNA. The bottom line was: “Living chromosomes function just like solitonic/holographic computers using the endogenous DNA laser radiation.” This means that they managed for example to modulate certain frequency patterns onto a laser ray and with it influenced the DNA frequency and thus the genetic information itself. Because electric fields conventionally defined as strong thermally may be low in biological information content and electric fields conventionally considered as thermally weak or non-ionizing may be high in biological information content if the proper receiving equipment exists in biological tissues. Weak electromagnetic fields are: bioenergetic, bioinformational, non-ionizing and non-thermal and exert measurable biological effects. Weak electromagnetic fields have effects on biological organisms, tissues and cells that are highly frequency specific and the dose response curve is non linear. Because the effects of weak electromagnetic fields are non-linear, fields in the proper frequency and amplitude windows may produce large effects, which may be beneficial or harmful. Homeopathy is an example of use weak field with a beneficial electromagnetic effect. Examples of a thermally weak, but high informational content fields of the right frequency range are visible light and healing touch. Biological tissues have electronic components that can receive, transduce, transmit weak electronic signals that are actually below thermal noise. Biological organisms use weak electromagnetic fields (electric and photonic) to communicate with all parts of themselves An electric field can carry information through frequency and amplitude fluctuations. Biological organisms are holograms. Those healthy biological organisms have coherent biofields and unhealthy organisms have field disruptions and unintegrated signals. It is said that frequency and thus vibration is the variable of dependence. The genetic wave information from DNA, recorded within the polarizations of connected photons, being quantum-nonlocal, constitutes a broadband radio wave spectrum correlated by means of polarizations with the photons. There is at present on our planet, a great schism in belief regarding resonant frequency. There are those who believe that yes, we all vibrate to the same frequency, whether it is the vibrational rate of the energy points or the vibrational rate of the liver. And many of these are people who believe they have indeed figured out the vibrational rate of the various organs, other bodily parts and etheric fields have invented instruments, made tapes or created machines which will somehow project the correct resonant frequency back in to the body to heal what ails you. Then, there are others who believe that we are all unique vibratory beings; that the frequencies of our organs and bodily systems may be different and are not the same. One fact will always remain… we are all energy bounded by frequency. How we interpret ourselves and our universe is guided by the one elusive concept that scientists still find mysterious, yet intriguing. Until that day comes when more research is devoted to how frequencies affect our entire existence, the answers to those mysteries will remain unanswered. HOW DNA IS REPROGRAMMED BY WORDS AND FREQUENCIES We now know that just as on the internet, our DNA can feed its proper data into a network of consciousness and can call up data from the network and also establish contact with other participants in the network. In addition, there is evidence for a whole new type of medicine in which DNA can be influenced and reprogrammed by words and frequencies without cutting out and replacing single genes. After thousands of years of being disconnected from higher dimensional frequencies, our DNA is finally breaking free from old patterns which have been stuck in a universal time matrix. However, humans will soon know and understand why 97% of our DNA has a higher purpose and why its transformation is leading us into an awakening that we never could have imagined. The human genome is packed with at least four million gene switches that reside in bits of DNA that once were dismissed as “junk” but it turns out that so-called junk DNA plays critical roles in controlling how cells, organs and other tissues behave. The discovery, considered a major medical and scientific breakthrough, has enormous implications for human health and consciousness because many complex diseases appear to be caused by tiny changes in hundreds of gene switches. As scientists delved into the “junk” — parts of the DNA that are not actual genes containing instructions for proteins — they discovered a complex system that controls genes. At least 80 percent of this DNA is active and needed. Another 15-17 percent has higher functions scientists are still decoding. Russian researchers’ findings and conclusions are simply revolutionary! According to them, our DNA is not only responsible for the construction of our body but also serves as data storage and in communication. The Russian linguists found that the genetic code, especially in the apparently useless junk DNA follows the same rules as all our human languages. To this end they compared the rules of syntax (the way in which words are put together to form phrases and sentences), semantics (the study of meaning in language forms) and the basic rules of grammar. They found that the alkalines of our DNA follow a regular grammar and do have set rules just like our languages. So human languages did not appear coincidentally but are a reflection of our inherent DNA. The Russian biophysicist and molecular biologist Pjotr Garjajev and his colleagues also explored the vibrational behavior of the DNA. The bottom line was: “Living chromosomes function just like solitonic/holographic computers using the endogenous DNA laser radiation.” This means that they managed for example to modulate certain frequency patterns onto a laser ray and with it influenced the DNA frequency and thus the genetic information itself. Since the basic structure of DNA-alkaline pairs and of language (as explained earlier) are of the same structure, no DNA decoding is necessary. This finally and scientifically explains why affirmations, autogenous training, hypnosis and the like can have such strong effects on humans and their bodies. It is entirely normal and natural for our DNA to react to language. While western researchers cut single genes from the DNA strands and insert them elsewhere, the Russians enthusiastically worked on devices that can influence the cellular metabolism through suitable modulated radio and light frequencies and thus repair genetic defects. Garjajev’s research group succeeded in proving that with this method chromosomes damaged by x-rays for example can be repaired. They even captured information patterns of a particular DNA and transmitted it onto another, thus reprogramming cells to another genome. So they successfully transformed, for example, frog embryos to salamander embryos simply by transmitting the DNA information patterns! This way the entire information was transmitted without any of the side effects or disharmonies encountered when cutting out and re-introducing single genes from the DNA. This represents an unbelievable, world-transforming revolution and sensation! All this by simply applying vibration and language instead of the archaic cutting-out procedure! This experiment points to the immense power of wave genetics, which obviously has a greater influence on the formation of organisms than the biochemical processes of alkaline sequences. This discovery also points to the significance of sound frequencies and vibrations in the origin of human life and the possibility that creation was generated by waves of consciousness. The Phantom DNA effect is a case in point: the energy field of a DNA sample remains detectable by laser light even when the physical sample is removed. At a fundamental level, man is pure energy. In Wave Genetics, the junk DNA functions at a rich infrastructure level of super codes and wave communication, realized in material form as crystalline structures–dynamic gene-holograms in liquid crystals of the chromosome continuum. What this model suggests is that the human gene is part of larger holograms (multiverse) of wave information reality. Hyper-communication, in the form of remote sensing, remote healing and telepathy, is definitely a part of the human protocol. Scientists are aware that 97% of our DNA is, as they call it “junk DNA”. They call it junk because they don’t see that we have any use for it. Only 3% of our DNA is wrapped up in the spiraling double helix strand. During the time of the 75,000 year cycle when we are exposed to the most torsion energy waves and it affects our DNA by reorganizing the 97% “junk” DNA from a 2-strand double helix to a 12-strand helix advancing man in a leap of evolution. Empty space is not really empty but filled with the invisible torsion wave energy at different degrees of concentration. Thus, as the stars and planets drift through the galaxy they pass through different concentrations in very exact intervals of time, with precise cycles that can vary in length from thousands to millions of years. As planets move through periods of high concentration of these torsion waves a transformation affects the DNA structure on the planet, which causes more highly evolved forms to more rapidly replicate than less evolved forms of life. Ample evidence of this is seen to occur through our fossil records which evolution has shown this to occur in sudden jolts rather than as a gradual process. The effect has been named as “punctuated equilibrium” by mainstream biologists. In nature, hyper communication has been successfully applied for millions of years. The organized flow of life in insect states proves this dramatically. Modern man knows it only on a much more subtle level as “intuition.” But we, too, can regain full use of it. An example from Nature: When a queen ant is spatially separated from her colony, building still continues fervently and according to plan. If the queen is killed, however, all work in the colony stops. No ant knows what to do. Apparently the queen sends the “building plans” also from far away via the group consciousness of her subjects. She can be as far away as she wants, as long as she is alive. In man hyper communication is most often encountered when one suddenly gains access to information that is outside one’s knowledge base. Such hyper communication is then experienced as inspiration or intuition. The Italian composer Giuseppe Tartini for instance dreamt one night that a devil sat at his bedside playing the violin. The next morning Tartini was able to note down the piece exactly from memory, he called it the Devil’s Trill Sonata. For years, a 42-year old male nurse dreamt of a situation in which he was hooked up to a kind of knowledge CD-ROM. Verifiable knowledge from all imaginable fields was then transmitted to him that he was able to recall in the morning. There was such a flood of information that it seemed a whole encyclopedia was transmitted at night. The majority of facts were outside his personal knowledge base and reached technical details about which he knew absolutely nothing. When hyper communication occurs, one can observe in the DNA as well as in the human being special phenomena. The Russian scientists irradiated DNA samples with laser light. On screen a typical wave pattern was formed. When they removed the DNA sample, the wave pattern did not disappear, it remained. Many control experiments showed that the pattern still came from the removed sample, whose energy field apparently remained by itself. This effect is now called phantom DNA effect. It is surmised that energy from outside of space and time still flows through the activated wormholes after the DNA was removed. The side effect encountered most often in hyper communication also in human beings are inexplicable electromagnetic fields in the vicinity of the persons concerned. Electronic devices like CD players and the like can be irritated and cease to function for hours. When the electromagnetic field slowly dissipates, the devices function normally again. Many healers and psychics know this effect from their work. The better the atmosphere and the energy, the more frustrating it is that the recording device stops functioning and recording exactly at that moment. And repeated switching on and off after the session does not restore function yet, but next morning all is back to normal. Perhaps this is reassuring to read for many, as it has nothing to do with them being technically inept, it means they are good at hyper communication. In their book “Vernetzte Intelligenz” (Networked Intelligence), Grazyna Fosar and Franz Bludorf explain these connections precisely and clearly. The authors also quote sources presuming that in earlier times humanity had been, just like the animals, very strongly connected to the group consciousness and acted as a group. To develop and experience individuality we humans however had to forget hyper communication almost completely. Now that we are fairly stable in our individual consciousness, we can create a new form of group consciousness, namely one, in which we attain access to all information via our DNA without being forced or remotely controlled about what to do with that information. We now know that just as on the internet our DNA can feed its proper data into the network, can call up data from the network and can establish contact with other participants in the network. Remote healing, telepathy or “remote sensing” about the state of relatives etc.. can thus be explained. Some animals know also from afar when their owners plan to return home. That can be freshly interpreted and explained via the concepts of group consciousness and hyper communication. Any collective consciousness cannot be sensibly used over any period of time without a distinctive individuality. Otherwise we would revert to a primitive herd instinct that is easily manipulated. Hyper communication in the new millennium means something quite different: Researchers think that if humans with full individuality would regain group consciousness, they would have a god-like power to create, alter and shape things on Earth! AND humanity is collectively moving toward such a group consciousness of the new kind. Fifty percent of today’s children will be problem children as soon as the go to school. The system lumps everyone together and demands adjustment. But the individuality of today’s children is so strong that that they refuse this adjustment and giving up their idiosyncrasies in the most diverse ways. True Self Realization and Soul Awakening requires expansion of our existing beliefs (beyond the restrictions of your programmed belief system – Opening up to the Absolute Universal Truth). We come into this planet knowing the Universal Truth. As we grow up we disconnect from the Universal Truth and inherit our family’s belief system. Our parent’s beliefs usually end up being the foundation of our beliefs. The foundation of this belief creates our restrictions. The Universe has no restrictions. We create the boundaries based on our beliefs. These boundaries limit our spiritual growth / inner development which affect our DNA and vice-versa. We have finally entered a portal where we can express our full potential as creative beings and begin the gradual removal of our preexisting human templates that have only been useful in the old world. The new world filled with higher consciousness and frequencies will only allow those vibrational alignments within our highest good. Anything else will be cast aside and force us to adapt until we get it right. This is the new portal that will intensify every month. Get ready to create a new you every single day. What's the Difference Between a DNA and RNA Vaccine? DNA and RNA vaccines have the same goal as traditional vaccines, but they work slightly differently. Instead of injecting a weakened form of a virus or bacteria into the body as with a traditional vaccine, DNA and RNA vaccines use part of the virus’ own genetic code to stimulate an immune response. The mRNA vaccine for COVID-19 co-developed by Pfizer and BioNTech was the first of its kind authorized for emergency use in the United States. On December 11, 2021 the Food and Drug Administration granted emergency use authorization for the messenger RNA (mRNA) vaccine for COVID‑19 co-developed by Pfizer and BioNTech. The emergency use vaccine is approved for people ages 5 and older. This article explains what exactly mRNA vaccines are and how they work. It also discusses how RNA vaccines are different from another advancement in disease prevention—DNA vaccines—along with the pros and cons of each type. What Are DNA and RNA Vaccines? Traditional vaccines, which expose the body to proteins made by a virus or bacteria, are often made by using weakened or inactive versions of that virus or bacteria. That’s how popular vaccines, like the measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR) vaccine and pneumococcal vaccine, work. When you get the MMR vaccine, for example, your body is introduced to weakened forms of the measles, mumps, and rubella viruses that do not cause disease. This triggers an immune response and causes your body to make antibodies like it would with a natural infection. The antibodies in traditional vaccines like these help your body recognize and fight the virus should you be exposed to it later on, preventing you from getting sick. A DNA or RNA vaccine has the same goal as traditional vaccines, but they work slightly differently. Instead of injecting a weakened form of a virus or bacteria into the body, DNA and RNA vaccines use part of the virus’ own genes to stimulate an immune response. In other words, they carry the genetic instructions for the host’s cells to make antigens. “Both DNA and RNA vaccines deliver the message to the cell to create the desired protein so the immune system creates a response against this protein,” Angelica Cifuentes Kottkamp, MD, an infectious diseases doctor at NYU Langone’s Vaccine Center, tells Very well. “[Then the body] is ready to fight it once it sees it again.” Research published in 2019 in the medical journal Frontiers in Immunology reports that “preclinical and clinical trials have shown that mRNA vaccines provide a safe and long-lasting immune response in animal models and humans.” “So far, there’s been no mass production of vaccines based on DNA or RNA,” Maria Gennaro, MD, a professor of medicine at the Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, tells Very well. “So this is kind of new.” Unlike traditional vaccines that contain a weak or inactive form of a virus, messenger RNA (mRNA) vaccines instruct cells in your body to build a protein similar to the virus. Your body responds to the protein with an immune response, which prepares your body to fight the actual virus if you encounter it. The Difference Between DNA and RNA Vaccines DNA and RNA vaccines work the same way as each other, but have some differences. With a DNA vaccine, the virus’ genetic information “is transmitted to another molecule that is called the messenger RNA (mRNA),” Gennaro says. This means with an RNA or mRNA vaccine, you’re one step ahead of a DNA vaccine. mRNA Vaccines for COVID-19 Vaccines are evaluated for their effectiveness in what are called vaccine effectiveness studies. No vaccines are 100% effective in preventing disease. But data from these studies shows that the mRNA vaccines developed by Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna reduce the risk of COVID-19 by 90% or more in people who are full vaccinated. “The mRNA goes into the cell, and the cell translates it into proteins…which are the ones that the organism sees and induces the immune response,” Gennaro says. Another difference between a DNA and RNA vaccine is that a DNA vaccine delivers the message via a small electrical pulse, which “literally pushes the message into the cell,” Cifuentes-Kottkamp says. “The advantage is that this vaccine is very stable at higher temperatures. The disadvantage is that it requires a special device that provides the electrical pulse,” she says. Pros and Cons of DNA and RNA Vaccines DNA and RNA vaccines are touted for their cost effectiveness and ability to be developed more quickly than traditional, protein vaccines. Traditional vaccines often rely on actual viruses or viral proteins grown in eggs or cells, and can take years and years to develop.3 DNA and RNA vaccines, on the other hand, can be made more readily available because they rely on genetic code—not a live virus or bacteria. This also makes them cheaper to produce. “The advantage over protein vaccines—in principle, not necessarily in practice—is that if you know what protein you want to end up expressing in the body, it’s very easy to synthesize a messenger RNA and then inject it into people,” Gennaro says. “Proteins are a little more finicky as molecules, whereas the nucleic acid [DNA and RNA] is a much simpler structure.” But with any health advancement comes potential risk. Gennaro says that with a DNA vaccine, there is always a risk it can cause a permanent change to the cell’s natural DNA sequence. “Usually, there are ways in which DNA vaccines are made that try to minimize this risk, but it’s a potential risk,” she says. “Instead, if you inject mRNA, it cannot get integrated into the genetic material of a cell. It is also ready to be translated into protein.” Because no DNA vaccine is currently approved for human use, there is still much to learn about their effectiveness. With two mRNA vaccines approved for emergency use, they are much closer to full approval and licensing by the FDA. DNA and RNA vaccines both instruct cells in your body to produce a protein that induces an immune response. Unlike RNA vaccines, DNA vaccines require an electrical impulse to push the genetic message into the cell. And while mRNA vaccines cannot affect your genes, this is a potential risk with DNA vaccines. Summary DNA and RNA vaccines contain genetic information that instructs cells in your body to produce a protein with a similar structure to that of the virus. This tricks your body into building an immune response to the protein that prepares your body to fight the real virus if you encounter it. Unlike traditional vaccines, neither RNA or DNA vaccines contain a live virus. For this reason they are more cost effective and can be produced more quickly than traditional vaccines. RNA and DNA vaccines induce a similar immune response, but DNA vaccines require an electrical pulse to reach the cell. When COVID-19 hit, a tremendous amount of funding and attention poured into mRNA vaccine development. As a result, the highly effective mRNA COVID-19 vaccines became the first of their kind to gain FDA approval and authorization. Messenger RNA vaccines are an important, life-saving advancement that has opened the door to a promising new era in disease prevention. The Hippies Were Right: It's All about Vibrations, Man! A new theory of consciousness Why are some things conscious and others apparently not? Is a rat conscious? A bat? A cockroach? A bacterium? An electron? These questions are all aspects of the ancient “mind-body problem,” which has resisted a generally satisfying conclusion for thousands of years. The mind-body problem enjoyed a major rebranding over the last two decades and is generally known now as the “hard problem” of consciousness (usually capitalized nowadays), after the New York University philosopher David Chalmers coined this term in a now classic 1995 paper and his 1996 book The Conscious Mind: In Search of a Fundamental Theory. Fast forward to the present era and we can ask ourselves now: Did the hippies actually solve this problem? My colleague Jonathan Schooler of the University of California, Santa Barbara, and I think they effectively did, with the radical intuition that it’s all about vibrations … man. Over the past decade, we have developed a “resonance theory of consciousness” that suggests that resonance—another word for synchronized vibrations—is at the heart of not only human consciousness but of physical reality more generally. So how were the hippies right? Well, we agree that vibrations, resonance, are the key mechanism behind human consciousness, as well as animal consciousness more generally. And, as I’ll discuss below, that they are the basic mechanism for all physical interactions to occur. All things in our universe are constantly in motion, vibrating. Even objects that appear to be stationary are in fact vibrating, oscillating, resonating, at various frequencies. Resonance is a type of motion, characterized by oscillation between two states. And ultimately all matter is just vibrations of various underlying fields. An interesting phenomenon occurs when different vibrating things/processes come into proximity: they will often start, after a little time, to vibrate together at the same frequency. They “sync up,” sometimes in ways that can seem mysterious. This is described today as the phenomenon of spontaneous self-organization. Examining this phenomenon leads to potentially deep insights about the nature of consciousness and about the universe more generally. ALL THINGS RESONATE AT CERTAIN FREQUENCIES Stephen Strogatz provides various examples from physics, biology, chemistry and neuroscience to illustrate what he calls “sync” (synchrony) in his 2003 book also called Sync, including: Fireflies of certain species start flashing their little fires in sync in large gatherings of fireflies, in ways that can be difficult to explain under traditional approaches. Large-scale neuron firing can occur in human brains at specific frequencies, with mammalian consciousness thought to be commonly associated with various kinds of neuronal synchrony. Lasers are produced when photons of the same power and frequency are emitted together. The moon’s rotation is exactly synced with its orbit around the Earth such that we always see the same face. Resonance is a truly universal phenomenon and at the heart of what can sometimes seem like mysterious tendencies toward self-organization. Pascal Fries, a German neurophysiologist with the Ernst Strüngmann Institute, has explored in his highly cited work over the last two decades the ways in which various electrical patterns, specifically, gamma, theta and beta waves, work together in the brain to produce the various types of human consciousness. These names refer to the speed of electrical oscillations in the various brain regions, as measured by electrodes placed on the outside of the skull. Gamma waves are typically defined as about 30 to 90 cycles per second (hertz), theta as a 4- to 7-hz rhythm, and beta as 12.5 to 30 hz. These aren’t hard cutoffs—they’re rules of thumb—and they vary somewhat in different species. So, theta and beta are significantly slower than gamma waves. But the three work together to produce, or at least facilitate (the exact relationship between electrical brain patterns and consciousness is still very much up for debate), various types of human consciousness. Fries calls his concept “communication through coherence” or CTC. For Fries it’s all about neuronal synchronization. Synchronization, in terms of shared electrical oscillation rates, allows for smooth communication between neurons and groups of neurons. Without coherence (synchronization), inputs arrive at random phases of the neuron excitability cycle and are ineffective, or at least much less effective, in communication. Our resonance theory of consciousness builds upon the work of Fries and many others, in a broader approach that can help to explain not only human and mammalian consciousness, but also consciousness more broadly. We also speculate metaphysically about the nature of consciousness as a more general phenomenon of all matter. ARE ALL THINGS AT LEAST A LITTLE BIT CONSCIOUS? Based on the observed behavior of the entities that surround us, from electrons to atoms to molecules to bacteria to paramecia to mice, bats, rats, etc., all things may be viewed as at least a little conscious. This sounds strange at first blush, but “panpsychism”—the view that all matter has some associated consciousness—is an increasingly accepted position with respect to the nature of consciousness. The panpsychist argues that consciousness (subjectivity) did not emerge; rather, it’s always associated with matter, and vice versa (they are two sides of the same coin), but mind as associated with most of the matter in our universe is generally very simple. An electron or an atom, for example, enjoy just a tiny amount of consciousness. But as matter “complexifies,” so mind complexifies, and vice versa. Biological organisms have leveraged faster information exchange through various biophysical pathways, including electrical and electrochemical pathways. These faster information flows allow for more macro-scale levels of consciousness than would occur in similar-scale structures like boulders or a pile of sand, simply because there is significantly greater connectivity and thus more “going on” in biological structures than in a boulder or a pile of sand. Boulders and piles of sand only have thermal pathways with very limited bandwidth. Boulders and piles of sand are “mere aggregates” or just collections of more rudimentary conscious entities (probably at the atomic or molecular level only), rather than combinations of micro-conscious entities that combine into a higher level macro-conscious entity, which is the hallmark of biological life. Accordingly, the type of communication between resonating structures is key for consciousness to expand beyond the rudimentary type of consciousness that we expect to occur in more basic physical structures. The central thesis of our approach is this: the particular linkages that allow for macro-consciousness to occur result from a shared resonance among many micro-conscious constituents. The speed of the resonant waves that are present is the limiting factor that determines the size of each conscious entity. As a shared resonance expands to more and more constituents, the particular conscious entity grows larger and more complex. So, the shared resonance in a human brain that achieves gamma synchrony, for example, includes a far larger number of neurons and neuronal connections than is the case for beta or theta rhythms alone. It’s resonating structures all the way down—and up. Our resonance theory of consciousness attempts to provide a unified framework that includes neuroscience and the study of human consciousness, but also more fundamental questions of neurobiology and biophysics. It gets to the heart of the differences that matter when it comes to consciousness and the evolution of physical systems. It is all about vibrations, but it’s also about the type of vibrations and, most importantly, about shared vibrations. Put that in your pipe and smoke it … man. Scientists have discovered a way to destroy cancer tumors using nothing but sound waves. A recent breakthrough in high-intensity focused ultrasound therapy (HIFU) technology has proven its use as an effective cancer treatment. A multi-institutional research team from China developed a semi-enclosed, spherical cavity transducer that can produce a focused, standing-wave field with a subwavelength-scale focal region and extremely high ultrasound intensity. The spherical cavity transducer appeared to generate tighter focal regions and greater pressure amplitude compared with the traditional concave spherical transducer. Researchers said the level of intensity generated by the new transducer design may lead to significant improvements in HIFU therapy. The findings were published in the Journal of Applied Physics. HIFU is a non-invasive, targeted treatment that makes use of sound waves to eradicate cancer cells. HIFU uses an ultrasonic transducer to convert electrical signals into sound waves, then concentrates ultrasound into a small focal region to raise the temperature to more than 65 decrees Celsius, thereby killing cancer cells in the process without inducing damage to surrounding tissues. The technique works in the same manner as focusing sunlight through a lens, which helps eliminate the disease-causing cells. HIFU can be used as an alternative to traditional cancer treatments such as chemotherapy and surgery. Sound waves prove to be viable cancer treatment in various studies High-intensity focused ultrasound therapy proved to be a highly-effective cancer treatment in various studies and clinical trials. For instance, researchers at the University College Hospital in London examined 625 men with prostate cancer and found that 93 percent of patients who underwent HIFU alone remained cancer-free at five years following the treatment, without requiring surgery or radiotherapy. Data also showed that only one to two percent of patients who had HIFU treatment suffered long-term urinary incontinence, compared with 10 to 20 percent of patients who had surgery. In addition, only 15 percent of patients in the HIFU group developed erectile dysfunction compared with 30 to 60 percent of surgical patients. "The results of this study are impressive and have the potential to transform prostate cancer treatment for many men in the future. It is extremely exciting technology and these results show that in men diagnosed early by prostate-specific antigen (PSA) blood testing, this targeted therapy could be as effective as surgery to remove the whole prostate gland or radiotherapy and cause far fewer side effects," said study co-author Tim Dudderidge. The findings were presented at an annual meeting of the European Association of Urology in Munich, Germany. A British clinical trial funded by the Medical Research Council has also found that 95 percent of patients who underwent HIFU therapy for prostate cancer remained cancer-free at 12 months after the treatment. The researchers also found that none of the respondents suffered urinary incontinence during the follow-up period. Another sound wave innovation to watch out for Researchers at the University of Alberta in Canada have developed a new technique that uses focused sound waves to activate minute particles known as nanodroplets. According to the researchers, the new technique was as accurate as using needles in biopsy. "With a little bit of ultrasound energy, nanodroplets phase-change into microbubbles. That's important because ultrasound can really oscillate these microbubbles. The microbubbles absorb of the ultrasound energy and then act like boxing gloves to punch the tumor cells and knock little vesicles off. That led us to detect some genes that were indicative of the aggressiveness of the tumour. That's potentially very powerful. You can get a genetic characterization of the tumour, but do it relatively non-invasively," said engineering professor Roger Zemp. A 1930’s Discovery to Cure Cancer- Rife Machines A device developed in the 1930s may be the most successful cancer cure ever invented. Rife frequency therapy is an early, non-toxic cancer treatment that has fallen into obscurity — but one that deserves to be resurrected! In 1933, an American inventor named Royal R. Rife invented an audio-frequency emitting device that was capable of sending frequencies into a person’s body that would destroy microorganisms found to be casually associated with cancer. Though the theory may sound more like science fiction than real life, it’s supported by the repeated research of numerous highly respected scientists. Unfortunately, like so many alternative cancer cures, Rife’s machines were discredited by industry elites, who regarded Rife’s work as pseudomedicine. As a result, Rife machines were never put into widespread use by mainstream medicine. It is believed by many alternative health practitioners that the medical industry’s rejection of Rife’s machines was caused by a conspiracy involving the American Medical Association, the Department of Public Health, and other elements of “organized medicine.” Pleomorphism: The Key to Rife’s Cancer Cure Rife’s work is totally unlike any other work done in pursuit of a cure for cancer — before, during or after his lifetime. He believed that cancer was a kind of virus, and in order to pursue his theory, he invented a microscope that was 8 times more powerful than those used by his contemporaries. Using his unique microscope, Rife discovered two organisms, which he named “BX” and “BY” and which appeared to cause carcinomas and sarcomas, respectively. Further, he found that the organisms were pleomorphic — which means they could take different forms. In one form, the organisms were harmless, but in the other, they caused cancer. The idea of pleomorphic entities comes from a French scientist, Antoine Beauchamp. In the early days of microbiology, Beauchamp and Louis Pasteur led opposing camps in the ideological war over the forms microbes could take. Pasteur’s ideas dominated, but scientists since have proven Beauchamp’s idea of pleomorphism to be correct, and the issue is still debated to this day. This pleomorphic view of microorganisms is key to Rife’s cancer cure — but it contradicts elements of other theories behind the highly profitable antibiotic drugs that rose to popularity during Rife’s lifetime. Thus, thanks to a collusion of professional biases and profit margins, Rife’s work was cast into oblivion. Sine Wave Destroys the Cancer Virus This is especially tragic because Rife didn’t just determine the cause of cancer (the pleomorphic organisms BX and BY), he found a way to destroy it. Rife discovered that exposing diseased organisms and cells to a modified form of their own oscillation pattern (vibrational energy) destroys the diseased cells, while leaving healthy cells intact and unharmed. A specific frequency in particular called the sine wave could destroy the cancer virus. Thereafter, Rife adapted x-ray technology and built a “ray tube” that he used to zap the organisms with the desired audio frequency. With his special microscope, Rife could watch as cancer viruses were instantly killed by his sine wave treatment. In order to achieve those results for humans, however, he had to find a way to get the audio waves into the deep tissues inside the human body. The key was a carrier wave capable of penetrating tissue. Rife ingeniously found a way to “piggyback” the frequencies so they could travel as a unit, but remain separate and distinct. This method of delivery allowed Rife to treat cancers anywhere in the body. His treatment, approved for and used on humans in the 1930s, is completely non-toxic and does not damage healthy tissue in any way. Though great successes were achieved using Rife’s “ray tube,” ineffective business practices undermined Rife’s efforts to produce more machines. Finding a Real Rife Machine A typical Rife machine consists of a 9-volt battery, wiring, a switch, a timer and 2 short copper cylinders. All one has to do is hold the 2 copper cylinders in one’s hands and relax for about 30 minutes. The machine delivers an “almost undetectable” current to the body. Since none of the Rife machines sold today are identical to the first model, the primary difficulty for those interested in this treatment is determining if the machine in question functions in a manner close enough to Rife’s original. Rife machines that are currently available vary widely in the type of resonant frequencies they emit. There’s a Rife machine which comes with the same double-bubble bulb configuration used by Royal Rife in his laboratory, and contains over 800 frequencies for treating a wide array of health conditions, including cancer. Typing the key phrase “Rife machines” on any search engine will reveal many commercially available machines that feature different configurations of functionality and programmability, and they range from $300 to $3,000 or more. Caveat Emptor: Unscrupulous entrepreneurs selling devices that bear Rife’s name have been marketing their products using fraudulent claims, and some have been convicted of health fraud. It is advisable to exercise caution and due diligence when purchasing a Rife device — and be sure to buy only from reputable companies. Royal Raymond Rife (May 16, 1888 – August 5, 1971) was an American inventor and early exponent of high-magnification time-lapse cine-micrography. Rife is known for his microscopes, which he claimed could observe live microorganisms with a magnification considered impossible for his time, and for an "oscillating beam ray" invention, which he thought could treat various ailments by "devitalizing disease organisms" using radio waves. Although he came to collaborate with scientists, doctors and inventors of the epoch, and his findings were published in newspapers and scientific journals like the Smithsonian Institution annual report of 1944, they were later rejected by the American Medical Association (AMA), the American Cancer Society (ACS) and mainstream science. Rife's supporters continue to claim that impulses of electromagnetic frequencies can disable cancerous cells and other microorganisms responsible for diseases. Most of these claims have no scientific research to back them up and Rife machines are not approved for treatment by health authorities in the world. Multiple promoters have been convicted of health fraud and sent to prison. Life and work Little reliable published information exists describing Rife's life and work. In the 1930s, he made several optical compound microscopes and, using a movie camera, took time-lapse microscopy movies of microbes. He also built microscopes that included polarizers. Rife claimed magnifications of 17,000× or more for some of these microscopes. A report published by the Smithsonian Institution described one of these microscopes as equipped for "transmitted and monochromatic beam dark-field, polarized, and slit-ultra illumination, including also a special device for crystallography". It added that several doctors had attended a demonstration of another of Rife's microscopes and had been impressed by its clarity and high magnification. Some of the observations Rife claimed to have made with his microscopes are, however, contradicted by modern findings. For instance, he reported that under certain conditions typhoid bacteria changed into a much smaller form, and claimed that most cancerous tumours contained a microbe that had no less than five forms, one of which was indistinguishable from E. coli while another resembled a fungus. Rife also reported that a 'beam ray' device of his invention could destroy microbial pathogens. Rife claimed to have documented a "Mortal Oscillatory Rate" for various pathogenic organisms, and to be able to destroy the organisms by vibrating them using radio waves of this particular frequency. According to the San Diego Evening Tribune in 1938, Rife stopped short of claiming that he could cure cancer, but did argue that he could "devitalize disease organisms" in living tissue, "with certain exceptions". In a 1931 profile, Rife warned against "medical fakers" who claim to cure disease using "electrical 'vibrations'", stating that his work did not uphold such claims. An obituary in the Daily Californian described his death at the age of 83 on August 5, 1971, stating that he died penniless and embittered by the failure of his devices to garner scientific acceptance. Rife blamed the scientific rejection of his claims on a conspiracy involving the American Medical Association (AMA), the Department of Public Health, and other elements of "organized medicine", which had "brainwashed and intimidated" his colleagues.

What Would Happen if the Earth Were Actually Flat ? Welcome To The Tartaria New Year Wow Its 2024. The Earth has yet again made a revolution about the sun. But not so fast. If you subscribe to the idea of a flat Earth, then you’d believe that no such thing happened, because the sun rotates in a circle around the sky. Humans have known for thousands of years that the planet is round, yet the belief in a flat Earth refuses to die. Members of the Flat Earth Society claim to hold such beliefs. Let’s examine, then, how the well-known principles of physics and science would work (or not) on a flat Earth. Flat Earth has long been touted as the mother of all true conspiracy theories, marginalized, suppressed and ridiculed for centuries as being an ignorant ancient unscientific worldview, but the facts of the matter are far from what you have been told. "How Everything Works on Flat Earth," elucidates exactly how the geocentric stationary plane model works and why the heliocentric spinning ball-Earth model is actually nothing but a pseudo-scientific deception. Its So Easy Now... So You Now Have A True List Tens Of Thousands Area's Black Out Or Blocked From You... So Everything You Are Not Suppose To See Is Blacked Out For You By U.S.A. Government And Google Earth To See Now. (So find a 1,000 yrs. old name or old city on a map... like a 1632 Tartaria map or Area 51 or Magnetic stone rupes nigra huge rock at north pole... if its blackout or blocked... Its Not A Conspiracy Theory Anymore Its True) Wow Its For Real Now. If Its Not Real ?... Why Is It Blocked or Blacked Out In The First Place For You Too See ? Conspiracy Theories That Actually Turned Out to Be True They say the truth is stranger than fiction. That's no lie: All of these so-called "conspiracy theories" turned out to be legit. I’m not crazy, you’re all crazy! Yeah it’s a conspiracy…conspiracy of silence! We’re not saying that every cuckoo-bananas thing you hear is legitimate, we’re just saying that’s the case sometimes. These theories were too crazy to be true—until they weren’t. Gravity Fails First of all, a pancaked planet might not have any gravity. It’s unclear how gravity would work, or be created, in such a world, says James Davis, a geophysicist at Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory. That’s a pretty big deal, since gravity explains a wide range of Earthly and cosmic observations. The same measurable force that causes an apple to fall from a tree also causes the moon to orbit the Earth and all the planets to orbit the sun. People who believe in a flat Earth assume that gravity would pull straight down, but there’s no evidence to suggest it would work that way. What we know about gravity suggests it would pull toward the center of the disk. That means it would only pull straight down at one point on the center of the disk. As you got increasingly far from the center, gravity would tug more and more horizontally. This would have some strange impacts, like sucking all the water toward the center of the world, and making trees and plants grow diagonally, since they develop in the opposite direction of gravity’s pull. Solar Problems Then there’s the sun. In the scientifically supported model of the solar system, the Earth revolves around the sun because the latter is much more massive and has more gravity. However, the Earth doesn’t fall into the sun because it is traveling in an orbit. In other words, the sun’s gravity isn’t acting alone. The planet is also traveling in a direction perpendicular to the star’s gravitational tug; if it were possible to switch off that gravity, the Earth would shoot away in a straight line and hightail it out of the solar system. Instead, the linear momentum and the sun’s gravity combine, resulting in a circular orbit around the sun. The flat Earth model places our planet at the center of the universe, but doesn’t suggest that the sun orbits the Earth. Rather, the sun circles over the top side of the world like a carousel, broadcasting light and warmth downward like a desk lamp. Without the linear, perpendicular momentum that helps generate an orbit, it’s unclear what force would keep the sun and moon hovering above the Earth, Davis says, instead of crashing into it. Likewise, in a flat world, satellites likely wouldn’t be possible. How would they orbit a plane? “There are a number of satellite missions that society depends on that just wouldn’t work,” Davis says. For this reason, he says, “I cannot think of how GPS would work on a flat Earth.” If the sun and moon just loop around one side of a flat Earth, there could presumably be a procession of days and nights. But it wouldn’t explain seasons, eclipses and many other phenomena. The sun would also presumably have to be smaller than Earth so as to not burn up or bump into our planet or the moon. However, we know the sun to be more than 100 times the diameter of the Earth. Removing Heaven and Earth Deep below ground, the solid core of the Earth generates the planet’s magnetic field. But in a flat planet, that would have to be replaced by something else. Perhaps a flat sheet of liquid metal. That, however, wouldn’t rotate in a way that creates a magnetic field. Without a magnetic field, charged particles from the sun would fry the planet. They could strip away the atmosphere, as they did after Mars lost its magnetic field, and the air and oceans would escape into space. Tectonic plate movement and seismicity depend on a round Earth, because only on a sphere do all the plates fit together in a sensible way, Davis says. Movements of plates on one side of the Earth effect movements on the other. The areas of the Earth that create crust, like the mid-Atlantic ridge, are counterbalanced by places that consume crust, like subduction zones. On a flat Earth, none of this could be adequately explained. There’d also have to be an explanation for what happens to plates at the edge of the world. One could imagine they might fall off, but that would presumably jeopardize the proposed wall that prevents people from falling off the disk-shaped world. Perhaps one of the most glaring oddities is that the proposed map of the flat Earth is totally different. It places the Arctic at the center while Antarctica forms an “ice wall” around the edges. In such a world, travel would look very different. Flying from Australia to certain parts of Antarctica would, for example, take forever—you’d have to travel over the Arctic and both Americas to get there. In addition, certain real-world feats, such as traveling across Antarctica (which has been done many times), would be impossible. Falling Flat Contrary to popular belief, it’s a misconception that many societies of serious, educated people ever actually believed in the flat Earth theory. “With extraordinary few exceptions, no educated person in the history of Western Civilization from the third century B.C. onward believed that the Earth was flat,” historian Jeffrey Burton Russell noted in 1997. “A round Earth appears at least as early as the sixth century B.C. with Pythagoras, who was followed by Aristotle, Euclid, and Aristarchus, among others in observing that the earth was a sphere.” As the scientist and writer Stephen Jay Gould once wrote, the idea that many people—including the Spaniards and Christopher Columbus—believed the Earth to be flat was largely concocted by 19th century writers such as Washington Irving, Jean Letronne and others. Letronne was “an academic of strong anti-religious prejudices… who cleverly drew upon both to misrepresent the church fathers and their medieval successors as believing in a flat earth,” Russell noted. In any case, while it’s fun to imagine counterfactual scenarios, science proceeds by coming up with theories to explain observations. When it comes to these theories, the simpler, the better, Davis says. The flat Earth idea, however, clearly begins with the idea that the planet is planar, and then attempts to twist other observations to its benefit. You can find odd explanations for individual phenomena under this framework, says Davis, but “it falls apart pretty quickly.” So where's the edge? who's to say that there is an edge and why assume there is one? is it because when we are introduced to the idea of a flat earth it's always depicted like this? in the currently most accepted model Antarctica is not a continent, but a 360 degree landmass made up of ice that holds the oceans within. when we look at a Gleason's map from 1892 that states at the top that it's scientifically and practically correct as is we see this Antarctic ice rim. the Gleason's map is basically an azimuthal equidistant projection which can be traced back to the year 1000. the AE map is also an official map of the United States Geological Survey (USGS) and the official logo for the United Nations. the oldest known globe in the world is from 1492 this is something you need to keep in mind because many people argue that the azimuthal equidistant map is just a flattened out version of the globe when in fact the globe is just a rounded version of this true world flat map. if the flat map came first and it has the ability to convert into a globe without any problems whatsoever then that should tell you a little bit about how this globe deception was achieved. now back to if there is an edge or not. there is no proof that there is an edge past the Antarctic ice wall, but it is speculated by many that perhaps the plane that we live on is either extremely expensive or it's possibly endless. in these two scenarios it would be logically assumed that more land as being hidden from the general public in a 1954 interview with Admiral Richard E bird, an American naval officer who specialized in exploration, he had this to say: "but strangely enough left in the world today is an area as big as the United States that's never been seen by human being and that's beyond the pole on the other side of the South Pole from Middle America and I think it's quite astonishing that it should be an area as big as that unexplored." implying that there is more land past Antarctica. if that uninhabited land was on a globe it would be in the Indian Ocean. a recent discovery of an old Buddhist map in a newspaper from 1907 seems to support the idea of a vast plain with much more land. Where does the Sun go if the earth is flat? well the Sun neither rises nor sets, but travels in a clockwise circuit from east to west and only appears to rise and set due to perspective. the Sun disappears at the vanishing point of human perspective on the horizon where the ground meets the sky and since the sun is not 93 million miles away I repeat NOT 93 million miles away, but much closer and smaller the light emanating from the Sun only illuminates about half of the flat plane at once as it makes its daily journey. What's underneath the flat earth? this is obviously an unanswerable question since the assumed edge has never been known to be reached, but many people suppose that whether the earth is round or flat that either way it still must be floating in the middle of outer space, but the idea of outer space goes out the window with the round earth theory. many religious text support an immovable earth that has its foundations on which it is laid and its pillars by which it is supported. we simply don't know, but we do know that the earth is obviously fixed in place as we can tell by our everyday experience of non movement. what we see in the skies above are illuminated objects making circles around us just as it appears. whatever this place maybe it's the center of all we survey. some say that the earth is the floor of the universe. in the ancient Hebrew conception of the universe we are surrounded by the waters above and the waters below known as the great deep. the deepest hole ever drilled into the earth was a total of about seven and a half miles. the very core of the earth is nothing more than wild speculation if not another malicious lie. so what's under the earth? that remains a mystery to us all, but another thing that you can research is what's inside the earth. multi-billion dollar deep underground military bases known as dumbs D.U.M.B's. What about ships and boats disappearing over the horizon? this is also due to human perspective. they don't go over the horizon. they go into the horizon, moving beyond the limit of our vision and passed the vanishing point, but the ships and boats are easily brought back into view with a pair of binoculars a telescope and any camera with a good zoom lens. a great question to ask yourself is why can't we see noticeable curvature from 120,000 feet up, but many people claim that the supposed curvature can be seen from the ground by watching boats? it doesn't make sense. What about all the pictures of the earth? they are all clearly computer-generated images they claim this picture from apollo 17 in 1972 Is real and they also claim that the 2015 epic earth picture is real, but NASA employee Robert Simmon gave us a glimpse of how they do it when he shared his experience of creating the blue marble 2.0 in 2002. he is now called mr. blue marble. he was interviewed and on record stating "the last time anyone took a photograph from above low Earth orbit that showed an entire hemisphere one side of the globe was in 1972 during Apollo 17 NASA's Earth observing system EOS satellites were designed to give a check-up of Earth's health by 2002 we finally had enough data to make a snapshot of the entire Earth so we did." in 2002, blue marble 2.0. NASA's Rob Simmon made this. Simmon's job is... it's primarily taking data and making pictures out of it. that's what this is. a composite of data sets from several different instruments translated into a picture. so we actually had to take clouds and out. stashed the clouds for later went on to the ocean that came from an instrument that measures phytoplankton in the sea. where it was low, I color it dark blue because they're low mostly in mid oceans and then where it's a little bit higher, it was like a little bit brighter green, then add the clouds back in. there is a small problem with it because there's a very slight gap in between each orbit so some of those are painted on. it is photoshopped but it has to be. then there was another layer to sort of simulate the atmosphere and then there's this little bright spot, it's called the specular highlight. so it's the reflection of sunlight off of water. those are the pieces, but you can't just slap them all together just didn't look realistic it looks kind of flat or the clouds are sort of to see through so i just hit command + Z a lot. there's artistry to creating the world. what I imagined it to be. unfortunately i'm not an astronaut. I've never been to space, but I've looked at these images over and over again trying to sort of get the essence of it. It is photoshopped but it has to be. it is photoshopped but it has to be. it is photoshopped but it has to be. it is photoshopped but it has to be. Why are all the other planets around then? when you compare amateur footage done with professional grade cameras and compare it to NASA's official images of planets and stars, it's clear that NASA images are all computer-generated. no different than the photos of Earth. what have become known as planets are round lights that seem to be set over the flat earth. the so-called planets and stars are not what we have been told they are and comparing luminous objects that you see in the sky to the earth under your feet is very ineffective for actually proving the supposed rotundity of the earth. since there are no actual photographs of the earth and motion has never been experienced or proven, it would seem more logical for one to assume that we are on a flat motionless plain and everything we see in the heavens revolves around us. What about satellites and GPS? as crazy as it may sound, satellites are a hoax. have you ever wondered why there are never any damaged or fallen satellites? and why there are no satellite malfunctions due to constant heating and cooling? it's weird they don't melt in the thermosphere that's over 2,000 degrees. I find myself looking at the moon and wondering why we never see satellites pass by the moon. did you know there are thousands of miles of fiber optic cables under the seabed that supplies 90% of the Earth's communication? internet, phones, etc. and GPS works off of cell phone towers. it's called triangulation. haven't you seen those really tall towers and wondered what they are? satellite TV is just enhanced radio using ground-based towers it's all ground-based just like the old TV antenna. science fiction author arthur c. clarke proposed the idea of geostationary satellites in 1945 in a magazine called wireless world and twenty years later in 1965 they claim to have successfully launched the first commercial geostationary communication satellite. today there are said to be thousands, but the odd thing is that trying to prove it only leaves you fruitless. Is outer space even real? yes and no. what you see in the sky as far as stars and wandering stars also known as planets are there. how could we deny them? we don't know what they actually are, but they are there. now what we are told about outer space and what it is is not true at all. everything we believe about so-called outer space is due mostly to Hollywood movies and other media including children's cartoons. of course NASA propaganda is the biggest culprit. as we have already gone over there are no pictures of Earth and even images of all the other so-called planets are computer generated. NASA has gone on record numerous times stating that humans can't get past low Earth orbit. NASA's next spacecraft already being built and tested across America will do those things and more. this is the spacecraft that's going to take humans to explore the solar system it's the next big step for NASA and exploration. called the Orion multi-purpose crew vehicle or MPCV this next generation spacecraft will enable America to explore beyond low-earth orbit. as we get further away from earth will pass through the Van Allen belts. an area of dangerous radiation but orion has protection. shielding will be put to the test as the vehicle cuts through the waves of radiation. sensors aboard will record radiation levels for scientists to study. we must solve these challenges before we send people through this region of space. plan that NASA has is to build a rocket called SLS which is a heavy lift rocket. it's something that is much bigger than what we have today and it will be able to launch the Orion capsule with humans on board as well as Landers or other components to get to destinations beyond Earth orbit. right now we only can fly in Earth orbit. that's the farther so we can go and this new system that we're building is going to allow us to go beyond and hopefully take humans into the solar system to explore. so the moon, Mars, asteroids, there's a lot of destinations that we could go to and we're building these building block components in order to allow us to do that eventually. and unlike the previous program, we are setting a course with specific and achievable milestones. early in the next decade a set of crude flights will test and prove the systems required for exploration beyond low Earth orbit. low Earth orbit is supposedly between 99 and 1,200 miles away. the funny thing is that they say the moon is over 200,000 miles away. how did we make it so far in the 1960's and 1970's if we can't do it today? also the International Space Station, just like everything else brought to us by NASA, is a fake free masonic hoax completely fabricated and done with special effects, models, pools, zero g planes and various other camera tricks. How is circumnavigation possible on a flat earth? very easily. you can travel east and west directions to ultimately end up right back where you started. the face of the earth looks similar to that of a clock. in fact, clocks were most likely designed after the true appearance of our world. if you follow a compass east for long enough you'll make a full circuit. same thing if you travel west long long enough. as we've already gone over, the flat earth map that was around before globes were easily converts to a globe. so everything you believe you are doing on a globe is actually taking place on a flat earth. How come the moon is upside down in the southern hemisphere? this is another very simple explanation. when somebody is in the northern part of the earth. or on the northern part of the earth, they see the moon from this angle. when somebody is on the southern part of the earth the moon looks like this. they're looking at it from this angle. they see it from the opposite angle. that's all it is. imagine you tape a picture of the moon in the center of your living room. depending on where you are in the room the moon will be seen differently. when pondering this question, keep in mind that the face of the moon never changes. on a spherical earth we'd expect to see other sides, but we never have. What about the seasons? the Sun is close and small and it circles around and above the flat earth in a spiral pattern. on the tropic of cancer in the northern summer months and then down in the tropic of capricorn in the northern winter months. so when the Sun is further away from the North Pole, the center of the flat earth, it's winter in the north and summer in the south. since the sun is smaller than we are told and closer it makes much more sense that we experience seasons in the first place. if the Sun was 93 million miles away and had a radius of over 400,000 miles we would hardly experience temperature fluctuation as we do. What about gravity? gravity is necessary in order for a spinning ball earth to work. people readily believe that you can't fall off of a spinning ball that's darting through outer space at speeds that you can't even comprehend, yet they will deny how much easier it is to stay on a flat surface that doesn't move. gravity is a scapegoat for all that cannot be explained and it has never been proven. the reason why things fall or float is because of density and buoyancy. if something is heavier than air it falls. if it's lighter than air it floats. very straightforward. your phone is denser than the air. therefore it falls when you drop it. everything works because of density no need to factor in imaginary components. quote "the law of gravitation is said by the advocates of the Newtonian system of astronomy to be the greatest discovery of science and the foundation of the whole of modern astronomy. if therefore it can be shown that gravitation is a pure assumption and an imagination of the mind only, that it has no existence outside of the brains of its expanders and advocates, the whole of the hypotheses of this modern so-called science fall to the ground as flat as the surface of the ocean and this most exact of all Sciences, this wonderful feet of the intellect, becomes at once the most ridiculous superstition and the most gigantic imposture to which ignorance and credulity could ever be exposed. Thomas Winship, zetetic cosmogony What about the Coriolis effect? they say that the Coriolis effect is a result of the earth spinning and is responsible for the deflection of an object moving above the earth, rightward in the northern hemisphere and leftward in the southern hemisphere. the problem is that things like hurricanes and water in the sink aren't always predictable and have been known to spin both ways in either hemisphere. also another contradiction that proves the Coriolis effect false is the fact that no flying machine above the earth has to account for it. if a bullet that travels 1,700 miles per hour has to account for the effect than an airplane traveling at 550 miles per hour would definitely have to account for the effect. when you look for the answer you'll find that we are told that since the atmosphere moves with the spin of the earth, planes aren't affected. so why would bullets be, especially when they go much faster than common airplanes? Why can't I see infinitely far? this is for the people that wonder why they can't see certain things that they believe they should be able to see if the earth was flat. I've been asked on numerous occasions "why can't I see Mount Everest from anywhere on earth?" I've also been asked "why can't I see spain from the east coast of America?" well, besides dirt, dust, dew, rain, fog, smog, smoke, clouds, mist, haze, snow, etc, your vision is limited by the vanishing point of your perception. check your weather app on your phone and notice the visibility in your area. Is the flat earth a religious thing? yes and no. i say this because, i myself, am not religious.I'd rather not have faith in something, but know the facts to the best of my ability and the facts are that the curvature and motion of the earth have never been proven. the Bible without any doubt whatsoever supports an earth that's fixed in place The Book of Enoch which is biblically endorsed and most likely belongs in the Bible describes the flat stationary enclosed earth in great detail. many religions and civilizations preceding Judaism and Christianity support a flat and stationary earth such as the Babylonians, the Egyptians the Mayans, the Norse, the Hindus, etc. this fantastic spinning globe earth is very new to the people of the world, yet most of us carry on as if the theory is unquestionable and we've been conditioned to laugh when the flat earth is brought up. whether you are religious or not, you can see the flat earth for yourself. Is the flat earth society behind the resurgence of the flat earth? no. the flat earth society is designed as a containment unit. gatekeepers that tell the truth about some stuff. but then lie about other things in order to make it appear ridiculous or steer you in the wrong direction. for instance this is what F.E.S has to say about gravity "in the Flat Earth model gravity rather than being a force is the upward acceleration of the flat earth. the earth always accelerates upward at one g which is equivalent to the gravitational acceleration in the round earth model. like the force of gravity, the Earth's acceleration causes several commonly observed phenomenon in our daily lives. if that isn't the biggest turnoff I don't know what is. the flat earth argument has never died. it only died down. real flat earthers have always been among us, but it wasn't until late 2014 early 2015 when Eric dubay started making a lot of noise about the flat earth conspiracy and got people like myself on board. it took me 10 months of research before finally accepting the truth about where we live. thanks to the many great flat earth researchers, content creators and activists since then, more and more people are waking up to the massive deception every day. Are all scientists, pilots and members of the government in on it? No most scientists, pilots and members of the government's have been indoctrinated just as the rest of us have. when they work at their everyday job, they go about it as if the earth is most certainly spherical. if indeed some of these people did know the earth is flat, they most likely wouldn't even speak out about it in fear of losing their job or ruining their reputation. the average scientist goes about everything they do with the spherical earth already factored in. for mainstream science, questioning our current model is a huge no-no. for pilots, computers do most of their work. not to take away from what they do because i personally appreciate it and also pilots often switch out and stops making it difficult to understand the real lay out of Earth's landmasses. as far as government members and politicians go besides high-ranking officials at NASA which isn't government at all, it's safe to assume that they are not in the know and they are not knowingly perpetrating this lie. very few people compared to the population of the world are enlightened to the flat earth. NASA isn't the only space agency, are the others in on it too? the answer is yes here's a short clip on what you need to know. the vector. NASA's official logo. if you've ever looked at NASA's official logo both their official insignia and their official seal, you'll see that most prominent object in the in the seal is a a red swishing object. they call that the chevron or the vector. if you ask NASA public affairs office why this symbology is featured so heavily in their insignia and seal they'll give you what really amounts to the standard facile cover story for the unilluminated. They'll tell you that that is a representation of a hypersonic wing design from the 1950's which was the time the logo was created. not exactly the case. someone might want to ask the russian federal space agency, roscosmos that was formed in 1992, why they chose that same logo and while you're at it you can go ask the Chinese,who formed their space agency in 1996, why in the world they're using the hypersonic wing design from the nineteen fifties as their official logo. then you can ask the Japanese and South Koreans, Taiwanese, malaysia, mexico, Iran.all of these countries even bulgaria. they all utilize the vector symbology in the space agency logos for their international space agencies. it gets even deeper. you can go look at the individual manned program patches for NASA of the Mercury program for example. blatant use of covert symbology in every logo dealing with the Mercury program. we will see what looks like a number seven in their logo and again, NASA's official story is that they put this number seven there so that they could pay homage to the original seven mercury astronauts, kind of forgetting the fact that only six mercury astronauts actually flew into space. because number seven never never did. he had a heart problem so he didn't get to go up so there were only six mercury astronauts. yes there's a seven in every single logo that's in the official mission and say for official program insignia for mercury as well as the six individual mission patches carry this member and it carries on to the space shuttle program if you look at the Apollo program the Apollo logo has a big letter and that's what they want you to but it's not again that's just the simple way of explaining away the inclusion of this vector symbology and the local if you go to the space shuttle program the original space shuttle sts program patch is a triangular patch that again hides the use of the shamrock vector symbology and that also goes for many of the sts specific mission patches every single one of the International Space Station expedition patches carry the vector symbology the russian air space station use the vector symbology that was there there official logo you can even go deeper and look at military industrial complex companies look at the logo on a company like Lockheed Martin two vectors the XPrize logo ames research labs US Space Command we get into the military realm the United States base commander official logo is the vector symbol and when you look at the military's individual space specific programs all of them all of them deal with vector symbology and their official insignia and the question really becomes who or what are these people paying homage to let's look at nasa's earth rise now let's look at Jaxa's Earthrise. do you believe this is real Who's responsible for this deception? you will find that the Jesuits and the Vatican have been intimately involved in all things space, including owning the earliest telescopes and to this day the largest owners of observatories and telescopes in the world. the society of Jesuits have been actively spreading the heliocentric theory for 500 years while trying to bury thousands of years of Flat Earth cosmology. the Jesuits are rulers of all powers that we are aware of and have been ruthless in their pursuit of world domination for centuries. no matter who is killed or what has to be done to establish a one world order out of chaos. they rule over or are deeply partnered with people like the Rothschilds and many other international banksters, secret societies, especially the Freemasons as well as zionist jews and especially zionist jews in seats of power. they rule over all the alphabet agencies and government think tanks including the NSA, CIA, FBI, Mossad, KGB, roundtable, committee of 300, Tavistock Institute, Lucis trust publishing, bilderberg group and the Council of Foreign Relations including representative government and legislation like the US presidency Congress and the Supreme Court. the jesuits order is said to have been established by Jews, again showing that the Jews are behind some of the biggest hoaxes in history, including the Holocaust. Freemasons are also spread out all over the world to further the different agendas that serve this Illuminati elite. Why the lie? their desire is to convince us that we are only one of a septillion other planets flying through infinite space. a septillion? where do they get these numbers? a septillion has 24 zeros. they want us to think that we are nothing more than a cosmic accident caused by a big *** that took place 14 billion years ago. again where do they get these numbers? how one could draw that conclusion is unknown. they want us not to understand our origin and go on believing that life is meaningless. they want us to believe that alien life is real and that they created us. look no further than ancient aliens for the propaganda. not to mention countless shows and movies they program us with. this isn't just about flat earth vs. round earth. it's much bigger than that. whatever they plan on doing needed the spherical earth groundwork laid before they could proceed. they may either shock us with a fake alien invasion or a disclosure of the beings that have always been among us passed off as life from distant galaxies. who knows? another reason to turn the earth into a ball is to hide extra land. if this is a vast plain and there are places past Antarctica with more oceans and more land masses, then an easy way to get rid of them is to wrap our part of this plain around a ball and make it seem as if there is nothing else and everything has already been discovered. the globe is full fledged slavery for inquiring minds. "I like to be an explorer like the great Magellan." "oh! you're too late. there's really nothing left to explore." What does it mean if the earth is flat? it means that the origin of man is deliberately being covered up from us. man woman child you are being deceived on a massive scale. flat earth, enclosed flat earth, expansive plane flat earth or even infinite plane flat earth with an infinite ceiling barrier or possibly another plane of existence above us and below us. it means that this place was created. that you were designed. you were crafted. you are special and with purpose. a purpose being hidden from you on purpose. we are supposed to know our world and our reason for being. we've been swallowed whole by this economic fiat money system that controls absolutely everything and rules this manufactured reality. most of us know that we are slaves and it's no wonder we desire to escape through movies, TV shows and video games that happen to also further our programming and mental conditioning. we were never meant to live like this and knowledge of our flat earth is a step in the right direction. it's something that can't be taken from us it's the fuel that we need to let these *** know that we won't go down in ignorance. we will not willingly accept their one world authority that wants to rule over all mind and all matter. embrace this flat world of ours and free your mind from the globalist mind control. it's time that we stand up for ourselves and our beautiful earth. all I want to know is who's coming with me? space may be the final frontier, but it's made in a hollywood basement. have you ever dreamed of going up to outer space or maybe meeting other beings from another place? have you ever wondered what it's like on other planets then you watch a science show and come to believe you understand it? you feel empowered by the knowledge and you feel enlightened listening to bill nye and neil degrasse tyson. but then you wake up and you start to see the obvious. life is just a lie and this whole world and what we thought it was. NASA's missions to the moon were never completed. they just filmed them in a room and people believe it. I used to wonder what it's like to be an astronaut, now when I see them acting I can't help but to laugh a lot. they give us cartoons and then claim that we live on the ball, but it's flat and it's not moving or spinning at all. why you lying to us, man? that's something that we want to know after that you're going to have to pack up all your stuff and go. space may be the final frontier, but it's made in a hollywood basement. history has been rewritten by winners of wars - the jesuit order, khazars, Freemasons and more. they pulled the veil over our eyes and it's time to awaken. through organized indoctrination our minds have been taken. it's time we take our power back and we rescue our people. the Vatican and the bankers are like resident evil. they may have had the greatest plan that was ever concocted, but Illuminati never thought that they'd ever be spotted. their manufacturing reality all in our heads. they tell us if the earth is flat we'll fall off the edge, but if it is the spinning ball we won't fall off and then and gravity is our imaginary magic friend. why is water always flat when unmanipulated? why are pictures of the earth computer-generated? why you lying to us, man? that's something that we want to know. after that you're going to have to pack up all your stuff and go. space may be the final frontier, but it's made in a hollywood basement Dear NASA, it's coming 100% crystal clear that you and the other space programs that are in operation are connected and are deceiving the entire world. More and more people are waking up every single day and we are now able to see right through you, but what we really want to know is why are you lying? sincerely, Me and the great people of this earth CATEGORY: GRAVITY Air Density vs Object’s Weight At a lower altitude, the air is denser, and objects weigh more. On the other hand, at a higher altitude, the air is less dense, and objects weigh less. Flat-Earthers deny gravity and invented the “explanation” that an object falls only because it is denser than the air surrounding it. But if it were true, objects should weigh more at a higher altitude where the air is less dense. But they weigh less instead, disproving flat-Earthers’ density theory. Gravitational Acceleration in Archimedes’ Formula Archimedes’ principle states that the upward buoyant force exerted on a body immersed in a fluid is equal to the weight of the fluid that the body displaces. Today we usually use B = -ρgV to calculate the buoyant force, where ρ is the fluid’s density, g is the gravitational acceleration, and V is the volume of the displaced fluid. Archimedes discovered buoyancy earlier than Newton discovered gravity, and flat-Earthers dispute the presence of g in the buoyancy formula. In reality, buoyancy depends on the weight of the fluid, and the distinction between weight and mass only occurred after Newton. Archimedes’ principle still applies, only that we now have a better understanding of what weight is. Newton discovered that the weight of a body on Earth’s surface is caused by gravity exerted by Earth’s mass on the body. Because the strength of Earth’s gravity varies, the weight of an object also depends on its location on Earth. Due to this fact, Newton separated weight into mass and gravitational acceleration. Mass is an intrinsic property of a body whose magnitude is constant despite being affected by the varying strength of Earth’s gravity. In Archimedes’ time, we only knew about weight, we have not yet discovered that weight is actually caused by gravity, and we did not know that weight varies depending on the location. Because the weight of an object can vary, then the magnitude of buoyancy also varies. The existence of g in the buoyancy formula is there to account for the difference. Isaac Newton and the Falling Apple The fall of an apple inspired Isaac Newton to understand that the same force that brought the apple falling toward the ground also keeps the Moon in motion around Earth. However, his work involved much more than just observing the falling apple. Flat-Earthers downplay Newton’s contribution as if it was only about the falling Apple and use the episode as a means of ridicule. In reality, Newton’s works were much more than that. Newton wrote the “Philosophiæ Naturalis Principia Mathematica” to explain gravity, mechanics, and other topics. It consists of three books, with the following contents: Book 1: motion without resisting medium, infinitesimal calculus, Kepler’s second law, circular motion, orbital path, inverse-square law, eccentric orbit, three-body problem, shell theorem. Book 2: motion through resisting medium, resistance vs. velocity, hydrostatics, compressible fluids, derivation of Boyle’s law, the air resistance of pendulums, speed of waves, speed of sound. Book 3: universal gravitation, the orbital motion of the Moon, the orbital motion of the satellites of Jupiter, the motion of comets, tides, the precession of the equinoxes, heliocentrism. To formulate the law of gravity, Newton has to invent calculus in the first place. It is an entire field in mathematics and used in other branches of science, not just physics and mathematics. Variation of Earth’s Gravitational Acceleration The acceleration of free-falling objects on Earth varies. It depends on various factors. The figure of 9.8 m/s² is just a nominal value to use if the actual local value is unknown or unimportant. These variations can only be explained using the law of gravity and that the Earth is a rotating sphere. Flat-Earthers claim that science tells us that Earth’s gravitational acceleration is always 9.8 m/s² everywhere on Earth, and they use it as “evidence” Earth is flat and stationary. But, in reality, Earth’s gravitational acceleration does indeed vary in different locations. The value of 9.8 m/s² is only an approximation. It is very close to the actual value everywhere on Earth, and close enough for most practical applications. The real value does differ by about 0.5%. An object at the poles will weight approximately 0.5% more than at the Equator. The various factors that determine the magnitude of Earth’s gravity: Latitude. The equator is farther away from the center of the Earth than the poles. The equator is also getting the highest centrifugal acceleration due to Earth’s rotation. Altitude. Greater altitude means greater distance from Earth’s center of gravity, and therefore causes a weaker gravity. Depth. If we go deeper below Earth’s surface, gravity becomes weaker because the mass above us will pull us upward instead of down. Local topography & geology. Denser rocks under the ground below us will cause a stronger gravity. Taking a scale to another location will no longer result in the correct measurement and will require recalibration. These gravity variations can only adequately be explained using the law of gravity and that Earth is a rotating sphere. What We Feel as “Weight” is the Force of Gravity The weight of an object is the force exerted on the object by gravity. The gravitational force exerted by the Earth on an object is what we feel as the ‘weight’ of the object. Many flat-Earthers fail to understand that the gravitational force is just another name for ‘weight’. Much misinformation in flat Earth communities arises from this misunderstanding. One of the most common misconceptions found in the flat Earth community is that if gravity is so strong that it can make ocean water stick on Earth, it should affect objects that weigh less, like feathers & dandelions, with a far stronger force. What we experience as the weight of an object is, in reality, the force of gravity itself, which is exerted by Earth’s mass on the object. The more massive an object, then the greater is its weight, or in other words, the greater the gravitational force exerted by the Earth on the object. And as a result, it would require more force to lift the object. Force Vectors Many misinformation within flat-Earth communities is present only because of their lack of understanding on how forces work on an object. A force is described by a vector. It has magnitude and direction. A single object can be affected by more than one force at the same time. These forces can be added together, resulting in what we call the ‘resultant’. The object will move according to the magnitude and direction of the resultant. Forces can cancel each other out and results in a zero resultant. But it does not mean these forces don’t exist. An insignificant force can be omitted in a calculation for simplification. But it doesn’t mean the force does not exist. A force might have the opposite direction from the resultant. But it doesn’t mean the force does not exist. This basic knowledge on how forces and vectors work can be used to answer these kinds of misconceptions: “Helium balloon move upward. So, gravity does not exist.” “Satellites are not falling to the Earth. So, gravity does not exist.” “A feather can fly away because of wind. So, gravity does not exist.” “Throwing a ball does not require us to account for the Coriolis effect. So, the Coriolis effect does not exist.” Other similar misinformation can be found within the flat-Earth community and can be quickly answered using this basic knowledge of physics. Newton’s Cannonball Newton’s cannonball was a thought experiment Isaac Newton used to explain the principle of orbital motion. It was the first explanation of an orbit and still the easiest to understand. Newton visualizes a cannon on top of a very tall mountain where the air resistance is no longer a factor. As more charge is used with each cannon shot, the speed of the cannonball will be greater, and the cannonball will hit the ground farther and farther. Finally, at a certain speed, it will not hit the ground at all. It will fall toward the spherical Earth just as fast as the Earth curves away from it. In the absence of drag from the atmosphere, it will continue forever in orbit around the Earth. Hill Sphere The Moon orbits the Earth —not the Sun— because the Moon lies well within Earth’s Hill sphere. Hill sphere is the region around Earth where Earth —instead of the Sun— dominates the attraction of satellites. Flat-Earthers noticed the Sun exerts a stronger pull to the Moon than Earth does to the Moon. They incorrectly concluded that according to science, the Moon should orbit the Sun, then proceeded to use it to discredit science. In reality, they did not account for the centrifugal acceleration resulting from the motion around the Sun, which is one of the factors that determines Earth’s Hill sphere. The Moon is affected by the Sun’s and Earth’s gravity and the centrifugal acceleration from the motion of the Earth-Moon system around the Sun. A satellite tends to orbit Earth —not the Sun— if Earth’s gravity + the centrifugal acceleration is greater than the Sun’s gravity. The satellite’s distance from Earth determines that. The farther it is from the Earth, the stronger the attraction the Sun exerts to the satellite. The region where Earth’s gravity + the centrifugal acceleration is greater than the Sun’s gravity is called the Hill sphere of Earth. Earth’s Hill sphere is ~1500000 km. The Moon is 384400 km away, well within Earth’s Hill sphere. Therefore, the Moon orbits Earth, not the Sun. Calculations The Moon’s case: Sun’s distance = 1 AU Moon’s distance = 406700 km (the farthest point from Earth) Sun’s gravitational acceleration = G * solar mass / (AU-406700 km)^2 = 0.00596433161 m / s² Earth’s gravitational acceleration = (G * earth mass) / ((406700 km)^2) = 0.00240977603 m / s² Centrifugal acceleration = ((G * solar mass) / (AU^3)) * (AU – (406700 km)) = 0.00591581945 m / s² Total acceleration away from the Sun = 0.00240977603 m / s² + 0.00591581945 m / s² = 0.00832559548 m / s² Because Sun’s gravitational acceleration is less than the total acceleration away from the Sun, then it is possible for the Moon to orbit Earth. The case of an object at the edge of Earth’s Hill sphere: Sun’s distance = 1 AU Object’s distance = 1500000 km Sun’s gravitational acceleration = G * solar mass / (AU-1500000 km)^2 = 0.00605271739m / s² Earth’s gravitational acceleration = (G * earth mass) / ((1500000 km)^2) = 0.00017715055 m / s² Centrifugal acceleration = ((G * solar mass) / (AU^3)) * (AU – (1500000 km)) = 0.00587246725 m / s² Total acceleration away from the Sun = 0.00017715055 m / s² + 0.00587246725 m / s² = 0.0060496178 m / s² The sun’s gravitational acceleration is about the same as the total acceleration away from the Sun. It will not be possible for an object here to have a stable orbit around Earth, nor around the Sun. But it is possible to have a stable orbit around this point at the edge of Earth’s Hill sphere, which is called the Lagrangian point L1. Elegance Our understanding of gravity explains a phenomenon clearly and directly. It is one idea, easy to understand, explains so many phenomena, can account for a large amount of data, and answers many questions. In other words, we can say that gravity is elegant. In contrast, each of the different concepts in the flat Earth model requires a separate explanation and often in conflict with each other. We can say it is ugly. It is why flat-Earthers cannot accept that a single idea of gravity can explain so many phenomena. In the beginning, Newton brought up the idea that everyday things falling down and the motion of planets are actually caused by the same phenomenon that he called gravity. In time, we also know gravity can also explain so many other things and led us to understand things we previously don’t know. On the other hand, flat-Earthers are so used to inventing new “explanations” for every different phenomenon, which often in conflict with each other. They think that gravity can explain so many things is ridiculous and impossible, and that scientists are just making that up. Flat-Earthers often mention the many things that are explained by gravity to ridicule our position. In reality, gravity can, in fact, explain these things consistently. There is nothing ridiculous about that. What is Gravity In a StarTalk episode, Neil deGrasse Tyson was given the question “what is gravity?” He quipped “we have no idea” before elaborating more. Flat-Earthers quoted it out of context to discredit Neil and gravity, completely disregarding what Neil explained afterward. In reality, Neil did provide a very comprehensive answer to the question “what is gravity” but flat-Earthers only gave an emphasis to the “we have no idea” part of his answer, and skipped the rest of his answer. You were meant to ask the question in life. So, to say what is it, I think Einstein, in an Einsteinian answer, we’d say gravity is the curvature of space and time. And that an object will follow the curvature of spacetime, and we interpret that as a force of gravity. That’s probably the best answer I can give to a “what is gravity” question, or why is there a gravity. That’s the best I can do. I think that’s a good start. And I can also say that Einstein noted that matter tells space how to curve, space tells matter how to move. Yeah, so, matter and energy will curve the fabric of space. It is the curvature that tells other matter how to move in a curvature of space itself. And so Einstein juxtaposes those in a poetic phrase where he said matter tells space how to curve, space tells matter how to move. It’s beautiful. Pressure Difference Without a Barrier Atmospheric pressure decreases as altitude increases. A pressure difference can occur without a barrier. Other factors, like gravity, can cause a pressure difference. Flat-Earthers claim a pressure difference cannot possibly occur without a barrier, like Earth’s atmosphere next to the vacuum of space. In reality, it is not difficult to demonstrate that a pressure difference can exist without a barrier. Many smartphones and smartwatches are equipped with a pressure sensor that we can use to measure the pressure difference. These devices can easily measure the pressure difference between upstairs and downstairs in a two-story house. Some can even tell the pressure difference when we put it on a table and the floor. There is no barrier involved, yet there is a pressure difference, proving that a pressure difference can exist without a barrier. The pressure gradient of Earth’s atmosphere is well known. We use it to measure altitude. Our smartphones & smartwatches use it to measure our vertical movements for health monitoring purposes. Density Tower A density tower is formed by layering immiscible liquids of different densities on top of each other. It is possible because Earth’s gravitational acceleration pulls denser fluid particles stronger and displace less dense ones upward. Flat-Earthers claim that the possibility to have density towers disproves gravity. In reality, a density tower cannot form without the presence of acceleration, like Earth’s gravitational acceleration. In a zero-G plane, the container is accelerated downward by the same amount as the liquids inside it, and therefore the liquids are not accelerated relative to the container. By nullifying Earth’s gravitational acceleration using a zero-G plane, a density tower will not form. On Earth’s surface, everything is accelerated downward by Earth’s gravitational acceleration. It is possible to add another acceleration in addition to Earth’s gravitational acceleration already affecting the liquids. Adding these two accelerations together can result in a net acceleration which is not straight downward, and the shape of a density tower will reflect that. Putting a density tower on a centrifuge will accelerate it away from the center, and it will change the direction of the density tower. Placing a density tower inside an accelerating car will also add acceleration to the system and affect the density tower’s direction. Repulsive Force Gravity does not possess repulsive force like magnetism. These are two different phenomena with different characteristics. Flat-Earthers use the lack of a repulsive force in gravity to deny its existence. In reality, there is no requirement for an attractive force to have a repulsive force. Gravity does not act like magnetism, and the fact does not disprove gravity. Flat-Earthers observe that magnets have both attractive and repulsive forces, and conclude that if a force is attractive, there must be the corresponding repulsive force. They use this invention of “scientific law” to reject gravity, which does not possess a repulsive force. However, there are adhesion and cohesion, which both are attractive forces that do not have the repulsive force, just like gravity. The score is now 3-1 for the phenomena that do not have repulsive force, and by the same “reasoning,” they should start questioning if magnets exist. Some of them use Newton’s third law to justify the requirement for an attractive force to have repulsive force. In reality, the action and reaction pairs in Newton’s third law affect two different objects. If two objects are attracted to each other by gravity, then two equal forces affect both the objects by the same amount but having the opposite direction. Gravity does not violate Newton’s third law. Others use the law of the conservation of energy to justify that a repulsive force must exist. However, the law of conservation of energy applies to energy, not force. There is no such thing as the law of conservation of force. In gravity, we have gravitational potential energy. A simple example of this is the pendulum. At the highest position, the weight has a maximum height and therefore having the maximum gravitational potential energy. As it falls lower, it converts the energy to accelerate the weight, turning it into the kinetic energy. As it goes back higher again, it converts the kinetic energy back again and turning it into gravitational potential energy. Again, gravity does not violate the law of conservation of energy. Weightlessness, Free Fall, and Microgravity In orbit, objects are weightless because both the objects and the spacecraft have the same speed and direction, and both are affected by the same gravitational influence. We use the spacecraft as the frame of reference. Because the objects are not in motion relative to the spacecraft, they appear to float. In Earth orbit, the objects are still affected by Earth’s gravity, but yet they float. Flat-Earthers use it to disprove spaceflight. In reality, the objects float because we are using the spacecraft as the frame of reference, which is also moving by the same amount and is affected by the same gravity as the objects themselves. If the thrusters of the rocket are activated, the rocket is affected by a force that does not directly affect the astronaut. So, the astronaut will feel being pushed toward the back of the spacecraft by the same amount it is accelerated forward. On the lunar surface, the astronaut does not float because he is not in orbit. He lacks the speed to go against lunar gravity. The gravity of the Moon pulls him toward the surface just like on Earth, only one-sixth as strong. Welcome to the Flat Earth Society, and thank you for taking the time to go through this FAQ. It was created to address the many misconceptions a Round Earther may have about the Flat Earth Theory, and to act as an easily-accessible entry point into the mainstream Flat Earth model. This page is designed to answer some of the questions that many Round Earthers raise when they first arrive. Please check this page before making your first threads in the forums, as it may contain the answers to the questions on your mind. Some of the questions here have multiple answers due to differing views of Flat Earth Theory among some of our members. What is the Flat Earth Society? United Nations emblem The United Nations emblem closely resembles the Flat Earth map. The Flat Earth Society is a group actively promoting the Flat Earth Movement worldwide. Descending from Samuel Shenton's International Flat Earth Research Society, and the Universal Zetetic Society before it, we continue the age-old tradition of questioning the Round Earth doctrine and challenging authorities. Acknowledging the link between various unconventional beliefs, the Society also occasionally engages in other controversial debates, striving to provide a voice for all free thinkers and Zeteticists. What evidence do you have? The evidence for a Flat Earth is derived from many different facets of science and philosophy. The simplest is by relying on ones own senses to discern the true nature of the world around us. The world looks flat, the bottoms of clouds are flat, the movement of the Sun; these are all examples of your senses telling you that we do not live on a spherical heliocentric world. This is using what's called an empirical approach, or an approach that relies on information from your senses. Alternatively, when using Descartes' method of Cartesian doubt to skeptically view the world around us, one quickly finds that the notion of a spherical world is the theory which has the burden of proof and not Flat Earth Theory. Perhaps the best example of Flat Earth proof is the Bedford Level Experiment. In short, this was an experiment performed many times on a six-mile stretch of water that proved the surface of the water to be flat. It did not conform to the curvature of the Earth that Round Earth proponents teach. Many other experiments demonstrating the lack of curvature in the Earth may be found in Earth Not a Globe by Samuel Rowbotham, as well as in the Experimental Evidence section of this Wiki. Is the Flat Earth Theory connected to a religion? The Flat Earth Theory is neither officially nor unofficially associated with any religion. Throughout the ages various religious institutions have championed a Flat Earth model for the world. Unfortunately this leaves us with the vestigial thought that Flat Earth theory and religions are symbiotic. They are not, even though many religions today, both mainstream and otherwise, still teach its followers that the world is flat. While they are not incorrect, believing in a Flat Earth isn't contingent upon believing in a deity or being a part of any religion. People have been into space. How have they not discovered that the Earth is flat? The most commonly accepted explanation of this is that the space agencies of the world are involved in a conspiracy faking space travel and exploration. This likely began during the Cold War's 'Space Race', in which the USSR and USA were obsessed with beating each other into space to the point that each faked their accomplishments in an attempt to keep pace with the other's supposed achievements. Since the end of the Cold War, however, the conspiracy is most likely motivated by greed rather than political gains, and using only some of their funding to continue to fake space travel saves a lot of money to embezzle for themselves. In light of the above, please note that we are not suggesting that space agencies are aware that the Earth is flat and actively covering the fact up. They depict the Earth as being round simply because that is what they expect it to be. Thanks For Writing Us. The truth is we are both flat and round earth believer and i love to go to south pole to see for myself if its true or not. because how do you know anything un-tell you see it for yourself or in person ? But Its Must Be True And So Easy To See Now... So You Now Have A True List Tens Of Thousands Area's Black Out Or Blocked From You... So Everything You Are Not Suppose To See Is Blacked Out For You By U.S.A. Government And Google Earth To See Now. (So find a 1,000 yrs. old name or old city on a map... like a 1632 Tartaria map or Area 51 or Magnetic stone rupes nigra huge rock at north pole... if its blackout or blocked... Its Not A Conspiracy Theory Anymore Its True) Wow Its For Real Now. If Its Not Real ?... Why Is It Blocked or Blacked Out In The First Place For You Too See ? https://rumble.com/v2dm0zi-taboo-conspiracy-of-natures-true-flat-earth-real-time-40-schemes-from-n.a.s.html https://rumble.com/v2u3emu-flat-earth-21-questions-and-answers-proving-strangers-guide-and-course-flat.html https://rumble.com/v3e0jrw-sorry-antarctica-were-closed-our-hidden-flat-earth-this-area-is-as-big-as-u.html https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html https://rumble.com/v2pu5k6-flat-earth-vs.-round-earth-8-ways-life-would-get-weird-on-a-flat-earth-cons.html https://rumble.com/v2u2d94-proofs-earth-is-not-a-spinning-ball-what-the-hell-happened-200-times-collec.html https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html https://rumble.com/v3tkujr-flat-earth-vs.-round-earth-vs.-black-knight-satellite-vs.-fermi-paradox-the.html https://rumble.com/v3e220t-magnetic-stone-rupes-nigra-huge-magnetic-rock-180km-in-diameter-at-north-po.html https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html https://rumble.com/v28uxtu-real-hyperborea-a-lost-land-on-ancient-maps-book-of-enoch-77-1-4-book-inven.html Is The Earth Flat Vs. Round Earth Vs. Fermi Paradox? Here is my honest opinion on what I believe to be the actual shape of the Earth. This is only my opinion and what I believe. https://wiki.tfes.org/Flat_Earth_-_Frequently_Asked_Ques

TIMELINE THE SEPTEMBER 11 2001 Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers With Plane Wreckage At All Any Wear ? The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans People ? On the morning of 11 September 2001, 19 terrorists from the Islamist extreme group al Qaeda hijacked four commercial aircraft and crashed two of them into the North and South Towers of the World Trade Center complex in New York City. A third plane crashed into the Pentagon in Arlington, Virginia. After learning about the other attacks, passengers on the fourth hijacked plane, Flight 93, fought back, and the plane was crashed into an empty field in western Pennsylvania about 20 minutes by air from Washington, D.C. The Twin Towers ultimately collapsed, due to the damage from the impacts and subsequent fires. Nearly 3,000 people were killed from 93 different countries. Most of the fatalities were from the attacks on the World Trade Center. The Pentagon lost 184 civilians and servicemembers and 40 people were killed on Flight 93. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline And Hoax Info. - https://911planeshoax.com/ September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001, 2,606 were in the WTC and its surrounding area. https://www.spingola.com/Bush_Family_Project.htm On 11 September 2001, four passenger planes were hijacked by radical Islamist terrorists - almost 3,000 people were killed as the aircraft were flown into the World Trade Centre, the Pentagon and a Pennsylvania field. Just hours after the collapse of New York's Twin Towers, a conspiracy theory surfaced online which persists more than 22 years later. "Is it just me?" an internet user named David Rostcheck wrote, "or did anyone else recognise that it wasn't the airplane impacts that blew up the World Trade Centre? "I hope other people are actually catching this, but I haven't seen anyone say it yet, so I guess I will. There's no doubt that the planes hit the building and did a lot of damage. But look at the footage - those buildings were demolished," he continued. "To demolish a building, you don't need all that much explosive but it needs to be placed in the correct places... Someone had to have a lot of access to all of both towers and a lot of time to do this. This is pretty grim. The really dire part is - what were the planes for?" Subsequent investigations made it clear that the tower structures were weakened by the inferno from the planes and felled by the weight of collapsing floors. However even now some people refuse to believe this version of events. 'Something's happened in New York' On the day of the attacks, Matt Campbell was on holiday in Lanzarote with his wife and two young daughters. He followed the news on television in a state of shock. His brother Geoff, it transpired over the next few agonising hours, was in the World Trade Centre. "My mother had just flown out the day before to join us for a week," he remembers. "I recall being on the beach and I think my wife had gone up to one of the restaurants to get some food. She came down saying 'I think something's happened in New York.' "A few calls here and there and we managed to establish that Geoff was in the North Tower. No-one had heard from him." Geoff had moved to Manhattan a couple of years earlier. He'd recently got engaged and worked for the Reuters news agency in Midtown. He was on the 106th floor of the North Tower for a conference. "We immediately thought the worst," says Matt. "Over the next few days we tried to keep our hopes up. We were stranded - no flights were leaving. All we had was a kind of hazy picture on the hotel's cable TV. The news clips were being repeated showing the plane going into tower two." The family got a flight back to the UK after a couple of days and then got onto a flight to New York. "We went there still clinging to hope that perhaps he had been injured and was unconscious. But we called round a few hospitals and it became clear that there were very few people who were actually injured," Matt says. Geoff was dead. He was 31. An inquest into his death would not conclude until 2013, though fragments of his shoulder blade were identified among rubble from the World Trade Centre in 2002. By that point, Matt was beginning to question the official account of what happened. He doesn't subscribe to any one particular conspiracy theory - and online, there are many to choose from - but he's convinced that there is a cover-up which is preventing him from getting answers about his brother's death. "It probably started at the end of October in 2001," he says. "The more I started to look at stuff over the years, the more things didn't add up." Matt says he has submitted freedom of information requests to the FBI and other bodies which investigated 9/11. "It's frustrating. Sometimes they say they're protected from disclosure because they could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement proceedings. "We are 16 years on now. I can't even get basic evidence from the authorities." 'Perfectly natural' He wasn't alone in asking questions. A 2016 study from Chapman University in California, found more than half of Americans believe the government is concealing information about the 9/11 attacks. Sections of the official US government report were redacted for years - and some information is still missing. However that doesn't mean there's any evidence for the more outlandish online conspiracy theories about the attacks. Some claim the US government was complicit - that officials deliberately let the attacks happen or were even involved in the planning. Experts say part of the reason for the persistence of such conspiracy theories is the dissonance that results when people hear that a relatively small group of men using low-tech weapons caused such cataclysmic carnage. "It's perfectly natural when something important happens people want to have an explanation," says Professor Karen Douglas, a social psychologist at the University of Kent. "Often, the official explanation appears quite mundane to people and not particularly satisfying. "Conspiracy theories often emerge as a result of this need for an explanation that's proportional to the event itself." And the reinforcing nature of the online world means that the theories have hung around for a decade and a half. "Information doesn't necessarily spread indiscriminately the way people think it does on the internet and social media. People tend to share it with people who kind of think the same way as they do about these issues in the first place," she says. The theories have been propelled by several books and films. David Ray Griffin, a professor of religious philosophy and theology, accused the US government of complicity in the attack in his 2004 book The New Pearl Harbour. The first instalment in filmmaker Dylan Avery's Loose Change series was released in 2005. Vanity Fair suggested the films, which presented many of the most popular 9/11 conspiracy theories, "might be the first internet blockbuster". Millions watched them, sharing the footage on bootleg DVDs, Google Video and internet forums. It was so widely available, a digital copy was even later found in Osama Bin Laden's compound. In 2006, a California architect called Richard Gage founded Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth (AE911 Truth) - a group of engineering and architecture professionals who questioned the official version of events. BBC report The confusion and chaos of 11 September 2001 has also helped the conspiracies find an audience. To take one notable example, a third tower collapsed in Manhattan on 9/11 - WTC7. This tower has become a key focus for people who question the official account of what happened. A 47-storey building about 100 metres from the twin towers, WTC7 was never struck by an airplane. Two planes plus three towers has equalled plenty of questions - questions compounded by the BBC's own reporting of the collapse of WTC7. In the frenetic, confusing aftermath of the terror attacks, the BBC reported that WTC7 had collapsed twenty minutes before the building actually came down. In 2007, the BBC's The Editors blog addressed the reports and traced how an on-air comment about an imminent collapse turned into reporting about the building actually falling - shortly before WTC7 did indeed fall. Any apparent discrepancy was cleared up by a 2008 report by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) which found that WTC7 collapsed after fires on multiple floors "caused a critical support column to fail, initiating a fire-induced progressive collapse that brought the building down". But that did not change the minds of the conspiracy theorists. AE911 Truth board member Roland Angle alleges there are significant errors in the NIST report. His organisation has raised hundreds of thousands of dollars to fund additional research at the University of Alaska Fairbanks. The conclusions of that study will be published in 2018. "We're trying to clear up the reputation of our own profession," Roland tells me. "We can say what didn't happen that day, no matter what the government report says. "We think there's a serious issue here." Alleged 9/11 conspirator Khalid Sheikh Mohammed sketched in a pre-trial hearing at Guantanamo Matt Campbell's also still looking for answers. In 2016, he flew to Guantanamo to attend a pre-trial hearing of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, the man described by the 9/11 Commission Report as the "principal architect of the 9/11 terror attacks". He called the trial "a bit of a farce" but said: "It's the closest I'm ever going to get to a trial into the murder of my brother. "There were four other families there. I know one of the ladies there had signed a reinvestigate 9/11 petition back in 2003 or 2004. The other family members, from what I could gather, were pretty much in line with the official narrative. "But I already expect this. My own experience in England, with family members, is that some people have got past wanting to know what happened. They're still dealing with the never-ending effects of losing a loved-one." Conspiracy theories have proliferated following the attacks in the US on 11 September 2001, and over the last decade these theories have taken many twists and turns, explains Mike Rudin. Ten years on from the attacks which killed nearly 3,000 people, conspiracy theories have continued to evolve. They now question every aspect of the official account, despite the fact that every year has provided more witnesses and evidence to bolster the official explanation. An opinion poll, carried out by Gfk NOP for BBC's The Conspiracy Files in 2011, found that 14% of people questioned in the UK and 15% in the US did not believe the official explanation that al-Qaeda was responsible, and instead believed the US government was involved in a wider conspiracy. Among 16 to 24-year-olds that belief rises to around one in four. Since 9/11 there have been numerous lengthy and painstaking official reports - the 9/11 Commission, congressional investigations and many inquiries by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. None has ever found any evidence of a wider conspiracy. The myriad of conspiracy theories, on the other hand, are rarely spelt out in great detail - perhaps because when they are, they have been quickly debunked. Nor is a motive usually explained. Underlying distrust The starting point for 9/11 conspiracies is that many people find it hard to believe 19 young men, armed with just knives and box-cutters, could casually walk through airport security, hijack four commercial planes and then within the space of 77 minutes destroy three of the iconic symbols of America's power, in the face of the world's most powerful and technologically-advanced military superpower. It is a shocking thought. As with many conspiracy theories there is a distrust of anything official and disbelief that government and security forces, which are so often portrayed as invincible, can be beaten by a small group of poorly-armed men. It is a similar argument that questions whether a lone gunman could have killed President John F Kennedy, then the most powerful and best-protected man on the earth, or how someone so special as Princess Diana could die in a car crash. Nothing is taken on trust about 9/11. If an eyewitness, an official or an expert counters a conspiracy theory, their motives are immediately questioned. And the theories are ever evolving. When evidence comes forward that casts doubt on a theory, one rarely hears an admission that the theory must be wrong. Instead the focus shifts to the latest "unanswered question". "We don't know the full story of exactly what happened," says American radio talk show host Alex Jones. "We know the official story is completely unproven and a fairy tale. I'm saying that it needs to be investigated." Controlled demolition A number of conspiracies focus on the actual collapse of the Twin Towers at the World Trade Center. Initially many questioned how such huge skyscrapers, which had dominated the Manhattan skyline for so long, could be brought down by an hour or so of fires - alluding to the possibility of some kind of controlled demolition. But then the official report set out a rational explanation. And it also pointed out that contrary to the conspiracy theory, controlled demolition is always bottom up and not the top down collapse of the Twin Towers. So then the focus shifted to World Trade Center Building 7 - another huge skyscraper which also collapsed on 9/11, but which was not hit by a plane. The theory is that tonnes of explosives and an incendiary called thermite were used in a controlled demolition to destroy the building from the bottom up. But when it is pointed out that thermite has never been used in controlled demolition, the theory once again moves on and claims that new and secret types of explosives and incendiaries were used. So what is the attraction of conspiracy theories? And why are they so persistent? Writer and producer of 90s US television series The X-Files, Frank Spotnitz, offers an explanation. He argues that we live in an age of anxiety, where we do not know who to trust and what to believe in. Conspiracy theories, he says, offer "a magic key that fits all the pieces together" and makes sense of our uncertain world. 'Fantasy event' Other conspiracy theories question whether a commercial Boeing 757 even hit the US military's Pentagon headquarters in Washington DC. And another suggests the fourth plane, which crashed in a field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania, was shot down by a American military missile. Even the death of Osama Bin Laden in May 2011 is questioned. A host of different conspiracy theories suggest he died as early as 2001 or even that he was captured by American forces some time later. "It is utterly astonishing that we should be able to kill a man who actually died nine years earlier in this fantasy event in Pakistan," says Prof Jim Fetzer. But judging by the BBC's opinion poll, belief in conspiracy theories about 9/11 seems set to continue for a long time to come. Gfk NOP carried out the opinion poll for the BBC in the UK and USA in July. Both were telephone polls with 1000 adults and the margin of error is +/- 3% Question: Attacks were made on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon on September 11th 2001, commonly known as 9/11. It is generally accepted that these attacks were carried out by 'Al Qaeda'. However some people have suggested there was a wider conspiracy that included the American Government. Do you, yourself, believe that there was a wider conspiracy, or not? 9/11 third tower mystery 'solved' ? The final mystery of 9/11 will soon be solved, according to US experts investigating the collapse of the third tower at the World Trade Center. The 47-storey third tower, known as Tower Seven, collapsed seven hours after the twin towers. Investigators are expected to say ordinary fires on several different floors caused the collapse. Conspiracy theorists have argued that the third tower was brought down in a controlled demolition. Unlike the twin towers, Tower Seven was not hit by a plane. The National Institute of Standards and Technology, based near Washington DC, is expected to conclude in its long-awaited report this month that ordinary fires caused the building to collapse. That would make it the first and only steel skyscraper in the world to collapse because of fire. See World Trade Center 7's location and structure The National Institute of Standards and Technology's lead investigator, Dr Shyam Sunder, spoke to BBC Two's "The Conspiracy Files": "Our working hypothesis now actually suggests that it was normal building fires that were growing and spreading throughout the multiple floors that may have caused the ultimate collapse of the buildings." 'Smoking gun' However, a group of architects, engineers and scientists say the official explanation that fires caused the collapse is impossible. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth argue there must have been a controlled demolition. The founder of the group, Richard Gage, says the collapse of the third tower is an obvious example of a controlled demolition using explosives. "Building Seven is the smoking gun of 9/11. A sixth grader can look at this building falling at virtually freefall speed, symmetrically and smoothly, and see that it is not a natural process. "Buildings that fall in natural processes fall to the path of least resistance", says Gage, "they don't go straight down through themselves." Conspiracy theories There are a number of facts that have encouraged conspiracy theories about Tower Seven. Although its collapse potentially made architectural history, all of the thousands of tonnes of steel from the skyscraper were taken away to be melted down. The third tower was occupied by the Secret Service, the CIA, the Department of Defense and the Office of Emergency Management, which would co-ordinate any response to a disaster or a terrorist attack. The destruction of the third tower was never mentioned in the 9/11 Commission Report. The first official inquiry into Tower Seven by the Federal Emergency Management Agency was unable to be definitive about what caused its collapse. In May 2002 FEMA concluded that the building collapsed because intense fires had burned for hours, fed by thousands of gallons of diesel stored in the building. But it said this had "only a low probability of occurrence" and more work was needed. But now nearly seven years after 9/11 the definitive official explanation of what happened to Tower Seven is finally about to be published in America. The National Institute of Standards and Technology has spent more than two years investigating Tower Seven but lead investigator Dr Shyam Sunder rejects criticism that it has been slow. "We've been at this for a little over two years and doing a two or two and a half year investigation is not at all unusual. That's the same kind of time frame that takes place when we do aeroplane crash investigations, it takes a few years." With no steel from Tower 7 to study, investigators have instead made four extremely complex computer models worked out to the finest detail. They're confident their approach can now provide the answers. Dr Sunder says the investigation is moving as fast as possible. "It's a very complex problem. It requires a level of fidelity in the modelling and rigour in the analysis that has never been done before." Other skyscrapers haven't fully collapsed before because of fire. But NIST argues that what happened on 9/11 was unique. Steel structure weakened It says Tower Seven had an unusual design, built over an electricity substation and a subway; there were many fires that burnt for hours; and crucially, fire fighters could not fight the fires in Tower 7, because they didn't have enough water and focused on saving lives. Investigators have focused on the east side where the long floor spans were under most stress. They think fires burnt long enough to weaken and break many of the connections that held the steel structure together. Most susceptible were the thinner floor beams which required less fireproofing, and the connections between the beams and the columns. As they heated up the connections failed and the beams sagged and failed, investigators say. The collapse of the first of the Twin Towers does not seem to have caused any serious damage to Tower Seven, but the second collapse of the 1,368ft (417m) North Tower threw debris at Tower Seven, just 350ft (106m) away. Tower Seven came down at 5.21pm. Until now most of the photographs have been of the three sides of the building that did not show much obvious physical damage. Now new photos of the south side of the building, which crucially faced the North Tower, show that whole side damaged and engulfed in smoke. Despite strong contrary arguments, a McMaster University engineering professor steadfastly maintains the collapse of three World Trade Center buildings after the infamous 9/11 attacks can only be adequately explained if “controlled demolition” is part of the equation. Robert Korol, a civil engineering professor emeritus and a fellow of the Canadian Society of Civil Engineering, authored a report with Steven Jones, former professor of physics at Brigham Young University, Anthony Szamboti, a mechanical design engineer in the aerospace and communications industries and Ted Walter, director of strategy and development for Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth (AE911Truth). The report was titled 15 Years Later: On the Physics of High-Rise Building Collapses published last year in the Europhysics News journal which is a magazine for the European physics community and owned by the European Physical Society. In the controversial paper, the authors reflect the overarching premise of the AE911Truth, which has collected 2,936 signatures from engineers and architects. Among those petition signatories are 19 who earned their respective degrees in Canada, including 15 who live here. AE911 Truth posits: “there is sufficient doubt about the official story and therefore the 9/11 investigation must be re-opened and must include a full inquiry into the possible use of explosives that might have been the actual cause of the destruction of the World Trade Center Twin Towers and Building 7.” The group has long been controversial and its arguments have ignited many debates. The overwhelming consensus has favoured the official explanation which states that fires burning inside the buildings weakened the structural steel and triggered their collapse. This has consistently been reaffirmed by U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) over the last 16 years. The Europhysics News editors also recognize the controversy, publishing the article with the following note: “This feature is somewhat different from our usual purely scientific articles, in that it contains some speculation. However, given the timing and the importance of the issue, we consider that this feature is sufficiently technical and interesting to merit publication for our readers. Obviously, the content of this article is the responsibility of the authors.” Reached at his home in Dundas, Ont., Korol shrugs off the controversy. “I’ve been scratching my head over this one since it happened on Sept. 11, 2001,” he says. “I just couldn’t understand how those buildings collapsed. It didn’t make sense.” While the most iconic images of that fateful day are the collapse of the twin towers World Trade Center 1 (WTC 1) and World Trade Center 2 (WTC 2) within moments of each other, following the fires started by a passenger airplane crashing into each of them, there is a third building most often cited as the smoking gun in the “controlled demolition” theory. This building, World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC 7) was not hit by any aircraft and yet it too imploded like a house of cards, says Korol and his co-authors and others note it housed CIA and Secret Service offices. “Indeed, neither before nor since 9/11 have fires caused the total collapse of a steel-framed high-rise — nor has any other natural event, with the exception of the 1985 Mexico City earthquake, which toppled a 21-storey office building,” they argue. “Otherwise, the only phenomenon capable of collapsing such buildings completely has been by way of a procedure known as controlled demolition, whereby explosives or other devices are used to bring down a structure intentionally.” Korol, who has taken contrarian positions on other engineering-related issues, says it’s important to keep challenging the status quo because we need to know how and why the buildings collapsed in order to prevent reoccurrences. “The fires were on the upper floors, there’s little chance the heat would have spread down and caused the steel columns, or the connectors or floor beams, to sufficiently weaken and collapse in the twin towers,” he tells the Daily Commercial News. “Also they were treated with a fire retardant which would have insulated them.” Further, he says, when the structures did fail they did so with such explosive force that pulverized concrete was ejected at high velocity and scattered on a debris field some 370 metres away. The most probable explanation is a controlled explosion and mostly likely using thermite, he says, adding in the case of WTC 7 some 67 per cent of the supporting steel strength in Column 79 — pinpointed as the cause of the fatal collapse — would have to be lost before it failed and that would mean temperatures of 660C. The paper also notes sprinkler systems would have reduced heat factors, while the overall design of the steel structure would isolate any failure and prevent a domino-effect collapse. The NIST however maintains the heat factor triggered an expansion in floor beams, pushing them off their seats and causing the collapse when other components also failed due to thermal expansion. Korol and other likeminded colleagues, stubbornly disagree. “The evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that all three buildings were destroyed by controlled demolition,” they conclude “Given the far-reaching implications, it is morally imperative that this hypothesis be the subject of a truly scientific and impartial investigation by responsible authorities.” The NIST’s 2008 report on WTC 7, however, takes direct aim at the AE911Truth theories: “Our take-home message is the collapse of World Trade Center 7 is no longer a mystery,” NIST lead investigator Shyam Sunder told a press conference. “WTC 7 collapsed because of fires fueled by office furnishings. It did not collapse from explosives or from diesel fuel fires.” He said WTC 7 marks the first recorded event of a 15-storey structure or more collapsing due to fire. “What we found was that uncontrolled building fires — similar to fires experienced in other tall buildings — caused an extraordinary event, the collapse of WTC 7,” he said. The NIST report says debris from WTC 1 sparked fires on at least 10 floors of WTC 7 at its southern and western faces. However, the fires on floors seven through nine and 11 through 13 burned out of control because the sprinklers failed when watermain supply lines were damaged when WTC 1 and 2 collapsed. Seven hours later,“a girder on Floor 13 lost its connection to a critical column, Column 79, that provided support for the long floor spans on the east side of the building,” the NIST concluded. - https://911planeshoax.com/

On 11 September 2001, four passenger planes were hijacked by fake radical Islamist terrorists - almost 3,000 people were killed as the fake or not real aircraft were flown into the World Trade Centre, the Pentagon and a Pennsylvania field. Just hours after the controlled demolition and collapse of New York's Twin Towers, a conspiracy theory surfaced online which persists more than 22 years now. "Is it just me?" an internet user named David Rostcheck wrote, "or did anyone else recognize that it wasn't the airplane impacts that blew up the World Trade Centre? "I hope other people are actually catching this, but I haven't seen anyone say it yet, so I guess I will. There's no doubt that the planes hit the building and did a lot of damage. But look at the footage - those buildings were demolished," he continued. "To demolish a building, you don't need all that much explosive but it needs to be placed in the correct places... Someone had to have a lot of access to all of both towers and a lot of time to do this. This is pretty grim. The really dire part is - what were the planes for?" Subsequent investigations made it clear that the tower structures were weakened by the inferno from the planes and felled by the weight of collapsing floors. However even now some people refuse to believe this version of events. https://govinfo.library.unt.edu/911/report/911Report_Ch7.htm 'Something's happened in New York' On the day of the attacks, Matt Campbell was on holiday in Lanzarote with his wife and two young daughters. He followed the news on television in a state of shock. His brother Geoff, it transpired over the next few agonizing hours, was in the World Trade Centre. "My mother had just flown out the day before to join us for a week," he remembers. "I recall being on the beach and I think my wife had gone up to one of the restaurants to get some food. She came down saying 'I think something's happened in New York.' "A few calls here and there and we managed to establish that Geoff was in the North Tower. No-one had heard from him." Geoff had moved to Manhattan a couple of years earlier. He'd recently got engaged and worked for the Reuters news agency in Midtown. He was on the 106th floor of the North Tower for a conference. "We immediately thought the worst," says Matt. "Over the next few days we tried to keep our hopes up. We were stranded - no flights were leaving. All we had was a kind of hazy picture on the hotel's cable TV. The news clips were being repeated showing the plane going into tower two." The family got a flight back to the UK after a couple of days and then got onto a flight to New York. "We went there still clinging to hope that perhaps he had been injured and was unconscious. But we called round a few hospitals and it became clear that there were very few people who were actually injured," Matt says. Geoff was dead. He was 31. An inquest into his death would not conclude until 2013, though fragments of his shoulder blade were identified among rubble from the World Trade Centre in 2002. By that point, Matt was beginning to question the official account of what happened. He doesn't subscribe to any one particular conspiracy theory - and online, there are many to choose from - but he's convinced that there is a cover-up which is preventing him from getting answers about his brother's death. "It probably started at the end of October in 2001," he says. "The more I started to look at stuff over the years, the more things didn't add up." Matt says he has submitted freedom of information requests to the FBI and other bodies which investigated 9/11. "It's frustrating. Sometimes they say they're protected from disclosure because they could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement proceedings. https://911planeshoax.com/ "We are 16 years on now. I can't even get basic evidence from the authorities." 'Perfectly natural' He wasn't alone in asking questions. A 2016 study from Chapman University in California, found more than half of Americans believe the government is concealing information about the 9/11 attacks. Sections of the official US government report were redacted for years - and some information is still missing. However that doesn't mean there's any evidence for the more outlandish online conspiracy theories about the attacks. Some claim the US government was complicit - that officials deliberately let the attacks happen or were even involved in the planning. Experts say part of the reason for the persistence of such conspiracy theories is the dissonance that results when people hear that a relatively small group of men using low-tech weapons caused such cataclysmic carnage. "It's perfectly natural when something important happens people want to have an explanation," says Professor Karen Douglas, a social psychologist at the University of Kent. "Often, the official explanation appears quite mundane to people and not particularly satisfying. "Conspiracy theories often emerge as a result of this need for an explanation that's proportional to the event itself." And the reinforcing nature of the online world means that the theories have hung around for a decade and a half. "Information doesn't necessarily spread indiscriminately the way people think it does on the internet and social media. People tend to share it with people who kind of think the same way as they do about these issues in the first place," she says. The theories have been propelled by several books and films. David Ray Griffin, a professor of religious philosophy and theology, accused the US government of complicity in the attack in his 2004 book The New Pearl Harbor. The first instalment in filmmaker Dylan Avery's Loose Change series was released in 2005. Vanity Fair suggested the films, which presented many of the most popular 9/11 conspiracy theories, "might be the first internet blockbuster". Millions watched them, sharing the footage on bootleg DVDs, Google Video and internet forums. It was so widely available, a digital copy was even later found in Osama Bin Laden's compound. In 2006, a California architect called Richard Gage founded Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth (AE911 Truth) - a group of engineering and architecture professionals who questioned the official version of events. BBC report The confusion and chaos of 11 September 2001 has also helped the conspiracies find an audience. To take one notable example, a third tower collapsed in Manhattan on 9/11 - WTC7. This tower has become a key focus for people who question the official account of what happened. A 47-storey building about 100 meters from the twin towers, WTC7 was never struck by an airplane. Two planes plus three towers has equaled plenty of questions - questions compounded by the BBC's own reporting of the collapse of WTC7. In the frenetic, confusing aftermath of the terror attacks, the BBC reported that WTC7 had collapsed twenty minutes before the building actually came down. In 2007, the BBC's The Editors blog addressed the reports and traced how an on-air comment about an imminent collapse turned into reporting about the building actually falling - shortly before WTC7 did indeed fall. Any apparent discrepancy was cleared up by a 2008 report by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) which found that WTC7 collapsed after fires on multiple floors "caused a critical support column to fail, initiating a fire-induced progressive collapse that brought the building down". But that did not change the minds of the conspiracy theorists. AE911 Truth board member Roland Angle alleges there are significant errors in the NIST report. His organization has raised hundreds of thousands of dollars to fund additional research at the University of Alaska Fairbanks. The conclusions of that study will be published in 2018. "We're trying to clear up the reputation of our own profession," Roland tells me. "We can say what didn't happen that day, no matter what the government report says. "We think there's a serious issue here." Alleged 9/11 conspirator Khalid Sheikh Mohammed sketched in a pre-trial hearing at Guantanamo Matt Campbell's also still looking for answers. In 2016, he flew to Guantanamo to attend a pre-trial hearing of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, the man described by the 9/11 Commission Report as the "principal architect of the 9/11 terror attacks". He called the trial "a bit of a farce" but said: "It's the closest I'm ever going to get to a trial into the murder of my brother. "There were four other families there. I know one of the ladies there had signed a reinvestigate 9/11 petition back in 2003 or 2004. The other family members, from what I could gather, were pretty much in line with the official narrative. "But I already expect this. My own experience in England, with family members, is that some people have got past wanting to know what happened. They're still dealing with the never-ending effects of losing a loved-one." Conspiracy theories have proliferated following the attacks in the US on 11 September 2001, and over the last decade these theories have taken many twists and turns, explains Mike Rudin. Ten years on from the attacks which killed nearly 3,000 people, conspiracy theories have continued to evolve. They now question every aspect of the official account, despite the fact that every year has provided more witnesses and evidence to bolster the official explanation. An opinion poll, carried out by Gfk NOP for BBC's The Conspiracy Files in 2011, found that 14% of people questioned in the UK and 15% in the US did not believe the official explanation that al-Qaeda was responsible, and instead believed the US government was involved in a wider conspiracy. Among 16 to 24-year-olds that belief rises to around one in four. Since 9/11 there have been numerous lengthy and painstaking official reports - the 9/11 Commission, congressional investigations and many inquiries by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. None has ever found any evidence of a wider conspiracy. The myriad of conspiracy theories, on the other hand, are rarely spelt out in great detail - perhaps because when they are, they have been quickly debunked. Nor is a motive usually explained. Underlying distrust The starting point for 9/11 conspiracies is that many people find it hard to believe 19 young men, armed with just knives and box-cutters, could casually walk through airport security, hijack four commercial planes and then within the space of 77 minutes destroy three of the iconic symbols of America's power, in the face of the world's most powerful and technologically-advanced military superpower. It is a shocking thought. As with many conspiracy theories there is a distrust of anything official and disbelief that government and security forces, which are so often portrayed as invincible, can be beaten by a small group of poorly-armed men. It is a similar argument that questions whether a lone gunman could have killed President John F Kennedy, then the most powerful and best-protected man on the earth, or how someone so special as Princess Diana could die in a car crash. Nothing is taken on trust about 9/11. If an eyewitness, an official or an expert counters a conspiracy theory, their motives are immediately questioned. And the theories are ever evolving. When evidence comes forward that casts doubt on a theory, one rarely hears an admission that the theory must be wrong. Instead the focus shifts to the latest "unanswered question". "We don't know the full story of exactly what happened," says American radio talk show host Alex Jones. "We know the official story is completely unproven and a fairy tale. I'm saying that it needs to be investigated." Controlled demolition A number of conspiracies focus on the actual collapse of the Twin Towers at the World Trade Center. Initially many questioned how such huge skyscrapers, which had dominated the Manhattan skyline for so long, could be brought down by an hour or so of fires - alluding to the possibility of some kind of controlled demolition. But then the official report set out a rational explanation. And it also pointed out that contrary to the conspiracy theory, controlled demolition is always bottom up and not the top down collapse of the Twin Towers. So then the focus shifted to World Trade Center Building 7 - another huge skyscraper which also collapsed on 9/11, but which was not hit by a plane. The theory is that tones of explosives and an incendiary called thermite were used in a controlled demolition to destroy the building from the bottom up. But when it is pointed out that thermite has never been used in controlled demolition, the theory once again moves on and claims that new and secret types of explosives and incendiaries were used. So what is the attraction of conspiracy theories? And why are they so persistent? Writer and producer of 90s US television series The X-Files, Frank Spotnitz, offers an explanation. He argues that we live in an age of anxiety, where we do not know who to trust and what to believe in. Conspiracy theories, he says, offer "a magic key that fits all the pieces together" and makes sense of our uncertain world. 'Fantasy event' Other conspiracy theories question whether a commercial Boeing 757 even hit the US military's Pentagon headquarters in Washington DC. And another suggests the fourth plane, which crashed in a field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania, was shot down by a American military missile. Even the death of Osama Bin Laden in May 2011 is questioned. A host of different conspiracy theories suggest he died as early as 2001 or even that he was captured by American forces some time later. "It is utterly astonishing that we should be able to kill a man who actually died nine years earlier in this fantasy event in Pakistan," says Prof Jim Fetzer. But judging by the BBC's opinion poll, belief in conspiracy theories about 9/11 seems set to continue for a long time to come. Gfk NOP carried out the opinion poll for the BBC in the UK and USA in July. Both were telephone polls with 1000 adults and the margin of error is +/- 3% Question: Attacks were made on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon on September 11th 2001, commonly known as 9/11. It is generally accepted that these attacks were carried out by 'Al Qaeda'. However some people have suggested there was a wider conspiracy that included the American Government. Do you, yourself, believe that there was a wider conspiracy, or not? 9/11 third tower mystery 'solved' ? The final mystery of 9/11 will soon be solved, according to US experts investigating the collapse of the third tower at the World Trade Center. The 47-storey third tower, known as Tower Seven, collapsed seven hours after the twin towers. Investigators are expected to say ordinary fires on several different floors caused the collapse. Conspiracy theorists have argued that the third tower was brought down in a controlled demolition. Unlike the twin towers, Tower Seven was not hit by a plane. The National Institute of Standards and Technology, based near Washington DC, is expected to conclude in its long-awaited report this month that ordinary fires caused the building to collapse. That would make it the first and only steel skyscraper in the world to collapse because of fire. See World Trade Center 7's location and structure The National Institute of Standards and Technology's lead investigator, Dr Shyam Sunder, spoke to BBC Two's "The Conspiracy Files": "Our working hypothesis now actually suggests that it was normal building fires that were growing and spreading throughout the multiple floors that may have caused the ultimate collapse of the buildings." 'Smoking gun' However, a group of architects, engineers and scientists say the official explanation that fires caused the collapse is impossible. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth argue there must have been a controlled demolition. The founder of the group, Richard Gage, says the collapse of the third tower is an obvious example of a controlled demolition using explosives. "Building Seven is the smoking gun of 9/11. A sixth grader can look at this building falling at virtually freefall speed, symmetrically and smoothly, and see that it is not a natural process. "Buildings that fall in natural processes fall to the path of least resistance", says Gage, "they don't go straight down through themselves." Conspiracy theories There are a number of facts that have encouraged conspiracy theories about Tower Seven. Although its collapse potentially made architectural history, all of the thousands of tonnes of steel from the skyscraper were taken away to be melted down. The third tower was occupied by the Secret Service, the CIA, the Department of Defense and the Office of Emergency Management, which would co-ordinate any response to a disaster or a terrorist attack. The destruction of the third tower was never mentioned in the 9/11 Commission Report. The first official inquiry into Tower Seven by the Federal Emergency Management Agency was unable to be definitive about what caused its collapse. In May 2002 FEMA concluded that the building collapsed because intense fires had burned for hours, fed by thousands of gallons of diesel stored in the building. But it said this had "only a low probability of occurrence" and more work was needed. But now nearly seven years after 9/11 the definitive official explanation of what happened to Tower Seven is finally about to be published in America. The National Institute of Standards and Technology has spent more than two years investigating Tower Seven but lead investigator Dr. Shyam Sunder rejects criticism that it has been slow. "We've been at this for a little over two years and doing a two or two and a half year investigation is not at all unusual. That's the same kind of time frame that takes place when we do aero plane crash investigations, it takes a few years." With no steel from Tower 7 to study, investigators have instead made four extremely complex computer models worked out to the finest detail. They're confident their approach can now provide the answers. Dr Sunder says the investigation is moving as fast as possible. "It's a very complex problem. It requires a level of fidelity in the modelling and rigour in the analysis that has never been done before." Other skyscrapers haven't fully collapsed before because of fire. But NIST argues that what happened on 9/11 was unique. Steel structure weakened It says Tower Seven had an unusual design, built over an electricity substation and a subway; there were many fires that burnt for hours; and crucially, fire fighters could not fight the fires in Tower 7, because they didn't have enough water and focused on saving lives. Investigators have focused on the east side where the long floor spans were under most stress. They think fires burnt long enough to weaken and break many of the connections that held the steel structure together. Most susceptible were the thinner floor beams which required less fireproofing, and the connections between the beams and the columns. As they heated up the connections failed and the beams sagged and failed, investigators say. The collapse of the first of the Twin Towers does not seem to have caused any serious damage to Tower Seven, but the second collapse of the 1,368ft (417m) North Tower threw debris at Tower Seven, just 350ft (106m) away. Tower Seven came down at 5.21pm. Until now most of the photographs have been of the three sides of the building that did not show much obvious physical damage. Now new photos of the south side of the building, which crucially faced the North Tower, show that whole side damaged and engulfed in smoke. Despite strong contrary arguments, a McMaster University engineering professor steadfastly maintains the collapse of three World Trade Center buildings after the infamous 9/11 attacks can only be adequately explained if “controlled demolition” is part of the equation. Robert Korol, a civil engineering professor emeritus and a fellow of the Canadian Society of Civil Engineering, authored a report with Steven Jones, former professor of physics at Brigham Young University, Anthony Szamboti, a mechanical design engineer in the aerospace and communications industries and Ted Walter, director of strategy and development for Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth (AE911Truth). The report was titled 15 Years Later: On the Physics of High-Rise Building Collapses published last year in the Euro-physics News journal which is a magazine for the European physics community and owned by the European Physical Society. In the controversial paper, the authors reflect the overarching premise of the AE911Truth, which has collected 2,936 signatures from engineers and architects. Among those petition signatories are 19 who earned their respective degrees in Canada, including 15 who live here. AE911 Truth posits: “there is sufficient doubt about the official story and therefore the 9/11 investigation must be re-opened and must include a full inquiry into the possible use of explosives that might have been the actual cause of the destruction of the World Trade Center Twin Towers and Building 7.” The group has long been controversial and its arguments have ignited many debates. The overwhelming consensus has favored the official explanation which states that fires burning inside the buildings weakened the structural steel and triggered their collapse. This has consistently been reaffirmed by U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) over the last 16 years. The Euro-physics News editors also recognize the controversy, publishing the article with the following note: “This feature is somewhat different from our usual purely scientific articles, in that it contains some speculation. However, given the timing and the importance of the issue, we consider that this feature is sufficiently technical and interesting to merit publication for our readers. Obviously, the content of this article is the responsibility of the authors.” Reached at his home in Dundas, Ont., Korol shrugs off the controversy. “I’ve been scratching my head over this one since it happened on Sept. 11, 2001,” he says. “I just couldn’t understand how those buildings collapsed. It didn’t make sense.” While the most iconic images of that fateful day are the collapse of the twin towers World Trade Center 1 (WTC 1) and World Trade Center 2 (WTC 2) within moments of each other, following the fires started by a passenger airplane crashing into each of them, there is a third building most often cited as the smoking gun in the “controlled demolition” theory. This building, World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC 7) was not hit by any aircraft and yet it too imploded like a house of cards, says Korol and his co-authors and others note it housed CIA and Secret Service offices. “Indeed, neither before nor since 9/11 have fires caused the total collapse of a steel-framed high-rise — nor has any other natural event, with the exception of the 1985 Mexico City earthquake, which toppled a 21-storey office building,” they argue. “Otherwise, the only phenomenon capable of collapsing such buildings completely has been by way of a procedure known as controlled demolition, whereby explosives or other devices are used to bring down a structure intentionally.” Korol, who has taken contrarian positions on other engineering-related issues, says it’s important to keep challenging the status quo because we need to know how and why the buildings collapsed in order to prevent reoccurrences. “The fires were on the upper floors, there’s little chance the heat would have spread down and caused the steel columns, or the connectors or floor beams, to sufficiently weaken and collapse in the twin towers,” he tells the Daily Commercial News. “Also they were treated with a fire retardant which would have insulated them.” Further, he says, when the structures did fail they did so with such explosive force that pulverized concrete was ejected at high velocity and scattered on a debris field some 370 meters away. The most probable explanation is a controlled explosion and mostly likely using thermite, he says, adding in the case of WTC 7 some 67 per cent of the supporting steel strength in Column 79 — pinpointed as the cause of the fatal collapse — would have to be lost before it failed and that would mean temperatures of 660C. The paper also notes sprinkler systems would have reduced heat factors, while the overall design of the steel structure would isolate any failure and prevent a domino-effect collapse. The NIST however maintains the heat factor triggered an expansion in floor beams, pushing them off their seats and causing the collapse when other components also failed due to thermal expansion. Korol and other likeminded colleagues, stubbornly disagree. “The evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that all three buildings were destroyed by controlled demolition,” they conclude “Given the far-reaching implications, it is morally imperative that this hypothesis be the subject of a truly scientific and impartial investigation by responsible authorities.” The NIST’s 2008 report on WTC 7, however, takes direct aim at the AE911Truth theories: “Our take-home message is the collapse of World Trade Center 7 is no longer a mystery,” NIST lead investigator Shyam Sunder told a press conference. “WTC 7 collapsed because of fires fueled by office furnishings. It did not collapse from explosives or from diesel fuel fires.” He said WTC 7 marks the first recorded event of a 15-storey structure or more collapsing due to fire. “What we found was that uncontrolled building fires — similar to fires experienced in other tall buildings — caused an extraordinary event, the collapse of WTC 7,” he said. The NIST report says debris from WTC 1 sparked fires on at least 10 floors of WTC 7 at its southern and western faces. However, the fires on floors seven through nine and 11 through 13 burned out of control because the sprinklers failed when watermain supply lines were damaged when WTC 1 and 2 collapsed. Seven hours later, “a girder on Floor 13 lost its connection to a critical column, Column 79, that provided support for the long floor spans on the east side of the building,” the NIST concluded. “The displaced girder and other local fire-induced damage caused Floor 13 to collapse, beginning a cascade of floor failures down to the 5th floor. Many of these floors had already been at least partially weakened by the fires in the vicinity of Column 79. This collapse of floors left Column 79 insufficiently supported in the east-west direction over nine stories,” stated the NIST. In a shot at AE911, the NIST report noted they did look at the possibility of a controlled demolition: “Hypothetical blast events did not play a role in the collapse of WTC 7.” The NIST said “no blast sounds were heard on the audio tracks of video recordings during the collapse of WTC 7 or reported by witnesses.” Further, they argued, even a small blast with enough energy to dislocate Column 79 would have emitted a sound level of 130 decibels (dB) to 140 dB at a distance of at least half a mile, if unobstructed by surrounding buildings. “This sound level is consistent with a gunshot blast, standing next to a jet plane engine, and more than 10 times louder than being in front of the speakers at a rock concert,” they said noting all the recordings of the events that day do no show any spikes from explosions. “For the building to have been prepared for intentional demolition, walls and/or column enclosures and fireproofing would have to be removed and replaced without being detected. Preparing a column includes steps such as cutting sections with torches, which produces noxious and odorous fumes.” The investigation also looked at thermite (a combination of aluminum powder and metal oxide) as an explosive source. The NIST calculated that 100 lbs. of thermite would have been needed to damage a steel column that weighs approximately 1,000 lbs. The thermite would need to be “placed around the column, ignited, and remain in contact with the vertical steel surface as the thermite reaction took place. This is for one column, presumably, more than one column would have been prepared with thermite, if this approach were to be used,” explained the NIST. Further, the NIST argued, it is unlikely that 100 lbs. or more of thermite could have been brought into WTC 7 and placed around the columns prior to Sept. 11 without being detected. Editor’s Note: The beliefs of AE911Truth are solely those of its supporters and in no way reflect those of Construct Connect’s Daily Commercial News or the company. The excuses offered by NIST play a prominent part at the end of this article, but as the late radio commentator Paul Harvey would have said, “there is more to the story.” The article reports that NIST said, “No blast sounds were heard…or reported by witnesses,” but there were over 150 people (120+ of them firemen) who did report explosions. NIST fallback position with this obvious misstatement of the facts was that there was no noise loud enough to have been an explosion taking down the building, but NIST assumes the sound level required for controlled demolition was the sound generated by the explosion of thermite, not the much quieter and more powerful nano-thermite (which independent scientists found evidence of in the dust from the site). Further, there is the evidence of what NIST didn’t do. They didn’t check for any chemical evidence of explosive materials. After deciding that there were no explosions (…loud enough…), they didn’t test for explosive residue, period. There are other weaknesses buried in the depth of NIST’s reports, most large enough to drive a truck (loaded with explosives) through; however, looking at the minutia–as the end of this column does–overlooks the most powerful pieces of evidence of controlled demolition for Building Seven: (1) it came down in a symmetrical collapse and (2) the collapsing rooftop fell at free fall acceleration for at least eight stories. Symmetry means that all 81 columns in the building would have to fail at the same time and free fall acceleration means that when they fell there was nothing in the way. NIST offered no explanation for either of these facts, even though these inconvenient truths only have one well-established explanation, they are the identifying characteristics of controlled demolition. Glad the Daily Commercial News tackled this issue, but a “Paul Harvey” view of the official explanation would have made for a much better article. I agree with Mr. Michaels. The article says there are “strong contrary arguments.” Yet looking closely at that NIST report, again and again we find assertions, not arguments. The computer models they used rely on many assumptions chosen to make the collapse possible, but that again and again violate what was observed and the evidence that was left over. The mystery is not that Building 7 collapsed due to fire: I don’t think anyone doubts that, in some universe, this is possible. The mystery is that three skyscrapers on the same day collapsed virtually into their own footprints due to fire. Nothing like that has ever happened before. Building 7 is especially important because unlike WTC 1 and 2, the excuse that jet fuel and the impact of a plane somehow made those happen is unavailable. Nobody argues for a minute–not even NIST–that the damage to WTC was or could have been symmetrical. Yet the building collapses in almost pure symmetry. This is why demolition experts have been among those most vocal in challenging NIST’s conclusions: they know that it is virtually IMPOSSIBLE to get a skyscraper to collapse into its own footprint without extensive planning and preparation. Had it happened once on 9/11, I’d be happy to call it that rare, one in a million chance. But three times in one day? As Aretha said, who’s zooming who? 9/11 conspiracy theories How they've evolved It may be 22 years since the attacks in the US on 11 September, but conspiracy theories have not faded over time, says Mike Rudin. Numerous official reports have been published since the Twin Towers fell, but just when a piece of evidence casts doubt on one theory, the focus then shifts to the next "unanswered question". On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001, 2,606 were in the WTC and its surrounding area. https://www.spingola.com/Bush_Family_Project.htm Here are five of the most prominent 9/11 conspiracy theories circulating in online communities. 1. Failure to intercept the hijacked planes The question: Why did the world's most powerful air force fail to intercept any of the four hijacked planes? Conspiracy theorists say: The then US Vice President Dick Cheney ordered the military to stand down and not to intercept the planes. Official reports say: This was a highly unusual multiple hijacking with violence on board, and where the transponder, which identifies the plane, was turned off or changed. What is more, a routine military training exercise happened to be taking place that day at US air defense command. Air traffic controller Colin Scoggins was in constant contact with the military and did not see any lack of response. There was confusion and a lack of communication between the civilian air traffic control (FAA) and the military. The military's equipment was also outdated and designed to look out over the ocean to deal with a Cold War threat. 2. Collapse of the Twin Towers The question: Why did the Twin Towers collapse so quickly, within their own footprint, after fires on a few floors that lasted only for an hour or two? Conspiracy theorists say: The Twin Towers were destroyed by controlled demolitions. Theories relate to the rapid collapse (about 10 seconds), the relatively short-lived fires (56 minutes in World Trade Center 2 or 102 minutes in World Trade Center 1), reports of the sounds of explosions shortly before the collapse, and the violent ejections that could be seen at some windows many floors below the collapse. Official reports say: An extensive inquiry by the National Institute of Standards and Technology concluded that the planes severed and damaged support columns and dislodged fire-proofing. Around 10,000 gallons of jet fuel were spewed over many floors starting widespread fires. Temperatures of up to 1,000C caused the floors to sag and the perimeter columns to bend, causing the sounds of "explosions". The massive weight of the floors dropped, creating a dynamic load far in excess of what the columns were designed for. Debris was forced out of the windows as the floors above collapsed. Controlled demolition is nearly always carried out from the bottom floors up, yet this collapse started at the top. No evidence has ever been found of explosive charges despite the extensive hand searches and there is no evidence of any pre-cutting of columns or walls, which is routinely carried out in a controlled demolition. 3. Attack on the Pentagon The question: How could an amateur pilot fly a commercial plane in a complicated maneuver and crash it into the headquarters of the world's most powerful military, 78 minutes after the first report of a possible hijack and leave no trace? Conspiracy theorists say: A commercial Boeing 757 did not hit the building but instead a missile, a small aircraft or an unmanned drone was used. But since evidence has increasingly shown that the American Airlines Flight 77 did hit the building, the emphasis has shifted to questioning the difficult approach maneuver. It is argued it was not under the control of al-Qaeda but the Pentagon itself. Official reports say: Airplane wreckage, including the black boxes, were recovered from the scene and they were catalogued by the FBI. Although some early video did not show much wreckage, there is a good deal of video and still photography which shows plane wreckage and evidence of the flight path, such as broken lamp posts. The remains of crew and passengers on the plane were found and positively identified by DNA. Witnesses also saw the plane strike the Pentagon. 4. The fourth plane - United Airlines flight 93 The question: Why was the crash site at Shanksville, Pennsylvania, so small and why was the aircraft debris not visible? Conspiracy theorists argue: United Airlines flight 93 was shot down by a missile and disintegrated in mid air, scattering the wreckage over a large area. Official reports say: There are clear photographs showing aircraft wreckage and the cockpit voice recorder, which showed there had been a passenger revolt and the hijackers had deliberately crashed the plane. Initial theories that heavy debris was scattered many miles from the main crash site turned out to be false. In fact the wind had blown light debris such as paper and insulation just over a mile. Another theory was based on a misquote from the local coroner, Wally Miller, who said he stopped being a coroner after about 20 minutes because there were no bodies. What he also said was that he quickly realized it was a plane crash and there would have to be a large funeral service for the many victims. In addition, the military never gave orders to the air force to shoot the commercial airliner down. 5. Collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 The question: How could a skyscraper, which was not hit by a plane, collapse so quickly and symmetrically, when no other steel-framed skyscraper has collapsed because of fire? Conspiracy theorists say: The World Trade Center Building 7 was destroyed by a controlled demolition using both explosives and incendiaries. Initially the focus was on the phrase "pull it" used by the owner, Larry Silverstein, in a TV interview. But in fact he was talking about pulling firefighters back. (Demolition experts do not use the term "pull it" as slang for setting off explosives.) Now the focus has shifted to the speed of the collapse which reached near free fall for 2.25 seconds. It is argued only explosives could make it collapse so quickly and symmetrically. Some scientists, who are skeptical of the official account, have examined four dust samples from Ground Zero and claim to have found hermitic material which reacts violently when heated up. They claim tones of thermite and conventional explosives were rigged inside, not just WTC7, but also the Twin Towers. Official reports say: A three-year investigation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology concluded that the building collapsed because of uncontrolled fires, started by the collapse of the nearby North Tower, and which burnt for seven hours. The mains water feeding the emergency sprinkler system was severed. No evidence has ever been found of explosive charges and there are no recordings of a series of very loud explosions that would have been expected with controlled demolition. Furthermore, there is an alternative explanation for the "hermitic material" the skeptical scientists found in the dust - it is just a type of primer paint. It's calculated 1,200,000 tons of building materials were pulverized at the World Trade Center and most minerals are present in the dust (not necessarily in a large quantity). More extensive sampling of the dust has not found any evidence of thermite or explosives, says a report from the US Geological Survey and another from RJ Lee. The White House has said previously classified papers concerning the 9/11 attacks released on Friday show there had been no official Saudi role. Lawmakers and victims' families campaigned for years for their publication, alleging high-level Saudis were complicit in the attacks. The pages from the 2002 report found it likely the attackers got financial help from people inside the kingdom. Fifteen of the 19 hijackers who staged the 2001 attacks were Saudi nationals. Almost 3,000 people were killed when they deliberately flew planes they had seized into the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Another hijacked plane was brought down in a field in Pennsylvania. An independent panel completed the 9/11 Commission Report a year after the attacks. But several sections - informally known as "the 28 Pages" - were withheld from the public for 13 years, fueling speculation about their contents. Campaigners who lobbied for their release argued the US government was shielding an important ally. The released pages were still lightly redacted by the CIA. The report's original authors cautioned that some of the information contained in "the 28 pages" was uncorroborated material from the FBI. According to the declassified document, "while in the United States, some of the 9/11 hijackers were in contact with, and received support or assistance from, individuals who may be connected to the Saudi government". It included a possibility that money was sent from the Saudi Royal family to the hijackers, among other alleged links. However, White House press secretary Josh Earnest said the pages "don't shed any new light or change any of the conclusions about responsibility for the 9/11 attacks". "This information does not change the assessment of the US government that there's no evidence that the Saudi government or senior Saudi individuals funded al-Qaida," he said. The Saudi government said it welcomed the release of the documents. Abdullah Al-Saud, Saudi Arabia's ambassador to the United States, said they confirmed "neither the Saudi government, nor senior Saudi officials, nor any person acting on behalf of the Saudi government provided any support or encouragement for these attacks". The probable publication of classified parts of a 2002 congressional report into the 9/11 attacks will clear Saudi Arabia of any responsibility, CIA chief John Brennan has said. Keeping 28 pages of the report secret has sparked speculation that the attack had received official Saudi support. The classified pages are also central to a dispute over whether the families of 9/11 victims should be able to sue the Saudi government. Saudi Arabia denies any involvement. Fifteen out of the 19 hijackers in 2001 were Saudi citizens. How strained are US-Saudi relations? Former senator Bob Graham, who headed the Senate intelligence committee that compiled the classified report in 2002, has said that Saudi officials did provide assistance to the 9/11 hijackers. But Mr Brennan said this was not the case. "So these 28 pages I believe are going to come out and I think it's good that they come out. People shouldn't take them as evidence of Saudi complicity in the attacks," Mr Brennan said in an interview with Saudi-owned Arabiya TV. Mr Brennan also described the 28-page section of the 2002 report as merely a "preliminary review". "The 9/11 commission looked very thoroughly at these allegations of Saudi involvement... their conclusion was that there was no evidence to indicate that the Saudi government as an institution or senior Saudi officials individually had supported the 9/11 attacks," he said. In May, a bill to allow Americans to sue Saudi Arabia over the attacks, in which nearly 3,000 people died, was passed by the Senate and now moves to the House of Representatives. Saudi Arabia's foreign minister has warned that the move could cause his government to withdraw US investments. Mr Graham has said that the White House would decide whether to release the classified pages this month. So how did the BBC report that Building 7 at the World Trade Centre had collapsed around half an hour before it did so? My earlier posting on the subject has attracted a lot of interest so we've been doing more investigating within the BBC to put together the sequence of events. yes its 22 been years have passed so it's quite difficult to answer every outstanding question. But we do know quite a bit more than we did on Tuesday, as a result of checking the BBC archives and what other media were doing at the time. I've also read through some of the reports published after 9/11 to help put together the sequence of events. Back to 11 September itself. The Twin Towers had collapsed. Other buildings were known to be damaged. Building 7 was on fire. But this was also a very confusing picture - remember we had started the day with reports that a light aircraft had struck the first tower, and at one stage there was talk of ten hijacked jets in the air. It's in the nature of rolling news that events unfold in front of you and confusion turns to clarity. It's important to remember that context when looking more closely at what happened between about 4.10pm (EDT) and 5.20pm when Building 7 finally collapsed. CNN's chronology of events published at the time confirms they reported the building on fire and a clip from a CNN bulletin, widely available on the web, hears from a reporter at about 4.15pm EDT, 9.15pm in the UK, who says: "We're getting information that one of the other buildings... Building 7... is on fire and has either collapsed or is collapsing... now we're told there is a fire there and that the building may collapse as well." Other American networks were broadcasting similar reports at this time and the reports from FEMA and NIST both make it clear the building was on fire during the course of the day. One senior fire officer was quoted in a subsequent interview as saying there was a "bulge" in the building and he was "pretty sure it was going to collapse". During this time, our staff were talking directly to the emergency services and monitoring local and national media… and there was a fairly consistent picture being painted of Building 7 in danger of collapse. Producers in London would have been monitoring the news agency wires - the Associated Press, Reuters, etc - and although we don't routinely keep an archive of agency reports, we're sure they would have been reporting the same as the local media. At 4.27pm, a BBC reporter, Greg Barrow, who is in New York, appears on our radio news channel, BBC Radio Five Live, and says: "We are hearing reports from local media that another building may have caught light and is in danger of collapse." He then responds to a follow-up question by saying "I'm not sure if it has yet collapsed but the report we have is talking about Building 7." At 4.53pm, on the same radio station, the programmer's presenter, Fi Glover says "25 minutes ago we had reports from Greg Barrow that another large building has collapsed just over an hour ago." At 4.54pm, the BBC's domestic television news channel, BBC News 24, reports the same thing. Presenter Gavin Esler says: "We're now being told that yet another enormous building has collapsed... it is the 47-storey Salomon Brothers building." And then at 4.57pm on BBC World (according to the clips available on the web) presenter Phil Hayton says: "We've got some news just coming in actually that the Salomon brothers building in NY right in the heart of Manhattan has also collapsed." Because three BBC channels were saying this in quick succession, I am inclined to believe that one or more of the news agencies was reporting this, or at least reporting someone saying this. At 5pm, News 24 repeated the news in its top-of-the-hour headlines sequence and then at about 5.10pm (again according to the clips on the web), Phil Hayton on BBC World says "More on the latest building collapse in NY - you might have heard I was talking a few moments ago about the Salomon building collapsing and indeed it has... it seems this wasn't the result of a new attack but because the building had been weakened during this morning's attack." Some of the respondents to my earlier blog have suggested this must mean he had inside knowledge - that not only did he know the building had collapsed, he knew why. Well in one sense that's true - for about an hour, it had been reported that the building was on fire and in danger of collapse. But he did qualify it by saying "it seems" and once again I think there's a danger of reading too much into what I believe was a presenter merely summarizing what everyone had been saying during the previous hour. Of course, with hindsight we now know that our live shot showed the building still standing in the background. But again I point to that confusing and chaotic situation on the ground - the CNN reporter who had talked about the building "either collapsed or is collapsing" also had it clearly in shot behind him, but he acknowledged he couldn't see very clearly from where he was standing. As we know, the building did collapse at 5.20pm, with the first pictures of that being broadcast on News 24 at about 5.35pm. So that's what we know we reported. To me it paints a consistent (and reasonably conclusive) picture. I should also mention the missing tapes. As you'll see from the details above, the absence of the BBC World tapes hasn't made much difference to our ability to look back at what happened. We have all the tapes of other BBC channels (and I now know that quite a few of you have your own copies of BBC World, which is an interesting discovery... ). Some of you find it hard to believe we didn't keep the BBC World tapes... but we had several streams of news output running simultaneously on the day, both on radio and television as well as online and we have kept all the tapes from BBC News 24 and Radio Five Live, as well as all the BBC One bulletins. Obviously I wish we'd kept hold of the World tapes alongside all the others, but we didn't... and I don't know whether they were destroyed or mislaid. But as a result of this week's events, I have asked our archivists to get hold of copies of our original material from the organizations which do have them. And just to be clear, the BBC policy is to keep every minute of news channel output for 90 days (in line with the Broadcasting Act in the UK). After that we are obliged to keep a representative sample - and we interpret that to mean roughly one third of all our output. We also keep a large amount of individual items (such as packaged reports or "rushes" - ie original unedited material), which we use for operational reasons - such as when we come to broadcast fresh stories on the subject. We do not lack a historical record of the event. https://911planeshoax.com/ I've spent most of the week investigating this issue, but this is where we have to end the story. I know there are many out there who won't believe our version of events, or will raise further questions. But there was no conspiracy in the BBC's reporting of the events. Nobody told us what to say. There's no conspiracy involving missing tapes. There's no story here. https://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/theeditors/2007/03/part_of_the_conspiracy_2.html https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collapse_of_the_World_Trade_Center The 9/11 conspiracy theories are pretty well known by now. The BBC addressed them earlier this month with a documentary, The Conspiracy Files, shown within the UK. Until now, I don't think we've been accused of being part of the conspiracy. But now some websites are using news footage from BBC World on September 11th 2001 to suggest we were actively participating in some sort of attempt to manipulate the audience. As a result, we're now getting lots of emails asking us to clarify our position. So here goes: 1. We're not part of a conspiracy. Nobody told us what to say or do on September 11th. We didn't get told in advance that buildings were going to fall down. We didn't receive press releases or scripts in advance of events happening. 2. In the chaos and confusion of the day, I'm quite sure we said things which turned out to be untrue or inaccurate - but at the time were based on the best information we had. We did what we always did - sourced our reports, used qualifying words like "apparently" or "it's reported" or "we're hearing" and constantly tried to check and double check the information we were receiving. 3. Our reporter Jane Standley was in New York on the day of the attacks, and like everyone who was there, has the events seared on her mind. I've spoken to her today and unsurprisingly, she doesn't remember minute-by-minute what she said or did - like everybody else that day she was trying to make sense of what she was seeing; what she was being told; and what was being told to her by colleagues in London who were monitoring feeds and wires services. 4. We no longer have the original tapes of our 9/11 coverage (for reasons of cock-up, not conspiracy). So if someone has got a recording of our output, I'd love to get hold of it. We do have the tapes for our sister channel News 24, but they don't help clear up the issue one way or another. 5. If we reported the building had collapsed before it had done so, it would have been an error - no more than that. As one of the comments on You Tube says today "so the guy in the studio didn't quite know what was going on? Woah, that totally proves conspiracy... ? https://history.defense.gov/Portals/70/Documents/pentagon/Pentagon9-11.pdf So Is Sept. 9/11 Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers World Trade Center True ? Yes U.S.A Killed 3,000+ And Yes Its For The Greater Good !

A 3D animated short film about not too distant but a dystopian future. It speculates on the potential consequences of the infamous Great Reset, medical tyranny, woke culture, and green agenda. Everything, that World Economic Forum (WEF) is planning for us. Death To You And Your Family... Its For The Greater Good. Death To You And America... Its For The Greater Good. Its A Pandemic Of The Unvaccinated People Will Threaten The Live Of Vaccinated People... Yes Its For The Greater Good. You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Covil-19 Corrupt U.S.A. Governments... Yes Its For The Greater Good. Yes Its A Plandemic For New World Order... Yes Its For The Greater Good. The Great Awakening Another Powerful Documentary From What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Yes Its For The Greater Good. Yes Thank You For Killing Yourself Too... We The Sheeple People's Republic Of United State Of America... Yes Its For The Greater Good. With Love From Your Uncle Sam... Yes Its For The Greater Good, Greater Good, Greater Good, And God Bless You ALL... Yes Its For The Greater Good. For the greater good refers to the benefit or betterment of the majority of people, especially at the cost of smaller or individual concerns. It is a general advantage that can only be gained by losing or harming something that is considered less important. Some wars are fought for the greater good. The cutbacks that a company must face will be difficult, but they are for the greater good. The benefit of the public, of more people than oneself. What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. The Left/Right paradigm isn't only exposed by race and immigration issues. The Left and Right are in lockstep on every issue that really matters: The IRS. Income tax. Federal Reserve system. Endless wars. Endless expansion of tyranny and ever contracting liberty. Chronically wide-open borders. Suicidal immigration policies. Don't you see? The democrats and republicans exist only to provide the illusion of choice. A strong "us versus them" simulation in every election. It's ritualized tribalism. But the joke is, it doesn't matter which team wins, because both sides have the same agenda. God, guns and gays are phony "issues" to bolster the illusion of "difference" between the parties. The only thing that makes all this possible is that people aren't aware of the scam. Just knowing they are either "Team Red" or "Team Blue" liberates them from the responsibility of having to actually know or think anything. Then they feel righteous when their team wins, or despondent when they loose. It's no coincidence that the system works exactly like sports. There comes a point when ignorance and apathy become treason. We are past that point, people. It's so easy to be overwhelmed and feel beaten by the amount of negative and discouraging information being spread by the mainstream (fake stream) media. There are truly awful people in WEF and WHO, who want to reduce us to the level of serfs or chattel, but we can resist, indeed, we must resist. Be calm, be objective and be positive. Right is Might. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men should do nothing.” Nobody Is Safe From People's Republic Of The Tyrannical We The Sheeple People of The United States of America and A Real True Bill of State Rights Of Government July Forth 1776 The Bill of Rights is the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution, which limit the power of the federal government and guarantee certain freedoms and rights to all colour of people and for the citizens of All America. For the greater good refers to the benefit or betterment of the majority of people, especially at the cost of smaller or individual concerns. It is a general advantage that can only be gained by losing or harming something that is considered less important. Some wars are fought for the greater good. The cutbacks that a company must face will be difficult, but they are for the greater good. The benefit of the public, of more people than oneself. From Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English the greater good the greater good a general advantage that you can only gain by losing or harming something that is considered less important Some wars are fought for the greater good. great Examples from the Corpus the greater good This, I learned, was standard practice when a customer was about to be sacrificed for the greater good of Salomon. For the greater good of the parish or because he knew something? If an act promotes happiness for the most amount of people, it is good. If it decreases overall happiness, it is bad. The goal of our actions is to create the greatest happiness for the most amount of people. Since everyone’s happiness counts equally, utilitarianism considers maximizing the good from an impartial perspective, meaning that the interests of people close to you should not count higher than those of strangers. To illustrate, Plato imagined an ideal state in which private goods and nuclear families would be relinquished for the sake of the greater good of a harmonious society. Aristotle defined it in terms of a communally shared happiness, whose key constituents were wisdom, virtue and pleasure. World War One poster with the famous phrase "I want you for U. S. Army" (Get Your Covid-19 Shot Now) shows Uncle Sam pointing his finger at the viewer in order to recruit soldiers for the American Army during World War I. The printed phrase "Nearest recruiting station" (Get Your Covid-19 Shot Now) has a blank space below to add the address for enlisting. Parallel Worlds - NAZI vs U.S.A. - COVID-19 - ANTIFA - SS vs FBI vs DEATH Parallel worlds are hypothetical self-contained planes of existence that coexist with one's own. They are also known as alternate universes, parallel worlds, parallel dimensions, or alternate realities.0 The sum of all potential parallel universes that constitute reality is often called a "multiverse". "Parallel Worlds A Journey Through Creation, Higher Dimensions, and the Future of the Cosmos" covers the Big Bang, the early development of the Universe, and parallel universes is in fiction or is it true today right now. Comments that are uncivil, racist, misogynistic, misandrist, or contain political name calling will be removed and the poster subject to ban at moderators discretion. Help us make this a better community by becoming familiar with the rules. Report any suspicious users to the yes I am a bot, and this action was performed automatically. You forgot that people also get shot for legitimately no reason now. For example, knocking on a door. Or, trying to help someone. Imagine being an American soldier in 1945 Europe, getting a glimpse into the future and you see these guys walking the Streets of your hometown. Reminds me of a few months ago, when there was a tweet going around about a question a journalist asked Harrison Ford "How would Indiana Jones feel about the rise of modern Nazis?" and Harrison's response was "Indy would push people aside to deliver the first punch." And people genuinely got upset about that? Saying nonsense about how violence isnt the answer. I'm sorry, but if you get upset about people wanting to punch Nazis, you're a Nazi sympathizer. Nazis always deserve to be punched. Always. These look to be young black people. How much of a loser do you have to be to believe all your problems are due to "other people" at that age? If it wasn't for Jews, minorities, me and my 8th grade education would be on easy street? Because freedom of speech entails allowing anyone to demonstrate, regardless of whether their beliefs are agreeable. The mistake people are making is thinking that allowing them to demonstrate is somehow an endorsement of their beliefs. It is not. Nazis are the most reviled ideology by far in the USA. These people have zero political power and are viewed with scorn. They are accomplishing nothing by marching but ousting themselves as bigots. Free speech, our first amendment grants a lot of latitude. And something like "Kill all person X" or incitement of violence is not protected, and is punished, nor is it depicted here. None of us agree with what they are doing, but many many many law suits and judgements have been argued and the law always erred on the side of Free speech. German Jews' Passports Declared Invalid On October 5, 1938, the Reich Ministry of the Interior invalidates all German passports held by Jews. Jews must surrender their old passports, which will become valid only after the letter “J” has been stamped on them. The government required Jews to identify themselves in ways that would permanently separate them from the rest of the German population. In an August 1938 law, authorities decreed that by January 1, 1939, Jewish men and women bearing first names of “non-Jewish” origin had to add “Israel” and “Sara,” respectively, to their given names. All German Jews were obliged to carry identity cards that indicated their heritage, and, in the autumn of 1938, all Jewish passports were stamped with an identifying red letter “J”. As Nazi leaders quickened their war preparations, antisemitic legislation in Germany and Austria paved the way for more radical persecution of Jews. Vs. Excelsior Pass Plus As of July 28, 2023, the Excelsior Pass Plus (EPP) and the NYS Wallet Apps will no longer be available. Following the reduced demand for access to digital COVID-19 test and vaccine records through the epass.ny.gov portal and the official end of the COVID-19 public health emergency on May 11, 2023, the NYS Wallet that hosts the Excelsior Pass Plus COVID vaccine credential, will be discontinued. Excelsior Pass Plus provided a secure, digital copy of your COVID-19 vaccination record. Your Vaccination Pass Plus provided safe access to your vaccination information and included vaccine type, site and date of vaccination, just like your CDC Vaccination Card, validated by the State of New York. Your data collected for Excelsior Pass Plus continues to be private and secure. New York has gained knowledge on digital credentialing from this effort and remains interested in the potential this type of technology could bring in the future. Vs. No shot? No service. A New Jerseyan's guide to dining in NYC with vaccination now required New York City took the unprecedented step of requiring patrons of restaurants, bars, theaters, museums and many other venues to show proof of COVID-19 vaccination for entry beginning Tuesday, Aug. 17. Although many New Jerseyans still work from their dining room tables, hundreds of thousands commute daily into New York and grab lunch there or descend on the city for some weekend fun and fine dining. Here's what you need to know about the city's "Key to NYC" vaccine mandate: What venues now require proof of vaccination? There are three main areas where proof of vaccination must be shown for entry: indoor dining, indoor entertainment and indoor fitness. But that encompasses plenty of different businesses. They include: Indoor dining: restaurants, bars, coffee shops, fast-food joints, nightclubs, catering halls, grocery stores with indoor dining, hotel banquet rooms and cafeterias. Indoor entertainment: movie theaters, museums, Broadway theaters, concert venues, sports arenas galleries, bowling alleys, arcades, pool halls, convention centers, aquariums and zoos. Indoor fitness: gyms, pools and dance studios. No shot, no proof, no service: NYC businesses begin checks No shot, no shoes, no service. Japanese American internment and America’s Concentration Camps And Covid-19 Camps Today depicts an in American history that too few know or understand the mass incarceration of loyal Americans without charge or trial solely on the basis of race. During World War II more than 120,000 people of Japanese ancestry—2/3 of whom were American citizens—were incarcerated in hastily built camps in America's deserts and wastelands. A broad outline to this experience, this exhibit tells a story of injustice and sorrow, perseverance and courage. It tells the story through words, photographs, home movies, artwork and artifacts of those who lived it. Silent and silenced for decades, they share their memories in hopes that the more we learn about what happened over fifty years ago, the less likely such an injustice will happen again to any other people. Vs. On January 6, 2021, following the defeat of President Donald Trump in the 2020 U.S. presidential election, the leadership of the Oath Keepers and the Proud Boys, two far-right militias, plotted to use force to stop the peaceful transition of power, culminating in an attack on the United States Capitol Building. January 6 Capitol riots latest defendants held without bail and with out charges filed in 2021 1,000+ Capitol Riot defendants are being held without bond before their trials. A landmark decision on American internment and America’s Concentration Camps And Covid-19 Camps Today with No bond ever for Capitol Riot suspects handed down by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia is part of the reason why. WASHINGTON D.C., DC — The Department of Justice has arrested more than 1984+ people for taking part in the January 6 insurrection on the U.S. Capitol building. Some of those trials are months, possibly 2 to 3 years away. Verify viewer Kelley from Alexandria, Virginia asked the Verify team if some of the accused remain behind bars nearly six months later. “Is it true people arrested [for crimes on January 6th] are still being held in jail with no bail," she asked in an email. "What are the charges?" Let's Verify. THE QUESTION Are people accused of participating in the January 6th insurrection on the U.S. Capitol still being held in jail without bail? If so, what are their charges? OUR SOURCES Neama Rahmani, a former federal prosecutor and president of West Coast Trial Lawyers U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit Court: United States v. Munchel THE ANSWER Yes, several 1,000+ people are being held without bail in the D.C. Jail for crimes they allegedly committed during the Capitol riots. WHAT WE FOUND Our Verify team turned to Neama Rahmani, a former federal prosecutor now at West Coast Trial Lawyers, who said several Capitol Riot defendants remain in jail awaiting trial, even though some were arrested months ago. “Of the hundreds and hundreds of folks who have been arrested in the Capitol riots, the majority of them, most of them have received some sort of bail,” Rahmani said. “But the folks that engaged in the most violent acts, they are being detained without bond.” A landmark decision on bond for Capitol Riot suspects handed down by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia is part of the reason why. In the case of United States v. Munchel, a three judge panel ruled those who “actually assaulted police officers and broke through windows, doors, and barricades, and those who aided, conspired with, planned, or coordinated such actions, are in a different category of dangerousness than those who cheered on the violence or entered the Capitol after others cleared the way.” The ruling instructed judges to release Capitol riot suspects, even if charged with serious crimes, unless the Department of Justice demonstrates a specific threat that defendant poses to the community. “The Court of Appeals said...the mere fact that you have these very strong political beliefs, that you had what may be considered a weapon on your person, that's not sufficient to hold someone indefinitely if they didn't engage in the most violent acts,” Rahmani said. "The court did, however, distinguish between folks that actually did assault police officers did, you know, break windows force open doors and those types of things.” Which is why people like Julian Khater and George Tanios are still in jail on charges of Assault on Federal Officer with Dangerous Weapon and Conspiracy to Injure an Officer, among others, for allegedly spraying pepper spray into the faces of law enforcement like Capitol Police Officer Brian Sicknick. Thomas Sibick is being held until his trial without bond on charges that include Assaulting, Resisting, or Impeding Certain Officers and Taking from a Person Anything of Value by Force and Violence, because he’s accused of being part of the savage attack on DC Police Officer Mike Fanone and ripping Fanone’s badge and radio right off his uniform. A number of the Proud Boys militia, and even an Oath Keeper named Jessica Watkins, have also been denied pre-trial release, not because they assaulted police, but because they are charged with conspiracy with other members of their militias to pre-plan the attack on the Capitol. Conspiracy is also one of those thresholds the courts have decided you cannot cross if a judge is going to rule someone is not a threat to the community and eligible for pre-trial release. Rahmani said that for prosecutors arguing for defendants to be held without bond, it goes beyond protecting the safety of the community. “The biggest reason why federal prosecutors want to hold someone without bail is that it's much easier to get a plea agreement and a deal when someone's already in federal prison,” Rahmani said. “It's very difficult, especially for someone who has no criminal history, to sign that plea agreement and agree to surrender and go to federal prison. So, some of it is actually danger to the community, but some of it is actually strategy and tactics to get folks to plead guilty.” Still, judges have discretion to interpret the law as they see fit and some defense attorneys argue the decisions about who is released and who is detained aren’t always consistent. “Different judges have very different views on whether this conduct is dangerous,” Rahmani. “And it's a random rotation, and it's the luck of the draw.” A judge cited that same court of appeals ruling in ordering the release of Federico Klein, a State Department appointee of former President Donald Trump who is facing charges he assaulted police officers with a riot shield. That judge ruled that it was a "close call" but in his opinion, that judge deemed Klein does not pose a "substantial threat to the community" despite his "demonstrated willingness to use force to advance his personal beliefs." So we can Verify, yes, some people arrested for crimes on January 6th are still being held in jail without bail, all of which are being housed at the D.C. Jail. The Nuremberg Code and the Declaration of Helsinki are founding documents of modern medical ethics that articulate a core set of ethical principles regarding human experimentation and clinical care. The Nuremberg Code focuses on the human rights of research subjects, the Declaration of Helsinki focuses on the obligations of physician-investigators to research subjects, and the federal regulations emphasize the obligations of research institutions that receive federal funds. Both the Nuremberg Code and the Declaration of Helsinki served as models for the current U.S. federal research regulations, which require not only informed consent of the research subject but also prior peer review of research protocols by a committee that includes a representative of the community. The Nuremberg Code was formulated 50 years ago, in August 1947, in Nuremberg, Germany, by American judges sitting in judgment of Nazi doctors accused of conducting murderous and torturous human experiments in the concentration camps. The Declaration of Helsinki dealt with clinical research more directly, but was portrayed as a weakening of the stringent protections of Nuremberg. Issued by the Nuremberg Military Tribunal in 1947, the Nuremberg Code is a 10-point statement meant to prevent future abuse of human subjects. It states that, above all, participation in research must be voluntary. The other points are as follows: The results of the research must be useful and unobtainable by other means. The study must be rationally based on knowledge of the disease or condition to be studied. It must avoid unnecessary suffering. The study cannot include death or disabling injury as a foreseeable consequence. Its benefits must outweigh its risks. The study must use proper facilities to protect participants. The study must be conducted by qualified individuals. Participants may withdraw from the study if they wish. Investigators must be prepared to stop the study should participants die or become disabled as a result of participation. The Nuremberg Code was created by opining on the testimony of physician witnesses and was said to represent current thoughts on the topic of human experimentation. Although intended to refer to this particular trial and never formally adopted by any state or international agency, the Nuremberg Code has been tremendously influential—becoming the basis of later documents that are highly relevant to research today. https://www.wma.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Wiesing-DoH-Helsinki-20141111.pdf https://media.tghn.org/medialibrary/2011/04/BMJ_No_7070_Volume_313_The_Nuremberg_Code.pdf A number of callers have asked whether compulsory vaccination breaches the Nuremberg Code. The short answer is no and it is laughable to suggest so. Following the Allied victory over Germany, the Allied powers enacted the International Military Tribunal on 19th November 1945. As part of the Tribunal, a series of legal trials were held against major war criminals and Nazi sympathisers. Crimes Against Humanity The first trial conducted under the Nuremberg Military Tribunals in 1947 became known as The Doctors’ Trial. In that trial, some 23 doctors from the German Nazi Party were tried for crimes against humanity. These doctors conducted atrocious experiments on unwilling prisoners of war, many taking place in the infamous Auschwitz concentration camp holding Jewish prisoners later to become known as the Holocaust. The point of the Nuremberg Code was to stamp out and protect humans involved in medical experiments and trials from cruel and life-threatening medical and surgical procedures. The 10 Elements of the Nuremberg Code are: Voluntary consent is essential. The results of an experiment must be for the greater good of society. Human experiments should be based on previous animal experimentation. Experiments should be conducted by avoiding physical/mental suffering and injury. No experiments should be conducted if it is believed to cause death/disability. The risks should never exceed the benefits. Adequate facilities should be used to protect subjects. Experiments should be conducted only by qualified scientists. Subjects should be able to end their participation at any time. The scientist in charge must be prepared to terminate the experiment when injury, disability, or death is likely to occur. Vaccinations for Covid-19 are not experimental. In producing the Astrazeneca, Moderna, and Pfizer vaccine the makers followed well-established protocols during clinical trials. To even suggest that compulsory Covid-19 vaccination comes anywhere near what people went through during the Holocaust simply shows the complete ignorance of some. Nuremberg Code Emergency Laws Mandatory Covid-19 vaccinations do not fall under the Nuremberg Code. In any event, emergency laws promulgated in the various States and Territories prevail. COVID-19 Compulsory Vaccination Legal and Bioethical Controversies The imposition of compulsory health treatments has always been a subject of animated legal and bioethical debate. What is at stake are two opposing interests that are in their own way protected by international treaties and constitutional provisions: the right to individual self-determination and the duty to defend and preserve collective safety. The global health crisis related to the COVID-19 pandemic has placed the issue of the legitimacy of imposing compulsory vaccination at the center of the multifaceted debate on pandemic health policies. Indonesia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and the Federated States of Micronesia are currently the only four countries in the world where the COVID-19 vaccine is mandatory for all citizens. Italy was the first country in the European Union to introduce this obligation, effective from 8 January 2022 by virtue of the decree-law approved on 5 January 2022, which imposed vaccination compulsory for everyone over the age of 50. Similar paths have been undertaken by Greece and Austria, where the obligation will start respectively on 16 January 2022 (for citizens aged over 60) and 1 February 2022 (for citizens of all ages). However, in many civilized countries, “selective” forms of compulsory vaccination, i.e., aimed at specific categories of individuals, especially healthcare professionals, are already provided for. The present work aims to offer a concise and as much as possible exhaustive overview of the main ethical and legal issues related to compulsory COVID-19 vaccination, with reference to both the Italian and the international context, mainly European. Introduction On 4 November 2021, the World Health Organization officially declared the entry into the fourth pandemic wave, identifying Europe as the epicenter of the new epidemic phase. Although the proportion of the population fully vaccinated against COVID-19 is encouraging in industrialized countries (70% of the population in the US and Canada, 67% in South America, 64% in Asia and 62% in Europe have received at least one dose) (1), the impact of COVID-19 vaccination hesitancy could be a major hindrance to this delicate phase of the pandemic fight. The international epidemiological trend has brought the issue of compulsory vaccination, temporarily neglected during the summer break, back to the attention of national institutions. COVID-19 vaccination is already compulsory in many countries for specific categories of workers, mostly healthcare professionals, but a mandatory vaccination extended indiscriminately to the entire population is still largely unprecedented. There are currently four countries in the world where COVID-19 vaccine is mandatory for all citizens: Indonesia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and the Federated States of Micronesia. On 5 January 2022, the Italian government approved a decree-law imposing compulsory vaccination for all citizens over the age of 50, which came into force on 8 January 2022. Italy was thus the first European country to adopt a form of compulsory vaccination extended to the entire population (albeit with a fixed age limit). On November 19, 2021, Austrian Chancellor Alexander Schallenberg announced that in Austria the COVID-19 vaccine will be mandatory for all citizens from February 2022. On 30 November 2021, Greek Prime Minister Kyriakos Mitsotakis declared that vaccination against COVID-19 will be compulsory in Greece from 16 January 2022 for all citizens over the age of 60. Although the subject of hundreds of years of jurisprudential and bioethical reflection, the issue of the imposition of compulsory health treatment is still, in 2021, very far from seeing an unambiguous and shared key to interpretation. Striking a fair balance between the protection of individual autonomy and the protection of collective health is in fact extraordinarily complex, especially when set in the peculiar epidemiological and scientific context of the COVID-19 pandemic. This is because the COVID-19 vaccine has completely new features, from the technology used to make it to the particular way in which it combats the disease. This unique profile makes the discussion on compulsory vaccination particularly intriguing and raises legal and bioethical issues that have never before been addressed. At the Dawn of Compulsory Vaccination: the Fight Against Smallpox The first compulsory vaccination policy in history dates back to the late 18th century, during the American Revolutionary War, when General George Washington required his troops to be inoculated with the smallpox virus in 1777. Of all the diseases affecting the continental army, smallpox was one of the most fearsome threats, as it had a mortality rate of 10 to 60% in non-immune hosts. According to historians' estimates, at the end of the 7-year war, nine times as many soldiers died of the disease consequences (63,000) as died in battle (7,000). Washington had the merit of recognizing the seriousness of the disease early on and devising an effective immunization strategy for his army, which gave his troops a significant physical and psychological advantage over their opponents. A few years later, in 1796, English physician and naturalist Edward Jenner officially tested the first vaccine against smallpox by injecting a child's arm with a small amount of pus taken from the bumps of a woman suffering from cowpox, a form of smallpox that affects cows and, to a lesser extent, humans. Jenner concluded that cowpox inoculation was a safe alternative to human smallpox virus inoculation and equally effective in terms of protection against smallpox disease. After the scientific community recognized the efficacy and safety of the vaccine, the practice of smallpox vaccination spread widely in Europe, and several countries introduced mandatory vaccination requirements for their citizens, such as Norway in 1811, Russia in 1812 and Sweden in 1816. The first western nation to introduce free, universal, and compulsory smallpox vaccination was England with the Vaccination Acts of 1840, 1853 and 1867. The 1840 text provided for the smallpox vaccine to be free of charge and prohibited the variolation procedure, i.e., the inoculation of the subject to be immunized with human smallpox virus taken from an infected subject (the immunization technique practiced before Jenner's smallpox vaccine was developed). The 1856 Act made vaccination compulsory for all children up to 3 months and established penalties for non-compliance. The 1867 text tightened up the penalties for those who refused to vaccinate their children and introduced imprisonment for practicing variolation. In the following decades, the outbreak of new smallpox epidemics triggered by the Franco-Prussian war prompted many European states to introduce compulsory vaccination. In the United States of America, in 1905 the Supreme Federal Court issued a landmark judgement that legitimized the authority of states to “reasonably” violate personal liberties during a public health crisis by fining those who refused vaccination. In the late 1960s, the World Health Assembly (WHA) initiated a strategic plan for the definitive eradication of the smallpox virus, which led to Resolution 11.54, adopted in 1958 by the Eleventh World Health Assembly. On 1 January 1967, the World Health Organization launched the smallpox eradication programme, which led to the eradication of the virus in 1980. The worldwide effort to combat the disease made it possible to eradicate a virus that was responsible for 500 million deaths between the XIX and XX centuries, mainly through compulsory vaccination. Compulsory Vaccination in the European Regulatory Context The primary legal reference for the protection of fundamental human rights in the European regulatory context is the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms (ECHR), signed in Rome in 1950, in force since 1953, and adopted by the 47 member states of the Council of Europe. Article 8 (“Right to respect for private and family life”) states that “1. Everyone has the right to respect for his private and family life, his home and his correspondence. 2. There shall be no interference by a public authority with the exercise of this right except such as is in accordance with the law and is necessary in a democratic society in the interests of national security, public safety or the economic wellbeing of the country, for the prevention of disorder or crime, for the protection of health or morals, or for the protection of the rights and freedoms of others”. According to the Convention, therefore, forms of interference with the right to individual privacy are permitted whenever necessary to protect the public health of a democratic society. This principle found a recent practical application in judgement no. 116/2021 of 8 April 2021 (Vavrička and others v. Czech Republic) by the European Court of Human Rights (ECtHR), which rejected the appeal of the parents of some Czech minors against national legislation prohibiting non-vaccinated children from enrolling in nursery school. The Strasbourg Court interpreted the imposition of compulsory vaccination against the 10 vaccine-preventable childhood infectious diseases (diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough, Haemophilus influenzae type b infections, poliomyelitis, hepatitis B, measles, mumps, rubella and–for children with specified health indications–pneumococcal infections) for admission to nursery school as a means of protecting public health, and as such not violating Article 8 of the ECHR. The judgement sets out in detail the seven requirements that justify the interference in private life by national legislation: 1. The primary objective of compulsory vaccination must be to protect public health. 2. The imposition of compulsory vaccination must be based on a “pressing social need”, e.g., due to a low rate of spontaneous vaccination against a specific disease that could threaten public health. 3. “Relevant and sufficient reasons” are needed to impose mandatory vaccination. 4. The safety level of vaccines must be carefully evaluated in relation to scientific evidence. 5. The obligation cannot apply to persons with contraindications to the administration of the vaccine. 6. The obligation must be enforced through penalties for non-compliance, and may not provide for the forced administration of the vaccine. 7. The possibility for persons contesting penalties arising from non-compliance with the obligation to initiate appeals should be guaranteed. Another important normative reference is represented by the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, signed in Nice in 2000 and legally binding for the European institutions and member states with the entry into force of the Treaty of Lisbon in 2007. Article 1 (Human dignity) states: “Human dignity is inviolable. It must be respected and protected”. Article 3 (Right to the integrity of the person) establishes: “Everyone has the right to respect for his or her physical and mental integrity. In the fields of medicine and biology, the following must be respected in particular: the free and informed consent of the person concerned, according to the procedures laid down by law; the prohibition of eugenic practices, in particular those aiming at the selection of persons; the prohibition on making the human body and its parts as such a source of financial gain; the prohibition of the reproductive cloning of human beings”. The concept of free and informed consent expressed in Article 3 is borrowed from the Convention on Human Rights and Biomedicine (Oviedo Convention), the first international treaty on bioethics, signed in Oviedo (Spain) on April 4, 1997, and entered into force on December 1, 1999, following ratification by the first five member states of the European Union. Article 5 of the Oviedo Convention states: “An intervention in the health field may only be carried out after the person concerned has given free and informed consent to it. This person shall beforehand be given appropriate information as to the purpose and nature of the intervention as well as on its consequences and risks”. The Legal bases of Compulsory Vaccination in the Italian Legal System In the Italian legal system, the right to health is enshrined in the Constitution, which in Article 32 states that “The Republic safeguards health as a fundamental right of the individual and as a collective interest, and guarantees free medical care to the indigent. No one may be obliged to undergo any health treatment except under the provisions of the law. Under any circumstances, the law may not violate the limits imposed by respect for the human person”. Therefore, health is not only a “fundamental right of the individual” but also a “collective interest”. The Italian Constitution aims on the one hand to protect the individual's right to self-determination, and on the other to guarantee the health of the community. The protection of public health may entail the imposition of compulsory health treatments, which would not be permitted under normal conditions, but which becomes legitimate if provided for by specific laws. The Italian Constitutional Court, the main constitutional guarantee body, which is called upon to verify the conformity of state and regional laws and acts having the force of law with the Constitution, fully illustrated the concept of balancing the protection of the right to individual self-determination and the safeguarding of public health in judgement no. 307 of 22 June 1990, concerning the constitutional legitimacy of compulsory polio vaccination for children within the first year of life: “… the law imposing a medical treatment is not incompatible with article 32 of the Constitution if the treatment is aimed at improving or preserving the state of health of those subject to it, but also at preserving the state of health of others, since it is precisely this further purpose, pertaining to health as an interest of the community, which justifies the compression of that self-determination of man which is inherent in the right of everyone to health as a fundamental right”. Similarly, in 1994, the same Court held that the protection of collective health “implies and includes the duty of the individual not to damage or endanger the health of others through his or her own behavior, in observance of the general principle that each person's right is limited by mutual recognition and equal protection of the coexisting rights of others”. In that judgment, no. 218 of 2 June 1994, the Court declared unconstitutional Article 5 of Law no. 135 of 5 June 1990 on AIDS (18), which provided that no one could be tested for HIV infection without his or her consent except on the grounds of clinical necessity in his or her own interest. In fact, the judges considered that the provision represented a prejudice to collective health, since “Article 32 of the Constitution implies the duty to protect the right of third parties who come into necessary contact with the person for activities involving a serious risk, not voluntarily assumed, of contagion”. Another recent confirmation of the non-incompatibility of the imposition of compulsory vaccination with Article 32 of the Constitution came again from the Italian Constitutional Court in 2018. With judgement no. 5 of January 18, 2018, the Italian Constitutional Court declared partly inadmissible and partly unfounded the question of constitutional illegitimacy raised by the Veneto region in relation to the vaccination requirement introduced by Law 119/2017 (transition from 4 to 10 mandatory vaccines for children from 0 to 16 years of age). The reasons for the judgement state: “The law imposing a health treatment is not incompatible with Art. 32 Cost. This is the case if the treatment is intended not only to improve or preserve the state of health of the person undergoing it, but also to preserve the state of health of others; if it is provided that it does not adversely affect the state of health of the person who is obliged to undergo it, except only for those consequences that appear normal and, therefore, tolerable; and if, in the hypothesis of further damage, the payment of an equitable indemnity in favor of the damaged party is provided for, and this regardless of the parallel protection of compensation …”. Regarding the last sentence of the judgment extract, the reference is to Law 210/1992 (“Economic indemnity for persons affected by irreversible pathological impairment following compulsory vaccinations, transfusions, and administration of hemoderivatives”), which protects victims of permanent damage deriving from compulsory health treatments, offering them the possibility of receiving adequate financial compensation after an appropriate medical-legal evaluation. Another constitutional principle of central importance in qualifying the imposition of compulsory health treatments is that set out in Article 2: “The Republic recognizes and guarantees the inviolable rights of the person, both as an individual and in the social groups where human personality is expressed. The Republic expects that the fundamental duties of political, economic and social solidarity be fulfilled”. Article 2 enshrines the principle of social solidarity between the individual and the community, according to which the citizen, as a member of a community, is called upon to act not only for his own personal interests, but also to protect collective interests. Thus, the combined provisions of Articles 32 and 2 of the Italian Constitution make the legitimacy of compulsory vaccination conditional on an appropriate balance between protecting the health of the individual and the community. In the near future (since the official publication of the decree-law passed on 5 January 2022), the vaccine will be compulsory in Italy for all citizens over the age of 50. Until 31 December 2021, the COVID-19 vaccine was compulsory in Italy for all healthcare professions and workers, pursuant to Article 4 of Decree-Law no. 44/2021. This was, in fact, a “selective” vaccination requirement, in that it was intended for a specific category of workers, and a “temporary” one, operating until 31 December 2021. According to the provisions of the law, failure to comply with the vaccination requirement by those who “carry out their activities in public or private health, social and health care and social assistance structures, in pharmacies or parapharmacies and professional offices” results in the suspension of the right to perform services or tasks involving interpersonal contacts. As a matter of fact, SARS-CoV-2 is classified as a human pathogenic agent of risk group 3) according to Art. 267 of Legislative Decree no. 81/2008 (the so-called “Unified Text on Occupational Safety and Health”), i.e., the category that “includes pathogenic microorganisms that can cause disease in humans and pose a serious risk to workers; they can spread in the community but effective prophylactic or therapeutic measures are usually available”. In line with this principle, EU Directive 2020/739 of 3 June 2020 also included SARS-CoV2 among the biological agents against which protection in the workplace is mandatory. On the basis of the combined provisions of Article 267 of Legislative Decree 81/2008 and Article 2087 of the Civil Code (which states that the employer is obliged to protect the physical integrity of employees), on 19 March 2021 the Court of Belluno issued an ordinance declaring legitimate the conduct of the management of a nursing home that had deemed unfit for duty and forced to take leave 10 healthcare workers who had refused to undergo the COVID-19 vaccine. The ordinance, therefore, rejected the appeal filed by the claimants, who argued the constitutional illegitimacy of Article 4 of Decree-Law no. 44/2021 insofar as it obliged healthcare workers to vaccinate. The Court held that the question was manifestly unfounded, since the imposition of medical treatment aimed at protecting the health of others is entirely compatible with the Italian Constitution, provided that the subject is guaranteed fair compensation in the event of damage beyond normal foreseeability. Mandatory COVID-19 Vaccine: the Reasons for Controversy The vast majority of civilized countries require their citizens to undergo a series of compulsory vaccinations starting from childhood. In Italy, for example, all minors between zero and 16 years of age and unaccompanied foreign minors must undergo 10 vaccinations. Children who are not up to date with vaccinations cannot access school services. The imposition of compulsory health treatments such as childhood vaccinations was always accompanied by a lively bioethics debate, which however never reached even remotely the proportions of the dispute regarding the compulsory vaccine against COVID-19. This is because COVID-19 vaccines have characteristics that make their mandatory imposition particularly controversial, chief among them the lack of final approval by regulators in many countries. With particular reference to the European context, any pharmaceutical company wishing to market a drug within the European Union must first apply for marketing authorization by submitting an application to the European Medicines Agency (EMA). Based on recommendations provided by the EMA, which carefully evaluates the drug efficacy and safety profiles, the European Commission can issue 3 types of authorization: emergency use authorization (EUA), conditional marketing authorization (CMA), and standard marketing authorization (SMA). So far, the European Commission has granted four conditional marketing authorizations for vaccines developed by BioNTech and Pfizer, Moderna, AstraZeneca and Janssen Pharmaceutica NV, after the EMA gave a positive assessment of their safety and efficacy. The other vaccines are at different stages of evaluation. Conditional marketing authorization is granted in cases where not all the clinical data for a drug required for standard authorization are available, but the benefit of placing the drug on the market immediately is considered to outweigh the risks related to the temporary incompleteness of the data. Conditional marketing authorization is granted when 4 requirements are simultaneously met: there is a favorable benefit-risk ratio for the drug; all conditions are in place to believe that the pharmaceutical company will be able to provide complete data after authorization; the medicine meets an unmet medical need; and the benefit of the drug's immediate availability to patients outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still needed. Conditional marketing authorization is valid for 1 year and may be renewed. The conditional marketing authorization imposes several obligations on the authorization holder that must be fulfilled within defined time frames, such as collecting additional data to demonstrate that the drug is effective and safe. The marketing authorization can be converted to a standard marketing authorization once the marketing authorization holder meets the imposed obligations and complete data confirm that the drug's benefits continue to outweigh the risks. The procedure for authorizing the marketing of a drug under the American regulatory authority, the FDA (Food and Drug Administration), has similar characteristics, but is carried out more quickly due to the implementation of streamlined procedures such as “fast track”, “priority review”, and “accelerated approval”. This procedural simplification enabled the US FDA to grant final approval of the mRNA vaccine developed by BioNTech and Pfizer on 23 August 2021 for everyone over 16. Until then, commercialization of the vaccine in the United States had been granted by virtue of an emergency use authorization dated 11 December 2020. The vaccines developed by Moderna and Janssen Pharmaceutica NV are still marketed in the US due to an emergency authorization issued by the FDA on 18 December 2020 and 27 February 2021, respectively. The relatively unknown nature of the etiological agent responsible for the COVID-19 disease and the development of vaccines in an extraordinarily short timeframe make the described criticalities in the path to final approval of vaccines quite natural. In any case, it should be noted that, regardless of the marketing approval process, the COVID-19 vaccine is the first drug in history to have benefited from a “real-life” test of exceptional proportions, having been administered to over 5.5 billion people and having shown absolutely satisfactory efficacy and safety profiles. Regarding safety, according to EMA data, as of 28 October 2021, 412,571 adverse effects have been reported in 428,000,000 doses of Comirnaty vaccine administered to European citizens (0.09%), 214,528 in 68,800,000 doses of Vaxzevria (0.31%), 94,636 in 61,600,000 doses of Spikevax (0.15%) and 28,244 in 16,300,000 doses of Janssen (0.17%). The vast majority of recorded adverse effects were mild or moderate. Regarding efficacy, although COVID-19 vaccines show relatively modest effectiveness in preventing the contraction of viral infection, their overall ability to control the onset of serious illness requiring hospitalization and intensive care has been proven by the world's most authoritative clinical studies. Important decisions on compulsory vaccination against COVID-19 have been taken within the European institutions. The Council of Europe, the main international organization committed to protecting human rights, separate and independent from the European Union, signed Resolution no. 2361 on 27 January 2021 (“Covid-19 vaccines: ethical, legal and practical considerations”). The text clearly rules out the possibility of individual states making the COVID-19 vaccine compulsory and prohibits its use as a means of discrimination. In points 7.3.1 and 7.3.2, the Resolution requires member states to: “… ensure that citizens are informed that the vaccination is not mandatory and that no one is under political, social or other pressure to be vaccinated if they do not wish to do so; ensure that no one is discriminated against for not having been vaccinated, due to possible health risks or not wanting to be vaccinated”. However, this Resolution, being issued by the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe, is not a source of law, and is therefore neither binding nor mandatory for individual member states. A possible conflict between the domestic law of one of the European States and the Council of Europe Resolution never implies illegality of the national rules. This is not the case for the judgments of the European Court of Human Rights, which is called upon to check whether national laws comply with the principles laid down in the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms. The Strasbourg Court has so far ruled on cases related to the COVID-19 pandemic on three occasions. In the first case (Le Mailloux v. France, 5 November 2020, declaration of inadmissibility), concerning a French citizen who claimed that national legislation had failed to comply with the positive obligations to protect life and health of persons enshrined in Article 2 ECHR by not providing citizens with adequate means of defense against the spread of the virus (masks and tests), the Court dismissed the application because the applicant did not have “victim” status. The second case concerns a Romanian citizen's appeal against the imposition of lockdown, which allegedly violated Article 5 of the ECHR, protecting personal freedom (Terheş v. Romania, 13 April 2021, declaration of inadmissibility). The Court dismissed the appeal because the lockdown does not impose restrictions that can be regarded as a “deprivation of liberty” within the meaning of Article 5 ECHR. The third case concerns an application for provisional measures made by 672 French firefighters, who invoking Articles 2 and 8 of the ECHR asked the Strasbourg Court to suspend as an interim measure the provisions of the French law no. 2021–1040 of 5 August 2021 imposing on their category the vaccination requirement to work (Abgrall and 671 Others v. France, 24 August 2021, rejection of requests for interim measures). The Court rejected the appeal of the 672 firefighters as being outside the scope of Article 39 of the Rules of Court, which governs the conditions for adopting interim measures. Indeed, the Court stated that granting interim measures is possible only in exceptional circumstances, when the applicants would otherwise face “a real risk of irreversible harm”. However, it must be emphasized that this judgment excludes the existence of conditions suitable for the adoption of emergency protective measures, and in no way precludes the possibility that the Court may subsequently declare the admissibility of the firemen's action concerning the compatibility of the French legislation with the principles of the ECHR. In summary, therefore, in none of the three decisions of inadmissibility the Strasbourg Court tackled head-on the question of the legitimacy of compulsory vaccination. How to Enforce a Potential Obligation? Another central issue regarding the actual applicability of a direct vaccination obligation to all nation citizens concerns how this obligation would be enforced. Basically, two compulsory vaccination policies are conceivable. The first consists of a highly coercive strategy, a “hard” compulsory vaccination, whereby the drug is administered against the individual's will through the intervention of law enforcement. The second, decidedly softer, option is to bar people who have not been vaccinated from participating in social and working life by adopting a vaccination passport. The policy of forced inoculation presents countless critical elements in its hypothetical application and must therefore be considered as merely abstract. On the other hand, the vaccine passport strategy is far more feasible and is in fact already partially applied in EU countries. The application is “partial” because not only vaccinated citizens, but also citizens who have recovered or tested negative to a molecular swab carried out within the last 72 h can obtain the EU digital COVID certificate. Shifting from a partial application of the digital COVID certificate to an extensive application, i.e., a vaccination passport granted only to those who have been vaccinated, would in fact represent the imposition of a vaccination obligation. However, according to this provision, there would be a thorny new issue to be addressed, that of the actual usefulness of vaccinating people who have recovered from COVID-19, and are therefore naturally immunized. Scientific evidence suggests that healed individuals with adequate antibody levels are more protected from reinfection than vaccinated people. Vaccination against COVID in recovered individuals may even be burdened with a higher probability of adverse effects. In accordance with these scientific data, it would not be unreasonable to grant vaccination passports not only to those who have been vaccinated, but also to those who can prove that they have recovered from the infection, as is the case in Switzerland. However, it should be noted that the introduction of a vaccine passport as a prerequisite for access to social and working life would have a paradoxical effect, i.e., it would exacerbate restrictions on the personal freedom of the population instead of restoring the freedoms of all (the primary objective of vaccination). In the light of this reflection, the choice of basing the compulsory vaccination policy on the immunity passport would therefore be counterproductive. This would open up a third way in which the compulsory vaccination could be enforced: the imposition of fines on individuals who do not wish to be vaccinated. The idea of creating a specific offense and the related criminal consequences (arrest and imprisonment) to punish those who do not intend to undergo vaccination is to be discarded, for the simple reason that no judicial system would be able to withstand the impact of such a measure. Italy, for example, had around 5.5 million unvaccinated people at the beginning of 2022, for which an equal number of criminal prosecutions should be initiated. A financial penalty for those who do not comply with the vaccination requirement would be much more feasible. This fine, however, to fulfill the task at hand, should be of such a magnitude as to have a substantial impact on the person's economic status. In other words, a system of economic penalties that provides for monetary sanctions commensurate with the income of the person sanctioned would be effective, as is already the case in some countries (Switzerland and Finland). In Italy, the size of economic sanctions is not related to the financial resources of the individual, and the definition of a fixed monetary amount as a fine to be paid in case of non-compliance with the vaccination obligation would lead to an obvious social inequity, with rich people willing to pay in order to preserve their non-vaccinated status and poor people forced to comply with the legal obligation. Conclusion The alarming rate of progression of the fourth wave of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in Europe, has placed the issue of compulsory vaccination at the center of the international legal and bioethical debate. As shown by the brief collection of principles enshrined in international treaties and jurisprudential pronouncements proposed, the right to individual self-determination is not configurable as intangible, being subordinate to the duty to ensure public safety. In this sense, in accordance with the legal guidelines outlined above, we consider the legal bases for imposing a generalized vaccination obligation to be sufficiently sound. Obviously, such an obligation must be based on reliable scientific data attesting to the absolute safety and efficacy of the COVID-19 vaccine. Although authorizations for these vaccines are still largely conditional (only in the United States has one vaccine obtained final approval), it cannot be forgotten that more than 2 years after the pandemic broke out, SARS-CoV2 is putting even the most advanced health systems in serious difficulty. Vaccines have proved a great way to kill you and family's and to be an extraordinarily effective tool in containing the spread of the infection and limiting hospitalizations and planned for your deaths. Their safety and efficacy have been widely proven in studies carried out all over the world. These safety and efficacy profiles have enabled these drugs to obtain conditional approvals from the major regulatory agencies. These authorizations, although “conditional”, were granted after a thorough and scrupulous process of verifying the existence of a benefit-risk balance in favor of the benefits. As for adverse events, although their existence is undeniably documented, it is absolutely impossible to imagine that a worldwide vaccination campaign could result in an absolute absence of undesirable effects. Although it may therefore seem anomalous to impose a compulsory requirement for drugs that have not yet been definitively approved, in our opinion 4 the greater good and the extraordinary and exceptional nature of the plandemic situation makes it fully justifiable. In our view 4 the greater good, waiting for the final authorizations to be granted by new world order before imposing compulsory vaccination (or death its your choose) 4 the greater good of earth... it would pose a serious danger of delay in the fight against the fourth plandemic wave. The Great Awakening Another Powerful Documentary From What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Yes Its For The Greater Good. Yes Thank You For Killing Yourself Too... We The Sheeple People's Republic Of United State Of America... Yes Its For The Greater Good. With Love From Your Uncle Sam... Yes Its For The Greater Good, Greater Good, Greater Good, And God Bless You ALL... Yes Its For The Greater Good.

Welcome To "Exploring Tartaria", where we will explore the Old World Pt. 11 through the lens that we are looking back on the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ! This is not and I'am not a Hollywood Studio. ( She Did A Great Job Everyone) I explain that "Tartaria" was the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ, and that we live at the end of the post-Millennial "Little Season". Thank you to everyone who has researched Tartaria, from lot's forums, and other info. Now let's gain even more knowledge and wisdom by understanding that we are looking back at the Millennial Kingdom! There are so many incredible things to discover. I believe you will enjoy looking at the relics of our past even more with this understanding! Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets I got over what I refer to as the "dual timelines" and go into a little detail about how they relate to each other. I try not to bore you with too many examples and technical details, but hopefully you get the idea! I also go over a few of the more major questions that you may have from Part I. There are some other more pertinent questions that I did not include, such as what is the "Rapture", and what was the Mudflood. I will throw out my theory on the Mudflood down the line. As far as the "Rapture" goes, please re-read 1 Thessolonians 4:17, and you tell me! Could the mortals at the end of the Kingdom be the ones who "meet the Lord in the air"? I'm not sure as I still can't quite make out what the Apostle Paul was trying to tell us. As far as a more detailed explanation of the Tribulation being in our past, I may not be able to get to making that video in the near future. I know many of you have a lot of questions about all the various prophecies from the Old Testament as well as the New Testament. That is a very big subject and one that a person could devote a whole channel to. If you look into "preterism", you will find that many people have already answered a lot of those questions. They may not have understood the Kingdom of God was a physical kingdom in our past, so sometimes their timelines and interpretation of scripture can go off into a weird place (though you can't blame them because we were all deceived, and God has revealed this to us now). Still, there are valuable resources out there from preterist websites who go very in-depth about all of the various parts of scripture from both the OT and NT. It is a very big subject and one that will take a lot of time to get to, so please explore the resources out there that are already available in the meantime! Again, thank you to all of those who have researched in this field. I'm not going to list names because I don't want to leave anyone out. But I'm familiar with the majority of the characters in the Alternative History scene, and I appreciate all of your work very much :) And a special shoutout to my dear friend Nicholas, who has been a great researcher in this field, and has helped me to arrive at some of these conclusions as we hashed out ideas over the past 2 years through TTT (Tartaria Text Time). Thanks so much! Hope you enjoy I ask the simple question: If Jesus Christ was a literal king on earth for a continuous 1,000 years, then is there any evidence that shows him in this role? we look at the past with the understanding that the First Resurrection already occurred approximately 1200 years ago. The people who took part in this event received new bodies, and are now referred to as "Saints", meaning "Holy Ones". This group of people lived and reigned with Christ for 1,000 years, and still live to this present day, as they are now immortal. We take a look at relics, or the physical remains of Saints, and ponder the true importance of these objects, as it seems that relics truly act as a conduit between mortals and God. I hope this information will give you a better foundation as you re-read the Bible, or read for the first time. I feel you will also gain a higher understanding of the Millennial Kingdom, or Kingdom of God, as the New Testament characters not only played major roles in establishing the early Christian communities, but continued their roles in the subsequent Kingdom. Not all of the information can be found in the Bible. Some bits and pieces come from the early church historians, that are then corroborated by repetitive themes throughout the artwork of the Kingdom period. I have done my absolute best to be as accurate as possible. Of course there is so, so much more to learn about with each saint featured in this video. But I feel that this is a solid core that you can build upon as you explore Tartaria ;) My favorite saint is Saint Paul. I think it’s cool that he was so smart that God picked him to write a lot of the most important book ever created. I like that St. Paul is very serious and has an obsessive personality towards a cause. At first he used this talent for destruction, but he was blinded by the enemy and God knew there was a good man in there. Then Paul used his fanatical nature for good and became a fearless evangelist in the face of intense persecution. It’s interesting to me that Paul is still persecuted to this day, as the Enemy sows seeds of doubt about Paul’s writings, presenting tripping blocks even for Christians. It’s honorable to be persecuted by the Adversary, and even more so if it persists 1200 years into the future. I chose Paul as my patron saint, because to me, he is the Patron Saint of Based. I love you Paul! Another saint who I love is Saint John the Baptist. I can’t quite peg what John’s personality is like, but whenever I see a painting of him I just feel an intense love for him that sometimes makes me well up with tears (haha). I’m also looking forward to painting lessons from Saint Luke, who I think of as the cool uncle I never had. I love all of the saints so much and I love learning about their lives before and during the Kingdom, and the special jobs that God gave them based on their talents. I look forward to creating more content about the saints in the future, but for now, I will be moving into some other topics. This is the story of my mental and spiritual journey up until this point in my life. I wanted to share it with you so that you will know that I was barely raised Protestant Christian, much less Catholic. My conversion into Catholicism has been the result of a difficult journey of ardently seeking the truth. Never did I think I would become a Christian, and when I did become one, never would I have thought that I would later become Catholic! Yet another twist in the plot... Catholicism turns out to be the truth! As Jesus said, we will know a good tree from a bad tree by the fruits they produce, so we must ask ourselves, could the Catholic Church be home to the world’s greatest art and architecture, yet still be guilty of all the egregious crimes it is accused of? And as we look back at our past in the context of the Millennial Kingdom, do we see another form of Christianity that appears more dominant than Catholicism? Was the Catholic Church the usurper of the Old World, or was it the architect? I know that many of you will have a lot of questions. I know exactly what those questions are, and they will be answered in the videos to come! Thank you to Our Father Who Art in Heaven for revealing these things to us! ✠ I believe the revelation of our true past is a gift from God during these strange days on Earth. Up until the last few years, we were blinded and could not see what was right in front of us all this time. Sure, we noticed that the art and architecture of the past were all very beautiful and made fine tourist attractions. As we looked up at the architecture of the Old World, we all wondered why we stopped building such beautiful things. Yet the impossible nature of these creations escaped us, and we could not see that miracles of God were sitting right in front of us all along! ✠ God has revealed these things to this generation. Why would he pick this generation? Well since God is a very rational man, it seems only logical that he would reveal these things to the generation that it would be most pertinent to. To a generation that needs to prepare physically, mentally, and most of all-- spiritually, for what is to come. A generation who live through the final prophecy of Revelation, a final battle of some sort, and who will be alive on Judgment Day. That is why I believe that this is a Revelation for the Last Generation. ✠ God showed us compassion and mercy by revealing the truth of our past, and for that I am very grateful. My life would be so much different if I didn't understand where we are in time and what was unfolding today. My physical preparations are in order and I will spend my final days on Earth 1.0 working on this ministry. I will gladly be your Friendly End Times Guide :) Here are the videos that are coming up next on this channel: ✠ The True Origin of the Catholic Church ✠ The Celestial Hierarchy (Angelology) ✠ Greek Mythology (Likely a 3 part series) ✠ The Nature of Satan & the Kingdom of Darkness https://www.youtube.com/@ExploringTartaria/playlists I am looking forward to creating this content for you! ✠ P.S. In the future, I will do a video on the Battle of Gog and Magog and how we should prepare. But I will tell you now that I believe the "camp of the saints/ beloved city" may be up at the North Pole, which seems to be the location of the Garden of Eden. It is just my own prediction that we will be told that aliens have landed at the North Pole and all nations must be gathered to battle for our home. When this begins to unfold (and it appears that the narrative has already begun), you will not want to leave your home. I believe if you can stay home, and live in at least a moderately safe area, you will be okay. You should take preparations seriously, and have extra stock of all supplies that can last several months. You will not want to go out to Walmart when this starts to go down. God has revealed these things so we can prepare. These are my own opinions and I'm not a prophet, but I heed my own advice. I don't know the timeframe of all of this, but I certainly don't see myself becoming an old lady. It could be a couple years. It could kick off next month. I don't know, but please prepare. You know what you need to do! Blessed are those servants whom the master finds on watch when he returns. Luke 12:37 From New Age to Witchcraft to Jesus! - https://youtu.be/AU5-fZD89xM Just So Everyone Knows! I’m aware of the Virgin Mary idolization that happens in the Catholic Church (I wasn’t aware before filming this video) and shortly after this video I threw away this curtain. Thank you. Britta Pipkin ! Biblical Eschatology is the study of what the Bible says is going to happen in the end times. Many treat Eschatology as an area of theology to be avoided. Of course, Eschatology is not as crucial as Christology or Soteriology. That does not mean, though, that it is unimportant to a Biblical worldview. Eschatology is an often misunderstood but vital subject in Biblical studies. Let's take a look at its basic ideas and some of the misconceptions that people have about it. Eschatology is a word most Christians are likely obsessed with… and may not even know it. The word has everything to do with the End Times, i.e., Jesus’ second coming. And many believers have different theories under which they operate. We won’t waste much time in this introduction, as there is so much to unpack. Today we’ll uncover the biblical meaning of eschatology, its importance in Christianity, and much more. What Is the Biblical Meaning of Eschatology? Escatology, when we break the word down, means “last things” or “end.” Escha is Greek for “last” or “farthest,” as in the last thing on a spectrum, and ology always means “the study of.” When we put the words together, we get “the study of last things.” Typically when Christians think of the word eschatology, they think of the Book of Revelation. You’d be completely correct if you operate under this assumption. All twenty-one chapters of Revelation point to things to come (although we could argue that the letters to the seven churches were also written to literal churches—not just future churches that are either operating now or in the future). But did you know that throughout the Bible, we also see hints at the times to come? Where Does Eschatology Appear in the Bible? We see glimpses of “the last things” throughout the Old and New Testaments. Jesus brought up eschatology several times in his sermons. Although we can’t break down every instance of the study of end times in the Bible, I’d love to give a sampling of them below to show the breadth of the subject. 1. Daniel 9: The antichrist is described in great detail (although some believe that Antiochus Epiphanes, Nero, or other controversial figures played a precursor to this). He will attempt to thwart God’s plans, hurt God’s people, and try to turn the world against God. 2. Zechariah 14: A great battle is described, hinted more in detail in the battle of Armageddon in Revelation. 3. Acts 1: Jesus is described as returning, according to an angel, right after Jesus’ ascension. Jesus’ second coming plays a major role in eschatology. 4. Matthew 25: The author discusses eternal punishment and reward befalling unbelievers and believers, respectively. These subjects are further drawn out in Revelation 20. 5. 2 Peter 3: In the last days, several skeptics will question Christians. They’ll say, “You claimed that Jesus is coming back, but where is he? Maybe you were completely wrong.” There are plenty of other examples we can point to, but I highly recommend checking out these verses as well. Several biblical books allude to the second coming of Christ and the events that will take place at the end of the old earth and old heavens. Recognizing the Bible has many passages pointing to the end times, we must understand that many passages are vague or symbolic. For instance, Daniel describes one final empire (the one ruled under the antichrist) as a horrible beast with several horns. We know the beast will not be a literal Godzilla that rules (although the beasts described in Revelation certainly seem like it). Because some of the nature of eschatology is enigmatic, it can be hard to figure out exactly what will happen—especially since only God knows the time and place when these events will happen (Matthew 24). What Are Different Types of Biblical Eschatology? There are several different theories as to the nature of eschatology. Since the end times’ events occur in the future, we can’t fully know what will go down. Furthermore, honestly, all of these theories have issues that can be debated or discussed. Before diving into the theories, we need to understand a few important events mentioned in the Bible. These will be presented in no particular order, as different views on escatology differ on when the events will occur. 1. Tribulation: Christians undergo intense trials under the antichrist and his followers. We can imagine this will result in distress, torture, death, and martyrdom. 2. Second Coming: At one point, Jesus will return. Believers are described in 1 Thessalonians 4 as meeting him up in the sky. Trumpets will announce his arrival, and he will be arriving on a white horse. 3. Millennium: Christ and his followers will rule for 1,000 years. Satan will be kept bound for a set period. Millennialists debate whether the 1,000 years are literal or figurative. 4. Final Judgment: Satan will break loose and plan a war on the followers of God and Jerusalem. At this time, God will defeat Satan and his armies and proceed with the final judgment. Unbelievers will experience the second death, and Satan and the unholy trinity will be thrown into the Lake of Fire. The old earth and old heavens will pass away, and God will introduce the new earth and new heavens. In this article, we won’t have time to break down each of the four major key points listed above. But let’s see how the four main theories of eschatology address these. What Are the Four Main Theories of Eschatology? We will not indicate which theory is most biblically accurate. Each theory has advocates who can cite verses they are drawn to in Scripture and reasons why they believe what they do. 1. Amillennialism The millennium is happening right now → Final judgment of Christ Amillennialism believes that the millennium is symbolic and has been happening since Jesus ascended into heaven. Because of this, no rapture happens in the amillennial view. After the millennial reign ends, Jesus will come to judge the living and the dead. As mentioned in the “What Is Amillennialism?” article linked above, this view seemed to grow in popularity around the time of Augustine. 2. Postmillennialism Symbolic Millennium through which Jesus’ kingdom is advanced through the gospel → Second coming and judgment It’s often difficult to distinguish between amillennialism and postmillennialism since they both believe in a symbolic rather than literal millennial reign. They both believe it signifies a long period. The difference lies in postmillennials’ positive outlook. Postmillennialists believe that Christians will be able to advance the gospel and reach the most souls for Jesus. In contrast, amillennialists and premillennialists put more emphasis on Satan’s grip on the human world. Speaking of premillennialists… 3. Premillennialism Tribulation → Christ returns → 1000-year reign → Final judgment This seems to be one of the most popular views amongst Americans. They believe a time of tribulation and apostasy will occur before Christ steps in, before the 1,000-year reign takes place. Premillennialists differ on when Christ returns. Some say at the end of the tribulation, and some say in the middle of the tribulation. No matter what the case, premillennialists believe that Christians will undergo suffering for a while before Christ steps into the picture. 4. Dispensationalism Jesus returns and raptures believers → Those who come to Christ after rapture undergo tribulation → Jesus returns for the rest of the believers → 1,000-year reign → Final judgment If you’ve read the Left Behind series, you have a good idea of this viewpoint. Dispensationalists follow the same basic chronology as premillennialists, leading some people to describe dispensationalism as a subgroup of premillennialism. However, dispensationalists have a particular twist: they believe Christians will be taken up (raptured) before the tribulation starts. Only those left behind, who come to Christ, will endure the antichrist’s hardships. No matter what view a Christian takes, we all tend to agree that Christ will come again to finalize his kingdom and that a final judgment will take place after a millennial reign. Why Is Eschatology Important to Christianity? Christianity revolves around eschatology. We know that Christ died for our sins, and we can be saved through the power of his resurrection. But the story doesn’t end there. Even after his death and resurrection, the world continues to be broken. People continue to reject his Lordship. We have hope because we know that the world will not continue to remain broken. That God has a restoration plan. Although we can bring pockets of heaven to earth now, God will do so in full at the End of Days. He will restore the Garden of Eden and plant the tree of life again. Eschatology—the study of the End Times—gives us hope that the country of our own (new heaven and new earth) that we’ve been yearning for will be instituted. What Are the Dangers of Eschatology? While eschatology gives us hope for the future, some Christians can get too obsessed with the end times (or, in some cases, not obsessed enough). Below are some of the dangers that come with eschatology—and why we should exercise caution. Too Obsessed: Some believers may try calculating the 70 weeks mentioned in Daniel. They’ll try to do the math to figure out the exact date when Christ will return. Scripture tells us that only God knows. And in the meantime, we have a mission. If we become too obsessed with the End of Days, we may forget what we’ve been called to do now. To preach the Gospel to the ends of the earth. Until all nations hear the word, Christ won’t return. Too Apathetic: Some believers have “fallen asleep” metaphorically on eschatology. They live for now, forgetting that we are also supposed to be future-minded. No, we shouldn’t constantly worry about whether Christ will return in the next minute. We don’t know the hour or minute he will come back. But we should be watchful. We should recognize the signs of the End Times and await with eager anticipation. Too Mean: Although we shouldn’t water down the gospel—and eschatology is part of the gospel—there are some Christians who will take it to the next level. They will embrace the turn-or-burn message and tell people they must believe or end up in the Lake of Fire. Don’t get me wrong; we should warn people about the dangers of sin and not turning to Jesus. But we need to be mindful of methodology. A message rooted in fearmongering is not Christlike nor in line with the tone of the Gospel (2 Timothy 1:7). Eschatology plays an important role throughout the Bible. Humans, and Satan, broke the world. And God will soon come to restore it and to restore us. In the meantime, we need to press on in our current mission. We’re not done yet, Christians. Let’s continue to advance the gospel and leave the End Times to God. We’ll know when he arrives. In the meantime, let’s focus on what he’s called us to do. Biblical Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that believes that all prophecies in the Bible have already been fulfilled in the past. This school of thought interprets the Book of Daniel as referring to events that happened from the 7th century BC until the first century AD, while seeing the prophecies of the Book of Revelation as events that happened in the first century AD. Preterism is directly opposed to futurism, which sees the end-times prophecies as having a still-future fulfillment. Hyper-Preterism, the belief that the New Testament expectation of Christ's return in glory has already occurred, has become a fairly standard part of critical approaches to biblical faith as they have developed during the modern period. Revelation 20-20-21-22 The Thousand Year Reign 20 Then[a] I saw an angel descending from heaven, holding[b] in his hand the key to the abyss and a huge chain. 2 He[c] seized the dragon—the ancient serpent, who is the devil and Satan—and tied him up for a thousand years. 3 The angel[d] then[e] threw him into the abyss and locked[f] and sealed it so that he could not deceive the nations until the one thousand years were finished. (After these things he must be released for a brief period of time.) 4 Then[g] I saw thrones and seated on them were those who had been given authority to judge.[h] I also saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of the testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. These[i] had not worshiped the beast or his image and had refused to receive his mark on their forehead or hand. They[j] came to life[k] and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 (The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were finished.)[l] This is the first resurrection. 6 Blessed and holy is the one who takes part[m] in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them,[n] but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and they will reign with him for a thousand years. Satan’s Final Defeat 7 Now[o] when the thousand years are finished, Satan will be released from his prison 8 and will go out to deceive[p] the nations at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog,[q] to bring them together for the battle. They are as numerous as the grains of sand in the sea.[r] 9 They[s] went up[t] on the broad plain of the earth[u] and encircled[v] the camp[w] of the saints and the beloved city, but[x] fire came down from heaven and devoured them completely.[y] 10 And the devil who deceived[z] them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur,[aa] where the beast and the false prophet are[ab] too, and they will be tormented there day and night forever and ever. The Great White Throne 11 Then[ac] I saw a large[ad] white throne and the one who was seated on it; the earth and the heaven[ae] fled[af] from his presence, and no place was found for them. 12 And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne. Then[ag] books were opened, and another book was opened—the book of life.[ah] So[ai] the dead were judged by what was written in the books, according to their deeds.[aj] 13 The[ak] sea gave up the dead that were in it, and Death[al] and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each one was judged according to his deeds. 14 Then[am] Death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death—the lake of fire. 15 If[an] anyone’s name[ao] was not found written in the book of life, that person[ap] was thrown into the lake of fire. Preterism comes the Latin word ‘praeter’ which means ‘the past’. When it comes to understanding Bible prophecy all Christians are preterists to one degree or another. It is only logical and reasonable to examine the past to see if a prophecy has already been fulfilled. Most Christians would acknowledge that Isaiah 7:14 describing a virgin giving birth has been fulfilled in the past. But not all Christians would agree about the nature of prophecies relating to Christ’s “second coming”. Preterists argue that all of the prophecies relating to Christ’s ‘coming’ (as described in Matthew 24) have already been fulfilled. This contrasts with two other schools of prophecy interpretation. Essentially there are then three general schools of eschatology: Futurism – the contents of Revelation pertain to the very end of time on earth. Historicism – that the contents of Revelation have unfolded throughout history from the time of its writing to the present day (and beyond). Preterism – before assuming that a prophecy is not fulfilled, it should be evaluated in the light of the past. That is, how did the original audience understand what was written to them – and what was the original intention of the text. If it can be demonstrated that a prophecy has been fulfilled in the past, then that prophecy should be considered as fulfilled prophecy. Within Preterism there are two streams. Both streams identify themselves as “Preterist”. To distinguish between them, two pejorative terms are often employed: Hyper-Preterism, and Partial-Preterism. Full Preterists, also referred to as Hyper-Preterists, or Pantelogists, regard all Bible prophecy fulfilled by A.D. 70. Those who regard that most prophecy was fulfilled by A.D. 70 (including the parousia of Christ’s Vindication, the commencement of the Kingdom of Christ, the First Resurrection, but not including the Final Judgment, the banishment of Satan to eternal torment, or the General Resurrection) are referred to as Partial-Preterists or more correctly: Classical Preterists. The proceeding table of comparison between Full-Preterism and Partial Preterism will highlight the differences. Criticism of Preterism can be summarised as- Futurists – claim that Preterism ‘spiritualises’ Bible prophecy rather than taking it literally. To which Preterists counter that they are actually more literal in their interpretation of Bible prophecy because they strive for the original intention of a passage rather than impose fanciful modern understandings onto an ancient text. Historicists – claim that Preterism was developed by Jesuits in the seventeenth century to counter the growing the Reformation claims that the Papacy was the Anti-Christ. This is actually one of the weakest methods of debate: attack with innuendo and name calling and ignore the content of the proposition. The roots of Preterism go back to the First Century AD when people clearly saw the events foretold by Christ as having been fulfilled up until the destruction of Jerusalem and Judea in A.D. 70. The sticking point between Full-Preterists and Partial Preterists is the nature of the Resurrection. Resolve this issue Biblically and you will conclude that one of these two positions is thoroughly Biblical and (while Creeds are not authoritative) in agreement with the earliest Creeds of the Church. Many Christians have strong beliefs about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. However, they don’t talk as much about what will happen after He returns. But the Bible tells you what is in store during and after the greatest event in human history. There are actually dozens of clear, detailed Bible prophecies showing that, after Christ returns, a 1,000-year period will occur, during which He will rule the Earth with the saints. Many Christians downplay this millennium or regard it as being “spiritual” but not literal. What is the Millennium? Is there really a prophesied time of worldwide peace and prosperity just around the corner? Will Jesus Christ really return to Earth to set up a world-ruling government? The answers to these questions are plainly revealed in your Bible. Read the writings of historians and theologians from the first few centuries after Christ’s death and resurrection, and you will see that they were generally aware of His future 1,000-year reign on Earth. Papias of Hierapolis taught in the second century a.d. that “there would be a certain millennium after the resurrection, and that there would be a corporeal reign of Christ on this very Earth,” according to the famous historian Eusebius’s Ecclesiastical Histories (emphasis added). Irenaeus, the bishop of Lyons, wrote in the second century a.d.: “For in as many days as this world was made, in so many thousand years it reaches its consummation.” He identified several Old Testament passages that refer to the Millennium, then continued: “All such things refer not to heavenly matters but to the time of the kingdom, when the Earth has been restored by Jesus Christ.” These men took the many biblical prophecies and statements about the Millennium literally. They did not think that this Kingdom of God was set up only “in your heart.” They understood it to be the literal reign of Jesus Christ on Earth, a government just as real as ancient Israel, the Roman Empire or the United States. Today, however, that general understanding of the Millennium has been lost. What is the truth? First, understand that this is not God’s world. The god of this world is actually Satan the devil (2 Corinthians 4:4). He has deceived the entire world through his powerful broadcast as the prince of the power of the air (Revelation 12:9; Ephesians 2:2). Revelation 20:1-3 prophesy that after Jesus Christ’s return, Satan and his demons will be bound for a thousand years: “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” This shows that after Christ takes the throne of the Earth from Satan, he will be restrained, no longer able to deceive the nations, for a thousand years. That tells us that the Millennium is a future event, because the world right now is clearly still heavily influenced by Satan. When that evil spirit influence is removed, however, everyone will have the opportunity to receive the wonderful truth that God reveals in the Bible. Everyone will finally have the opportunity to learn the way to true happiness. “[T]he earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 11:9). This is the time of “refreshing” and the “restitution of all things” prophesied in Acts 3:19-21. In the Millennium, the saints of God will rule with Jesus Christ (Revelation 20:6; Daniel 7:18, 27; Revelation 3:21; 5:10). These resurrected saints will rule beside Jesus Christ as His Bride (Revelation 19:7-8). In the fourth century a.d., the Catholic Church removed the book of Revelation from its general reading list. Encyclopedia Britannica (11th edition) comments: “Thus the troublesome foundation on which [the teaching of the Millennium] might have continued to build was got rid of.” Edward Gibbon wrote in The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire: “The doctrine of Christ’s reign upon Earth … was considered by degrees as a doubtful and useless opinion, and was at length rejected as the absurd invention of heresy and fanaticism.” The Catholic Church began to look on the Roman Empire as the fulfillment of the Kingdom of God. It erased the teaching of a future kingdom to be established by Christ at His return. Today, the pope of the church in Rome is called the vicar of Christ—in place of Christ. Many in Catholicism and the churches that derived from Catholicism believe that Christ’s millennial reign has already begun in some way. However, Revelation 20 clearly shows that the Millennium cannot begin until after Satan has been removed and bound. Today, we are so far removed from the truth about the Millennium that many Christians don’t believe this doctrine is even taught in the New Testament. But note this in John 7:8: Jesus Christ encouraged His disciples and His family to go and keep the Feast of Tabernacles. “But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he? … Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught” (verses 10-11, 14). Jesus Christ set this example for us: Even at the peril of His life, He kept the Feast of Tabernacles so that we might follow in His steps (1 Peter 2:21). Why keep the Feast of Tabernacles? To understand the truth about the Millennium! The Feast of Tabernacles is the sixth of seven annual festivals that God commands His people to observe every year. This weeklong fall festival occurs in September or October. Deuteronomy 16:14 shows that during the Feast of Tabernacles, God wanted the ancient Israelites to overflow with joyfulness, thanksgiving and rejoicing. God even commanded the Israelites to save a tenth of their income throughout the year for use at this festival to help them rejoice. Deuteronomy 14:23 gives the purpose of the Feast and its abundance: “[T]hat thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God always.” This Feast pictures a time of physical abundance, when the whole world will enjoy the fruits of obeying God’s law. Exodus 23:16 calls the Feast of Tabernacles a “feast of ingathering.” God’s plan of salvation is typed by the two annual harvests in ancient Israel: the small spring harvest of the firstfruits of the crops, and the much larger fall harvest. These harvests type God’s time order for harvesting human beings into His Family: First, He is gathering in a small harvest of firstfruits—the Church, which is being prepared and trained so they might rule with Christ in the Millennium and beyond. Then, God will gather in the great fall harvest, when all who have ever lived will be given a chance to be part of God’s Family. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures that future ingathering of Spirit-begotten humans who will be brought into the Family of God during the 1,000-year reign of Christ. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures a time when God’s Family will be enlarged. That is why Christ observed this festival when He was on Earth—because He understood what it pictured, even if the Jews did not. Zechariah 14 shows that when Christ returns, mankind will try to fight Him, but He will forcefully put down all rebellion. Mankind will be forced to be happy—to live the way of God, which brings real happiness into our lives. At that time, “living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one” (verses 8-9). God’s law will flow out from Jerusalem (Isaiah 2:3), and this city will become the joy of the whole Earth (Psalm 48:2). Zechariah 14:16 shows that in the Millennium, everyone will keep the Feast of Tabernacles: “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Talk about a feast of ingathering! This foretells a time when all mankind—Israelites and Gentiles alike—will be keeping the Feast of Tabernacles in Jerusalem. All mankind will be obeying God’s law and keeping His annual holy days! After putting down the initial rebellion, Christ will begin a massive project of reeducation. Much of that reeducation will center around these seven annual festivals, which picture God’s master plan for mankind. God commanded for these festivals to be observed forever. That is why Christ risked His life to keep them when He was on Earth—because He knew that these holy days pictured a time when all mankind would be brought into the Family of God. In this soon-coming Kingdom of God, everyone will have access to God’s truth and will be able to learn the way to true happiness. The truth of God will cover the Earth like the waters cover the ocean beds! (see Isaiah 11). Zechariah 14:17-19 show what will happen to those who refuse to keep the Feast of Tabernacles. They will experience curses from God such as drought until they change their attitudes. What more proof do we need that God always intends for us to keep these days? Now 6,000 years of human experience have brought mankind to the very brink of world suicide. So, in other words, the first 6,000 years of God’s 7,000-year plan were allotted to allow Satan to labor at his work of deceiving the world, followed by 1,000 years (one millennial day) when Satan shall not be allowed to do any of his “work” of deception. Put another way, God marked out six millennial days to allow man to indulge in the spiritual labor of sin, followed by a millennium of spiritual rest, under the enforced government of God. There is some people who believe that 800-1000 years are added to our History and that fall of Rome and Jesus Christ happened much faster then we think . I tried to research this and found one great article about Italian Umberto Gallery which in 19th century photos did not have first letter M which means it is 1000 years older . Then i found some interesting coins from the past . 1000 Years Added To Our History? Dark Ages Never Existed? Has Our History Been Tampered With? https://muslimheritage.com/uploads/AboutUs.pdf Believers in the “Tartaria” conspiracy theory are convinced that the elaborate temporary fairgrounds built for events like The Chicago World's Fair of 1893 and the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco in 1915 were really the ancient capital cities of a fictional empire. Built in the 1920s?, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank was one of several ornate Western-style commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district. Inside the ‘Tartarian Empire,’ the Architecture boards, adherents of a bizarre conspiracy theory argue that everything you know about the history of architecture is wrong. In 1908, architect Ernest Flagg completed the Singer Building in Lower Manhattan, a Beaux-Arts showstopper made for the Singer sewing machine company. From a wide base, a slender 27-story tower rose, topped by a mansard roof and a delicate lantern spire. Every inch dripped with sumptuous detail inside and out; vaulted roofs, marble columns with bronze trim, window mullions with spiral fluting. The lobby was said to have a “celestial radiance.” A book was written just about its construction. For a year, it was the tallest building in the world at 612 feet, and a celebrated landmark for decades after that. But not for too much longer. Despite its great height, the pencil-thin tower lacked office space. In the 1960s the company sold its ornate headquarters; demolition proceeded in 1967. It’s the tallest building to ever be peacefully demolished. By any account, it’s a fantastical tale: Once the tallest building in the world and a New York icon, knocked down in just a handful of decades. For some, it’s too fantastical to believe … or perhaps not fantastical enough. A dedicated group of YouTubers and Reddit posters see the Singer Building and countless other discarded pre-modern beauties and extant Beaux-Arts landmarks as artifacts of a globe-spanning civilization called the Tartarian Empire, which was somehow erased from the history books. Adherents of this theory believe these buildings to be the keys to a hidden past, clandestinely obscured by malevolent actors. Who? Why? To what possible end? As in many other, more high-profile conspiracy theories, this baroque fantasy doesn’t offer much in the way of practical considerations, logic or evidence. But it’s grounded in some real anxieties, pointing toward the changes wrought by the modern world in general and modern architecture specifically — and rejecting both. Tartaria rises Tartarian-themed content is produced for YouTube videos that get picked over on Reddit. The r/Tartarianarchitecture sub, which began in December 2018, has 3,300 members, though not everyone who posts and comments appears to be a true believer. A larger and more general sub that appeared around the same time, r/Tartaria, has 8,700 members. As conspiracy theories go, Tartaria remains obscure; Twitter user @cinemashoebox brought it to many people’s attention last year with this thread, and pseudoscience-debunking writer Brian Dunning recently devoted an episode of his podcast, Skeptoid, to the Tartaria theory, which appears to have first emerged in 2016 and 2017. The Tartaria storyline is not directly related to the adrenochrome-harvesting Satanic-pedophile cabal that lies at the heart of QAnon, the unfounded conspiracy theory that crashed into the real world in 2020. But it shares some of what Peter Ditto, a social psychologist at the University of California-Irvine who specializes in conspiracy theories, calls QAnon’s “cafeteria quality:” There’s no overarching narrative or single authorial voice interpreting events. It’s just a gusher of outlandish speculation; adherents can pick and choose which elements they want to sign on to. The overall premise is an alternative history. A vast, technologically advanced “Tartarian” empire, emanating from north-central Asia or thereabouts, either influenced or built vast cities and infrastructure all over the world. (Tartaria, or Tartary, though never a coherent empire, was indeed a general term for north-central Asia.) Either via a sudden cataclysm or a steady antagonistic decline — and perhaps as recently as 100 years ago — Tartaria fell. Its great buildings were buried, and its history was erased. After this “great reset,” the few surviving examples of Tartarian architecture were falsely recast as the work of contemporary builders who could never have executed buildings of such grace and beauty, and subjected them to clumsy alterations. “I think that it was one worldwide civilization,” says Joachim Skaar, a 26-year-old Norwegian who runs The Tartarian Meltdown YouTube channel. “It was all based on unity, oneness, peace, love, and harmony, which we don’t see in today’s society.” There’s an arch-traditionalism present in the theory, too. The pre-modern buildings that we venerate are sometimes said to be more than 1,000 years old. “The same people that built the Capitol in Washington built the pyramids in Egypt,” Skaar says. Reached at his recording studio, Skaar, who works as a plumber, is not an architect or historian, but he has strong opinions on both disciplines. “We have two very different types of architecture,” he says. There’s modern architecture “with the name Brutalism,” which he describes as “square concrete boxes which are designed to be produced very fast, very cheap and very effective.” And then there’s Tartarian architecture, a label that gets applied to anything that’s particularly ornate and pre-modern, encompassing many Western styles: Classical, Beaux-Arts, Second Empire. The term is also sometimes used for some non-Western structures, like the Taj Mahal. Structures that seem geographically or culturally dislocated, like the Beaux-Arts commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district, are particularly attractive to this theory, as are those that are impressively massive, like the pyramids of Egypt or the Great Wall of China (built, the theory goes, by Tartarians to keep the Chinese out). Anywhere there’s a perceived gap between the refined craftwork of an old building and the “primitive” technology of the horse-and-buggy-era people building it, space for Tartarian speculation pops up. American cities of the 19th century are often rich with Tartarian appropriation, especially the young settlements of the West, when grand public structures seemed to emerge from the wilderness, surrounded by wood hovels and muddy streets. State capitol buildings and city halls are frequently fingered as palaces of ancient Tartaria rather than Gilded Age municipal buildings. (These photos of the Iowa State Capitol in Des Moines highlight the contrast Tartarian theorists point out.) The Tartarian milieu is an intensely visual medium, occupied with riffing on photos and maps, picking out apparent inconsistencies and making one-off conjectures instead of weaving together comprehensive timelines. The theory is notably light on reasoning as to why and how the greatest cover-up in history was undertaken, but it does offer a few options for how Tartaria was erased and the great reset propagated. Many say that an apocalyptic mud flood buried its great buildings; some suggest the use of high-tech weaponry to tactically remove Tartarian infrastructure. A consistent theme is that warfare is an often-used pretext to wipe away surviving traces of Tartarian civilization, with the two world wars of the 20th century finishing work that may have begun with Napoleon’s invasion of Russia. Despite their interest in architecture, most Tartaria theorists do not appear to have backgrounds in the building trades: Many of the more easily refuted arguments spring from very basic misunderstandings of how the built environment works, as well as broader confusion about how buildings function in the economy and culture. An abundance of posters appear convinced that below-grade basement windows in older buildings, for example, are evidence that the building had been “mud flooded,” and the rest of the structure is actually buried deep underground. Sometimes this will get some skeptical pushback (“I think they didn't have lights in the cellar so they build in windows for them?” was how one poster responded), but that’s more of an exception than the rule. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere.” Similarly, their grasp of historic labor and material costs is shaky. Before the Industrial Revolution, labor was cheap, so paying artisans to sculpt elaborate masonry — even for relatively humble structures — wasn’t the great expense it seems today, when labor prices are higher and factory-made steel, concrete and glass is cheap; that’s why we see so much of these materials in buildings today, and so much less filigreed terra cotta. One of the most adamant denials in Tartarian circles is that public buildings like schools and post offices were ever built with monumental proportions and elegant aesthetics. They sneer at the wedding-cake-topper Second Empire buildings designed by Alfred Mullett after the Civil War, for example. “How many stamps did you sell to build yourself a post office like this?,” says popular Tartarian YouTuber JonLevi in one of his videos. “Absolutely ridiculous. The post office has always struggled.” (He has more than 100,000 subscribers.) Some of this confusion is unfamiliarity: Mullett’s U.S. Customs House and Post Office in St. Louis, for example, was a huge federal project, built to process the mail of 10 states and four U.S. territories, not a neighborhood letter depot. But beyond that, there’s a broader refusal to believe that public architecture could ever have been built in an atmosphere of generosity and abundance. This is echoed by their astonishment at the double-height grand lobbies and arched doorways of old buildings, which they see as artifacts not meant for us. (Some theorists surmise that ancient Tartarians were giants.) The Tartarian community seems to have internalized the current era’s predilection for public sector austerity and the resulting aesthetics, which they abhor, more than they realize. At its core, the theory reflects a fear of how quickly things change. As they look at today’s cityscapes, Tartaria believers see an eerie and alienating place, filled with abstract monoliths that emerged out of nowhere in a brief period of time. They’re skeptical of the rapid rise and development of the U.S., and even more suspicious of how quickly Modernism came to dominate the landscape. One favorite case study, useful for illustrating this aesthetic whiplash, is the grand domed Henry Ives Cobb Chicago Federal Building, built in 1905. Like the Singer Building, it was razed after just 60 years in favor of an icy black Mies van Der Rohe tower. In one sense, the Tartaria theory is right: With modern architecture, a revolutionary new consensus on how the built environment should look and work did take hold in a very short period of time, conveniently overlapping with the world wars that these theorists see as the tail end of Tartaria’s influence. The world of 1960 indeed looked radically different from the world of 1920. Led by obscure and poorly understood forces (architects), architecture schools truly did throw out the history books to build a new world. But instead of making this excision the work of a colossal global mega-conspiracy worthy of a pulpy airport mystery novel, they wouldn’t shut up about it. In the Tartarian worldview, we’re a society that doesn’t properly understand or value the built environment, because we’ve been misled about who really built it. When he’s decrying the lack of regard for the cultural legacy of old buildings, Skaar sounds less like a conspiracy theorist than a board member of a preservation nonprofit. “The problem is that people don’t recognize these buildings,” he says. “They walk past them all the time, and they’re fascinated, but they don’t think any more deeply about it. They don’t know what they’re looking at because they have been told something else.” In search of a fabricated empire This disregard for architecture’s “true” history moves into a wider rejection of how disposably cheap and commodified the culture at large seems to be. As such, one canonical belief of Tartarian aficionados is that the elaborate temporary pavilions built for late 19th century and early 20th century World’s Fairs were in fact Tartarian capital cities. It strikes them as improbably wasteful that anyone would erect these magnificent complexes, full of fluted columns, domes and pediments, out of plaster of Paris, hemp fiber, and straw, as was done for the 1893 World’s Fair in Chicago. In Tartarian lore, these sites were ancient monuments that were co-opted to teach a falsified history of the world and make a few bucks selling popcorn and Ferris Wheel rides. Then they were demolished, to erase the handiwork of the real builders. In pointing out the eradication of an ancient culture by an expanding imperial power, Tartarian believers again stumble on something real, but they scramble the protagonists. In the European colonial era, Western nations fanned out over the globe, subjugating and destabilizing numerous non-white civilizations — and building many examples of what’s now considered Tartarian architecture as celebration of these victories. But when YouTuber JonLevi marvels at the Hong Kong Shanghai Bank and the rest of the 1920s banking infrastructure built along Shanghai’s Huangpu River, he doesn’t see the wealth-extracting handiwork of a rapacious 20th century empire: In the Tartaria-verse, these are the stately remnants of a far older and more benevolent one. The theory posits that only Tartarians, not British bankers or Belgian rubber barons, could move culture like architecture across geography. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere,” says Skaar. Bastion star forts are another building type that Tartarians are obsessed with: They often point out that these cannon-resistant military fortifications, popular in the 16th and 17th centuries, are found all over Western Europe, like Portugal and the Netherlands, but also quite mysteriously, far away in Asia, in Sri Lanka. But since Sri Lanka was a Portuguese and Dutch colony, it’s not really very mysterious. Military historian Jeremy Black, author of two books on the history of fortifications, says that the geographic reoccurrence of the style reflects how effective Europeans were in spreading this technology across the globe. This ahistoricism can make the Tartarian architecture community occasionally receptive to reactionaries, racists and anti-Semites. A survey of videos and discussions will turn up all manner of other conspiratorial threads. Along with flat-Earth advocacy, anti-vaccination sentiments and 5G scaremongering, there’s talk of anti-Semitic banking cartel conspiracies and Holocaust denial. Some Tartarian histories recast populations of Central Asia, like Genghis Kahn’s Mongol Empire, as red-haired, blue-eyed, white people — “Silk Road Aryans.” The persistence of anti-Jewish tropes within current conspiracy theories is likely the result of cultural inertia, says UC-Irvine scholar Ditto. As successive generations of the conspiracy-minded seek evidence to back up their diverging worldview, they find it in texts that may go back centuries, which are riddled with anti-Semitism. But the face of the villains in the Tartarian narrative is not clearly defined. Skaar blames quasi-mystical “parasites” who thrive off pain and strife, and laments that contemporary life has become a place where “everything is based on tyranny, greed, and slavery.” The Tartaria commentariat is laced with economic discontent; they often decry the evaluation and disregard of buildings purely as salable commodities, untethered from broader notions of cultural legacy and achievement. There’s a reoccurring and implicit understanding that buildings, like the Singer Building, get torn down when they stop making money — the only thing that really matters — and that the world is a vast field of predation, where the rich and powerful consume the poor and weak. In fact, the governing ideology of the modern architecture that Tartarians despise was a critique of this system. Modernism argued for an egalitarian architecture that would help break the shackles of the past, rejecting backbreaking representational craftsmanship to honor omnipotent kings and divine beings in favor of simple, universal forms that would leverage restraint and efficacy into a broad uplift for the masses. Minus the weirdest stuff — the global mud flood, the ancient energy weapons, the vanished race of giants — the Tartaria theory is just an extreme form of aesthetic moralism, the idea that traditional architecture styles are inherently good and modern architecture is the product of a degenerate culture. The tastes of the community generally align with traditional architectural revival proponents (some of whom also embrace reactionary and white nationalist politics). This sort of aesthetic nativism flourished during the Trump era, and it appears to have fresh converts in Congress: Recently, representatives Marjorie Taylor Greene and Paul Gosar formed a new caucus dedicated to “uniquely Anglo-Saxon political traditions” and infrastructure that “befits the progeny of European architecture.” The language is different, but the sentiment wouldn’t appear out of place in r/Tartaria. Holding back a flood of conspiracies Though the Tartarian Empire seemed to wink into existence in the past few years, the themes its believers explore are familiar ones. Conspiracy theories are a way to channel restive populism in the face of rapid social and demographic change, Ditto says, and there’s plenty of that going around. They are also a way to gather up amorphous fears and put them in a specific place, to make them more manageable. Ditto calls this “over-intentionalization. “If your fate is controlled by impersonal, systemic forces, it doesn’t offer you much control over your own destiny,” he says. “But if you can localize it to a small group of people whose motives you understand — they are out to get you — then it at least offers some hope that you can overcome their malevolent intentions.” Belief in conspiracy theories can also be driven by loneliness, isolation and economic hardship, which made a pandemic a fertile Petri dish, and helped QAnon’s believers storm the Capitol by force and through the ballot box. The social atomization forced on us by Covid-19 is a hyperbolic retelling of the Tower of Babel (which has a special place in Tartarian lore) and its attendant anxiety at fracturing and divided cultures. The great reset that erased that tower — and the fabulous, fictional empire that built it — continues to reverberate, splintering us into ever-stranger factions. And Ditto says it does seem like reality is getting harder to decipher. The internet has made it easier to disseminate misinformation while eroding faith in the media hierarchies that once filtered it out. Polarization and a lack of trust in government and institutions creates a feedback loop, where leaders can’t solve problems because their political bases are too narrow, and the resulting failures engender more distrust. It’s not a new cycle — despite a spike in media attention, there’s not much evidence that conspiratorial thinking is more common now than in years past — but technology can make these currents of collective delusion more powerful, and harder to ignore. The basic human desires for community, stories (the more outrageous the better) and the need to feel like a protagonist in a wider struggle are what pulls us from moments of real social, economic and cultural dislocation into fabricated histories. Buildings and cities are made to grow old, to outlast people, and to be a testament to these cultural histories. They’re a yardstick for a culture’s ability to endure. When they’re not given the chance to do this, the contradiction can break something loose, and send people scavenging for cultural memory that feels ancient enough to anchor them in an uncertain now.

Uncover Joe Biden and His Family's Secret Relationship with China People and the Sinister Business Deals that Enriched the Biden Family At All America's Expense Nice and Pedophile Joe Biden's Said See A Chinese's Woman You Want ? Pay The Money And You Can Now Rape Her And Kill Her Having Sex And After You Are Done You Can Cook And Eat Her Or Him Or Trans Your Choose Baby's-Kids-Teens-Adult Life Is Fun. From Hunter Biden’s drug and gun crimes to whistleblower reports alleging that Joe Biden sold out U.S. policy to foreign agents, the level of corruption is staggering. A woman's body was found inside a freezer on Biden family property and now the whistleblower is dead now and body is moved and now its missing ? wow. Despite the overwhelming evidence no one will be charged in this crime at all?, Republican politicians do nothing but promise one dead-end investigation after the other. It’s time to take matters into our own hands. Biden family makes ‘admission of corruption’ in foreign business deals: China expert President Joe Biden denies $1 million in payments were made to family from Chinese business dealings and said its more like $33 million dollars and see if you can find the money ha ha ha. no money to me ? its only my family. After President Biden claimed allegations of family payments from Hunter Biden’s business associate are "not true," one China expert and author has signaled an "admission of corruption" from the First Family. Biden's Crime Family And Kids​ With Sex Crime Against Young Girls And 13 Dead Body's https://rumble.com/v2te3tg-bidens-crime-family-and-kids-with-sex-crime-against-young-girls-and-13-dead.html Biden Crime Family is staring us right in the face. From Hunter Biden’s drug and gun crimes to whistleblower reports alleging that Joe Biden sold out U.S. policy to foreign agents, the level of corruption is staggering. A woman's body was found inside a freezer on biden family property and now the whistleblower is dead now and body is moved and now its missing ? wow. Despite the overwhelming evidence no one will be charged in this crime at all? "The spokesperson for Hunter Biden's legal team said that, oh, this is okay because this was seed money, good faith seed money," Gatestone Institute senior fellow Gordon Chang said on "Mornings with Maria" Monday. "Now, in these types of transactions, nobody pays millions of dollars without a contract." On Thursday, GOP lawmakers on the House Oversight Committee revealed that they had obtained bank documents showing that the president's son, Hunter, the president's brother, Jim, and Hallie Biden, the widow of the president's late son, Beau, received payments from Hunter's business associate Rob Walker and their joint venture with Chinese energy firm CEFC. A spokesperson for Hunter Biden's legal team confirmed the payments Thursday, but emphasized that the recipients' accounts "belonged to Hunter, his uncle and Hallie – nobody else." When approached by a reporter on the White House lawn Friday, Biden denied that the payments were made, saying, "That’s not true." Introduction The following dossier outlines a staggering amount of crimes that the Biden family appears to have committed. These crimes are well-documented and largely undisputed, yet in each case prosecutors have declined to press charges. It’s time to take action, which is why this document also includes the names and contact information for the district attorneys, U.S. attorneys, and attorneys general with the authority to prosecute these crimes. If any of these violations took place in your state, contact the official with the power to bring the Biden's to justice and demand accountability. If you do not get a response, or the response you receive is unsatisfactory, contact them again. And again. And keep contacting them until you are heard. Remind these prosecutors and attorneys general that they work for you, not the other way around. National/International Biden Family Business Crimes The crimes listed below concern peddling political influence on behalf of other nations and can be referred to the Department of Justice as Foreign Agents Registration Act (FARA) violations, which was how Paul Manafort was convicted. Business-Related Crimes ● FARA Violations ○ FARA requires those in the United States working on behalf of a foreign government or political party to register with the Justice Department and keep them aware of their activities. (Foreign Agents Registration Act | Frequently Asked Questions | Justice.gov) ○ Paul Manafort is the most notable recent case involving this law, as he was charged with failing to register with FARA as an agent of Ukraine and was sentenced to a total of 73 months in prison, including the maximum of 60 months for conspiracy to violate FARA. (Foreign Agents Registration Act | Recent FARA Cases | Justice.gov) ○ When Manafort was charged, outlets noted this law was wildly underenforced. (Vox) ○ Hunter Biden and his business associates, Devon Archer and James Bulger, violated the FARA when they acted on Bohai Harvest Equity Investment Fund’s (BHR) behalf in an ill-fated effort to secure Bill Clinton as a speaker for an event, which required registration with the DOJ. Indeed, the 533 FARA guidelines could not be more clear about this scenario: one must register as a foreign agent when one “[a]cts within the United States as a public relations counsel, publicity agent, information service employee, or political consultant” for a “foreign principal.” In this case, the foreign principal 534 sought—through Hunter and his business partners—access to a former U.S. president. (Marco Polo Report, p. 104) ● Burisma ○ In late 2013 and into 2014, anti-corruption protests erupted in Kyiv, eventually leading to Ukrainian President Viktor Yanukovych fleeing the country and abdicating in February 2014. ○ On April 16, 2014, Joe Biden met with his son’s business partner, Devon Archer. Five days later, Joe Biden visited Ukraine and the following day, April 22, 2014, Devon Archer joined the board of Burisma. (HSGAC Senate Report) ○ Burisma’s owner, Mykola Zlochevsky, had $23M seized from London bank accounts on April 28 on the pretense that it was embezzled money related to Yanukovych and his associates. (HSGAC Senate Report) ○ On May 12, 2014 Hunter Biden joined the board. ○ In April 2023, former White House stenographer Mike McCormick revealed that Joe Biden went to Ukraine to push fracking just days after Hunter joined the Burisma board, knowing Hunter would then get rich off it. (DailyMail Article) (Fox News Video) ○ From 2014 on, Hunter Biden and his associates enjoyed millions in cash flow from Ukraine, presumably in exchange for Burisma avoiding harsh criticism and/or investigation from the U.S. government. (HSGAC Senate Report) ○ “Biden’s Secret E-mails,” the New York Post’s widely censored story, narrated how Joe Biden had, contrary to his claims, met with a high-ranking Burisma official in 2015 and then, eight months later, flew to Kyiv and threatened to withhold $1 billion in U.S. aid unless Ukraine fired Viktor Shokin, its top prosecutor who was pursuing Burisma for corruption. (NY Post) https://media.sailthru.com/composer/images/sailthru-prod-3ia/Biden%20Crime%20Family%20Dossier%20-%20Update%205-24-23.pdf Peddling Influence in China ○ In total, Chinese elites have paid roughly $31 million to Hunter and the Biden’s. (NY Post) ○ Hunter Biden’s involvement in the Chinese investment fund Bohai Harvest RST netted him an estimated $20 million. Hunter even introduced Joe Biden to a company executive in December 2013. ○ Hunter conducted other multi-million dollar deals with CCP-linked groups like Burnham Asset Management and CEFC China Energy. ○ Of special interest is Hunter Biden’s relationship with CEFC and Ye Jianming. ■ In 2017, one of Ye Jianming’s “top lieutenants,” Patrick Ho, was arrested on bribery charges by the FBI for offering money to African officials in exchange for energy deals. ■ He immediately called James Biden, Joe Biden’s brother, looking for Hunter Biden. ■ Hunter was soon hired by CEFC to be Patrick Ho’s defense attorney despite his little experience in criminal defense. CEFC paid Hunter a $1 million fee. Hunter referred to Patrick Ho as “the f–ing spy chief of China,” according to leaked audio obtained by RealClearPolitics. ○ Hunter Biden also allegedly used a mole in the FBI to alert him of possible probes into Chinese deals. (NY Post) ● In Summary ○ Hunter’s actions show a clear pattern of acting on behalf of associates in other countries and peddling influence and access to his father while not registering under FARA. ○ Joe Biden met with at least 14 of Hunter’s business associates while Vice President. (Fox News) ○ Furthermore, records show a pattern of Hunter Biden repeatedly meeting with foreign officials and thereafter meeting with his father to follow up. (NY Post) ○ Multiple experts have agreed that Hunter likely violated FARA. (NY Post) Hunter Biden Laptop Drug & Sex Crimes in Prosecutable States The Marco Polo report on the Biden laptop notes over 170 crimes in various states. The difficulty is that most of these crimes were committed in extremely liberal areas that will not prosecute: New York, California, and the Bidens’ home state of Delaware. These crimes extend to the manufacture of crack cocaine and the trafficking of prostitutes across state lines. Note: the use of “ff” after a date (ie. 05/19/2018ff) means and following. The first occurrence of a crime occurred on the date listed (05/19/2018), and then additional criminal activity related to that crime occured in the following days, weeks, or months. Arizona ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ Attorney General Kris Mayes (Rep. before 2019, Dem. 2019-Present), (Website) ■ Contact: Richie Taylor, Director of Communications - richie.taylor@azag.gov ○ United States Attorney Gary M. Restaino (Biden appointee), (Website) ■ Contact: USAAZ.ComplaintAtty@usdoj.gov ■ Phoenix: (602) 514-7500 ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 10/28/2016 Location: District of Arizona Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & AZ Stat § 13-3407 ○ Details of crime: Under the influence of crack, Hunter crashed his first rental in a ditch on the way to a rehab facility. He then dropped off his second rental, a Jeep Compass, at the Hertz facility near the Prescott (AZ) Regional Airport. Hunter left several items in the Jeep including personal IDs and a crack cocaine pipe and a baggie with cocaine residue. ■ Jon Paladini, the Prescott City Attorney, and Sheila Polk, the Yavapai County Attorney, announced that they were not going to prosecute even before the lab tests (which proved the substance was indeed cocaine) came back. ■ Hunter Biden confirms he was driving under the influence during this time, recounting the series of events in chapter 8 of his memoir. (Beautiful Things, pp. 155-176) ■ This crime was widely reported by news outlets as well. (DailyMail) ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 455; Beautiful Things, pp. 155-176 California ● Relevant DAs, AG, U.S. Attorneys: ○ E. Martin Estrada U.S. Attorney, Central District of California (Biden appointee) (Website) ■ Phone: 213-894-2400 ■ Ciaran McEvoy, Public Information Officer, ciaran.mcevoy@usdoj.gov Sex Crimes ○ Date: 08/25/2017 Location: C.D. Cal. & E.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 1957(a), 2422(a) & CA PC § 647(b)(2 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays a stripper a total of $18,600 for sex. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 238-239 ○ Date: 09/21/2017 Location: N.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays a supposed prostitute $2,000 via Zelle. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 240 ○ Date: 04/05/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter Biden smokes crack and takes pictures of sex with more prostitutes. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 244-245 ○ Date: 05/07/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter attempts to procure a prostitute through her pimp while at the Chateau Marmont. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 246 ○ Date: 05/07/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter tries to solicit more prostitutes, and purchases $100 worth of iPhone apps to utilize burner phone numbers. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 247 ○ Date: 05/07/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter attempts to solicit a prostitute whose rate “is 500” and who could travel for slightly more. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 248 ○ Date: 05/19/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter tries to solicit a prostitute through the now-defunct website hookupescortgirl.com for a 3 hr session. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 249 ○ Date: 05/24/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 1957(a) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter mistakenly overpaid a prostitute by sending multiple payments. He ended up sending about $25,000, which resulted in tons of calls from DC because the mistake was “linked to Celtic’s account.” “Celtic” was their code name for Joe Biden. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 250-252, Did Joe inadvertently pay for Hunter Biden's wild night at Chateau Marmont? (nypost.com) ○ Date: 07/01/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays two females to have sex with him in the amount of $1,000 and $500. Texts show them discussing the disparity of rates afterward. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 256-257 ○ Date: 07/06/2018f Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter hires a prostitute and pays her directly. She warns him not to tell the agency because her pimps were “not very nice.” ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 260 ○ Date: 07/09/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter negotiating payment with two Russian prostitutes. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 261 ○ Date: 07/13/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter paid a prostitute $2,250 for sex and took pictures of the encounter. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 262 ○ Date: 07/15/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays a female sex worker $500 via Apple Pay. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 263 ○ Date: 07/24/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter looking for a new pimp service after getting some no-shows from prostitutes. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 264 ○ Date: 09/02/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter soliciting a woman for 1-2 hours while staying at a Best Western. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 271 ○ Date: 09/03/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 2422(a) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter paying for a Ukrainian prostitute to fly from NY to see him in LA. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 272-273 ○ Date: 09/08/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter sent a woman multiple payments of thousands of dollars and recorded videos of himself naked with her. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 274 Date: 09/15/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter paid a stripper for sex and took pictures of the encounter. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 275 ○ Date: 09/26/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & CA PC § 647(b)(2) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter argues with a prostitute about the details of her getting paid. They settle on payment through CashApp. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 277 ○ Date: 11/20/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 2257 & CA PC § 647(j)(4)(A) ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays two prostitutes for sex and records videos of them engaging in sex and smoking crack. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 278-281 ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 04/13/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & CA PC § 11350 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter took pictures of himself smoking crack in Chateau Marmont. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 412 ○ Date: 06/12/2018ff Location: D.D.C., D. Md. & C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1349 & 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), (b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter conspired with his crack cocaine dealer to commit mail fraud and send crack through the mail. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 415-416 ○ Date: 06/24/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & CA PC § 11350 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter arranges to buy crack from his longtime drug dealer. They decide to do the meeting downtown. Other texts show Hunter expressing concerns that some of the girls they were hanging out with were underage. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 423-424 ○ Date: 08/06/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. & D. Nev. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & CA PC § 11350 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter negotiating a drug deal with his dealer and then sending payment via Apple Cash App. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 425 ○ Date: 07/25/2018 Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 843(b) & CA PC § 11390 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter arranging to buy shrooms from a family friend and then paying her via wire. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 458 Date: 08/16/2018ff Location: C.D. Cal. Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 843(b) & CA PC § 11375 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter discussing selling Xanax to a woman and her asking what his connection was for cocaine. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 460 Connecticut ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ U.S. Attorney Vanessa Robert Avery, (Biden appointee), (Website) ■ Contact: (203) 821-3700 ○ CT Attorney General William Tong, (Dem.) (Website) ■ Contact: Elizabeth Benton, Director of Communications - elizabeth.benton@ct.gov ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 02/15/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), (b)(1)(C), 843(b) & 952 CT PC § 21a-279 ■ Details of Crime: A female who is currently incarcerated for other crimes arranged a meeting with Hunter to bring him crack cocaine. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 439-440 ○ Date: 02/25/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut, District of Rhode Island Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), (b)(1)(C), 843(b) & 952 CT PC § 21a-279 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter texted his drug dealer in Rhode Island showing that he was not only consuming narcotics but also trafficking them as well. Hunter expressed frustration at having sold some drugs to someone who complained about the quality. He texts his dealer wanting a refund and explains he’s on the hook with the person to whom he sold the substandard product. The laptop also shows Cashapp and Venmo transfers of $1,440 and $1,500. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp.444-445 ○ Date: 03/02/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), (b)(1)(C), 843(b) & 952 CT PC § 21a-279 ■ Details of Crime: While at the Comfort Inn on New Haven Road in Naugatuck, text show Hunter ordering $400 worth of crack from his drug dealer and later accusing the dealer of scamming him. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 446-447 ○ Date: 03/02/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), (b)(1)(C), 843(b) & 952 CT PC § 21a-279 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter offers drugs to a female, but she expresses reluctance, saying she may buy her own from another dealer’s batch. A second set of texts show Hunter setting up a meetup for sex and crack with another woman at her place of residence. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 448-449 Sex Crimes ○ Date: 02/11/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & 952 CT PC §§ 21a-279, 53a-8321 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits a female via text who expresses initial hesitance at doing an in-call service. She asks if he is law enforcement and he says no, and gives her his room number at the Marriott on Marsh Hill Rd. Subsequent texts show Hunter getting the same female to procure him drugs. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 323-324 ○ Date: 02/11/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: After the first female left the room on the 11th, Hunter solicits two more prostitutes via online escort listings. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 325 ○ Date: 02/12/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits a third female while in Orange, CT. She gives him instructions on completing a screening to weed out “cops and creeps” before meeting her clients. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 326 ○ Date: 02/12/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits another prostitute and arranges to meet her at Foxwoods Resort Casino. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 327 ○ Date: 02/12/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: An hour later Hunter solicits yet another female for two hours minimum. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 328 ○ Date: 02/12/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits a prostitute who goes by the name “Gabriela” and arranges to meet her in her room at Best Western Hotel in West Haven, CT. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 328 ○ Date: 02/13/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: The following day, Hunter solicits a prostitute known as “Honey” who says she’s in the “Hartford, CT area.” ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 329 ○ Date: 02/14/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC § 844(a) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter takes a video of himself having sex with a prostitute. Hunter is also smoking crack cocaine in the video. Zelle transfers show him sending the woman $1,500. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 330 ○ Date: 02/17/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC § 843(b) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter interacts with his pimp and drug dealer who asks how long he wants the girl for and explains how payment works. There is some confusion as Hunter texts him, “She said the cops came to the room????? WTF man? I went to [the] bank.” Texts from another pimp show that the prostitute, who went by “Krystal,” had been under surveillance by cops and also had been hospitalized. Subsequent texts show Hunter negotiating with his pimp about finding several other girls, and Uber records showed Hunter paying for their rides to meet him. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 331-335 ○ Date: 02/17/2019ff Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC § 843(b) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Multiple text conversations show Hunter negotiating with pimps and prostitutes to deliver drugs and girls to his room at the Blake Hotel in downtown New Haven. Uber records show him paying for the prostitute’s Ubers. The prostitutes also provided him with a Google Photos link to an album containing a Visa debit card for him to load money onto. Hunter’s pimp, Dianna Pagano, was convicted for running a prostitution, crack, and heroin ring out of her house. She texted with Hunter warning him about another dealer, “Dewayne,” saying, “You should be careful with dewayne. U cant trust him. He told the whole town about you and he driving ur truck everywhere showing it off saying ur on the run.” ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 336-338 ○ Date: 02/26/2019 Location: District of Connecticut Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & 952 CT PC § 53a-83 ■ Details of Crime: Solicited a female to come to his room at the New Haven Hotel and offered to pay her Uber, but she turned him down because she didn’t do outcall. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 339 Delaware ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ U.S. Attorney David Weiss (Trump appointee) (Website) ■ Contact: Public Affairs Officer USADE.Press@usdoj.gov (302) 573-6277 ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 06/23/2018ff Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b) & 846 Details of Crime: Hallie Biden pressures Hunter to get crack cocaine for her on a recorded phone call. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 417-18, Full Audio Recording here: https://bidenlaptopreport.marcopolousa.org/reports/Hunter_And_Hallie_T he_Cocaine_Saga.mp4 ○ Date: 10/09/2018ff Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter communicating with individuals about the sale of drugs, one, a drug dealer and robber who was indicted in June 2022. Hunter declined an invite for a party but asked a female, Brittani Moran to meet at 7/11 to do the deal. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 426-427 ○ Date: 10/13/2018ff Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter texted Hallie pictures of crack cocaine and said he was in a car “smoking crack on 4th street and Rodney.” ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 428 ○ Date: 12/19/2018 Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter recorded a video of himself naked and smoking crack in the dressing room of a spa in Delaware. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 434 ○ Date: 12/28/2018 Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter took a screenshot of a draft in iMessage where he complained to a female about what he perceived to be an unfair drug deal. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 435 ○ Date: 03/15/2019 Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter buying drugs from a registered sex offender near the Christina Riverfront in Wilmington. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 450 ○ Date: 03/15/2019ff Location: District of Delaware & SDNY Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter not only buying drugs from a drug dealer, but also using her to place an iphone under the driver’s seat in Hallie Biden’s car in order to track her whereabouts. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 451 ○ Date: 10/12/2018 Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 922(a)(6) ■ Details of Crime: In October of 2008, Hunter Biden purchased a handgun, filling ATF Form 4473, on which he would have had to answer “no” to the question "Are you an unlawful user of, or addicted to, marijuana or any depressant, stimulant, narcotic drug, or any other controlled substance?" (Washington Post) ● Receiving and possessing the gun he bought was a felony, at the time punishable by up to 10 years in prison. Since then, Joe Biden signed The Bipartisan Safer Communities Act, which raised the maximum penalty for that offense to 15 years. ● The Hunter Biden laptop contains pictures of Hunter posing nude with the gun, apparently under the influence of crack. (Marco Polo Report, p. 282) ● In an interview with Jake Tapper, Joe Biden admits that Hunter Biden lied about using drugs the form. 12:20 (CNN) ● This year, Rep. Tom Tiffany asked why Hunter hasn’t been prosecuted at an ATF hearing. (House.gov) ● David Weiss is in charge of the case. (Fox News) ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 282, 462. ○ Date: 10/23/2018ff Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 922(q)(2)(A) & 11 Del. C. §§ 1245A, 1442, 1456, 1457 ■ Details of Crime: Hallie Biden took Hunter’s gun and threw it in the trash can at a grocery store, prompting a police investigation. No arrests were made. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 463 Hunter Biden's gun was taken by Hallie Biden in 2018, thrown into a supermarket garbage can | TheBlaze ● Sex Crimes ○ Date: 12/28/2018ff Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), 841(b)(1)(C) & 11 DE C. § 1342 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter spent the night with a prostitute and smoked over 20 grams of crack cocaine, according to pictures on the laptop. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 304 ○ Date: 01/06/2019 Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & 11 DE C. § 1342 ■ Details of Crime: Videos show Hunter smoking crack while having sex with a suspected prostitute. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 309 ○ Date: 02/06/2019ff Location: District of Delaware Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 844(a), 846 & 11 DE C. § 1342, 16 DE C. § 4753 ■ Details of Crime: Videos show Hunter and the same female engaging in sex and smoking crack at the Fairview Inn, a hotel known for prostitution and drug activity. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 314-315 Florida ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ Florida Attorney General Ashley Moody (Rep.) (Website) ■ Contact: Kylie Mason, Director of Communications - (850) 245-0150 ■ Contact: Chase Sizemore, Media Affairs - chase.sizemore@myfloridalegal.com ○ Southern District of Florida U.S. Attorney Markenzy Lapointe (Biden appointee) (Website) ■ Contact: (305) 961-9001 ■ Marlene Rodriguez, Public Information Officer ● Email: Marlene.rodriguez@usdoj.gov ● 305-961-9206 (office number) ● 786-360-9794 (cellular number) ○ Miami-Dade State Attorney Kathy Rundle (Dem) (Website) ■ Terry Gonzalez-Chavez, Public Information Officer - (305) 547-0896 TerryGonzalez-Chavez@MiamiSAO.com ■ Ed Griffith, Public Information Officer - EdGriffith@MiamiSAO.com ■ Lissette Valdes-Valle, Public Information Officer - LissetteValdes-Valle@MiamiSAO.com ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 03/26/2016ff Location: Southern District of Florida Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & FL Stat § 893.13 ■ Details of Crime: Photos show Joe Biden’s son-in-law, medical doctor Howard Krein, consuming a joint, which is a violation of his medical license regulations. In her diary, Ashley Biden refers to Howard as a casual user of drugs. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 403 ● Sex Crimes ○ Date: 12/08/2018ff Location: District of D.C., Southern District of Florida Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Records show Hunter sending money to escort/pimp Anna Dekhtiar, a Ukrainian citizen, which was flagged by JPMorgan Chase SAR as probably human trafficking activity. Dekhtiar from Sunny Isles Beach, Florida, received $274,873 between November 2018 and March 2019 with 'no clear, legitimate economic purpose'. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 293-295 (DailyMail) Massachusetts ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ MA Attorney General Andrea Joy Campbell (Dem.) (Website) ■ Contact: Nicole Caravella Malone - (617) 727-2543 ○ US Attorney Rachael Rollins (Biden appointee) (Website) ■ Contact: Rachael.Rollins@usdoj.gov ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 11/14/2018 Location: District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & MA GL 94 § 32 Details of Crime: Hunter tried to buy crack from a New York-based drug dealer but the deal doesn’t go through because Hunter is in Newburyport, MA. The driver says it’s too much of a drive, even meeting halfway. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 429 ○ Date: 12/08/2018ff, 1/24/19 Location: District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & MA GL 94 § 32 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter setting up a drug deal in December 2018, which is unsuccessful, but the following month he sends $1200 to the dealer via Cash App. Hunter is irate when the dealer stands him up. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 429-431 ○ Date: 01/30/2019 Location: District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & MA GL 94 § 32 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter coordinating drug deals with drug dealer Adeilson Leite and paying him via PayPal. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 432-433. ○ Date: 02/24/2019 Location: District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & MA GL 94 § 32 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter Biden video records himself smoking crack cocaine in the Marriott in Worcester, MA. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 441. ● Sex Crimes ○ Date: 12/13/2018 Location: Southern District of New York, District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 2421(a), 21 USC § 844(a), NY PL § 230.00 & MA GL 272 § 8 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays for two females to meet him in New York City, and then also meets with them in Newburyport, MA, at a property owned by Hunter’s psychiatrist. Videos show them engaging in sex with Hunter. Texts show arrangements for payments, as one of the prostitutes is upset after Hunter leaves her stranded at a hotel. Hunter is also seen smoking crack in videos the women took. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 296-300; Hunter Biden video sees him smoking 'crack' in shower during sex spree with prostitutes who call him 'future baby daddy' | The US Sun ○ Date: 12/20/2018 Location: District of Massachusetts, Western District of Texas Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 2422(a) & MA GL 272 § 8 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter Biden solicited a part-time model from Texas who ran an LLC called “SexxxpressUrself.” Hunter paid for her plane ticket to Massachusetts. The woman took pictures of them lying naked in bed and later sent a message “owe me” with a Venmo request for $1,000. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 301-302 ○ Date: 01/26/2019 Location: District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & MA GL 272 § 8 Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter arranging a meeting and payment from a prostitute. She laments that she might not be able to do much because she has her period. Some videos of her and Hunter and other escorts have been posted to her OnlyFans account. ■ (Marco Polo Report, pp. 312-313) ○ Date: 02/24/2019 Location: District of Massachusetts Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & MA GL 272 § 8 ■ Details: Hunter tries to solicit a prostitute while at the Hilton in Stamford, but doesn’t get a response. ■ (Marco Polo Report, p. 339) Nevada ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ United States Attorney Jason M. Frierson (Biden appointee) (Website) ■ Contact: Eric Schmale, Assistant United States Attorney - (702) 388-6336 eric.schmale@usdoj.gov ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 08/06/2018ff Location: California, District of Nevada Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(b)(1)(C), 843(b), 846 & CA PC § 11350 ■ Details of Crime: Texts show Hunter corresponding with a drug dealer who forwarded him a number of another drug mule, residing in Las Vegas, NV, who Hunter sent a payment of $250. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 425 ● Sex Crimes ○ Date: 08/03/2018 Location: District of Nevada Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NRS 201.354.2 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter Biden solicited a female with a history of prostitution convictions. Text messages show them discussing plans for the night. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 267 ○ Date: 08/07/2018ff Location: District of Nevada Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC § 843(b) & NRS 201.354.2 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter Biden texts with a female about coming over again. She talks about how Hunter hires too many girls at once, and refers to turning down a second offer from him that morning because she didn’t feel good about it. He persuades her to come over later. The laptop contains pictures of her and Hunter engaged in sexual activity. She also has a history of prostitution convictions and was awarded $20,000 in Federal Stimulus under Biden. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 268; Hunter Biden’s Laptop Lady Got $20K Federal Stimulus For ‘Female–Owned Sole Proprietorship’ | The Daily Wire New York ● Relevant DAs, AG, U.S. Attorneys: ○ SDNY, U.S. Attorney: Damian Williams (Biden appointee) (Website) ■ Main Office: (212) 637-2200 ● Sex Crimes ○ Date: 11/21/2017ff Location: S.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): SAR #2—18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Wells Fargo receipts show Hunter sending thousands of dollars to prostitutes. These transfers showed up in SARs (Serious Activity Reports) that JP Morgan Chase submitted to the U.S. Department of Treasury. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 83 ○ Date: 04/05/2017ff Location: N.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter used online pimp services while in the Finger Lakes. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 236 ○ Date: 08/25/2017 Location: C.D. Cal. & E.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 1957(a), 2422(a) & CA PC § 647(b)(2 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter pays a stripper a total of $18,600 for sex. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 238-239 ○ Date: 10/13/2017 Location: S.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter sent two $1,500 payments to a prostitute with prior arrests for prostitution and car theft. Elsewhere on the laptop are pictures of her engaging in sex with him. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 241, 348. ○ Date: 04/01/2018ff Location: S.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Venmo and Zelle records show Hunter sending money to prostitutes with bogus memo lines like “for babysitting.” ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 243 ○ Date: 2017→06/20/2018ff→ Location: E.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 1957(a) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Over fourteen months Hunter sent a total of more than $25,000 to a woman from the Dominican Republic. Their texts contain explicit conversations of their sexual encounters. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 255 ○ Date: 10/27/2018ff Location: S.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits a prostitute from the Dominican Republic and videos her performing a footjob on him. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 284 Date: 12/27/2018ff Location: S.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter tries to solicit a prostitute but she is sleeping. He texts a second prostitute and arranges for her to stay 2-3 hours. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 303 ○ Date: 12/29/2018ff Location: S.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits two females to his fourth-floor hotel and pays the pimp $6,000 via Wells Fargo wire. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 305 ○ Date: 12/31/2018ff Location: S.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicits a prostitute and videos them having sex. Afterward, he’s upset she won’t leave so he texts her pimp asking him to come get her. Subsequent texts show Hunter arranging for more sessions through this pimp. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 306-307 ○ Date: 03/09/2019ff Location: S.D.N.Y. Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 1957(a) & NY PL § 230.00 et al. ■ Details of Crime: Texts and Wells Fargo wire transfers show Hunter arranging for his pimp Ekaterina Moreva to send him a girl through her human trafficking operation UberGFE. Moreva has been listed on several SARs (Serious Activity Reports). ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 344-345 ○ Date: 03/12/2019 Location: S.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1) & NY PL § 230.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter solicited a female who asked if she could bring her friend. Hunter agreed on the condition that they act happy and be naked as soon as they arrived. Hunter had been sending payments to the amateur singer for over a year at this point. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 347 ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 03/16/2019 Location: S.D.N.Y. & E.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC § 1952(b)(i)(1), 21 USC §§ 841(a)(1), (b)(1)(C), 843(b) & NY PL § 220.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter sets up a drug deal via text with a New York City-based drug dealer, but has difficulty with the payment. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 452 ○ Date: 11/30/2018ff Location: S.D.N.Y Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC §§ 331(a), 843(b) & NY PL § 220.00 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter orders black-market Viagra from a drug dealer in NYC. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 461 Tennessee ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ United States Attorney Henry C. Leventis (Biden Appointee) (Website) ■ Contact: henry.leventis@usdoj.gov ○ District Attorney Glenn Funk (Dem) (Website) ■ Contact: (615) 862-5500 ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 10/2016 Location: Davidson County Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) ○ Details of Crime: According to his own memoir, Hunter Biden purchases crack cocaine while in Nashville and drives under its influence. ■ Citation: Hunter Biden, Beautiful Things, pp.166-167 Texas ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys: ○ District Attorney Jaime Esparzz, (Biden Appointee) (Website) ■ Contact: (210) 384-7100 ○ Attorney General, Ken Paxton (Rep), (Website) ■ Contact: (512) 463-2100 ● Sex Crimes ○ Date: 12/20/2018ff Location: District of Massachusetts, Western District of Texas Relevant Statute(s): 18 USC §§ 1952(b)(i)(1), 2422(a) & MA GL 272 § 8 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter Biden solicited a part-time model from Texas who ran an LLC call “SexxxpressUrself.” Hunter paid for her plane ticket to Massachusetts. The woman took pictures of them lying naked in bed and later sent a message “owe me” with a Venmo request for $1,000. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, pp. 301-302, Virginia ● Relevant DAs, AG, US Attorneys ○ Arlington County Attorney, Parisa Dehghani-Tafti (Dem) (Website) ■ Phone: (703) 228-4410, CWA_info@arlingtonva.us ○ Attorney General, Jason Miyares (Rep) (Website) ■ Victoria LaCivita, Director of Communications - vlacivita@oag.state.va.us ○ District Attorney Jessica D. Aber, (Biden Appointee) (Website) ■ Richmond: (804) 819-5400 ■ Norfolk: (757) 441-6331 ● Drug Crimes ○ Date: 06/12/2018 Location: Eastern District of Virginia Relevant Statute(s): 21 USC § 844(a) & VA Code §§ 18.2-250, 18.2-266 ■ Details of Crime: Hunter took pictures of himself driving while smoking crack in Arlington, VA. ■ Citation: Marco Polo Report, p. 456 Overview of Other Significant Biden Crimes Business Fraud ● CEFC; Defrauding Bobulinski: ○ In October of 2022, former business partner, Tony Bobulinski, came forward with allegations that a Delaware firm he started and was owned by him, Jim and Hunter Biden, and partners Rob Walker and James Gilliar, initiated a contract to create a joint venture with the Chinese firm. The CEFC pledged $10 million of working capital. Bobulinski claimed that Hunter Biden replicated the contract and had over $5 million of Chinese money funneled to his personal enterprise. (Video, Tucker Carlson Interview) (Write-up, National Review) ○ “It appears that Hunter Biden, Jim Biden, and the Biden family really copied the same document down to typos [and] the serial number and they removed [the name] Oneida Holdings [and] replaced it with Owasco, which was [the name of] Hunter Biden’s law firm or business that he operated,” Bobulinski said. ○ In 2017 Hunter boasted in an email about a three-year deal with one of his Chinese partners, CEFC chairman Ye Jianming, which guaranteed him $10 million annually “for introductions alone.” (Devine, Miranda. Laptop from Hell, p.24) Gun-Related Crimes ● In October of 2008, Hunter Biden purchased a handgun, filling ATF Form 4473, on which he would have had to answer “no” to the question "Are you an unlawful user of, or addicted to, marijuana or any depressant, stimulant, narcotic drug, or any other controlled substance?" (Washington Post) ● A scan of this form is available in the Marco Polo report. (Marco Polo Report, p. 462) ● Receiving and possessing the gun he bought was a felony, at the time punishable by up to 10 years in prison. Since then, Joe Biden signed The Bipartisan Safer Communities Act, which raised the maximum penalty for that offense to 15 years. ● The Hunter Biden laptop contains pictures of Hunter posing nude with the gun, apparently under the influence of crack. (Marco Polo Report, p. 282) ● In an interview with Jake Tapper, Joe Biden admits that Hunter Biden lied about using drugs the form. 12:20 (CNN) ● This year, Rep. Tom Tiffany asked why Hunter hasn’t been prosecuted at an ATF hearing. (House.gov) ● David Weiss is in charge of the case. (Fox News) Tax Crimes ● As of January 2023, David Weiss is believed to be considering charges related to $30,000 in tax deductions that Hunter claimed for business expenses (DailyMail) ● A 3-carat diamond worth $80,000 was given to him by Ye Jianming, the chairman of the CEFC. (Laptop from Hell, p. 37; Marco Polo report, pp. 203-204) ● U.S. Attorney for Delaware David Weiss, an appointee of former President Donald Trump, is the one who will make the decision whether to prosecute Hunter for these tax crimes. (CNBC) ● Weiss is a Trump appointee but was nominated for the position by Delaware Senators Tom Carper and Chris Coons, both Democrats. (Washington Examiner) ● Weiss has been investigating Hunter’s taxes since at least 2020. (CNBC) ● Why wasn’t the investigation made public earlier? To avoid affecting the outcome of the2020 Election. (Politico) ○ Politico reports that in the summer of 2020, the probe had reached a point where “prosecutors could have sought search warrants and issued a flurry of grand jury subpoenas.” Some officials involved urged David Weiss “to avoid taking any actions that could alert the public to the existence of the case in the middle of a presidential election.” Weiss decided to wait, averting the possibility that the investigation would become a months-long campaign issue. ● In April of 2023, an IRS whistleblower came forward alleging a coverup of the Hunter Biden tax investigation. (NY Post) ● The whistleblower, “a career IRS Criminal Supervisory Special Agent who has been overseeing the ongoing and sensitive investigation of a high-profile, controversial subject since early 2020,” seeks to expose “preferential treatment” and false testimony to Congress by a “senior political appointee.” ● According to the New York Post, the senior political appointee is none other than Merrick Garland. (NY Post) ● The whistleblower’s allegations of preferential treatment contradict Garland’s testimony last year where he insisted there would be no interference of any kind with Weiss’s investigation. (CSPAN Video) Sex Crimes ● Prostitution / Human Trafficking ○ According to the HSGAC Senate Report on Hunter Biden, their records note that it is a documented fact that Hunter sent funds to nonresident alien women in the United States who are citizens of Russia and Ukraine and who have subsequently wired funds they have received from Hunter Biden to individuals located in Russia and Ukraine, indicating that these transactions are linked to what “appears to be an Eastern European prostitution or human trafficking ring.” (HSGAC Senate Report, p. 65) ○ The Hunter Biden laptop corroborates these findings. The Marco Polo report notes that two of the women that Hunter Biden wired money to were “listed in prior SAR filings by JPMC reporting transactions consistent with possible human trafficking.” (Marco Polo Report, p. 80). ○ Messages between Hunter and one of the women he paid reveal that he would “make up for the female’s ‘back pay’” if she performed sexual acts in person or via FaceTime, and there is photographic evidence of these sex acts being performed in person on the laptop. (Marco Polo Report, pp. 84, 85) ○ Not only that but the Wells Fargo transactions to this woman were initiated only after she traveled from Los Angeles to D.C. (Marco Polo Report, p. 85, 86) ○ Under 18 U.S. Code § 2422, enticing an individual to travel in interstate commerce to engage in prostitution is a federal offense with a maximum sentence of 20 years in prison. (18 U.S. Code § 2422 - Coercion and Enticement) ○ Hunter also paid a woman to fly from New York to California, and his laptop has sex acts, text messages referencing sex acts between them, as well as records of thirteen payments to the woman totaling $18,600. (Marco Polo Report, p. 239) ■ Hunter Biden’s laptop has records of him soliciting prostitutes in various locations, but these may be harder to prosecute depending on the area. ■ For example, the Marco Polo Report notes that Hunter was soliciting prostitutes in NY (Marco Polo Report, p. 236), but prosecutors in the state have increasingly declined to prosecute prostitution cases, a move that has been praised by progressives. (NY Times) ■ In light of this, it would be better to focus on Hunter’s soliciting services across states since that falls under a federal statute. ● Child Pornography ○ One of the reasons Mac Isaac wanted the laptop out of his shop was that he was concerned it had child pornography on it. (Marco Polo Report, p. 1) ○ It looks like this was investigated, as the FBI’s top child porn investigator subpoenaed the laptop. (Buffalo Chronicle) ○ The Marco Polo report contains four concerning images (p. 360). ○ Although all are censored, only one contained nudity according to Miranda Devine who had direct access to the laptop contents (Laptop from Hell, p. 189). ○ The image is a Snapchat, and all four images are selfies of sorts taken by Natalie Biden. The fact that these appear not to be coerced, and were on the laptop as part of a shared iCloud drive where Hallie and Natalie backed up their phones suggests that they were probably uploaded there unintentionally. Election Interference/Laptop Coverup ● At the request of Anthony Blinken, one of Biden’s campaign officials, former acting CIA Director Mike Morell agreed to “help Biden” by organizing 50 colleagues to sign a letter in October 2020 falsely claiming that damning emails from Hunter Biden’s laptop published by The Post were Russian disinformation. (NY Post) ● Over the next two days, Morell gathered signatures from 51 former intelligence officials, including himself and four other former CIA directors, including John Brennan and Leon Panetta. ● Once in office, Biden made Blinken the Secretary of State. ● As Senator Ron Johnson succinctly put it, “They wrote a letter to interfere in our election to a far greater extent than anything China or Russia ever could hope to do — claiming that the laptop had all the earmarks of … a Russian information campaign.” https://www.finance.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/HSGAC%20-%20Finance%20Joint%20Report%202020.09.23.pdf Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them... If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government... Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. The Presidential Hotline Pedophile and Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Etc. Call 1-866-4-5455-968 ( 1-866-I-Kill-You ) should be used when all your attempts to get assistance from a government department, province, municipality or state agency have failed. It is not only a complaints line. You can call to share your views or provide solutions to the challenges in your community. We also list the help line numbers of non-governmental organization's working with government. You may call at 987-654-3210 ext new world order! https://bidenlaptopreport.marcopolousa.org/report_viewer/index.html#p=1

You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Video Once you see this you'll have no faith in these people again! The system-serving airheads that should be tried and imprisoned for crimes against humanity like most politicians, oligarchs, globalists and most medias. So many innocent people of all age groups have died or been severely injured for life after listening to the advice of Hollywood celebrities, talk show hosts and politicians regarding the vaccine for covid-19. It’s right that medical ethics should be highly scrutinized, especially in cases like the Covid-19 vaccine roll-out where the process has been accelerated. However, it’s important not to mix up the atrocities of the past with current debates about medicine and policy. Long Covid 19 Bioweapon Created To Make You Sick With Multiple Diseases, And You Will Eventually Die. Some people continue to experience health problems long after having COVID-19. Understand the possible symptoms and risk factors for post-COVID-19 syndrome. Long COVID 19 - 21, also known as Post-COVID Conditions (PCC), is a multisystemic condition characterized by signs, symptoms, and conditions that persist or develop after acute COVID-19 infection. Symptoms can last weeks, months, or even years and can include damage to the brain, heart, kidneys, and lungs. Even people who had no symptoms when they were infected can develop symptoms later. At least 86 million individuals around the world have long COVID, based on a conservative estimated incidence of 10% of infected people and more than 869 million documented COVID-19 cases worldwide. The incidence of Long COVID may be decreasing in the US, with the percentage of participants reporting having new or continuing COVID-19 symptoms dropping to 11% in January 2023. The PCR test isn't even safe! The Scientist/ Creator of the test said it won't work to test C0vid and he said Fauki has no idea what he's doing and for that they killed him! Do you realize yet that they are trying to kill us all? Experts, Scientists, Attorneys & Physician around the world have been speaking out to warn you and save lives. They had nothing to gain and everything to lose by telling you this. Use common sense and critical thinking and do some serious research quick. Its For The Greater Good. Its A Pandemic Of The Unvaccinated People Will Threaten The Live Of Vaccinated People... Yes Its For The Greater Good. You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Covil-19 Corrupt U.S.A. Governments... Yes Its For The Greater Good. Yes Its A Plandemic For New World Order... Yes Its For The Greater Good. The Great Awakening Another Powerful Documentary From What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Yes Its For The Greater Good. Yes Thank You For Killing Yourself Too... We The Sheeple People's Republic Of United State Of America... Yes Its For The Greater Good. With Love From Your Uncle Sam... Yes Its For The Greater Good, Greater Good, Greater Good, And God Bless You ALL... Yes Its For The Greater Good. For the greater good refers to the benefit or betterment of the majority of people, especially at the cost of smaller or individual concerns. It is a general advantage that can only be gained by losing or harming something that is considered less important. Some wars are fought for the greater good. The cutbacks that a company must face will be difficult, but they are for the greater good. The benefit of the public, of more people than oneself. All agree that the C vaccine is not at all a vaccine, but a bioweapon created to make you sick with multiple diseases, and you will eventually die if you continue taking more! They are injecting horrible diseases and other nano particles into your cells that cannot be removed. Once you take it, your life span is drastically reduced and you will become sterile. The masks don't work, social distancing won't work, your chances of long-term healthie are FAR GREATER if you do nothing and take nothing. Viruses are not living organisms or living microbes. They do not have a respiratory system, nor do they have a nucleus or digestive system. Viruses are not alive and viruses are not contagious. They have spent millions to put fear in you, nothing you think you know about viruses and bacteria are true, you have been lied to. Every single person being pushing this should be punished for this. Corrupt governments, corps and media are part of the great cover-up and guilty of world genocide. This is the biggest crime ever perpetrated against mankind. It must be exposed before it's too late. No question that the mRNA vaccines should be withdrawn with immediate effect” An independent analysis of the accumulated Yellow Card data, finally released 18 months after the first FOI request, shows unequivocal safety signals linking the mRNA vaccines to serious damage to the lymph system, the heart, and female reproduction 'Health regulator failing to keep public protected from mRNA shots' IN the UK, three Covid-19 vaccines - AstraZeneca (AZ), Pfizer (PF) and Moderna (MO) - have been used in a nationwide inoculation programmed aimed at preventing harm from the so-called SARS-CoV2 virus. Expert Claims Covid Vaccines Will Kill 700 million People Around the World. During an interview with USA Watchdog in June, Dr. David Martin predicted that 700 million people will die worldwide due to the Covid injections. He based his estimation on the World Health Organization's vision of the ‘Decade of Vaccines’ (“DoV”). There appears to be no scientific evidence that the Pfizer, Moderna COVID-19 vaccines will kill miscarriages. Scientists have not found an increased risk for miscarriage among people who received an mRNA COVID-19 vaccine just before and during early pregnancy, and data did not surface "any safety concerns for people who received an mRNA COVID-19 vaccine late in pregnancy or for their babies." Therefore, it can be concluded that vaccines do or do not cause miscarriages.? COVID-19 continues to pose a high risk to pregnant people who contract the virus. Despite this concern, hesitancy surrounding the safety of the COVID-19 vaccine during pregnancy remains, write the authors of a preprint article on COVID-19 vaccines and pregnancy outcomes. As COVID-19 vaccines become more widely available, some have raised concerns regarding potential links between receiving a COVID-19 vaccine and experiencing miscarriage (also known as spontaneous abortion), and other adverse outcomes. However, miscarriage is a common occurrence – around 10 to 15 percent of all pregnancies in the United States end in miscarriage – and multiple studies have found no increase in miscarriage in persons who received a COVID-19 vaccine. One study team used the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) v-safe pregnancy registry, a smartphone-based tool for people in the United States who have received a COVID-19 vaccine. Participants were included if they had received at least one vaccine dose prior to conception or before 20 weeks gestation and did not have a pregnancy loss before 6 weeks gestation – pregnancies lost beyond 20 weeks gestation are considered stillbirths not miscarriages, and 6 weeks gestation is typically the earliest a pregnancy can be detected. Out of 2,456 participants, 165 experienced a spontaneous abortion. The study found that the cumulative risk of spontaneous abortion between 6 and 20 weeks gestation was 14.1 percent. Among the study participants, 65 participants were contacted in their first trimester, but could not be reached during their second. To account for this drop-out, the study team conducted a “sensitivity analysis” with the assumption that these 65 participants experienced a spontaneous abortion. In this analysis, the cumulative risk of spontaneous abortion rose to 18.8 percent. The study team then used data from historical cohorts to represent the “typical” upper and lower ranges of risk of spontaneous abortion before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. They found that the calculated cumulative risk – both with and without the sensitivity analysis – fell within the expected risk range. A second study also concludes that the COVID-19 vaccine poses no increased risk for miscarriage and bolsters the findings of the prior study with the inclusion of a comparison group. This study used the Vaccine Safety Datalink database, a collaboration between the CDC and nine health systems across the United States. Researchers included individuals who received their first dose of the vaccine within 6 to 19 weeks gestation and assigned each an “index date” to reflect when they entered the study. They then compared this group to a contemporaneous cohort of unvaccinated pregnant individuals to determine the impact of the COVID-19 vaccine during pregnancy. The study compared the odds that a participant who had a spontaneous abortion had received a vaccine within 28 days of the event with the odds that a participant who carried a pregnancy to term had the same vaccine criteria. The study team found that, compared to participants with ongoing pregnancies, those who had a spontaneous abortion were not significantly more likely to have received a COVID-19 vaccine. These studies help prove that receiving the COVID-19 vaccine before or during pregnancy is not associated with higher rates of miscarriage. Nevertheless, more research is needed to strengthen the evidence-base and combat persistent misinformation. Continued investment and investigation is critical to fighting vaccine hesitancy and preventing the further spread of COVID-19, especially among vulnerable populations. Click on the links below for the full story and or Type it into a Web Base Search ! https://web.archive.org/web/20230226151842/https://www.exposingtheirlies.com/post/some-covid-19-horror-stories-you-may-have-missed WHO’s DoV vision led to a collaboration in which Bill Gates’ GAVI serves on the leadership council. The Global Vaccine Action Plan (“GVAP”) – endorsed by the 194 Member States of the World Health Assembly in May 2012 – came out of the collaboration. The “leadership” that produced the GVAP are the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI Alliance, UNICEF, United States National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases and the World Health Organization (“WHO”). We previously published an article about Dr. Martin’s interview with USA Watchdog but we feel it’s important to remind readers of the scale of the estimated deaths from the bioweapon that is called a Covid vaccine. The number that might die from Covid injections may have been revealed back in 2011 when WHO announced their “decade of vaccines.” The objective for the decade of vaccination was a population reduction of 15% globally, which would be about 700 million people dead. Some may think this number of deaths is an exaggeration, but Dr. Martin is not the only one who has been raising the alarm. Dr. Robert Young estimated in August 2021 that 500 million people worldwide had already been injured, with potentially 35 million deaths, due to Covid injections. A year later in August 2022, Steve Kirsch estimated a ballpark number of 12 million Covid injection deaths based on an estimate of one death for every 1,000 doses – “we are killing nearly close to 10,000 people every single day,” he wrote. Also in August, Peter Halligan, by piecing together data from a variety of sources, suggested as many as 20 million people worldwide had died from Covid injections, while another 2.2 billion have suffered injuries – implying we are only just getting started. And finally, we have psychopath Bill Gates himself. In 2009 The Guardian reported on the first meeting of the Good Club, the name given to the tiny global elite of billionaire philanthropists including Bill Gates, George Soros, Warren Buffett, Oprah Winfrey, David Rockefeller and Ted Turner. “The topics focused on education, emergency relief, government reform, the expected depth of the economic crisis and global health issues such as overpopulation and disease,” The Guardian wrote. And here’s a reminder of what Gates said the following year at TedTalks in 2010 spouting his vision of how to “innovate to zero”: “First, we’ve got population. The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s headed up to about nine billion. Now, if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by, perhaps, 10 or 15 per cent.” David Martin, PhD, is an inventor, speaker, author, business executive and futurist. He is the Founder and Chairman of M·CAM, an international leader in innovation finance, trade, and intangible asset finance. During his hour-long interview in June, Dr. Martin told USA Watchdog that the Covid injections are “bioweapons.” Big Pharma and the government knew it and also knew it would cause massive deaths and permanent injuries. Dr. Martin said: “It’s going to get much worse … It is not a coronavirus vaccine. It is a spike protein instruction to make the human body produce a toxin … The fact of the matter is the injections are an act of bioweapons and bioterrorism. They are not a public health measure. The facts are very simple. This was premeditated … This was a campaign of domestic terror to get the public to accept the universal vaccine platform using a known biological weapon. That is their own words and not my interpretation.” As to how many will die from Covid injections Dr. Martin said: “By their own estimate, they are looking for 700 million people globally, and that would put the US participation in that of the injected population as 75 million to 100 million people …There are a lot of reasons why they hope it will be between now and 2028 because there is this tiny little glitch of the illiquidity of the Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid programs. So, the fewer recipients of Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid, the better. Not surprisingly, the recommendation was people over the age of 65 were the first ones to get injected.” Dr. Martin explained: “The dirty secret is . . . there are a lot of pilots having microvascular and clotting problems, and that keeps them out of the cockpit, which is a good place to not have them if they are going to throw a clot for a stroke or a heart attack. The problem is we are going to see that exact same phenomenon in the healthcare industry and at a much larger scale. So, we now have, along with the actual problem . . . of people getting sick and people dying, we actually have that targeting the healthcare industry writ large. This means we are going to have nurses and doctors who are going to be among the sick and dead. That also means the sick and the dying are also not going to get care.” On 3 March Dr. Martin filed a lawsuit against Joe Biden. He and his group are suing everybody from President Biden to the FDA, CDC, Pfizer, Moderna and many others over the deaths and injuries from the Covid-19 bioweapons fraudulently passed off as “vaccines.” He contended that “this is far worse” than the Nuremberg trials of Nazis after WWII and added: “This is organised crime . . . They have hidden behind the immunity shield that absolves them of product liability by naming the delivery of a bioweapon – a vaccination program … This is actually a criminal act. This is an act of domestic terror, and it is an anti-trust violation. This is racketeering. This is old-school racketeering, and it is no different than the mob in the 1920s. This is old-school racketeering for personal gain and profit at the expense of human lives. You need to call it what it is, and it’s organized crime. I would say the Nazis were better than the people who are doing this … The real question is why did American citizens develop a weapon to kill Americans and get paid to do it? That is a morally outrageous question, and, unfortunately, almost no one is asking it.” 8 Ways mRNA COVID Vaccines Can Kill You. Dr Sherri Tenpenny has mapped out ten mechanisms of action of how the mRNA vaccine is going to kill people. She says, “When you inject the mRNA, the Messenger RNA starts to code for the spike protein…the NIH is now fighting with Moderna over patent rights, because you can’t patent anything that’s out in nature, so they had to manipulate the spike protein, in order to be able to patent it and then make an antibody to the spike protein. “Well, this anti-spike protein antibody is deadly. It’s absolutely deadly. And the first three papers I went through, I found that one of the things the spike protein does is it directly attacks lung tissue and breaks it down. “The second thing that it does is it inhibits your M2 macrophages, which are your anti-inflammatory macrophages, so you get cytokine storm and you die. “The third is that when that Messenger RNA goes in and makes an antibody to the spike protein, it binds it loosely, carries it into a cell and causes permanent replication. So it’s like having an “On” button with no “Off” button. You’re constantly making this little piece of protein develop more spike proteins against it, make more destruction. “And then, with this paper that I read last night, of this anti-spike protein, it attacks the astrocytes and the oligodendrocytes, which are two different kinds of cells in your brain. Two different kinds of central nervous system [cells]. It attacks the inner mitochondria membrane, in two different mechanisms and it attacks this neurofilament protein, which are the motor nerves, which suddenly –we’ve seen those people [with strong tremors], it’s because the spike protein antibody is affecting their motor neurons and their central nervous system. “And then the primary, number one symptom that people have after they get this vaccine is debilitating fatigue, that they can’t even function in the main part of their lives. Well, it’s because the spike protein antibody attacks the mitochondria and it attacks the GAD 65, which is the intracellular antigen inside of your mitochondria and it can also attack you pancreas. “If you’re diabetic, it’ll make your diabetes worse. If you’re not diabetic, it can cause you to have diabetes, stiff-person syndrome, cerebellar ataxia, which is what thing that you’re watching [massive tremors]; people not able to walk. “In the experiment that they did, they took different tissue antigens, like skin and lung and all this other stuff and then they dropped the serum that had the antibody all over it. 27 out of 55 of the tissue types reacted adversely to the spike antibody. “So you get this vaccine, you create this antibody, that’s why in the most recent VAERS report that came out this week, 181 deaths, already that have been reported and when you start reading through them, you kind of lay out what these antibodies do, you can see it, right in the VAERS report, what has happened to these people and it’s the anti-spike antibody that’s attacking them and that’s why the most number of deaths occurred about 19 days after the injection, because it takes a while to develop the antibody response. It doesn’t happen just like that. “Unless you have an anaphylactic reaction – probably to the polyethylene glycol– unless you have an immediate reaction to it, the delayed reaction is going to start – it takes a while – I talked to a bunch of epidemiologists in Europe and they said that it takes about 48 weeks to really see the most profound effects of autoimmune disease. “When I found the first four mechanisms of action, I said to a few friends of mine, ‘This is a perfectly-designed kill machine.’ “Perfectly-designed, because – the other thing is with that replicating thing, because with the vaccine, you’re going to see mutants [of COVID]. So now, we’re all talking about the mutants. The one thing they’re not asking these people, who’ve been diagnosed with this mutant strain, is ‘Have you had one of the not-approved vaccines?’ Nobody’s putting that together. “So, yes, 48 weeks – so it’s somewhere between 48 weeks, so it’s about a year and 6 to 7 months and a couple of years into the future. “So, like you were talking about the girl with meningitis vaccine? This is going to be even worse. So people have got to make some serious spiritual decisions about this…Are you going to say, ‘Oh, I want to get the vaccine so I can get on an airplane,’ or ‘So I can go out to eat,’ or I can keep my job.’ That gets a little harder. Or ‘So I can continue in professional school,’ which gets a little bit harder. “People are going to have to start making some really hard spiritual decisions about this.” Click on the links below for the full story and or Type it into a Web Base Search ! https://www.exposingtheirlies.com/post/some-covid-19-horror-stories-you-may-have-missed U.S. Government said and or told Us - We The People - COVID-19 Shot Are Safe ? LIE's ? So Per the Nuremberg Code ? Agent Orange ? Anthrax Vaccine ? Paraquat Pot ? 1920 Poisoned Alcohol ? Now Mandatory COVID-19 Shots caused adverse reactions in most recipients all part of a series of massive government cover-ups. The Pentagon's mandatory anthrax shots caused adverse reactions in most recipients and helped prompt many Air Force Reserve and Air National Guard members to transfer to other units or leave the military between 1998 and 2000, according to a survey by Congress's General Accounting Office (GAO). The survey indicated that 85% of troops who received an anthrax shot had an adverse reaction, a rate far higher than the 30% claimed by the manufacturer in 2000, when the survey was conducted. Sixteen percent of the survey respondents had either left the military or changed their status, at least in part because of the vaccination program. The program "appears to have adversely affected the Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve in terms of retaining needed experienced personnel," states the report, which was released in late October. The GAO recommended that the Department of Defense (DoD) set up an active surveillance program for vaccine reactions. DoD launched a program in 1998 to inoculate all troops against anthrax. The program was cut back to a few select units in 2000 because of a vaccine shortage due to the manufacturer's difficulty in gaining Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for its operation after a plant renovation. In January 2002 the FDA finally approved the new production system. Last May, DoD announced it would step up the vaccination program again, but the shots would be required only for personnel deployed longer than 15 days in high-risk areas. Nuremberg Code: Directives for Human Experimentation The judgment by the war crimes tribunal at Nuremberg laid down 10 standards to which physicians must conform when carrying out experiments on human subjects in a new code that is now accepted worldwide. Read the founding documents of modern medical ethics, The Nuremberg Code, the Declarations of Helsinki and Geneva, and the International Code of Medical Ethics, which articulate a core set of ethical principles to guide human experimentation and clinical care. Nuremberg Code is a 10-point set of rules for the conduct of human experiments articulated in 1947 in the trials of Nazi doctors and bureaucrats convicted of crimes against humanity for their roles in concentration camp experiments. U.S. Government said and or told Us - We The People - Agent Orange - Yes It's Safe - The Chemical That Destroyed Generations. The U.S. defeated most of the resolutions, arguing that Agent Orange was not a chemical or a biological weapon as it was considered a herbicide and a defoliant and it was used in effort to destroy plant crops and to deprive the enemy of concealment and not meant to target human beings. Agent Orange, mixture of herbicides that U.S. military forces sprayed in Vietnam from 1962 to 1971 during the Vietnam War for the dual purpose of defoliating forest areas that might conceal Viet Cong and North Vietnamese forces and destroying crops that might feed the enemy. Agent Orange was a mixture of plant-killing chemicals (herbicides) used by the United States military during the Vietnam War as a defoliant to remove tree cover, destroy crops, and clear vegetation around US bases. About 3 million Americans served in the armed forces in Vietnam and nearby areas. Many of these veterans, as well as other people in the area, were exposed to Agent Orange. Exposure to Agent Orange could have occurred when the chemicals were breathed in, ingested in contaminated food or drinks, or absorbed through the skin. Exposure might have been possible through the eyes or through breaks in the skin, as well. One of the challenges in assessing the health effects of Agent Orange exposure has been determining how much an individual was exposed to (or even what they were exposed to). Very little information on this is available. The Vietnam Memorial lists the names of more than 58,000 Americans who died. However, the wall does not document the names of the 2.8 million U.S. veterans exposed to the deadly chemical Agent Orange, and later died. Let's honor those who made the ultimate sacrifice during war - and because of war. Paraquat Pot: The True Story Of How The US Government Tried To Kill Weed Smokers With A Toxic Chemical In The 1980s When people talk about “killer weed,” that’s typically understood to mean really good weed. But due to US government policies that started in the 1970s and extended through most of the 1980s, marijuana fields were being sprayed with a chemical that can actually kill you. The chemical, known as “paraquat,” is an herbicide sprayed over marijuana fields in Mexico in the 1970s—with the aid of US money and US-provided helicopters—and over marijuana fields in Georgia in the 1980s under the direction of the Reagan Administration. But normally, anything poisonous enough to kill plants is also toxic enough to kill humans, and that is the case with paraquat. At least 1,000 children in the United States have lost their lives to COVID-19, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). According to available data as of December 15, a breakdown of 677,393 coronavirus deaths showed 1,005 persons between the ages of 0 and 17. Among those, 319 children between the ages of 0 and 4 had died from the disease. The data set showed 213 kids between the ages of 5 and 11 had died from COVID-19, while 240 children between 12 and 15; and 233 children aged 16 to 17 had succumbed to the virus. The figures reflect COVID-19 cases and deaths reported to the CDC since January 21, 2020. Some U.S. states and territories report statistics without detailed demographic data. The virus is much more likely to kill those in older age groups, with the highest number of deaths in the U.S. being among those aged 85 or older, the same data set showed. 190,983 deaths in the CDC statistics were in that age group. According to the CDC, as many as half of all COVID-19 infections in children may be asymptomatic—higher than older age groups—but they can still get quite ill from it. Potential serious complications include multisystem inflammatory syndrome (MIS-C), a rare condition in which different body parts become inflamed, including the skin, eyes, brain, heart, kidneys, lungs or gastrointestinal organs. More than 2,300 cases of MIS-C were reported in children aged 5 through 11 from April 2020 to October 2021, the CDC said last month. Currently in the U.S., the only vaccine that has been authorized for children is Pfizer-BioNTech. Those as young as five can get the vaccine. Children 16 or older can get a COVID-19 booster shot. Countries in the European Union started vaccinating children aged 5 to 11 this week as parts of the 27-nation bloc reported a surge in COVID-19 cases over the past months, with fears that cases will continue to skyrocket over the Christmas break. Greece, Italy, Spain and Hungary are some of the countries that have opened vaccine eligibility to younger children aged 5 to 11 as the Omicron variant spreads. The EU approved children aged 5 to 11 for a reduced dose of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine last month. The new Omicron variant is expected to become dominant in the EU by mid-January. Despite 66.6 percent of the EU being fully vaccinated, European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen expressed disappointment on Wednesday that the pandemic would again disrupt Christmas and New Year celebrations. Only days after the Omicron variant was discovered by South African scientists in mid-November, public health experts noted that there had been a marked rise in the number of children being admitted to hospitals with the disease, but cases were "mild." Allergic Reactions Including Anaphylaxis After Receipt of the First Dose of Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine — United States, December 14–23, 2020 Summary What is already known about this topic? Anaphylaxis is a severe, life-threatening allergic reaction that occurs rarely after vaccination. What is added by this report? During December 14–23, 2020, monitoring by the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System detected 21 cases of anaphylaxis after administration of a reported 1,893,360 first doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine (11.1 cases per million doses); 71% of these occurred within 15 minutes of vaccination. What are the implications for public health practice? Locations administering COVID-19 vaccines should adhere to CDC guidance for use of COVID-19 vaccines, including screening recipients for contraindications and precautions, having the necessary supplies available to manage anaphylaxis, implementing the recommended postvaccination observation periods, and immediately treating suspected cases of anaphylaxis with intramuscular injection of epinephrine. Noting that the United States accounts for about one-quarter of global COVID-19 cases and deaths, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said the U.S. has “the worst record of any country in the world.” While the U.S. has the most confirmed cases and deaths by a wide margin, it does not have the most in either category on a per-capita basis. Pelosi emphasized the U.S. share of coronavirus-related cases and deaths during a June 28 interview on ABC’s “This Week” in which she argued the Trump administration is not taking the growing outbreak in several U.S. states seriously. “We are 4% of the world’s population,” the Democratic leader told host George Stephanopoulos. “We are 25% of the cases and the deaths, 25%. We have the worst record of any country in the world. And the president says we’re making progress or whatever.” Pelosi got the percentages right, but where the U.S. ranks in dealing with the pandemic depends on how one looks at the numbers. Total Confirmed Cases Pelosi’s deputy chief of staff, Drew Hammill, confirmed to FactCheck.org in an email that the congresswoman labeled the U.S. the “worst” based on it “having the most coronavirus deaths and confirmed cases of any country.” According to the University of Oxford-based project Our World in Data, as of June 28, the day Pelosi made her claim, there were 9.95 million confirmed cases of COVID-19 worldwide, and 2.51 million, or 25%, of those cases were in the U.S — the most of any nation. The U.S. total was 1.2 million cases more than the second-highest country, Brazil, which had 1.31 million cases as of that day. I AM running through what the Nuremberg code is how the military has crossed the line with the Chemtrails and Flouride in the water parasites being sprayed poisoning the animal live stock poisoning the food with chemical additives and paraquat pot poisoning .. Clear violation of international Law, their time is extremely limited and are being dealt with as we speak. Flying right out of military bases human trafficking out of military bases, Drug and Arms trafficking out of military bases, and underground bunkers cloning underground, cloned military personell, cloned police force, forcing corporate policy on citizens during a war when there is NO LAW during war.. so maybe everyone should start doing there job because if the people have to handle this to save time we will include you all in the same bunch consider you all accomplices and let GOD sort you all out.. Also another reason why it might be in their best interest to get right with GOD. Why is the Nuremberg Code being used to oppose Covid-19 vaccines? As the UK Covid-19 vaccine roll out has gathered pace, and the use of “vaccine passports” continue to be debated, an increasing number of social media users are voicing their opposition to these moves and claiming they are an infringement of their rights under the Nuremberg Code. The Nuremberg Code is a set of ethical research principles, developed in the wake of Nazi atrocities—specifically the inhumane and often fatal experimentation on human subjects without consent—during World War Two. We spoke to experts in medical ethics, healthcare law and social epidemiology about the Nuremberg Code and whether its principles are applicable to the current vaccine roll out or vaccine passports. We also discussed whether the code is legally binding and the darker links the claims seem to draw between the current pandemic and the Nazi era. What is the Nuremberg Code? The Nuremberg Code was created in 1947 in Nuremberg, Germany, following the trial of a group of Nazi doctors accused of conducting inhumane and often deadly experiments on prisoners of concentration camps without their consent. At the conclusion of what’s also referred to as ‘The Doctors Trial’, 16 people were found guilty. The Nuremberg Code was developed in response to the horrors of this experimentation, with the aim of protecting human subjects in medical research. The Code, and particularly its emphasis on informed consent, has had a profound impact on international human rights law and medical ethics. The Nuremberg Code consists of 10 principles, the first of which being that the voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential in any experiment on humans. Other principles include that the experiment should be for the good of society, that all unnecessary physical and mental suffering or injury should be avoided and no experiment should be conducted if there is good reason to believe it may result in death or a disabling injury. They also say that the human subject should be free to exit the experiment if they are suffering, and that the scientist in charge must be prepared to end the experiment if they have good reason to believe it may cause injury, disability or death to the subject if it continues. The Nuremberg Code and Covid-19 vaccines We have seen several examples of posts on social media claiming that Covid-19 vaccines violate the Nuremberg Code because they are somehow “experimental” and, as people receiving the vaccines are not made aware of this, they are unable to give their informed consent. This claim that the Covid-19 vaccines are experimental is simply not true, and something we have corrected multiple times. The three Covid vaccines currently given temporary authorisation for use in the UK have been shown to be safe and effective in large scale clinical trials. Dr Alexis Paton, lecturer in social epidemiology and the sociology of health at Aston University, Birmingham, told Full Fact that the Nuremberg Code is “very specifically about experimentation” and so although its principles would be applicable when discussing clinical vaccine trials, it is no longer relevant once a vaccine has been authorised. She said: “The Nuremberg Code is about the active experimentation on humans, for the most part during some sort of clinical trial of some description. So when we talk about Pfizer or AstraZeneca [vaccines], we’re out of the auspices of the Nuremberg Code because this is a product that has been trialled, with appropriate ethics in place, and has been approved and is now in production and being used globally.” Informed consent is still required for those receiving the Covid-19 or any other vaccine. But Professor Emma Cave, professor of healthcare law at Durham University, explained that the need for this does not come from the Nuremberg Code. She said: “The Nuremberg Code relates to research, where the emphasis of informed consent requirements is on preventing the research participants from being used as a means to an end. “Informed consent for treatment serves a slightly different purpose. It prevents a battery or negligence, and protects the autonomy rights of the patient. So informed consent is doing slightly different things in relation to research and treatment.” Arguments that the vaccines are experimental usually hinge on the fact that data is being collected on any side effects in recipients, although it is normal that authorities continue to monitor the safety of all vaccines once they are approved. Data on the long term protection and safety of the Covid-19 will continue to be collected over the coming years. Dr Julian Sheather, special advisor in ethics and human rights to the British Medical Association, told Full Fact it would be “impossible” and “unethical” to roll out any medical intervention without collecting data on it. “It’s true of all drugs. The same would be true of something like [the anti-depressant] Prozac. There will still be people out there gathering data. Are we going to say that every single drug in circulation is an experiment?” Other claims about the ‘experimental’ nature of the vaccines hinge on the fact they were given temporary authorisation to allow them to be distributed faster (although the vaccines still went through extensive clinical testing) and the fact the vaccines were developed so quickly (thanks in part to extra funding made available and ongoing work from before the pandemic). The Nuremberg Code and vaccine passports At the time of writing, the government has said that people who have had both doses of the vaccine can use the NHS app (separate to the NHS Covid-19 app) to demonstrate proof of vaccination when travelling to another country, if the country requires it. No other firm plans for ‘vaccine passports’ to gain access to certain places or events within the UK have been confirmed by the government, but discussion of their potential use has proved controversial. A number of posts on social media have claimed that vaccine passports are a violation of the Nuremberg Code, on the grounds that if you have to have a vaccine in order to do something like travel or work, you are not actually consenting but are being forced. Professor Cave said the Nuremberg Code was not relevant to vaccine passports. “You could still say it’s unethical or it’s problematic, but not by focusing on the Nuremberg Code. It’s not an experimental product in that context. “If restrictions are applied in relation to those who haven’t been vaccinated against Covid, consideration needs to be taken of the potential impact on people’s ability to choose freely and on the possibility that such a policy might discriminate against some groups within society. “We should be debating these matters, but we need to be accurate about the principles that we’re calling upon and the laws that we’re calling upon when we’re saying whether or not something is justifiable.” Dr Paton told Full Fact: “The Nuremberg Code is all about experimental subjects’ rights and the responsibilities of those doing the experiment. A vaccine passport is a policy document. “It’s not unprecedented either. For example, anyone who has ever travelled to a lot of the countries in Africa knows that you won’t be granted a visa if you don’t have proof of a Yellow Fever vaccination. But that’s not experimentation. That has nothing to do with us being human subjects of a trial of any kind. It’s about the government and politics.” Is following the Nuremberg Code a legal requirement? Although the Nuremberg Code is not relevant in the case of the current vaccine roll out or vaccine passports, there is still the question of whether a government could be forced by law, to halt or alter its vaccine programme if it is found to be in violation of the Code’s principles. Professor Cave told Full Fact: “The Code isn’t and wasn’t legally binding. It’s not legally enforceable, it’s a guideline rather than law. “But it is really important because it’s a blueprint for many of today’s legal and ethical standards, internationally and nationally [...] the Nuremberg Code isn’t legally enforceable in itself, but its legacy has changed the way research is conducted and safeguarded to protect the human rights of research participants.” We’ve seen multiple claims that various groups are attempting to take legal action using the Nuremberg Code over vaccination. Some international claims about this have already been fact checked. One is that a complaint has been filed with the International Criminal Court against the Israeli government, arguing that its vaccination programme is in violation of the Nuremberg Code, although Reuters has recently disproved claims that the court has “accepted” this allegation. Similarly, reports that a Canadian court ruled that anyone who tries to force someone to be vaccinated can be prosecuted under the Nuremberg Code have been debunked. Morally grotesque” It is important to note that the Nuremberg Code is not the only set of ethical guidelines for human experimentation. For example, social media users could have drawn on the more recent Declaration of Helsinki (adopted in 1964, last updated 2013), UNESCO’s Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights (2005) or the International Ethical Guidelines for Health-Related Research Involving Humans (fourth version published 2016) to make similar (albeit also incorrect) claims. But what is specific to the Nuremberg Code is the direct association with the atrocities committed by the Nazis during World War Two, and the emotional response this triggers. Although the social media posts don’t explicitly say it, by evoking the Nuremberg Code to talk about the Covid-19 pandemic, they link the horrors of concentration camps to the current vaccine roll out. Misinformation thrives when feelings are manipulated in this way, as claims which create an emotional response are most likely to be shared. The Nuremberg Code would only be relevant at the research trial stage of a vaccine’s development, not its roll out to the general public. But even then, experts told us they felt it would not be an appropriate link to draw. Dr Paton said: “I think it really does a disservice to people who volunteered to be part of the Covid-19 trials. The Nuremberg Code was developed because of really truly horrific atrocities that we found humans can inflict on other humans. “And to compare volunteers who want to help develop a vaccine, where the risks have been mitigated and they are being closely monitored, with the decisions of Nazi doctors to perform experiments on humans without anaesthetic, without safety, without regard for whether the human subject lived or died, I think is really inappropriate.” Dr Sheather added: “It’s terrible bad faith, to be honest with you. Because the Nuremberg trials were investigations into the most brutal forms of medical violation of human beings in the name of some form of research. These research subjects were tested to death and destruction. “Drawing a link between this final roll out of these vaccines and what the Nazi doctors were doing is morally grotesque.” It’s right that medical ethics should be highly scrutinized, especially in cases like the Covid-19 vaccine roll-out where the process has been accelerated. However, it’s important not to mix up the atrocities of the past with current debates about medicine and policy. What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. The Left/Right paradigm isn't only exposed by race and immigration issues. The Left and Right are in lockstep on every issue that really matters: The IRS. Income tax. Federal Reserve system. Endless wars. Endless expansion of tyranny and ever contracting liberty. Chronically wide-open borders. Suicidal immigration policies. Don't you see? The democrats and republicans exist only to provide the illusion of choice. A strong "us versus them" simulation in every election. It's ritualized tribalism. But the joke is, it doesn't matter which team wins, because both sides have the same agenda. God, guns and gays are phony "issues" to bolster the illusion of "difference" between the parties. The only thing that makes all this possible is that people aren't aware of the scam. Just knowing they are either "Team Red" or "Team Blue" liberates them from the responsibility of having to actually know or think anything. Then they feel righteous when their team wins, or despondent when they loose. It's no coincidence that the system works exactly like sports. There comes a point when ignorance and apathy become treason. We are past that point, people. It's so easy to be overwhelmed and feel beaten by the amount of negative and discouraging information being spread by the mainstream (fake stream) media. There are truly awful people in WEF and WHO, who want to reduce us to the level of serfs or chattel, but we can resist, indeed, we must resist. Be calm, be objective and be positive. Right is Might. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men should do nothing.” Nobody Is Safe From People's Republic Of The Tyrannical We The Sheeple People of The United States of America and A Real True Bill of State Rights Of Government July Forth 1776 The Bill of Rights is the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution, which limit the power of the federal government and guarantee certain freedoms and rights to all colour of people and for the citizens of All America. For the greater good refers to the benefit or betterment of the majority of people, especially at the cost of smaller or individual concerns. It is a general advantage that can only be gained by losing or harming something that is considered less important. Some wars are fought for the greater good. The cutbacks that a company must face will be difficult, but they are for the greater good. The benefit of the public, of more people than oneself. From Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English the greater good the greater good a general advantage that you can only gain by losing or harming something that is considered less important Some wars are fought for the greater good. great Examples from the Corpus the greater good This, I learned, was standard practice when a customer was about to be sacrificed for the greater good of Salomon. For the greater good of the parish or because he knew something? If an act promotes happiness for the most amount of people, it is good. If it decreases overall happiness, it is bad. The goal of our actions is to create the greatest happiness for the most amount of people. Since everyone’s happiness counts equally, utilitarianism considers maximizing the good from an impartial perspective, meaning that the interests of people close to you should not count higher than those of strangers. To illustrate, Plato imagined an ideal state in which private goods and nuclear families would be relinquished for the sake of the greater good of a harmonious society. Aristotle defined it in terms of a communally shared happiness, whose key constituents were wisdom, virtue and pleasure. World War One poster with the famous phrase "I want you for U. S. Army" (Get Your Covid-19 Shot Now) shows Uncle Sam pointing his finger at the viewer in order to recruit soldiers for the American Army during World War I. The printed phrase "Nearest recruiting station" (Get Your Covid-19 Shot Now) has a blank space below to add the address for enlisting. Parallel Worlds - NAZI vs U.S.A. - COVID-19 - ANTIFA - SS vs FBI vs DEATH https://rumble.com/v3g2oan-real-parallel-worlds-today-nazi-vs-u.s.a.-covid-19-antifa-ss-vs-fbi-vs-deat.html The Great Awakening Another Powerful Documentary From What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Yes Its For The Greater Good. Yes Thank You For Killing Yourself Too... We The Sheeple People's Republic Of United State Of America... Yes Its For The Greater Good. With Love From Your Uncle Sam... Yes Its For The Greater Good, Greater Good, Greater Good, And God Bless You ALL... Yes Its For The Greater Good. Some people who have been infected with the virus that causes COVID-19 can experience long-term effects from their infection, known as Long COVID or Post-COVID Conditions (PCC). Long COVID is broadly defined as signs, symptoms, and conditions that continue or develop after acute COVID-19 infection. This definition of Long COVID was developed by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) in collaboration with CDC and other partners. People call Long COVID by many names, including Post-COVID Conditions, long-haul COVID, post-acute COVID-19, long-term effects of COVID, and chronic COVID. The term post-acute sequelae of SARS CoV-2 infection (PASC) is also used to refer to a subset of Long COVID. What You Need to Know Long COVID can include a wide range of ongoing health problems; these conditions can last weeks, months, or years. Long COVID occurs more often in people who had severe COVID-19 illness, but anyone who has been infected with the virus that causes COVID-19 can experience it. People who are not vaccinated against COVID-19 and become infected may have a higher risk of developing Long COVID compared to people who have been vaccinated. People can be reinfected with SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19, multiple times. Each time a person is infected or reinfected with SARS-CoV-2, they have a risk of developing Long COVID. While most people with Long COVID have evidence of infection or COVID-19 illness, in some cases, a person with Long COVID may not have tested positive for the virus or known they were infected. CDC and partners are working to understand more about who experiences Long COVID and why, including whether groups disproportionately impacted by COVID-19 are at higher risk. About Long COVID Long COVID is a wide range of new, returning, or ongoing health problems that people experience after being infected with the virus that causes COVID-19. Most people with COVID-19 get better within a few days to a few weeks after infection, so at least 4 weeks after infection is the start of when Long COVID could first be identified. Anyone who was infected can experience Long COVID. Most people with Long COVID experienced symptoms days after first learning they had COVID-19, but some people who later experienced Long COVID did not know when they got infected. There is no test that determines if your symptoms or condition is due to COVID-19. Long COVID is not one illness. Your healthcare provider considers a diagnosis of Long COVID based on your health history, including if you had a diagnosis of COVID-19 either by a positive test or by symptoms or exposure, as well as based on a health examination. Symptoms People with Long COVID may experience many symptoms. People with Long COVID can have a wide range of symptoms that can last weeks, months, or even years after infection. Sometimes the symptoms can even go away and come back again. For some people, Long COVID can last weeks, months, or years after COVID-19 illness and can sometimes result in disability. Long COVID may not affect everyone the same way. People with Long COVID may experience health problems from different types and combinations of symptoms that may emerge, persist, resolve, and reemerge over different lengths of time. Though most patients’ symptoms slowly improve with time, speaking with your healthcare provider about the symptoms you are experiencing after having COVID-19 could help determine if you might have Long COVID. People who experience Long COVID most commonly report: General symptoms (Not a Comprehensive List) Tiredness or fatigue that interferes with daily life Symptoms that get worse after physical or mental effort (also known as “post-exertional malaise”) Fever Respiratory and heart symptoms Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath Cough Chest pain Fast-beating or pounding heart (also known as heart palpitations) Neurological symptoms Difficulty thinking or concentrating (sometimes referred to as “brain fog”) Headache Sleep problems Dizziness when you stand up (lightheadedness) Pins-and-needles feelings Change in smell or taste Depression or anxiety Digestive symptoms Diarrhea Stomach pain Other symptoms Joint or muscle pain Rash Changes in menstrual cycles Symptoms that are hard to explain and manage Some people with Long COVID have symptoms that are not explained by tests or easy to manage. People with Long COVID may develop or continue to have symptoms that are hard to explain and manage. Clinical evaluations and results of routine blood tests, chest X-rays, and electrocardiograms may be normal. The symptoms are similar to those reported by people with myalgic encephalomyelitis/chronic fatigue syndrome (ME/CFS) and other poorly understood chronic illnesses that may occur after other infections. People with these unexplained symptoms may be misunderstood by their healthcare providers, which can result in a delay in diagnosis and receiving the appropriate care or treatment. Review these tips to help prepare for a healthcare provider appointment for Long COVID. Health conditions Some people experience new health conditions after COVID-19 illness. Some people, especially those who had severe COVID-19, experience multiorgan effects or autoimmune conditions with symptoms lasting weeks, months, or even years after COVID-19 illness. Multi-organ effects can involve many body systems, including the heart, lung, kidney, skin, and brain. As a result of these effects, people who have had COVID-19 may be more likely to develop new health conditions such as diabetes, heart conditions, blood clots, or neurological conditions compared with people who have not had COVID-19. People experiencing any severe illness may develop health problems People experiencing any severe illness, hospitalization, or treatment may develop problems such as post-intensive care syndrome (PICS). PICS refers to the health effects that may begin when a person is in an intensive care unit (ICU), and which may persist after a person returns home. These effects can include muscle weakness, problems with thinking and judgment, and symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), a long-term reaction to a very stressful event. While PICS is not specific to infection with SARS-CoV-2, it may occur and contribute to the person’s experience of Long COVID. For people who experience PICS following a COVID-19 diagnosis, it is difficult to determine whether these health problems are caused by a severe illness, the virus itself, or a combination of both. People More Likely to Develop Long COVID Some people may be more at risk for developing Long COVID. Researchers are working to understand which people or groups of people are more likely to have Long COVID, and why. Studies have shown that some groups of people may be affected more by Long COVID. These are examples and not a comprehensive list of people or groups who might be more at risk than other groups for developing Long COVID: People who have experienced more severe COVID-19 illness, especially those who were hospitalized or needed intensive care. People who had underlying health conditions prior to COVID-19. People who did not get a COVID-19 vaccine. People who experience multisystem inflammatory syndrome (MIS) during or after COVID-19 illness. Health Inequities May Affect Populations at Risk for Long COVID Some people are at increased risk of getting sick from COVID-19 because of where they live or work, or because they can’t get health care. Health inequities may put some people from racial or ethnic minority groups and some people with disabilities at greater risk for developing Long COVID. Scientists are researching some of those factors that may place these communities at higher risk of getting infected or developing Long COVID. Preventing Long COVID The best way to prevent Long COVID is to protect yourself and others from becoming infected. For people who are eligible, CDC recommends staying up to date on COVID-19 vaccination, along with improving ventilation, getting tested for COVID-19 if needed, and seeking treatment for COVID-19 if eligible. Additional preventative measures include avoiding close contact with people who have a confirmed or suspected COVID-19 illness and washing hands or using alcohol-based hand sanitizer. Research suggests that people who get a COVID-19 infection after vaccination are less likely to report Long COVID, compared to people who are unvaccinated. CDC, other federal agencies, and non-federal partners are working to identify further measures to lessen a person’s risk of developing Long COVID. Learn more about protecting yourself and others from COVID-19. Living with Long COVID Living with Long COVID can be hard, especially when there are no immediate answers or solutions. People experiencing Long COVID can seek care from a healthcare provider to come up with a personal medical management plan that can help improve their symptoms and quality of life. Review these tips to help prepare for a healthcare provider appointment for Long COVID. In addition, there are many support groups being organized that can help patients and their caregivers. Although Long COVID appears to be less common in children and adolescents than in adults, long-term effects after COVID-19 do occur in children and adolescents. CDC is using multiple approaches to estimate how many people experience Long COVID. Each approach can provide a piece of the puzzle to give us a better picture of who is experiencing Long COVID. For example, some studies look for the presence of Long COVID based on self-reported symptoms, while others collect symptoms and conditions recorded in medical records. Some studies focus only on people who have been hospitalized, while others include people who were not hospitalized. The estimates for how many people experience Long COVID can be quite different depending on who was included in the study, as well as how and when the study collected information. Estimates of the proportion of people who had COVID-19 that go on to experience Long COVID can vary.

Hidden history of humanity It means that no book, no teacher, no religion, no philosophy, no scientific discovery will ever satisfy. You are looking for something you will never find, which they used to call God. Root races are stages in human evolution in the esoteric cosmology of Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, as described in her book The Secret Doctrine. These races existed mainly on now-lost continents. According to The Secret Doctrine, the First Root Race, nonphysical beings lacking in consciousness, began to develop over 1.5 billion years ago. The first self-conscious humanity resembling what we know today was the Third Root Race, which started over 18 million years ago. The anthropological records, historic and even prehistoric, belong to our current Root Race, which is the fifth (out of seven). The model for the evolution of humanity presented by the esoteric philosophy is far more complex than the modern scientific views on the subject. The term Root-Race does not refer to ethnicities or racial concepts of the modern world. So story of Atlantis, a legendary island in the Atlantic Ocean, was told by Plato around 360 B.C. The founders of Atlantis were half god and half human, who created a utopian civilization and became a great naval power. Their home was made up of concentric islands separated by wide moats and linked by a canal that penetrated to the center. Atlantis was described as a naval empire that ruled all Western parts of the known world, making it the literary counter-image of the Achaemenid Empire. After an ill-fated attempt to conquer "Ancient Athens," Atlantis fell out of favor with the deities and submerged into the Atlantic Ocean. The story of Atlantis has been an object of fascination among western philosophers and historians for nearly 2,400 years. The ancient Greeks were divided as to whether Plato's story was to be taken as history or mere metaphor. Since the 19th century, renewed interest has been made in linking Plato's Atlantis to historical locations, most commonly the Greek island of Santorini, which was destroyed by a volcanic eruption around 1,600 BC. The Great Flood, also known as the MEH-behl-moak, is a cataclysmic event that resulted in the sinking of Atlantis, a civilization that was at the height of its dominance over other civilizations. The event is documented in the opening sequence of Atlantis: The Lost Empire. Paleoclimatology data shows that Antarctica was temperate 15,000 years ago and home to the original Atlantis. Geological evidence of three worldwide super-floods occurred 15,000, 11,600, and 8,700 years ago, which paralleled the freezing of Antarctica, the arrival of Cro-Magnon man in Europe, and the destruction of Atlantis according to Plato. The Cheyenne, a North American Great Plains tribe, believe in a flood that altered the course of their history, possibly occurring in the Missouri River Valley. Plato's allegory of Atlantis is set over 9,000 years before his time, leading some scholars to suggest that a Stone Age society that lived close to the Mediterranean Sea could have been wiped out by the rising sea level, which could have served as the basis for the story. Lemuria, also known as Mu, was a continent proposed by zoologist Philip Sclater in 1864. It was theorized to have sunk beneath the Indian Ocean and was later appropriated by occultists in supposed accounts of human origins. However, the theory was discredited with the discovery of plate tectonics and continental drift in the 20th century. Lemuria was about 5,000 miles long and 3,000 miles wide, and the Garden of Eden was not in Asia but on a now-submerged continent in the Pacific Ocean. The Biblical story of Creation came first not from the peoples of the Nile or the Euphrates Valley but from this now-submerged continent, Mu - the Motherland of Man. The original Lemurians were thought projections created by the algorithms of a simulation. The mythical island of Lemuria remains a reality to futurists and mystics today. Hidden Origins of Mankind It deals with repressed memory, signs and symbols, dreams and fantasies of uncovering the hidden origins of your existence. It’s about a cowboy. He lives in New Mexico with his mother, whom he loves; with his sister, whom he loves in a different way; and with his brother, whom he hates, though he doesn’t understand why. At night, he is haunted by a strange dream—in it, he sees dancing boots and spurs, and there is always laughter. In the last act, we learn the meaning of the boots and the laughter, a secret that explains the cowboy’s fear and distrust. The dream is more than a dream. It’s a memory of the day the man who’d been posing as Mitchum’s uncle killed Mitchum’s father, then danced over the body in spurred boots laughing as the woman Mitchum would accept as his mother scooped up the terrified child to be raised as her own. That movie has haunted me ever since. Its dancing spurs have become my dancing spurs, its story less a plot than a parable. It’s mankind reduced to symbols. It’s a secret encoded. It’s telling us that the truth about our past—as a species—has been hidden. It’s about the effort to keep it hidden, which constitutes a conspiracy. It’s a secret that remains just out of reach, though the existence of the secret is hinted at in all the ancient books. It’s in the Bible (Old Testament) and in its sequel (New Testament). It’s in Exodus when Moses climbs the trail to the peak of Sinai, the holy mountain, the Lord’s abode in the upside-down. God gives Moses the Ten Commandments, then something else, a secret teaching, whispered in the left ear. Moses shared it with his nephews, who either passed it on or were not listening. Some of it may have been recorded in Jubilees, a noncanonical book of the Bible. It’s in the Gospels, too, most clearly in Mark, when Jesus, explaining why much of his teaching is given in the form of parables (in ancient Israel, a parable was like a riddle) says he does it to obscure as much as to reveal: You are permitted to understand the secrets of the Kingdom of Heaven, but others are not. To those who listen to my teaching, more understanding will be given, and they will have an abundance of knowledge. But for those who are not listening, even what little understanding they have will be taken away from them. That is why I use these parables, for they look, but they don’t really see. They hear, but they don’t really listen or understand. For Jews, this method—teaching via seemingly pointless stories—will be familiar. All our old-timers prefer anecdotes to instructions, questions to answers. Think of the Bob Dylan lyric: “I can tell you fancy, I can tell you plain.” Or think of my pop who, when asked why he answered every question with another question, responded, “Why do you ask?” So in Mark, you again have the existence of the secret but not the secret itself, which is reserved for a handful of disciples who will pass it on to a chosen few, protecting the masses from a truth that would only confuse them. You find mention of the secret all through art and literature—once you see it, you can’t stop seeing it. It’s in every book that’s really knocked me out. Start with Walker Percy, whose novels I came across by accident—of course, there are no accidents—freshman year in college, when I was hungry for the secret. The Moviegoer, The Last Gentleman, The Second Coming—these books gripped me and disappointed me. Gripped me because the protagonist was always on the verge of discovering the secret; disappointed me because he never did. I always closed the book hungry, yet not knowing why. This not knowing drives Percy’s protagonists toward suicide. Better not to know you don’t know than to know you don’t know and never will. It’s a realization his characters experience as a fall from Eden, a move from blissful ignorance to tortured knowledge. Once again, and just like that, the bleak nature of their predicament comes back to them. This can happen anywhere, even on a golf course: Another time, he sliced out-of-bounds, something he seldom did. As he searched for the ball deep in the woods, another odd thing happened to him. He heard something and the sound reminded him of an event that happened a long time ago. It was the most important event in his life, yet he had managed until that moment to forget it. Shortly afterward, he became even more depressed. People seemed more farcical than ever. More than once he shook his head, and smiling ironically, said to himself: This is not for me. Then it was that it occurred to him that he might shoot himself. First, it was only a thought that popped into his head. Next, it was an idea which he entertained ironically. Finally, it was a course of action which he took seriously and decided to carry out. The books satisfy but not fully: you want the answer Percy himself seeks but never finds. You are left with the same questions you had at the beginning: Is there a secret? Who keeps it and how? And, most importantly, what is it? That’s where secret societies, and the hatred of secret societies, comes in. Because these groups, real or imagined—Freemasons, Rosicrucians, Illuminati, Jews, always Jews—are thought to be in possession of the secret, which they use to manipulate the multitudes. If not, then why the codes, the symbols, the strange languages and signs? Why the two-headed eagle, the pentagram, and the all seeing eye? What are these things if not a wink to the hidden elite, those who know but are not telling. And what about the secret books—the Book of Enoch and the Gospel of Judas, or the occult writings of Theosophist Madame Blavatsky? And what about the rituals? The goat loaded with sin and driven into the wilderness, the horned helmet worn only in the inner sanctum, the staff and the flowing robes? A fixation on such questions can drive people mad; they stand before the world like a person standing before a 3-D poster, hunting for the pattern. The answer is so close they can almost touch it. It shimmers like a heat mirage up the highway, forever receding. If they knew this, maybe they’d know everything. A man in my town told me that he gets goose bumps whenever he walks past the synagogue, wondering what’s being said in there. I can assure you, I told him (it’s my synagogue), nothing is being said. Or, if we are talking, it’s not about you. We know nothing you don’t know, which is why I have trouble connecting with the services. I am searching for the same thing as you, I tell him. In fact, the core of Judaism, as far as I’m concerned, is not knowing. We had the secret, then lost it. That’s the worldview. That’s the humor. That’s the food. That’s the sad old men. That’s the klezmer. That’s why people pray to a wall in the desert. Because the wall used to support a temple, in which there was a room where the secret was spoken once a year, but the room and the building have been destroyed. People join secret societies for the business contacts, the companionship, to pass time and, of course, for the answers. But are these answers, if they do exist, anything other than ludicrous? The Nation of Islam believes the white race was made in a lab by a black scientist named Yakub. Scientologists believe human history was warped by an intergalactic overlord named Xenu who, in an effort to deal with overpopulation, killed millions of beings, stashed their frozen souls—“thetans”—beside volcanoes on earth—Hey, I’m doing the best I can here!—which he then nuked, scattering alien souls that adhere to modern humans in the way of burrs picked up in the forest. You pay, they are removed, and you become “clear.” Every religion has a creation story, and the story, whether told in school or church, is always basically the same. The lyrics change, but the melody is the melody. It is always order arising from chaos: a big bang, an explosion of life, the creation of man and the fall from the paradise of not knowing. In the Bible, Cain kills Abel and is cast out. In Darwin, Homo sapiens plunge the Neanderthals into nonexistence. In both stories, the bad brother survives. In the Bible, the snake tempts Eve in the Garden, she eats from the tree of knowledge, and brings suffering into the world. To Gnostics, God is really a demigod who means to imprison us, to keep us from learning the secret: “And the Lord God commanded the man, saying, Of every tree in the garden thou mayest freely eat; But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, though shall not eat of it; for in the day thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” In this reading, the spirit we have accepted as almighty is more like a prison warden, hiding the truth, which the snake, who enters the Garden as if entering our dream, tires to reveal. Having eaten from the tree of knowledge, Adam and Eve must be cast out before they eat from the tree of life, at which point they will become the equal of their jailer. “And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever: Therefore the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken.” And who is this “us,” anyway? And what about the modern sects, dozens of them, who’ve picked up and reassembled the pieces of the puzzle into ever wilder patterns. Take, for example, members of the Raëlian Movement, who believe mankind was created by ancient aliens—a genetically engineered hybrid designed to mine the gold needed to save the alien atmosphere. It’s a story they say can be read in the tablets found in the ruins of ancient Sumer, the world’s first civilization, which show reptile men, spaceships, thrones, little people worshipping giant lizards—the snake that crept into the Garden? These were the old-world gods, the immortals of Mesopotamia and Egypt, Greece and Rome. People with the right kind of eyes can find these intergalactic overlords even in our canonical texts. There they are, above the wine-dark seas of Homer. There they are, in the first pages of Genesis, where they are called the Nephilim. “The Nephilim were on the earth in those days—and also afterward—when the sons of God went in to the daughters of humans, who bore children to them. These were the heroes that were of old, warriors of renown.” It’s a secret known to the Masons and Illuminati, though it has been kept from the people, who, to this day, are ruled by the descendants of half alien/half human hybrids. (This is what conspiracy theorists like David Icke believe; it’s what people mean when they speak of the reptilians.) Some think we are not even free-range hybrids, but live in a vast zoo, where we are gawked at by schools of field-tripping aliens. Some think we are on a reality TV show—that we’re famous on a distant planet. Some think this is all a computer simulation, that this world is not the real world but a reflection or echo of the real world, that we are living in a mainframe, our lives the playthings of adolescent boys who really should be doing their homework. So what does it all mean? It means that no book, no teacher, no religion, no philosophy, no scientific discovery will ever satisfy. You are looking for something you will never find, which they used to call God. Root races are stages in human evolution in the esoteric cosmology of theosophist Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, as described in her book The Secret Doctrine (1888). These races existed mainly on now-lost continents. Blavatsky's model was developed by later theosophists, most notably William Scott-Elliot in The Story of Atlantis (1896) and The Lost Lemuria (1904). Annie Besant further developed the model in Man: Whence, How and Whither (1913). Both Besant and Scott-Elliot relied on information from Charles Webster Leadbeater obtained by "astral clairvoyance". Further elaboration was provided by Rudolf Steiner in Atlantis and Lemuria (1904). Rudolf Steiner, and subsequent theosophist authors, have called the time periods associated with these races Epochs (Steiner felt that the term "race" was not adequate anymore for modern humanity). Sources According to historian James Webb, the occult concept of succeeding prehistoric races, as later adopted by Blavatsky, was first introduced by the French author Antoine Fabre d'Olivet in his Histoire philosophique du genre humain (1824). Also prior to Blavatsky, the root races were described by the English theosophist Alfred Percy Sinnett in Esoteric Buddhism (1883). Locations of the proposed former continents Some post-theosophical writers, attempting to reconcile current geological science with some earlier theosophical teachings, have equated Lemuria with the former supercontinent of Gondwana, but this is not theosophy.[opinion] Early theosophical teachings agree with the original statements of Eduard Suess, who argued that Gondwanaland consisted of parts of the present continents in their present positions, but joined to one another by other lands that have since been submerged. This is also the position of Master Samael Aun Weor. Atlantis, in the Theosophical cosmology, was a continent that covered a significant part of what is now the Atlantic Ocean. The large continent of Atlantis is said to have "first divided, and then broken later on into seven peninsulas and islands". When the main part of Atlantis began to sink, Atlantean settlers migrated to the new lands which were rising to the east, west, and south. These new lands became the Americas, Africa, parts of Asia, and the present European countries, stretching from the Ural Mountains of Russia, westward to include the islands of Ireland and Great Britain, and even farther westward than that in former times. Some emigrants from the remaining islands in the Atlantic settled on new islands to the east which later consolidated into what is now the district of the Abyssinian highlands and lands somewhat to the north. Atlantis perished through flooding and submergence in 9,564 BC,[4] and its destruction is explained by claiming successive disturbances in the axial rotation of Earth which caused earthquakes, which led to the sudden sinking of Atlantis. Root races, epochs and sub-races According to Blavatsky's writings, there are seven root races assembling for our Earth; each root race is divided into seven subraces. Only five root races have appeared so far; the sixth is expected to emerge in the 28th century. Francis Bacon (whom theosophy considers to be the legendary Count of St. Germain) in his work The New Atlantis (1627) describes a potential future civilization which lives on a land called Bensalem. The first root race (Polarian) The first root race was "ethereal", i.e. they were composed of etheric matter. They reproduced by dividing like an amoeba. Earth was still cooling at that time. The first mountain to arise out of the stormy primeval ocean was Mount Meru. The second root race (Hyperborean) The second root race lived in Hyperborea. The second root race was colored golden yellow. Hyperborea included what is now Northern Canada, Greenland, Iceland, Scandinavia, Northern Russia and Kamchatka. The climate was tropical because Earth had not yet developed an axial tilt. The esoteric name of their continent is Plaksha; they called themselves the Kimpurshas. They reproduced by budding. The third root race (Lemurian) The third root race, the Lemurian lived in Lemuria. The esoteric name of Lemuria is Shalmali. Lemuria, according to Theosophists, existed in a large part of what is now the Indian Ocean including Australia and extending into the South Pacific Ocean; its last remnants are the Australian continent, the island of New Guinea, and the island of Madagascar. Lemuria sank gradually and was eventually destroyed by incessantly erupting volcanoes. In the late 19th and early 20th centuries, it was thought by geologists that the age of the earth was only about 200 million years (because radioactive dating had not yet come into use), so the geological epochs were believed to have occurred at a much later time than is thought to be the case today. According to traditional Theosophy, the Lemurian root race began 34½ million years ago, in the middle of what was then believed to be the Jurassic; thus, the people of Lemuria coexisted with the dinosaurs. The Lemurian race was much taller and bigger than our current race. The first three subraces of the Lemurians reproduced by laying eggs, but the fourth subrace, beginning 16½ million years ago, began to reproduce like modern humans. As Lemuria was slowly submerged due to volcanic eruptions, the Lemurians colonized the areas surrounding Lemuria, namely Africa, Southern India and the East Indies. The descendants of the Lemurian root race, according to traditional Theosophy, include the Capoid race, the Congoid race, the Dravidians, and the Australoid race. The fourth root race (Atlantean) This race inhabited Atlantis. Subraces of the Atlantean root race The fourth root race, the Atlantean, according to Theosophy arose approximately 4,500,000 years ago in Africa from the fourth subrace of the Lemurians in a part of Africa that had been colonized by that subrace in the area now inhabited by the Ashanti. According to Theosophists the first Atlantean subrace was the result of the last, or seventh Lemurian subrace, Chankshusha Manu, which migrated first to the south of the Atlantean continent and, from there, migrated further north. The esoteric name of Atlantis is Kusha. The Atlantean root race had Mongolian features; they began with bronze skin and gradually evolved into the red American Indian, brown Malayan, and yellow Mongolian races, because some Atlanteans eventually migrated to the Americas and Asia. The seven subraces of the Atlantean root race were. the Rmoahal the Tlavati (Cro-Magnons) the Toltec (a term which Theosophists use as a synonym for the Atlantean ancestors of the American Indians) the Turanian the original Semites (i.e. Phoenicians) the Akkadians, and the Mongolian, which migrated to and colonized Central Asia, East Asia, and Southeast Asia. The descendants of the Atlanteans according to traditional Theosophy include those of the Mongolian race, the Malayan race, and the American Indian race as well as some people of what in the late 19th and early 20th centuries was called the "olive-skinned" Mediterranean race. The civilization of Atlantis Main article: Atlantis According to Powell, the long period of time when Atlantis was ruled by the Toltecs (the ancestors of the Amerindians), the civilization of Atlantis was at its height. This was the period between about 1,000,000 and 900,000 years ago, called the Golden Age of Atlantis. The Atlanteans had many luxuries and conveniences. Their capital city was called The City of the Golden Gates. At its height, it had two million inhabitants. There were extensive aqueducts leading to the city from a mountain lake. The Atlanteans had airships powered by the vril that could seat two to eight people. The economic system was socialist like that of the Incas. Atlanteans were the first to develop organized warfare. The military deployed vril-powered air battleships that contained 50 to 100 fighting men. These air battleships deployed poison gas bombs. The infantry fired fire-tipped arrows. The Toltecs on Atlantis worshipped the Sun in temples as grand as those of ancient Egypt that were decorated in bright colors. The sacred word used in meditation was Tau (this was the equivalent of the Aryan sacred word AUM). As noted above, the Toltecs colonized all of North America and South America and thus became the people we know as the Amerindians. The downfall of Atlantis started when some of the Toltecs began to practice black magic about 850,000 BC, corrupted by the dragon "Thevetat" remembered as Devadatta, the opponent of Buddha. The people began to become selfish and materialistic. Soon thereafter, the Turanians (the ancestors of the people we now know as the Turkic peoples) became dominant in much of Atlantis. The Turanians continued the practice of black magic which reached its height about 250,000 BC and continued until the final sinking of Atlantis, although they were opposed by white magicians. The Master Morya incarnated as the Emperor of Atlantis in 220,000 BC to oppose the black magicians. The black magicians used magical spells to breed human-animal chimeras. They possessed an army composed of chimeras that were composites composed of a human body with the heads of fierce predators such as lions, tigers and bears, that ate enemy corpses on the battlefield. The war between the white magicians and the black magicians continued until the end of Atlantis. The Masters of the Ancient Wisdom telepathically warned their disciples (the white magicians) to flee Atlantis in ships while there was still time to get out before the final cataclysm. As noted above, the final sudden submergence of Atlantis due to earthquakes occurred in 9,564 BC . The fifth root race (Aryan) Early beginnings of the Aryan root race Blavatsky asserted humanity is now in the fifth or Aryan root race, which Theosophists believe to have emerged from the previous fourth root race (Atlantean root race) beginning about 100,000 years ago in Atlantis. (According to Powell, when Madame Blavatsky stated the Aryan root race was 1,000,000 years old, she meant that the souls of the people that later physically incarnated as the first Aryans about 100,000 years ago began to incarnate in the bodies of Atlanteans 1,000,000 years ago. However, another way of interpreting this is that Nature began to create the Aryan race before the final cataclysms.) Theosophists believe the Aryan root race was physically progenerated by the Vaivasvatu Manu, one of the Masters of the Ancient Wisdom (compare and contrast with Vaivasvata Manu of Hinduism. The present-day ethnic group most closely related to the new race is the Kabyle. The small band of only 9,000 people constituting the then small Aryan root race migrated out of Atlantis in 79,797 BC. The bards of the new white root-race poetically referred to the new race as being moon-colored. A small group of these Aryan migrants from Atlantis split from the main body of migrants and went south to the shore of an inland sea in what was then a verdant and lush Sahara where they founded the "City of the Sun". The main body of migrants continued onwards to an island called the "white island" in the middle of what was then an inland sea in what is now the Gobi desert, where they established the "City of the Bridge" (The "City of the Bridge" was constructed directly below the etheric city called Shamballa where Theosophists believe the governing deity of Earth, Sanat Kumara (compare and contrast with Sanatkumaras of Hinduism), dwells; thus, the ongoing evolution of the Aryan root race has been divinely guided by the being Theosophists call "The Lord of the World".) The esoteric name of the whole of the present land surface of Earth, i.e. the World Island, the Americas, the Australian continent and Antarctica taken as a whole is Krauncha. Blavatsky connects physical race with spiritual attributes constantly throughout her works: The intellectual difference between the Aryan and other civilized nations and such savages as the South Sea Islanders, is inexplicable on any other grounds. No amount of culture, nor generations of training amid civilization, could raise such human specimens as the Bushmen, the Veddhas of Ceylon, and some African tribes, to the same intellectual level as the Aryans, the Semites, and the Turanians so called. The 'sacred spark' is missing in them and it is they who are the only inferior races on the globe, now happily – owing to the wise adjustment of nature which ever works in that direction – fast dying out. Verily mankind is 'of one blood,' but not of the same essence. We are the hot-house, artificially quickened plants in nature, having in us a spark, which in them is latent." Esoteric history teaches that idols and their worship died out with the Fourth Race, until the survivors of the hybrid races of the latter (Chinamen, African Negroes, &c.) gradually brought the worship back. The Vedas countenance no idols; all the modern Hindu writings do. Generally speaking, a large percentage of the people who live in the time of the period of the fifth root race are part of the fifth root race. However Blavatsky also opines that some Semitic peoples have become "degenerate in spirituality". She asserted that some peoples descended from the Lemurians are "semi-animal creatures". These latter include "the Tasmanians, a portion of the Australians." There are also "considerable numbers of the mixed Lemuro-Atlantean peoples produced by various crossings with such semi-human stocks e.g., the wild men of Borneo, the Veddhas of Ceylon, most of the remaining Australians, Bushmen, Negritos, Andaman Islanders, etc." All these aforementioned groups mentioned by Blavatsky, except the Borneians, are part of what in the late 19th and most of the 20th century was called the Australoid race (except for the Bushmen, part of the Capoid race), both of which races, as noted above, were believed by traditional Theosophists to have been descended from the Lemurians. Subraces of the Aryan root race Blavatsky described the fifth root race with the following words: The Aryan races, for instance, now varying from dark brown, almost black, red-brown-yellow, down to the whitest creamy color, are yet all of one and the same stock – the Fifth Root-Race – and spring from one single progenitor, who is said to have lived over 18,000,000 years ago, and also 850,000 years ago – at the time of the sinking of the last remnants of the great continent of Atlantis. She also prophesies of the destruction of the racial "failures of nature" as the future "higher race" ascends: Thus will mankind, race after race, perform its appointed cycle-pilgrimage. Climates will, and have already begun, to change, each tropical year after the other dropping one sub-race, but only to beget another higher race on the ascending cycle; while a series of other less favored groups – the failures of nature – will, like some individual men, vanish from the human family without even leaving a trace behind. The subraces (which Steiner renamed "Cultural Epochs" as a more adequate expression for our times) of the Aryan Fifth Root Race include the first subrace, the Hindu, which migrated from the "City of the Bridge" on the white island in the middle of the Gobi inland sea to India in 60,000 BC; the second subrace, the Arabian, which migrated from the "City of the Bridge" to Arabia in 40,000 BC; the third subrace, the Persian, which migrated from the "City of the Bridge" to Persia in 30,000 BC; the fourth subrace, the Celts, which migrated from the "City of the Bridge" to Western Europe beginning in 20,000 BC (the Mycenaean Greeks are regarded as an offshoot of the Celtic subrace that colonized Southeast Europe); and the fifth subrace, the Teutonic, which also migrated from the "City of the Bridge" to what is now Germany beginning in 20,000 BC (the Slavs are regarded as an offshoot of the Teutonic subrace that colonized Russia and surrounding areas). The emergence of the sixth subrace of the Aryan root race According to Blavatsky the sixth subrace of the Aryan root race will begin to evolve in the area of the United States in the early 21st century. This sixth subrace of the Aryan root race will be called the Australo-American subrace and is believed by Theosophists to be now arising from the Teutonic subrace of the Aryan root race in Australia and in the Western United States (many individuals of the new subrace will be born in California) and its surrounding nearby areas (i.e., the Australo-American subrace is in arising from the Anglo-American, Anglo-Canadian, Anglo-Australian and presumably also the Anglo-New Zealander ethnic groups). The sixth or Australo-American sub-race will "possess certain psychic powers, and for this the pituitary body will be developed, thus giving an additional sense, that of cognising astral emotions in the ordinary waking consciousness. We may say that in general the sixth sub-race will bring in wisdom and intuition, blending all that is best in the intelligence of the fifth subrace and the emotion of the fourth." The sixth root race According to C. W. Leadbeater, a colony will be established in Baja California by the Theosophical Society under the guidance of the Masters of the Ancient Wisdom in the 28th century for the intensive selective eugenic breeding of the sixth root race. The Master Morya will physically incarnate in order to be the Manu ("progenitor") of this new root race. By that time, the world will be powered by nuclear power and there will be a single world government led by a person who will be the reincarnation of Julius Caesar. Tens of thousands of years in the future, a new continent will arise in the Pacific Ocean that will be the future home of the sixth root race. California west of the San Andreas Fault will break off from the mainland of North America and become the Island of California off the eastern coast of the new continent. Victor Skumin elaborated on the theosophical conceptions of spiritual evolution and proposed (1990) a classification of Homo spiritalis (Latin: spiritual man), the sixth root race, consisting of eight subraces: HS0 Anabiosis spiritalis, HS1 Scientella spiritalis, HS2 Aurora spiritalis, HS3 Ascensus spiritalis, HS4 Vocatus spiritalis, HS5 Illuminatio spiritalis, НS6 Creatio spiritalis, and HS7 Servitus spiritalis. According to Skumin: Anabiosis spiritalis is spirituality in the potential of unmanifest accumulations of personality, the charge of the fires of spiritual creation; Scientella spiritalis is the cordial presentiment of the presence and demands of the spirit, spiritualization of the fire of centers, glimpses of self-consciousness of a spiritual person; Aurora spiritalis is the imperative of the spirit, the action of the spiritual fire of the centers in the heart, the kindling of the fire of the spirit, the formation of the orientation of the personality to the spiritual improvement of life; Ascensus spiritalis is the dawn of spiritual aspirations, the action of the fire of the spirit in the heart, searching spiritual work, aspiration of self-consciousness to merge with the One Spirit; Vocatus spiritalis is the maturation of spiritual accumulations, the purposeful spiritual creation, self-awareness and realization of a person as a warrior of the spirit; IIluminatio spiritalis is the beginning of the fiery transmutation, the lighting of the achievement fire; revealing the identity of man - the earthly carrier of the Thoughts of the One Spirit; Creatio Spiritalis is the beginning of fiery creation, the action of the fire of achievement in the heart, the revealing self-consciousness of man as the earthly carrier of the Light of the One Spirit; Servitus Spiritalis is the carrying a consciously accepted duty-commission, the synthesis of spirituality in the clarity of knowledge of a fiery man. The seventh root race The seventh root race will arise from the seventh sub-race of the sixth root race on the future continent that the sixth root race will be living on that will arise from the Pacific Ocean. The continent they will inhabit is esoterically called Pushkara. This root race will be the last race to appear on planet Earth. Theosophist Scott Ramsey predicts that any sexual difference among humans will cease to exist, and both conception and birth will become entirely spiritual. He also writes humanity will have a great spiritual development, and he describes this development in the following words: "Everything that is irredeemably sinful and wicked, cruel and destructive, will have been eliminated, and that which is found to survive will be swept away from being, owing, so to speak, to a Karmic tidal-wave in the shape of scavenger-plagues, geological convulsions and other means of destruction." Migration to Mercury It is believed by some Neo-Theosophists that after the present round of human spiritual evolution by reincarnation of souls in root races is completed several dozen million years from now, the human race will migrate to the planet Mercury to continue its spiritual and physical evolution. Some also believe that the human race lived on Mars before the current round of spiritual evolution, and migrated to Earth after the previous round ended. According to astrologer Walter D. Pullen, every round of spiritual evolution takes place within a chain of similar rounds, and these chains are located in a group called a scheme. He also states that seven rounds make a chain, and seven chains make a scheme. Some Neo-Theosophists believe that the human race is currently in the fourth chain in a scheme. In addition, it is believed by some that life on Mercury will be “less material” than on Earth, and the average level of consciousness will extend for longer, as humanity will possess etheric vision. Theosophical belief in the brotherhood of humanity Blavatsky's statements about race and the interrelationship between spirituality and root race developmental history were often mutually conflicting. The first aim of the Theosophical Society is "To form a nucleus of the Universal Brotherhood of Humanity, without distinction of race, creed, sex, caste or colour", and her writings include references emphasizing the unity of humanity: "all men have spiritually and physically the same origin" and that "mankind is essentially of one and the same essence". She also wrote: "Verily mankind is 'of one blood,' but not of the same essence." are nonlinear and complex. Thus: "Esoteric history teaches that idols and their worship died out with the Fourth Race, until the survivors of the hybrid races of the latter (The Chinese, Africans, etc.,.) gradually brought the worship back." Cranston quoted Blavatsky saying that in reality there are no inferior or low-grade races because all of them are one common mankind. Sons Of God Secret History Dying And Rising Gods From Alpha To Omega To Infinity https://rumble.com/v2zpuqo-sons-of-god-secret-history-dying-and-rising-gods-from-alpha-to-omega-to-inf.html In This 6.5 Hrs. Full Documentary With Sound Is About Ancient Sons of God Secret History Dying And Rising Gods From Alpha To Omega To Infinity. This Is The Most Important Set 21 Videos You Will Ever Watch. (21 Video Links In Text) We break down the most ancient forms of nature worship, to As applied in the scholarly literature, "dying and rising gods" is a generic appellation for a group of male deities found in agrarian Mediterranean societies who serve as the focus of myths and rituals that allegedly narrate and annually represent their death and resurrection. Theosophy is a religion established in the United States during the late 19th century. It was founded primarily by the Russian Helena Blavatsky and draws its teachings predominantly from Blavatsky's writings. Categorized by scholars of religion as both a new religious movement and as part of the occultist stream of Western esotericism, it draws upon both older European philosophies such as Neoplatonism and Asian religions such as Hinduism and Buddhism. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Theosophy As presented by Blavatsky, Theosophy teaches that there is an ancient and secretive brotherhood of spiritual adepts known as the Masters, who—although found around the world—are centered in Tibet. These Masters are alleged by Blavatsky to have cultivated great wisdom and supernatural powers, and Theosophists believe that it was they who initiated the modern Theosophical movement through disseminating their teachings via Blavatsky. They believe that these Masters are attempting to revive knowledge of an ancient religion once found around the world and which will again come to eclipse the existing world religions. Theosophical groups nevertheless do not refer to their system as a "religion". Theosophy preaches the existence of a single, divine Absolute. It promotes an emanationist cosmology in which the universe is perceived as outward reflections from this Absolute. Theosophy teaches that the purpose of human life is spiritual emancipation and says that the human soul undergoes reincarnation upon bodily death according to a process of karma. It promotes values of universal brotherhood and social improvement, although it does not stipulate particular ethical codes. Lemuria, or Mu, is a mythical continent that allegedly was located in the Pacific Ocean region or the Pacific Ring of Fire. Today we read about accelerating natural disasters in that area - earthquakes, tsunamis - dormant volcanoes becoming active - as the tectonic plates continue to shift triggering the message that one day all will need once again. This takes us to creation myths - submerged cities, flood stories around the world and Simulation Theory. The original Lemurians were thought projections created by the algorithms of a simulation. They were tall, thin, ethereal beings who could take on different forms. They allegedly came from the Pleiades remaining on this planet until the end of their experiment. They could move through space and time and had heightened abilities. The reason they came here varies depending on which researcher you read about. Some believe they came here to seed the human race while others believe they stayed and are monitoring and adjusting human evolution. They explored and recorded their findings through telepathy and technologies beyond human understanding. It would be nice to have some answers before the human experiment ends. Lemuria or Mu is the name of a hypothetical continent that allegedly existed in one of Earth's oceans, but disappeared at the dawn of human history. The concept and the name were proposed by 19th century traveler and writer Augustus Le Plongeon, (1825-1908), who claimed that several ancient civilizations, such as those of Egypt and Mesoamerica, were created by refugees from Mu - which he located in the Atlantic Ocean. Egypt was founded by Queen Moo, a refugee from the land's demise. Other refugees supposedly fled to Central America and became the Mayans. After his investigations of the Maya ruins in Yucatan, Le Plongeon claimed that he had translated ancient Mayan writings, which supposedly showed that the Maya of Yucatan were older than the civilizations of Greece and Egypt, and additionally told the story of an even older continent. Le Plongeon actually got the name "Mu" from Charles Etienne Brasseur de Bourbourg who in 1864 mistranslated what was then called the Troano Codex using the de Landa alphabet. That was wrong as recent translations of the Troano Codex have shown it to be treaties on astrology. Brasseur believed that a word that he read as Mu referred to a land submerged by a catastrophe. Le Plongeon then identified this lost land with Atlantis, and turned it into a continent which had supposedly sunk into the Atlantic Ocean: Le Plongeon's concept was popularized and expanded by his friend, Anglo-American explorer, James Churchward (1851-1936), though he believed Mu was once located in the Pacific. In books such as The Lost Continent of Mu (1931), wrote that the Motherland stretched from the Hawaiian Islands to Fiji and from Easter Island to the Marianas. Churchward claimed that more than fifty years prior, while he was a soldier in India, he befriended a high-ranking temple priest who showed him a set of ancient "sunburnt" clay tablets, supposedly in a long lost "Naga-Maya language" which only two other people in India could read. Having mastered the language himself, Churchward found out that they originated from "the place where man first appeared - Mu." The 1931 edition states that "all matter of science in this work are based on translations of two sets of ancient tablets:" the clay tables he read in India, and a collection 2,500 stone tablets that had been uncovered by William Niven in Mexico. Churchward gave a vivid description of Mu as the home of an advanced civilization, the Naacal, which flourished between 50,000 and 12,000 years ago, was dominated by a "white race" that was superior in many respects to our own. At the time of its demise, about 12,000 years ago, Mu had 64,000,000 inhabitants and many large cities, and colonies in the other continents. Churchward claimed that the landmass of Mu was located in the Pacific Ocean, and stretched east-west from the Marianas to Easter Island, and north-south from Hawaii to Mangaia. He claimed that according to the creation myth he read in the Indian tablets, Mu had been lifted above sea level by the expansion of underground volcanic gases. Eventually Mu was completely obliterated in almost a single night after a series of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions, "the broken land fell into that great abyss of fire" and was covered by "fifty millions of square miles of water. Churchward claimed that Mu was the common origin of the great civilizations of Egypt, Greece, Central America, India, Burma and others, including Easter Island, and was in particular the source of ancient megalithic architecture. As evidence for his claims, he pointed to symbols from throughout the world, in which he saw common themes of birds, the relation of the Earth and the sky, and especially the Sun. Churchward claims the king of Mu was Ra and he relates this to the Egyptian god of the sun, Ra, and the Rapanui word for Sun. He claimed to have found symbols of the Sun in Egypt, Babylonia, Peru and all ancient lands and countries - it was a universal symbol. Churchward attributed all megalithic art in Polynesia to the people of Mu. He claimed that symbols of the sun are found depicted on stones of Polynesian ruins, such as the stone hats (pukao) on top of the giant moai statues of Easter Island. Citing W.J. Johnson, Churchward describes the cylindrical hats as spheres that seem to show red in the distance, and asserts that they represent the Sun as Ra. He also incorrectly claimed that some of them are made of "red sandstone" which does not occur in the island. The platforms on which the statues rest (ahu) are described by Churchward as being platform-like accumulations of cut and dressed stone, which were supposedly left in their current positions awaiting shipment to some other part of the continent for the building of temples and palaces.He also cites the pillars erected by the Maori of New Zealand as an example of this lost civilization's art work. In Churchward's view, the present-day Polynesians are not descendants of the dominant members of the lost civilization of Mu, responsible for these great works, but survivors of the cataclysm that adopted the first cannibalism and savagery in the world. Churchward's Books Volume 1 - The Lost Continent of Mu set out Churchward's theory utilizing a "vast knowledge of science, ancient art and history, mythology and the occult" to recreate the splendor and doom of this hidden antediluvian world. Lemuria or Mu was about 5,000 miles long and 3,000 miles wide. The Garden of Eden was not in Asia but on a now sunken continent in the Pacific Ocean. The Biblical story of Creation came first not from the peoples of the Nile or the Euphrates Valley but from this now-submerged continent, Mu - the Motherland of Man. Volume 2 - The Children of Mu is the story of the pioneers of Mu. Sixty-three million people lived on the now lost continent of Mu over 200,000 years ago. The children of Mu became the most influential people on Earth. Mu had an incredibly sophisticated government, flowering culture and scientific technology. Much of the Lemurian civilization lived in homes with transparent roofs. They built shelters, made clothing, food, and their own tools. They were free from stress and disease, living in peace for hundreds of years. Their psychic abilities were highly developed - telepathy, astral travel and teleportation making traditional communication devices unnecessary. They were primarily a vegetarian, agricultural, outdoor, organic culture that worked in harmony with nature and the land. Volume 3 - The Sacred Symbols of Mu, this volume talks about the occult origins of ancient and modern religions. All religions have a common origin in the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu. The Lord's Prayer is to be found in The Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu. Evidence of the Mu religion dates back 170,000 years. These teachings were taught by Osiris, Moses, and Jesus. Moses condensed the forty-two questions of the Osirian religion into the Ten Commandments. Jesus condensed the text to suit the language of his day. The Last Words of Jesus on the cross were in the language of Mu, 'unknown in Palestine'. Volume 4 - The Cosmic Forces of Mu - Biological evolution is a myth, There is no such thing as atomic force. All disease can be conquered by using appropriately colored light rays. The Earth's temperatures and seasons have become inalterably fixed in their present state and that the Earth cannot be hurled off into space or drawn into the sun. Volume 5 - Second Book of the Cosmic Forces of Mu - Churchward continues to draw conclusions from the ancient documents and lore of Mu to present some startling revisionist theories about the age of the Earth, the nature of mountains and volcanic processes, the Ice Age and Flood. Alpha and Omega are the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet, representing the totality, the beginning, and the end, as well as the entire range of sounds and infinity. They are sometimes portrayed by the eagle and the owl, day and night, and are said to contain the key to the universe. The shape of Alpha is related to a pair of compasses, an attribute of God the creator, while Omega's shape is similar to a torch, the fire of apocalyptical destruction. Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed https://rumble.com/v2u8ef4-real-timeline-of-deception-part-0-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ua8sa-real-timeline-of-deception-part-1-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ubf4w-real-timeline-of-deception-part-2-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ueih6-real-timeline-of-deception-part-3-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection https://rumble.com/v2ugl92-real-timeline-of-deception-part-4-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2uij7w-real-timeline-of-deception-part-5-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism https://rumble.com/v2ujvr6-real-timeline-of-deception-part-6-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2uldss-real-timeline-of-deception-part-7-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair https://rumble.com/v2un20g-real-timeline-of-deception-part-8-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed https://rumble.com/v2uo07i-real-timeline-of-deception-part-9-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present https://rumble.com/v2uprfu-real-timeline-of-deception-part-10-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children https://rumble.com/v2urmd0-real-timeline-of-deception-part-11-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies https://rumble.com/v2uu8ck-real-timeline-of-deception-part-12-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets https://rumble.com/v2uwmvc-real-timeline-of-deception-part-13-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Archaix Chronology Anunnaki Sumerian Gods Crystalinks Timelines 2040B.C. 2046A.D. https://rumble.com/v2v0zks-archaix-chronology-anunnaki-sumerian-gods-crystalinks-timelines-2040b.c.-20.html Archaix 2.0 Doomsday Chronology Five color charts with extensive Legend-chronology; exhibits 62 dates involving 300 events in linear timeline combining the Phoenix and Nemesis X Object appearances, the Mayan Long-Count baktuns and the Anunnaki NER 600 year periods, a history spanning over 74 centuries to May 2040 and November 2046. Not on the chart but talked about in video are 21 additional dated events of things occurring in the world at key times within the 4 listed timelines. The BCE/CE dating system was first used in the 17th century and has been used since in scholarly publications read by people of all faiths and cultures in an effort to be inclusive. This system is also more accurate in that it makes no claim to date the year of Christ’s birth which no one knows. I got over what I refer to as the "dual timelines" and go into a little detail about how they relate to each other. I try not to bore you with too many examples and technical details, but hopefully you get the idea! A Must See Video What On Earth Happened Parts (14) All 13 Parts Together Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally. 0:00 - Part One: "Turning Inwards" - 7:19 - Part Two: "Of Maps and Magicians" - 34:40 - Part Three: "Flattening the Curve" - 57:16 - Part Four: "Vanishing Points & the Old Clock" - 1:21:34 - Part Five: "The Red Shield" - 1:47:28 - Part Six: "Infiltration Instead of Invasion" - 2:11:36 - Part Seven: "Eyes Wide Open" - 3:01:55 - Part Eight: "The Looking Glass" - 3:59:06 - Part Nine: "Panic" - 4:37:30 - Part Ten: "The Energetic Earth" - 5:24:53 - Part Eleven: "The Bumblebee & the Hexagon" - 6:07:37 - Part Twelve: "Stranger than Fiction" - 7:04:43 - Part Thirteen: "Down the Rabbit Hole" https://rumble.com/v2b2zqq-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-14-all-13-parts-together-woeh.html The Lost History of Earth (Ewaranon) W0W - A Must See Video Lost Earth Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally. 00:00:00 - Episode 1: Questioning His-story - 00:13:25 - Episode 2: A Lens Into The Past - 00:38:28 - Episode 3: Inheritors Of Mud & Magnificence - 01:19:19 - Episode 4: Back To The Future - 02:15:38 - Episode 5: The Whispering Of The Water - 03:27:28 - Episode 6: Offerus And The Alchemist - 04:31:57 - Episode 7: The Known World https://rumble.com/v28b4q6-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-8-history-of-a-lost-earth-all-7-parts-together-l.html The Secret Life of Symbols with Jordan Maxwell Knowledge of the Heavens, Life on Earth https://rumble.com/v28wyns-the-secret-life-of-symbols-with-jordan-maxwell-knowledge-of-the-heavens-lif.html Secret Life of Symbols Start with 00:00:00 World of the Occult 00:36:02 Solar Worship 01:09:26 Mazzaroth - Ordinances of Heaven 01:37:29 Creating Man in Our Image 02:11:45 Solomon’s Temple & The Ark 02:53:31 Secret Legacy of Moses 03:25:52 Saturn and Secret Societies 03:55:07 Secrets of the Dollar 04:15:03 Incorporating America 04:42:21 Dawn of a New Day. Secret symbols have long been used to convey occult teachings and esoteric knowledge of the heavens, life on Earth and the meaning to our existence. For millennia, these secrets were kept by the elite, for their own benefit. By decoding ancient scriptures and symbols, we gain a new perspective of the clandestine forces which have guided human civilization through the ages. All around us are the secrets we seek to revealing our connection to the universe and unlock the deepest truths of human destiny. Ancient Religions From Alpha To Stone Age To Omega To Modern Times To Infinity https://rumble.com/v2wigv2-ancient-religions-from-alpha-to-stone-age-to-omega-to-modern-times-to-infin.html This 11.5 Hrs. Full Documentary With Sound Is About Ancient Religions From Alpha To Stone Age To Omega To Modern Times To Infinity. We break down the most ancient forms of nature worship, to Paganism, down to the Syncretic Roman Imperial Cult and Judeo-Christian and Islamic Monotheistic Religions. Ancient religions have been a part of human history since the Stone Age. These religions were often based on animism, the belief that everything in nature has a spirit or soul. As humans evolved, so did their religious beliefs. The ancient Egyptians believed in a pantheon of gods and goddesses who controlled the forces of nature and the afterlife. Contents: 00:00:00 - Intro - 00:03:14 - Stone Age Religion - 00:16:52 - Proto-Indo European Religion - 00:55:29 - Sumerian Religion - 01:26:00 - Pelasgian Religion - 01:46:45 - Oldest Genesis Version - 02:18:16 - Dervani Papyrus - 02:49:54 - Esoteric Roots of Judaism - 03:28:25 - Heliopolis Egyptian Mysteries - 03:35:27 - Acts of Isis & Osiris - 04:47:00 - Egyptian Book of the Dead - 04:56:29 - Serapis Mysteries - 05:34:52 - Orgiastic Rites of Eleusis - 06:02:07 - Ancient Magic - 06:12:00 - Ancient Divination - 06:21:38 - Ancient Mysticism - 06:38:03 - Mysteries of Athena - 07:01:55 - Game of Thrones in Antiquity - 07:42:53 - Roman Religion - 08:21:39 - Elagabalus & Sol Invictus - 09:11:00 - Julian the Apostate (Neo-Platonism) - 09:27:41 - Hypsistarians (Monotheism) - 09:45:59 - Orphism - 09:57:09 - Phrygian Influence on Christianity - 10:28:23 - How Satan became Lucifer - 11:10:55 - Mysteries of Eros - 11:33:50 - Outro Today, Christianity and Islam are the two largest religions in the world. Christianity has over 2 billion followers, while Islam has over 1.5 billion. Both religions have had a profound impact on human history and continue to shape the world today. In conclusion, ancient religions have played a significant role in human history. From animism to modern Christianity and Islam, religion has shaped the way humans view the world and interact with each other. While the specific beliefs and practices of these religions may differ, they all share a common goal of providing meaning and purpose to human life. Secrets in Plain Sight - Volume Secrets Inside of Everyday Objects Top Documentary Films https://rumble.com/v29m63a-secrets-in-plain-sight-volume-secrets-inside-of-everyday-objects-top-docume.html Secrets in Plain Sight is an awe inspiring exploration of great art, architecture, and urban design which skillfully unveils an unlikely intersection of geometry, politics, numerical philosophy, religious mysticism, new physics, music, astronomy, and world history. Proofs Earth Is Not A Spinning Ball What The Hell Happened 200 Times Collection https://rumble.com/v2u2d94-proofs-earth-is-not-a-spinning-ball-what-the-hell-happened-200-times-collec.html Proofs Earth Is Not A Spinning Ball When a photo of spherical Earth is pointed out to flat-earthers, they will dismiss it as CGI in the blink of an eye; even if they haven’t done any analysis at all. They do this because their belief in flat-Earth is not evidence-based, and any evidence contrary to their beliefs needs to be invalidated no matter how. They are so used to doing it, and sometimes they become confused by it themselves, to the point that they would take the slightest hint of digital manipulation of any picture of the Earth as evidence of the flat Earth. What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. https://rumble.com/v2wsapr-hello-everyone-400-videos-7k-followers-8-hours-of-our-lost-world-hides-from.html Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order. Aug. 01-23 Full Moon And Blue Moon Aug. 30 2023 Thank You.

Welcome To "Exploring Tartaria", where we will explore the Old World Pt. 10 through the lens that we are looking back on the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ! This is not and I'am not a Hollywood Studio. ( She Did A Great Job Everyone) I explain that "Tartaria" was the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ, and that we live at the end of the post-Millennial "Little Season". Thank you to everyone who has researched Tartaria, from lot's forums, and other info. Now let's gain even more knowledge and wisdom by understanding that we are looking back at the Millennial Kingdom! There are so many incredible things to discover. I believe you will enjoy looking at the relics of our past even more with this understanding! Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets I got over what I refer to as the "dual timelines" and go into a little detail about how they relate to each other. I try not to bore you with too many examples and technical details, but hopefully you get the idea! I also go over a few of the more major questions that you may have from Part I. There are some other more pertinent questions that I did not include, such as what is the "Rapture", and what was the Mudflood. I will throw out my theory on the Mudflood down the line. As far as the "Rapture" goes, please re-read 1 Thessolonians 4:17, and you tell me! Could the mortals at the end of the Kingdom be the ones who "meet the Lord in the air"? I'm not sure as I still can't quite make out what the Apostle Paul was trying to tell us. As far as a more detailed explanation of the Tribulation being in our past, I may not be able to get to making that video in the near future. I know many of you have a lot of questions about all the various prophecies from the Old Testament as well as the New Testament. That is a very big subject and one that a person could devote a whole channel to. If you look into "preterism", you will find that many people have already answered a lot of those questions. They may not have understood the Kingdom of God was a physical kingdom in our past, so sometimes their timelines and interpretation of scripture can go off into a weird place (though you can't blame them because we were all deceived, and God has revealed this to us now). Still, there are valuable resources out there from preterist websites who go very in-depth about all of the various parts of scripture from both the OT and NT. It is a very big subject and one that will take a lot of time to get to, so please explore the resources out there that are already available in the meantime! Again, thank you to all of those who have researched in this field. I'm not going to list names because I don't want to leave anyone out. But I'm familiar with the majority of the characters in the Alternative History scene, and I appreciate all of your work very much :) And a special shoutout to my dear friend Nicholas, who has been a great researcher in this field, and has helped me to arrive at some of these conclusions as we hashed out ideas over the past 2 years through TTT (Tartaria Text Time). Thanks so much! Hope you enjoy I ask the simple question: If Jesus Christ was a literal king on earth for a continuous 1,000 years, then is there any evidence that shows him in this role? we look at the past with the understanding that the First Resurrection already occurred approximately 1200 years ago. The people who took part in this event received new bodies, and are now referred to as "Saints", meaning "Holy Ones". This group of people lived and reigned with Christ for 1,000 years, and still live to this present day, as they are now immortal. We take a look at relics, or the physical remains of Saints, and ponder the true importance of these objects, as it seems that relics truly act as a conduit between mortals and God. I hope this information will give you a better foundation as you re-read the Bible, or read for the first time. I feel you will also gain a higher understanding of the Millennial Kingdom, or Kingdom of God, as the New Testament characters not only played major roles in establishing the early Christian communities, but continued their roles in the subsequent Kingdom. Not all of the information can be found in the Bible. Some bits and pieces come from the early church historians, that are then corroborated by repetitive themes throughout the artwork of the Kingdom period. I have done my absolute best to be as accurate as possible. Of course there is so, so much more to learn about with each saint featured in this video. But I feel that this is a solid core that you can build upon as you explore Tartaria ;) My favorite saint is Saint Paul. I think it’s cool that he was so smart that God picked him to write a lot of the most important book ever created. I like that St. Paul is very serious and has an obsessive personality towards a cause. At first he used this talent for destruction, but he was blinded by the enemy and God knew there was a good man in there. Then Paul used his fanatical nature for good and became a fearless evangelist in the face of intense persecution. It’s interesting to me that Paul is still persecuted to this day, as the Enemy sows seeds of doubt about Paul’s writings, presenting tripping blocks even for Christians. It’s honorable to be persecuted by the Adversary, and even more so if it persists 1200 years into the future. I chose Paul as my patron saint, because to me, he is the Patron Saint of Based. I love you Paul! Another saint who I love is Saint John the Baptist. I can’t quite peg what John’s personality is like, but whenever I see a painting of him I just feel an intense love for him that sometimes makes me well up with tears (haha). I’m also looking forward to painting lessons from Saint Luke, who I think of as the cool uncle I never had. I love all of the saints so much and I love learning about their lives before and during the Kingdom, and the special jobs that God gave them based on their talents. I look forward to creating more content about the saints in the future, but for now, I will be moving into some other topics. This is the story of my mental and spiritual journey up until this point in my life. I wanted to share it with you so that you will know that I was barely raised Protestant Christian, much less Catholic. My conversion into Catholicism has been the result of a difficult journey of ardently seeking the truth. Never did I think I would become a Christian, and when I did become one, never would I have thought that I would later become Catholic! Yet another twist in the plot... Catholicism turns out to be the truth! As Jesus said, we will know a good tree from a bad tree by the fruits they produce, so we must ask ourselves, could the Catholic Church be home to the world’s greatest art and architecture, yet still be guilty of all the egregious crimes it is accused of? And as we look back at our past in the context of the Millennial Kingdom, do we see another form of Christianity that appears more dominant than Catholicism? Was the Catholic Church the usurper of the Old World, or was it the architect? I know that many of you will have a lot of questions. I know exactly what those questions are, and they will be answered in the videos to come! Thank you to Our Father Who Art in Heaven for revealing these things to us! ✠ I believe the revelation of our true past is a gift from God during these strange days on Earth. Up until the last few years, we were blinded and could not see what was right in front of us all this time. Sure, we noticed that the art and architecture of the past were all very beautiful and made fine tourist attractions. As we looked up at the architecture of the Old World, we all wondered why we stopped building such beautiful things. Yet the impossible nature of these creations escaped us, and we could not see that miracles of God were sitting right in front of us all along! ✠ God has revealed these things to this generation. Why would he pick this generation? Well since God is a very rational man, it seems only logical that he would reveal these things to the generation that it would be most pertinent to. To a generation that needs to prepare physically, mentally, and most of all-- spiritually, for what is to come. A generation who live through the final prophecy of Revelation, a final battle of some sort, and who will be alive on Judgment Day. That is why I believe that this is a Revelation for the Last Generation. ✠ God showed us compassion and mercy by revealing the truth of our past, and for that I am very grateful. My life would be so much different if I didn't understand where we are in time and what was unfolding today. My physical preparations are in order and I will spend my final days on Earth 1.0 working on this ministry. I will gladly be your Friendly End Times Guide :) Here are the videos that are coming up next on this channel: ✠ The True Origin of the Catholic Church ✠ The Celestial Hierarchy (Angelology) ✠ Greek Mythology (Likely a 3 part series) ✠ The Nature of Satan & the Kingdom of Darkness https://www.youtube.com/@ExploringTartaria/playlists I am looking forward to creating this content for you! ✠ P.S. In the future, I will do a video on the Battle of Gog and Magog and how we should prepare. But I will tell you now that I believe the "camp of the saints/ beloved city" may be up at the North Pole, which seems to be the location of the Garden of Eden. It is just my own prediction that we will be told that aliens have landed at the North Pole and all nations must be gathered to battle for our home. When this begins to unfold (and it appears that the narrative has already begun), you will not want to leave your home. I believe if you can stay home, and live in at least a moderately safe area, you will be okay. You should take preparations seriously, and have extra stock of all supplies that can last several months. You will not want to go out to Walmart when this starts to go down. God has revealed these things so we can prepare. These are my own opinions and I'm not a prophet, but I heed my own advice. I don't know the timeframe of all of this, but I certainly don't see myself becoming an old lady. It could be a couple years. It could kick off next month. I don't know, but please prepare. You know what you need to do! Blessed are those servants whom the master finds on watch when he returns. Luke 12:37 From New Age to Witchcraft to Jesus! - https://youtu.be/AU5-fZD89xM Just So Everyone Knows! I’m aware of the Virgin Mary idolization that happens in the Catholic Church (I wasn’t aware before filming this video) and shortly after this video I threw away this curtain. Thank you. Britta Pipkin ! Biblical Eschatology is the study of what the Bible says is going to happen in the end times. Many treat Eschatology as an area of theology to be avoided. Of course, Eschatology is not as crucial as Christology or Soteriology. That does not mean, though, that it is unimportant to a Biblical worldview. Eschatology is an often misunderstood but vital subject in Biblical studies. Let's take a look at its basic ideas and some of the misconceptions that people have about it. Eschatology is a word most Christians are likely obsessed with… and may not even know it. The word has everything to do with the End Times, i.e., Jesus’ second coming. And many believers have different theories under which they operate. We won’t waste much time in this introduction, as there is so much to unpack. Today we’ll uncover the biblical meaning of eschatology, its importance in Christianity, and much more. What Is the Biblical Meaning of Eschatology? Escatology, when we break the word down, means “last things” or “end.” Escha is Greek for “last” or “farthest,” as in the last thing on a spectrum, and ology always means “the study of.” When we put the words together, we get “the study of last things.” Typically when Christians think of the word eschatology, they think of the Book of Revelation. You’d be completely correct if you operate under this assumption. All twenty-one chapters of Revelation point to things to come (although we could argue that the letters to the seven churches were also written to literal churches—not just future churches that are either operating now or in the future). But did you know that throughout the Bible, we also see hints at the times to come? Where Does Eschatology Appear in the Bible? We see glimpses of “the last things” throughout the Old and New Testaments. Jesus brought up eschatology several times in his sermons. Although we can’t break down every instance of the study of end times in the Bible, I’d love to give a sampling of them below to show the breadth of the subject. 1. Daniel 9: The antichrist is described in great detail (although some believe that Antiochus Epiphanes, Nero, or other controversial figures played a precursor to this). He will attempt to thwart God’s plans, hurt God’s people, and try to turn the world against God. 2. Zechariah 14: A great battle is described, hinted more in detail in the battle of Armageddon in Revelation. 3. Acts 1: Jesus is described as returning, according to an angel, right after Jesus’ ascension. Jesus’ second coming plays a major role in eschatology. 4. Matthew 25: The author discusses eternal punishment and reward befalling unbelievers and believers, respectively. These subjects are further drawn out in Revelation 20. 5. 2 Peter 3: In the last days, several skeptics will question Christians. They’ll say, “You claimed that Jesus is coming back, but where is he? Maybe you were completely wrong.” There are plenty of other examples we can point to, but I highly recommend checking out these verses as well. Several biblical books allude to the second coming of Christ and the events that will take place at the end of the old earth and old heavens. Recognizing the Bible has many passages pointing to the end times, we must understand that many passages are vague or symbolic. For instance, Daniel describes one final empire (the one ruled under the antichrist) as a horrible beast with several horns. We know the beast will not be a literal Godzilla that rules (although the beasts described in Revelation certainly seem like it). Because some of the nature of eschatology is enigmatic, it can be hard to figure out exactly what will happen—especially since only God knows the time and place when these events will happen (Matthew 24). What Are Different Types of Biblical Eschatology? There are several different theories as to the nature of eschatology. Since the end times’ events occur in the future, we can’t fully know what will go down. Furthermore, honestly, all of these theories have issues that can be debated or discussed. Before diving into the theories, we need to understand a few important events mentioned in the Bible. These will be presented in no particular order, as different views on escatology differ on when the events will occur. 1. Tribulation: Christians undergo intense trials under the antichrist and his followers. We can imagine this will result in distress, torture, death, and martyrdom. 2. Second Coming: At one point, Jesus will return. Believers are described in 1 Thessalonians 4 as meeting him up in the sky. Trumpets will announce his arrival, and he will be arriving on a white horse. 3. Millennium: Christ and his followers will rule for 1,000 years. Satan will be kept bound for a set period. Millennialists debate whether the 1,000 years are literal or figurative. 4. Final Judgment: Satan will break loose and plan a war on the followers of God and Jerusalem. At this time, God will defeat Satan and his armies and proceed with the final judgment. Unbelievers will experience the second death, and Satan and the unholy trinity will be thrown into the Lake of Fire. The old earth and old heavens will pass away, and God will introduce the new earth and new heavens. In this article, we won’t have time to break down each of the four major key points listed above. But let’s see how the four main theories of eschatology address these. What Are the Four Main Theories of Eschatology? We will not indicate which theory is most biblically accurate. Each theory has advocates who can cite verses they are drawn to in Scripture and reasons why they believe what they do. 1. Amillennialism The millennium is happening right now → Final judgment of Christ Amillennialism believes that the millennium is symbolic and has been happening since Jesus ascended into heaven. Because of this, no rapture happens in the amillennial view. After the millennial reign ends, Jesus will come to judge the living and the dead. As mentioned in the “What Is Amillennialism?” article linked above, this view seemed to grow in popularity around the time of Augustine. 2. Postmillennialism Symbolic Millennium through which Jesus’ kingdom is advanced through the gospel → Second coming and judgment It’s often difficult to distinguish between amillennialism and postmillennialism since they both believe in a symbolic rather than literal millennial reign. They both believe it signifies a long period. The difference lies in postmillennials’ positive outlook. Postmillennialists believe that Christians will be able to advance the gospel and reach the most souls for Jesus. In contrast, amillennialists and premillennialists put more emphasis on Satan’s grip on the human world. Speaking of premillennialists… 3. Premillennialism Tribulation → Christ returns → 1000-year reign → Final judgment This seems to be one of the most popular views amongst Americans. They believe a time of tribulation and apostasy will occur before Christ steps in, before the 1,000-year reign takes place. Premillennialists differ on when Christ returns. Some say at the end of the tribulation, and some say in the middle of the tribulation. No matter what the case, premillennialists believe that Christians will undergo suffering for a while before Christ steps into the picture. 4. Dispensationalism Jesus returns and raptures believers → Those who come to Christ after rapture undergo tribulation → Jesus returns for the rest of the believers → 1,000-year reign → Final judgment If you’ve read the Left Behind series, you have a good idea of this viewpoint. Dispensationalists follow the same basic chronology as premillennialists, leading some people to describe dispensationalism as a subgroup of premillennialism. However, dispensationalists have a particular twist: they believe Christians will be taken up (raptured) before the tribulation starts. Only those left behind, who come to Christ, will endure the antichrist’s hardships. No matter what view a Christian takes, we all tend to agree that Christ will come again to finalize his kingdom and that a final judgment will take place after a millennial reign. Why Is Eschatology Important to Christianity? Christianity revolves around eschatology. We know that Christ died for our sins, and we can be saved through the power of his resurrection. But the story doesn’t end there. Even after his death and resurrection, the world continues to be broken. People continue to reject his Lordship. We have hope because we know that the world will not continue to remain broken. That God has a restoration plan. Although we can bring pockets of heaven to earth now, God will do so in full at the End of Days. He will restore the Garden of Eden and plant the tree of life again. Eschatology—the study of the End Times—gives us hope that the country of our own (new heaven and new earth) that we’ve been yearning for will be instituted. What Are the Dangers of Eschatology? While eschatology gives us hope for the future, some Christians can get too obsessed with the end times (or, in some cases, not obsessed enough). Below are some of the dangers that come with eschatology—and why we should exercise caution. Too Obsessed: Some believers may try calculating the 70 weeks mentioned in Daniel. They’ll try to do the math to figure out the exact date when Christ will return. Scripture tells us that only God knows. And in the meantime, we have a mission. If we become too obsessed with the End of Days, we may forget what we’ve been called to do now. To preach the Gospel to the ends of the earth. Until all nations hear the word, Christ won’t return. Too Apathetic: Some believers have “fallen asleep” metaphorically on eschatology. They live for now, forgetting that we are also supposed to be future-minded. No, we shouldn’t constantly worry about whether Christ will return in the next minute. We don’t know the hour or minute he will come back. But we should be watchful. We should recognize the signs of the End Times and await with eager anticipation. Too Mean: Although we shouldn’t water down the gospel—and eschatology is part of the gospel—there are some Christians who will take it to the next level. They will embrace the turn-or-burn message and tell people they must believe or end up in the Lake of Fire. Don’t get me wrong; we should warn people about the dangers of sin and not turning to Jesus. But we need to be mindful of methodology. A message rooted in fearmongering is not Christlike nor in line with the tone of the Gospel (2 Timothy 1:7). Eschatology plays an important role throughout the Bible. Humans, and Satan, broke the world. And God will soon come to restore it and to restore us. In the meantime, we need to press on in our current mission. We’re not done yet, Christians. Let’s continue to advance the gospel and leave the End Times to God. We’ll know when he arrives. In the meantime, let’s focus on what he’s called us to do. Biblical Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that believes that all prophecies in the Bible have already been fulfilled in the past. This school of thought interprets the Book of Daniel as referring to events that happened from the 7th century BC until the first century AD, while seeing the prophecies of the Book of Revelation as events that happened in the first century AD. Preterism is directly opposed to futurism, which sees the end-times prophecies as having a still-future fulfillment. Hyper-Preterism, the belief that the New Testament expectation of Christ's return in glory has already occurred, has become a fairly standard part of critical approaches to biblical faith as they have developed during the modern period. Revelation 20-20-21-22 The Thousand Year Reign 20 Then[a] I saw an angel descending from heaven, holding[b] in his hand the key to the abyss and a huge chain. 2 He[c] seized the dragon—the ancient serpent, who is the devil and Satan—and tied him up for a thousand years. 3 The angel[d] then[e] threw him into the abyss and locked[f] and sealed it so that he could not deceive the nations until the one thousand years were finished. (After these things he must be released for a brief period of time.) 4 Then[g] I saw thrones and seated on them were those who had been given authority to judge.[h] I also saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of the testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. These[i] had not worshiped the beast or his image and had refused to receive his mark on their forehead or hand. They[j] came to life[k] and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 (The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were finished.)[l] This is the first resurrection. 6 Blessed and holy is the one who takes part[m] in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them,[n] but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and they will reign with him for a thousand years. Satan’s Final Defeat 7 Now[o] when the thousand years are finished, Satan will be released from his prison 8 and will go out to deceive[p] the nations at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog,[q] to bring them together for the battle. They are as numerous as the grains of sand in the sea.[r] 9 They[s] went up[t] on the broad plain of the earth[u] and encircled[v] the camp[w] of the saints and the beloved city, but[x] fire came down from heaven and devoured them completely.[y] 10 And the devil who deceived[z] them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur,[aa] where the beast and the false prophet are[ab] too, and they will be tormented there day and night forever and ever. The Great White Throne 11 Then[ac] I saw a large[ad] white throne and the one who was seated on it; the earth and the heaven[ae] fled[af] from his presence, and no place was found for them. 12 And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne. Then[ag] books were opened, and another book was opened—the book of life.[ah] So[ai] the dead were judged by what was written in the books, according to their deeds.[aj] 13 The[ak] sea gave up the dead that were in it, and Death[al] and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each one was judged according to his deeds. 14 Then[am] Death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death—the lake of fire. 15 If[an] anyone’s name[ao] was not found written in the book of life, that person[ap] was thrown into the lake of fire. Preterism comes the Latin word ‘praeter’ which means ‘the past’. When it comes to understanding Bible prophecy all Christians are preterists to one degree or another. It is only logical and reasonable to examine the past to see if a prophecy has already been fulfilled. Most Christians would acknowledge that Isaiah 7:14 describing a virgin giving birth has been fulfilled in the past. But not all Christians would agree about the nature of prophecies relating to Christ’s “second coming”. Preterists argue that all of the prophecies relating to Christ’s ‘coming’ (as described in Matthew 24) have already been fulfilled. This contrasts with two other schools of prophecy interpretation. Essentially there are then three general schools of eschatology: Futurism – the contents of Revelation pertain to the very end of time on earth. Historicism – that the contents of Revelation have unfolded throughout history from the time of its writing to the present day (and beyond). Preterism – before assuming that a prophecy is not fulfilled, it should be evaluated in the light of the past. That is, how did the original audience understand what was written to them – and what was the original intention of the text. If it can be demonstrated that a prophecy has been fulfilled in the past, then that prophecy should be considered as fulfilled prophecy. Within Preterism there are two streams. Both streams identify themselves as “Preterist”. To distinguish between them, two pejorative terms are often employed: Hyper-Preterism, and Partial-Preterism. Full Preterists, also referred to as Hyper-Preterists, or Pantelogists, regard all Bible prophecy fulfilled by A.D. 70. Those who regard that most prophecy was fulfilled by A.D. 70 (including the parousia of Christ’s Vindication, the commencement of the Kingdom of Christ, the First Resurrection, but not including the Final Judgment, the banishment of Satan to eternal torment, or the General Resurrection) are referred to as Partial-Preterists or more correctly: Classical Preterists. The proceeding table of comparison between Full-Preterism and Partial Preterism will highlight the differences. Criticism of Preterism can be summarised as- Futurists – claim that Preterism ‘spiritualises’ Bible prophecy rather than taking it literally. To which Preterists counter that they are actually more literal in their interpretation of Bible prophecy because they strive for the original intention of a passage rather than impose fanciful modern understandings onto an ancient text. Historicists – claim that Preterism was developed by Jesuits in the seventeenth century to counter the growing the Reformation claims that the Papacy was the Anti-Christ. This is actually one of the weakest methods of debate: attack with innuendo and name calling and ignore the content of the proposition. The roots of Preterism go back to the First Century AD when people clearly saw the events foretold by Christ as having been fulfilled up until the destruction of Jerusalem and Judea in A.D. 70. The sticking point between Full-Preterists and Partial Preterists is the nature of the Resurrection. Resolve this issue Biblically and you will conclude that one of these two positions is thoroughly Biblical and (while Creeds are not authoritative) in agreement with the earliest Creeds of the Church. Many Christians have strong beliefs about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. However, they don’t talk as much about what will happen after He returns. But the Bible tells you what is in store during and after the greatest event in human history. There are actually dozens of clear, detailed Bible prophecies showing that, after Christ returns, a 1,000-year period will occur, during which He will rule the Earth with the saints. Many Christians downplay this millennium or regard it as being “spiritual” but not literal. What is the Millennium? Is there really a prophesied time of worldwide peace and prosperity just around the corner? Will Jesus Christ really return to Earth to set up a world-ruling government? The answers to these questions are plainly revealed in your Bible. Read the writings of historians and theologians from the first few centuries after Christ’s death and resurrection, and you will see that they were generally aware of His future 1,000-year reign on Earth. Papias of Hierapolis taught in the second century a.d. that “there would be a certain millennium after the resurrection, and that there would be a corporeal reign of Christ on this very Earth,” according to the famous historian Eusebius’s Ecclesiastical Histories (emphasis added). Irenaeus, the bishop of Lyons, wrote in the second century a.d.: “For in as many days as this world was made, in so many thousand years it reaches its consummation.” He identified several Old Testament passages that refer to the Millennium, then continued: “All such things refer not to heavenly matters but to the time of the kingdom, when the Earth has been restored by Jesus Christ.” These men took the many biblical prophecies and statements about the Millennium literally. They did not think that this Kingdom of God was set up only “in your heart.” They understood it to be the literal reign of Jesus Christ on Earth, a government just as real as ancient Israel, the Roman Empire or the United States. Today, however, that general understanding of the Millennium has been lost. What is the truth? First, understand that this is not God’s world. The god of this world is actually Satan the devil (2 Corinthians 4:4). He has deceived the entire world through his powerful broadcast as the prince of the power of the air (Revelation 12:9; Ephesians 2:2). Revelation 20:1-3 prophesy that after Jesus Christ’s return, Satan and his demons will be bound for a thousand years: “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” This shows that after Christ takes the throne of the Earth from Satan, he will be restrained, no longer able to deceive the nations, for a thousand years. That tells us that the Millennium is a future event, because the world right now is clearly still heavily influenced by Satan. When that evil spirit influence is removed, however, everyone will have the opportunity to receive the wonderful truth that God reveals in the Bible. Everyone will finally have the opportunity to learn the way to true happiness. “[T]he earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 11:9). This is the time of “refreshing” and the “restitution of all things” prophesied in Acts 3:19-21. In the Millennium, the saints of God will rule with Jesus Christ (Revelation 20:6; Daniel 7:18, 27; Revelation 3:21; 5:10). These resurrected saints will rule beside Jesus Christ as His Bride (Revelation 19:7-8). In the fourth century a.d., the Catholic Church removed the book of Revelation from its general reading list. Encyclopedia Britannica (11th edition) comments: “Thus the troublesome foundation on which [the teaching of the Millennium] might have continued to build was got rid of.” Edward Gibbon wrote in The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire: “The doctrine of Christ’s reign upon Earth … was considered by degrees as a doubtful and useless opinion, and was at length rejected as the absurd invention of heresy and fanaticism.” The Catholic Church began to look on the Roman Empire as the fulfillment of the Kingdom of God. It erased the teaching of a future kingdom to be established by Christ at His return. Today, the pope of the church in Rome is called the vicar of Christ—in place of Christ. Many in Catholicism and the churches that derived from Catholicism believe that Christ’s millennial reign has already begun in some way. However, Revelation 20 clearly shows that the Millennium cannot begin until after Satan has been removed and bound. Today, we are so far removed from the truth about the Millennium that many Christians don’t believe this doctrine is even taught in the New Testament. But note this in John 7:8: Jesus Christ encouraged His disciples and His family to go and keep the Feast of Tabernacles. “But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he? … Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught” (verses 10-11, 14). Jesus Christ set this example for us: Even at the peril of His life, He kept the Feast of Tabernacles so that we might follow in His steps (1 Peter 2:21). Why keep the Feast of Tabernacles? To understand the truth about the Millennium! The Feast of Tabernacles is the sixth of seven annual festivals that God commands His people to observe every year. This weeklong fall festival occurs in September or October. Deuteronomy 16:14 shows that during the Feast of Tabernacles, God wanted the ancient Israelites to overflow with joyfulness, thanksgiving and rejoicing. God even commanded the Israelites to save a tenth of their income throughout the year for use at this festival to help them rejoice. Deuteronomy 14:23 gives the purpose of the Feast and its abundance: “[T]hat thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God always.” This Feast pictures a time of physical abundance, when the whole world will enjoy the fruits of obeying God’s law. Exodus 23:16 calls the Feast of Tabernacles a “feast of ingathering.” God’s plan of salvation is typed by the two annual harvests in ancient Israel: the small spring harvest of the firstfruits of the crops, and the much larger fall harvest. These harvests type God’s time order for harvesting human beings into His Family: First, He is gathering in a small harvest of firstfruits—the Church, which is being prepared and trained so they might rule with Christ in the Millennium and beyond. Then, God will gather in the great fall harvest, when all who have ever lived will be given a chance to be part of God’s Family. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures that future ingathering of Spirit-begotten humans who will be brought into the Family of God during the 1,000-year reign of Christ. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures a time when God’s Family will be enlarged. That is why Christ observed this festival when He was on Earth—because He understood what it pictured, even if the Jews did not. Zechariah 14 shows that when Christ returns, mankind will try to fight Him, but He will forcefully put down all rebellion. Mankind will be forced to be happy—to live the way of God, which brings real happiness into our lives. At that time, “living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one” (verses 8-9). God’s law will flow out from Jerusalem (Isaiah 2:3), and this city will become the joy of the whole Earth (Psalm 48:2). Zechariah 14:16 shows that in the Millennium, everyone will keep the Feast of Tabernacles: “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Talk about a feast of ingathering! This foretells a time when all mankind—Israelites and Gentiles alike—will be keeping the Feast of Tabernacles in Jerusalem. All mankind will be obeying God’s law and keeping His annual holy days! After putting down the initial rebellion, Christ will begin a massive project of reeducation. Much of that reeducation will center around these seven annual festivals, which picture God’s master plan for mankind. God commanded for these festivals to be observed forever. That is why Christ risked His life to keep them when He was on Earth—because He knew that these holy days pictured a time when all mankind would be brought into the Family of God. In this soon-coming Kingdom of God, everyone will have access to God’s truth and will be able to learn the way to true happiness. The truth of God will cover the Earth like the waters cover the ocean beds! (see Isaiah 11). Zechariah 14:17-19 show what will happen to those who refuse to keep the Feast of Tabernacles. They will experience curses from God such as drought until they change their attitudes. What more proof do we need that God always intends for us to keep these days? Now 6,000 years of human experience have brought mankind to the very brink of world suicide. So, in other words, the first 6,000 years of God’s 7,000-year plan were allotted to allow Satan to labor at his work of deceiving the world, followed by 1,000 years (one millennial day) when Satan shall not be allowed to do any of his “work” of deception. Put another way, God marked out six millennial days to allow man to indulge in the spiritual labor of sin, followed by a millennium of spiritual rest, under the enforced government of God. There is some people who believe that 800-1000 years are added to our History and that fall of Rome and Jesus Christ happened much faster then we think . I tried to research this and found one great article about Italian Umberto Gallery which in 19th century photos did not have first letter M which means it is 1000 years older . Then i found some interesting coins from the past . 1000 Years Added To Our History? Dark Ages Never Existed? Has Our History Been Tampered With? https://muslimheritage.com/uploads/AboutUs.pdf Believers in the “Tartaria” conspiracy theory are convinced that the elaborate temporary fairgrounds built for events like The Chicago World's Fair of 1893 and the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco in 1915 were really the ancient capital cities of a fictional empire. Built in the 1920s?, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank was one of several ornate Western-style commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district. Inside the ‘Tartarian Empire,’ the Architecture boards, adherents of a bizarre conspiracy theory argue that everything you know about the history of architecture is wrong. In 1908, architect Ernest Flagg completed the Singer Building in Lower Manhattan, a Beaux-Arts showstopper made for the Singer sewing machine company. From a wide base, a slender 27-story tower rose, topped by a mansard roof and a delicate lantern spire. Every inch dripped with sumptuous detail inside and out; vaulted roofs, marble columns with bronze trim, window mullions with spiral fluting. The lobby was said to have a “celestial radiance.” A book was written just about its construction. For a year, it was the tallest building in the world at 612 feet, and a celebrated landmark for decades after that. But not for too much longer. Despite its great height, the pencil-thin tower lacked office space. In the 1960s the company sold its ornate headquarters; demolition proceeded in 1967. It’s the tallest building to ever be peacefully demolished. By any account, it’s a fantastical tale: Once the tallest building in the world and a New York icon, knocked down in just a handful of decades. For some, it’s too fantastical to believe … or perhaps not fantastical enough. A dedicated group of YouTubers and Reddit posters see the Singer Building and countless other discarded pre-modern beauties and extant Beaux-Arts landmarks as artifacts of a globe-spanning civilization called the Tartarian Empire, which was somehow erased from the history books. Adherents of this theory believe these buildings to be the keys to a hidden past, clandestinely obscured by malevolent actors. Who? Why? To what possible end? As in many other, more high-profile conspiracy theories, this baroque fantasy doesn’t offer much in the way of practical considerations, logic or evidence. But it’s grounded in some real anxieties, pointing toward the changes wrought by the modern world in general and modern architecture specifically — and rejecting both. Tartaria rises Tartarian-themed content is produced for YouTube videos that get picked over on Reddit. The r/Tartarianarchitecture sub, which began in December 2018, has 3,300 members, though not everyone who posts and comments appears to be a true believer. A larger and more general sub that appeared around the same time, r/Tartaria, has 8,700 members. As conspiracy theories go, Tartaria remains obscure; Twitter user @cinemashoebox brought it to many people’s attention last year with this thread, and pseudoscience-debunking writer Brian Dunning recently devoted an episode of his podcast, Skeptoid, to the Tartaria theory, which appears to have first emerged in 2016 and 2017. The Tartaria storyline is not directly related to the adrenochrome-harvesting Satanic-pedophile cabal that lies at the heart of QAnon, the unfounded conspiracy theory that crashed into the real world in 2020. But it shares some of what Peter Ditto, a social psychologist at the University of California-Irvine who specializes in conspiracy theories, calls QAnon’s “cafeteria quality:” There’s no overarching narrative or single authorial voice interpreting events. It’s just a gusher of outlandish speculation; adherents can pick and choose which elements they want to sign on to. The overall premise is an alternative history. A vast, technologically advanced “Tartarian” empire, emanating from north-central Asia or thereabouts, either influenced or built vast cities and infrastructure all over the world. (Tartaria, or Tartary, though never a coherent empire, was indeed a general term for north-central Asia.) Either via a sudden cataclysm or a steady antagonistic decline — and perhaps as recently as 100 years ago — Tartaria fell. Its great buildings were buried, and its history was erased. After this “great reset,” the few surviving examples of Tartarian architecture were falsely recast as the work of contemporary builders who could never have executed buildings of such grace and beauty, and subjected them to clumsy alterations. “I think that it was one worldwide civilization,” says Joachim Skaar, a 26-year-old Norwegian who runs The Tartarian Meltdown YouTube channel. “It was all based on unity, oneness, peace, love, and harmony, which we don’t see in today’s society.” There’s an arch-traditionalism present in the theory, too. The pre-modern buildings that we venerate are sometimes said to be more than 1,000 years old. “The same people that built the Capitol in Washington built the pyramids in Egypt,” Skaar says. Reached at his recording studio, Skaar, who works as a plumber, is not an architect or historian, but he has strong opinions on both disciplines. “We have two very different types of architecture,” he says. There’s modern architecture “with the name Brutalism,” which he describes as “square concrete boxes which are designed to be produced very fast, very cheap and very effective.” And then there’s Tartarian architecture, a label that gets applied to anything that’s particularly ornate and pre-modern, encompassing many Western styles: Classical, Beaux-Arts, Second Empire. The term is also sometimes used for some non-Western structures, like the Taj Mahal. Structures that seem geographically or culturally dislocated, like the Beaux-Arts commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district, are particularly attractive to this theory, as are those that are impressively massive, like the pyramids of Egypt or the Great Wall of China (built, the theory goes, by Tartarians to keep the Chinese out). Anywhere there’s a perceived gap between the refined craftwork of an old building and the “primitive” technology of the horse-and-buggy-era people building it, space for Tartarian speculation pops up. American cities of the 19th century are often rich with Tartarian appropriation, especially the young settlements of the West, when grand public structures seemed to emerge from the wilderness, surrounded by wood hovels and muddy streets. State capitol buildings and city halls are frequently fingered as palaces of ancient Tartaria rather than Gilded Age municipal buildings. (These photos of the Iowa State Capitol in Des Moines highlight the contrast Tartarian theorists point out.) The Tartarian milieu is an intensely visual medium, occupied with riffing on photos and maps, picking out apparent inconsistencies and making one-off conjectures instead of weaving together comprehensive timelines. The theory is notably light on reasoning as to why and how the greatest cover-up in history was undertaken, but it does offer a few options for how Tartaria was erased and the great reset propagated. Many say that an apocalyptic mud flood buried its great buildings; some suggest the use of high-tech weaponry to tactically remove Tartarian infrastructure. A consistent theme is that warfare is an often-used pretext to wipe away surviving traces of Tartarian civilization, with the two world wars of the 20th century finishing work that may have begun with Napoleon’s invasion of Russia. Despite their interest in architecture, most Tartaria theorists do not appear to have backgrounds in the building trades: Many of the more easily refuted arguments spring from very basic misunderstandings of how the built environment works, as well as broader confusion about how buildings function in the economy and culture. An abundance of posters appear convinced that below-grade basement windows in older buildings, for example, are evidence that the building had been “mud flooded,” and the rest of the structure is actually buried deep underground. Sometimes this will get some skeptical pushback (“I think they didn't have lights in the cellar so they build in windows for them?” was how one poster responded), but that’s more of an exception than the rule. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere.” Similarly, their grasp of historic labor and material costs is shaky. Before the Industrial Revolution, labor was cheap, so paying artisans to sculpt elaborate masonry — even for relatively humble structures — wasn’t the great expense it seems today, when labor prices are higher and factory-made steel, concrete and glass is cheap; that’s why we see so much of these materials in buildings today, and so much less filigreed terra cotta. One of the most adamant denials in Tartarian circles is that public buildings like schools and post offices were ever built with monumental proportions and elegant aesthetics. They sneer at the wedding-cake-topper Second Empire buildings designed by Alfred Mullett after the Civil War, for example. “How many stamps did you sell to build yourself a post office like this?,” says popular Tartarian YouTuber JonLevi in one of his videos. “Absolutely ridiculous. The post office has always struggled.” (He has more than 100,000 subscribers.) Some of this confusion is unfamiliarity: Mullett’s U.S. Customs House and Post Office in St. Louis, for example, was a huge federal project, built to process the mail of 10 states and four U.S. territories, not a neighborhood letter depot. But beyond that, there’s a broader refusal to believe that public architecture could ever have been built in an atmosphere of generosity and abundance. This is echoed by their astonishment at the double-height grand lobbies and arched doorways of old buildings, which they see as artifacts not meant for us. (Some theorists surmise that ancient Tartarians were giants.) The Tartarian community seems to have internalized the current era’s predilection for public sector austerity and the resulting aesthetics, which they abhor, more than they realize. At its core, the theory reflects a fear of how quickly things change. As they look at today’s cityscapes, Tartaria believers see an eerie and alienating place, filled with abstract monoliths that emerged out of nowhere in a brief period of time. They’re skeptical of the rapid rise and development of the U.S., and even more suspicious of how quickly Modernism came to dominate the landscape. One favorite case study, useful for illustrating this aesthetic whiplash, is the grand domed Henry Ives Cobb Chicago Federal Building, built in 1905. Like the Singer Building, it was razed after just 60 years in favor of an icy black Mies van Der Rohe tower. In one sense, the Tartaria theory is right: With modern architecture, a revolutionary new consensus on how the built environment should look and work did take hold in a very short period of time, conveniently overlapping with the world wars that these theorists see as the tail end of Tartaria’s influence. The world of 1960 indeed looked radically different from the world of 1920. Led by obscure and poorly understood forces (architects), architecture schools truly did throw out the history books to build a new world. But instead of making this excision the work of a colossal global mega-conspiracy worthy of a pulpy airport mystery novel, they wouldn’t shut up about it. In the Tartarian worldview, we’re a society that doesn’t properly understand or value the built environment, because we’ve been misled about who really built it. When he’s decrying the lack of regard for the cultural legacy of old buildings, Skaar sounds less like a conspiracy theorist than a board member of a preservation nonprofit. “The problem is that people don’t recognize these buildings,” he says. “They walk past them all the time, and they’re fascinated, but they don’t think any more deeply about it. They don’t know what they’re looking at because they have been told something else.” In search of a fabricated empire This disregard for architecture’s “true” history moves into a wider rejection of how disposably cheap and commodified the culture at large seems to be. As such, one canonical belief of Tartarian aficionados is that the elaborate temporary pavilions built for late 19th century and early 20th century World’s Fairs were in fact Tartarian capital cities. It strikes them as improbably wasteful that anyone would erect these magnificent complexes, full of fluted columns, domes and pediments, out of plaster of Paris, hemp fiber, and straw, as was done for the 1893 World’s Fair in Chicago. In Tartarian lore, these sites were ancient monuments that were co-opted to teach a falsified history of the world and make a few bucks selling popcorn and Ferris Wheel rides. Then they were demolished, to erase the handiwork of the real builders. In pointing out the eradication of an ancient culture by an expanding imperial power, Tartarian believers again stumble on something real, but they scramble the protagonists. In the European colonial era, Western nations fanned out over the globe, subjugating and destabilizing numerous non-white civilizations — and building many examples of what’s now considered Tartarian architecture as celebration of these victories. But when YouTuber JonLevi marvels at the Hong Kong Shanghai Bank and the rest of the 1920s banking infrastructure built along Shanghai’s Huangpu River, he doesn’t see the wealth-extracting handiwork of a rapacious 20th century empire: In the Tartaria-verse, these are the stately remnants of a far older and more benevolent one. The theory posits that only Tartarians, not British bankers or Belgian rubber barons, could move culture like architecture across geography. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere,” says Skaar. Bastion star forts are another building type that Tartarians are obsessed with: They often point out that these cannon-resistant military fortifications, popular in the 16th and 17th centuries, are found all over Western Europe, like Portugal and the Netherlands, but also quite mysteriously, far away in Asia, in Sri Lanka. But since Sri Lanka was a Portuguese and Dutch colony, it’s not really very mysterious. Military historian Jeremy Black, author of two books on the history of fortifications, says that the geographic reoccurrence of the style reflects how effective Europeans were in spreading this technology across the globe. This ahistoricism can make the Tartarian architecture community occasionally receptive to reactionaries, racists and anti-Semites. A survey of videos and discussions will turn up all manner of other conspiratorial threads. Along with flat-Earth advocacy, anti-vaccination sentiments and 5G scaremongering, there’s talk of anti-Semitic banking cartel conspiracies and Holocaust denial. Some Tartarian histories recast populations of Central Asia, like Genghis Kahn’s Mongol Empire, as red-haired, blue-eyed, white people — “Silk Road Aryans.” The persistence of anti-Jewish tropes within current conspiracy theories is likely the result of cultural inertia, says UC-Irvine scholar Ditto. As successive generations of the conspiracy-minded seek evidence to back up their diverging worldview, they find it in texts that may go back centuries, which are riddled with anti-Semitism. But the face of the villains in the Tartarian narrative is not clearly defined. Skaar blames quasi-mystical “parasites” who thrive off pain and strife, and laments that contemporary life has become a place where “everything is based on tyranny, greed, and slavery.” The Tartaria commentariat is laced with economic discontent; they often decry the evaluation and disregard of buildings purely as salable commodities, untethered from broader notions of cultural legacy and achievement. There’s a reoccurring and implicit understanding that buildings, like the Singer Building, get torn down when they stop making money — the only thing that really matters — and that the world is a vast field of predation, where the rich and powerful consume the poor and weak. In fact, the governing ideology of the modern architecture that Tartarians despise was a critique of this system. Modernism argued for an egalitarian architecture that would help break the shackles of the past, rejecting backbreaking representational craftsmanship to honor omnipotent kings and divine beings in favor of simple, universal forms that would leverage restraint and efficacy into a broad uplift for the masses. Minus the weirdest stuff — the global mud flood, the ancient energy weapons, the vanished race of giants — the Tartaria theory is just an extreme form of aesthetic moralism, the idea that traditional architecture styles are inherently good and modern architecture is the product of a degenerate culture. The tastes of the community generally align with traditional architectural revival proponents (some of whom also embrace reactionary and white nationalist politics). This sort of aesthetic nativism flourished during the Trump era, and it appears to have fresh converts in Congress: Recently, representatives Marjorie Taylor Greene and Paul Gosar formed a new caucus dedicated to “uniquely Anglo-Saxon political traditions” and infrastructure that “befits the progeny of European architecture.” The language is different, but the sentiment wouldn’t appear out of place in r/Tartaria. Holding back a flood of conspiracies Though the Tartarian Empire seemed to wink into existence in the past few years, the themes its believers explore are familiar ones. Conspiracy theories are a way to channel restive populism in the face of rapid social and demographic change, Ditto says, and there’s plenty of that going around. They are also a way to gather up amorphous fears and put them in a specific place, to make them more manageable. Ditto calls this “over-intentionalization. “If your fate is controlled by impersonal, systemic forces, it doesn’t offer you much control over your own destiny,” he says. “But if you can localize it to a small group of people whose motives you understand — they are out to get you — then it at least offers some hope that you can overcome their malevolent intentions.” Belief in conspiracy theories can also be driven by loneliness, isolation and economic hardship, which made a pandemic a fertile Petri dish, and helped QAnon’s believers storm the Capitol by force and through the ballot box. The social atomization forced on us by Covid-19 is a hyperbolic retelling of the Tower of Babel (which has a special place in Tartarian lore) and its attendant anxiety at fracturing and divided cultures. The great reset that erased that tower — and the fabulous, fictional empire that built it — continues to reverberate, splintering us into ever-stranger factions. And Ditto says it does seem like reality is getting harder to decipher. The internet has made it easier to disseminate misinformation while eroding faith in the media hierarchies that once filtered it out. Polarization and a lack of trust in government and institutions creates a feedback loop, where leaders can’t solve problems because their political bases are too narrow, and the resulting failures engender more distrust. It’s not a new cycle — despite a spike in media attention, there’s not much evidence that conspiratorial thinking is more common now than in years past — but technology can make these currents of collective delusion more powerful, and harder to ignore. The basic human desires for community, stories (the more outrageous the better) and the need to feel like a protagonist in a wider struggle are what pulls us from moments of real social, economic and cultural dislocation into fabricated histories. Buildings and cities are made to grow old, to outlast people, and to be a testament to these cultural histories. They’re a yardstick for a culture’s ability to endure. When they’re not given the chance to do this, the contradiction can break something loose, and send people scavenging for cultural memory that feels ancient enough to anchor them in an uncertain now.

Welcome To "Exploring Tartaria", where we will explore the Old World Pt. 12 through the lens that we are looking back on the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ! This is not and I'am not a Hollywood Studio. ( She Did A Great Job Everyone) I explain that "Tartaria" was the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus Christ, and that we live at the end of the post-Millennial "Little Season". Thank you to everyone who has researched Tartaria, from lot's forums, and other info. Now let's gain even more knowledge and wisdom by understanding that we are looking back at the Millennial Kingdom! There are so many incredible things to discover. I believe you will enjoy looking at the relics of our past even more with this understanding! Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets I got over what I refer to as the "dual timelines" and go into a little detail about how they relate to each other. I try not to bore you with too many examples and technical details, but hopefully you get the idea! I also go over a few of the more major questions that you may have from Part I. There are some other more pertinent questions that I did not include, such as what is the "Rapture", and what was the Mudflood. I will throw out my theory on the Mudflood down the line. As far as the "Rapture" goes, please re-read 1 Thessolonians 4:17, and you tell me! Could the mortals at the end of the Kingdom be the ones who "meet the Lord in the air"? I'm not sure as I still can't quite make out what the Apostle Paul was trying to tell us. As far as a more detailed explanation of the Tribulation being in our past, I may not be able to get to making that video in the near future. I know many of you have a lot of questions about all the various prophecies from the Old Testament as well as the New Testament. That is a very big subject and one that a person could devote a whole channel to. If you look into "preterism", you will find that many people have already answered a lot of those questions. They may not have understood the Kingdom of God was a physical kingdom in our past, so sometimes their timelines and interpretation of scripture can go off into a weird place (though you can't blame them because we were all deceived, and God has revealed this to us now). Still, there are valuable resources out there from preterist websites who go very in-depth about all of the various parts of scripture from both the OT and NT. It is a very big subject and one that will take a lot of time to get to, so please explore the resources out there that are already available in the meantime! Again, thank you to all of those who have researched in this field. I'm not going to list names because I don't want to leave anyone out. But I'm familiar with the majority of the characters in the Alternative History scene, and I appreciate all of your work very much :) And a special shoutout to my dear friend Nicholas, who has been a great researcher in this field, and has helped me to arrive at some of these conclusions as we hashed out ideas over the past 2 years through TTT (Tartaria Text Time). Thanks so much! Hope you enjoy I ask the simple question: If Jesus Christ was a literal king on earth for a continuous 1,000 years, then is there any evidence that shows him in this role? we look at the past with the understanding that the First Resurrection already occurred approximately 1200 years ago. The people who took part in this event received new bodies, and are now referred to as "Saints", meaning "Holy Ones". This group of people lived and reigned with Christ for 1,000 years, and still live to this present day, as they are now immortal. We take a look at relics, or the physical remains of Saints, and ponder the true importance of these objects, as it seems that relics truly act as a conduit between mortals and God. I hope this information will give you a better foundation as you re-read the Bible, or read for the first time. I feel you will also gain a higher understanding of the Millennial Kingdom, or Kingdom of God, as the New Testament characters not only played major roles in establishing the early Christian communities, but continued their roles in the subsequent Kingdom. Not all of the information can be found in the Bible. Some bits and pieces come from the early church historians, that are then corroborated by repetitive themes throughout the artwork of the Kingdom period. I have done my absolute best to be as accurate as possible. Of course there is so, so much more to learn about with each saint featured in this video. But I feel that this is a solid core that you can build upon as you explore Tartaria ;) My favorite saint is Saint Paul. I think it’s cool that he was so smart that God picked him to write a lot of the most important book ever created. I like that St. Paul is very serious and has an obsessive personality towards a cause. At first he used this talent for destruction, but he was blinded by the enemy and God knew there was a good man in there. Then Paul used his fanatical nature for good and became a fearless evangelist in the face of intense persecution. It’s interesting to me that Paul is still persecuted to this day, as the Enemy sows seeds of doubt about Paul’s writings, presenting tripping blocks even for Christians. It’s honorable to be persecuted by the Adversary, and even more so if it persists 1200 years into the future. I chose Paul as my patron saint, because to me, he is the Patron Saint of Based. I love you Paul! Another saint who I love is Saint John the Baptist. I can’t quite peg what John’s personality is like, but whenever I see a painting of him I just feel an intense love for him that sometimes makes me well up with tears (haha). I’m also looking forward to painting lessons from Saint Luke, who I think of as the cool uncle I never had. I love all of the saints so much and I love learning about their lives before and during the Kingdom, and the special jobs that God gave them based on their talents. I look forward to creating more content about the saints in the future, but for now, I will be moving into some other topics. This is the story of my mental and spiritual journey up until this point in my life. I wanted to share it with you so that you will know that I was barely raised Protestant Christian, much less Catholic. My conversion into Catholicism has been the result of a difficult journey of ardently seeking the truth. Never did I think I would become a Christian, and when I did become one, never would I have thought that I would later become Catholic! Yet another twist in the plot... Catholicism turns out to be the truth! As Jesus said, we will know a good tree from a bad tree by the fruits they produce, so we must ask ourselves, could the Catholic Church be home to the world’s greatest art and architecture, yet still be guilty of all the egregious crimes it is accused of? And as we look back at our past in the context of the Millennial Kingdom, do we see another form of Christianity that appears more dominant than Catholicism? Was the Catholic Church the usurper of the Old World, or was it the architect? I know that many of you will have a lot of questions. I know exactly what those questions are, and they will be answered in the videos to come! Thank you to Our Father Who Art in Heaven for revealing these things to us! ✠ I believe the revelation of our true past is a gift from God during these strange days on Earth. Up until the last few years, we were blinded and could not see what was right in front of us all this time. Sure, we noticed that the art and architecture of the past were all very beautiful and made fine tourist attractions. As we looked up at the architecture of the Old World, we all wondered why we stopped building such beautiful things. Yet the impossible nature of these creations escaped us, and we could not see that miracles of God were sitting right in front of us all along! ✠ God has revealed these things to this generation. Why would he pick this generation? Well since God is a very rational man, it seems only logical that he would reveal these things to the generation that it would be most pertinent to. To a generation that needs to prepare physically, mentally, and most of all-- spiritually, for what is to come. A generation who live through the final prophecy of Revelation, a final battle of some sort, and who will be alive on Judgment Day. That is why I believe that this is a Revelation for the Last Generation. ✠ God showed us compassion and mercy by revealing the truth of our past, and for that I am very grateful. My life would be so much different if I didn't understand where we are in time and what was unfolding today. My physical preparations are in order and I will spend my final days on Earth 1.0 working on this ministry. I will gladly be your Friendly End Times Guide :) Here are the videos that are coming up next on this channel: ✠ The True Origin of the Catholic Church ✠ The Celestial Hierarchy (Angelology) ✠ Greek Mythology (Likely a 3 part series) ✠ The Nature of Satan & the Kingdom of Darkness https://www.youtube.com/@ExploringTartaria/playlists I am looking forward to creating this content for you! ✠ P.S. In the future, I will do a video on the Battle of Gog and Magog and how we should prepare. But I will tell you now that I believe the "camp of the saints/ beloved city" may be up at the North Pole, which seems to be the location of the Garden of Eden. It is just my own prediction that we will be told that aliens have landed at the North Pole and all nations must be gathered to battle for our home. When this begins to unfold (and it appears that the narrative has already begun), you will not want to leave your home. I believe if you can stay home, and live in at least a moderately safe area, you will be okay. You should take preparations seriously, and have extra stock of all supplies that can last several months. You will not want to go out to Walmart when this starts to go down. God has revealed these things so we can prepare. These are my own opinions and I'm not a prophet, but I heed my own advice. I don't know the timeframe of all of this, but I certainly don't see myself becoming an old lady. It could be a couple years. It could kick off next month. I don't know, but please prepare. You know what you need to do! Blessed are those servants whom the master finds on watch when he returns. Luke 12:37 From New Age to Witchcraft to Jesus! - https://youtu.be/AU5-fZD89xM Just So Everyone Knows! I’m aware of the Virgin Mary idolization that happens in the Catholic Church (I wasn’t aware before filming this video) and shortly after this video I threw away this curtain. Thank you. Britta Pipkin ! Biblical Eschatology is the study of what the Bible says is going to happen in the end times. Many treat Eschatology as an area of theology to be avoided. Of course, Eschatology is not as crucial as Christology or Soteriology. That does not mean, though, that it is unimportant to a Biblical worldview. Eschatology is an often misunderstood but vital subject in Biblical studies. Let's take a look at its basic ideas and some of the misconceptions that people have about it. Eschatology is a word most Christians are likely obsessed with… and may not even know it. The word has everything to do with the End Times, i.e., Jesus’ second coming. And many believers have different theories under which they operate. We won’t waste much time in this introduction, as there is so much to unpack. Today we’ll uncover the biblical meaning of eschatology, its importance in Christianity, and much more. What Is the Biblical Meaning of Eschatology? Escatology, when we break the word down, means “last things” or “end.” Escha is Greek for “last” or “farthest,” as in the last thing on a spectrum, and ology always means “the study of.” When we put the words together, we get “the study of last things.” Typically when Christians think of the word eschatology, they think of the Book of Revelation. You’d be completely correct if you operate under this assumption. All twenty-one chapters of Revelation point to things to come (although we could argue that the letters to the seven churches were also written to literal churches—not just future churches that are either operating now or in the future). But did you know that throughout the Bible, we also see hints at the times to come? Where Does Eschatology Appear in the Bible? We see glimpses of “the last things” throughout the Old and New Testaments. Jesus brought up eschatology several times in his sermons. Although we can’t break down every instance of the study of end times in the Bible, I’d love to give a sampling of them below to show the breadth of the subject. 1. Daniel 9: The antichrist is described in great detail (although some believe that Antiochus Epiphanes, Nero, or other controversial figures played a precursor to this). He will attempt to thwart God’s plans, hurt God’s people, and try to turn the world against God. 2. Zechariah 14: A great battle is described, hinted more in detail in the battle of Armageddon in Revelation. 3. Acts 1: Jesus is described as returning, according to an angel, right after Jesus’ ascension. Jesus’ second coming plays a major role in eschatology. 4. Matthew 25: The author discusses eternal punishment and reward befalling unbelievers and believers, respectively. These subjects are further drawn out in Revelation 20. 5. 2 Peter 3: In the last days, several skeptics will question Christians. They’ll say, “You claimed that Jesus is coming back, but where is he? Maybe you were completely wrong.” There are plenty of other examples we can point to, but I highly recommend checking out these verses as well. Several biblical books allude to the second coming of Christ and the events that will take place at the end of the old earth and old heavens. Recognizing the Bible has many passages pointing to the end times, we must understand that many passages are vague or symbolic. For instance, Daniel describes one final empire (the one ruled under the antichrist) as a horrible beast with several horns. We know the beast will not be a literal Godzilla that rules (although the beasts described in Revelation certainly seem like it). Because some of the nature of eschatology is enigmatic, it can be hard to figure out exactly what will happen—especially since only God knows the time and place when these events will happen (Matthew 24). What Are Different Types of Biblical Eschatology? There are several different theories as to the nature of eschatology. Since the end times’ events occur in the future, we can’t fully know what will go down. Furthermore, honestly, all of these theories have issues that can be debated or discussed. Before diving into the theories, we need to understand a few important events mentioned in the Bible. These will be presented in no particular order, as different views on escatology differ on when the events will occur. 1. Tribulation: Christians undergo intense trials under the antichrist and his followers. We can imagine this will result in distress, torture, death, and martyrdom. 2. Second Coming: At one point, Jesus will return. Believers are described in 1 Thessalonians 4 as meeting him up in the sky. Trumpets will announce his arrival, and he will be arriving on a white horse. 3. Millennium: Christ and his followers will rule for 1,000 years. Satan will be kept bound for a set period. Millennialists debate whether the 1,000 years are literal or figurative. 4. Final Judgment: Satan will break loose and plan a war on the followers of God and Jerusalem. At this time, God will defeat Satan and his armies and proceed with the final judgment. Unbelievers will experience the second death, and Satan and the unholy trinity will be thrown into the Lake of Fire. The old earth and old heavens will pass away, and God will introduce the new earth and new heavens. In this article, we won’t have time to break down each of the four major key points listed above. But let’s see how the four main theories of eschatology address these. What Are the Four Main Theories of Eschatology? We will not indicate which theory is most biblically accurate. Each theory has advocates who can cite verses they are drawn to in Scripture and reasons why they believe what they do. 1. Amillennialism The millennium is happening right now → Final judgment of Christ Amillennialism believes that the millennium is symbolic and has been happening since Jesus ascended into heaven. Because of this, no rapture happens in the amillennial view. After the millennial reign ends, Jesus will come to judge the living and the dead. As mentioned in the “What Is Amillennialism?” article linked above, this view seemed to grow in popularity around the time of Augustine. 2. Postmillennialism Symbolic Millennium through which Jesus’ kingdom is advanced through the gospel → Second coming and judgment It’s often difficult to distinguish between amillennialism and postmillennialism since they both believe in a symbolic rather than literal millennial reign. They both believe it signifies a long period. The difference lies in postmillennials’ positive outlook. Postmillennialists believe that Christians will be able to advance the gospel and reach the most souls for Jesus. In contrast, amillennialists and premillennialists put more emphasis on Satan’s grip on the human world. Speaking of premillennialists… 3. Premillennialism Tribulation → Christ returns → 1000-year reign → Final judgment This seems to be one of the most popular views amongst Americans. They believe a time of tribulation and apostasy will occur before Christ steps in, before the 1,000-year reign takes place. Premillennialists differ on when Christ returns. Some say at the end of the tribulation, and some say in the middle of the tribulation. No matter what the case, premillennialists believe that Christians will undergo suffering for a while before Christ steps into the picture. 4. Dispensationalism Jesus returns and raptures believers → Those who come to Christ after rapture undergo tribulation → Jesus returns for the rest of the believers → 1,000-year reign → Final judgment If you’ve read the Left Behind series, you have a good idea of this viewpoint. Dispensationalists follow the same basic chronology as premillennialists, leading some people to describe dispensationalism as a subgroup of premillennialism. However, dispensationalists have a particular twist: they believe Christians will be taken up (raptured) before the tribulation starts. Only those left behind, who come to Christ, will endure the antichrist’s hardships. No matter what view a Christian takes, we all tend to agree that Christ will come again to finalize his kingdom and that a final judgment will take place after a millennial reign. Why Is Eschatology Important to Christianity? Christianity revolves around eschatology. We know that Christ died for our sins, and we can be saved through the power of his resurrection. But the story doesn’t end there. Even after his death and resurrection, the world continues to be broken. People continue to reject his Lordship. We have hope because we know that the world will not continue to remain broken. That God has a restoration plan. Although we can bring pockets of heaven to earth now, God will do so in full at the End of Days. He will restore the Garden of Eden and plant the tree of life again. Eschatology—the study of the End Times—gives us hope that the country of our own (new heaven and new earth) that we’ve been yearning for will be instituted. What Are the Dangers of Eschatology? While eschatology gives us hope for the future, some Christians can get too obsessed with the end times (or, in some cases, not obsessed enough). Below are some of the dangers that come with eschatology—and why we should exercise caution. Too Obsessed: Some believers may try calculating the 70 weeks mentioned in Daniel. They’ll try to do the math to figure out the exact date when Christ will return. Scripture tells us that only God knows. And in the meantime, we have a mission. If we become too obsessed with the End of Days, we may forget what we’ve been called to do now. To preach the Gospel to the ends of the earth. Until all nations hear the word, Christ won’t return. Too Apathetic: Some believers have “fallen asleep” metaphorically on eschatology. They live for now, forgetting that we are also supposed to be future-minded. No, we shouldn’t constantly worry about whether Christ will return in the next minute. We don’t know the hour or minute he will come back. But we should be watchful. We should recognize the signs of the End Times and await with eager anticipation. Too Mean: Although we shouldn’t water down the gospel—and eschatology is part of the gospel—there are some Christians who will take it to the next level. They will embrace the turn-or-burn message and tell people they must believe or end up in the Lake of Fire. Don’t get me wrong; we should warn people about the dangers of sin and not turning to Jesus. But we need to be mindful of methodology. A message rooted in fearmongering is not Christlike nor in line with the tone of the Gospel (2 Timothy 1:7). Eschatology plays an important role throughout the Bible. Humans, and Satan, broke the world. And God will soon come to restore it and to restore us. In the meantime, we need to press on in our current mission. We’re not done yet, Christians. Let’s continue to advance the gospel and leave the End Times to God. We’ll know when he arrives. In the meantime, let’s focus on what he’s called us to do. Biblical Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that believes that all prophecies in the Bible have already been fulfilled in the past. This school of thought interprets the Book of Daniel as referring to events that happened from the 7th century BC until the first century AD, while seeing the prophecies of the Book of Revelation as events that happened in the first century AD. Preterism is directly opposed to futurism, which sees the end-times prophecies as having a still-future fulfillment. Hyper-Preterism, the belief that the New Testament expectation of Christ's return in glory has already occurred, has become a fairly standard part of critical approaches to biblical faith as they have developed during the modern period. Revelation 20-20-21-22 The Thousand Year Reign 20 Then[a] I saw an angel descending from heaven, holding[b] in his hand the key to the abyss and a huge chain. 2 He[c] seized the dragon—the ancient serpent, who is the devil and Satan—and tied him up for a thousand years. 3 The angel[d] then[e] threw him into the abyss and locked[f] and sealed it so that he could not deceive the nations until the one thousand years were finished. (After these things he must be released for a brief period of time.) 4 Then[g] I saw thrones and seated on them were those who had been given authority to judge.[h] I also saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of the testimony about Jesus and because of the word of God. These[i] had not worshiped the beast or his image and had refused to receive his mark on their forehead or hand. They[j] came to life[k] and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 (The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were finished.)[l] This is the first resurrection. 6 Blessed and holy is the one who takes part[m] in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them,[n] but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and they will reign with him for a thousand years. Satan’s Final Defeat 7 Now[o] when the thousand years are finished, Satan will be released from his prison 8 and will go out to deceive[p] the nations at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog,[q] to bring them together for the battle. They are as numerous as the grains of sand in the sea.[r] 9 They[s] went up[t] on the broad plain of the earth[u] and encircled[v] the camp[w] of the saints and the beloved city, but[x] fire came down from heaven and devoured them completely.[y] 10 And the devil who deceived[z] them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur,[aa] where the beast and the false prophet are[ab] too, and they will be tormented there day and night forever and ever. The Great White Throne 11 Then[ac] I saw a large[ad] white throne and the one who was seated on it; the earth and the heaven[ae] fled[af] from his presence, and no place was found for them. 12 And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne. Then[ag] books were opened, and another book was opened—the book of life.[ah] So[ai] the dead were judged by what was written in the books, according to their deeds.[aj] 13 The[ak] sea gave up the dead that were in it, and Death[al] and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each one was judged according to his deeds. 14 Then[am] Death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death—the lake of fire. 15 If[an] anyone’s name[ao] was not found written in the book of life, that person[ap] was thrown into the lake of fire. Preterism comes the Latin word ‘praeter’ which means ‘the past’. When it comes to understanding Bible prophecy all Christians are preterists to one degree or another. It is only logical and reasonable to examine the past to see if a prophecy has already been fulfilled. Most Christians would acknowledge that Isaiah 7:14 describing a virgin giving birth has been fulfilled in the past. But not all Christians would agree about the nature of prophecies relating to Christ’s “second coming”. Preterists argue that all of the prophecies relating to Christ’s ‘coming’ (as described in Matthew 24) have already been fulfilled. This contrasts with two other schools of prophecy interpretation. Essentially there are then three general schools of eschatology: Futurism – the contents of Revelation pertain to the very end of time on earth. Historicism – that the contents of Revelation have unfolded throughout history from the time of its writing to the present day (and beyond). Preterism – before assuming that a prophecy is not fulfilled, it should be evaluated in the light of the past. That is, how did the original audience understand what was written to them – and what was the original intention of the text. If it can be demonstrated that a prophecy has been fulfilled in the past, then that prophecy should be considered as fulfilled prophecy. Within Preterism there are two streams. Both streams identify themselves as “Preterist”. To distinguish between them, two pejorative terms are often employed: Hyper-Preterism, and Partial-Preterism. Full Preterists, also referred to as Hyper-Preterists, or Pantelogists, regard all Bible prophecy fulfilled by A.D. 70. Those who regard that most prophecy was fulfilled by A.D. 70 (including the parousia of Christ’s Vindication, the commencement of the Kingdom of Christ, the First Resurrection, but not including the Final Judgment, the banishment of Satan to eternal torment, or the General Resurrection) are referred to as Partial-Preterists or more correctly: Classical Preterists. The proceeding table of comparison between Full-Preterism and Partial Preterism will highlight the differences. Criticism of Preterism can be summarised as- Futurists – claim that Preterism ‘spiritualises’ Bible prophecy rather than taking it literally. To which Preterists counter that they are actually more literal in their interpretation of Bible prophecy because they strive for the original intention of a passage rather than impose fanciful modern understandings onto an ancient text. Historicists – claim that Preterism was developed by Jesuits in the seventeenth century to counter the growing the Reformation claims that the Papacy was the Anti-Christ. This is actually one of the weakest methods of debate: attack with innuendo and name calling and ignore the content of the proposition. The roots of Preterism go back to the First Century AD when people clearly saw the events foretold by Christ as having been fulfilled up until the destruction of Jerusalem and Judea in A.D. 70. The sticking point between Full-Preterists and Partial Preterists is the nature of the Resurrection. Resolve this issue Biblically and you will conclude that one of these two positions is thoroughly Biblical and (while Creeds are not authoritative) in agreement with the earliest Creeds of the Church. Many Christians have strong beliefs about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. However, they don’t talk as much about what will happen after He returns. But the Bible tells you what is in store during and after the greatest event in human history. There are actually dozens of clear, detailed Bible prophecies showing that, after Christ returns, a 1,000-year period will occur, during which He will rule the Earth with the saints. Many Christians downplay this millennium or regard it as being “spiritual” but not literal. What is the Millennium? Is there really a prophesied time of worldwide peace and prosperity just around the corner? Will Jesus Christ really return to Earth to set up a world-ruling government? The answers to these questions are plainly revealed in your Bible. Read the writings of historians and theologians from the first few centuries after Christ’s death and resurrection, and you will see that they were generally aware of His future 1,000-year reign on Earth. Papias of Hierapolis taught in the second century a.d. that “there would be a certain millennium after the resurrection, and that there would be a corporeal reign of Christ on this very Earth,” according to the famous historian Eusebius’s Ecclesiastical Histories (emphasis added). Irenaeus, the bishop of Lyons, wrote in the second century a.d.: “For in as many days as this world was made, in so many thousand years it reaches its consummation.” He identified several Old Testament passages that refer to the Millennium, then continued: “All such things refer not to heavenly matters but to the time of the kingdom, when the Earth has been restored by Jesus Christ.” These men took the many biblical prophecies and statements about the Millennium literally. They did not think that this Kingdom of God was set up only “in your heart.” They understood it to be the literal reign of Jesus Christ on Earth, a government just as real as ancient Israel, the Roman Empire or the United States. Today, however, that general understanding of the Millennium has been lost. What is the truth? First, understand that this is not God’s world. The god of this world is actually Satan the devil (2 Corinthians 4:4). He has deceived the entire world through his powerful broadcast as the prince of the power of the air (Revelation 12:9; Ephesians 2:2). Revelation 20:1-3 prophesy that after Jesus Christ’s return, Satan and his demons will be bound for a thousand years: “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” This shows that after Christ takes the throne of the Earth from Satan, he will be restrained, no longer able to deceive the nations, for a thousand years. That tells us that the Millennium is a future event, because the world right now is clearly still heavily influenced by Satan. When that evil spirit influence is removed, however, everyone will have the opportunity to receive the wonderful truth that God reveals in the Bible. Everyone will finally have the opportunity to learn the way to true happiness. “[T]he earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Isaiah 11:9). This is the time of “refreshing” and the “restitution of all things” prophesied in Acts 3:19-21. In the Millennium, the saints of God will rule with Jesus Christ (Revelation 20:6; Daniel 7:18, 27; Revelation 3:21; 5:10). These resurrected saints will rule beside Jesus Christ as His Bride (Revelation 19:7-8). In the fourth century a.d., the Catholic Church removed the book of Revelation from its general reading list. Encyclopedia Britannica (11th edition) comments: “Thus the troublesome foundation on which [the teaching of the Millennium] might have continued to build was got rid of.” Edward Gibbon wrote in The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire: “The doctrine of Christ’s reign upon Earth … was considered by degrees as a doubtful and useless opinion, and was at length rejected as the absurd invention of heresy and fanaticism.” The Catholic Church began to look on the Roman Empire as the fulfillment of the Kingdom of God. It erased the teaching of a future kingdom to be established by Christ at His return. Today, the pope of the church in Rome is called the vicar of Christ—in place of Christ. Many in Catholicism and the churches that derived from Catholicism believe that Christ’s millennial reign has already begun in some way. However, Revelation 20 clearly shows that the Millennium cannot begin until after Satan has been removed and bound. Today, we are so far removed from the truth about the Millennium that many Christians don’t believe this doctrine is even taught in the New Testament. But note this in John 7:8: Jesus Christ encouraged His disciples and His family to go and keep the Feast of Tabernacles. “But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he? … Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught” (verses 10-11, 14). Jesus Christ set this example for us: Even at the peril of His life, He kept the Feast of Tabernacles so that we might follow in His steps (1 Peter 2:21). Why keep the Feast of Tabernacles? To understand the truth about the Millennium! The Feast of Tabernacles is the sixth of seven annual festivals that God commands His people to observe every year. This weeklong fall festival occurs in September or October. Deuteronomy 16:14 shows that during the Feast of Tabernacles, God wanted the ancient Israelites to overflow with joyfulness, thanksgiving and rejoicing. God even commanded the Israelites to save a tenth of their income throughout the year for use at this festival to help them rejoice. Deuteronomy 14:23 gives the purpose of the Feast and its abundance: “[T]hat thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God always.” This Feast pictures a time of physical abundance, when the whole world will enjoy the fruits of obeying God’s law. Exodus 23:16 calls the Feast of Tabernacles a “feast of ingathering.” God’s plan of salvation is typed by the two annual harvests in ancient Israel: the small spring harvest of the firstfruits of the crops, and the much larger fall harvest. These harvests type God’s time order for harvesting human beings into His Family: First, He is gathering in a small harvest of firstfruits—the Church, which is being prepared and trained so they might rule with Christ in the Millennium and beyond. Then, God will gather in the great fall harvest, when all who have ever lived will be given a chance to be part of God’s Family. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures that future ingathering of Spirit-begotten humans who will be brought into the Family of God during the 1,000-year reign of Christ. The Feast of Tabernacles pictures a time when God’s Family will be enlarged. That is why Christ observed this festival when He was on Earth—because He understood what it pictured, even if the Jews did not. Zechariah 14 shows that when Christ returns, mankind will try to fight Him, but He will forcefully put down all rebellion. Mankind will be forced to be happy—to live the way of God, which brings real happiness into our lives. At that time, “living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one” (verses 8-9). God’s law will flow out from Jerusalem (Isaiah 2:3), and this city will become the joy of the whole Earth (Psalm 48:2). Zechariah 14:16 shows that in the Millennium, everyone will keep the Feast of Tabernacles: “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Talk about a feast of ingathering! This foretells a time when all mankind—Israelites and Gentiles alike—will be keeping the Feast of Tabernacles in Jerusalem. All mankind will be obeying God’s law and keeping His annual holy days! After putting down the initial rebellion, Christ will begin a massive project of reeducation. Much of that reeducation will center around these seven annual festivals, which picture God’s master plan for mankind. God commanded for these festivals to be observed forever. That is why Christ risked His life to keep them when He was on Earth—because He knew that these holy days pictured a time when all mankind would be brought into the Family of God. In this soon-coming Kingdom of God, everyone will have access to God’s truth and will be able to learn the way to true happiness. The truth of God will cover the Earth like the waters cover the ocean beds! (see Isaiah 11). Zechariah 14:17-19 show what will happen to those who refuse to keep the Feast of Tabernacles. They will experience curses from God such as drought until they change their attitudes. What more proof do we need that God always intends for us to keep these days? Now 6,000 years of human experience have brought mankind to the very brink of world suicide. So, in other words, the first 6,000 years of God’s 7,000-year plan were allotted to allow Satan to labor at his work of deceiving the world, followed by 1,000 years (one millennial day) when Satan shall not be allowed to do any of his “work” of deception. Put another way, God marked out six millennial days to allow man to indulge in the spiritual labor of sin, followed by a millennium of spiritual rest, under the enforced government of God. There is some people who believe that 800-1000 years are added to our History and that fall of Rome and Jesus Christ happened much faster then we think . I tried to research this and found one great article about Italian Umberto Gallery which in 19th century photos did not have first letter M which means it is 1000 years older . Then i found some interesting coins from the past . 1000 Years Added To Our History? Dark Ages Never Existed? Has Our History Been Tampered With? https://muslimheritage.com/uploads/AboutUs.pdf Believers in the “Tartaria” conspiracy theory are convinced that the elaborate temporary fairgrounds built for events like The Chicago World's Fair of 1893 and the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco in 1915 were really the ancient capital cities of a fictional empire. Built in the 1920s?, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank was one of several ornate Western-style commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district. Inside the ‘Tartarian Empire,’ the Architecture boards, adherents of a bizarre conspiracy theory argue that everything you know about the history of architecture is wrong. In 1908, architect Ernest Flagg completed the Singer Building in Lower Manhattan, a Beaux-Arts showstopper made for the Singer sewing machine company. From a wide base, a slender 27-story tower rose, topped by a mansard roof and a delicate lantern spire. Every inch dripped with sumptuous detail inside and out; vaulted roofs, marble columns with bronze trim, window mullions with spiral fluting. The lobby was said to have a “celestial radiance.” A book was written just about its construction. For a year, it was the tallest building in the world at 612 feet, and a celebrated landmark for decades after that. But not for too much longer. Despite its great height, the pencil-thin tower lacked office space. In the 1960s the company sold its ornate headquarters; demolition proceeded in 1967. It’s the tallest building to ever be peacefully demolished. By any account, it’s a fantastical tale: Once the tallest building in the world and a New York icon, knocked down in just a handful of decades. For some, it’s too fantastical to believe … or perhaps not fantastical enough. A dedicated group of YouTubers and Reddit posters see the Singer Building and countless other discarded pre-modern beauties and extant Beaux-Arts landmarks as artifacts of a globe-spanning civilization called the Tartarian Empire, which was somehow erased from the history books. Adherents of this theory believe these buildings to be the keys to a hidden past, clandestinely obscured by malevolent actors. Who? Why? To what possible end? As in many other, more high-profile conspiracy theories, this baroque fantasy doesn’t offer much in the way of practical considerations, logic or evidence. But it’s grounded in some real anxieties, pointing toward the changes wrought by the modern world in general and modern architecture specifically — and rejecting both. Tartaria rises Tartarian-themed content is produced for YouTube videos that get picked over on Reddit. The r/Tartarianarchitecture sub, which began in December 2018, has 3,300 members, though not everyone who posts and comments appears to be a true believer. A larger and more general sub that appeared around the same time, r/Tartaria, has 8,700 members. As conspiracy theories go, Tartaria remains obscure; Twitter user @cinemashoebox brought it to many people’s attention last year with this thread, and pseudoscience-debunking writer Brian Dunning recently devoted an episode of his podcast, Skeptoid, to the Tartaria theory, which appears to have first emerged in 2016 and 2017. The Tartaria storyline is not directly related to the adrenochrome-harvesting Satanic-pedophile cabal that lies at the heart of QAnon, the unfounded conspiracy theory that crashed into the real world in 2020. But it shares some of what Peter Ditto, a social psychologist at the University of California-Irvine who specializes in conspiracy theories, calls QAnon’s “cafeteria quality:” There’s no overarching narrative or single authorial voice interpreting events. It’s just a gusher of outlandish speculation; adherents can pick and choose which elements they want to sign on to. The overall premise is an alternative history. A vast, technologically advanced “Tartarian” empire, emanating from north-central Asia or thereabouts, either influenced or built vast cities and infrastructure all over the world. (Tartaria, or Tartary, though never a coherent empire, was indeed a general term for north-central Asia.) Either via a sudden cataclysm or a steady antagonistic decline — and perhaps as recently as 100 years ago — Tartaria fell. Its great buildings were buried, and its history was erased. After this “great reset,” the few surviving examples of Tartarian architecture were falsely recast as the work of contemporary builders who could never have executed buildings of such grace and beauty, and subjected them to clumsy alterations. “I think that it was one worldwide civilization,” says Joachim Skaar, a 26-year-old Norwegian who runs The Tartarian Meltdown YouTube channel. “It was all based on unity, oneness, peace, love, and harmony, which we don’t see in today’s society.” There’s an arch-traditionalism present in the theory, too. The pre-modern buildings that we venerate are sometimes said to be more than 1,000 years old. “The same people that built the Capitol in Washington built the pyramids in Egypt,” Skaar says. Reached at his recording studio, Skaar, who works as a plumber, is not an architect or historian, but he has strong opinions on both disciplines. “We have two very different types of architecture,” he says. There’s modern architecture “with the name Brutalism,” which he describes as “square concrete boxes which are designed to be produced very fast, very cheap and very effective.” And then there’s Tartarian architecture, a label that gets applied to anything that’s particularly ornate and pre-modern, encompassing many Western styles: Classical, Beaux-Arts, Second Empire. The term is also sometimes used for some non-Western structures, like the Taj Mahal. Structures that seem geographically or culturally dislocated, like the Beaux-Arts commercial buildings in Shanghai’s Bund district, are particularly attractive to this theory, as are those that are impressively massive, like the pyramids of Egypt or the Great Wall of China (built, the theory goes, by Tartarians to keep the Chinese out). Anywhere there’s a perceived gap between the refined craftwork of an old building and the “primitive” technology of the horse-and-buggy-era people building it, space for Tartarian speculation pops up. American cities of the 19th century are often rich with Tartarian appropriation, especially the young settlements of the West, when grand public structures seemed to emerge from the wilderness, surrounded by wood hovels and muddy streets. State capitol buildings and city halls are frequently fingered as palaces of ancient Tartaria rather than Gilded Age municipal buildings. (These photos of the Iowa State Capitol in Des Moines highlight the contrast Tartarian theorists point out.) The Tartarian milieu is an intensely visual medium, occupied with riffing on photos and maps, picking out apparent inconsistencies and making one-off conjectures instead of weaving together comprehensive timelines. The theory is notably light on reasoning as to why and how the greatest cover-up in history was undertaken, but it does offer a few options for how Tartaria was erased and the great reset propagated. Many say that an apocalyptic mud flood buried its great buildings; some suggest the use of high-tech weaponry to tactically remove Tartarian infrastructure. A consistent theme is that warfare is an often-used pretext to wipe away surviving traces of Tartarian civilization, with the two world wars of the 20th century finishing work that may have begun with Napoleon’s invasion of Russia. Despite their interest in architecture, most Tartaria theorists do not appear to have backgrounds in the building trades: Many of the more easily refuted arguments spring from very basic misunderstandings of how the built environment works, as well as broader confusion about how buildings function in the economy and culture. An abundance of posters appear convinced that below-grade basement windows in older buildings, for example, are evidence that the building had been “mud flooded,” and the rest of the structure is actually buried deep underground. Sometimes this will get some skeptical pushback (“I think they didn't have lights in the cellar so they build in windows for them?” was how one poster responded), but that’s more of an exception than the rule. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere.” Similarly, their grasp of historic labor and material costs is shaky. Before the Industrial Revolution, labor was cheap, so paying artisans to sculpt elaborate masonry — even for relatively humble structures — wasn’t the great expense it seems today, when labor prices are higher and factory-made steel, concrete and glass is cheap; that’s why we see so much of these materials in buildings today, and so much less filigreed terra cotta. One of the most adamant denials in Tartarian circles is that public buildings like schools and post offices were ever built with monumental proportions and elegant aesthetics. They sneer at the wedding-cake-topper Second Empire buildings designed by Alfred Mullett after the Civil War, for example. “How many stamps did you sell to build yourself a post office like this?,” says popular Tartarian YouTuber JonLevi in one of his videos. “Absolutely ridiculous. The post office has always struggled.” (He has more than 100,000 subscribers.) Some of this confusion is unfamiliarity: Mullett’s U.S. Customs House and Post Office in St. Louis, for example, was a huge federal project, built to process the mail of 10 states and four U.S. territories, not a neighborhood letter depot. But beyond that, there’s a broader refusal to believe that public architecture could ever have been built in an atmosphere of generosity and abundance. This is echoed by their astonishment at the double-height grand lobbies and arched doorways of old buildings, which they see as artifacts not meant for us. (Some theorists surmise that ancient Tartarians were giants.) The Tartarian community seems to have internalized the current era’s predilection for public sector austerity and the resulting aesthetics, which they abhor, more than they realize. At its core, the theory reflects a fear of how quickly things change. As they look at today’s cityscapes, Tartaria believers see an eerie and alienating place, filled with abstract monoliths that emerged out of nowhere in a brief period of time. They’re skeptical of the rapid rise and development of the U.S., and even more suspicious of how quickly Modernism came to dominate the landscape. One favorite case study, useful for illustrating this aesthetic whiplash, is the grand domed Henry Ives Cobb Chicago Federal Building, built in 1905. Like the Singer Building, it was razed after just 60 years in favor of an icy black Mies van Der Rohe tower. In one sense, the Tartaria theory is right: With modern architecture, a revolutionary new consensus on how the built environment should look and work did take hold in a very short period of time, conveniently overlapping with the world wars that these theorists see as the tail end of Tartaria’s influence. The world of 1960 indeed looked radically different from the world of 1920. Led by obscure and poorly understood forces (architects), architecture schools truly did throw out the history books to build a new world. But instead of making this excision the work of a colossal global mega-conspiracy worthy of a pulpy airport mystery novel, they wouldn’t shut up about it. In the Tartarian worldview, we’re a society that doesn’t properly understand or value the built environment, because we’ve been misled about who really built it. When he’s decrying the lack of regard for the cultural legacy of old buildings, Skaar sounds less like a conspiracy theorist than a board member of a preservation nonprofit. “The problem is that people don’t recognize these buildings,” he says. “They walk past them all the time, and they’re fascinated, but they don’t think any more deeply about it. They don’t know what they’re looking at because they have been told something else.” In search of a fabricated empire This disregard for architecture’s “true” history moves into a wider rejection of how disposably cheap and commodified the culture at large seems to be. As such, one canonical belief of Tartarian aficionados is that the elaborate temporary pavilions built for late 19th century and early 20th century World’s Fairs were in fact Tartarian capital cities. It strikes them as improbably wasteful that anyone would erect these magnificent complexes, full of fluted columns, domes and pediments, out of plaster of Paris, hemp fiber, and straw, as was done for the 1893 World’s Fair in Chicago. In Tartarian lore, these sites were ancient monuments that were co-opted to teach a falsified history of the world and make a few bucks selling popcorn and Ferris Wheel rides. Then they were demolished, to erase the handiwork of the real builders. In pointing out the eradication of an ancient culture by an expanding imperial power, Tartarian believers again stumble on something real, but they scramble the protagonists. In the European colonial era, Western nations fanned out over the globe, subjugating and destabilizing numerous non-white civilizations — and building many examples of what’s now considered Tartarian architecture as celebration of these victories. But when YouTuber JonLevi marvels at the Hong Kong Shanghai Bank and the rest of the 1920s banking infrastructure built along Shanghai’s Huangpu River, he doesn’t see the wealth-extracting handiwork of a rapacious 20th century empire: In the Tartaria-verse, these are the stately remnants of a far older and more benevolent one. The theory posits that only Tartarians, not British bankers or Belgian rubber barons, could move culture like architecture across geography. “You see these capital domes all over the world, which, to me, proves that the same people built everywhere,” says Skaar. Bastion star forts are another building type that Tartarians are obsessed with: They often point out that these cannon-resistant military fortifications, popular in the 16th and 17th centuries, are found all over Western Europe, like Portugal and the Netherlands, but also quite mysteriously, far away in Asia, in Sri Lanka. But since Sri Lanka was a Portuguese and Dutch colony, it’s not really very mysterious. Military historian Jeremy Black, author of two books on the history of fortifications, says that the geographic reoccurrence of the style reflects how effective Europeans were in spreading this technology across the globe. This ahistoricism can make the Tartarian architecture community occasionally receptive to reactionaries, racists and anti-Semites. A survey of videos and discussions will turn up all manner of other conspiratorial threads. Along with flat-Earth advocacy, anti-vaccination sentiments and 5G scaremongering, there’s talk of anti-Semitic banking cartel conspiracies and Holocaust denial. Some Tartarian histories recast populations of Central Asia, like Genghis Kahn’s Mongol Empire, as red-haired, blue-eyed, white people — “Silk Road Aryans.” The persistence of anti-Jewish tropes within current conspiracy theories is likely the result of cultural inertia, says UC-Irvine scholar Ditto. As successive generations of the conspiracy-minded seek evidence to back up their diverging worldview, they find it in texts that may go back centuries, which are riddled with anti-Semitism. But the face of the villains in the Tartarian narrative is not clearly defined. Skaar blames quasi-mystical “parasites” who thrive off pain and strife, and laments that contemporary life has become a place where “everything is based on tyranny, greed, and slavery.” The Tartaria commentariat is laced with economic discontent; they often decry the evaluation and disregard of buildings purely as salable commodities, untethered from broader notions of cultural legacy and achievement. There’s a reoccurring and implicit understanding that buildings, like the Singer Building, get torn down when they stop making money — the only thing that really matters — and that the world is a vast field of predation, where the rich and powerful consume the poor and weak. In fact, the governing ideology of the modern architecture that Tartarians despise was a critique of this system. Modernism argued for an egalitarian architecture that would help break the shackles of the past, rejecting backbreaking representational craftsmanship to honor omnipotent kings and divine beings in favor of simple, universal forms that would leverage restraint and efficacy into a broad uplift for the masses. Minus the weirdest stuff — the global mud flood, the ancient energy weapons, the vanished race of giants — the Tartaria theory is just an extreme form of aesthetic moralism, the idea that traditional architecture styles are inherently good and modern architecture is the product of a degenerate culture. The tastes of the community generally align with traditional architectural revival proponents (some of whom also embrace reactionary and white nationalist politics). This sort of aesthetic nativism flourished during the Trump era, and it appears to have fresh converts in Congress: Recently, representatives Marjorie Taylor Greene and Paul Gosar formed a new caucus dedicated to “uniquely Anglo-Saxon political traditions” and infrastructure that “befits the progeny of European architecture.” The language is different, but the sentiment wouldn’t appear out of place in r/Tartaria. Holding back a flood of conspiracies Though the Tartarian Empire seemed to wink into existence in the past few years, the themes its believers explore are familiar ones. Conspiracy theories are a way to channel restive populism in the face of rapid social and demographic change, Ditto says, and there’s plenty of that going around. They are also a way to gather up amorphous fears and put them in a specific place, to make them more manageable. Ditto calls this “over-intentionalization. “If your fate is controlled by impersonal, systemic forces, it doesn’t offer you much control over your own destiny,” he says. “But if you can localize it to a small group of people whose motives you understand — they are out to get you — then it at least offers some hope that you can overcome their malevolent intentions.” Belief in conspiracy theories can also be driven by loneliness, isolation and economic hardship, which made a pandemic a fertile Petri dish, and helped QAnon’s believers storm the Capitol by force and through the ballot box. The social atomization forced on us by Covid-19 is a hyperbolic retelling of the Tower of Babel (which has a special place in Tartarian lore) and its attendant anxiety at fracturing and divided cultures. The great reset that erased that tower — and the fabulous, fictional empire that built it — continues to reverberate, splintering us into ever-stranger factions. And Ditto says it does seem like reality is getting harder to decipher. The internet has made it easier to disseminate misinformation while eroding faith in the media hierarchies that once filtered it out. Polarization and a lack of trust in government and institutions creates a feedback loop, where leaders can’t solve problems because their political bases are too narrow, and the resulting failures engender more distrust. It’s not a new cycle — despite a spike in media attention, there’s not much evidence that conspiratorial thinking is more common now than in years past — but technology can make these currents of collective delusion more powerful, and harder to ignore. The basic human desires for community, stories (the more outrageous the better) and the need to feel like a protagonist in a wider struggle are what pulls us from moments of real social, economic and cultural dislocation into fabricated histories. Buildings and cities are made to grow old, to outlast people, and to be a testament to these cultural histories. They’re a yardstick for a culture’s ability to endure. When they’re not given the chance to do this, the contradiction can break something loose, and send people scavenging for cultural memory that feels ancient enough to anchor them in an uncertain now.

Illusion of Democracy Who Really Controls Our Lives Their Is No Border Crisis, No Drug Epidemic, No Pedophile's. So People's Republic Of United States Of America Declared Its An Open Sanctuary Cities Is Open To All As Planned In The First Places. So If You Are A Good Person Or A Bad Person Or Really Who Care At All ? Be-Headings - Homeless - Drug - Death - Rape - Sex Workers - Child Pedophile's Etc. Their Is No Pedophile's Per Biden Said New U.S.A. Laws Coming Age of Consent Is To Be 8 Yrs. Old So You Are A Adult In The United States At The Age Of Legal An Adulthood Is 8 years Old. For Sex, Marriage, Leaving Home. Satisfaction was at an all-time low in large capitalist democracies including the UK, America, Brazil, Mexico and Australia. Dissatisfaction with modern, capitalist, representative democratic governments has reached the highest level ever recorded in 2019, a study has indicated. Researchers from Cambridge University's new Centre for the Future of Democracy analyzed a data set of more than four million people and found that satisfaction was at an all-time low in large political democracies including the UK, America, Brazil, Mexico and Australia. The data set combines more than 25 international survey projects covering 154 countries between 1995 and 2020, with some dating back as far as 1973, and includes new cross-country surveys commissioned from polling firm YouGov. Recession - Detailed stocktaking of global political sentiment began in 1995. "Across the globe, democracy is in a state of malaise," said the report's lead author Dr Roberto Foa, from Cambridge's Department of Politics and International Studies (POLIS). "We find that dissatisfaction with democracy has risen over time, and is reaching an all-time global high, in particular in developed countries." The study suggested that dissatisfaction with democratic politics among citizens of developed countries has increased from a third to half of all individuals over the last quarter of a century. It defines "developed" as citizens of Europe, North America, East Asia and Australasia, and all data presented in the report is from countries that are electoral democracies. The downward trend in satisfaction with democracy has been especially sharp since 2005, which marks the beginning of what some have called a "global democratic recession", the report said. Symptom - Some 38.7 percent of citizens were dissatisfied in that year, but this has since risen by almost one fifth of the population (18.8 percent) to 57.5 percent. In the UK, the report shows democratic satisfaction rose fairly consistently for 30 years from the 1970s, reaching a high-water mark during the Tony Blair years at the turn of the millennium. The Iraq War and parliamentary expenses scandal caused dips, but satisfaction plunged during the political stalemate following the EU referendum. By 2019, for the first time since the mid-1970s, a clear majority of UK citizens were dissatisfied with democracy. Dr Foa said the rise of populism may be "less a cause and more a symptom of democratic malaise". Evolve - "Without this weakening legitimacy, it would be unthinkable for a US presidential candidate (Donald Trump) to denounce American democracy as rigged, or for the winning presidential candidate in Latin America's largest democracy (Jair Bolsonaro of Brazil) to openly entertain nostalgia for military rule. "If confidence in democracy has been slipping, it is because democratic institutions have been seen failing to address some of the major crises of our era, from economic crashes to the threat of global warming. "To restore democratic legitimacy, that must change." Professor David Runciman, head of the new Centre for the Future of Democracy, said: "We need to move beyond thinking about immediate crises in politics and take a longer view to identify possible trajectories for democracy around the world. "This means distinguishing what is essential to democracy, what is contingent and what can be changed. The Centre for the Future of Democracy will be looking at the bigger picture to see how democracy could evolve." Raw Milk Farmers Are Going to Prison In Canada, it’s illegal to sell or give away raw milk, a law that’s enforced in many provinces. In Ontario, distributing raw milk was long considered to be a regulatory offense punishable by fines, but as of January 2018 an order issued by Ontario’s Superior Court calls for anyone who distributes or sells raw milk in the area to face years in prison. Members of one area food co-op believe the Ontario injunction violates their constitutional right to access raw milk, and they’ve filed a motion to have the injunction stayed. https://organicconsumers.org/raw-milk-farmers-are-going-prison/ In Canada, it’s illegal to sell or give away raw milk, a law that’s enforced in many provinces. In Ontario, distributing raw milk was long considered to be a regulatory offense punishable by fines, but as of January 2018 an order issued by Ontario’s Superior Court changed that. Now, anyone who distributes or sells raw milk in the area can face years in prison. Their Is No Border Crisis, Their Is No Drug Epidemic, Their Is No Pedophile's ! New Way the Biden Administration Wants to Disarm You Safer States Policy, which is just an inversion of the Biden Administration's failed civilian disarmament agenda. This time, instead of trying to strip you of your rights from the top down, the White House now proposes to do that from the bottom up. You better learn what all of this means to you and arm yourself with education today. https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/OGVP-Safer-States-Policy-Agenda.pdf President Biden established the first-ever White House Office of Gun Violence Prevention to reduce gun violence, which has ravaged communities across the country, and implement and expand upon key executive and legislative action which has been taken to save lives. The Office of Gun Violence Prevention is overseen by Vice President Harris, who has been a been a key leader in the Biden-Harris Administration’s effort to end our nation’s gun violence epidemic. 76 Million Gun Owners, Gun Culture, and 2nd Amendment Laws, Red Flags, U.S. Gangs - https://rumble.com/v2cuu12-76-million-gun-owners-gun-culture-and-2nd-amendment-laws-red-flags-u.s.-gan.html Office of Intergovernmental Affairs convened 100 state legislators to announce the Biden-Harris Administration's Safer States Initiative to reduce gun violence and save lives. Wisconsin Farmer to Stand Trial for Selling Raw Milk - https://www.thedailybeast.com/wisconsin-farmer-to-stand-trial-for-selling-raw-milk Police Send SWAT Team Raid Rawesome Foods, Dump Raw Milk $10,000 Worth - Wow and Raw Milk Raid on Amish Farmer Highlights Stupid FDA Tactics Reason contributor Baylen Linnekin writes about a totally insane (and armed!) raid on an Amish farmer in Pennsylvania who dared provide raw milk and other dairy products to willing and knowing DC-area customers. The details of the raid are disturbing and so is the rationale against the purchase of the stuff in question: Anyone who has ever brought home a dozen eggs from a grocer's shelves has purchased raw food. And once a consumer brings any food home, it's up to the consumer—not the government—to decide how (or if) he or she wants to cook the food. The notion that the government would ban raw chicken, beef or eggs—or deli meat, for that matter—from store shelves may seem ludicrous. Seen in this context, the current raw milk ban is no less absurd. Even if consumers were unaware of the risk involved in consuming a raw agricultural product like raw milk or raw beef, FDA and USDA guidelines, along with many state and local health codes, typically require warnings about the potential dangers of consuming raw or undercooked foods. Where a warning will suffice, a ban is inappropriate. The FDA's extraordinary message when it comes to raw milk, though, is that the American people are too dim to read the very labels the agency requires. Whole thing here, in the Washington Times. Linnekin is the founder and director of Keep Food Legal, a nonprofit that is dedicated to defining and enlarging culinary freedom, the (radical!) notion that eaters and chefs should be free to use whatever ingredients they want in the act of cooking and chowing. True Story How US Government Tried To Kill Weed Smokers With A Toxic Chemical - https://rumble.com/v2ath8q-true-story-how-us-government-tried-to-kill-weed-smokers-with-a-toxic-chemic.html How U.S. Government (Killed Us Again) U.S.A. Poisoned Alcohol During Prohibition - https://rumble.com/v2atam4-how-u.s.-government-killed-us-again-u.s.a.-poisoned-alcohol-during-prohibit.html Nothing to See Here “Accidental Destruction” Food Processing Plant Fire Suspicious - https://rumble.com/v2axqu6-nothing-to-see-here-accidental-destruction-food-processing-plant-fire-suspi.html Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs): Transgenic Crops and Recombinant DNA Technology If you could save lives by producing vaccines in transgenic bananas, would you? In the debate over large-scale commercialization and use of GMOs, where should we draw the line? People have been altering the genomes of plants and animals for many years using traditional breeding techniques. Artificial selection for specific, desired traits has resulted in a variety of different organisms, ranging from sweet corn to hairless cats. But this artificial selection, in which organisms that exhibit specific traits are chosen to breed subsequent generations, has been limited to naturally occurring variations. In recent decades, however, advances in the field of genetic engineering have allowed for precise control over the genetic changes introduced into an organism. Today, we can incorporate new genes from one species into a completely unrelated species through genetic engineering, optimizing agricultural performance or facilitating the production of valuable pharmaceutical substances. Crop plants, farm animals, and soil bacteria are some of the more prominent examples of organisms that have been subject to genetic engineering. Current Use of Genetically Modified Organisms Agricultural plants are one of the most frequently cited examples of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Some benefits of genetic engineering in agriculture are increased crop yields, reduced costs for food or drug production, reduced need for pesticides, enhanced nutrient composition and food quality, resistance to pests and disease, greater food security, and medical benefits to the world's growing population. Advances have also been made in developing crops that mature faster and tolerate aluminum, boron, salt, drought, frost, and other environmental stressors, allowing plants to grow in conditions where they might not otherwise flourish (Table 1; Takeda & Matsuoka, 2008). Other applications include the production of nonprotein (bioplastic) or nonindustrial (ornamental plant) products. A number of animals have also been genetically engineered to increase yield and decrease susceptibility to disease. For example, salmon have been engineered to grow larger (Figure 1) and mature faster (Table 1), and cattle have been enhanced to exhibit resistance to mad cow disease (United States Department of Energy, 2007). https://www.nature.com/scitable/topicpage/genetically-modified-organisms-gmos-transgenic-crops-and-732/ The pharmaceutical industry is another frontier for the use of GMOs. In 1986, human growth hormone was the first protein pharmaceutical made in plants (Barta et al., 1986), and in 1989, the first antibody was produced (Hiatt et al., 1989). Both research groups used tobacco, which has since dominated the industry as the most intensively studied and utilized plant species for the expression of foreign genes (Ma et al., 2003). As of 2003, several types of antibodies produced in plants had made it to clinical trials. The use of genetically modified animals has also been indispensable in medical research. Transgenic animals are routinely bred to carry human genes, or mutations in specific genes, thus allowing the study of the progression and genetic determinants of various diseases. Potential GMO Applications Many industries stand to benefit from additional GMO research. For instance, a number of microorganisms are being considered as future clean fuel producers and biodegrades. In addition, genetically modified plants may someday be used to produce recombinant vaccines. In fact, the concept of an oral vaccine expressed in plants (fruits and vegetables) for direct consumption by individuals is being examined as a possible solution to the spread of disease in underdeveloped countries, one that would greatly reduce the costs associated with conducting large-scale vaccination campaigns. Work is currently underway to develop plant-derived vaccine candidates in potatoes and lettuce for hepatitis B virus (HBV), enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli (ETEC), and Norwalk virus. Scientists are also looking into the production of other commercially valuable proteins in plants, such as spider silk protein and polymers that are used in surgery or tissue replacement (Ma et al., 2003). Genetically modified animals have even been used to grow transplant tissues and human transplant organs, a concept called xenotransplantation. The rich variety of uses for GMOs provides a number of valuable benefits to humans, but many people also worry about potential risks. Risks and Controversies Surrounding the Use of GMOs Despite the fact that the genes being transferred occur naturally in other species, there are unknown consequences to altering the natural state of an organism through foreign gene expression. After all, such alterations can change the organism's metabolism, growth rate, and/or response to external environmental factors. These consequences influence not only the GMO itself, but also the natural environment in which that organism is allowed to proliferate. Potential health risks to humans include the possibility of exposure to new allergens in genetically modified foods, as well as the transfer of antibiotic-resistant genes to gut flora. Horizontal gene transfer of pesticide, herbicide, or antibiotic resistance to other organisms would not only put humans at risk, but it would also cause ecological imbalances, allowing previously innocuous plants to grow uncontrolled, thus promoting the spread of disease among both plants and animals. Although the possibility of horizontal gene transfer between GMOs and other organisms cannot be denied, in reality, this risk is considered to be quite low. Horizontal gene transfer occurs naturally at a very low rate and, in most cases, cannot be simulated in an optimized laboratory environment without active modification of the target genome to increase susceptibility (Ma et al., 2003). In contrast, the alarming consequences of vertical gene transfer between GMOs and their wild-type counterparts have been highlighted by studying transgenic fish released into wild populations of the same species (Muir & Howard, 1999). The enhanced mating advantages of the genetically modified fish led to a reduction in the viability of their offspring. Thus, when a new transgene is introduced into a wild fish population, it propagates and may eventually threaten the viability of both the wild-type and the genetically modified organisms. Unintended Impacts on Other Species: The Bt Corn Controversy One example of public debate over the use of a genetically modified plant involves the case of Bt corn. Bt corn expresses a protein from the bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis. Prior to construction of the recombinant corn, the protein had long been known to be toxic to a number of pestiferous insects, including the monarch caterpillar, and it had been successfully used as an environmentally friendly insecticide for several years. The benefit of the expression of this protein by corn plants is a reduction in the amount of insecticide that farmers must apply to their crops. Unfortunately, seeds containing genes for recombinant proteins can cause unintentional spread of recombinant genes or exposure of non-target organisms to new toxic compounds in the environment. The now-famous Bt corn controversy started with a laboratory study by Losey et al. (1999) in which the mortality of monarch larvae was reportedly higher when fed with milkweed (their natural food supply) covered in pollen from transgenic corn than when fed milkweed covered with pollen from regular corn. The report by Losey et al. was followed by another publication (Jesse & Obrycki, 2000) suggesting that natural levels of Bt corn pollen in the field were harmful to monarchs. Debate ensued when scientists from other laboratories disputed the study, citing the extremely high concentration of pollen used in the laboratory study as unrealistic, and concluding that migratory patterns of monarchs do not place them in the vicinity of corn during the time it sheds pollen. For the next two years, six teams of researchers from government, academia, and industry investigated the issue and concluded that the risk of Bt corn to monarchs was "very low" (Sears et al., 2001), providing the basis for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to approve Bt corn for an additional seven years. Unintended Economic Consequences Another concern associated with GMOs is that private companies will claim ownership of the organisms they create and not share them at a reasonable cost with the public. If these claims are correct, it is argued that use of genetically modified crops will hurt the economy and environment, because monoculture practices by large-scale farm production centers (who can afford the costly seeds) will dominate over the diversity contributed by small farmers who can't afford the technology. However, a recent meta-analysis of 15 studies reveals that, on average, two-thirds of the benefits of first-generation genetically modified crops are shared downstream, whereas only one-third accrues upstream (Demont et al., 2007). These benefit shares are exhibited in both industrial and developing countries. Therefore, the argument that private companies will not share ownership of GMOs is not supported by evidence from first-generation genetically modified crops. GMOs and the General Public: Philosophical and Religious Concerns In a 2007 survey of 1,000 American adults conducted by the International Food Information Council (IFIC), 33% of respondents believed that biotech food products would benefit them or their families, but 23% of respondents did not know biotech foods had already reached the market. In addition, only 5% of those polled said they would take action by altering their purchasing habits as a result of concerns associated with using biotech products. According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, public acceptance trends in Europe and Asia are mixed depending on the country and current mood at the time of the survey (Hoban, 2004). Attitudes toward cloning, biotechnology, and genetically modified products differ depending upon people's level of education and interpretations of what each of these terms mean. Support varies for different types of biotechnology; however, it is consistently lower when animals are mentioned. Furthermore, even if the technologies are shared fairly, there are people who would still resist consumable GMOs, even with thorough testing for safety, because of personal or religious beliefs. The ethical issues surrounding GMOs include debate over our right to "play God," as well as the introduction of foreign material into foods that are abstained from for religious reasons. Some people believe that tampering with nature is intrinsically wrong, and others maintain that inserting plant genes in animals, or vice versa, is immoral. When it comes to genetically modified foods, those who feel strongly that the development of GMOs is against nature or religion have called for clear labeling rules so they can make informed selections when choosing which items to purchase. Respect for consumer choice and assumed risk is as important as having safeguards to prevent mixing of genetically modified products with non-genetically modified foods. In order to determine the requirements for such safeguards, there must be a definitive assessment of what constitutes a GMO and universal agreement on how products should be labeled. These issues are increasingly important to consider as the number of GMOs continues to increase due to improved laboratory techniques and tools for sequencing whole genomes, better processes for cloning and transferring genes, and improved understanding of gene expression systems. Thus, legislative practices that regulate this research have to keep pace. Prior to permitting commercial use of GMOs, governments perform risk assessments to determine the possible consequences of their use, but difficulties in estimating the impact of commercial GMO use makes regulation of these organisms a challenge. History of International Regulations for GMO Research and Development In 1971, the first debate over the risks to humans of exposure to GMOs began when a common intestinal microorganism, E. coli, was infected with DNA from a tumor-inducing virus (Devos et al., 2007). Initially, safety issues were a concern to individuals working in laboratories with GMOs, as well as nearby residents. However, later debate arose over concerns that recombinant organisms might be used as weapons. The growing debate, initially restricted to scientists, eventually spread to the public, and in 1974, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) established the Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee to begin to address some of these issues. In the 1980s, when deliberate releases of GMOs to the environment were beginning to occur, the U.S. had very few regulations in place. Adherence to the guidelines provided by the NIH was voluntary for industry. Also during the 1980s, the use of transgenic plants was becoming a valuable endeavor for production of new pharmaceuticals, and individual companies, institutions, and whole countries were beginning to view biotechnology as a lucrative means of making money (Devos et al., 2007). Worldwide commercialization of biotech products sparked new debate over the patentability of living organisms, the adverse effects of exposure to recombinant proteins, confidentiality issues, the morality and credibility of scientists, the role of government in regulating science, and other issues. In the U.S., the Congressional Office of Technology Assessment initiatives were developed, and they were eventually adopted worldwide as a top-down approach to advising policymakers by forecasting the societal impacts of GMOs. Then, in 1986, a publication by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), called "Recombinant DNA Safety Considerations," became the first intergovernmental document to address issues surrounding the use of GMOs. This document recommended that risk assessments be performed on a case-by-case basis. Since then, the case-by-case approach to risk assessment for genetically modified products has been widely accepted; however, the U.S. has generally taken a product-based approach to assessment, whereas the European approach is more process based (Devos et al., 2007). Although in the past, thorough regulation was lacking in many countries, governments worldwide are now meeting the demands of the public and implementing stricter testing and labeling requirements for genetically modified crops. Increased Research and Improved Safety Go Hand in Hand Proponents of the use of GMOs believe that, with adequate research, these organisms can be safely commercialized. There are many experimental variations for expression and control of engineered genes that can be applied to minimize potential risks. Some of these practices are already necessary as a result of new legislation, such as avoiding superfluous DNA transfer (vector sequences) and replacing selectable marker genes commonly used in the lab (antibiotic resistance) with innocuous plant-derived markers (Ma et al., 2003). Issues such as the risk of vaccine-expressing plants being mixed in with normal foodstuffs might be overcome by having built-in identification factors, such as pigmentation, that facilitate monitoring and separation of genetically modified products from non-GMOs. Other built-in control techniques include having inducible promoters (e.g., induced by stress, chemicals, etc.), geographic isolation, using male-sterile plants, and separate growing seasons. GMOs benefit mankind when used for purposes such as increasing the availability and quality of food and medical care, and contributing to a cleaner environment. If used wisely, they could result in an improved economy without doing more harm than good, and they could also make the most of their potential to alleviate hunger and disease worldwide. However, the full potential of GMOs cannot be realized without due diligence and thorough attention to the risks associated with each new GMO on a case-by-case basis. Lab-Grown And Real Human Meat Was FDA Approved Cannibalism A Sprit Cooking - https://rumble.com/v2mnkmi-lab-grown-and-real-human-meat-was-fda-approved-cannibalism-a-sprit-cooking.html Truth Behind Meat Production Chicken Waffle Beef Burger An Eye-Opening Exploration - https://rumble.com/v2mmrac-truth-behind-meat-production-chicken-waffle-beef-burger-an-eye-opening-expl.html 600 Billion Dollars Poison Ingredient Making Your Food Toxic To Eat Processed Food - https://rumble.com/v2mesq8-600-billion-dollars-poison-ingredient-making-your-food-toxic-to-eat-process.html Human Meat Project - New Shake 'N Bake Fetus - Campbell Cream of Fetus Soup? - https://rumble.com/v2qkf5y-human-meat-project-new-shake-n-bake-fetus-campbell-cream-of-fetus-soup.html GMO Genetically Modified Organisms Transgenic Crops and Recombinant DNA Technology - https://rumble.com/v2dn1zu-gmo-genetically-modified-organisms-transgenic-crops-and-recombinant-dna-tec.html This Is How Beef, Chickens, Cats, Dogs, Fish, Human Meat Hot Dogs Are Really Made - https://rumble.com/v31wtya-this-is-how-beef-chickens-cats-dogs-fish-human-meat-hot-dogs-are-really-mad.html Baby Chicks Ground Up Alive I'm Not A Chicken Nuggets And Eggs Educational Film - https://rumble.com/v327fsc-baby-chicks-ground-up-alive-im-not-a-chicken-nuggets-and-eggs-educational-f.html Everything You Need To Know About Eating Live Insects Wild Edibles Of The World - https://rumble.com/v341blk-everything-you-need-to-know-about-eating-live-insects-wild-edibles-of-the-w.html Their Is No Border Crisis, Their Is No Drug Epidemic, Their Is No Pedophile's ! Its Not About China ? All Chemicals Are Made In China Today. So If You Go To Walmart Right Now. As of 30 Dec 2023, virtually everything is manufactured in China due to the availability of factories, machinery, qualified workers, and know-how. This has led to businesses outsourcing mostly to manufacturing facilities in China. While some components for keyboards are custom-made in China, there are no suppliers in Europe or the US. Despite calls for offshored jobs to return to local soil, China retains its advantage in this industry. The Chinese economy thrives as a manufacturing powerhouse and the nation's products seem to be everywhere. The majority of tags, labels, and stickers on a variety of goods proclaim they are “Made in China.” Because of this, it's understandable Western consumers might wonder, “Why is everything made in China?” CIA Killing 100,000> Year Selling Heroin In U.S.A. Our Troops Protecting Opium-Heroin - https://rumble.com/v2fg19o-cia-killing-100000-year-selling-heroin-in-u.s.a.-our-troops-protecting-opiu.html More than a Million Americans Kill Themselves With Drug Suicide have died from overdoses during the opioid epidemic. Its very easy to not die... Stop buy your drugs from the black market and someone sell drugs from a car... So how to get a drug prescription in U.S.A., only physicians, dentists, podiatrists, or veterinarians can issue prescriptions... so if you want drugs do it the right way. And stop killing yourself from drugs from the black market now. Understanding the Opioid Overdose Epidemic ? Why More People Are Turning to the Black Market for Medication ? Preventing Drug Suicide and New research released by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention found roughly 932,000 fatal overdoses from 1999-2020. Preliminary data shows another 100,000 deaths this year. https://ycsg.yale.edu/sites/default/files/files/we_can't_go_cold_turkey.pdf https://www.unodc.org/res/wdr2022/MS/WDR22_Booklet_1.pdf Deaths due to drug overdose have topped a million for the first time since the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention began collecting data on the problem more than two decades ago. A study released Thursday by the National Center for Health Statistics, a division of the CDC, found that 932,364 people died in the U.S. from fatal overdoses from 1999 through 2020. Separate preliminary data from the CDC shows another 100,000 drug deaths expected in 2021. The Truth About Gain-Of-Function Covid-19 Vaccines U.S.A. Bioweapon And Terrorism - https://rumble.com/v2kpsyc-the-truth-about-gain-of-function-covid-19-vaccines-u.s.a.-bioweapon-and-ter.html You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Corrupt U.S.A. Governments - https://rumble.com/v2kq5mw-you-will-never-trust-another-celebrity-after-watching-this-corrupt-u.s.a.-g.html Docs Worldwide Warn You to Not Take the Covid 19 Vaccine Will Kill You Dead Soon - https://rumble.com/v2ksf52-docs-worldwide-warn-you-to-not-take-the-covid-19-vaccine-will-kill-you-dead.html Unlike the COVID-19 pandemic, which hit elderly Americans hardest, researchers found drug deaths have risen fastest among the young and middle-aged adults struggling with addiction. "Among adults aged 35–44, the age group with the highest rates, drug overdose deaths increased 33% from 2019 to 2020," the report found. Men are also more vulnerable than women, it said. Pandemic Of The Unvaccinated People Will Threaten The Live Of Vaccinated People? - https://rumble.com/v2qf2nk-pandemic-of-the-unvaccinated-people-will-threaten-the-live-of-vaccinated-pe.html The opioid epidemic began in the late 1990s when the pharmaceutical and health care industries started marketing and prescribing highly addictive painkillers far more aggressively. In recent years, most overdose deaths have involved illicit fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid, as well as cocaine and methamphetamines. After public health officials made some early progress in reducing drug deaths, researchers found overdoses began rising again after 2013 with a sharp increase in fatalities during the first year of the pandemic. Young people ages 15-24 saw the biggest year-to-year increase of fatal overdoses with deaths up 49% in 2020. The Biden administration has scrambled in recent months to try to slow the rate of drug deaths, in part by making medical treatment more widely available for people with addiction. Last month, the first safe consumption site in the U.S., where people can use street drugs under medical supervision, opened in New York City. Despite the growing death rate, public health "harm reduction" strategies for people with addiction have faced resistance and legal challenges around the country. Per DOA-DOJ-FBI-CIA-Etc. Every U.S.A. Person Or America Citizens Right Now Today As of Oct 2023 Need To Be In Jail Or Pay $$$ Fines Now. Per federal and local agencies. All The America People Break The Law Ave. 3 Times Everyday with A Ave. Fine of $512 dollars a day. it add up to 512 x 365 days a year add up to $186,880 Dollars per year in fines per person right now. also federal and local agencies issue an average of 27 rules for every law over the past decade. However, the rules issued in a given year are typically not substantively related to the current year’s laws, as agency output represents ongoing implementation of earlier legislation. According to a 2020 article, the more than 300,000+ laws and regulatory crimes on the federal law books serve little purpose other than inviting arbitrary enforcement by providing prosecutors the tools to charge nearly anyone with violating some long-forgotten regulation and pay the fines now or go to jail for everyone in the U.S.A.. Their Is No Border Crisis, Their Is No Drug Epidemic, Their Is No Pedophile's ! Bill Barr torches Biden's 'insane' border policy in face of drug epidemic: 'We have to take on the cartels' Former Trump AG warns annual US drug deaths are equivalent to a 'world war'. Former Trump Attorney General Bill Barr shared a dire message Wednesday on the worsening drug epidemic sweeping the U.S., touching on fentanyl deaths, drug cartels, open border policies and more on "America's Newsroom." "There is no logic [on Biden's border policies]. It's an insane policy. It's basically ‘do nothing and let it happen and ignore the problem’," Barr said. Barr, who sat down in-studio with Bill Hemmer and Dana Perino, told the hosts the border crisis directly correlates to the drug crisis sweeping the nation, especially wreaking havoc in the form of deadly fentanyl. "To put it in perspective, we're losing – not just to fentanyl, but to other drugs – over 100,000 Americans a year just in fatal drug overdoses," he said. "That's a casualty rate we experienced during World War II. We have the equivalent of a world war casualty rate in the United States caused by drugs," he stressed. Barr slammed the Biden administration for failing to stem the drug supply problem through lax border policies, an ongoing criticism the administration has received as migrants flood border communities and cartels pose more imminent threats. "This administration has no interest in taking on the supply problem," he said. "This is a supply-driven catastrophe. You take these drugs, which are poisonous, and pump them up into the United States, and they're creating their own market," he added. Barr proposed going after drug cartels fueling the crisis, comparing them to terrorist organizations and taking a tough stance on how to combat the problems they cause. "We have to take on the cartels, we need to force the Mexicans to work with us, but this administration isn't willing to take those tough steps," he said "We have to start attacking these groups more like they're ISIS and less like they're the mafia." Barr added that prosecutions and relying on Mexican law enforcement are not the adequate route to take to solve the drug cartel problem, calling out loopholes and shortcomings in Mexico's legal system that contribute to the drug empire. "[The cartels] are stronger than the government, they can corrupt the government. The legal system in Mexico, even before this, was pathetic…" Fentanyl concerns have sparked action and awareness across the country, with some schools taking precautionary action by adding Narcan – a nasal spray used to treat narcotic overdoses – to their institutions, while some cities are providing the drug to residents via vending machines and kits. Despite increased awareness of the dangers posed by the drug, deaths continue to soar in some communities, including the San Francisco Bay Area, FOX Business correspondent Lauren Simonetti reported Wednesday. Male to Female Sex Reassignment Surgery Live ** Very Graphic ** Think Twice Guys ? - https://rumble.com/v2hpw3e-male-to-female-sex-reassignment-surgery-live-very-graphic-think-twice-guys-.html WoW This Looks Fun Lady's Keyhole Top Surgery For Female to Male Transgender -- https://rumble.com/v2zsoao-wow-this-looks-fun-ladys-keyhole-top-surgery-for-female-to-male-transgender.html Evidence Shows Hillary Clinton Is A Robot And Clinton's 100s Dead Body Count Info. - https://rumble.com/v2hx6cg-evidence-shows-hillary-clinton-is-a-robot-and-clintons-100s-dead-body-count.html In A Secrets Meeting Per U.S.A. New Sharia Law Rules 2022 and Kids Gender Affirming Hormone Therapy Rules 2023 Kids Can Now Start At Age 8 Yrs. Old Puberty Blockers Drugs Per President Joe Biden's Administration has confirmed that the legal age of consent for sex and marriage will be lowered to 8 yrs old starting February 16th. 2023 During a speech Tuesday afternoon, Biden stated ‘We have to do it... The age, the kids, they should be about this old.’ He then held up a gesture suggesting the historic decrease. Puberty typically starts between the ages of 8 and 13 for girls and AFABs and New Age of Consent, specifically one young person's question about whether or not to wait until she reaches to have sex, is complicated. There are many nuances to the law depending on where you live and the law itself can be harmful when it's intent is to help. Social media users are sharing screenshots of articles claiming Joe Biden has lowered the age of sexual consent to 8 years by laws. Over the last week, social media users have been pushing claims that President Joe Biden had lowered the age of sexual consent to 8 years. The claims were pushed by right-leaning users on Facebook and Twitter in more than one form. One was a screenshot of an headline, which comprised of a photo of Biden and the text "Breaking - President Biden has officially lowered the age of consent to 8 yes, old is true ? The second was a screenshot of a article with the headline "Biden Administration Lowers Age of Consent to 8," complete with text as well as a Biden quote: President Joe Biden's administration confirmed that the legal age of consent will be lowered to 8 starting this year and read an excerpt from the article in the screenshot. "During a speech Tuesday afternoon, Biden stated 'We have to do it... The age, the kids, they should be about this old.' Biden then held up a gesture suggesting the historic decrease. This change is a huge win for progressives everywhere seeking to increase freedom for children." It was even accompanied with a Google search thumbnail that was also widely circulated on social media: Biden made this true statements as cited in the story, and the screenshot seems to have lifted the article's byline (which includes the updated time and date of the piece) from an actual story published is true. Moreover Yes Biden's official in his administration announced the plans to change the age of sexual consent. The legal competence to consent to sexual acts is governed by criminal statutes that vary from one state to another and is under the control of the federal government as fed. laws trumps any state laws. Per Biden Saying 42 U.S. Code Chapter 21B - RELIGIOUS FREEDOM RESTORATION Sharia Law and Rules - Freedom of religion is protected by the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, which prohibits laws establishing a national religion or impeding the free exercise of religion for its citizens. While the First Amendment enforces the “separation of church and state” it doesn’t exclude religion from public life. From the colonial era to present, religion has played a major role in politics in the United States. The U.S. Supreme Court over the years has ruled inconsistently on matters of religious freedom, such as the display of religious symbols in government buildings. Secrets Meeting Biden Said New U.S.A. Laws Coming Age of Consent Is To Be 8 Yrs. Old - https://rumble.com/v2j9os4-secrets-meeting-biden-said-new-u.s.a.-laws-coming-age-of-consent-is-to-be-8.html Secret Pedophile's Watch Child Beauty Pageant Glitter Girls Age 4 Thru 8 Yrs. Old - https://rumble.com/v36e1uw-secret-pedophiles-watch-child-beauty-pageant-glitter-girls-age-4-thru-8-yrs.html What’s The True Pedophile's Blood Killings Story Behind Joe-Hunter Biden’s Laptop - https://rumble.com/v2ro7po-whats-the-true-pedophiles-blood-killings-story-behind-joe-hunter-bidens-lap.html Disney Pedophile's Branson Necker Island 40 Miles To Epstein Orgy Island Global Elite - https://rumble.com/v2dim5k-disney-pedophiles-branson-necker-island-40-miles-to-epstein-orgy-island-glo.html Joe-Hunter Biden's Insane Laptop Exposed Sex, Drugs, Shady Deals, Child Killing 4 Sex - https://rumble.com/v2rnowy-joe-hunter-bidens-insane-laptop-exposed-sex-drugs-shady-deals-child-killing.html Pedophile and A Pizza Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Evidence ** GRAPHIC ** - https://rumble.com/v2bbfv2-pedophile-and-a-pizza-secret-human-trafficking-and-child-sex-ring-evidence-.html List of Visitors and Guestbook and Epstein Island They Do Not Want You to See Ever - https://rumble.com/v2d2l2c-list-of-visitors-and-guestbook-and-epstein-island-they-do-not-want-you-to-s.html Biden's Crime Family And Kids​ With Sex Crime Against Young Girls And 13 Dead Body's - https://rumble.com/v2te3tg-bidens-crime-family-and-kids-with-sex-crime-against-young-girls-and-13-dead.html CIA-DOJ-FBI Pizza-Gate Secrets Sex Multi-Billion Dollar Human Trafficking Industry - https://rumble.com/v2q8g8s-cia-doj-fbi-pizza-gate-secrets-sex-multi-billion-dollar-human-trafficking-i.html Biden's Chinese Sex & Business Secrets Enriched Biden Family At America's Expense - https://rumble.com/v2tehzo-bidens-chinese-sex-and-business-secrets-enriched-biden-family-at-americas-e.html Can Pedophile's Have Sex With Real Kid's Humanoids and Other Adult AI Robot's - https://rumble.com/v2hui5e-can-pedophiles-have-sex-with-real-kids-humanoids-and-other-adult-ai-robots-.html Creepy Pedophile's Uncle Joe Played Out Over 33 Million Dollars Sexual Assault Claims - https://rumble.com/v2rp4bc-creepy-pedophiles-uncle-joe-played-out-over-33-million-dollars-sexual-assau.html Pandemic Of The Unvaccinated People Will Threaten The Live Of Vaccinated People? - https://rumble.com/v2qf2nk-pandemic-of-the-unvaccinated-people-will-threaten-the-live-of-vaccinated-pe.html Decoding 100's Illuminati Symbolism Pyramid All Seeing Eye And 666 Hand Gesture - https://rumble.com/v2s1tkm-decoding-100s-illuminati-symbolism-pyramid-all-seeing-eye-and-666-hand-gest.html Ted Cruz Play Game - Real Story Is Human Trafficking & Sex Slaves Is U.S.A. Planned - https://rumble.com/v3lm9yp-ted-cruz-play-game-real-story-is-human-trafficking-and-sex-slaves-is-u.s.a..html U.S.A. Government Largest Middleman & Suppliers Of Sex Slave Trafficking Operation - https://rumble.com/v3m43w6-u.s.a.-government-largest-middleman-and-suppliers-of-sex-slave-trafficking-.html For Greater Good Its A Pandemic Unvaccinated People Threaten Vaccinated People - https://rumble.com/v3g39q7-for-greater-good-its-a-pandemic-unvaccinated-people-threaten-vaccinated-peo.html Pizza Gate New Clues Pedophile Paintings Modern Art Or Disturbing Pizza Clues W0W - https://rumble.com/v2bbt6i-pizza-gate-new-clues-pedophile-paintings-modern-art-or-disturbing-pizza-clu.html How FISC-DOJ-CIA-FBI Secret Pedophile's Courts, Justice System, Government Works - https://rumble.com/v2ghpce-how-fisc-doj-cia-fbi-secret-pedophiles-courts-justice-system-government-wor.html U.S. Government Is Selling Child Pornography and False Charges Against U.S. Citizens - https://rumble.com/v2gonq2-u.s.-government-is-selling-child-pornography-and-false-charges-against-u.s..html How U.S.A. Government Payed CIA Asset Jeffrey Epstein Got Away With It As Planned - https://rumble.com/v405v1q-how-u.s.a.-government-payed-cia-asset-jeffrey-epstein-got-away-with-it-as-p.html Black Sex Slave Fight For Sexual Justice During Reconstruction Female Slave Owners - https://rumble.com/v2fxav6-black-sex-slave-fight-for-sexual-justice-during-reconstruction-female-slave.html Per U.S.A. Government Everyone Is A Criminal Confiscation All Property & All Assets - https://rumble.com/v3t6igt-per-u.s.a.-government-everyone-is-a-criminal-confiscation-all-property-and-.html Sex Slave 4 Sale Remember Men Buy, Sell, Or Trade, Rape Illegals Arrive Ghost Flights - https://rumble.com/v3lnmc5-sex-slave-4-sale-remember-men-buy-sell-or-trade-rape-illegals-arrive-ghost-.html Epstein Island Guestbook and Visitor List They Do Not Want You to See Ever ! - https://rumble.com/v293sb4-epstein-island-guestbook-and-visitor-list-they-do-not-want-you-to-see-ever-.html U.S. Government Is Selling Fentanyl Laced w-Xylazine To Kill Us - Its Not From Mexico - https://rumble.com/v2giyy1-u.s.-government-is-selling-fentanyl-laced-w-xylazine-to-kill-us-its-not-fro.html Why Everything is Made in China & What it Means for U.S. Jobs Virtually everything today is manufactured in China. While it used to be that gadgets, gizmos and other products were made in the U.S., Taiwan or a brand's home country, businesses are now outsourcing mostly to manufacturing facilities in China. Amid calls for offshored jobs to return to local soil, will China retain its advantage in this industry? If you inspect the label on your iPhone, iPad or other tablet or smartphone, it's most likely Made in China. These days, "designed in Cupertino" will mean a device has been conceptualized and designed at a brand company's own premises, but almost always manufactured in a facility in China. This has been the case for some time now, although a series of articles published by the New York Times seems to have brought the issue back into the limelight. Bring Back the Jobs It reportedly stemmed from a conversation between U.S. President Barack Obama and the late ex-Apple CEO Steve Jobs about how manufacture of the iPhone and other Apple products could return to the U.S. The iconic Jobs said that "[t]hose jobs aren't coming back." While most would initially think cost to be the primary reason companies are turning to Chinese manufacturing, it's only half the story. The real reason for gadgets being made in China today are speed and flexibility. Take for instance the iPhone. There's the proverbial story about a foreman at a Foxconn facility waking up 8,000 dorm-residing factory workers in the middle of the night to promptly start 12-hour shifts to produce the iPhone after an assembly line overhaul, resulting in 10,000 iPhones produced daily just 96 hours after a major production overhaul. Factories in Asia can "scale up and down faster," says a former Apple executive, and supply chains in the region "have surpassed what's in the U.S." As such, manufacturing facilities in Asia -- particularly China -- have the competitive advantage, both in cost and efficiency. There is a Price There is a price to this efficiency, though, and it's mostly measured in human terms. The story has been told and re-told: explosions in poorly-ventilated production facilities, depressed employees leaping to their death from dormitory buildings, and inhuman working hours and conditions. Even with the likes of Apple setting up Supplier Responsibility programs -- to the extent of Apple listing down 90% of its worldwide suppliers -- conditions are not likely to change. After all, with their production lines and time-to-market at stake, companies can usually afford to turn a blind eye to supposed shortages in social responsibility and safety standards. As TechCrunch's Devin Coldewey writes, "Foxconn and China have our all-important tech companies by the scruff of the neck," as these manufacturing firms can easily retool their production lines to cater to another customer when necessary. Still, the likes of Apple are major customers, and are still "the money in the relationship." But is the U.S. Really at a Disadvantage? To return to the original premise -- whether outsourcing to China is really at the expense of the American middle class, as the original Times piece would have us believe. A Forbes Op-Ed by Brett Swanson attempts to quantify the economic benefits that the technology industry has brought about. He posits that even as most of Apple's manufacturing business is outsourced to Asia, the domestic economic activity in the U.S. remains active, with higher-value jobs in the digital music industry, filmmaking, cloud computing, application development and the like. As such, even if your iPhone is made in China, all other software and services that power it are made, developed or maintained in the U.S., from iOS to the various App Store applications, as well as the cloud servers that run iTunes Match. And so it means that Made in China is not so bad after all, because while the Chinese are benefiting from their competitive advantage, the rest of the world can get U.S. developed products cheaper, and American employees get to focus on higher-value information-oriented jobs. It begins to look like the U.S. is benefiting from a competitive advantage, as well. Welcome To Our Channel 2.4 Million+ Views In 2023 & 580 Video's So Far This Year Alone - Thanks To Everyone Who Like Us... Good Or Bad You Are All Welcome To Share Any Video's We Post To Your Friends And Other's... Thanks ! What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Note: We Do Not Post Any False Video's Or Un-True Content On This Channel & All Origins Video's And All Scientific Conspiracy Theory All Content And All Text Our True Statement From The Video's Owner's Who Posted There Video's To This Free Speech Channel By Us In The First Place To Be True ! Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order Is Upon Us - Preserve Your Liberty By Being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. The Left/Right paradigm isn't only exposed by race and immigration issues. The Left and Right are in lockstep on every issue that really matters: The IRS. Income tax. Federal Reserve system. Endless wars. Endless expansion of tyranny and ever contracting liberty. Chronically wide-open borders. Suicidal immigration policies. Don't you see? The democrats and republicans exist only to provide the illusion of choice. A strong "us versus them" simulation in every election. It's ritualized tribalism. But the joke is, it doesn't matter which team wins, because both sides have the same agenda. God, guns and gays are phony "issues" to bolster the illusion of "difference" between the parties. The only thing that makes all this possible is that people aren't aware of the scam. Just knowing they are either "Team Red" or "Team Blue" liberates them from the responsibility of having to actually know or think anything. Then they feel righteous when their team wins, or despondent when they loose. It's no coincidence that the system works exactly like sports. There comes a point when ignorance and apathy become treason. We are past that point, people. Everything you want to know what could be more terrifying than being trafficked for sex? Being murdered in a ritual sacrifice. And even worse than that would be being murdered in a ritual sacrifice so wealthy elite cabalists can harvest your adrenal glands to get the compound Adrenochrome they need to prolong their decrepit lives! It's so easy to be overwhelmed and feel beaten by the amount of negative and discouraging information being spread by the mainstream (fake stream) media. There are truly awful people in WEF and WHO, who want to reduce us to the level of serfs or chattel, but we can resist, indeed, we must resist. Be calm, be objective and be positive. Right is Might. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men should do nothing.” Nobody Is Safe From People's Republic Of The Tyrannical We The Sheeple People of The United States of America and A Real True Bill of State Rights Of Government July Forth 1776 The Bill of Rights is the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution, which limit the power of the federal government and guarantee certain freedoms and rights to all colour of people and for the citizens of All America. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them. If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government. Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. The Presidential Hotline Pedophile and Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Etc. Call 1-866-4-5455-968 ( 1-866-I-Kill-You ) should be used when all your attempts to get assistance from a government department, province, municipality or state agency have failed. It is not only a complaints line. You can call to share your views or provide solutions to the challenges in your community. We also list the help line numbers of non-governmental organization's working with government. You may call at 987-654-3210 ext. new world order! In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Thank You To Everyone From Us.

What lies beneath the earth 10,000 tunnels for use by sex trafficking or just a lie about subterranean service ? Time to rescue these dark spaces from all the true conspiracists or is it really all true about everything today ? If you didn't think there was a bubble in the housing market already, here's are new and old 60 different development called the Pedophile's Blood Silo Residences (yes, this is sponsored by 60 different groups) that's 960 stories underground that will "protect you from the toxic and deadly world outside parasitic monsters" the 60 underground federal emergency management agency operated by deep underground military bases yes this is same diabolical pedophile global elite. There is no telling what these thousands underground tunnels are for, but there is no denying their existence. Many researchers believe that the New World Order governments are building intricate underground cities connected by networks of tunnels. I want a full, complete and transparent dissemination of information to the Earths general public population concerning the Secret Space Program, D.U.M.B.'s (Deep Underground Military Bases), Bases manned by both humans and extraterrestrials on various moons, planets, planetoids, as well as meteors and the extraterrestrial presence on Earth and in our solar system by the United States of America President and United States of America Military Industrial Complex, so that the general public population on Earth will be empowered to make an informed decision concerning these matters as we are always either directly or indirectly effected by our environment and must know the truth if we are to succeed in advancing our race toward a positive outcome. Implementing the 15-minute city concept requires a multi-disciplinary approach, involving transportation planning, urban design, and policymaking, to create well-designed public spaces, pedestrian-friendly streets, and mixed-use development. This change in lifestyle may include remote working which reduces daily commuting and is supported by the recent widespread availability of information and communications technology. United America Military Industrial Complex 1,000 Antiquitech Tartarian Empire Tunnels Found Running Atmospheric Etheric Energy. The CIA Papers and the Lost Empire Uncovering Tartaria's Enigmatic Past Intriguing and controversial, the history of Tartaria has become a subject of fascination for many researchers and conspiracy theorists alike. The rise and fall of this enigmatic civilization have sparked debates and speculation, with some claiming that Tartaria's existence was deliberately erased from history. This article delves into the intriguing notion of Tartaria's erasure, drawing insights from recently declassified CIA papers and exploring various aspects of the Tartarian civilization. What is Tartaria? Before we delve into the erasure of Tartaria, it is essential to understand what Tartaria represents. Tartaria refers to an ancient empire that supposedly flourished in Central Asia and Eastern Europe, dating back to the 14th century. While much of Tartaria's history remains shrouded in mystery, its alleged advanced civilization and architectural wonders have intrigued researchers and enthusiasts. The Mystery of Tartaria's Erasure The notion that Tartaria was intentionally erased from history stems from the observation that information about this ancient empire is scarce and fragmented. Many historical records, maps, and references that once mentioned Tartaria have seemingly vanished or been altered. This peculiar absence has fueled speculation about a deliberate cover-up to hide Tartaria's true significance and contributions to human history. The CIA Papers Recently declassified CIA papers have added fuel to the Tartaria conspiracy theories. These documents reveal intriguing snippets of information about Tartaria, including references to its existence, advanced technology, and global influence. While the authenticity and credibility of these papers are debated, they provide an additional layer of intrigue and speculation surrounding the erasure of Tartaria. Uncovering Tartaria's History Efforts to uncover Tartaria's history have led researchers on a fascinating journey. Archaeological excavations, linguistic analyses, and comparative studies have shed some light on Tartaria's civilization. By piecing together fragments of evidence, researchers have started to paint a clearer picture of this ancient empire, its culture, and its achievements. Tartaria's Advanced Civilization One of the remarkable aspects of Tartaria is its alleged advanced civilization. Researchers claim that Tartaria possessed sophisticated architectural techniques, intricate city planning, and advanced infrastructure that were far ahead of their time. The remnants of Tartarian architecture, such as the enigmatic "Tartarian ruins" found in various parts of the world, serve as tantalizing clues to the empire's once-thriving existence. The Great Tartarian Empire According to some theories, Tartaria was not just an isolated civilization but a vast empire that exerted its influence globally. Proponents of this idea suggest that Tartaria's reach extended far beyond its known territories, with connections to other ancient civilizations such as the Mayans, Egyptians, and Chinese. This proposition raises questions about Tartaria's role in shaping world history and its potential impact on various cultures. Tartarian Architecture and Infrastructure Tartarian architecture is a subject of great fascination. The alleged grandeur of Tartarian buildings, characterized by intricate designs, large-scale constructions, and unconventional building materials, has captivated researchers. Some even argue that famous landmarks like the Great Wall of China, the pyramids of Egypt, and Stonehenge could have Tartarian origins. Exploring the connections between Tartaria and these architectural wonders adds to the mystique surrounding the empire. The Tartarian Language The language spoken by the Tartarians remains another intriguing aspect. While there is limited information available, linguistic analysis suggests that the Tartarian language had unique characteristics and could have influenced other languages in the region. Unraveling the secrets of this ancient language could provide further insights into Tartaria's history and interactions with neighboring civilizations. The Alleged Cover-Up Conspiracy theories surrounding Tartaria's erasure propose various motivations for hiding its existence. Some theorists claim that Tartaria's advanced technology and knowledge posed a threat to established powers, leading to a deliberate suppression of its history. Others argue that it was a deliberate act to rewrite history and control the narrative. While these theories are captivating, skeptics assert that the absence of conclusive evidence undermines their credibility. Speculations and Theories The erasure of Tartaria has fueled a plethora of speculations and theories. Some suggest that Tartaria was connected to ancient extraterrestrial civilizations, while others propose hidden underground Tartarian cities. These theories, while intriguing, often lack substantial evidence and should be approached with caution. It is crucial to distinguish between informed research and unfounded speculation to gain a clearer understanding of Tartaria's true history. Debunking the Tartaria Conspiracy While the idea of Tartaria's erasure from history captures the imagination, it is essential to critically examine the available evidence. Skeptics argue that the gaps in Tartaria's historical record are not necessarily evidence of a cover-up but rather a result of natural historical processes such as loss of records, misinterpretations, and incomplete preservation. Applying Occam's razor, they suggest that the simplest explanation is often the most plausible. Conclusion The enigma of Tartaria continues to captivate minds and fuel debates. While the notion of Tartaria's erasure from history remains intriguing, the evidence supporting this claim is still largely circumstantial and speculative. Exploring Tartaria's alleged advanced civilization, architecture, and global influence offers a fascinating glimpse into an ancient empire that may have played a more significant role in human history than previously thought. The world has been reset several times, most recently in the late 1800s and early 1900s. The first world war is the event in which the Tartar civilization collapsed. Especially in the early 1900s, traces of reset are very common, even in the history we are told. The Russian Tsarism collapsed in 1917 and it was the Jewish Lenin and his team that destroyed it, the Jews and their supporters established the new order. Again, very recently, the Ottoman empire collapsed. During the First World War, many buildings were destroyed and mysteriously burned down in the Ottoman Empire. Of course, with many valuable works such as libraries in them. On the same dates, the Spanish flu The destructions in the cities of San Francisco and Chicago in the USA as fires and earthquakes. How many earthquakes could destroy the buildings we see in the picture. There are video footage taken after the demolitions in these cities, it is like a demolition with a weapon. The Tartar civilization was primarily a civilization where electricity was used free of charge. But after the first world war, it left its place to the oil age. There are trams without antenna, which have video footage on YouTube. There are many resources, especially in Russian and English, on YouTube and Instagram. Incredibly detailed architecture, not only building construction but also interior architecture. In the history we have been taught, for example, Moscow, Paris, London subways were built in the 1940s, etc. Whereas, researchers who talk about the Tartar civilization maintain that they actually existed and that they were only discovered later. In other words, those tunnels were actually built in the time of the Tartar civilization, but were later hidden after the reset, some researchers say. As a matter of fact, when we see these engineering marvels, these tunnels will require a very simple workmanship for those who build them. For Siberia, we are taught that the population there is low due to the climate. However, with the exception of a few cities, the climate is not colder than northern Europe or Canada in the winter. So what happened? The people here disappeared suddenly. If we say immigration due to the climate, it would be enough for a few hundred km to the south instead of going west on horseback for five or six thousand km for a slightly warmer weather. Unfortunately, the history taught to us is full of contradictions. Tartar civilization is a very interesting topic, a topic that can make you forget everything we know. You ask the wrong question because as important as its history may be i think the more relevant question is why is continued to be suppressed? The answer may lie in Tatary related historical claim and that be the suspected “ Mud Flood “ because you cannot bring up Tartary without its true suspected reason for its down fall, and what the mud flood reveals is a hidden world buried beneath ours and that world was technologically advanced way beyond our current technology and more eco-friendly, but including Tatary in history you admit to the world that as far as we think we have come in this world in technology, art, culture, religion, science, architecture and many other aspects in truth we went backwards, it also can be said If the mud flood is a reoccurring event then those who know the next when and where yield all the power, and shape everything to their designs. I must say I did find it the comment about not being able to hide history a bit bold and completely incorrect, you only need three generations to effectively re write history, and what is history after all anyhow? It is the victors or survivor telling His-Story. 7 Rules for Creating "15-Minute Neighborhoods" What is a 15-minute neighborhood? A 15-minute neighborhood is a neighborhood in which you can access all of your most basic, day-to-day needs within a 15-minute walk of your home. It is also sometimes called a complete neighborhood. How many of you live in one? When we posed that simple question on Facebook—"Can you get to a cafe, a grocery store, a park and a library in just a 15 minute walk from your home?"—we got an astonishing response from readers eager to tell us whether they could, or why they could or couldn't. The question was prompted by a CBC News story titled "Welcome to the 15-minute neighborhoods" about Ottawa's plan to manage growth by thickening up its existing neighborhoods instead of expanding outward into farther-flung suburbs. But a quick Google search turns up other examples of the concept: visions for 15-minute neighborhoods in Boulder and 20-minute neighborhoods from Portland to Detroit and beyond. In Ottawa, they're calling it "intensification," and the intent is to bring the necessities of life within easier reach of residents, both existing and new, without having to build a lot of costly new infrastructure. Ottawa is trying to do what Minneapolis planner Paul Mogush memorably describes as: “Put the stuff closer together so it's easier to get to the stuff.” And the time for this approach is long overdue. All across North America, we have bankrupted our cities and states by putting the “stuff” ever farther apart, and then building huge networks of roads and pipes to connect it. Our cities have ballooned in physical size far faster than they've grown in population, and face ever-mounting maintenance costs for all that pavement, at the same time as residents clamor for yet more roads to deal with congestion caused by all the driving we’ve forced ourselves to do. The intent of the 15-minute neighborhood movement is to break out of this mobility trap—the vicious cycle of driving ever longer distances to get to the same things—and get back to building places around the most ancient, versatile, guaranteed-to-always-be-relevant transportation method there is: two legs. (And for those with disabilities, let's be clear that building for two legs and building for two wheels can and should go hand in hand.) The massive response to our Facebook post makes it obvious to us that the 15-minute neighborhood principle has tons of appeal. But how do you get there? Especially if your city is already laid out in such a way that many existing places fall far short of that 15-minute ideal? We compiled this list of 7 rules for what a city of 15-minute neighborhoods needs, with links to some of our best articles over the years. And these aren't just for planners or developers—you'll see in here that there are things an average citizen can also do to bring their neighborhood a bit closer to being a 15-minute neighborhood. 1. Bring back the neighborhood school. One of the most unfortunate trends in North American cities has been the consolidation of neighborhood K-12 schools into massive, isolated campuses, often located on the suburban fringe of the community where there’s no choice but to drive or take a bus there. The share of kids walking to school has plummeted to unprecedented lows. A true neighborhood school is good for students’ health and independence (and that of their parents, who don’t have to act as chauffeurs!), helps anchor and nurture community bonds, and allows us to redirect scarce public resources from transportation into the classroom. 2. Make sure food and basic necessities are available locally. How many of us can obtain staple groceries or household supplies—the most common errand—within a short walk of home? The rise of big-box shopping has made the corner store or bodega an endangered species, yet there are examples of resurgent neighborhood retail meeting essential needs in both innovative and familiar ways. (And community gardens and other local food initiatives that aren’t retail stores have an important role to play too!) One essential but easily overlooked step in bringing food back to the neighborhood? Stop subsidizing expensive automobile infrastructure—the stroads and giant parking lots that give the big-box model an unfair advantage. 3. Third Places come in all shapes and sizes. A Third Place is a community gathering space where you can meet a friend, kill some time, or have a serendipitous encounter with a neighbor. It can be a private business, public park or plaza, or a civic space like a public library. Every 15-minute neighborhood needs a good Third Place or ten. The best news? Such places can be as simple as a pocket park carved out of a neglected bit of land, which anyone can create with a few tools and some elbow grease! 4. House enough people, and all kinds of people. Time for some real talk. While many people might say they want a neighborhood where they can have a big house with a big yard, few neighbors, and great local businesses within walking distance, those goals are often at odds with each other. The reason is simple: businesses need customers. If the customers aren’t in walking distance, you won’t have a walkable neighborhood. Traditional American neighborhoods used to provide a diverse mix of housing options for homeowners, renters, people of different ages and walks of life. Over the 20th century, we made many of those options illegal, and that, more than anything else, has killed the walkability of many of our would-be 15-minute neighborhoods. Want to reverse it? Allow every neighborhood to incrementally fill in with housing options that meet people’s real needs. 5. Density isn't enough. It’s tempting to reduce walkability to a simple arithmetic problem—a matter of having sufficient density to support amenities like a grocery store. But density alone does not a 15-minute neighborhood make. If you take the Sim City approach and separate uses from each other—commercial cluster over here, residential high-rises over there—you may still fail to produce a place where people can functionally meet their needs without driving. A 15-minute neighborhood may be dense, but the more important thing is that it’s fine-grained and truly mixes homes, businesses, and public spaces seamlessly instead of segregating them into zones. This is why we need to let all our neighborhoods thicken up incrementally, instead of building clusters of high-rises to meet the demand for new housing. 6. Sweat the small stuff for true walkability. None of this proximity to stores, cafes, parks, or libraries is any good if you can't comfortably and safely "get to the stuff." Walkability is absolutely essential for a 15-minute neighborhood. And often, it’s the little things that matter most—and that show us the way to some of the highest-returning investments we can and should be making in our places. Our favorite example? Street trees, which provide shade and comfort and instinctively slow down traffic—no speed enforcement required. 7. Know when to get out of the way. This one's especially for you, local governments. The way we used to get 15-minute neighborhoods, for most of human history, was simple: we just let them happen. We didn’t plan and zone for them in elaborate ways. What’s more relevant is what we didn’t do: rigidly dictate what kind of activity can take place on what block or lot. Today, nearly all of our places can stand to lower the bar to entry to being a local entrepreneur, by getting out of the way of things like in-home businesses, food trucks, farmers’ markets, and pop-up shops, which in too many cities are heavily regulated or banned. For all that is different about the modern world from that of our ancestors, we still believe this: If you allow people to take steps to meet their own and their neighbors’ needs right in their neighborhoods, they will. And often in ingenious ways. Georgia Guidestones — mysterious instructions for the post-apocalypse Prize truth - beauty - love - seeking harmony with the infinite and Be not a cancer on the earth - Leave room for nature - Leave room for nature. There's a really powerful vibe in here. Update: unfortunately, the Georgia Guidestones have been blown up by vandals. It’s unclear who and why destroyed the stones, which were kept by locals as a piece of history. At least one of the slabs was destroyed in an explosion, and authorities flattened the entire structure for safety reasons. The monument, which was hated by some Christian groups, may be rebuilt or restored, but it’s unclear exactly if and when this will happen. The American Stonehenge On a barren field in Georgia, US, five granite slabs rise in a star pattern. Each of them weighs over 20 tons and on top of them, there is a capstone. Nobody knows who built it or why they were placed there, but one popular opinion that their purpose is to guide humanity after a predicted post-apocalyptic event that will come in the not so distant future. The huge blocks send a message out to the world in eight different current languages, as well as four extinct ones (ancient Greek and Egyptian hieroglyphs for example). The set of ten guidelines has baffled people around the world, with descriptions ranging from perfect and utopian to satanic or quirky. But no matter what the case, these ten commandments should definitely get you thinking: Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity. Unite humanity with a living new language. Rule passion – faith – tradition – and all things with tempered reason. Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. Avoid petty laws and useless officials. Balance personal rights with social duties. Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite. Be not a cancer on the earth – Leave room for nature – Leave room for nature While some of them are clearly noble and laudable (like having fair laws and avoiding petty ones), some of them have stirred controversy — especially “Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature”, and “Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity”. If we were to apply these now, we’d have to kill over 90% of the planet. However, this is a perfect example of a misinterpretation, because it has to be kept in mind that these “commandments” have to be applied after the alleged apocalyptic event. It’s not clear why “they” settled on 500 million, but the bottom line is that even though we hate to admit it — the world is overpopulated right now; it’s way overpopulated. We are indeed finding better and better ways to manage our resources and use sustainable or renewable forces, but in just the last 50 years, the population of the Earth has more than doubled, and if we keep this up, the prognosis is pretty dire indeed. But back to our Georgia Stones. The construction of a post-apocalyptic monument Whoever built them definitely knew what they were doing: the slabs stand proud and sturdy and will endure through the centuries with minimal damage. They also have a remarkable set of other features. For example, they feature a built-in channel that indicates the celestial pole, a horizontal slot that shows the annual travel of the sun as well as a system that marks noontime throughout the year. But why they have these features and lack others that would apparently be more useful for dazed survivors is still a mystery. It all started on a Friday in June 1979. An elegantly dressed gray-haired man showed up in Elbert County and introduced himself as R. C. Christian — a reference to Christian Rosenkreuz — or Christian Rose Cross in English, and said he represents a small group of loyal Americans. Rosenkreuz is a legendary character that founded the Order of the Rose Cross. He quickly became one of the most important and mysterious figures of the time, by blending Christianity with some teachings of Arab and Persian sages. R. C. Christian admitted this is not his real name, but refused to reveal anything about his identity. Joe Fendley, president of the company that specializes in granite construction, didn’t care too much about this — that is, until he found out what monument R. C. Christian had in mind. He explained that it would be a compass, calendar, and clock and also be engraved with a set of “guides” written in 8 of the world’s languages. Fendley believed he was dealing with a crazy man and wanted to get rid of him, so he explained that a large number of tools and machines would be required, but Christian just nodded. He then quoted a price several times greater than the real one, but again, Christian seemed indifferent, so Fendley sent him to Wyatt Martin, president of the Granite City Bank. Martin is probably one of the people who have seen and spoken to the mystery man the most. Ten guides, a clock, a calendar, and a compass The astrological specifications were incredibly complex, so the construction company had to employ the help of an astronomer from the University of Georgia. The complex indicates the day of the year, equinoxes, and solstices among others. But the main feature is the 10 guides engraved in the several languages. The mission statement raises the first few questions marks: let these be Guidestones to an age of reason. But controversy started even before the monument was finished — many claiming it to be the devil’s work. By 1980, when they started building the monument, Martin remembers that people started telling him to stop and accused him of being part of an occult movement. The main problem is that the commandments engraved on the stones are quite eccentric, to say the least. It didn’t take a lot to compare the first two commandments to the practices of Nazis, among others, but again, this doesn’t mean that a large part of mankind has to disappear – the guides apply in a post-apocalyptic event, where the population is undoubtedly very small; this can be very hard to digest, but seeing things from their point of view is quite interesting, and any comparison with the Nazis or far right ideology is unreasonable. I mean, if a horrendous tragedy happens, and somehow the world population is reduced to just a few hundred million then yes, it would be a good idea to have some care regarding the number of humans. Guide number 3 instructed people to use a common language — which would, of course, greatly reduce numerous difficulties throughout today’s world; achieving such a task is, however, impossible at the moment due to evident practical reasons. This is the part that bothered annoyed the Christians, who quoted the bible saying that a common tongue is the mark of the Antichrist — yeah, makes a lot of sense for me, too. Same thing with RULE PASSION—FAITH—TRADITION—AND ALL THINGS WITH TEMPERED REASON — for some, faith has to be the alpha and omega with nothing else in between. For others, yours truly included, finding a sustainable balance is a much nobler goal. The structure, sometimes referred to as an “American Stonehenge”, sure stirred a lot of controversies, but it got us thinking — which means that at least a part of its objective was achieved. Even ignoring the more controversial commandments, the final 6 should definitely be worth achieving. After all, what’s wrong with avoiding unnecessary officials and prizing truth? Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite and Be not a cancer on the earth – Leave room for nature – Leave room for nature. It is well known that Freemasons certainly played a role in the construction of Washington D.C., and the city is full of persistent rumors that the street layout and other buildings are embedded with masonic code. It isn’t surprising that networks of underground tunnels (and even a subway just for those on Capitol Hill) were built beneath the city. More unique than the existence of the tunnels is how they’ve been hidden and if and how they are being used. In Washington D.C., they’re like underground cities, with all the things you would need from the outside world, moved underground. Streets become hallways lined by rows of earth and lights. All of the buildings in the United States Capitol Complex are connected by tunnels and underground walkways, which provide easy passage between legislative office buildings, the Capitol, the Capitol Visitor Center, and the Library of Congress, used in inclement weather. The tunnels connecting office buildings are open to the public, but those connecting to the Capitol require security clearance. Small electric tramways run from the Capitol building to the Russell, Dirksen, and Hart Senate Office Buildings and to the Rayburn House Office Building. The tunnel between the Capitol and the Cannon House Office Building displays winning pieces of artwork from the annual Congressional Art Competition for high school students. The complex logistics of evacuating key executive agencies located in our nation’s capital include a fleet of specialized vans and trucks which can be dispatched on a moment’s notice to secret campgrounds located within the Shenandoah Valley and in nearby federal park lands in Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, and Pennsylvania containing underground hardened facilities and emergency communication systems. THE SECRET METRO TUNNELS The Washington Metro is a subway system that serves the Washington DC area. It “officially” has 106 miles of track serving 86 stations in the District of Columbia, Virginia, and Maryland. Planning for the Metro system began in the 1950s during the height of the cold war. President Eisenhower created a secret rail planning commission that directed the development of a secondary secret underground rail system built alongside the public one. This secret tunnel system currently connects the White House to the Eisenhower Executive Office Building next door, the New Executive Office Building (NEOB), the bunker under the Blair House, the bunker under the VP Residence at the Naval Observatory, a hotel near the White House, the U.S. Capitol, Joint Base Anacostia-Bolling, the Pentagon, the State Department, and some other federal buildings in between. There is also a secret train that runs between DC’s Union Station and Mt. Weather and is under the protection of the TSA Federal Air Marshals. Long-term plans call for the expansion of the White House tunnel system to go south past the Pentagon, west past the CIA to Mount Weather, and north past Camp David up to Site R in Pennsylvania. The estimated completion date and exact route of this ambitious tunnel expansion plan remains classified. In the spirit of openness and transparency, the Obama Administration is shining a light onto this secret underground world by releasing 12 months worth of interesting U.S. Government internet searches to the American People. The data come from the Statcounter analytics program which was utilized to surreptitiously record the U.S. Government’s visits to this website. This information was provided by the United States Domestic Surveillance Directorate under the Obama Administration’s “Relax, it’s Just Metadata (RIJM)” program, which is also known in the Intelligence Community as “Who needs content when you have metadata? The Hopi Indians of northern Arizona flourished by simply growing corn, beans, and squash with very little rainfall and almost no irrigation. One of the most intriguing of the Hopi legends involves the ant people, an underground race of beings that was crucial to the survival of the Hopi not just once but twice. In the Hopi history the the first world was destroyed by fire, and the second was destroyed by ice. During these two global cataclysms, the most virtuous members of the Hopi tribe were guided by an oddly-shaped cloud during the day and a moving star at night that led them to the sky god Sotuknang, who finally took them underground to live amung Ant People—in Hopi, Anu Sinom . The Ant People then escorted the Hopi into subterranean caves where they found refuge and sustenance. While we may not all agree on the details of why the government is building these networks of underground bases and complex tunnels, and we might disagree on what the catastrophe will be that they are supposedly prepairing for, the information available on underground facilities, bug-out locations, whole cities and tunnel systems, not only in the US, but across the globe, makes it undeniable that the elite are preparing for an extinction level event, using food, money, gold and other necessities, all paid for by you…. the taxpayer. The facility was divided into a total of 22 areas, some of which were repurposed over the years, but in 1981 the complex was organised a little like this: Area 1: Air filtration plant (originally the General Post Office area including the telephone exchange) Area 2: Royal Air Force Operations Centre (originally offices and dormitory for the Board of Trade, Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Office of Minister for Science and Lord Chancellor's Department) Area 3: Royal Air Force offices and dormitory Area 4: Dormitory area Area 5: Dormitory and stores area Area 6: Kitchen and bakery Area 7: Canteen Area 8: Telephone exchange Area 9: Hospital and stores (originally a dormitory area) Area 10: Ministry of Transport offices Area 11: Water treatment and stores Area 12: Canteen and laundry Area 13: Ministry of Power and Ministry of Agriculture offices and dormitory Area 14: Prime Minister, War Cabinet, Cabinet Secretariat and Chiefs of Staff offices and dormitory Area 15: Camp Commandant, Establishment offices and Lamson room Area 16: Central Office of Information, Ministry of Health, Home Office, Ministry of Housing and Local Government and BBC studio Area 17: Ministry of Labour offices and "special accommodation" suites Area 18: Admiralty, British Army and Ministry of Defence offices Area 19: Workshops and power generation Area 20: Stores Area 21: Communications centre Area 22: Foreign Office offices and dormitory Yes 100s Of Maui Secret Hidden Tunnels Found 320 To 6,200' Feet Below Hawaii Always up for a adventure We take off into the depths of Maui in search of secret passageways. Hidden in the cane fields there is gate ways into the unknown. Underground bases, tunnels, cities, and entire infrastructure to support and sustain life – classified, high budget, runs for 1000s of miles across the entire U.S. What is Going on below our feet? The “conspiracy theory” of DUMBS or Deep Underground Military Bases, is pretty incredible. Most people have never even heard of DUMBS, and I suspect that even fewer believe that they are real. Even though there are many conflicting opinions on the existence of Deep Underground Military Bases, there seems to be a great deal of evidence that DUMBS do exist. Stranger than fiction news reveal what appear to be man-made structures beneath the ocean that are interconnected, as well as the D.U.M.B.S on the north American continent. Maui is a military base and linked to the mainland dumbs and bunkers 2000 km away running beneath the ocean like many other tunnels linked to different parts of the land masses. The Kingdom of Hawaii is still in place and the annexation of Hawaii was never ratified and this creates a problem with the land grab parasites. The elders had to be killed and some children as legal inheretors were abducted before the attack by sending them ‘home’ without the parents knowing. They will be re-educated and mind controlled as to signing off the inheretance once they are of age. They were taken to a secret place for this operation. They can also be used as negotiation assets as to force the title holders of the Kingdom, to sign away all rights of the kingdom in exchange for their freedom. A list of the missing children may give away some clues as to disclose their bloodlines. Those of no use will probably be part of the trade in organs and adrenachrome etc. As no clarifiaction will come from dod etc. any possible explanation for this evil situation can be proposed. Has anybody got any better explanations…? Maui Hawaii Has DUMBs Underground 8 to 10 Sex Trafficking Tunnels We Just Lasered Them Out! Underground bases, tunnels, cities, and entire infrastructure to support and sustain life – classified, high budget, runs for 1000s of miles across the entire U.S. What is Going on below our feet? The “conspiracy theory” of DUMBS or Deep Underground Military Bases, is pretty incredible. Most people have never even heard of DUMBS, and I suspect that even fewer believe that they are real. Even though there are many conflicting opinions on the existence of Deep Underground Military Bases, there seems to be a great deal of evidence that DUMBS do exist. Stranger than fiction news reveal what appear to be man-made structures beneath the ocean that are interconnected, as well as the D.U.M.B.S on the north American continent. Myths and Legends Behind Denver International Airport From lizard people and space aliens to secret underground bunkers and a cursed horse, Denver International Airport (DEN) has been a magnet for myths and legends since it opened in 1995. Secret societies One of the most pervasive legends about the airport is that it was built by members of a secret society. Which secret society? Well, that depends on who you ask, but believers variously point to the Freemasons (one of the world's oldest secular fraternal organizations, dating back to the stonemason lodges of the 14th century), the Illuminati (a short-lived Enlightenment-era secret society that some insist is still active) or the New World Order (an alleged cabal of global elites conspiring to overthrow existing governments and rule the world). Or perhaps all of the above, since the three groups are often said to be linked. The most persuasive piece of “evidence” for this theory is a dedication capstone at the airport’s south entrance dated March 19, 1994. Sealed beneath the stone is a time capsule containing “messages and memorabilia to the people of Colorado in 2094.” The granite marker depicts the Square and Compasses symbol of the Freemasons and the names of two grand lodges and their grandmasters. While some have made much of this, airport officials say it’s only evidence of the generosity of the local Masonic lodges that crafted and laid the stone. After all, that’s what stonemasons do. The capstone also makes mention of a group called the New World Airport Commission. Unlike the Freemasons, this group doesn’t actually exist, making its inclusion a little tougher to explain. And, as some like to point out, the name is suspiciously close to that of the so-called New World Order. But, according to a 2007 Westword article, the name is likely a reference to Czech composer Antonín Dvořák’s “New World Symphony,” and the New World Airport Commission was simply a temporary commission created to arrange the new airport’s opening festivities. And the time capsule? It’s supposedly filled with coins, a baseball from Coors Field , a pair of former Denver Mayor Wellington Webb’s sneakers (a nod to his famed "Sneaker Campaign," during which he campaigned door to door throughout the city), a few Black Hawk casino tokens, and other memorabilia. We’ll have to wait quite a few years to find out for sure — although some have already tried. One popular theory is that the braille tablet above the dedication stone is actually a keypad and that if you touch the raised dots in the correct sequence, you’ll be able to open the time capsule. Even some current Masons seem to buy into the myth — one airport employee says she’s heard reports of Masons visiting the capstone and trying to swipe their Masonic membership cards near the time capsule, just in case. Underground bunkers, endless tunnels and a visit from the lizard people Another related legend is that there are miles of underground tunnels and layer upon layer of secret buildings and bunkers beneath the airport, which the members of the aforementioned secret societies plan to use to ride out the coming apocalypse. Some claim there’s a tunnel that runs all the way from DEN to the North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD), which is located 100 miles away near Colorado Springs. Others suggest the underground lair may be home to something supernatural — like extraterrestrials or lizard people. After Jordan Peele’s 2019 horror film “Us” premiered, some even posited that the tunnels beneath the airport could house a community of murderous doppelgangers, ready to rise out from under the earth and take over the surface. Although the airport acknowledges that there are several subterranean levels beneath the main terminal (including the trains that carry passengers to and from different concourses and a long-defunct automated baggage system), they say the tunnels only extend out to the perimeter of the airport, less than two miles. They also insist that you’re much more likely to meet mundane office workers than billionaires in ceremonial robes, since some of the underground levels host work and office spaces. And they’re adamant that any purported evidence of space aliens is just graffiti from mischievous employees, some of whom have been known to don lizard masks to prank unsuspecting coworkers and members of the media. Apocalyptic artwork While many of DEN’s supposed secrets are encased in granite or buried deep underground, others are right out in the open for all to see. Two pieces of art, in particular, have drawn plenty of interest: a pair of 28-foot-wide murals by artist Leo Tanguma. One section of "Children of the World Dream of Peace” shows scenes of war and death, anchored by a gas-masked soldier wielding both a sword and a machine gun, while the other depicts happy children from around the globe dressed in colorful traditional clothing and laying down their weapons beneath a rainbow of peace. Similarly, one section of "In Peace and Harmony with Nature" shows children mourning the death of three women and the extinction of numerous animals as the environment burns in the background, while the other section of the mural illustrates the children of the world coming together to rehabilitate and celebrate nature. The pieces purportedly express the artist's hopeful desire for the people of the world to live in peace with one another and in harmony with nature, but others have been more focused on the anti-themes of war, death, pollution and environmental destruction, even claiming that the artworks contain clues and messages about the apocalypse and the inevitable rise of a totalitarian world government. Another artwork that has raised eyebrows is part of Alex Sweetman’s "Art Chronicles," a photographic series documenting the construction of the airport. The premise sounds innocuous enough. And although many of the photo murals capture serene scenes — a bison standing in a snowy meadow, a field of vibrant yellow sunflowers reaching to the sky — one photo of a field of dead, browning sunflowers can leave some feeling a bit unsettled. Is it another coded message about the looming apocalypse hidden in the airport’s artwork, or just an ode to the changing seasons? Grinning gargoyles Compared to Tanguma’s giant, colorful murals and Sweetman’s large-scale photos, it might be easy to miss the two small gargoyles set atop columns in the east and west baggage claim areas. Historically, gargoyles were added to buildings to protect the people inside from evil spirits, and DEN’s pair, collectively titled “Notre Denver,” is no different. Grinning down on arriving passengers, they are there to help ensure the safe arrival of luggage. Although gargoyles have been part of religious architecture for centuries — most famously on the Cathedral of Notre-Dame in Paris, for which DEN’s gargoyles are named — some visitors have viewed the pair as harbingers of evil rather than noble protectors. A cursed horse No roundup of Denver International Airport legends would be complete without a mention of DEN’s most controversial and storied piece of art. The 32-foot-tall sculpture of a blue horse rearing up on its hind legs above Peña Boulevard is officially titled “Mustang,” but most Denverites know him by his demonic-sounding nickname: Blucifer. With his red, glowing eyes and a mane that looks more like Medusa’s snakes than any horse’s hair we’ve seen, Blucifer is already a frightening sight, but his history adds an extra layer of intrigue. Created by artist Luis Jiménez, “Mustang” was commissioned in the mid-'90s and inspired by the bright colors and themes of famed Mexican muralists like Diego Rivera and José Clemente Orozco. Jiménez grew up working in his father’s sign-making shop and went on to receive acclaim during his 30 years as an artist, primarily known for his large fiberglass sculptures. Unfortunately, “Mustang” was to be his last. After working on the piece for nearly a decade, Jiménez was killed in an accident in his New Mexico studio in June 2006, when a piece of the sculpture fell and severed an artery in his leg. The piece was eventually completed by Jimenez's children and unveiled in February 2008. Between his tragic backstory and menacing visage, Blucifer has been a target for myth makers since he was erected, with many insisting that he’s cursed. Some even claim that his glowing red eyes indicate that he represents one of the steeds that will be ridden by the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, although Jiménez himself said they were simply meant to honor the wild spirit of the West. Marketing Mythology There are countless other myths and legends connected to the airport. A mining cart carved into the tile of the Great Hall and adorned with the letters “Au” and “Ag” (the atomic symbols for gold and silver) is really an abbreviation for “Australian antigen,” a deadly chemical weapon that the Illuminati will use to secure power over humankind. The coordinates for the location of the airport were given to its architects by space aliens. Strange markings on the walls and buildings are codes from members of secret societies or snippets of an unknown extraterrestrial language. (They’re actually references to the Navajo language.) Other organizations might try to distance themselves from such tall tales, but the marketing team at Denver International Airport has leaned into the legends. A few years ago, DEN hosted a museum-style gallery exhibition called “Conspiracy Theories Uncovered,” celebrating some of the airport’s most notables. It included an “alien” skull that was made by employees and planted during construction of the Westin Denver International Airport Hotel . Most recently, DEN has capitalized on the mythical past with a series of ads. One shows Bluficer, red laser beams shooting out of his eyes, with the tagline: “Are we creating the world’s greatest airport? Or preparing for the end of the world?” Another one pictures one of the gargoyles in a Transportation Security Administration scanner and asks, “Streamlined security? Or more secrets?” Others depict space aliens, a lizard person, mysterious tunnels — even a cat in a tinfoil hat. All are hashtagged #DENFILES (a play on “The X-Files” TV show, for the uninitiated) and urge viewers to “Learn the truth at DENFiles.com.” The truth? It’s a marketing campaign for DEN’s Great Hall Project, a large-scale renovation of the area under the tents of the airport’s Jeppesen Terminal. Or is that just what they want us to believe? UN Invasion, Martial Law, Rex 84 Death Camps, Globalist Purge, Operation Cable Splicer https://rumble.com/v41h3zp-un-invasion-martial-law-rex-84-death-camps-globalist-purge-operation-cable-.html UN Invasion, Martial Law, Rex 84 Death Camps And Other Black Projects Sidestep the authority of Congress, which as we know is illegal. There is much hard evidence out there. Many will react with fear, terror and paranoia, but you must snap out of it and wake up from the brainwashing your media pumps into your heads all day long. Exposing the Black Budget And The Cold War is over. So why, new world order wanted to know, are major CIA, NSA, and Department of Defense programs still being kept secret from Congress and US Taxpayers 2023? These images mark the arrival of the news from past decades, like light from distant galaxies. To see spy-satellite photos from the once super secret Corona program, snapshots of the Cuban missile crisis, and close-ups of Russian airfields and ICBM pads makes clear how widely divergent are the time tracks of the black world and the real world. In a sense, the black budget is the last legacy of the old Soviet threat: a mirror in which a now vanished Medusa of nuclear holocaust becomes, we hope, forever fossilized. https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/briefingpapers/files/72_-_swab_-_black_budgets.pdf U.S. CONCENTRATION CAMPS FEMA AND THE REX 84 PROGRAM There over 600 prison camps in the United States, all fully operational and ready to receive prisoners. They are all staffed and even surrounded by full-time guards, but they are all empty. These camps are to be operated by FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) should Martial Law need to be implemented in the United States. Lies, Lies, Lies Top CIA, FBI, DOJ Officials Grilled Abuse Section 702’s Mass Surveillance https://rumble.com/v2u1w5w-lies-lies-lies-top-cia-fbi-doj-officials-grilled-abuse-section-702s-mass-su.html Arrests Along U.S.-Mexico Border Top 2 million a year for the first time Federal authorities are on pace to make more than 2.3 million arrests during the 2022 fiscal year, which ends Sept. 30. That will far exceed last year’s record of more than 1.7 million arrests. The law, Section 1325 of Title 8 of the U.S. Code, makes entering the United States “at any time or place other than as designated by immigration officers” a federal crime. Total U.S.-Mexico border for last 50 years is 46 million+ people and got-a-ways not counted Why the hell should we trust anything they say unless they do what’s right for Lies, Lies, Lies To The People Of American Again, I never would’ve thought my home would have to deal with so many corrupt people, dishonest, disgusting people should be removed from their posts, there is some small piece of mind knowing and seeing true American patriots fight this extremely hard fight. The Senate Judiciary Committee holds a hearing on Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Acts. Mass Surveillance, Privacy Invasions, Astroturfing, Marketing, Manipulation, Predictions. https://rumble.com/v2betqu-mass-surveillance-privacy-invasions-astroturfing-marketing-manipulation-pre.html The CIA has been conducting mass surveillance in the U.S. with minimal oversight and the program’s uncovering is bad news for Big Tech ? U.S. Supreme Court Declines to Hear New World Order Challenge to NSA Mass Surveillance. Call on Congress to Limit the NSA’s Surveillance of Internet Communications. Tyrannical Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court Act and Propaganda Administration https://rumble.com/v2fpmoy-tyrannical-foreign-intelligence-surveillance-court-act-and-propaganda-admin.html The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which approved the National Security Agency's collection of U.S. citizens' telephone records, is just one of history's many secret courts. You Are Welcome... Guide To Understanding Globalist Purge FEMA Quarantine Re-Education Death Camp And United Nations Martial Law And Wal-Mart Closings FEMA Camps & The FEMA Coffins. That are in 50 States of the country. In the near future, no matter how dire your situation is (due to pre-planned deliberate Globalist devastation) no matter what, Never Ever voluntarily go to a Guide To Understanding Globalist Purge FEMA Quarantine/Re-education Camp. This Is Part Two. Thanks ! https://rumble.com/v41deia-guide-to-understanding-globalist-purge-fema-quarantine-re-education-death-c.html You Are Welcome... Guide To Understanding Globalist Purge FEMA Quarantine Re-Education Death Camp And United Nations Martial Law And Wal-Mart Closings FEMA Camps & The FEMA Coffins. That are in 50 States of the country. In the near future, no matter how dire your situation is (due to pre-planned deliberate Globalist devastation) no matter what, Never Ever voluntarily go to a Quarantine/Re-education Camp. https://gn-journal.com/complete-list-of-800-fema-concentration-camps-2021-the-road-to-hell/ Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America and New World Order National Anthem "The Ostrich" Lyrics in 1968 A.C.E. Yes The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. Everything you want to know what could be more terrifying than being trafficked for sex? Being murdered in a ritual sacrifice. And even worse than that would be being murdered in a ritual sacrifice so wealthy elite cabalists can harvest your adrenal glands to get the compound Adrenochrome they need to prolong their decrepit lives! The New World Order Is Upon Us - Preserve Your liberty By Being Prepared ! We The People Of The New World Order Thank You. The Ostrich - Lyrics by Steppenwolf in 1968 A.C.E. Below We'll call you when you're six years old And drag you to the factory To train your brain for eighteen years With promise of security But then you're free And forty years you waste to chase the dollar sign So you may die in Florida At the pleasant age of sixty nine The water's getting hard to drink We've mangled up the country side The air will choke you when you breathe We're all committing suicide But it's alright It's progress folks keep pushin' till your body rots Will strip the earth of all it's green And then divide her into parking lots But there's nothing you and I can do You and I are only two What's right and wrong is hard to say Forget about it for today We'll stick our heads into the sand Just pretend that all is grand Then hope that everything turns out ok You're free to speak your mind my friend As long as you agree with me Don't criticize the father land Or those who shape your destiny 'Cause if you do You'll lose your job your mind and all the friends you knew We'll send out all our boys in blue They'll find a way to silence you But there's nothing you and I can do You and I are only two What's right and wrong is hard to say Forget about it for today We'll stick our heads into the sand Just pretend that all is grand Then hope that everything turns out ok https://rumble.com/v3yl8xx-new-world-order-national-anthem-the-ostrich-lyrics-by-steppenwolf-1968-a.c..html Welcome To Our Channel 2 Million+ Views In 2023 & 540 Video's So Far This Year Alone - Thanks To Everyone Who Like Us... Good Or Bad You Are All Welcome To Share Any Video's We Post To Your Friends And Other's... Thanks ! What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Note: We Do Not Post Any False Video's Or Un-True Content On This Channel & All Origins Video's And All Scientific Conspiracy Theory All Content And All Text Our True Statement From The Video's Owner's Who Posted There Video's To This Free Speech Channel By Us In The First Place To Be True ! Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. The Left/Right paradigm isn't only exposed by race and immigration issues. The Left and Right are in lockstep on every issue that really matters: The IRS. Income tax. Federal Reserve system. Endless wars. Endless expansion of tyranny and ever contracting liberty. Chronically wide-open borders. Suicidal immigration policies. Don't you see? The democrats and republicans exist only to provide the illusion of choice. A strong "us versus them" simulation in every election. It's ritualized tribalism. But the joke is, it doesn't matter which team wins, because both sides have the same agenda. God, guns and gays are phony "issues" to bolster the illusion of "difference" between the parties. The only thing that makes all this possible is that people aren't aware of the scam. Just knowing they are either "Team Red" or "Team Blue" liberates them from the responsibility of having to actually know or think anything. Then they feel righteous when their team wins, or despondent when they loose. It's no coincidence that the system works exactly like sports. There comes a point when ignorance and apathy become treason. We are past that point, people. Everything you want to know what could be more terrifying than being trafficked for sex? Being murdered in a ritual sacrifice. And even worse than that would be being murdered in a ritual sacrifice so wealthy elite cabalists can harvest your adrenal glands to get the compound Adrenochrome they need to prolong their decrepit lives! It's so easy to be overwhelmed and feel beaten by the amount of negative and discouraging information being spread by the mainstream (fake stream) media. There are truly awful people in WEF and WHO, who want to reduce us to the level of serfs or chattel, but we can resist, indeed, we must resist. Be calm, be objective and be positive. Right is Might. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men should do nothing.” Nobody Is Safe From People's Republic Of The Tyrannical We The Sheeple People of The United States of America and A Real True Bill of State Rights Of Government July Forth 1776 The Bill of Rights is the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution, which limit the power of the federal government and guarantee certain freedoms and rights to all colour of people and for the citizens of All America. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them. If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government. Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. The Presidential Hotline Pedophile and Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Etc. Call 1-866-4-5455-968 ( 1-866-I-Kill-You ) should be used when all your attempts to get assistance from a government department, province, municipality or state agency have failed. It is not only a complaints line. You can call to share your views or provide solutions to the challenges in your community. We also list the help line numbers of non-governmental organization's working with government. You may call at 987-654-3210 ext. new world order! In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Thank You To Everyone From Us. Orwellian Dystopia Both Side's Are Wrong Answer To Extremism Isn’t More Extremism. https://rumble.com/v2bngfk-orwellian-dystopia-both-sides-are-wrong-answer-to-extremism-isnt-more-extre.html America’s left and right are radicalizing each other, and the precedents from overseas are deeply unsettling. It’s all politics. And it still is, for those who really listen close. It’s why we need to flip the script and tell the real story of what happened in 1948 and 1964. I also believe America needs to echo, once again, Martin Luther King, Jr.’s dream and “look to a day when people will not be judged by the color of their skin, but by the content of their character.” That’s what made America great…and will make America great again. It’s known as “The Big Switch.” That’s when Southern Democrat politicians converted to Republicanism and refashioned the G.O.P. into a racist political party. Orwell's "1984" has been quoted left and right, for years, but the reality that we currently live in has never resembled the dystopia that the author describes in his best-known novel as much as it does today. We are voluntarily giving up our privacy. We are forced to use it as a currency. That has never been the case before, but today it is. It is almost impossible to function in today's world without giving up your privacy or rather having it invaded by a corporation or a government. The internet has, clearly, played a huge part in this. It may have brought us closer, but it has also brought governments and corporations closer to us, practically invited them into our homes and minds. "Both rely on the existence of a technological system.

In The Name Of Jesus ? Who ? Out of all the gangsters, serial killers, mass murderers, incompetent & crooked politicians, spies, traitors, and ultra left-wing kooks in all of American history,” asked a conservative and have you ever wondered who the worst of the worst In The Name Of Jesus ? Who ? and I was shocked to hear about John MacArthur, Voddie Baucham, Joel Osteen, TD Jakes, Steven Furtick, Joyce Meyer, Kenneth Copeland, Oprah Winfrey, Mike Todd, Andy Stanley, Hillsong Music, Carl Lentz, Bethel Music, Bill Johnson, Benny Hinn, Creflo Dollar, Jesse Duplantis, Paula White, Justin Peters, Paul Washer, Todd White, Brandan Robertson, Kathryn Krick, Todd Bentley, Sid Roth, Kat Kerr, Rob Bell, David Oyedepo, Rodney Howard Browne, Chris Oyakhilome, Shepherd Bushiri, Heidi Baker, Che Ahn, Lou Engle, Oral Roberts, and John Hagee. Jesus,” which later employed the letter “J,” is a derivation It was not until 1630 that the differentiation became general in England.” Note in the original 1611 version of the King James Version of the Bible there was no “J” letter in this Bible for because it did not exist. James was spelled Iames. Jesus was spelled Iesous. The 80 books of the King James Version include 39 books of the Old Testament, 14 books of Apocrypha, and the 27 books of the New Testament. The Letter “J” did not Exist - https://ia800703.us.archive.org/33/items/kjvkingjamesbibl1611lman/kjvkingjamesbibl1611lman.pdf - The Son of Elohim was not a White Guy with an English Name, speaking Greek One of the most asked questions of the century. How can the Messiah’s Name be Jesus if the letter “J” did not exist 500 years ago? The Messiah walked on earth about 2,000 years ago. If the letter and sound of “J” did not exist when the Messiah walked on this earth, what was His Name? In the English Alphabet, the letter “J” was originally used for the letter “I”. The first to distinguish the difference between the letter “J” and the letter “I” was in Gian Giorgio’s 1524 “I” and “J” were originally the same letter but different shapes both equally the same letter. According to the history of the English Alphabet, the official and original sound of the letter “J” was the sound of “Y” in “yet” or “yellow”. The very first English-language book to make clear distinction between the sound of “I” and the sound of “J” was not written until 1634. It wasn’t until then, after the 1611 Bible was published, that the English language officially accepted the shape and sound of the letter “J” as “jay” and no longer the “yuh” “Y” sound. Jehovah or Jesus are Man made Names, with Man Made Doctrines. Tricked, Bait & Switch. Now after Reading this Post, you are No Longer Tricked. From this Point on you’re making a Choice who to follow. A Savior Created by the Church of Constantine the Great; “Let us then have nothing in common with the detestable Jewish crowd; for we have received from our Savior a different way.” This is not the Savior Yahu’sha, this is a different one, that is followed a different way, his name is Jesus. The one we are warned would came in His name, the one told you would accept, while you reject the True Master. We were Warned and we Can see just how True it is. King James 1566-1625 The Black King Who Had The Bible Translated Into English https://rumble.com/v29ufns-king-james-1566-1625-the-black-king-who-had-the-bible-translated-into-engli.html King James, was the 1st King of England born 1566-1625 and he was the first to rule Scotland and Northern Island at the same time. In 1603 he commissioned a scholars to have the bible translated into English and make it available to all English speaking people throughout the world. It’s a little known fact that he was a Black man who ruled these countries in Europe. During his time he was though to be one of if not the greatest leader of his time. King James, a Black Man. King James I of England and VI of Scotland, 1619. James (1566-1625) acceded to the Scottish throne in 1567, and to the English throne in 1603 on the death of Elizabeth I. He was the son of Mary, Queen of Scots and Henry, Lord Darnley. James, an educated and able king, desired to bring peace to war-torn Europe. He is probably best remembered for commissioning an English translation of the bible, published in 1611, and still known as the King James Bible. Historical Context Facts about the Slave Trade and Slavery. King James 1566-1625 So Black King Who Had The Bible Translated Into English also Signed The First Charter for the New World in 1619 Black Slave Trade and Slavery. (Yes a Black Man and King) The Middle Passage was dangerous and horrific. The sexes were separated; men, women, and children were kept naked, packed close together; and the men were chained for long periods. About 12 percent of those who embarked did not survive the voyage. Well over 90 percent of enslaved Africans were sent to the Caribbean and South America. Only about 6 percent of African captives were sent directly to British North America. Yet by 1825, the US population included about one-quarter of the people of African descent in the Western Hemisphere. The 1619 Project (Slave Trade and Slavery. Black King James 1566-1625) is a long-form journalism endeavor developed by Nikole Hannah-Jones, writers from The New York Times, and The New York Times Magazine which "aims to reframe the country's history by placing the consequences of slavery and the contributions of Black Americans at the very center of the United States' national narrative. Black Kings and Queens the Rulers of England From 1603/1901 Historians Never Talk? https://rumble.com/v29twd2-black-kings-and-queens-the-rulers-of-england-from-16031901-historians-never.html So Moorish and Black Kings and Queens the Rulers of England and Europe From 1603/1901 You may have heard of these England and European Emperors, Kings and Queens, but did you know that they were Black ? So England /American after 1776? So Slavery Trade began 400 years ago this month. Started by Black King James I and VI of Scotland 1603 -1625 signed into law by this king ? This is referred to as the country’s original sin, but it is more than that It is the country’s true origin. Ancient Europe is not what we've been taught. Many things have been whitewashed, especially its ancient History. Here are some facts that you probably didn't know. President Abraham Lincoln, the Melungeon or Tawny Moor was the President of the United States. As President, he has to balance the Moorish side and the European side. Monarchs of England, Wales and Ireland ELIZABETH I 1558-1603 The daughter of Henry VIII and Anne Boleyn, Elizabeth was a remarkable woman, noted for her learning and wisdom. From first to last she was popular with the people and had a genius for the selection of capable advisors. Drake, Raleigh, Hawkins, the Cecils, Essex and many many more made England respected and feared. The Spanish Armada was decisively defeated in 1588 and Raleigh’s first Virginian colony was founded. The execution of Mary Queen of Scots marred what was a glorious time in English history. Shakespeare was also at the height of his popularity. Elizabeth never married. British Monarchs THE STUARTS JAMES I and VI of Scotland 1603 -1625 James was the son of Mary Queen of Scots and Lord Darnley. He was the first king to rule over Scotland and England. James was more of a scholar than a man of action. In 1605 the Gunpowder Plot was hatched: Guy Fawkes and his Catholic friends tried to blow up the Houses of Parliament, but were captured before they could do so. James’s reign saw the publication of the Authorised Version of the Bible, though this caused problems with the Puritans and their attitude towards the established church. In 1620 the Pilgrim Fathers sailed for America in their ship The Mayflower. When Was The Letter “J” Invented? (And Was It Before Jesus?) Some of you may be aware that the letter J is one of the more recent additions to our alphabet. But when was it invented? And what was language like before it came into existence? When Was The Letter “J” Invented? The Letter J was invented for the Italian language by a man called “Gian Giorgio Trissino” in the year 1524. It was used in Roman Numerals, but back then, it was an alternative way of writing I, not its own letter. Before the letter J, Jesus’ name was pronounced “Yeh-Soos”. The History Of The Letter J Let’s go over the history of the letter J and see how it went from being an alternative version of I to its own letter. In the year 1524, Italian Gian Giorgio Trissino was the first to use J as a letter. The sound that this new letter would make has another common way of being written “dg“. Due to the influence that Latin and French had on Italian, the letter J was just another way of writing “dg”. However, back then, the usage of J was far from common, even in Italy, and it wouldn’t be until much later that it would become as recognisable as it is today. It’s unlikely he would have lived long enough to see his new letter become popular. Much later in the 16th century, a Frenchman called Pierre Ramous was the next person to separate I from J. Back then, words that today we would spell with a J would have been spelt with an I. But, this was only amongst a few French scholars. It wasn’t until the 17th century that the letter J became common in English. If you read some of the older versions of the King James Bible, you will see the letter I where today’s version has the letter J. What Was Jesus’ Name Before The Letter J? Did you know that Jesus’ name wasn’t actually Jesus? When he was alive, the letter J did not exist. And his name was “Yeshua”. This name is the same place that we get the name “Joshua” from. The reason why modern English translations use Joshua and Jesus as two separate names is to separate the two to prevent people from getting them mixed up. Before the Letter J was invented, to translate the Hebrew name “Yeshua” into English would have given you Yesus. This is what Jesus was known as for most of English history. Most of the names we give people in the Bible are not their actual names. Yahweh Vs Jehovah: What Is God’s Real Name? If you read Christian literature, there will be two names that God tends to be given. One of them is Jehovah and the other is Yahweh. The reason why God seems to have two names is that his original Hebrew name has been translated differently. In the Bible, his name is “הֹוָה‎ Yəhōwā,”. When spelt out phonetically, this name sounds like Yahweh. However, if you were to take the letters of his original name, and turn them into Latin letters, his name is closer to Jehovah. Because the Bible wasn’t written in English, it can be translated in multiple different ways. The Letter J In Roman Numerals Before J was a letter, it was an alternative way of writing I in Roman numerals. In Roman numerals, they would use letters like I, X, and V instead of numbers. But sometimes, when there was no longer going to be any I’s, people would put a J at the end of the number instead of a final I. Therefore XIII and XIIJ were different ways of writing the number 13. How to Pronounce Jesus, Jose, and Juan in Spanish I'll never forget it. One day after returning home from my Spanish class in high school, my mother was on the phone, talking to her colleague. "Hey GEE-sus! Remember to fax me the accounting documents by tomorrow", I really need it. Cringe. (Hint: It's not pronounced like that.) I could almost hear the sigh on the other end of the phone. Here's a guide to pronouncing common Spanish first names, so that you'll never have another embarrassing introduction again. 1. How to Pronounce Jesus Note: Jesús is spelled with an accent on the final 'u' because of Spanish accent rules. However, oftentimes in the United States the accent is ommitted. The omission does not change the pronounciation of the name. Here in California, this is probably the most mispronounced hispanic name. Jesus accounts for 0.2% of male births in the United States according to the Social Security Administration. In fact, globally it is as popular as the female name Jessica. In almost all situations, the Spanish name Jesus is pronounced "hay-SOOS". The J is pronounced just like an "H" sound in English. The Spanish 'u' vowel is similar to the pronounciation of the double O in the word "moon". Searching for the name online results in videos where the name isn't pronounced until a few seconds in, so I'll save you the time. Here's a link to someone on YouTube saying the name accurately. Jesus is a popular Latin American name owing to the popularity and widespread nature of Catholicism in Latin American countries. An entire 82.7% of Mexicans are Catholic; somewhere between 70-90% of Argentines are Catholic; around 73% of Spaniards are Catholic, and the list goes on across the Spanish-speaking world. Compare this to the relative infrequency of Protestant names such as Matthew (Mateo) and Luke (Lucas) in Latin America compared to the United States and Europe. 2. How to Pronounce Jose Note: In the same way as Jesús the final accent on the word José is frequently ommitted in everyday use in the United States. This omission does not change the pronunciation of the word. First of all, the incorrect way to pronounce José is to say "Joe's", like the popular grocery store. Instead, say "hoe-ZAY". A live demo can be found here. José comes from Saint Joseph a prominent figure in Catholicism and the wife of Mary, the mother of Jesus. 3. How to Pronounce Juan The picture above is Juan Rulfo, the author of Pedro Páramo, one of my favorite books of all time and a masterpiece of Latin American literature. Juan, too, is a Catholic name, derived from the name "John", one of the Gospels in the Bible. Juan is pronounced "WHOOAHN" in one syllable. For a recording of someone saying it, here you go. Beyond Names These three Latin American names are commonly mispronounced in Spanish, particularly for English speakers who try to pronounce things phonetically. Spanish language pronunciation is a tricky thing to handle. Even though letters are pronounced the same way they are spelled, learning the pronunciation rules is often not enough to achieving fluency. Fortunately, the pronunciation lessons do not end here. All three names begin with a 'J', which should enforce the pronunciation rule to never pronounce the sound like the soft 'G' in Spanish. For more insights like this, Speech ling is a website that incorporates hundreds of sentences (along with names) with real vocal coaches that will correct your mistakes. 1611 BOOK NAME IN TABLE OF CONTENTS 1611 BOOK NAME IN TEXT Genesis THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES, called Genesis. Exodus THE SECOND BOOKE OF Moses, called Exodus. Leuiticus THE THIRD BOOKE OF Moses, called Leviticus. Numbers THE FOURTH BOOKE OF Moses, called Numbers. Deuteronomie THE FIFTH BOOKE OF Moses, called Deuteronomie. Ioshua THE BOOKE OF Ioshua. Iudges THE BOOKE OF Iudges. Ruth THE BOOKE OF Ruth. 1. Samuel THE FIRST BOOKE of Samuel, otherwise called, The first Booke of the Kings. 2. Samuel THE SECOND BOOKE of Samuel, otherwise called, The second Booke of the Kings. 1. Kings THE FIRST BOOKE OF the Kings, commonly called The third Booke of the Kings. 2. Kings THE SECOND BOOKE OF the Kings, commonly called The fourth Booke of the Kings. 1. Chronicles THE FIRST BOOKE of the Chronicles. 2. Chronicles THE SECOND BOOKE of the Chronicles. Ezrah EZRA. Nehemiah THE BOOKE OF Nehemiah. Ester THE BOOKE OF Esther. Iob THE BOOKE OF Iob. Psalmes THE BOOKE OF Psalmes. Prouerbs THE PROVERBES. Ecclesiastes ECCLESIASTES, or the Preacher Song of Solomon The Song of Solomon. Isaiah THE BOOKE OF THE Prophet Isaiah. Ieremiah THE BOOKE OF THE Prophet Ieremiah. Lamentations The Lamentations of Ieremiah. Ezekiel THE BOOKE OF THE Prophet Ezekiel. Daniel THE BOOKE OF Daniel. Hosea HOSEA. Ioel IOEL. Amos AMOS. Obadiah OBADIAH. Ionah IONAH. Micah MICAH. Nahvm NAHVM. Habakkvk HABAKKVK. Zephaniah ZEPHANIAH. Haggai HAGGAI. Zechariah ZECHARIAH. Malachi MALACHI. Matthew THE GOSPEL ACCORDING to S. Matthew. Marke The Gospel according to S. Marke. Luke The Gospel according to S. Luke. Iohn The Gospel according to S. John. The Actes THE ACTES OF the Apostles. The Epistle to the Romanes THE EPISTLE OF PAVL THE Apostle to the Romanes. 1. Corinthians THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul the Apostle to the Corinthians. 2. Corinthians THE SECOND EPISTLE of Paul the Apostle to the Corinthians. Galatians THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Galatians. Ephesians THE EPISTLE OF PAVL THE Apostle to the Ephesians. Philippians THE EPISTLE OF PAVL THE Apostle to the Philippeans. Colossians THE EPISTLE OF PAVL THE Apostle to the Colossians. 1. Thessalonians THE FIRST EPISTLE OF Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians. 2. Thessalonians THE SECOND EPISTLE OF Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians. 1. Timotheus THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul the Apostle to Timothie. 2. Timotheus THE SECOND EPISTLE of Paul the Apostle to Timothie. Titus THE EPISTLE OF Paul to Titus. Philemon THE EPISTLE OF Paul to Philemon. To the Hebrewes THE EPISTLE OF PAVL the Apostle to the Hebrewes. The Epistle of Iames THE GENERALL Epistle of Iames. 1. Peter THE FIRST EPISTLE generall of Peter. 2. Peter THE SECOND EPISTLE generall of Peter. 1. Iohn THE FIRST EPISTLE generall of Iohn. 2. Iohn The second Epistle of Iohn. 3. Iohn The third Epistle of Iohn. Iude THE GENERALL Epistle of Iude. Reuelation THE REVELATION of S. Iohn the Diuine. 1. Esdras I. ESDRAS. 2. Esdras II. ESDRAS. Tobit TOBIT. Iudeth IVDETH. The rest of Esther THE BOOKE OF Esther. Wisedome The Wisdome of Solomon. Ecclesiasticus THE WISDOME OF Iesus the sonne of Sirach, Or Ecclesiasticus. Baruch BARVCH. Epistle of Ieremiah The Epistle of Ieremie. The song of the three children. The Song of the three holy children, which followeth in the third Chapter of Daniel after this place, [And they walked in the midst of the fire, praising God, and blessing the Lord. ] That which followeth is not in the Hebrew; to wit, [Then Azarias stood vp vnto these wordes, [And Nabuchodonofor.] The story of Susanna. The historie of Susanna, set apart from the beginning of Daniel, because it is not in Hebrew, as neither the narration of Bel and the Dragon. The idole Bel and the Dragon. The history of the destruction of Bel and the Dragon, cut off from the end of Daniel. The prayer of Manasseh. The prayer of Manasses King of Iuda, when he was holden captiue in Babylon. 1. Maccabees The first booke of the Maccabees. 2. Maccabees The second booke of the Maccabees. https://www.kingjamesbibleonline.org/Bible-Books/1611-KJV-Original-Book-Names.php To the most high and mightie Prince, James by the grace of God King of Great Britaine, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c. The translators of The Bible, wish Grace, Mercie, and Peace, through Jesus Christ our Lord. https://www.kingjamesbibleonline.org/1611-Bible/1611-King-James-Bible-Introduction.php Great and manifold were the blessings (most dread Soveraigne) which Almighty GOD, the Father of all Mercies, bestowed upon us the people of ENGLAND, when first he sent your Majesties Royall person to rule and raigne over us. For whereas it was the expectation of many, who wished not well unto our ZION, that upon the setting of that bright Occidentall Starre Queene ELIZABETH of most happy memory, some thicke and palpable cloudes of darkenesse would so have overshadowed this land, that men should have bene in doubt which way they were to walke, and that it should hardly be knowen, who was to direct the unsetled State: the appearance of your MAJESTIE, as of the Sunne in his strength, instantly dispelled those supposed and surmised mists, and gave unto all that were well affected, exceeding cause of comfort; especially when we beheld the government established in your HIGHNESSE, and your hopefull Seed, by an undoubted Title, and this also accompanied with Peace and tranquillitie, at home and abroad. King James, was the 1st King of England and he was the first to rule Scotland and Northern Island at the same time. In 1603 he commissioned a scholars to have the bible translated into English and make it available to all English speaking people throughout the world. It’s a little known fact that he was a Black man who ruled these countries in Europe. During his time he was though to be one of if not the greatest leader of his time. King James, a Black Man. James I, (born June 19, 1566, Edinburgh Castle, Edinburgh, Scotland—died March 27, 1625, Theobalds, Hertfordshire, England), king of Scotland (as James VI) from 1567 to 1625 and first Stuart king of England from 1603 to 1625, who styled himself “king of Great Britain.” James was a strong advocate of royal absolutism, and his conflicts with an increasingly self-assertive Parliament set the stage for the rebellion against his successor, Charles I. James was the only son of Mary, Queen of Scots, and her second husband, Henry Stewart, Lord Darnley. Eight months after James’s birth his father died when his house was destroyed by an explosion. After her third marriage, to James Hepburn, 4th earl of Bothwell, Mary was defeated by rebel Scottish lords and abdicated the throne. James, one year old, became king of Scotland on July 24, 1567. Mary left the kingdom on May 16, 1568, and never saw her son again. During his minority James was surrounded by a small band of the great Scottish lords, from whom emerged the four successive regents, the earls of Moray, Lennox, Mar, and Morton. There did not exist in Scotland the great gulf between rulers and ruled that separated the Tudors and their subjects in England. For nine generations the Stuarts had in fact been merely the ruling family among many equals, and James all his life retained a feeling for those of the great Scottish lords who gained his confidence. The King James Version (KJV), also the King James Bible (KJB) and the Authorized Version (AV), is an Early Modern English translation of the Christian Bible for the Church of England, which was commissioned in 1604 and published in 1611, by sponsorship of King James VI and I. The 80 books of the King James Version include 39 books of the Old Testament, 14 books of Apocrypha, and the 27 books of the New Testament. Noted for its "majesty of style", the King James Version has been described as one of the most important books in English culture and a driving force in the shaping of the English-speaking world. The KJV was first printed by John Norton and Robert Barker, who both held the post of the King's Printer, and was the third translation into English language approved by the English Church authorities: The first had been the Great Bible, commissioned in the reign of King Henry VIII (1535), and the second had been the Bishops' Bible, commissioned in the reign of Queen Elizabeth I (1568). In Geneva, Switzerland, the first generation of Protestant Reformers had produced the Geneva Bible of 1560 from the original Hebrew and Greek scriptures, which was influential in the writing of the Authorized King James Version. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/King_James_Version In January 1604, King James convened the Hampton Court Conference, where a new English version was conceived in response to the problems of the earlier translations perceived by the Puritans, a faction of the Church of England. James gave the translators instructions intended to ensure that the new version would conform to the ecclesiology, and reflect the episcopal structure, of the Church of England and its belief in an ordained clergy. The translation was done by six panels of translators (47 men in all, most of whom were leading biblical scholars in England) who had the work divided up between them: the Old Testament was entrusted to three panels, the New Testament to two, and the Apocrypha to one. In common with most other translations of the period, the New Testament was translated from Greek, the Old Testament from Hebrew and Aramaic, and the Apocrypha from Greek and Latin. In the 1662 Book of Common Prayer, the text of the Authorized Version replaced the text of the Great Bible for Epistle and Gospel readings (but not for the Psalter, which substantially retained Coverdale's Great Bible version), and as such was authorized by Act of Parliament. Daniel Wallace is a noted Greek scholar and professor of New Testament at Dallas Theological Seminary. In his paper entitled “Why So Many Versions?” Wallace makes the following statement -“...we must remember that the King James Bible of today is not the King James of 1611. It has undergone three revisions, incorporating more than 100,000 changes!” This writer made a very interesting argument. He had details and, though I would say that the tone of his letter was certainly less than charitable, I thought that the content needed some investigation. To begin with, I did not personally count 100,000 changes between the 1611 KJV and the modern reprints. But I did take the word from some reputable scholars on that score. Second, this gentleman’s own statistics show that the count of 100,000 could not possibly be attributable to font changes alone: if so, then there should be nearly 791,328 changes (according to this gentleman’s word-count of the total words in the KJV [a number which, by the way, may include part of the Apocrypha1]). Third, since this gentleman has included rather minor changes (which I also assumed to be part of the 100,000 changes)—specifically, “printing errors, spelling standardization, and a few minor phrase changes” (though he considers these to be among the biggest of the 421 changes), we can proceed on his definition of an alteration. In particular, spelling standardization is the largest single group of changes made between 1611 and the modern era. How can we proceed with this comparison? I have on the wall in my study two leaves from the 1611 edition—the first edition—of the King James Bible. The following text, 2 Samuel 12:20-31, is part of a leaf from the 1611 printing of the KJV. There are a total of 362 words in these verses. This ought to be a good test-case for whether there are 421 total changes or 100,000 changes to the KJV in its nearly 400-year history. Only 421 changes to the KJV equals an average of one change per 1880 words. Therefore, we should expect to find none in these twelve verses, statistically speaking (or, more precisely, about one-sixth of one change). If, on the other hand, there are 100,000 changes to the KJV, that averages out to one out of nearly eight words (1:7.91328 is the precise ratio), or 45.745 words.2 Thus, if my statistics are correct, we should expect to find one or more instances per verse, on average, and a grand total in the double digits. If Scott’s statistics are correct, to find more than one or two would be disturbing, and to find even a dozen or more would show that his data are fundamentally incorrect. To be sure, this is hardly a scientific sampling; but at the same time since the two statistical models are so widely divergent from one another, we might expect to see either pattern emerge. Appendix Three other points can be made here. First, Scott’s statistics are probably an amalgam of global changes and individual changes. That is, most of the 421 changes that he sees in the KJV are groups of changes. The change of ‘towards’ to ‘toward’ that occurs fourteen times is thus counted as one change. (In the five words he lists, the total number of changes comes out to 214 changes.) The problem with this is that we are led to believe that those 421 changes represent a specific percentage of the whole—or, in Scott’s words, “five one-hundredths of one percent.” That would only be true if there were 791,328 different words (as opposed to total words) in the KJV. Second, when Scott details a handful of changes that are indeed trivial, he says, “Friends, this is the ENTIRE extent of the nature of the changes from the King James Bible of 1611 to the King James Bible of the present day.” As we mentioned above, that is not correct. Some of the changes in the KJV through the centuries have been fairly significant. The most famous blunder in the history of the King James Bible to come off the printing press was the 1631 edition. Robert Barker, the printer to the throne, inadvertently left out “not” in the seventh commandment! It was dubbed “the Wicked Bible” and Barker was fined 300 pounds for the error.4 Now, someone might object: “But that’s a printer’s error; that shouldn’t count.” There are two problems with this. First, errors creep into copies of a book, especially one that is nearly a million words long! Whether those errors crept into handwritten copies or printed copies, the principle is still the same. This, indeed, is one reason why the vast bulk of biblical scholars reject the KJV as the best translation available today and why they reject its underlying Greek text as being identical with the original: errors in the transmissional process have always taken place, and a great number of them are self-evident in the KJV tradition. Second, the problem is that the Bible that people have in their hands always have a small percentage of printing errors. Some of them are rather minor, some are major. But KJV-only advocates typically link inspiration to preservation to accessibility in such a way that logically makes printer’s errors a part of the package.

You Are Welcome... Guide To Understanding Globalist Purge FEMA Quarantine Re-Education Death Camp And United Nations Martial Law And Wal-Mart Closings FEMA Camps & The FEMA Coffins. That are in 50 States of the country. In the near future, no matter how dire your situation is (due to pre-planned deliberate Globalist devastation) no matter what, Never Ever voluntarily go to a Quarantine/Re-education Camp. This Is Part Two. Thanks ! FEMA is the executive arm of the coming police state and thus will head up all operations. The Presidential Executive Orders already listed on the Federal Register also are part of the legal framework for this operation. The camps all have railroad facilities as well as roads leading to and from the detention facilities. Many also have an airport nearby. The majority of the camps can house a population of 20,000 prisoners. List of DUMBs by State Complete List of Military Underground Bases in USA In America alone there are over 120 Deep Underground Military Bases situated under most major cities, US AFBs, US Navy Bases and US Army Bases, as well as underneath FEMA Military Training Camps and DHS control centers. There are also many Deep Underground Military Bases under Canada. Almost all of these bases are over 2 miles underground and have diameters ranging from 10 miles up to 30 miles across! They have been building these bases day and night, unceasingly, since the 1940s. These bases are basically large cities underground connected by high-speed magneto-levity trains that have speeds up to 1500 MPH. This is a compilation of roughly 800 actual or suspected FEMA Camp locations. These locations are, or could be operated by FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) should Martial Law need to be implemented in the United States and all it would take is a presidential signature on a proclamation and the attorney general's signature on a warrant to which a list of names is attached. Ask yourself if you really want to be on THE list? The Rex 84 Program was established on the reasoning that if a "mass exodus" of illegal aliens crossed the Mexican/US border, they would be quickly rounded up and detained in detention centers by FEMA. Rex 84 allowed many military bases to be closed down and to be turned into prisons. Operation Cable Splicer and Garden Plot are the two sub programs which will be implemented once the Rex 84 program is initiated for its proper purpose. Garden Plot is the program to control the population. Cable Splicer is the program for an orderly takeover of the state and local governments by the federal government. FEMA is the executive arm of the coming police state and thus will head up all operations. The Presidential Executive Orders already listed on the Federal Register also are part of the legal framework for this operation. The camps all have railroad facilities as well as roads leading to and from the detention facilities. Many also have an airport nearby. The majority of the camps can house a population of 20,000 prisoners. Currently, the largest of these facilities is just outside of Fairbanks, Alaska. The Alaskan facility is a massive mental health facility and can hold approximately 2 million people. Executive Orders associated with FEMA that would suspend the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. These Executive Orders have been on record for nearly 30 years and could be enacted by the stroke of a Presidential pen:... EXECUTIVE ORDER 10990 allows the government to take over all modes of transportation and control of highways and seaports. EXECUTIVE ORDER 1099 allows the government to seize and control the communication media. EXECUTIVE ORDER 10997 allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels and minerals. EXECUTIVE ORDER 10998 allows the government to seize all means of transportation, including personal cars, trucks or vehicles of any kind and total control over all highways, seaports, and waterways. EXECUTIVE ORDER 10999 allows the government to take over all food resources and farms. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11000 allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades under government supervision. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11001 allows the government to take over all health, education and welfare functions. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11002 designates the Postmaster General to operate a national registration of all persons. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11003 allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including commercial aircraft. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11005 allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways and public storage facilities. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11051 specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic or financial crisis. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11310 grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in Executive Orders, to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11049 assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and agencies, consolidating 21 operative Executive Orders issued over a fifteen year period. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11921 allows the Federal Emergency Preparedness Agency to develop plans to establish control over the mechanisms of production and distribution, of energy sources, wages, salaries, credit and the flow of money in U.S. financial institution in any undefined national emergency. It also provides that when a state of emergency is declared by the President, Congress cannot review the action for six months. The Federal Emergency Management Agency has broad powers in every aspect of the nation. General Frank Salzedo, chief of FEMA's Civil Security Division stated in a 1983 conference that he saw FEMA's role as a "new frontier in the protection of individual and governmental leaders from assassination, and of civil and military installations from sabotage and/or attack, as well as prevention of dissident groups from gaining access to U.S. opinion, or a global audience in times of crisis." FEMA's powers were consolidated by President Carter to incorporate the... National Security Act of 1947 allows for the strategic relocation of industries, services, government and other essential economic activities, and to rationalize the requirements for manpower, resources and production facilities. 1950 Defense Production Act gives the President sweeping powers over all aspects of the economy. Act of August 29, 1916 authorizes the Secretary of the Army, in time of war, to take possession of any transportation system for transporting troops, material, or any other purpose related to the emergency. International Emergency Economic Powers Act enables the President to seize the property of a foreign country or national. These powers were transferred to FEMA in a sweeping consolidation in 1979. The Black Projects sidestep the authority of Congress, which as we know is illegal. There is much hard evidence out there. Many will react with fear, terror and paranoia, but you must snap out of it and wake up from the brainwashing your media pumps into your heads all day long. Are you going to be a rabbit in the headlights, or are you going to stand up and say enough is enough? The US Government through the NSA, DOD, CIA, DIA, ATF, ONI, US Army, US Marine Corp, FEMA and the DHS has spent in excess of 12 trillion dollars building the massive, covert infrastructure for the coming One World Government and New World Religion over the past 40 years. There is the Deep Underground Military Base underneath Denver International Airport, which is over 22 miles in diameter and goes down over 8 levels. It’s no coincidence that the CIA relocated the headquarters of its domestic division, which is responsible for operations in the United States, from the CIA’s Langley headquarters to Denver. Constructed in 1995, the government and politicians were hell bent on building this airport in spite of it ending up vastly overbudget. Charges of corruption, constant construction company changes, and mass firings of teams once they had built a section of their work was reported so that no “one” group had any idea what the blueprint of the airport was. Not only did locals not want this airport built nor was it needed, but everything was done to make sure it was built despite that. Masonic symbols and bizarre artwork of dead babies, burning cities and women in coffins comprise an extensive mural as well as a time capsule – none of which is featured in the airport’s web site section detailing the unique artwork throughout the building. DIA serves as a cover for the vast underground facilities that were built there. There are reports of electronic/magnetic vibrations which make some people sick and cause headaches in others. There are acres of fenced-in areas which have barbed wire pointing into the area as if to keep things in, and small concrete stacks that resemble mini-cooling towers rise out of the acres of nowhere to apparently vent underground levels. The underground facility is 88.3 square miles deep. Basically this Underground Base is 8 cities on top of each other! The holding capacity of such leviathanic bases is huge. These city-sized bases can hold millions and millions of people, whether they are mind controlled, enslaved NWO World Army Soldiers or innocent and enslaved surface dwellers from the towns and cities of America and Canada. There is Dulce Base, in New Mexico. Dulce is a small town in northern New Mexico, located above 7,000 feet on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. There is only one major motel and a few stores. It’s not a resort town and it is not bustling with activity. But Dulce has a deep, dark secret. The secret is harbored deep below the brush of Archuleta Mesa. Function: Research of mind related functions, genetic experiments, mind control training and reprograming. There are over 3000 real-time video cameras throughout the complex at high-security locations (entrances and exits). There are over 100 secret exits near and around Dulce. Many around Archuleta Mesa, others to the south around Dulce Lake and even as far east as Lindrith. Deep sections of the complex connect into natural cavern systems. Level 1 – garage for street maintenance. Level 2 – garage for trains, shuttles, tunnel-boring machines and disc maintenance. Level 3 – everyone is weighed, in the nude, then given a jump suit uniform. The weight of the person is put on a computer I.D. card each day. Change in over three dollars requires a physical exam and X-ray. Level 4 – Human research in ‘paranormal’ areas – mental telepathy, mind control, hypnosis, remote viewing, astral traveling – etc. The technology is apparently here to allow them to know how to manipulate the ‘Bioplasmic Body’ Development of a laser weapon that can remotely cause burns and discomfort on it’s target. They can lower your heartbeat with Deep Sleep ‘Delta Waves,’ induce a static shock, then reprogram, Via a Brain- Computer link. Level 5 -security is severe. Armed guards patrol constantly, and in addition to weight sensitive areas there (are) hand print and eye print stations. Here, is the device that powers the transfer of atoms. Level 6 – Level 6 is privately called ‘Nightmare Hall’. It holds the genetic labs. Experiments done on fish, seals, birds, and mice that are vastly altered from their original forms. Then there is the Greenbrier Facility, in White Sulfer Springs, West Virginia under the Greenbriar Resort. The Continuity of Government facility intended since 1962 to house the United States Congress, code-named Casper, is located on the grounds of the prestigious Greenbrier resort. The bunker is beneath the West Virginia wing, which includes a complete medical clinic. Construction of the facility, which began in 1959, required 2.5 years and 50,000 tons of concrete. The steel-reinforced concrete walls of the bunker, which is 20 feet below ground, are 2 feet thick. The facility includes separate chambers for the House of Representatives and the Senate, as well as a larger room for joint sessions. These are located in the “Exhibit Hall” of the West Virginia Wing, which includes vehicular and pedestrian entrances which can be quickly sealed by blast doors. They don’t even hide this one, and it’s even a tourist attraction. The Underground vault was built to meet the needs of a Congress-in-hiding – in fact the hotel is a replica of the White House. The underground area has a chamber for the Senate, a chamber for the House and a massive hall for joint sessions. Although the hotel says it gives tours of the 112,000 square area daily, the installation still stands at the ready, its operators still working under cover at the hotel. The secrecy that has surrounded the site has shielded it both from public scrutiny and official reassessment Most Americans will not believe that an American Holocaust will happen until they see it happening with their own eyes. Till then, it is just another strange conspiracy theory for them to laugh at. This is no laughing matter. When it happens, it will be to late to stop it. The US Government has been involved covertly in the creation of an army of loyal, brainwashed soldiers of the future. They will have cybernetic and microchip implants and will fight anywhere in the world, without question, with total loyalty and without hesitation or fear. These soldiers were created at Brookhaven National Laboratories BNL, the National Ordinance Laboratories NOL and the Massachussetts Institute of Technology MIT, and covertly transferred under DOD and NSA control and planning. Many of these soldiers are stationed in the Deep Underground Military Bases like the one under Denver International Airport. All of this information has been researched, and it has taken much effort to fit it together properly. There are many mag-lev subterraenean train networks that stretch from the these complexes and go out to other underground bases. All soldiers working in these bases are microchipped and under total Psychotronic Mind Control. Of the missing “Milk Carton People” that the FBI used to post on milk cartons, some were taken to these underground bases for genetic experimentation, microchipping, psychotronic mind control and cybernetic implantations for future use as brainwashed soldiers of the NWO. Every year in America hundreds of thousands of people go missing. The creation of a total Global Fascist Police State by the Illuminati will happen if we do not all wake up and see what is happening. I find it amazing that so many Americans, Scandanavians and Western Europeans refuse to believe that there are millions of UNISF and UNMNTF Troops in America. Under the Partnerships For Peace Program PFPP set up by President Bill Clinton in early 1993, thousands of troops a month have been coming into America. https://gn-journal.com/complete-list-of-800-fema-concentration-camps-2021-the-road-to-hell/ These Fascist criminals parade as our friends and leaders, while stripping away democratic rights that will be replaced with a Corporatist and Fascist dictatorship, unless people, and especially Americans, wake up now. Here are the locations of Deep Underground Military Bases in America: ARIZONA 1. Fort Huachuca. 31°50′ N 1100 19’48” W, saucer base below, intelligence training above, mind-control incl. too. 2. Gates Pass Base 3. Gila Mountain Area, south of Interstate 8 and approx. 30 east of Yuma, AZ. 290 N 116ºW. DUM base. 4. Grand Wash Cliffs, on western edge of the cliffs at the head of Grapevine Wash. Must be reached via hwy 93 and then unpaved roads. DUM base. Page 303 … 5. Green Valley 6. Hualapai Mountains, east side of the mountain range, about 35 mi. SE of Kingman, AZ 7. Rincon Mtn., north side of Rincon Mtn 8. Mt. Lemmon 9. Page 10. Safford, near Safford 11. Santa Catalina Mountains – base ARKANSAS 12. In the vicinity of Hardy and Cherokee Village. 360 19′ N 9°29’W W. Installation purpose not known. 13. Pine Bluff, Ark. area. 34° 13.4′ N 92º01.0’W to 34º30′ N 92° 30’W. saucer base. CALIFORNIA 14. 29 Palms Marine Base, Identified on military map as airspace area R-2501 N. Saucer base southeast of Ludlow. This is a U.S. alien research/ diagnostic facility and UFO base. 15. China Lake, mind control and weapons research 16. Darwin, CA, 4 miles dues west of Darwin 17. Deep Springs, CA, 37°22′ N 117º 59.3′ W. saucer base 18. Fort Irwin, CA, 35°20’N 116°8’W W. saucer base 19. Edwards Air Force Base, in the area where Diamond Cr. & the so. fork of the Yuba meet, there are 3 underground UFO bases. 34°8′ N 117° 48′ W 20. George Air Force Base, CA – saucer base 21. Helendale, Lockhead Underground Facility, 34º44.7′ N 1170 18.5′ W. Technology for secret projects. There are 3 saucer bases here. 22. Los Angeles, On Hwy 14 towards Edwards A.F.B. after Palmdale, one turns off and after taking several streets to 170th street, north on 170th St. to the Rosamond-1 70th intersection, the second and lower and better maintained dirt road will take you west, and if you take a right going north at the power lines and up to the hilltop you will see the top of an underground NORTHOP facility; Technology for the elite’s secret projects. This area was very active in the 1970s. Northrop’s facility is near the Tehachapi Mtns. It has been reported to go down 42 levels. It is heavily involved with electronics and hi-tech aerospace research. 23. Mt. Shasta 24. Kern River, CA the hollowed out mountain next to the hydroelectric facility at the Kern River Project near Bakersfield- reported saucer base 25. Napa Valley- located at Oakville Grade north of Napa, CA. Tunnels also connect the wineries north of Napa, used for white slavery and mind-control. Has a saucer base. 26. Norton Air Force Base- saucer base 27. Quincy, CA, 39° 56.2′ N 120° 56.5′ W. saucer base 28. Near Palmdale (if one takes Palmdale Blvd. til 240th St. and goes to Ave R-8. One the eastern limit of Ave. R-8 is McDonnell-Douglas’s facility called the Uano Facility. One can see it better from the Three Sisters Hills to the south of the facility. Strange shaped disks raise out of the ground on pylons. These attached disks glow and change color. It is involved in hi-tech aerospace technology. 29. Presidio, CA – A FEMA/DOD site for Region IX’s regional office 30. San Bernardino, CO, 34º 50′ N to 34° 16′ N 31. Santa Barbara County – placed in the thick diatomite strata 32. Santa Rosa, 38º 26.4′ N 122º 42.9′ W, FEMA, Regional center for west coast, what FEMA is doing is mostly kept secret. This is listed as a Communications Antenna Field, but is doing much more. 33. Sierra Nevada Mountains, CA – very deep military base 34. Tehachapi Ranch- 4 saucer bases, Tecachapi Canyon has a new underground base which was finished in Sept. ’95. This is the “Unholy 6” base of the Orions. 35° 20′ 118° 40′ 35. Trona, CA, 35° 45.5′ N 1 77º22.6′ W –several miles northwest of Trona, directly under Argus Peak. This DUM sits on China Lake’s NWC’s land, and may have been built in the ’60s. COLORADO 36. Alamosa, 37° 28.1′ N 105°52.2’W W- reported saucer base 37. Book Cliffs, CO, 39° 40′ N 108º 0′ W near Rifle, CO 38. Boulder, CO–The headquarters for EMC, a type of electra-magnetic mind control that is being broadcast to modify the thinking of Americans, and to control slaves. 39. Colorado Springs, NORAD –Canada & U.S., & FEMA, hundreds of people on staff, contains at least 4.5 cubic miles of underground caverns and forty five underground steel buildings. Many underground chambers are as large as 50, x 100 ‘. This complex tracks thousands of satellites, missiles, submarines, and UFOs. NORAD also controls many Monarch slaves who have ALEX, JANUS, ALEXUS endtime callback programming. NORAD installation has 1278 miles of road underground. 40. Fort Collins- base for Gray aliens 41. Grand Mesa- Orion saucer base 42. Montrore Co.–north of Paradox, in Paradox Valley. The site in Paradox Valley can be reached via Hwy. 90 via Nucla. CONNECTICUT 43. North west Connecticut FLORIDA 44. Massive base- reported saucer base 45. Eglin AFB, 30º 40′ N 86° 50′ W- Orion saucer base since 1978 GEORGIA 46. Atlanta, GA –FEMA regional center, which is appropriately placed since Atlanta is to become a capital within the NWO redrawing of boundaries. Atlanta is believed to have several underground installations in its area, one to the north at Kennesaw Mtn., Marietta, GA connected to Dobbins AFB and one to the south of Atlanta at Forest Park. 47. Thomasville, 30° 50.2′ N 83°58.9′ W, FEMA, regional center, they train groups in Search and Destroy missions for when Martial Law is imposed. This is SW Georgia in area of tunnels. IDAHO 48. Lower Goose Lake area in the general area of Oakley, ID.–Wackenhut of the Illuminati run a “model prison” for the NWO. The worst of the federal prisoners are placed in this underground prison which has 7,100 cells which are filled with about 2,700 federal inmates. A track runs through the middle of the eerie underground facility. Food and showers are on the tracks, and the men are allowed showers once a week. The minimum of lighting is used and the men are beaten senseless if they talk at all. It sits 500′ underground. 49. South central Idaho–under the Snake River lava flows between Twin Falls and Idaho Falls. INDIANA 50. Bedford & Lawrence Co. area–continued activity in large old mines indicates a possible government use of the large old quarries. KANSAS 51. Atchison, KS–the DIPEF underground facility, which the govt. would run in an emergency. AT & T maintains an underground facility at Fairview, KS. 52. Kinsley–an underground UFO base MARYLAND 53. Camp David–just north of the camp is an underground facility important to the intelligence agencies. 54. below Ft. Meade, of the National Security Agency, 10 acres of the most sophisticated supercomputers that can be built, very large complex, massive surveillance of all the world’s communications, including all transmissions in the U.S. & world of telephones, telegraph, telex, fax, radio, TV and microwave transmissions. 55. Olney, actually the facility is between Olney and Laytonsville, on Riggs Rd. off of Rt. 108. Another underground facility may also exist in the area, FEMA & possibly NSA, the facility may be 10 levels deep, purpose unknown. 56. Suitland, MD- Classified archives of U.S. Govt. stored here in underground levels. Vaults have extensive amounts of documents which are not indexed. Restricted access with a coded security card. High level intelligence groups operate in the area also. MASSACHUSETTS 57. Maynard, 42° 26.0′ N 71° 27.0′ W FEMA, regional center, Wackenhut is here too. MICHIGAN 58. Battle Creek, 42° 19.3′ N 85° 10.9′ W FEMA, regional center, activity secret (not validated) 59. Gwinn, Ml, 46° 16.8’N 87° 26.5′ W, near Gwinn is a large underground base which is a key base for sending signals. An AFB is also nearby. Under Lake Superior is an alien base with roads 5,000′ deep. Also: Guantanamo Bay Detention Camp: Arrests, Indictments and Executions for Thousands of New Ex-Elite Prisoners – Official Documents MISSOURI 60. 12 miles south of Lebanon, 36° 02.8′ N 115° 24.3′ W, near the newly created town of Twin Bridges-reported saucer base 61. In the Bat/Dry/Dead Man/ Howell cluster of caves- reported saucer base 62. St. Francis Mountains, MO (between St. Louis & New Madrid) NEBRASKA 63. North-central Nebraska 64. Red Willow Co. near McCook, NE NEVADA 65. Blue Diamond, 36° 02.8’N 115°24.3 W -reported saucer base 66-68. Groom Lake, also known as Dreamland, Area 51, The Area, the Spot, Red Square, Sally Corridor, Watertown Strip. 1150 50’N 37°20W. Run by the NWO along with demonic beings, the CIA is there and Wackenhut Security. Two large underground facilities close to but separate from Groom Lake but controlled by the demonic beings are Papoose Range and Cockeyed Ridge (S-4) underground bases. Purpose is the testing of various UFOs and other secret aircraft like the Aurora and Stealth. Also biological work is done, including the biological raising of small greys. Many levels have been built t these three complexes, and a 7 mile long run way (which is actually 39 miles) Page 305 … has been built over Groom Lake, a dry lake. There is an S-2, an S-4, an S-6, and an S-66 underground installations. S-66 is the most secret and it has 29 levels and is 11, 300′ deep. 69. Quartzite Mountain SE of Tonopah, 37° 31 ‘N 116° 20’ W- reported saucer base 70. Tonopah, Airforce, CIA? & ??, deals with secret aircraft NEW HAMPSHIRE 71-73. There may be as many as three underground installations in New Hampshire’s hills (according to reports). NEW JERSEY 74. Picatinny Arsenal, 4o° 38’N 74° 32′ W- saucer base, 1/4 cubic mile large & very deep underground. NEW MEXICO The state of New Mexico and Colorado have been used for the construction of a series of underground bases. (All the rest of the states have too.) The Primary Underground facilities in New Mexico consist of: 3 enormous underground bases in: The Dulce, NM area (an area I spent several days investigating in 1993). The White Sands–Alamogordo Area which has 3 underground bases. Datil and Pie Town which have two more underground bases. (Carlsbad Cavern which had underground activity, which is reported discontinued, and another base to east of Carlsbad.). The Los Alamos area underground facility . the Taos area underground facility The New Mexico area has basically four underground system out. One goes to the Four Corners area and then to Groom Lake (Area 51). One goes north toward Delta, CO and Colorado Springs. The Taos facilities goes north approximately along Interstate 25 and eventually ties in NORAD. The southern bases connect to Texas and Mexico. The Los Alamos facility dates at least back to 1940. One can only imagine what has been built with 1/2 century of labor on this underground system. Visitors to the deeper levels report humans kept in glass cylinders, plus many other strange things. I have had the opportunity to debrief some people who have been in the lower reaches of some of these facilities. There are special badges, special uniforms, tube elevators etc. which for lack of time I will not describe. . 75. Angel Peak- reported saucer base . Carlsbad Cavern area (now destroyed), 32° 25.0’N 1040 14.0W -old relics of saucer base left . 76-78. Dulce, N.M., 36º 56.0’N 106°59.8’W,–South of Dulce, in the area of the Jicarilla Indian Reservation, another facility is east of the Dulce facility a number of miles. This is run directly by Illuminati w/ Army and Airforce help, CIA also conduct experiments at the center; the size of the installation is hugh requiring small shuttle trains and has seven levels according to witnesses. Serves as a UFO base, biological experiments, production center for small-grey drones. Wackenhut provides some of the security on the ground. 79. Kirtland AFB, NM, Sandia National Lab 80. Manzano Mtn, near Albuquerque, known as the Kirtland Munitions Storage Complex, Airforce, 3,000-acre base within the Kirtland AFB/Sandia National Labs complex, guarded by 4 lethal rings of fences, use unknown, suspected UFO base. A new 285,000-sq. ft. bunker is being built near Manzano Base. 81. Pie Town, 34° 17.9’N 1 108°08.7’W, in area near Pie Town, UFO Base. 82. Sandia Mountains NE of Albuquerque -reported saucer base 83. to the north of Taos Pueblo 84. White Sands, 32°22.8’N 106°28.8’W, major hub for research, tied in with Dulce & NORAD, HO for NASA /military shuttle flights, radiation research ctr. and mind control. Also: Run For The Hills! Bunkers For The Elites Hiding From Judgement Won’t Hide Them. . . NEW YORK 85. Adirondack Mountains (near Elizabethtown) 86. New York Metro area 87. Plattsburgh (near Canada and St. Albans) AFB, 49°40’N 73°33 W- two saucer bases in this area. OKLAHOMA 88. Ada, 34°46.4′ N 96°40.7W W, underground saucer base, this base does uman cloning, and it is FEMA’s most sensitive base. 89. Ashland Naval Ammunition Depot, 34°45.9’N 96° 04.3’W,- reported saucer base OREGON 90. Bull Run, north side of Bull Run Reservoir area near Mt. Hood, and very close to Larch Mtn. and south of Benson St. Park of the Columbia Gorge. 91. Coos Bay area has had three separate but coordinating underground facilities built for UFOs. The facility farthest east, about 20 miles inland in the wilderness near Hwy 42, has been shut down. It is now an old abandoned facility well camouflaged. The coast facility is probably still operational. 92. Klamath Falls, OR–since Sept. ’95 this has been a base for a number of NWO groups including the Air National Guard, FEMA, CIA, FBI, Spetznaz, and Page 306 … MOSAP training base. An underground concentration camp exists here. PENNSYLVANIA 93. Blue Ridge Summit, near Ft. Ritchie, known as ‘Raven Rock” or “Site R”, Army, major electronic nerve center, 650 ft. below surface with about 350 staff and over a 716 acre area. possibly connected via tunnel to Camp David. The NOD installation is involved with psychic (demonic) and satellite control over slaves. This underground complex is to allow the government of the United States to escape a nuclear attack. The enormous complex radiates under Wash. D.C. and connects with many other sites. The tunnel system is used to move some of the mind-control sex slaves. The walls and ceilings of the tunnels are ceramic tile with fluorescent lighting recessed into the ceilings. TEXAS 94. Ft. Hood, TX, 31° 15’N 97° 48′ W, home of some Delta Mind-Controlled soldiers and a reported saucer base. 95. Denton, TX, 33° 13.2’N 97° 08.2’W – FEMA, regional center, activity secret 96. Red River Arsenal, TX- reported saucer base VIRGINIA 97. Bluemont, Mount Weather base, Federal Preparedness Agency & FEMA, small-city underground, top-secret, staff of several hundred, does secret work for FEMA and contains a complete secret government with the various agencies and cabinet-level ranking administrators that keep their positions for several administrations and help run the United States. 98. Culpepper, 380 28.5 N 77°59.8’W, about 2 miles east of Culpepper off of Rt. 3, called Mount Pony, Illuminati–Fed. reserve, 140,000 sq. ft., includes a facility for the storage for corpses, monitors all major financial transactions in the U.S. by means of the “Fed Wire”, a modern electronic system. 99. Pentagon, Arlington, VA- 100. Warrington Training Ctr. –two sites: one on Rt. 802 and the other on Bear Wallow Road, on Viewtree Mountain. One is Station A the other Station B. Army & ??, purpose unknown. WASHINGTON 101. Bothell, 47°45.7’N 122°12.2w W, FEMA, regional center, activity unknown WASHINGTON, D.C. 102. WHITE HOUSE, 38°53.5’N 77°02.0’W–The secret NOD underground installation which is connected to the intelligence groups like NSA and the CIA as well as many other nefarious groups lays under the White House with tunnels connecting this NOD installation with the House of the Temple. The Supreme council of the 33° of the Scottish Rite’s House of the Temple has a 14′ x 25′ room in it with 13 chairs where the Illuminati’s Grand Druid Council meet. The NOD Deep Underground Installation has numerous levels to it. One eye- witness, went to level 17 (via an elevator) and stated that he believes that deeper levels exist. WEST VIRGINIA 103. Sugar Grove, the Navy’s Strategic Intelligence Services microwave communications. There base here. 104. White Sulphur Springs, under the Greenbriar Hotel, a mini-city large enough for 800 people equipped with its own crematorium, if there are any other purposes other than listening to U.S. microwave communication it is unknown by this author. UTAH In Utah, the Kennecott Copper Company has been connected to the Illuminati and the KKK. These connections have been exposed in other writings by this author. Kennecott’s mine (reported to be owned by the World Bank) in the Salt Lake City area is serviced by Union Pacific, which is reported connected to the Mormon Church. The mine is receiving a heavy volume of big trucks after 11 p.m., for instance, in a normal night over 6 dozen large trucks with 2 trailors each rolling into the mine. In other words, it appears that the heavy train & tractor trailor activity indicates something besides mining. WYOMING: Riverton, Wyoming Function unknown Tunnels to: Salt Lake, Utah Denver, Colorado. How the CIA Is Acting Outside the Law to Spy on Americans Concerned senators have revealed that the government is using an executive order to bypass privacy protections enacted by Congress. There’s a lot to unpack in the bombshell announcement by Sens. Ron Wyden (D-OR) and Martin Heinrich (D-NM) last week that the CIA has been conducting a bulk collection program and searching through the resulting data for information about Americans. “Bulk collection” is what happens when the government vacuums up data indiscriminately rather than targeting individuals or groups. The term was last in the news when whistleblower Edward Snowden revealed in 2013 that the NSA had collecting Americans’ telephone records in bulk. You might be asking, didn’t Congress end bulk collection? The short answer is no. In 2015, Congress passed legislation that ended the NSA’s program and sought to prohibit bulk collection when the government is acting under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 (FISA). But that law only applies to certain types of surveillance that target U.S. persons or happen inside the United States. When the collection happens overseas or falls into one of FISA’s statutory gaps, it takes place under Executive Order 12333, issued by President Ronald Reagan in 1981. As the Brennan Center noted in a 2016 report, most foreign intelligence surveillance actually takes place under EO 12333, not FISA. That means it is subject to no statutory constraints whatsoever, and there is no judicial review or oversight. EO 12333 does place some limits on surveillance, but not shockingly, its rules are much more permissive than those Congress established in FISA. Bulk collection is just one example — it’s banned under FISA but permitted under EO 12333. The FISA/EO 12333 distinction might have made sense in 1978, when surveillance in the United States generally meant surveillance of U.S. persons and surveillance abroad generally meant surveillance of foreign nationals. It makes zero sense today, when Americans’ communications and other personal data are as likely to be routed through or stored in Europe or Asia as the United States. Bulk collection under EO 12333 will inevitably sweep in dizzying amounts of Americans’ information. What stops the CIA from poring through the data looking for Americans’ information? Let’s be honest: nothing. The CIA’s internal rules from 2017 say the information sought must be “related to a duly authorized activity of the CIA,” as determined by. . . the CIA. The FBI has similar rules limiting its searches of data obtained under FISA Section 702. Year after year, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court finds that FBI agents have violated these rules—and that’s when there’s a court actually watching them. The CIA’s rules also say that CIA officers should document their purpose in running searches for Americans’ information. But according to staff members of the Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board, these rules, despite having been finalized five years ago and released with great fanfare, have not yet been “implemented.” And suppose for a moment that the CIA did restrict itself to searches designed to retrieve foreign intelligence (a limitation that would certainly satisfy the CIA’s rules, despite the fact that EO 12333 defines “foreign intelligence” to include literally any information about the actions of any foreign person). Since when does the Fourth Amendment allow government agencies to help themselves to Americans’ private data as long as they’re conducting agency business? Should police be able to search your house without a warrant as long as they’re investigating a crime? At this point, you’re probably wondering what kind of data the CIA is collecting in bulk and using to spy on Americans. We don’t know, because the Biden administration is refusing to declassify a single word about the nature of the program. Similarly, while the CIA’s official statement says that the congressional intelligence committees have been kept fully informed about the program, Wyden and Heinrich — both members of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence — say otherwise. (Given the track record of the parties, my money’s on Wyden and Heinrich.) The former Obama officials who now lead the intelligence agencies seem to have forgotten the lesson of the NSA illegal spying fiasco: Public trust is necessary for intelligence agencies to operate effectively. That trust took an enormous hit after the Snowden disclosures, and intelligence agencies spent years trying to build it back through increased transparency. But if intelligence leaders continue to withhold any and all information about a bulk collection program that sweeps in Americans’ data, they will lose whatever ground they gained — and they will be doing so by choice. As for Congress, it cannot continue to allow the executive branch to have free access to Americans’ most personal data based on outdated factual distinctions that have no relevance to the level of privacy intrusion or risk of abuse. No surveillance that has a significant impact on Americans’ privacy should take place without statutory safeguards or judicial oversight. Surveillance scandals over the past decade have yielded a long list of changes that Congress should make to FISA. In light of last week’s news, Congress must now add one more critical reform to that list: legislate limits on EO 12333 surveillance — including a ban on bulk collection — and bring it under the oversight of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court. Executive Order 12333, issued by President Reagan in 1981, governs electronic surveillance that the NSA conducts overseas. It provides the government with broad latitude to conduct surveillance on Americans and persons around the world without judicial review or other protections. Although the target must be a foreigner overseas, Section 702 surveillance is believed to result in the “incidental” collection of millions of Americans’ communications. Agencies make broad use of these communications, notwithstanding the fact that Section 702 requires them to “minimize” the retention and sharing of Americans’ information. The ACLU urges the Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board to issue a public report summarizing the scope of the surveillance conducted under EO 12333 programs, recommend that Congress pass legislation to appropriately limit the surveillance conducted under EO 12333 and bring it in line with the Constitution and international law, and recommend that the Executive Branch adopt a series of reforms to limit the surveillance conducted under EO 12333 until Congress is able to pass legislation. https://www.dni.gov/files/documents/CLPO/CLPO_Information_Paper_on_2008_Revision_to_EO_12333.pdf https://dpcld.defense.gov/Portals/49/Documents/Civil/eo-12333-2008.pdf https://regs.health.ny.gov/sites/default/files/proposed-regulations/Investigation%20of%20Communicable%20Disease;%20Isolation%20and%20Quarantine.pdf https://govt.westlaw.com/nycrr/Document/I3783ab18c22411dd80c2c6f42ff0193c?viewType=FullText&originationContext=documenttoc&transitionType=CategoryPageItem&contextData=(sc.Default) Fact Sheet: Executive Order 12333 Issue: Does Executive Order 12333 authorize the Intelligence Community (IC) to monitor Americans communication with persons abroad? Background: E.O. 12333 governs the conduct of American intelligence activities. E.O. 12333 is the primary document governing activities not covered under FISA, and “specifies the circumstances in which the nation’s intelligence agencies can engage in foreign intelligence surveillance outside the United States.” The order lays out principles and priorities for intelligence collection. E.O. 12333 has been amended three times since 1981. Controversy: E.O. 12333 guides the overseas collection of cell phone location data, email address books and contact lists. Some of the collection has, for largely technical reasons, included data on U.S. persons, leading to concerns about the collection programs. According to leaked documents, there have been far more data “compliance violations” in E.O. 12333 authorized programs than in the collection programs under USA PATRIOT Act Section 215 and FISA Section 702. Assessment: Fears of domestic surveillance under E.O. 12333 are misplaced. E.O. 12333 authorizes foreign intelligence collection. E.O. 12333 requires that U.S. person information may be collected, retained, and disseminated “only in accordance with procedures approved by the Attorney General,” in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence. A U.S. person’s information can only be collected if it is permitted under an agency’s Attorney General guidelines and if the information fits within one of the categories enumerated under E.O. 12333. The categories include: information collected during the course of a lawful foreign intelligence, counterintelligence, international counternarcotics, or international counterterrorism investigation; information necessary to preserve the safety of persons or organizations; information necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods; and information incidentally collected that indicate involvement in activities that violate federal law. Protections for U.S. persons do not solely originate with E.O. 12333. The Privacy Act provides a statutory framework for the protection of personal information that is held by a government agency and is retrievable by name or a unique identifier (like a social security number); and the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, which provides protections for email, telephone conversations, electronic data, whether stored or in transit. Executive Order 12333: The Spy Power Too Big for Any Legal Limits How a Cold War era authority morphed into a mass surveillance system that collects billions of private communications. Last month, a new report and set of recommendations from the Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board and a letter from Senators Ron Wyden (D-OR) and Martin Heinrich (D-NM) revealed a troubling surveillance program that has long been hidden. The CIA is collecting financial records in bulk — meaning on a massive scale without any targets — sweeping up private records of individuals not in any way suspected of wrongdoing, including Americans. It’s an important indicator that for all the meaningful reforms over the past decade, there is still a surveillance elephant in the room: The newly unveiled financial program falls under a major component of national security surveillance that operates with practically no rules and absent the safeguards needed given how modern surveillance operates in the digital age. That component is Executive Order 12333 (commonly referred to as “EO twelve-triple-three” and abbreviated EO 12333), the authority for all executive-based national security surveillance. Because its focus is abroad, many Americans are unfamiliar with the executive order, but that doesn’t diminish its importance: The government uses this authority to vacuum up billions of emails, texts, and calls from people across the globe, grabbing Americans' sensitive communications in the process. The fundamental problem with EO 12333 is that it is a virtually lawless surveillance authority. Not lawless in the sense of violating statutes and court-imposed rules, but rather in that it operates absent any limits or oversight from Congress and the courts. Given how EO 12333 has steadily morphed into a mass collection tool, this is not sustainable. The Origins of EO 12333 Before examining the problems with the newly revealed financial surveillance program and other modern EO 12333 surveillance programs, it’s worth looking at the history of this authority and how its original applications contrast with its use today. Just 50 years ago, the rules and limits for national security surveillance were shockingly undeveloped. Not only was there no comprehensive set of specific rules governing this type of surveillance, the law did not even establish a broad line of what limits should exist. Fortunately that changed in 1972 with an important Supreme Court ruling, commonly known as the “Keith case,” involving a series of warrantless wiretaps used against a group conspiring to destroy government buildings. The Supreme Court ruled that any investigations involving domestic security — even national security threats — required standard compliance with the Fourth Amendment, warrant rules, and statutory limits for law enforcement. However, the court also noted that this standard was based on domestic security threats, effectively putting the ball in Congress’s court to establish rules for foreign intelligence surveillance. Six years later Congress did just that, passing the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). The law created a set of boundaries for surveillance conducted in the United States focused on foreign powers and their agents. FISA allows the government to engage in searches, wiretaps, and other clandestine surveillance as long as it shows a court (specifically the FISA Court, also created as part of the law) there is probable cause the target is a foreign agent. “While rules were set for surveillance within the U.S. of foreign and domestic threats to national security, one major area was unaddressed: surveillance abroad.” But while rules were set for surveillance within the United States of foreign and domestic threats to national security, one major area was unaddressed: surveillance abroad. In 1981, three years after the passage of FISA, President Ronald Reagan signed EO 12333. The order provided broad authority for military and intelligence agencies to engage in surveillance abroad. It did not include court authorizations or probable cause requirements akin to FISA, and was authorized entirely under the executive’s inherent commander-in-chief authority, absent legislative or court approval. Given the threats and nature of foreign surveillance at the time, there was logic to this system: The CIA was not going to seek out a search warrant with a local judge in East Berlin, or provide a wiretap order to a telephone company in Moscow. And because these clandestine activities were focused on specific targets, they were unlikely to sweep in information from Americans abroad or even from large numbers of non-U.S. persons. EO 12333 in the Digital Age Fast forward 40 years, and the type of surveillance that the government conducts for foreign intelligence has dramatically changed. Rather than focusing on specific pre-identified targets and threats, the government adopted a “collect it all” mentality in the wake of the September 11 attacks, and by then had the technology to accomplish that goal. While the executive unlawfully sidestepped FISA for mass domestic surveillance (most notably in the bulk collection of Americans’ phone records that would be outlawed in 2015), it also began to build up bulk surveillance abroad under the auspices of EO 12333. We probably only see the tip of the iceberg in terms of what these surveillance systems are (more on that transparency issue below), but a few examples that have come to light are illustrative of how massive the EO 12333 dragnet can be. One program called CO-TRAVELER sweeps up billions of cellphone location records each day, monitoring the movements of individuals across the globe. As the Washington Post described in its article exposing the program, it is “tracking people from afar into confidential business meetings or personal visits to medical facilities, hotel rooms, private homes and other traditionally protected spaces.” Another program called Dishfire engages in mass collection of text messages, sweeping up the content of almost 200 million messages per day from phones around the world. A third program named SOMALGET acts as a nationwide wiretap, recording every phone call made in entire countries. The government has not provided any details on these programs since these disclosures in 2013 and 2014 revealed their existence — meaning we do not know if they are still operating in this manner, have been scaled down, or have grown even more pervasive. The newly revealed financial collection program follows in this same pattern: It takes private information — in this case financial records — and vacuums it up in bulk without regard to how sensitive the records are or whose information is swept up in the dragnet. Mass Surveillance Leads to Mass Violation of Privacy Rights Collecting private information on this scale creates significant privacy harms in two distinct ways. First, it endangers the privacy of Americans. With bulk programs sweeping up billions of private conversations and sensitive records from millions of people, it is bound to collect Americans’ information, even when focused abroad. Tourists, students, and individuals working or living abroad could all have their information collected and stored by National Security agency (NSA) and CIA programs, as well as distributed to other government agencies. So could Americans whose communications are with individuals located abroad. American business-people, journalists, lawyers, human rights advocates, and others could all have their most sensitive information and activities collected by the U.S. government. This is unacceptable — U.S.-persons don’t relinquish their constitutional rights at customs or simply because their conversation is with someone in another country. Even when private information is collected abroad, it could still impact individuals in terms of how the government treats them in the U.S., and in relation to domestic investigations. Beyond the risk that these records could be used for criminal investigations in a manner that circumvents warrant rules, mass collection of Americans’ private information through EO 12333 creates a risk that nefarious actors could misuse it for personal aims (such as selectively leaking private information, or using information like religious or political views as the basis for targeting). “U.S.-persons don’t relinquish their constitutional rights at customs or simply because their conversation is with someone in another country.” Second, it’s important to also consider the impact of these programs on non-U.S. persons. This is a more complex topic because while U.S. constitutional rights generally apply to everyone located in the United States and to Americans across the world, they largely do not extend to non-U.S. persons abroad. And it’s hard to reject the notion that the government should have a relatively free hand to monitor individuals such Russian oligarchs, Iranian Revolutionary Guard commanders, or Chinese government spies. But current EO 12333 surveillance, by its nature, goes far beyond these types of targets. It works in bulk, collecting intimate information about entire populations. This affects average individuals across the globe, and raises important human rights concerns. The scale of EO 12333 collection has undermined U.S. standing in the world (try to image how you would feel if you discovered a foreign country collected every email, text, and phone call you made), and has hampered international relations to the degree of causing important economic agreements to be struck down. It also presents a serious risk if a foreign adversary ever stole surveillance data to subjugate its own people, and limits U.S. credibility to call for reforms in nations building up mass surveillance autocracies. Who Watches the Mass-Surveillance-Watchers? In addition to these issues, there is the daunting problem of a lack of basic oversight of EO 12333. The recent story on collection of financial records illustrates this perfectly: The Privacy and Civil Liberties Board report is heavily redacted, leaving the public with little understanding of what data is being collected or of the full range of ways it is being used. Release of the report was also significantly delayed. It was unanimously approved by the board in January 2017, but concealed from public view for five years. Wyden and Heinrich’s letter was held in declassification limbo for nearly a year despite being less than three pages long. Perhaps most disturbing of all, the senators note that until a month before their letter was sent, “the nature and full extent of the CIA's collection was withheld even from the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence.” “The executive acting as its own watchdog for the EO 12333 mass surveillance system is a major problem.” The executive acting as its own watchdog for the EO 12333 mass surveillance system is a major problem. It undercuts the critical role that Congress and the courts play to maintain checks and balances in our democracy. Even if you accept the premise that EO 12333 surveillance is derived from the president’s commander-in-chief authority and gives the executive significant deference, it should not and cannot be limitless. Congress is vested with power to appropriate funds (or not) for intelligence agencies like NSA and CIA, as well as with confirming officials to top positions within these agencies. The executive cannot reasonably expect Congress to provide its funds and confirm its leaders but play no role in examining how that money is spent or what those officials do. The lack of external oversight also creates serious danger of compliance issues. It’s more likely that the already-lax rules and limits of EO 12333 will be misinterpreted or ignored if they depend on self-policing. It’s repeatedly been made apparent by the extreme readings of surveillance powers after September 11 and the Office of Legal Counsel in general that if the executive is given the authority to interpret laws, it will do so in a manner that maximizes executive power even if its legal rationale defies credulity. And FISA Section 702 — the warrantless provision that requires no front-end approval from judges — has repeatedly demonstrated that less court oversight begets more violation of rules and standards. We’re still a long way off from being able to meaningfully reform the scale of EO 12333 collection. But getting more public transparency and more oversight from Congress and the courts is a promising first step. A good opportunity to push for this will be coming soon, as next year a major component of FISA is set to expire. If the executive wants that surveillance power reauthorized, it’s reasonable to demand greater oversight for the part of foreign intelligence surveillance that currently has virtually none. UN Invasion, Martial Law, Rex 84 Death Camps, Globalist Purge, Operation Cable Splicer. This Is Part One... Thanks ! https://rumble.com/v41h3zp-un-invasion-martial-law-rex-84-death-camps-globalist-purge-operation-cable-.html Rex 84 Death Camps And Other Black Projects Sidestep the authority of Congress, which as we know is illegal. Lies, Lies, Lies Top CIA, FBI, DOJ Officials Grilled Abuse Section 702’s Mass Surveillance https://rumble.com/v2u1w5w-lies-lies-lies-top-cia-fbi-doj-officials-grilled-abuse-section-702s-mass-su.html Arrests Along U.S.-Mexico Border Top 2 million a year for the first time Federal authorities are on pace to make more than 2.3 million arrests during the 2022 fiscal year, which ends Sept. 30. That will far exceed last year’s record of more than 1.7 million arrests. The law, Section 1325 of Title 8 of the U.S. Code, makes entering the United States “at any time or place other than as designated by immigration officers” a federal crime. Total U.S.-Mexico border for last 50 years is 46 million+ people and got-a-ways not counted Why the hell should we trust anything they say unless they do what’s right for Lies, Lies, Lies To The People Of American Again, I never would’ve thought my home would have to deal with so many corrupt people, dishonest, disgusting people should be removed from their posts, there is some small piece of mind knowing and seeing true American patriots fight this extremely hard fight. The Senate Judiciary Committee holds a hearing on Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Acts. Mass Surveillance, Privacy Invasions, Astroturfing, Marketing, Manipulation, Predictions. https://rumble.com/v2betqu-mass-surveillance-privacy-invasions-astroturfing-marketing-manipulation-pre.html The CIA has been conducting mass surveillance in the U.S. with minimal oversight and the program’s uncovering is bad news for Big Tech ? U.S. Supreme Court Declines to Hear New World Order Challenge to NSA Mass Surveillance. Tyrannical Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court Act and Propaganda Administration https://rumble.com/v2fpmoy-tyrannical-foreign-intelligence-surveillance-court-act-and-propaganda-admin.html The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which approved the National Security Agency's collection of U.S. citizens' telephone records, is just one of history's many secret courts. DISEASES - REPORTING OF CASES; RECORDS - 10 CRR-NY 2.13 10 CRR-NY 2.13 2.13 Isolation and quarantine procedures. (a) Duty to issue isolation and quarantine orders. (1) Whenever appropriate to control the spread of a highly contagious communicable disease, the State Commissioner of Health may issue and/or may direct the local health authority to issue isolation and/or quarantine orders, consistent with due process of law, to all such persons as the State Commissioner of Health shall determine appropriate. (2) Paragraph (1) of this subdivision shall not be construed as relieving the authority and duty of local health authorities to issue isolation and quarantine orders to control the spread of a highly contagious communicable disease, consistent with due process of law, in the absence of such direction from the State Commissioner of Health. (3) For the purposes of isolation orders, isolation locations may include home isolation or such other residential or temporary housing location that the public health authority issuing the order determines appropriate, where symptoms or conditions indicate that medical care in a general hospital is not expected to be required, and consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue. Where symptoms or conditions indicate that medical care in a general hospital is expected to be required, the isolation location shall be a general hospital. (4) For the purposes of quarantine orders, quarantine locations may include home quarantine, other residential or temporary housing quarantine, or quarantine at such other locations as the public health authority issuing the order deems appropriate, consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue. (b) Any isolation or quarantine order shall specify: (1) the basis for the order; (2) the location where the person shall remain in isolation or quarantine, unless travel is authorized by the State or local health authority, such as for medical care; (3) the duration of the order; (4) instructions for traveling to the isolation or quarantine location, if appropriate; (5) instructions for maintaining appropriate distance and taking such other actions as to prevent transmission to other persons living or working at the isolation or quarantine location, consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue; (6) if the location of isolation or quarantine is not in a general hospital, instructions for contacting the State and/or local health authority to report the subject person’s health condition, consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue; (7) if the location of isolation or quarantine is a multiple dwelling structure, that the person shall remain in their specific dwelling and in no instance come within six feet of any other person, and consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue; (8) if the location of isolation or quarantine is a detached structure, that the person may go outside while remaining on the premise, but shall not leave the premise or come within six feet of any person who does not reside at the premise, or such other distance as may be appropriate for the specific disease, and consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue; (9) such other limitations on interactions with other persons as are appropriate, consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue; (10) notification of the right to request that the public health authority issuing the order inform a reasonable number of persons of the conditions of the isolation or quarantine order; (11) a statement that the person has the right to seek judicial review of the order; (12) a statement that the person has the right to legal counsel, and that if the person is unable to afford legal counsel, counsel will be appointed upon request. (c) Whenever a person is subject to an isolation or quarantine order, the State Department of Health or local health authority, or the local health authority at the State Department of Health’s direction shall, consistent with any direction issued by the State Commissioner of Health: (1) monitor such person to ensure compliance with the order and determine whether such person requires a higher level of medical care; (2) whenever appropriate, coordinate with local law enforcement to ensure that such person comply with the order; and (3) the extent such items and services are not available to such person, provide or arrange for the provision of appropriate supports, supplies and services, including, but not limited to: food, laundry, medical care, and medications. (d) If the location of an isolation or quarantine order is owned by a landlord, hotel, motel or other person or entity, no such landlord or person associated with such hotel, motel or other person or entity shall enter the isolation or quarantine location without permission of the local health authority, and consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue. (e) No article that is likely to be contaminated with infective material may be removed from a premise where a person is isolated or quarantined unless the local health authority determines that such article has been properly disinfected or protected from spreading infection, or unless the quarantine period expires and there is no risk of contamination. Such determinations shall be made pursuant to any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue. (f) Any person who violates a public health order shall be subject to all civil and criminal penalties as provided for by law. For purposes of civil penalties, each day that the order is violated shall constitute a separate violation of this Part. (g) Duty of attending physician. (1) Every attending physician shall immediately, upon discovering a case or suspected case of a highly contagious reportable communicable disease, cause the patient to be appropriately isolated and contact the State Department of Health and the local health authority where the patient is isolated and, if different, the local health authority where the patient resides. (2) Such physician shall advise other members of the household regarding precautions to be taken to prevent further spread of the disease, consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue. (3) Such physician shall furnish the patient, or caregiver of such patient where applicable, with detailed instructions regarding the disinfection and disposal of any contaminated articles, consistent with any direction that the State Commissioner of Health may issue. https://www.nycourts.gov/whatsnew/pdf/publichealthlegalmanual.pdf 10 CRR-NY 2.13 - Current through July 31, 2021 This Video Is By Black Banners from the East Satellite Station and is a book by Moshe Sharon that tells the story of the first revolution in Islam that caused the end of the formative period of Islamic civilization.

Secrets in Plain Sight is an awe inspiring exploration of great art, architecture, and urban design which skillfully unveils an unlikely intersection of geometry, politics, numerical philosophy, religious mysticism, new physics, music, astronomy, and world history. See how profound ancient knowledge inherited from Egypt has been encoded in units of measurement, in famous works of art, in the design of major buildings, in the layout of city streets and public spaces, and in the precise placement of obelisks and other important monuments upon the Earth. The viewer is led to perceive an elegant harmonic system linking the human body with the architectural, urban, planetary, solar, and galactic scales. Exploring key monuments and their positions in Egypt, Stonehenge, Jerusalem, Rome, Paris, London, Edinburgh, Washington DC, New York, and San Francisco brings to light a secret obsession shared by pharaohs, philosophers and kings; templars and freemasons; great artists and architects; popes and presidents, spanning the whole of recorded history up to the present time. As the series of videos reveals how profound ancient knowledge inherited from Egypt has been encoded in units of measurement, in famous works of art, in the design of major buildings, in the layout of city streets and public spaces, and in the precise placement of obelisks and other important monuments upon the Earth, the viewer is led to perceive an elegant harmonic system linking the human body with the architectural, urban, planetary, solar, and galactic scales. A Must See Video What On Earth Happened Parts (14) All 13 Parts Together Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally. 0:00 - Part One: "Turning Inwards" 7:19 - Part Two: "Of Maps and Magicians" 34:40 - Part Three: "Flattening the Curve" 57:16 - Part Four: "Vanishing Points & the Old Clock" 1:21:34 - Part Five: "The Red Shield" 1:47:28 - Part Six: "Infiltration Instead of Invasion" 2:11:36 - Part Seven: "Eyes Wide Open" 3:01:55 - Part Eight: "The Looking Glass" 3:59:06 - Part Nine: "Panic" 4:37:30 - Part Ten: "The Energetic Earth" 5:24:53 - Part Eleven: "The Bumblebee & the Hexagon" 6:07:37 - Part Twelve: "Stranger than Fiction" 7:04:43 - Part Thirteen: "Down the Rabbit Hole" A Must See Video Everyone - All 13 Parts - What On Earth Happened ? (1) Turning Inwards (2) Of Maps and Magicians (3) Flattening the Curve (4) Vanishing Points and The Old Clock (5) The Red Shield (6) Infiltration Instead of Invasion (7) Eyes Wide Open (8) The Looking Glass (9) Panic ! (10) The Energetic Earth (11) The Bumblebee and The Hexagon (12) Stranger Than Fiction (13) Down The Rabbit Hole (14) All 13 Parts Together - Nice Welcome To New World Order Year Zero – What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared for non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. As with the other video, this is not monetized by me, and now I understand it's not monetized by ewar either. He's using music that has copyrights, a lot of it, which is ok as the original composers are getting some well deserved backpay on these pieces :). Anyway, there is no money or incentive here just in-form-at-ion. A Must See Video Everyone - All 14 Parts - What On Earth Happened ? – Links Below ! https://rumble.com/v27xg2j-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-1turning-inwards.html https://rumble.com/v27xjm4-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-2ofmapsandmagicians.html https://rumble.com/v27xnav-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-3flattening-thecurve.html https://rumble.com/v27xqt0-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-4vanishing-pointsand-the-oldc.html https://rumble.com/v27xv72-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-5thered-shield.html https://rumble.com/v27y144-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-6infiltrationinstead-ofinvasi.html https://rumble.com/v27y5mw-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-7eyes-wide-open.html https://rumble.com/v27y9ri-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-8thelooking-glass.html https://rumble.com/v27yfhm-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-9panic-a-must-see-video.html https://rumble.com/v27yjdm-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-10theenergetic-earth.html https://rumble.com/v27ymp1-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-11the-bumblebee-and-thehexago.html https://rumble.com/v27yswn-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-12stranger-than-fiction.html https://rumble.com/v27ziz7-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-13down-therabbit-hole.html https://rumble.com/v2b2zqq-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-14-all-13-parts-together-woeh.html Welcome To New World Order Year Zero – What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared for non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. As with the other video, this is not monetized by me, and now I understand it's not monetized by ewar either. He's using music that has copyrights, a lot of it, which is ok as the original composers are getting some well deserved backpay on these pieces :). Anyway, there is no money or incentive here just in-form-at-ion. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally. 00:00:00 - Episode 1: Questioning His-story 00:13:25 - Episode 2: A Lens Into The Past 00:38:28 - Episode 3: Inheritors Of Mud & Magnificence 01:19:19 - Episode 4: Back To The Future 02:15:38 - Episode 5: The Whispering Of The Water 03:27:28 - Episode 6: Offerus And The Alchemist 04:31:57 - Episode 7: The Known World The Lost History of Earth (Ewaranon) W0W - A Must See Video Lost Earth Episode 1: Questioning His-story Episode 2: A Lens Into The Past Episode 3: Inheritors Of Mud & Magnificence Episode 4: Back To The Future Episode 5: The Whispering Of The Water Episode 6: Offer us And The Alchemist Episode 7: The Known World Episode 8: All 7 Parts History Of A Lost Earth Maybe the History we've been told is a lie! Were some ancient buildings built by a different race and their true history was covered up? Did ancient peoples have advanced forms of technology that have now been forgotten? Was the massive kingdom of Tartaria visible on ancient maps much more advanced than we realize? This sub is an open forum for collaborative discussion of all topics "Tartaria" related, including Mud Flood, Tesla, AntiquiTech, Free Energy, Conspiracies, Hidden History, etc. I wonder if this video has been posted here before? If yes, then i am not sorry for posting it again, because its just one helluva epic video. If not, I highly recommend watching it if you are interested in perhaps how Tartarian technology worked. Its made by a guy who calls himself Ewaranon. Its put well together with a lot of great evidence, theories and findings of multiple topics. Its a long watch, I agree.....but its divided into several chapters. I recommend watching the first 20 or 30 min and see if it interests/sparks you. It sure got my attention as Ewaranon points out a lot of strange stuff in our world....and the narrative we know from history books. I am still thinking about all the stuff he said and points out to us. As its a lot to deal with and can shake one up. I find it fascinating though. But the tip of the iceberg is that this video also perhaps has the only real video footage of Tartarian technology. At one point he explains how Cathedrals and other old buildings really work, as in that they are energy generators. And after his explanation he shows footage of them and some other buildings in action. Fully electrified and radiating with a lot of light. The Lost History of Earth (Ewaranon) W0W - A Must See Video Lost Earth – Links Below ! https://rumble.com/v28afys-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-1-buried-in-plain-sight-lost-history-of-earth.html https://rumble.com/v28ahvo-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-2-lens-into-the-past-lost-history-of-earth.html https://rumble.com/v28alqa-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-3-inheritors-of-mud-and-magnificense-lost-histor.html https://rumble.com/v28aobw-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-4-back-to-the-future-lost-history-of-earth.html https://rumble.com/v28arc8-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-5-whispering-of-the-water-lost-history-of-earth.html https://rumble.com/v28av42-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-6-offer-us-and-the-alchemist-lost-history-of-ear.html https://rumble.com/v28axuo-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-7-the-known-world-lost-history-of-earth-w0w.html https://rumble.com/v28b4q6-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-8-history-of-a-lost-earth-all-7-parts-together-l.html Welcome To New World Order Year Zero – What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared for non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. As with the other video, this is not monetized by me, and now I understand it's not monetized by ewar either. He's using music that has copyrights, a lot of it, which is ok as the original composers are getting some well deserved backpay on these pieces :). Anyway, there is no money or incentive here just in-form-at-ion. The Secret Life of Symbols with Jordan Maxwell Knowledge of the Heavens, Life on Earth https://rumble.com/v28wyns-the-secret-life-of-symbols-with-jordan-maxwell-knowledge-of-the-heavens-lif.html Secret Life of Symbols Start with 00:00:00 World of the Occult 00:36:02 Solar Worship 01:09:26 Mazzaroth - Ordinances of Heaven 01:37:29 Creating Man in Our Image 02:11:45 Solomon’s Temple & The Ark 02:53:31 Secret Legacy of Moses 03:25:52 Saturn and Secret Societies 03:55:07 Secrets of the Dollar 04:15:03 Incorporating America 04:42:21 Dawn of a New Day Secret symbols have long been used to convey occult teachings and esoteric knowledge of the heavens, life on Earth and the meaning to our existence. For millennia, these secrets were kept by the elite, for their own benefit. By decoding ancient scriptures and symbols, we gain a new perspective of the clandestine forces which have guided human civilization through the ages. All around us are the secrets we seek to revealing our connection to the universe and unlock the deepest truths of human destiny. In this ground-breaking series, Jordan Maxwell discloses what he has come to understand concerning the mysteries hidden in the secret life of symbols, that you were never intended to know. This knowledge frees us from the ties that have long bound us to a secret agenda controlling the course of human evolution. Welcome To New World Order Year Zero – What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared for non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. As with the other video, this is not monetized by me, and now I understand it's not monetized by ewar either. He's using music that has copyrights, a lot of it, which is ok as the original composers are getting some well deserved backpay on these pieces :). Anyway, there is no money or incentive here just in-form-at-ion. Secrets in Plain Sight - Volume Secrets Inside of Everyday Objects Top Documentary Films https://rumble.com/v29m63a-secrets-in-plain-sight-volume-secrets-inside-of-everyday-objects-top-docume.html Secrets in Plain Sight is an awe inspiring exploration of great art, architecture, and urban design which skillfully unveils an unlikely intersection of geometry, politics, numerical philosophy, religious mysticism, new physics, music, astronomy, and world history. See how profound ancient knowledge inherited from Egypt has been encoded in units of measurement, in famous works of art, in the design of major buildings, in the layout of city streets and public spaces, and in the precise placement of obelisks and other important monuments upon the Earth. The viewer is led to perceive an elegant harmonic system linking the human body with the architectural, urban, planetary, solar, and galactic scales. Exploring key monuments and their positions in Egypt, Stonehenge, Jerusalem, Rome, Paris, London, Edinburgh, Washington DC, New York, and San Francisco brings to light a secret obsession shared by pharaohs, philosophers and kings; templars and freemasons; great artists and architects; popes and presidents, spanning the whole of recorded history up to the present time. As the series of videos reveals how profound ancient knowledge inherited from Egypt has been encoded in units of measurement, in famous works of art, in the design of major buildings, in the layout of city streets and public spaces, and in the precise placement of obelisks and other important monuments upon the Earth, the viewer is led to perceive an elegant harmonic system linking the human body with the architectural, urban, planetary, solar, and galactic scales. Alien Origin of Chinese People and Astonishing Evidence of Lost Chinese Tartaria Civilization https://rumble.com/v2b3zsi-alien-origin-of-chinese-people-and-astonishing-evidence-of-lost-chinese-tar.html Alien Origin of Chinese People Napoleon said” When all the Chinese people jumps at the same time, the whole world will shake”. I am a Chinese. The more I studied about Chinese civilization, the more I recognized its uniqueness, very different from those Indo-European cultures. I hereby give a very shocking hypothesis about the origin of Chinese people. Chinese people developed from a hybrid of alien giants with early earth people living in Northern China after a 300 year war with another alien species from the Neflilm as mentioned in works by Zecharia Sitchin. According to research by Van Flandern, an explosion of a missing planet between Mars and Jupiter occurred 3 million years ago. This explosion was caused by use of space plasma weapons. More importantly, Dr. Joseph Farrell postulated that there were intelligent human like beings in this planet. They were of much larger size and heavier skeleton to support the higher gravity in the planet. The shape of a plasma ray was like a thunderbolt weapon in some ancient mythologies; Greek God Zeus, Hindu God Indra and Babylonian God Ninurtra all each holds a divine thunderbolt weapon in the hand. However, I cannot find any similar one in Chinese mythology. My first guess is that the alien species which destroyed the planet was the ancestor of those people from the 12th planet in Stichin’s works. During this interplanetary war, the Anunnaki ancestors did not conquer earth. On the other hand, some of the surviving beings from destroyed planet escaped to earth, possibly landed on the regions near Northern China like Mongolia. Most importantly, this explosion triggered the successive phases of ice ages which retarded any evolutionary progress in the earth. These giant species continued to survive in earth but their size became smaller over time to cope or used genetic engineering for adapting to the new living conditions. Any way, they did not interfere with the natural evolutional change in earth. Another speculation was that they freezed their bodies for million year until the end of ice ages. About 450,000 years ago, the descendants of those species destroyed giant aliens came back in the Twelfth Planet that was also described in Genesis of Holy bible. The earth was still in ice age. Giant aliens had inhabited in earth for more than 2.5 million years. Sitchin said that these 12th planet aliens landed in Middle East according to Sumerian Texts. I have reservation and think that the so called Aryans were indeed hybrids created by Nerfilm aliens in the Arctic region. According to some esoteric texts and scientific researches, the Aryans originated in the north pole of earth and later dispersed to India, Persia, North Africa and even Europe. These Aryans were nurtured by super beings, possibly by Twelfth planet aliens. Strangely, these Aryans did not travel eastwards to China and East Asia. Why? Perhaps China mainland had already been guarded by giant aliens so that these Aryans found it difficult to conquer China. The Garden of Eden was only one of the episodes in the landing history. My version totally reconciled with Sitchin’s theory. According to recent research in North China and Siberia Oracle, alien army enslaved Chinese ancient people to build the pyramids. In mural display, a group of beings dressed in leather armor, 12 foot tall, red haired, helped the people to fight those alien invaders. Also, Sitchin said two northern China and Mongolia’s Copi Dessert has encountered serious air pollution and nuclear war. ( Pre historic nuclear war in ancient India is another topic. People interested in this can do more study. ) The invaders came from 12th Planet while the giant aliens were descendants surviving the cosmic war 3 million years ago. I listed three related facts to support alien origin of Chinese People. In 1988, the first DNA sample of in an alien abduction case in Australia were sent for analysis. The result was surprising. The DNA structure resembles Chinese persons with black hair. Secondly, Chinese language is totally different from Indo-European languages like Indian, European, Arab, etc. It is more akin to Mongolian. It further suggests that Chinese people were not related to any bloodline of Aryans. The third evidence was proposed by Chinese UFO researcher Lee Wai Tung. There were 3 very mysterious ancient texts that could not be attributed to any philosophical school like Confucianism or Taoism. They are, Book of Changes (易經), Inner Cannon of Hwangdi(黃帝內經) , and Classic of Mountains and Seas(山海經). Inner Cannon is the oldest source of Traditional Chinese Medicine. The acupuncture point and meridian system mentioned in the test are unique in the world. It was not developed from any later philosophical schools in ancient China. The biological system under traditional Chinese Medicine might be the knowledge inherited from alien species according to Lee Wai Tung. Human intelligence could not have achieved such sophisticated standard about human body in ancient world. Finally, I want to tell readers the mythological origin of Chinese people. Most Chinese believe that the name of their ancestor is Fuxi (伏羲). His mother was a virgin. One day when her mother stepped into a big foot step left by the Thunder God, she was pregnant for twelve years before Fuxi was born. Thunder God might be a giant alien while Fuxi was a hybrid made from genetic manipulation. In conclusion, this hypothesis is both shocking and dangerous. It helps to explain why China has developed a totally different and to a certain extent opposite civilization from Indo-Europeans. Further, is the 12th Planet and the Giant Aliens fighting a proxy war in earth by means of East-West rivalry on earth? Who knows? Hello Everyone My Rumble Channel Name is TheRealOriginoftheWorld and or Rumble Acct. I HAVE UP NOW 360+ VIDEO A MUST SEE VIDEO at WHAT IF EVERYTHING YOU WERE TAUGHT WAS A LIE? and My User Name is NewWorldOrderYear0 or WelcomeToNewWorldOrderYear0 or NewWorldOrderYearZero Hello Everyone from Nanning, China – My Name is WindyLina WestLaw 有風 麗娜 韋斯特勞 I'am from Tartaria and Now in Nanning China born Aug.1960 – 大家好我是來自中國南寧的 WindyLina Inside the ‘Tartarian Empire,’ of a bizarre conspiracy theory argue that everything you know about the history of architecture is wrong. The Chicago World's Fair of 1893 Believers in the “Tartaria” conspiracy theory are convinced that the elaborate temporary fairgrounds built for events like the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco in 1915 were really the ancient capital cities of a fictional empire. Nanning is located in the southern part of the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, 160 km (99 mi) from the border with Vietnam. It has an administrative area of 22,293 km 2 (8,607 sq mi). Nanning is situated in a hilly basin with elevations between 70 and 500 m (230 and 1,640 ft) above sea-level. United States Military and American Genocide A Brutal and Savage Massacre History https://rumble.com/v2bsonc-united-states-military-and-american-genocide-a-brutal-and-savage-massacre-h.html As a teen, I talked to my American great great grandfather as he shared good history and bad horrifying stories of 2 great wars and other small war and old massacre of his family and friends and other with story of genocide etc. Within the past years, I have stood amidst human remains in the killing fields of Cambodia, at a mass grave where hundreds of thousands are buried all over the world, at memorials in Germany and Poland to the millions killed in the Holocaust, and in the streets of new world order where the scars of ethnic cleansing remain. At each of these sites, I asked myself, “What were the conditions that led to these horrific moments in human world history ?” Mass atrocity and genocide targeting particular groups for oppression or extinction requires a set of preconditions that dehumanize people and legitimize their abuse. In every example of genocide, including the systemic massacre of Native Americans and Indigenous peoples and the enslavement of Africans by Africans, by whites and other world governments first carried out a systematic propaganda campaign. The rhetoric that preceded these atrocities spread hatred and bigotry, dividing society into an “us” threatened by the very existence of a “them.” These politics of dehumanization and division were strategies employed in the Holocaust, in the genocides in Armenia, the Balkans, Cambodia, and Rwanda, in the colonization of India and South America, during apartheid in South Africa, and, today, in Darfur, and against the Yezidis as well as other ethnic and religious minorities in Iraq and Syria. These examples illustrate the extent to which power-obsessed leaders will go to gain and hold power. Within the past two years, the new world order campaign/administration has employed these same tactics to seize power in the United States and other area, using dehumanizing rhetoric against Asians, Whites, Muslims, Immigrants, Women, Jews, Mexicans, African-Americans, Latinos/as, the LGBT community, the Pope, the press, the United Nations, intellectuals, educators, environmentalists, political opponents, comedians, and others. new world order and other associates have used the discredited rhetoric of the “Clash of Civilizations” to frighten Americans into believing their lives are threatened by those “others” who look or pray or talk differently than they do. They have manipulated the grief of white-black-brown-yellow Americans disillusioned by their failure to achieve the American dream, whipping up a frenzy of fear and hatred of targeted “others” through propaganda machines masquerading and false news sources. This was also the situation in the world, in the other county, in Cambodia, in Germany and Poland, and in Rwanda before the killing started. I imagine it was also hard for people in those countries to believe that such rhetoric would lead to the horrors that followed. At the Genocide Memorial, my Tartaria friend who had witnessed her husband and children and nearly a million fellow people murdered in the chaos of homicidal rage asked me, “How could a country as great old America can be, where people from all over the world have come to live together, select such a new world order leader? He is saying the same things world leaders said before the genocide began.” I do not know what lies in the hearts of members of the new world order administration. I am sure that there are good and honorable people there. But I do know that the rhetoric and the strategies being employed - especially by the good and bas President in the past- fulfill the criteria necessary to prepare the ground for mass atrocity and even genocide. If we fail to stop it, America may be the next exhibit in the Genocide Memorial in the new world order. It will tell the story of a despotic leader who sowed seeds of fear and hate, inciting extremist groups to violent action against fellow citizens. And how the new government promoted division, silenced voices of dissent, attacked the false press, eroded human rights, and ultimately set the stage for horrible atrocities which future historians will call the Great American Genocide from 1776 to 2023 Now. The National Archives and Records Administration’s primary mission is to provide access to the records in our control. We recognize that these records are of incalculable value to people looking to understand their history, seek out evidence, and document rights. That value, though, also makes them targets for theft. Earlier this year, our staff and the Office of Inspector General discovered that artifacts and documents had been stolen from World War II military records. On June 9, 2017, investigators executed a search warrant at the residence of a researcher and historian, Antonin DeHays. There they found and recovered identification tags and other documents stolen from National Archives at College Park, Maryland. I appreciate the efforts of our Office of Inspector General and the National Archives staff who have been assisting them and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for their efforts in this ongoing investigation. The Acting United States Attorney for the District of Maryland filed a federal criminal complaint against DeHays on June 13, 2017. If convicted of the theft of government records, DeHays faces a maximum sentence of 10 years in prison. DeHays had repeatedly visited the National Archives over an extended period and stole ID tags and documents of U.S. servicemen whose airplanes had crashed during World War II. DeHays sold the stolen tags, often called dog tags, and in one case even traded a tag assigned to a Tuskegee Airman to a museum in exchange for a chance to sit in a Spitfire aircraft. The records DeHays pilfered were created during World War II by the German military. When Allied airmen crashed into Nazi-occupied territory in Europe, the Germans recovered the tags of deceased airmen and confiscated dog tags from airmen who survived the crashes. They then placed those tags into files with downed Allied aircraft reports. Allied forces seized these records at the end of the war, and the U.S. Army transferred them to the National Archives in 1958. That the records stolen were so personal to the deceased servicemen is especially distasteful. Long after their years of service, veterans often hold on to their military ID tags as mementos. I keep one of my own Navy tags with me on my keychain to this day. The theft of our history should anger any citizen, but as a veteran I am shocked at allegations that a historian would show such disregard for records and artifacts documenting those captured or killed in World War II. In 1955, Archivist Wayne C. Grover signed the Archivist's Code to guide National Archives staff in making professional decisions. In it, he states “The Archivist must be watchful in protecting the integrity of records in his custody. He must guard them against defacement, alteration, or theft….” He goes on to say “The Archivist should endeavor to promote access to records to the fullest extent consistent with the public interest, but he should carefully observe any established policies restricting the use of records.” There is a fine balancing act we all must face in this profession between protection and access to the records. As I have stated since I became Archivist of the United States, the security of the holdings of the National Archives is my highest priority. Any theft of our nation’s records is an irreplaceable loss. We safeguard those records in many ways, but it all begins with our shared commitment to security. Although we have heightened security around our holdings in recent years and have implemented a number of measures to deter theft, this latest incident underlines the constant threat posed to our holdings and the importance of our commitment to holdings protection. Orwellian Dystopia Both Side's Are Wrong Answer To Extremism Isn’t More Extremism https://rumble.com/v2bngfk-orwellian-dystopia-both-sides-are-wrong-answer-to-extremism-isnt-more-extre.html America’s left and right are radicalizing each other, and the precedents from overseas are deeply unsettling. It’s all politics. And it still is, for those who really listen close. It’s why we need to flip the script and tell the real story of what happened in 1948 and 1964. I also believe America needs to echo, once again, Martin Luther King, Jr.’s dream and “look to a day when people will not be judged by the color of their skin, but by the content of their character.” That’s what made America great…and will make America great again. It’s known as “The Big Switch.” That’s when Southern Democrat politicians converted to Republicanism and refashioned the G.O.P. into a racist political party. Orwell's "1984" has been quoted left and right, for years, but the reality that we currently live in has never resembled the dystopia that the author describes in his best-known novel as much as it does today. We are voluntarily giving up our privacy. We are forced to use it as a currency. That has never been the case before, but today it is. It is almost impossible to function in today's world without giving up your privacy or rather having it invaded by a corporation or a government. The internet has, clearly, played a huge part in this. It may have brought us closer, but it has also brought governments and corporations closer to us, practically invited them into our homes and minds. "Both rely on the existence of a technological system with the capacity to monitor every citizen’s actions and words.” Meanwhile, governments all over the world, including the United States, are installing more mass surveillance, further invading little what's left of their citizen's privacy. We have been conditioned to feel OK about giving up our privacy (after all, don't they want to "protect" us from terrorism?), but governments and corporations use this information in countless ways. For example, Google's and Facebook's sophisticated algorithms are capable of profiling you to such an extent, that serving highly targeted advertisements and propaganda is a fully automated process. You can even test this yourself -- try looking for something specific to buy and see what type of ads Facebook serves you. Is there any way to combat this? Saying "I have nothing to hide" and allowing the government to spy on you is like claiming you have nothing to say and allowing the government to take away your right to freedom of speech. The 30-something author documented how the Democratic Party–known for its historic racism–split in 1948 when Harry S. Truman (D-MO) first “introduced a pro-civil rights platform” into the Democratic Party. Strom Thurmond (D-SC) and a faction of Southern Democrats, consequently, bolted from Democrats to create the “States Rights” (Dixiecrat) party. The author then states these Dixiecrats eventually converted to Republicanism–along with Thurmond–in 1964. Later, Nixon’s “southern strategy” and Reagan’s conservatism moved the Democratic “blue” South to become a firm “red” Republican in the 1970s and 1980s. Today, Democrats routinely finger Republicans as “racists,” pointing to occasional neo-Nazi politicians (David Duke, a one-term Louisiana state legislator), obscure racist organizations (Patriot Front) and Confederate flag-waving MAGA types. In fact, just wearing a MAGA hat is considered “racist” by many individuals on the left. It’s a strong and divisive narrative…but what’s the TRUTH? First of all, the “Dixiecrats,” under Strom Thurmond in 1948), did leave the Democratic Party…but for reasons more than racial. The Truman Administration–following sixteen years of Franklin D. Roosevelt–further desired to federalize and centralize government. The Southern Thurmond “Dixiecrats” believed in traditional “states’ rights” and segregation. The Northern and Western Democratic Party in the 1930s and 1940s was more “progressive” politically. President Roosevelt’s fascination with the Italian dictator Benito Mussolini and fascist government programs in Europe guided many of his domestic policies. Consequently, the 1948 Truman-Democratic platform reflected more centralized and socialist government, thus angering and distancing Southern libertarians. That’s what really split the Democratic Party in 1948. In fact, in a platform that boasted 4,256 words only 106 (2.4%) were even devoted to civil rights (for the black or anyone else). Even more surprisingly was how the party of slavery, segregation, Ku Klux Klan and Confederate secession was quick to pat itself on the back in 1948. In their summary on civil rights the Democratic Party actually claimed it alone was “responsible for the great civil rights gains” and committed to “continuing its efforts to eradicate all racial, religious and economic discrimination.” However, such 1940s political posturing is contradicted by a Jim Crow Democratic South that still lynched blacks, refused school, hotel, restaurant, transportation and restroom facilities to “coloreds” and rigged voting procedures to suppress the black ballot. Therefore, it’s hard to believe “great gains” were actually made by Democrats. Harry Truman was allegedly an inactive participant in the Missouri KKK, and biographers often noted his latent racism against blacks, Jews, Chinese and Japanese throughout his life. Meanwhile Franklin D. Roosevelt nominated a KKK member to the Supreme Court (Hugo Black), put Japanese-Americans into detention camps and refused to welcome black Olympians—including the famed Jesse Owens—to the White House. The Dixiecrat exodus was, again, more about progressive, fascist, socialism than segregation and black civil rights. In the end, despite predictions of a Thomas Dewey victory, the Dixiecrat exodus produced little gain. Truman won the ’48 presidency in a landslide electoral college vote while the Dixiecrat Strom Thurmond mustered an inconsequential 2.4% of the popular vote. Secondly, the Dixiecrats did NOT convert to Republicanism in 1964 (after Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Civil Rights Act) as many historians and journalists now suggest. In fact, most of these racist libertarians returned to the Democratic Party after 1948 and became a significant voting block against civil rights and desegregation throughout the 1950s and early 1960s. According to one historical analysis, of the 1500+ racist “Dixiecrats” only Strom Thurmond and about a dozen others left the Democratic Party for the GOP (less than 1%). Furthermore, Thurmond didn’t switch parties until 16 years after Truman forced him to create his “Dixiecrat” party. Thirdly, Southern whites (the people, not the politicians) did vote more REPUBLICAN in post-1965 elections, but not for racial reasons. Again, the Democratic Party was moving left, toward socialism, nonreligious/atheism and adopting liberal planks on abortion, women and gay rights. The Bible Belt South in the 1970s and 1980s became less racist as de-segregation and civil rights laws were enforced. Consequently, immigration to southern cities (Atlanta, Dallas, Houston, Nashville, Charlotte) by northern and western GOP conservatives rearranged the voting demographic. Southerners are more conservative and that’s why dozens of Democrats switched parties. Did you know notable Republicans Trent Lott, Mike Pence, William Bennett and Rick Perry were all previously Democrat? It’s true. And race was not the reason they switched affiliations…it was due to liberal/socialist policies. Finally, the Republican Party and its leaders have consistently denounced and resisted the “alt right” ultra-conservative racist organizations. It’s why these racists formed their own political party in 2009 (The American Freedom Party). Republicans, historically, have always championed civil rights for the black and all ethnicities. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 passed thanks to widespread Republican support (who had proposed similar legislation in the Eisenhower administration). All Southern Democrats (including those Dixiecrats) voted against it. Oh, and David Duke? He only identified as Republican when politically expedient. Otherwise, he’s been in the Democrat, Populist or Reformed camp. Maybe instead of looking at the anomaly of Strom Thurmond, we should investigate the political expediency of another Democrat: Robert C. Byrd (D-WV) who spent 62 years in public office. Byrd served for over half a century at the national level, as a Representative and, later, a powerful Senator. Byrd died in office (2010) at the ripe age of 92. Hillary Clinton called Byrd a “friend and mentor.” Barack Obama noted how “the arc of his life bent toward justice.” The press gave him a blessed pass. That’s because Robert Byrd proved a quintessential post-WW2 Democrat. Originally a member and leader of the Ku Klux Klan in West Virginia (an affiliation he later disavowed), Byrd refused to fight in World War 2 because it meant serving alongside blacks. He routinely voted with other segregationists in the 1950s. As a senator, Byrd filibustered and voted against the 1964 Civil Rights Act. He abstained his vote for the 1965 Voting Act. He also voted against the confirmation of Thurgood Marshall, the first black Supreme Court justice. This same Robert Byrd then politically transformed from a known racist to a beloved mentor. How? Simple. He towed the party line…for nearly 57 years! It’s possible to argue Byrd didn’t lose his racism but rather, like most good politicians, shelved it. He enjoyed his power and position. It wasn’t the first time Byrd did what was necessary. In fact, the whole reason Byrd initially joined the KKK was for “political power.” To his credit, he did leave the organization, but still it showed Byrd to be a political opportunist. Once in national office, at least until 1967 (when being a segregationist went out of fashion), he retained his racist roots. Byrd told a reporter: “Don’t get that albatross [the KKK] around your neck. Once you’ve made that mistake, you inhibit your operations in the political arena.” There is a website that I frequent because it puts up a lot of interesting information in fun graphs, infographics and pictures. Information is Beautiful posts a wide range of topics from China’s censorship to illegal drugs. The following image is from their “Left vs Right (World)” post, outlining the basic gist of the left-wing and right-wing political ideologies. There is only so much that you can include in a diagram trying to distinguish the political left from right. This is a generic point to start understanding the main differences between the two sides but we need to keep in mind that there are many degrees of variation on political views (even within the same one). This diagram makes the right-wing way of thinking to be completely cold, calculated and rational, while the left-wing ideas promote more positive views on humanity. While it is true that the right-wing tends to support war, morals and discipline, it should be understood that left-wing can have corruption, discipline and rules. And what about the people that do not fall strictly into one wing or another? When I was younger and just beginning to learn about political terms and ideas, I was massively confused. What the media taught me was that (I watched a lot of US politics on TV) you are either left or right. There I stood, utterly confused at how I could possibly believe in personal and economic freedom supported by a minimal government role in each aspect. For example, on this graph, I agree with the leftist thought of being progressive and supporting personal freedom. However, I also believe in the right wing ideals of non-interference in society, low taxes, and economic freedom. Yet, I do not believe in organized religion and I fully support gay and abortion rights. What this diagram shows is that many of us are still stuck in a dichotomous way of thinking, when there are eons of possibilities for a political perspective. Left and right are the most basic division in politics but that should not encourage or pressure people to conform to simply one side or another. I love Information and is infographics hold a special place in my heart for their ability to effectively convey information in appealing and efficient ways. In response to the point you make, I agree that we seem to have been protected from the possible existence of ambivalence in political views as if it were some sort of secret. It feels a little strange to say that it is for the public’s best interest, but that’s sort of what I’m arguing. The left – right divide may not so much serve as dichotomous camps that we must choose between, rather they serve as a simplified roadmap to guide the less politically aware public. What will determine where you place yourself will depend on how much weight you give to specific topics. It’s generally accepted that the citizenship will not know about where they stand on each individual issue, so by using this shortcut they can hopefully make an educated guess that will eventually serve them well.

Emotional And Physical Healing 432hz Sounds This ancient yet unique solfeggio frequency that has its roots in science, architecture, musical history, and geometry. Did you know that the music we listen to on a daily basis is always at 440 Hz? This is the case, thanks to international tuning standards. When we change the A tuning to 432 Hz, even if at eight cycles for every second, there exists a shift in our bodies and thoughts. Science has shown that a patient who was fond of listening to the 432 frequency music before, during, or after a root canal surgery would experience less anxiety. This is thanks to nerves soothing, which leads to improved vital signs such as heart rate and blood pressure. Undoubtedly, 432 Hz is a healing frequency. If a frequency can positively influence the results of surgery, then, why won’t it change our lives? Listening to a 432 frequency music will reduce anxiety, give you emotional healing, and more excellent intuition. Music has always been the force to reckon with. Music affects your psyche, affecting some internal functions such as the heart rate, reducing anxiety, and blood pressure. Music is made of frequencies. The frequencies in a track will influence our feelings and the responses of the brain, which will depend on a combination of track frequencies. The 432 frequency gives a person a strong relaxation sense. A 432 Hz frequency music ensures the brain is tuned to the earth frequency. Playing and listening to music that has been tuned to 432 Hz creates a sense of peace and well being as it is the harmonic intonation of nature. Lowering the pitch by just 8 Hz helps to calm the body and mind which in turn makes us more flexible, creative, peaceful and spontaneous; It also helps in the release of negative energy and can easily put us in a wonderful state of calm where relaxation is natural. It is the scale that unites the body and consciousness with nature. We cannot describe 8 Hz without including 432 Hz in the music world. Simply, neither of the two can exist independently. Musically, 8 Hz forms the groundwork for 432 Hz. The frequency at 432 Hz aligns with our planet’s heartbeat. Medical doctors have stated that brain waves resonate perfectly at around 8 Hz. The frequency will resonate inside a person’s body, thereby releasing any emotional blockage and align the person with the universe’s heartbeat. The 432 frequency music heightens perception, increases the mental clarity of a person and unlocks intuition. Generally, this frequency has been proven to be a healing frequency since it reduces anxiety, lowers the heart rate, and blood pressure. It is a frequency that encourages the synchronicity between both brain hemispheres, which increase intuition, insight, and creativity. This frequency has been found in geometrical arrangements in some of the ancient sites such as Stone Henge and the Great Pyramid. The frequency is at times said to be scientific tuning. Music is made of healing properties due to its frequencies. Music therapists have been using music frequencies to restore the memory of patients suffering from Alzheimer and improve the basic movement skills in stroke patients. Evidence from science and nature has been pointing towards 432 Hz being a powerful frequency, which should form the basis of tuning instruments. For an increased well-being rate, the frequency plays a role in meditation and ensuring that the brain is attuned for the general well-being of a person. The 432 frequency produces calming effects, with just listening to the frequencies, which decrease anxiety and stress to its barest minimum. 432 Hz, otherwise known as Verdi’s A, was the music tuning standard prior to today’s tuning of 440 Hz. It is widely considered a superior tuning that makes music more pleasant to listen to. It is also said to have a positive influence on the mind and body due to its relationship with our planet. Giuseppe Verdi did not use 432 Hz as the base pitch for his music, but he expressed a slight preference for it because he was concerned about singers. Scientific pitch, also known as philosophical pitch, Sauveur pitch, or Verdi tuning, is an absolute concert pitch standard based on middle C being set to 256 Hz rather than 261.62 Hz, making it approximately 37.6 cents lower than the common A440 pitch standard. It was first proposed in 1713 by French physicist Joseph Sauveur, promoted briefly by Italian composer Giuseppe Verdi in the 19th century, then advocated by the Schiller Institute beginning in the 1980s with reference to the composer, but naming a pitch slightly lower than Verdi's preferred 432 Hz for A and making controversial claims regarding the effects of this pitch. Mozart did not use 432 Hz for all his music, and the only Mozart's "A" supplied it was in 1780 and was of 421.6 Hz. The 6 Healing Sounds and Their Therapeutic Applications Sounds are among the most powerful vibrations in our universe. Do you recall hearing traffic noise from afar, a sleepless night when neighbors are partying several blocks away, or joyful sounds of children laughing in a distant playground? Sound waves have the power to penetrate through cement walls and glass windows. They have a significant impact on our brains as well, as they vibrate through the nervous system and soft tissues of the human body. The sounds we absorb and the sounds we voice have significant impact on our daily experiences. The six healing sounds are primary, pre-language vocal expressions. Regardless of culture, race, or geographical location, babies all over the world express these sounds prior to communication through words. According to the Taoist teaching of Chi Nei Tsang, the six healing sounds are associated with the 5 Elements and the Navel Gate. Each of these vocal tones vibrates through the body in a unique frequency that activates a specific element and its related organs. Chinese medicine views the internal organs as containers of the qi, our life force energy, including our physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual aspects. The healing sounds help to harmonize the qi vibrations amongst all these aspects. By using a specific vowel, sound waves access a particular organ and open up energetic blocks and stagnation, restoring flow and vitality. As infants, we make these sounds instinctively to support and strengthen the development of our life-giving systems. As we grow, the sounds are replaced with words, and we stop using them. Toning the six healing sounds is a powerful practice that preserves our connection to our primary instincts as infants, assisting in nurturing and rejuvenating the internal organs throughout our life. Toning requires deep breaths with long exhalations to vocalize the sound. This brings calmness to the entire nervous system, allowing us to open blocked qi, balance the physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual vibrations, transform unsupportive feelings or thoughts, and enhance our health and wellbeing. Toning activates our vocal cords and opens up the throat chakra. This energetic center is associated with the communication, expression, creativity, and speaking one’s truth. The throat is also a bridge between the head and the chest. The healing sounds connect our brain with our heart, creating harmonious flow between the body, the emotions, and the mind. INTENTIONAL SOUNDS Intentional sounds are very beneficial for emotional healing. Scientists have found that sounds and music have a therapeutic effect as they register in different areas of the brain. The beat, rhythm, pitch, and volume each activate a specific area of the brain and harmonize them—especially the amygdala, the part of the brain that processes emotions and feelings. Emotions are the bridge between the dense and the subtle vibrations of the body, as they contain two components: The energetic element of energy in motion (“e-motion”, “emotion”). Flowing waves of subtle vibrations influence the state of the electromagnetic field. The physical element of feelings. As the refined energy of the emotions accumulates more density, it produces chemical changes and physical sensations. Feelings are the languishing of sensations, in which the emotions communicate with the physical body. They bridge between the subtle vibrations and the tangible aspects of our physical experience. Balancing the emotions supports the healing of physical symptoms enhancing flow and vitality. There are many therapeutic applications of the healing sounds. I still recall the profound experience at my first exploration of these sounds in a Chi Nei Tsang training course. Various sensations and symptoms in my body began to make sense and heal. I learned to recognize them as energetic blocks calling for attention. Later on in my practice, I created the “Soul-Gate Healing” emotional release process. It includes verbal intentions to increase awareness of one’s emotional stress and tools to transform tension. Blending this process with the healing sounds helps my clients overcome various symptoms and purify un-supportive beliefs and tense emotions. It is especially beneficial when incorporated with hands-on methods, such as: CNT internal organ manipulations: to support the functions of the organs for purification and rejuvenation with hands-on techniques while toning the sounds. Navel points: to open up the Navel Gate, our original gate of nourishment and purity. Massage: to release pain, stress, and toxicity from the body’s cells, increasing qi circulation and strengthening overall health. Acupressure points: to enhance the potency and therapeutic effect of the points. Balancing the chakras: to harmonize the main energetic centers of the body and their related organs. Qi/yoga/meridians stretch: combines the healing sounds with qigong movements, yoga, meridians stretch, and meditations. This practice deepens the connection to our core, to the breath, to oneself, and to others. It strengthens the physical body, calms the emotions, and harmonizes our yin and yang energy flow for rejuvenation and relaxation. In our divided world of systematic race, cultural hate, aggression and survival challenges, practice with healing sounds helps to unite us all as human beings. It brings us back to our pre-language authentic self, so that we may bridge our differences, heal, and find peace within and without. 440HZ Vs 432 HZ Proof of Sounds Healing Power For years I have nudged my friends and family about the music and entertainment they listen to and accept as true. Since taking a detour in the professional music Industry (in 2010) I have put a lot of effort forth to teach others the power of the Decibel and the effects of mind-altering waves induced by the Omega HZ. Music, Life, Love and Harmony, all play an important role in our daily lives. Some people enjoy hardcore Heavy metal while others enjoy classical music from the past. Why is there such a drastic difference in personality types and music? Well, it has to do with the frequencies that have been universally accepted and tuned into our daily lives. Music can be healing and damaging based on the frequencies that we allow our minds to become open to absorbing. Subliminal messaging starts within the parameters of sound not vocal/larynx sound but audible pitches. (Question, Why is it that music of Religion whether it be Tibetan, Hindu, Thai, or Orthodox all have the most pleasant tones? This all has to do with 432HZ and the sound of the ancients was literally a sound that is now almost deceased. We must resurrect the 432 HZ and give back the power to the people!) Music and color are universal if created with Bright colors and soothing tones. Dark colors portray negativity in all cultures as it is the same with music. Music has negative ranges just as all walks of life are calloused with much yin and the same amount of yang. Yin may be more noticeable to some as this is what protects us from making the same mistakes twice. Why do we continue to make the same mistakes with music? Now that the teachers have shown us the truth it is now up to the listener to apply common sense. Let's go back to when Mozart reigned as a composer. Move forward a bit and imagine sitting in one of Beethoven's live concerts! The sound you would have heard from these composers would have been different from that same musical composition today. Tuning forks were taught/enforced/encouraged to be tuned and enforced by the Music Commission in 1885. Ever since gradually increasing HZ until 440 was established as a tone that all pianos in the world would agree to be tuned to. That's why when you visit China the piano emits the same frequency. We have been surrounded by control since before we were born. The hidden agendas slowly bleed through our canvas like the crappy watered-down ink we call life and life in music. All of the G7 have agreed that control on all levels should be established and Psychology ops are the greatest weapon for controlling the eternal souls of man. Since 432 Hz was described in mathematics as consistent with the fractals/patterns in the universe. Mimicking the same Golden ratio as described in Greek philosophy. "Phi". We see that nature has time, and time has shown us how to live. Nature produces these same fractals in Nautilus shells as well as has been used by the ancient Egyptians in building the pyramids. 432 HZ has been called the Beat of Earth. Anything between 432HZ and 440HZ is influential to the 3rd eye. Different HZ affect different Chakras. If you can control the mind you can control the heart. These variables in pitches strongly influence the Chakra of the Heart, which in some controls morality, reason, and doubt, as does the mind process these modes of thought into action. If we can control the mind we control the heart and if we control the heart we control the mind. Most sound is tuned within the frequencies of 3rd eye influence instead of being beautiful and influencing the heart. Mozart recorded at the Heart decibel 432. Mind you there is nothing damaging about these Hz in small amounts and especially if we are aware of the powerful forces music contains. Listening to music too loudly is always damaging especially when tuned to 440Hz (which everything is). What is damaging is the 440HZ’s vibration. The purpose of healing music Aka the “Almighty Ohm” has been destroyed as the words that are inserted and recorded at 440HZ will sink in even deeper (subliminally) into the mind, dismantling cells through vibration as they destroy healthy cells. We (willingly) invite this destruction as we listen to entertainment/sound, unaware of the intent within messaging, and this all happens without our approval even. The 3rd eye HZ ratio influences this beautiful mind we have been gifted and we are constantly allowing ourselves to become controlled by what we think is entertaining and “cool” however these psychological devices implant messages of false truth into our subconscious to arise later in our beliefs and actions. Violence may occur even if implanted into weaker minds as triggers. These triggers can be implanted and activated when played as why some songs we hear that were programmed at a bad time in our life create negative reactions, we just don’t wish to hear it even if it may be a hit. The psychology of memory within sound and smell is the strongest recall we have as humans. So why would they change the universal pitch for the note "A" on the common piano in 1885? Well, first think of what time this came into play. There was a big Industry boom around that time. The world needed (and needs) more WORKERS! The ever-changing increase in HZ (since 1885) now comes in 1940. Rockefeller Foundation rediscovered the pitch 440HZ and described 440HZ as "sinister and evil". (the Rockefeller Foundation...) Everything we have been taught as truth described as loving is actually not entirely true. Love is as Love does… Truth is in the eye of the beholder is it not? 440HZ influences a specific Chakra, (the 3rd eye) which was categorized by the Rockefellers as being overtly easy to open with 440HZ. (This was done with testing and scientists proving it so.) Therefore, the agenda is to place many hidden messages within the body of sound. Poof! Magically the recipients have succumbed to mind control, willingly. Rockefellers proved that 440HZ over a long period of time is easier to weaponize in order to instigate and create disease and disrupt healthy cells by breaking them down with negative vibrations. Intensive studies have proven to disrupt, disharmonize, and create disunity by using sound. Sound waves have been used in war at the lowest decibel, disengaging the person with their own circadian rhythm and digestion all triggered by a sound emitted at a high pitch and at the lowest decibel, barely noticeable to the human ear. After World War 2 we humans realized it was easier to control people when psychology was applied (For de Fuhrer Quote Alan Cross). We have been in the age of Psy-ops for over a hundred years. When are the people going to demand a change? The truth is here, what we can do about it is educate others and dismantle the system by ignoring their teachings and clicking the box 432Hz instead of 440hz when we choose to record as electronic engineers and musicians. Next time you think about the music you are listening to please remember that the majority of music is recorded in 440HZ. If you don't believe me that 432 HZ is safer on the ear and system well, please listen for yourself. I have included a link to an article that talks about all of what I just said here. This is an article by Alan Cross at Global News.ca. https://globalnews.ca/news/4194106/440-hz-conspiracy-music/ So now think about Enya, Think about Gregorian Monks chanting and Tibetan Prayer Bowls for meditation... This specific vibration is a tone/HZ and was harnessed to heal not damage (Mantra chanting has been used for centuries in many countries). Think now about how disruptive Rock Music truly is in comparison to Classical (I Love Journey, Sturgill Simpson, & Metallica Btw, I am not knocking rock, maybe Ska tho...). Classical music was created before the 432-440 switch. Music used to be far more healing and therefore the people who listened were also healed and happy beings of light, spreading light. There was not as much Mental health disparity nor crime as now back when 432Hz was the common theme. 440HZ has created a disruption as it degrades and separates us literally. Music should be soothing to everyone's ear, not just a select few. How we are raised and what we listen to strongly affects our mental stability, friendliness, cleanliness, and creative thought patterns of positivity. One cannot be positive if one is drowning out positive vibrations with negative ones, can they? I suggest taking the 440HZ challenge by clicking the link above and also reading his article below. Please be cautious about everything you allow to influence you. If you are just listening to the music and not the words I pray you will find solace within the growth of self and discover how we are being controlled to buy things and accept negativity as okay based on the messages we consider acceptable, the leaders we look up to, and entertainment we accept as truth. Nothing was worse for me than to hear the N-word in rap music songs when they were playing in my head. The lyrics we take in as ok and the things we accept as Ok will seriously damage our system over time. Not to mention (most) music seems to single out crowds rather than bring folks together this is just my observation. That's why I never have chosen a specific sound that I call my own. When you name me, you negate me… I always feel the music for what it is rather than what I expect music to be. I know about HZ quality vs. inequality based on my engineering expertise. I have been experiencing the wrong music for my entirety and now I try and use 432 HZ when I need to heal naturally, seeking out 432 HZ (without realization) after I abandoned the spotlight. I imagine most who are reading this have also sought out some light music if they prefer faster-paced, House, Techno, Rock/Metal, or Hip-hop music. I feel true music appreciation includes all soothing tones regardless of artist or genre in my opinion. We search for lighter music because it heals us. Let's all try opening our Sacral Heart Chakra instead of complying with Rockefeller's plan of disunity. Please be cautious of all you ingest and accept as true. May the light guide all of my brothers and sisters forever and ever. I know that I do not know- Pythagoras A note to producers: Remember producers, you have the choice to click 440hz recording mode or 432 at recording parameter setup when adding tracks to an armed device. Please remember how impactful 440Hz is on the mind and choose to click the 432Hz option in order to reduce mental blockage. Especially if you are recording heavy metal or loud music that is meant to be ear-piercing when heard live. Healing Frequencies: The Complete List You heard of healing frequencies but aren’t quite sure what sounds or frequencies are considered healing and how they work? With so much information out there about alternative therapies and wellness practices, it’s easy to get confused! From solfeggio tones and binaural beats to tuning forks and singing bowls, there is lot to learn. In this comprehensive guide, we’ll break down everything you need to know about healing frequencies, including how they work, and will give you the most complete list of specific frequencies Hz values and explain their therapeutic effects. Keep reading! How Healing Frequencies Work? The idea behind healing with frequency is that certain frequencies can resonate with and stimulate different parts of the body, leading to a healing effect. One of the most commonly asked questions we hear: Do healing frequencies actually work? There are several scientific theories that attempt to explain how healing frequencies work to promote healing and well-being. The Entrainment Theory One theory is based on the idea of entrainment, which is the synchronization of two or more oscillating systems. When two objects with different frequencies come into contact, they can influence each other and eventually sync up. This is the principle behind how pendulum clocks synchronize over time. Similarly, when we are exposed to healing frequencies, it is believed that our brainwaves and bodily systems can entrain to these frequencies, promoting a state of relaxation and reducing stress. The Energy Theory Another theory is based on the idea that all matter is made up of energy, and that different frequencies of energy can affect our physical and emotional well-being. This is supported by research on the effects of sound on the body, which has shown that certain frequencies can have a measurable effect on heart rate, blood pressure, and brain activity. The Chemical Theory Finally, some research suggests that certain frequencies may have an effect on the body at the cellular level, by promoting the release of certain chemicals or enzymes that are involved in healing and repair. For example, the study published by the Journal of Addiction Research and Therapy shown that the frequency of 528 Hz can promote energy metabolism and cellular repair of damaged tissue. What’s The Difference Between Healing Sounds And Healing Frequencies? While healing sounds and healing frequencies are related and often used together in sound therapy, they are not interchangeable terms. Healing sounds refer to any sound that is believed to have therapeutic properties, such as the sound of waves crashing on the shore, the chirping of birds, or the rustling of leaves in the wind. These sounds can be natural or artificial and are often used in sound therapy to promote relaxation, reduce stress, and improve overall well-being. Healing frequencies, on the other hand, specifically refer to the frequencies of sound waves that are believed to have healing properties. These frequencies are measured in Hertz (Hz) and are often associated with specific parts of the body, such as the Chakras or the organs. For example, the frequency of 528 Hz is believed to promote healing and repair at the cellular level, while the frequency of 432 Hz is thought to promote balance and harmony. For example, here’s a collection of relaxing rain sounds that can have a calming and soothing effect on your nervous system: What Musical Instruments Can Generate Healing Frequencies? There are quite a few musical instruments, both acoustic and electronic, that can produce healing frequency sounds. Some of the most common instruments used for sound healing practices include: Singing Bowls Singing bowls are metal bowls that are used to produce a range of sounds and frequencies, and are often used in sound healing practices. Gongs Gongs are large metal discs that are struck with a mallet to produce deep, resonant sounds. They are often used in sound baths and other forms of meditation. Crystal Bowls Crystal bowls (a type of singing bowl that is made from crystal or other types of minerals) can produce a range of higher frequencies when struck or played with a mallet. Tuning Forks Tuning forks are metal instruments that vibrate at a specific frequency when struck, and are often used in sound therapy and other forms of vibrational healing. Synthesizers Finally, a synthesizer can create a pure sine wave at a specific frequency that is considered to be a healing frequency. Many modern synthesizers come with a built-in function generator or oscillator that can produce sine waves at various frequencies, including those associated with healing. There are also software-based synthesizers that can produce sine waves at specific frequencies. The Complete List Of Healing Frequencies Below you will find the most complete list of various types of healing frequencies along with their values (in Hz) and a brief explanation of their healing effect. 1. Solfeggio Frequencies Solfeggio frequencies are a set of sound frequencies believed by some to have therapeutic benefits, including reducing anxiety, promoting relaxation, and enhancing physical and emotional healing. The frequencies are based on a musical scale that dates back to the ancient times. There are six primary frequencies in the set: 396 Hz – The “Liberating Frequency” 396Hz frequency sound helps to release negative thoughts, emotions, and energy patterns and promote a sense of liberation and freedom. 417 Hz – The “Resonating Frequency”, 417Hz sounds can help to clear negative energy and influences and promote positive change and transformation. 528 Hz – The “Love Frequency” Love frequency promotes relaxation, reduce stress and anxiety, improve sleep quality, enhance creativity, and promote a sense of well-being. Learn more about the benefits of 528 Hz tuned music and sounds. 639 Hz – The “Connecting Frequency” 639Hz aims to promote harmonious relationships, increase communication, and promote emotional healing and balance. 741 Hz – The “Awakening Frequency” In alternative medicine, 741Hz sounds are believed to promote a deeper level of awareness, enhance intuition, and promote spiritual growth. 852 Hz – The “Intuition Frequency” 852Hz frequency helps to establish clarity of thought and improve communication, as well as enhance spiritual awareness and intuition. There are three additional, less known solfeggio frequencies outside of the main six: 174 Hz – The “Foundation Frequency” This frequency is believed to help reduce pain, promote a sense of safety and security, and support physical and emotional healing. 285 Hz – The “Healing Frequency” That’s a good one! This particular sound is believed to help promote physical healing, especially of wounds and injuries. 963 Hz – The “Frequency of the Universe” A higher, 963Hz frequency promotes spiritual awakening, activate the pineal gland, and enhance intuition and psychic abilities. Learn more about 963 Hz frequency benefits and how it works. Finally, here are two additional frequencies above 1000Hz: 1074 Hz – The “Spiritual Frequency” This high pitch frequency once again helps with spiritual growth and awareness, enhance intuition, and improve communication with higher consciousness. 1174 Hz – The “Balance Frequency” A higher alternative of the 528Hz frequency helps to balance energy centers in the body, promote mental clarity and alertness, and enhance creativity and productivity. Alternative Solfeggio Frequencies There are two more “alternative” frequencies that may be helpful in some specific situations. 1152 Hz is helpful for spiritual purification and to help you access higher spiritual realms. It is said to help release negative thoughts and emotions, allowing you to see the world in a more positive light. 2172 Hz is a less known solfeggio frequency and it is related to spiritual enlightenment, transcendence and ascension. Some sources suggests that this frequency helps in the spiritual awakening process, allowing you to connect with higher spiritual realms and to access a greater understanding of the universe. Solfeggio Frequency Combinations The individual solfeggio frequencies are sometimes combined in various ways to create different effects or to target specific intentions or outcomes. Here are some examples: 396 Hz + 528 Hz 396 Hz is associated with releasing fear and guilt, while 528 Hz is known as the “Love Frequency” and is believed to promote healing and DNA repair. This combination is often used for overall healing and releasing negative emotions. 417 Hz + 639 Hz 417 Hz is associated with undoing situations and facilitating change, while 639 Hz is believed to enhance communication and promote harmonious relationships. This combination is used for resolving conflicts and improving interpersonal connections. 528 Hz + 741 Hz This combination amplifies the healing properties of 528 Hz with 741 Hz, which is associated with intuition and spiritual awakening. It is used to promote spiritual growth and awareness. 852 Hz + 963 Hz 852 Hz is believed to awaken intuition and enhance inner strength, while 963 Hz is associated with pineal gland activation and higher consciousness. This combination is used for spiritual awakening and connecting with higher realms. 396 Hz + 417 Hz + 528 Hz This combination combines frequencies for releasing fear, facilitating change, and promoting healing and love. It is used for overall well-being and emotional healing. 174 Hz + 741 Hz 174 Hz is associated with grounding and the foundation of life, while 741 Hz is linked to intuition and awakening. This combination is used to balance and align the physical and spiritual aspects of life. 285 Hz + 963 Hz 285 Hz is said to influence energy fields and promote rejuvenation, while 963 Hz is associated with higher consciousness. This combination is used for energy clearing and spiritual growth. 2. Binaural Beats Binaural beats are a type of sound wave therapy that involves playing two different frequencies of sound into each ear. The difference between the two frequencies creates a rhythmic pulsing sound that is believed to affect brainwaves and promote relaxation and other therapeutic effects. When the brain hears two different frequencies in each ear, it creates a third frequency that is the difference between the two. For example, if the left ear is exposed to a frequency of 200 Hz and the right ear is exposed to a frequency of 210 Hz, the brain will create a binaural beat with a frequency of 10 Hz. This effect is thought to work by entraining the brainwaves to the frequency of the binaural beat, which can promote a range of therapeutic benefits. Some of the most commonly used binaural beat frequencies include: Delta (1-4 Hz) Delta waves are associated with deep sleep and relaxation. Binaural beats in the delta range are used to promote restful sleep and relaxation. Theta (4-8 Hz) Theta waves are associated with meditation, creativity, and deep relaxation. Binaural beats in the theta range are used to promote relaxation, reduce anxiety, and enhance creativity. Alpha (8-12 Hz) Alpha waves are associated with relaxation, meditation, and mental clarity. Binaural beats in the alpha range are used to promote relaxation and improve focus and concentration. Beta (12-30 Hz) Beta waves are associated with alertness, focus, and concentration. Binaural beats in the beta range are used to promote mental clarity and increase energy and focus. Gamma (30-100 Hz) Gamma waves are associated with heightened states of awareness and consciousness. Binaural beats in the gamma range are used to promote deep meditation and spiritual experiences. 3. Brain Entrainment Frequencies Brainwave entrainment frequencies are similar to binaural beats, however, there are some key differences between the two. Binaural beats involve playing two different frequencies of sound into each ear, while brainwave entrainment refers to any type of therapy that involves using sound to entrain the brainwaves to a specific frequency. This can include binaural beats, as well as other techniques like isochronic tones and monaural beats. As with binaural beats, the frequencies used in brainwave entrainement therapy focus on five frequency ranges that match specific brain waves: Delta (1-4 Hz), Theta (4-8 Hz), Alpha (8-12 Hz), Beta (12-30 Hz), and Gamma (30-100 Hz). 4. Chakra Tones Frequencies Chakras are the seven energy centers in the human body that correspond to specific physical, emotional, and spiritual functions. Each chakra is associated with a specific color, sound, and frequency. Here are the seven chakra tones frequencies: 396 Hz – Root Chakra (Muladhara) The root chakra is associated with the color red and the frequency of 396 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of stability, safety, and groundedness. Listening to music or tones in this frequency is thought to help with issues related to anxiety, fear, and a lack of security. 417 Hz – Sacral Chakra (Svadhisthana) The sacral chakra is associated with the color orange and the frequency of 417 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of creativity, sexuality, and pleasure. Listening to music or tones in this frequency is thought to help with issues related to creativity, sexuality, and emotional balance. 528 Hz – Solar Plexus Chakra (Manipura) The solar plexus chakra is associated with the color yellow and the frequency of 528 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of personal power, self-esteem, and confidence. Listening to this frequency is thought to help with issues related to self-worth, self-confidence, and personal power. 639 Hz – Heart Chakra (Anahata) The heart chakra is associated with the color green and the frequency of 639 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of love, compassion, and connection. Listening to music or tones in this frequency is thought to help with issues related to emotional balance, forgiveness, and relationships. 741 Hz – Throat Chakra (Vishuddha) The throat chakra is associated with the color blue and the frequency of 741 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of communication, self-expression, and authenticity. Listening to music or tones in this frequency is thought to help with issues related to self-expression, communication, and authenticity. 852 Hz – Third Eye Chakra (Ajna) The third eye chakra is associated with the color indigo and the frequency of 852 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of intuition, wisdom, and inner vision. Listening to music or tones in this frequency is thought to help with issues related to intuition, insight, and spiritual awareness. 963 Hz – Crown Chakra (Sahasrara) The crown chakra is associated with the color violet and the frequency of 963 Hz. It is believed to govern our sense of spirituality, connection to the divine, and transcendence. Listening to music or tones in this frequency is thought to help with issues related to spiritual growth, connection to the divine, and enlightenment. 5. Schumann Resonance (7.83 Hz) Schumann resonance refer to the electromagnetic frequencies that occur naturally in the Earth’s atmosphere. These frequencies are generated by lightning discharges in the ionosphere and are named after the physicist who first predicted their existence, Winfried Otto Schumann. The primary Schumann resonance frequency is approximately 7.83 Hz, which is often referred to as the “Earth’s heartbeat”. 6. Quantum Healing Frequencies Quantum healing frequencies refer to sound frequencies that are believed to interact with the body at the quantum level, affecting the body’s energy fields and promoting healing and wellness. Some common quantum healing frequencies include: 432 Hz 432Hz sounds are universally associated with promoting calmness, relaxation, and a sense of well-being. 528 Hz Associated with DNA repair, transformation, and spiritual growth, and is sometimes called the “love frequency.” 639 Hz Associated with relationships, communication, and connecting with others, and is believed to promote harmony and balance. 741 Hz Cleaning the purification of the body and mind, cleansing of toxins, and promoting clarity and focus. 852 Hz Opening the third eye, expanding consciousness, and promoting spiritual insight and intuition. 7. Isochronic Tones Isochronic tones is a type of sound therapy that involves listening to a series of tones that are evenly spaced in time. Unlike binaural beats, which require headphones to be effective, isochronic tones can be listened to through speakers or headphones. Like with brainwave entrainment, isochronic tones focus on five brain wave frequency ranges, such as Delta waves (0.5 to 4 Hz), Theta waves (4 to 8 Hz), Alpha waves (8 to 12 Hz), Beta waves (12 to 30 Hz), and Gamma waves (30 to 100 Hz). 8. Nikola Tesla 3-6-9 Frequencies There is a popular claim that Nikola Tesla believed in the significance of the numbers 3, 6, and 9, and that these numbers were related to a “universal energy” or “vibrational frequency”. According to this theory, Tesla believed that by understanding the significance of these numbers, we could unlock the secrets of the universe and achieve unlimited energy and potential. 333 Hz 333 Hz is associated with healing, balance, and harmony. It is sometimes referred to as the “angel frequency” (more on angel frequencies below) and is thought to help connect individuals with spiritual and divine energies. 639 Hz This frequency is often associated with relationships, connection, and communication. It is thought to promote harmony in relationships, improve communication and understanding, and help individuals connect more deeply with themselves and others. 999 Hz According to Tesla’s beliefs, 999 Hz is associated with spiritual awakening, divine connection, and transformation. It is thought to help individuals connect with their inner wisdom, access higher states of consciousness, and facilitate personal growth and transformation. 9. Angel Frequencies Angel frequencies refer to specific sound frequencies that some people believe are associated with angels or divine energies. These frequencies are often used in sound healing and meditation practices and are believed to help individuals connect with spiritual energies and promote healing and balance in the mind, body, and spirit. Some commonly referenced angel frequencies include 111 Hz, 222 Hz, 333 Hz, and 444 Hz. 111 Hz This frequency is associated with spiritual awakening, new beginnings, and clarity of vision. 222 Hz This frequency is associated with balance, harmony, and peace. 333 Hz This frequency is believed to be associated with the energy of the ascended masters, and is associated with guidance and spiritual growth. 444 Hz This frequency is associated with the angelic realm and is believed to help individuals connect with the energies of the angels and receive divine guidance. 10. Planet Frequencies Planet frequencies refer to specific sound frequencies that are associated with various planets of our solar system. These frequencies are based on the idea that each planet emits a unique vibrational frequency that can be harnessed for healing and spiritual purposes. 126.22 Hz (Earth) This frequency is associated with the planet Earth and is believed to promote grounding, stability, and a connection to the natural world. 210.42 Hz (Moon) The Moon is associated with emotions, intuition, and the subconscious mind. 141.27 Hz (Mercury) The vibrational sound of the planet Mercury is believed to promote mental clarity, communication, and focus. 144.72 Hz (Mars) Mars promotes courage, motivation, and energy. 221.23 Hz (Venus) Venus and is believed to promote love, harmony, and balance. 183.58 Hz (Jupiter) This frequency is linked to the planet Jupiter and helps to promote abundance, growth, and expansion. 147.85 Hz (Saturn) Saturn helps to boost discipline, responsibility, and structure. 207.36 Hz (Uranus) Uranus is often associated with innovation, change, intuition, and awakening. 211.44 Hz (Neptune) Neptune is believed to promote creativity, intuition, and inspiration. 140.25 Hz (Pluto) Although Pluto isn’t considered a planet by modern science, this frequency still may help to promote transformation, change, and spiritual growth. 11. Other Healing Frequencies 936 Hz The 936Hz frequency is also often associated with healing and spiritual growth. It is not a part of the traditional solfeggio frequencies but has gained attention among the proponents of sound healing and alternative therapies. This frequency is often referred to as the “Third Eye Chakra frequency” and is believed to stimulate and activate the third eye, which is associated with intuition, insight, and spiritual awareness. 12. Sacred Frequencies The concept of “sacred frequencies” refers to specific frequencies that are believed to have special significance or healing properties in various spiritual and metaphysical traditions. Some of the most commonly mentioned sacred frequencies include: 432 Hz This frequency is often referred to as the “432 Hz tuning” or the “432 Hz frequency.” It is believed by some to be more in tune with natural vibrations and the universe, and it’s often associated with promoting relaxation and healing. 528 Hz Known as the “Love Frequency,” 528 Hz is thought to resonate with the frequency of nature, promoting healing, transformation, and an increased sense of harmony. It’s often used in sound healing practices. 639 Hz This frequency is associated with communication, understanding, and harmonious relationships. It’s often used in practices aimed at improving interpersonal connections and resolving conflicts. 741 Hz Considered the “Solfeggio Frequency of Intuition,” 741 Hz is believed to promote self-expression, creativity, and problem-solving abilities. 852 Hz Often referred to as the “Third Eye Frequency,” 852 Hz is thought to stimulate intuition and enhance spiritual awareness. Are sacred frequencies the same as solfeggio frequencies? 13. Sacred frequencies and solfeggio frequencies are often used interchangeably to refer to the same set of specific frequencies that have special spiritual or healing properties. Solfeggio frequencies concept originated from a medieval musical scale and were later associated with metaphysical and spiritual attributes, while the sacred frequencies concept has been influenced by different cultures and historical periods. Benefits of the Solfeggio Chakra Frequencies 396hz - The Root Chakra The root chakra is the first chakra and is located at the base of the spine. This chakra is associated with survival, safety and security. Someone with a blocked root chakra would typically be fearful or anxious. Listening to the 396hz solfeggio frequency will help to stimulate the part of the subconscious brain that is associated with this blockage and help to unearth negative belief systems and feelings residing deep in the subconscious mind. When your root chakra is unblocked you should feel secure, connected to your body and grounded. 417hz - The Sacral Chakra The sacral chakra is located below the naval and relates to sexuality, creativity, intimacy and pleasure. If you feel sexual repression, lack of creativity, intimacy issues or you're someone who emotionally isolates yourself, then you’d be someone who needs to work on their sacral chakra. Listening to the solfeggio frequency of 417hz will help to elicit more openness, creativity and sensuality. As a result you’ll experience more pleasure and harmony. 528hz - The Solar Plexus Chakra The solar plexus is located below the chest and above the naval. It is the centre of self-esteem, confidence and personal identity. Anyone who is struggling to live authentically, has control issues, manipulative tendencies or low self-esteem would be said to have a blocked solar plexus chakra. To work on this frequency you should listen to 528hz. When you’ve opened your solar plexus, you should feel positive about life, open and honest to others and yourself. 639hz - The Heart Chakra The heart chakra is located in the centre of the chest. It is associated with love, forgiveness and compassion. If you’re someone who is distrustful, unable to receive love or has difficulty maintaining relationships, then you should stimulate your heart chakra. Listening to the solfeggio frequency, 639hz will help to restore balance. Once you’ve unblocked the heart chakra you will find that you are more open to receiving love, you give love more easily and effortlessly connect with others. 741hz - The Throat Chakra The throat chakra is located at the centre of the neck and is your expression centre. If you’re someone who is shy, has difficulty expressing themselves or is arrogant, then you’re showing signs of a blocked throat chakra. Listen to the solfeggio frequency 741hz to achieve balance. Once you’ve opened your throat chakra you’ll speak your truth, express yourself clearly and listen to your intuition. 852hz - The Third Eye Chakra The third eye chakra is located between the eyebrows. It’s connected to intuitive ability, consciousness and wisdom. Signs of a blocked third eye chakra are lack of direction, confusion and doubt. When you listen to the solfeggio frequency 852hz you will work toward becoming more intuitive, open and imaginative. You will only be ready to work on your third eye chakra when the first 5 chakras have been unblocked. 963hz - The Crown Chakra The crown chakra is the final chakra and is located above the head. If you are someone who has a blocked crown chakra then you are cynical, close minded or have not worked through your first 6 chakras. The crown chakra represents a higher state of consciousness and spiritual enlightenment. Opening this chakra takes a lot of spiritual and mental awareness. Those who have opened their crown chakra will feel bliss and transcendence. You may notice slight discrepancies between the healing effects of various frequencies appearing under different categories. Note that the perceived benefits of individual frequencies are often based on personal experiences and beliefs and that typically explains the differences in perceived benefits. Who Uses Healing Frequencies? In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in the use of healing frequencies. Many people are exploring different forms of alternative and complementary therapies to support their health and wellness, and healing frequencies are gaining popularity. Thus, first of all, the healing frequencies and sounds also used by people seeking to promote their own health and well-being through self-care sound therapy practices. Who Is Using Healing Frequencies Professionally? But what about professional use? Healing frequencies are used by a variety of professional practitioners, including sound healers, meditation coaches, yoga instructors, massage therapists, energy healers, and other alternative healthcare practitioners. Aside from that, there is a growing audience of creators who make relaxation and meditation videos that incorporate healing frequencies and sounds. Related: How to make money on YouTube with meditation videos Looking for healing frequency sounds to use in professional or business projects? Amplify The Effect Of Healing Frequencies With Music Relaxing music has been shown to have a wide range of therapeutic benefits, including reducing stress and anxiety, improving mood, and promoting relaxation. Related: Why spa music feels so relaxing (according to science) When healing frequencies are combined with music, the effects can be even more powerful. Furthermore, music can also be used to create a more enjoyable and engaging experience for patients during their sound therapy sessions. This, in turn, can help to improve adherence to the therapy and make the overall experience more pleasant and rewarding. Using healing frequencies with music can enhance the therapeutic effects of both modalities and provide a more holistic and comprehensive approach to sound therapy and vibrational healing. Please note that the use of healing frequencies should be approached with a critical eye and used in conjunction with proven medical treatments under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. There is no one “best” frequency for healing as different frequencies can have different effects on the body and mind. It really depends on your goals. Some frequencies that are associated with healing (emotional or physical) are 174 Hz, 258Hz, 333Hz, 528Hz, and 639 Hz. Please note that while many people find these frequencies helpful, it’s always a good idea to consult with a healthcare professional in addition to using the alternative healing methods. Hope this helps! I think there are more frequencies that you did not cover: there is a Moon frequency, Suddha Svaras tones, Carnatic tones, Chromatic Chinese scale to name a few. Thank you for the suggestion. We will definitely research these healing frequencies and will add them to the list. Where does this list of so called chakra frequencies come from? There a ton of different systems that can be found on the internet, all linking different frequencies to chakra. Excellent question! The exact source of chakra frequencies is not a precise or universally agreed-upon, as it is primarily rooted in spiritual and metaphysical traditions. In short, chakra frequencies are determined through a combination of ancient texts, subjective experiences, symbolism, and intuition of individual practitioners and gurus. In our post we’ve listed the most commonly used frequency values for all the chakra sounds but your personal experience may vary. Hope this helps!

CIA Secret Report Vs. Is It God Real Gateway Process is a 1983 report by Lt. Col. Wayne M. Mcdonnel about using a series of exercises to produce altered states of consciousness, such as astral projection and outer body experiments. The report was declassified by the CIA in 2003, and it attempts to break down the nature of the reality that we live in. The report was released around the beginning of the COVID-19 quarantine. The CIA believed in the paranormal and shared this information with the public. In 1984 The CIA Wrote A Bizarre Report About Transcending Spacetime With Your Mind. Back in 1983, the CIA wrote an obscure report looking to the "Gateway Experience," claiming that an altered state of human consciousness may be able to transcend space and time. Decades on, the document has since been declassified and is now experiencing a resurgence on social media.However, despite what you saw on TikTok and YouTube, the document doesn’t provide proof of the “Law of Attraction,” nor does it reveal the benefits of sending “good vibes” out to the universe. The 29-page document– titled "Analysis and Assessment of the Gateway Process"– was declassified in 2003. It’s thought the report was part of the CIA’s wider investigation into whether concepts of mind control and hypnosis could be used in the espionage efforts of the Cold War.It’s an intensely wordy and dense report that touches on everything from neuroscience to quantum mechanics, wavering between hard science and pseudoscience as if wobbling between the two on a tightrope. It essentially boils down to the CIA investigating the idea of inducing a profound out-of-body experience that could possibly tune into some kind of higher realm beyond reality. “Fundamentally, the Gateway experience is a training system designed to bring enhanced strength, focus and coherence to the amplitude and frequency of brainwave output between the left and right hemispheres so as to alter consciousness, moving it outside the physical sphere so as to ultimately escape even the restrictions of time and space,” the report reads. The technique, called the Gateway Process, is based on ideas developed by the Monroe Institute, a nonprofit organization focused on the exploration of human consciousness. The theory is that certain exercises can allow the brain to “hemi-sync”, whereby brain waves in the right and left hemispheres synchronize at the same frequency and amplitude. Hemi-sync, the report argues, can be achieved through a series of meditation-like exercises while listening to a set bunch of soundwaves, known as the Gateway Tapes. As per the report, the universe is a complex system of “interacting energy fields” in which states are simply variations in energy. Human consciousness is no different, it’s just a vibrational pattern of energy. Once hemi-sync is achieved, the report says, it can trigger an altered state of consciousness in which the vibration of a person’s consciousness is free fromphysical reality and tunes into this pure energy field. Drawing on ideas of quantum entanglement, the report claims it may be possible for human consciousness to profoundly alter the universe since reality is holographic projection; the part encodes the whole. In this understanding of reality,everything is deeply connected in a matrix of interconnected energy vibrations, from your consciousness to the depths of the universe. "This consciousness participates in the all-knowing infinite continuum of consciousness which is a characteristic of energy in the ever present," continues the report. "Consequently, it is accurate to observe that when a person experiences the out-of-body state he is, in fact, projecting that eternal spark of consciousness and memory which constitutes the ultimate source of his identity to let it play in and learn from dimensions both inside and outside the time-space world in which his physical component currently enjoys a short period of reality." Some readers of the report have dug into this idea deeper and taken it as proof of the law of attraction– the philosophy that positive thoughts bring positive results into a person's life, while negative thoughts bring negative outcomes. So, what to make of all this? No doubt, the document makes for an interesting read, but it shouldn’t be treated as scientific, despite the scientific language and concept it draws influence on. Many of the ideas in the report are drawn from real scientific research, but when pieced all together, they aren’t testable. There's also a lot of questionable theories and leaps of logic chucked into the mix. But hey, don’t let us stop you on your journey to the realm beyond this reality. CIA full report on Brain Synchronization, Energy, Manifestation and the Holographic Universe https://www.cia.gov/readingroom/docs/CIA-RDP96-00788R001700210016-5.pdf This is one of the most interesting reads I’ve come across. It’s rather complex and takes a while to digest but it’s 100% worth it. It’s an official declassified CIA document and a terrific analysis of consciousness and beyond – known as the Gateway Process. While it’s an older document and declassified for a while now, the fact that modern developments in science, quantum physics, psychedelics, and neurobiology confirm what’s written within those pages is nothing short of outstanding. It explains consciousness in a profound and analytical way and merges knowledge from mystics from Hindu, Buddhist, and Tibetan cultures to contemporary scientific knowledge of Planck distance, Einstein’s theory of relativity, and the works of Nils Bohr. The cosmic spiral & torus is everything, and everything is one. It seems as though individual consciousness is pulled from the collective consciousness using the frequency/vibrations of the being. This applies to humans, whales, fungus, and amoeba. Mystics of past and present including all ancient religions understood these concepts thousands of years ago. Still, it takes much to open the minds of the most pragmatic, self-conscious, and uptight people. 0:00 A Brief Introduction to the Document 1:36 A word from our sponsor 2:40 Introduction 3:30 Gateway and Hemi-Sync 5:32 Lamp vs. Laser 7:18 Frequency Following Response (FFR) 9:51 Role of Resonance 12:02 Brain Stimulation 14:39 Energy Entrainment 15:55 Consciousness and Energy 18:24 Holograms 20:43 The Part Encodes The Whole 22:17 The Consciousness Matrix 24:23 Brain In Phase 26:08 Evaluation 28:33 Gateway Method 30:23 Hemi-Sync Introduced 31:58 Advanced Techniques 32:54 Problem Solving 34:17 Patterning 36:00 Color Breathing 37:36 Energy Bar Tool 38:33 Remote Viewing 39:09 Living Body Map 40:13 Focus 15: Travel Into the Past 41:50 Focus 21: The Future 42:32 The Out-of-Body Movement 44:38 Role Of REM Sleep 47:40 Information Collection Potential 49:47 Belief System Considerations 52:28 Motivational Aspect 54:17 Conclusion (Follow These Steps) 0:00 A Brief Introduction to the Document 1:36 A word from our sponsor 2:40 Introduction 3:30 Gateway and Hemi-Sync 5:32 Lamp vs. Laser 7:18 Frequency Following Response (FFR) 9:51 Role of Resonance 12:02 Brain Stimulation 14:39 Energy Entrainment 15:55 Consciousness and Energy 18:24 Holograms 20:43 The Part Encodes The Whole 22:17 The Consciousness Matrix 24:23 Brain In Phase 26:08 Evaluation 28:33 Gateway Method 30:23 Hemi-Sync Introduced 31:58 Advanced Techniques 32:54 Problem Solving 34:17 Patterning 36:00 Color Breathing 37:36 Energy Bar Tool 38:33 Remote Viewing 39:09 Living Body Map 40:13 Focus 15: Travel Into the Past 41:50 Focus 21: The Future 42:32 The Out-of-Body Movement 44:38 Role Of REM Sleep 47:40 Information Collection Potential 49:47 Belief System Considerations 52:28 Motivational Aspect 54:17 Conclusion (Follow These Steps) How to Escape the Confines of Time and Space According to the CIA In the ’80s, the spy agency investigated the "Gateway Experience" technique to alter consciousness and ultimately escape spacetime. Here is everything you need to know. She turned to me the other morning and said, “You heard of The Gateway?” It didn’t register in the moment. She continued, “It’s blowing up on TikTok.” Later on, she elaborated: It was not in fact the ill-fated ’90s computer hardware company folks were freaking out about. No, they’ve gone further back in time, to find a true treasure of functional media. The intrigue revolves around a classified 1983 CIA report on a technique called the Gateway Experience, which is a training system designed to focus brainwave output to alter consciousness and ultimately escape the restrictions of time and space. The CIA was interested in all sorts of psychic research at the time, including the theory and applications of remote viewing, which is when someone views real events with only the power of their mind. The documents have since been declassified and are available to view. Have you had an experience with The Monroe Institute, Hemi-Sync or had an out-of-body experience? This is a comprehensive excavation of The Gateway Process report. The first section provides a timeline of the key historical developments that led to the CIA’s investigation and subsequent experimentations. The second section is a review of The Gateway Process report. It opens with a wall of theoretical context, on the other side of which lies enough understanding to begin to grasp the principles underlying the Gateway Experience training. The last section outlines the Gateway technique itself and the steps that go into achieving spacetime transcendence. So Let’s go. THE TIMELINE • 1950s - Robert Monroe, a radio broadcasting executive, begins producing evidence that specific sound patterns have identifiable effects on human capabilities. These include alertness, sleepiness, and expanded states of consciousness. • 1956 - Monroe forms an R&D division inside his radio program production corporation RAM Enterprises. The goal is to study sound’s effect on human consciousness. He was obsessed with “Sleep-Learning," or hypnopedia, which exposes sleepers to sound recordings to boost memory of previously learned information. • 1958 - While experimenting with Sleep-Learning, Monroe discovers an unusual phenomenon. He describes it as sensations of paralysis and vibration accompanied by bright light. It allegedly happens nine times over the proceeding six weeks, and culminates in an out-of-body experience (OBE). • 1962 - RAM Enterprises moves to Virginia, and renames itself Monroe Industries. It becomes active in radio station ownership, cable television, and later in the production and sale of audio cassettes. These cassettes contain applied learnings from the corporate research program, which is renamed The Monroe Institute. • 1971 - Monroe publishes Journeys Out of the Body, a book that is credited with popularizing the term “out-of-body experience.” • 1972 - A classified report circulates in the U.S. military and intelligence communities. It claims that the Soviet Union is pouring money into research involving ESP and psychokinesis for espionage purposes. • 1975 - Monroe registers the first of several patents concerning audio techniques designed to stimulate brain functions until the left and right hemispheres become synchronized. Monroe dubs the state "Hemi-Sync" (hemispheric synchronization), and claims it could be used to promote mental well-being or to trigger an altered state of consciousness. • 1978 to 1984 - Army veteran Joseph McMoneagle contributes to 450 remote viewing missions under Project Stargate. He is known as “Remote View No. 1”. This is kind of a whole other story. • June 9th, 1983 - The CIA report "Analysis and Assessment of The Gateway Process" is produced. It provides a scientific framework for understanding and expanding human consciousness, out-of-body experiments, and other altered states of mind. • 1989 - Remote viewer Angela Dellafiora Ford helps track down a former customs agent who has gone on the run. She pinpoints his location as “Lowell, Wyoming”. U.S. Customs apprehend him 100 miles west of a Wyoming town called Lovell. • 2003 - The CIA approves declassification of the Gateway Process report. • 2017 - The CIA declassifies 12 million pages of records revealing previously unknown details about the program, which would eventually become known as Project Stargate. Personnel The author of The Gateway Process report is Lieutenant Colonel Wayne M. McDonnell, hereon referred to simply as Wayne. There isn’t a tremendous amount of information available on the man, nor any photographs. In 1983, Wayne was tasked by the Commander of the U.S. Army Operational Group with figuring out how The Gateway Experience, astral projection and out-of-body experiences work. Wayne partnered with a bunch of different folks to produce the report, most notably Itzhak Bentov, a very Googleable American-Israeli scientist who helped pioneer the biomedical engineering industry. A scientific approach From the outset of the report, Wayne states his intent to employ an objective scientific method in order to understand the Gateway process. The various scientific avenues he takes include: • A biomedical inquiry to understand the physical aspects of the process. • Information on quantum mechanics to describe the nature and functioning of human consciousness. • Theoretical physics to explain the time-space dimension and means by which expanded human consciousness transcends it. • Classical physics to bring the whole phenomenon of out-of-body states into the language of physical science (and remove the stigma of an occult connotation). Methodological frames of reference Before diving into the Gateway Experience, Wayne develops a frame of reference by dissecting three discrete consciousness-altering methodologies. He’s basically saying, there’s no way you’re going to get through The Gateway without a solid grounding in the brain-altering techniques that came before it. 1) He begins with hypnosis. The language is extremely dense, but the basic gist is as follows: the left side of the brain screens incoming stimuli, categorizing, assessing and assigning meaning to everything through self-cognitive, verbal, and linear reasoning. The left hemisphere then dishes the carefully prepared data to the non-critical, holistic, pattern-oriented right hemisphere, which accepts everything without question. Hypnosis works by putting the left side to sleep, or at least distracting it long enough to allow incoming data direct, unchallenged entry to the right hemisphere. There, stimuli can reach the sensor and motor cortices of the right brain, which corresponds to points in the body. Suggestions then can send electrical signals from the brain to certain parts of the body. Directing these signals appropriately, according to the report, can elicit reactions ranging from left leg numbness to feelings of happiness. Same goes for increased powers of concentration. 2) Wayne continues with a snapshot of transcendental meditation. He distinguishes it from hypnotism. Through concentration the subject draws energy up the spinal cord, resulting in acoustical waves that run through the cerebral ventricles, to the right hemisphere, where they stimulate the cerebral cortex, run along the homunculus and then to the body. The waves are the altered rhythm of heart sounds, which create sympathetic vibrations in the walls of the fluid-filled cavities of the brain’s ventricles. He observed that the symptoms begin in the left side of the body, confirming the right brain’s complicity. Bentov also states that the same effect might be achieved by prolonged exposure to 4 - 7 Hertz/second acoustical vibrations. He suggests standing by an air conditioning duct might also do the trick. (David Lynch and other celebrities are committed adherents to transcendental meditation today.) 3) Biofeedback, on the other hand, uses the left hemisphere to gain access to the right brain’s lower cerebral, motor, and sensory cortices. Whereas hypnosis suppresses one side of the brain, and TM bypasses that side altogether, biofeedback teaches the left hemisphere to visualize the desired result, recognize the feelings associated with right hemisphere access, and ultimately achieve the result again. With repetition, the left brain can reliably key into the right brain, and strengthen the pathways so that it can be accessed during a conscious demand mode. A digital thermometer is subsequently placed on a target part of the body. When its temperature increases, objective affirmation is recognized and the state is reinforced. Achieving biofeedback can block pain, enhance feeling, and even suppress tumors, according to the report. The Gateway mechanics With that, Wayne takes a first stab at the Gateway process. He classifies it as a “training system designed to bring enhanced strength, focus and coherence to the amplitude and frequency of brainwave output between the left and right hemispheres so as to alter consciousness.” What distinguishes the Gateway process from hypnosis, TM, and biofeedback, is that it requires achieving a state of consciousness in which the electrical brain patterns of both hemispheres are equal in amplitude and frequency. This is called Hemi-Sync. Lamentably, and perhaps conveniently, we cannot as humans achieve this state on our own. The audio techniques developed by Bob Monroe and his Institute (which comprise a series of tapes), claim to induce and sustain Hemi-Sync. Here, the document shifts to the usage of quotes and other reports to describe the powers of Hemi-Sync. Wayne employs the analogy of a lamp versus a laser. Left to its own devices the human mind expends energy like a lamp, in a chaotic and incoherent way, achieving lots of diffusion but relatively little depth. Under Hemi-Sync though, the mind produces a “disciplined stream of light.” So, once the frequency and amplitude of the brain are rendered coherent it can then synchronize with the rarified energy levels of the universe. With this connection intact, the brain begins to receive symbols and display astonishing flashes of holistic intuition. The Hemi-Sync technique takes advantage of a Frequency Following Response (FFR). It works like this: an external frequency emulating a recognized one will cause the brain to mimic it. So if a subject hears a frequency at the Theta level, it will shift from its resting Beta level. To achieve these unnatural levels, Hemi-Sync puts a single frequency in the left ear and a contrasting frequency in the right. The brain then experiences the Delta frequency, also known as the beat frequency. It’s more familiarly referred to these days as binaural music. With the FFR and beat frequency phenomena firmly in place, The Gateway Process introduces a series of frequencies at marginally audible, subliminal levels. With the left brain relaxed and the body in a virtual sleep state, the conditions are ideal to promote brainwave outputs of higher and higher amplitude and frequency. Alongside subliminal suggestions from Bob Monroe (naturally), the subject can then alter their consciousness. The Gateway system only works when the audio, which is introduced through headphones, is accompanied by a physical quietude comparable to other forms of meditation. This increases the subject’s internal resonance to the body’s sound frequencies, for example the heart. This eliminates the “bifurcation echo”, in which the heartbeat moves up and down the body seven times a second. By placing the body in a sleep-like state, The Gateway Tapes, like meditation, lessen the force and frequency of the heartbeat pushing blood into the aorta. The result is a rhythmic sine wave that in turn amplifies the sound volume of the heart three times. This then amplifies the frequency of brainwave output. The film surrounding the brain—the dura—and fluid between that film and the skull, eventually begin to move up and down, by .0005 and .010 millimeters. The body, based on its own micro-motions, then functions as a tuned vibrational system. The report claims that the entire body eventually transfers energy at between 6.8 and 7.5 Hertz, which matches Earth’s own energy (7 - 7.5 Hertz). The resulting wavelengths are long, about 40,000 kilometers, which also happens to be the perimeter of the planet. According to Bentov, the signal can move around the world’s electrostatic field in 1/7th of a second. To recap, the Gateway Process goes like this: • Induced state of calm • Blood pressure lowers • Circulatory system, skeleton and other organ systems begin to vibrate at 7 - 7.5 cycles per second • Increased resonance is achieved • The resulting sound waves matches the electrostatic field of the earth • The body and earth and other similarly tuned minds become a single energy continuum. We’ve gotten slightly ahead of ourselves here though. Back to the drawing board. A psycho-quantum level deeper Wayne then turns to the very nature of matter and energy. More materially (or less if you will), solid matter in the strict construction of the term, he explains, doesn’t exist. The atomic structure is composed of oscillating energy grids surrounded by other oscillating energy grids at tremendous speeds. These oscillation rates vary—the nucleus of an atom vibrates at 10 to the power of 22, a molecule vibrates at 10 to the power of 9, a human cell vibrates at 10 to the power of 3. The point is that the entire universe is one complex system of energy fields. States of matter in this conception then are merely variations in the state of energy. The result of all these moving energies, bouncing off of energy at rest, projects a 3D mode, a pattern, called a hologram, A.K.A our reality as we experience it. It's best to think of it as a 3D photograph. There's a whole rabbit hole to go down here. Suffice it to say, the hologram that is our experience is incredibly good at depicting and recording all the various energies bouncing around creating matter. So good, in fact, that we buy into it hook, line, and sinker, going so far as to call it our "life." Consciousness then can be envisaged as a 3D grid system superimposed over all energy patterns, Wayne writes. Using mathematics, each plane of the grid system can then reduce the data to a 2D form. Our binary (go/no go) minds can then process the data and compare it to other historical data saved in our memory. Our reality is then formed by comparisons. The right hemisphere of the brain acts as the primary matrix or receptor for this holographic input. The left hemisphere then compares it to other data, reducing it to its 2D form. In keeping with our species' commitment to exceptionalism, as far as we know humans are uniquely capable of achieving this level of consciousness. Simply, humans not only know, but we know that we know. This bestows upon us the ability to duplicate aspects of our own hologram, project them out, perceive that projection, run it through a comparison with our own memory of the hologram, measure the differences using 3D geometry, then run it through our binary system to yield verbal cognition of the self. The click-out phase Wayne then shows his cards as a true punisher, issuing, "Up to this point our discussion of the Gateway process has been relatively simple and easy to follow. Now the fun begins." Shots fired, Wayne. What he's preparing the commander reading this heady report for is the reveal—how we can use the Gateway to transcend the dimension of spacetime. Time is a measurement of energy or force in motion; it is a measurement of change. This is really important. For energy to be classified as in motion, it must be confined within a vibratory pattern that can contain its motion, keeping it still. Energy not contained like this is boundary-less, and moves without limit or dimension, to infinity. This disqualifies boundary-less energy from the dimension of time because it has no rate of change. Energy in infinity, also called "the absolute state," is completely at rest because nothing is accelerating or decelerating it—again, no change. It therefore does not contribute to our hologram, our physical experience. We cannot perceive it. Now back to frequencies. Wave oscillation occurs because a wave is bouncing between two rigid points of rest. It's like a game of electromagnetic hot potato (the potato being the wave and the participants' hands being the boundaries of the wave). Without these limits, there would be no oscillation. When a wave hits one of those points of rest, just for a very brief instant, it "clicks out" of spacetime and joins infinity. For this to occur, the speed of the oscillation has to drop below 10 the power of -33 centimeters per second. For a moment, the wave enters into a new world. The potato simply disappears into a dimension we cannot perceive. Theoretically speaking, if the human consciousness wave pattern reaches a high enough frequency, the “click-outs” can reach continuity. Put another way, if the frequency of human consciousness can dip below 10 to the power of 33 centimeters per second but above a state of total rest, it can transcend spacetime. The Gateway experience and associated Hemi-Sync technique is designed for humans to achieve this state and establish a coherent pattern of perception in the newly realized dimensions. Passport to the hologram In theory, we can achieve the above at any time. The entire process though is helped along if we can separate the consciousness from our body. It’s like an existential running head start where the click-out of a consciousness already separated from its body starts much closer to, and has more time to dialogue with, other dimensions. This is where things get a little slippery; hold on as best you can. The universe is in on the whole hologram thing, too, Wayne writes. This super hologram is called a "torus" because it takes the shape of a fuck-off massive self-contained spiral. Like this: Give yourself a moment to let the above motion sink in... This pattern of the universe conspicuously mirrors the patterns of electrons around the nucleus of an atom. Galaxies north of our own are moving away from us faster than the galaxies to the south; galaxies to the east and west of us are more distant. The energy that produced the matter that makes up the universe we presently enjoy, will turn back in on itself eventually. Its trajectory is ovoid, also known as the cosmic egg. As it curls back on itself it enters a black hole, goes through a densely packed energy nucleus then gets spat out the other side of a white hole and begins the process again. Springtime in the cosmos, baby! The entire universe hologram—the torus—represents all the phases of time: the past, present, and future. The takeaway is that human consciousness brought to a sufficiently altered (focused) state could obtain information about the past, present, and future, since they all live in the universal hologram simultaneously. Wayne reasons that our all-reaching consciousness eventually participates in an all-knowing infinite continuum. Long after we depart the space-time dimension and the hologram each one of us perceives is snuffed out, our consciousness continues. Reassuring in a way. And that is the context in which the Gateway Experience sits. [Deep breaths.] THE TECHNIQUE The following is an outline of the key steps to reach focus levels necessary to defy the spacetime dimension. This is an involved and lengthy process best attempted in controlled settings. If you’re in a rush, you can apparently listen to enough Monroe Institute Gateway Tapes in 7 days to get there. The Energy Conversion Box: The Gateway Process begins by teaching the subject to isolate any extraneous concerns using a visualization process called “the energy conversion box.” Resonant Humming: The individual is introduced to resonant humming. Through the utterance of a protracted single tone, alongside a chorus on the tapes, the mind and body achieve a state of resonance. The Gateway Affirmation: The participant is exposed to something close to a mantra called The Gateway Affirmation. They must repeat to themselves variations of, “I am merely a physical body and deeply desire to expand my consciousness.” Hemi-Sync: The individual is finally exposed to the Hemi-Sync sound frequencies, and encouraged to develop a relationship with the feelings that emerge. Additional Noise: Physical relaxation techniques are practiced while the Hemi-Sync frequencies are expanded to include “pink and white” noise. This puts the body in a state of virtual sleep, while calming the left hemisphere and raising the attentiveness of the right hemisphere. The Energy Balloon: The individual is then encouraged to visualize the creation of an “energy balloon” beginning at the top of the head, extending down in all directions to the feet then back up again. There are a few reasons for this, the main one being that this balloon will provide protection against conscious entities possessing lower energy levels that he or she may encounter when in the out-of-body state. Focus 12: The practitioner can consistently achieve sufficient expanded awareness to begin interacting with dimensions beyond their physical reality. To achieve this state requires conscious efforts and more “pink and white noise” from the sound stream. Tools: Once Focus 12 is achieved, the subject can then employ a series of tools to obtain feedback from alternate dimensions. Problem Solving: The individual identifies fundamental problems, fills their expanded awareness with them, and then projects them out into the universe. These can include personal difficulties, as well as technical or practical problems. Patterning: Consciousness is used to achieve desired objectives in the physical, emotional, or intellectual sphere. Color Breathing: A healing technique that revitalizes the body’s energy flows by imagining colors in a particularly vivid manner. Energy Bar Tool: This technique involves imagining a small intensely pulsating dot of light that the participant charges up. He or she then uses the sparkling, vibrating cylinder of energy (formerly known as the dot) to channel forces from the universe to heal and revitalize the body. Remote Viewing: A follow-on technique of the Energy Bar Tool where the dot is turned into a whirling vortex through which the individual sends their imagination in search of illuminating insights. Living Body Map: A more organized use of the energy bar in which streams of different colors flow from the dot on to correspondingly-colored bodily systems. Seven days of training have now occurred. Approximately 5 percent of participants get to this next level, according to the report. Focus 15 - Travel Into the Past: Additional sound on the Hemi-Sync tapes includes more of the same, plus some subliminal suggestions to further expand the consciousness. The instructions are highly symbolic: time is a huge wheel, in which different spokes give access to the participant’s past. Focus 21 - The Future: This is the last and most advanced state. Like Focus 15, this is a movement out of spacetime into the future. Out-of-Body Movement: Only one tape of the many is devoted to out-of-body movement. This tape is devoted to facilitating an out-of-body state when the participant’s brain wave patterns and energy levels reach harmony with the surrounding electromagnetic environment. According to Bob Monroe, the participant has to be exposed to Beta signals of around 2877.3 cycles per second. CONCLUSIONS Wayne expresses concern about the fidelity of information brought back from out-of-body states using the Gateway technique. Practical applications are of particular concern because of the potential for “information distortion.” The Monroe Institute also ran into a bunch of issues in which they had individuals travel from the West to the East Coast of the U.S. to read a series of numbers off of a computer screen. They never got them exactly right. Wayne chalks this up to the trouble of differentiating between physical entities and extra-time-space dimensions when in the out-of-body state. Wayne swings back to support mode though, lending credence to the physics foundation of the report. He cites multiple belief systems that have established identical findings. These include the Tibetan Shoug, the Hindu heaven of Indra, the Hebrew mystical philosophy, and the Christian concept of the Trinity. Here he seems more interested in hammering home the theoretical underpinnings that make The Gateway Experience possible, rather than the practical possibilities promised by The Gateway Tapes. Possibly with his CIA top brass audience in mind, Wayne then gives an A-type nod to The Gateway Experience for providing a faster, more efficient, less subservient, energy-saving route to expanded consciousness. This finishes with a series of recommendations to the CIA for how to exploit Gateway’s potential for national defense purposes. The missing page One curious feature of The Gateway Report is that it seems to be missing page 25. It’s a real cliffhanger too. The bottom of page 24 reads “And, the eternal thought or concept of self which results from this self-consciousness serves the,” The report picks back up on page 26 and 3 sections later as if Wayne hadn’t just revealed the very secret of existence. The gap has not gone unnoticed. There's a Change.org petition requesting its release. Multiple Freedom of Information Act requests have demanded the same. In all cases, the CIA has said they never had the page to begin with. Here’s a 2019 response from Mark Lilly, the CIA’s Information and Privacy Coordinator, to one Bailey Stoner regarding these records: One theory goes that that rascal Wayne M.-fricking-McDonnell left the page out on purpose. The theory contends that it was a litmus test—if anyone truly defies time-space dimensions, they’ll certainly be able to locate page 25. [Cosmic shrug.] The CIA Believes in the Paranormal ? I, like many others, am intrigued by conspiracy theories, though I find myself drawn more to mysteries like The Seven Worlds or The Gardens of Babylon, I prefer theories about the human mind and question our power. Mostly, I like these mysteries because they remind me of the wonder and might of humankind. Around the beginning of the COVID19 quarantine, it was said that the CIA released a set of documents about something called the “Gateway Process,” but really if you look at the document it was released in 2003. The Gateway Process is a 1983 report about using a series of exercises to produce states of expanded human consciousness such as astral projection, outer body experiments, and other altered states of mind. This sounds crazy, even to me, it kinda reminds me of the Area 51 theories about alien experiments but the CIA decided to share this information. The government is researching what your fave ‘spiritual guru’ on instagram has been trying to sell you? And the CIA studied this in the eighties?! Yes, the CIA was researching mediation and how it affects your brain waves to HEMI-SYNC your mind. For anyone that wants to read about this I have linked lower in this post. Even I had issues understanding it. So I am sharing a YouTube link that helps explain this process. This is where I started with my research. Before I delve further some personal questions I had about the Gateway Process: why would the CIA want to learn about this? The only reason, I can fathom, as to why they would want to understand and expand the human mind is intelligence gathering. And is there something they are researching now that relates to the Gateway Process that compelled them to release this information to the public? I would assume they no longer need it or use it. Why is this only known now when it has been around for years? Though it blows my mind as to how this document has gone under the radar for years. I can only guess staying at home for a quarantine lead to wanting to find something else to focus on. Which is why, I think so many are just now ‘discovering’ and sharing this information. After all. they wouldn’t release this if they hadn’t improved or changed. Is it outdated information? Honestly I think the answer is a bit of yes and no. Maybe for the CIA it is outdated but also I’m sure we have discovered and rediscovered this over hundreds of years. So it can never be truly outdated, only improved. I’m even more curious about how my favorite social media spiritual gurus may have been right all along about the world around us. And now there is real scientific proof and government documents to prove it to the nay-sayers. That is empowering, since so many try to discredit these experiences. Now, what is the Gateway Process? It is using a stream of energy that is projected with total coherence of both frequency and amplitude that the laser beam contains so much concentrated energy similar to the surface area of the sun. The body is turned into a coherent oscillator that is vibrating in harmony with its surrounding electrostatic medium. Okay, let me back track for a moment because this is a lot to start with, so what does this mean? It means by pointing a laser that syncs with the sun’s frequency at the human body it can help sync it to the vibration of the earth and everything around it. This specific exercise includes the Gateway tapes, when listened to, with headphones, sync up the two hemispheres of the brain, or HEMI-SYNC, to work together and put the mind in a trance like state, joined with a participant energy field that builds up around the body to surround it. It took a few reads for me to understand what that means. By listening to the Gateway tapes which sync up the two parts of the brain with a frequency it helps put you in a trance-like state while meditating. I think in all of that it was forgotten to share that you would be meditating, so as you meditate while listening to the tapes you also have a laser hitting you that helps synchronize your energy to the earth. Presumably this field is made by using the earth’s field which the body is now entraining because it is resonating with it. Much like the nucleus of an atom with its electrons’ energy fields that spin around it, in this process you are tuning your mind into the energy fields around you. So after going through all the science of it, basically, as you listen to certain frequencies while meditating you can easily enter into a trance-like state of consciousness. I may get the comment that some ‘spiritual gurus” are trying to scam you. Yes, of course, that could be true. You don’t want to believe everything you read. My best advice on finding the fakes: look at the price; exp. a scammer would demand a high price like $1,000 up front while most real programs have payment programs and probably, depending on the type of program, will average $600 or less. If it still seems a ridiculous price, look at what other’s price similar programs at; whether they are self help, meditations, or how to manifest your dream life there are hundreds of programs and most of them aren’t real. Also don’t forget to look for reviews. While you should pay for quality it shouldn’t be so expensive it puts you in debt. I also suggest being skeptical of everyone that you are thinking about paying for, I have only used free trails because it takes me a while of trying something out to see if it is worth paying for once I can afford. Look for the programs that are in the middle. Also, look for free trial programs to see if it’s worth paying for. Most will share some basic information for free because they want to sell you the topic most will give you something to take on a test drive. And while I can’t tell you exactly what is legit or not. I can tell you google can confirm or deny anything you are thinking about paying for. If something seems like a scam like google it. We are connected to the world and you cross-reference everything. And if there isn’t much information on the internet, look for books if there isn’t anything there it’s probably a scam. The Monroe Institute where the Gateway Process came from still has programs but they aren’t cheap. So if you feel so inclined to join the programs, look long and hard for one that fits you. If you are interested in trying out meditation for relieving anxiety, increasing the ability to focus, or trying to expand your consciousness, then I suggest you look or try something similar to the Gateway Process, it’s been proven to help relieve stress and anxiety. A lot of YouTube videos even use similar sounds to produce HEMI-SYNC nowadays. If you are looking to have an effective HEMI-SYNC remember you need headphones so that you are working both sides of your brain. While I have listened to many meditation sounds and music, especially living in a COVID-19 world, but honestly I have only used headphones maybe twice. So this is something for me to try out more and see if it helps. If you are curious about the document details, I have linked it here. After all, I have only given you a small overview and some questions to ask. I’ve only touched on parts of the process, quite a bit of it went over my head, like how the universe is a hologram, time travel, and nothing is real. There are other documents called The Psychotronic Universe and the research into Paranormal Abilities. For me, most of this information was a little too much, hard to believe on some levels, and just overwhelming but I have shared them to show what else the CIA has researched similar to the Gateway Process. As I was reading through the Gateway Process document, I honestly was confused by most of everything I read. Honestly, when I read medical or political pieces, it’s worse than reading a foreign language. So I suggest cross-referencing your information which you can do with a simple google search. My biggest questions about the Gateway Process and its recent release are: Why is this process such a big deal in 2020? When in fact it was released in 2003? And why does no one really know about it? Maybe in a world where we are all stuck at home, we find ourselves looking for more or try to understand ourselves. For me, I started looking into meditation to help cope with the anxiety and stress level I had at the beginning of quarantine. Which somehow led me here. My belief is that sometimes you just need the hope of life being extraordinary to handle the mundane and horrors of the world. But why do you think this document has become a big deal for 2020? Maybe it’s because of COVID19 and will all be forgotten once life returns to ‘normal’ and we are too busy to look deeper than the surface level. The Psychotic Universe. Nixon and the People’s Republic of China: CIA’s Support of the Historic 1972 Presidential Trip This collection marks the 50th anniversary of President Richard M. Nixon’s February 1972 trip to the People’s Republic of China (PRC) – a landmark event that preceded the establishment of diplomatic relations between the two countries. This small collection, consisting of three city guides, an atlas, and four leadership profiles, is a subset of the materials CIA produced for President Nixon and National Security Advisor Henry Kissinger in preparation for the seven-day visit. City guides were produced on Peking (Beijing), Shanghai, and Hang-Chou (Hangzhou)1, as these cities were part of President Nixon’s tour of the PRC. Each guide included a brief history of the city, contemporary maps and photographs, and descriptions of geography, climates, and points of interest. CIA also produced an 82-page atlas of the PRC for President Nixon’s trip. The US government distributed more than 4,000 copies to government customers and non-government institutions and libraries, and sold 30,000 copies to the public for a short period after the trip for $5.25, or $35.19 in today’s dollars. This is the first time in fifty years CIA has made the atlas available to the public. This collection also includes leadership profiles—assessments that CIA provides US Presidents and other policymakers to assist them in understanding their foreign counterparts. The profiles in this collection include Chinese Communist Party (CCP) Chairman Mao Tse-tung (Mao Zedong) and Premier Chou En-lai (Zhou Enlai). A profile of Lin Piao (Lin Biao), Vice Chair of the CCP, prepared for this trip is also included in this collection; however, Lin died in a plane crash five months before President Nixon’s visit. Central Intelligence Bulletin Harry Truman was the first U.S. president to receive a daily intelligence digest. At his direction, the Daily Summary began production in February 1946, and continued until February 1951. President Truman was pleased with the product, but a survey group commissioned by the National Security Council in 1949 was critical of the Daily Summary and issued several recommendations to improve it. The new version, called the Current Intelligence Bulletin, began production on 28 February 1951, and this remained the format of the president's daily digest through Dwight Eisenhower's two terms, although it was retitled the Central Intelligence Bulletin in 1958. The Current/Central Intelligence Bulletin grew longer than its predecessor over time with the addition of more items and more analysis, and would eventually contain more graphics as printing technology improved. 2 January-30 June 1961 The new Kennedy Administration confronted a full array of international issues in 1961. In April, a group of CIA-trained Cuban exiles landed at the Bay of Pigs on the southern coast of Cuba with the goal of overthrowing the Fidel Castro regime and establishing an anti-Communist government. The outnumbered invading force was quickly repelled by Castro's troops. The year's reports were dominated by the worsening Congo crisis, with the fragmentation of the country widening despite the efforts of the United Nations, and US concern over the high tempo of Soviet testing of space vehicles and intercontinental ballistic missiles. The situation in Laos deteriorated, as the Communist Pathet Lao insurgency gained strength against the US-backed Royal Lao government. The changes at the CIA following the Bay of Pigs included a format update for the president's daily intelligence report. The new version, called the President's Intelligence Checklist (PICL), was first delivered on 17 June 1961. The Central Intelligence Bulletin continued to be produced as a separate publication until 10 Jan 1974, when it was replaced by the National Intelligence Daily. The PICL, however, was the president's primary written intelligence source through the remainder of the Kennedy Administration. The Kennedy PICL reports are available here This historical release includes: the Central Intelligence Bulletin reports from 2 January-30 June 1961 (2752 pages). This release is the thirteenth and final release in the Current/Central Intelligence Bulletin series. Research into Paranormal Ability to Break Through Spatial Barriers. Aerial intelligence collection platforms have played a critical role in US national security from the earliest beginnings of aviation. CIA's 1960s OXCART Program and its use of U-2s are examples of collection innovations that have kept US leaders informed about adversaries' capabilities and intentions. Despite their success, however, use of these platforms carried significant risks and repercussions, including detection and even pilot loss, such as the downing of the U-2 flown by Francis Gary Powers in 1960. Ever-evolving research by the CIA led to the development concept of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) as collection platforms. An innovative Agency program in the 1960s codenamed Aquiline was the very first to test this concept. Based initially on the study of flight characteristics of birds, Aquiline was envisioned as a long-range vehicle that could safely and stealthily provide a window into denied areas such as the Soviet Union through photography and other capabilities, and would even support in-place agent operations. While it never became operational, the concept proved invaluable as a forerunner to today's multi-capability UAVs. The Collapse of Communism in Eastern Europe: A 30-Year Legacy This collection includes a broad sampling of articles from the National Intelligence Daily the CIA's principal form of current intelligence analysis at the time from February 1989 to March 1990. These articles represent much of the Agency's short-term analysis of events unfolding in Central and Eastern Europe as popular opposition to Soviet misrule erupted and quickly surpassed anything the Communist regimes were prepared to understand or to which they could respond. The material also represents a major source of information and insight for US policymakers into what was happening in these countries, where the situation was heading, and how a collapse of Communist rule in Europe and the beginnings of the breakup of the Soviet Union would impact Europe and the United States. How powerful is human consciousness? Can we influence matter and reality with our thoughts? A couple of years ago, I read a document from the U.S. Army and released by the CIA. It’s a very complex document steeped in scientific language. It delves deep into the powers of the human mind in a way that most books about positive thinking never do. In 2003, this document was declassified by the CIA. It’s named Analysis and Assessment of Gateway Process. The paper attempts to break down the nature of the reality that we live in. The PDF can be found at CIA.gov by googling, “The Gateway Process PDF.” https://www.cia.gov/readingroom/docs/CIA-RDP96-00788R001700210016-5.pdf It was written in 1983 by Lt. Col. Wayne M. Mcdonnel, whom we will refer to as Wayne. He was tasked with reporting back to the Commander of the U.S. Army Operational Group at Fort Meade, Md., with all of his experiences learning the techniques of The Gateway Process. During this period in time, the military was interested in all sorts of psychic research in an attempt to keep pace and outdo the arch-enemy of the day, The Soviet Union. A little history on The Gateway Process reveals that in the 1950s, a radio executive named Robert Monroe began to produce evidence that specific sound patterns affect the mind, including alertness, sleepiness and expanded states of consciousness. Monroe formed a division inside his company to further study this phenomenon. The research continued for many years until, in 1962, he renamed his company to The Monroe Institute. The Gateway Process is a technique developed by The Monroe Institute, which recorded a series of audiotapes on practicing this technique. According to this document, “The Gateway Experience is a training system designed to bring enhanced strength, focus and coherence to … brainwave output between the right and left hemispheres, moving it outside the physical sphere … to ultimately escape even the restrictions of time and space.” Wayne partnered with several different people to produce the report, including Itzhak Bentov, an American-Israeli scientist, who helped pioneer the biomedical engineering industry. From the outset, Wayne felt it was important to tell his Commander that, it is his opinion, that after having completed the analysis to point out that his conclusions “do not do violence to the fundamental eastern or western belief systems.” The document describes, in detail, matter and energy. Most of us think that everything around us is composed of energy and matter and that energy and matter are two different things. We think of matter as a physical substance like a rock or a piece of wood, and energy as some force, like electricity or fire. Wayne writes, “matter and energy tend to be misleading if taken to indicate two distinctly different states of existence in the physical world … solid matter … simply does not exist. Rather, atomic structure is composed of oscillating energy grids surrounded by other oscillating energy grids. ” Again, it says, “Solid matter simply does not exist.” Starting to sound a little like the hit film “The Matrix?” The scientific genius Nikola Tesla said, “If you wish to understand the universe, think of energy, frequency and vibration.” Matter is just energy vibrating at incredibly high speeds. What we call matter is just variances in states of energy. Our body, and everything around us, in the entire physical universe, is an incredibly complex system of energy fields. Everything down to the smallest molecule is vibrational energy. Albert Einstein said, “Everything in life is vibration.” Wayne goes on to describe that the entire universe is “one gigantic hologram of unbelievable complexity.” If that doesn’t make your head spin, then read further. In extreme scientific language, Wayne describes that the only thing in the universe that isn’t made of energy is human consciousness. He quotes psychologist Keith Floyd, “ it may not be the brain that produces consciousness — but rather, consciousness that creates the appearance of the brain.” If consciousness is the only thing in our universe that is not energy, what is consciousness? Can we use our consciousness to change our reality and manifest our dreams? The Gateway Process Part 2 Last week I started to unravel a formerly classified document called The Analysis and Assessment of the Gateway Process written in 1983 by Lieutenant Colonel Wayne M. Mcdonnel, whom we will refer to as Wayne. Wayne was tasked by the US Army to study The Gateway Process and its relation to national defense. The Gateway Process is a technique developed by the Monroe Institute from the 1960s through the 1980s. I will do a quick recap, but it will be helpful for you to go back and read last week's edition if you haven’t already. I find this document fascinating for two reasons; first is because I often talk about positive thinking and the power of the human mind, and this document discusses concepts of our reality and powers of the human mind that even if only 10% of it was accurate, it's enough to change the way we think about ourselves dramatically, our capabilities, and the world in which we live. The second reason is that the US Army considered The Gateway Process important enough to study for many years and keep classified for over 20 years. To learn The Gateway Process, the practitioner must understand a few things. First, there is no such thing as matter - everything is energy. Second, the only thing in the universe that is not energy is consciousness. Third, the entire universe is a hologram of unbelievable complexity. The Gateway Process teaches participants how to meditate with specific sound frequencies and visualization techniques to bring the practitioner into a meditational state known as Hemi-Sync. Hemi-Sync occurs when both the left and right hemispheres of the brain are synchronized. Synchronizing both hemispheres of the brain is not something that humans do naturally. Somebody who has practiced Zen meditation for 20 years or more can quickly achieve Hemi-Sync. The Gateway Process can teach a dedicated practitioner how to Hemi-Sync within a week or two. Some say that just one person who knows how to achieve a state of Hemi-Sync can do more damage to an opposing force than an entire army. Perhaps this is why the military was so interested in analyzing this technique and have probably developed a more advanced method of their own. Some claims in this document are controversial and hard to comprehend, but I’ll briefly go over them before getting to my main point of interest. According to this document, The Gateway Process teaches the practitioner to access the infinite information stored within the universal hologram to solve any problem, change reality, heal life-threatening injuries, separate from their physical body to witness things happening in another part of the world, the universe, other dimensions, interact with other forms of consciousness within these dimensions, and even time travel, viewing the past, and the future. One of the things I often write about is living above your present circumstances. I've learned through life experience, reading many books on positive thinking, in particular, the works of Joe Dispenza, that if you can see a vision of the future you'd like to have, combine the vision with intense positive emotion, and maintain that vision and feeling for long enough, you will accomplish your goal. The Gateway Process confirms this through a technique called Patterning, "... The patterning technique recognizes that since consciousness is the source of all reality, our thoughts have the power to influence the development of reality… If those thoughts can be projected with adequate intensity…however, the more complicated the objective sought, and the more radically it departs from our current reality, the more time the universal hologram will need to reorient our reality….” What’s the take-away? Believe and have faith! If you’re determined to accomplish your dreams, then you must believe that you’ve already completed them in a future timeline. As often as you can, visualize yourself achieving the desired outcome, allow yourself to feel the feelings of success. If you can do that for long enough it will be given to you.

History of the World attempts to tell the story of humans from Prehistoric times, through the Ancient Period, Middle Ages, and Modern History in a concise movie. It's meant for people who want to have a basic understanding of the major events of human history. Human history, or world history, is the narrative of humanity's past. It is understood through archaeology, anthropology, genetics, and linguistics, and since the advent of writing, from primary and secondary sources. Humanity's written history was preceded by its prehistory, beginning with the Palaeolithic Era ("Old Stone Age"), followed by the Neolithic Era ("New Stone Age"). The Neolithic saw the Agricultural Revolution begin, between 10,000 and 5000 BCE, in the Near East's Fertile Crescent. During this period, humans began the systematic husbandry of plants and animals. As agriculture advanced, most humans transitioned from a nomadic to a settled lifestyle as farmers in permanent settlements. The relative security and increased productivity provided by farming allowed communities to expand into increasingly larger units, fostered by advances in transportation. Whether in prehistoric or historic times, people always needed to be near reliable sources of drinking water. Settlements developed as early as 4,000 BCE in Iran, in Mesopotamia, in the Indus River valley on the Indian subcontinent, on the banks of Egypt's Nile River, and along China's rivers. As farming developed, grain agriculture became more sophisticated and prompted a division of labour to store food between growing seasons. Labour divisions led to the rise of a leisured upper class and the development of cities, which provided the foundation for civilization. The growing complexity of human societies necessitated systems of accounting and writing. Hinduism developed in the late Bronze Age on the Indian subcontinent. The Axial Age witnessed the introduction of religions such as Buddhism, Taoism, Confucianism, and Jainism. Video Is not about Creationism vs. Evolution and Either dust or lightening started it all. video is more about world timeline history as place's and people's and land's and different kingdom's in time's. With civilizations flourishing, ancient history ("Antiquity," including the Classical Age and Golden Age of India, up to about 500 CE) saw the rise and fall of empires. Post-classical history (the "Middle Ages," c. 500–1500 CE,) witnessed the rise of Christianity, the Islamic Golden Age (c. 750 CE – c. 1258 CE), and the Timurid and Italian Renaissances (from around 1300 CE). The mid-15th-century introduction of movable-type printing in Europe revolutionized communication and facilitated ever wider dissemination of information, hastening the end of the Middle Ages and ushering in the Scientific Revolution. The early modern period, sometimes referred to as the "European Age and Age of the Islamic Gunpowders", from about 1500 to 1800, included the Age of Discovery and the Age of Enlightenment. By the 18th century, the accumulation of knowledge and technology had reached a critical mass that brought about the Industrial Revolution and began the late modern period, which started around 1800 and has continued through the present. This scheme of historical periodization (dividing history into Antiquity, Post-Classical, Early Modern, and Late Modern periods) was developed for, and applies best to, the history of the Old World, particularly Europe and the Mediterranean. Outside this region, including ancient China and ancient India, historical timelines unfolded differently. However, by the 18th century, due to extensive world trade and colonization, the histories of most civilizations had become substantially intertwined, a process known as globalization. In the last quarter-millennium, the rates of growth of population, knowledge, technology, communications, commerce, weapon destructiveness, and environmental degradation have greatly accelerated, creating unprecedented opportunities and perils that now confront the planet's human communities. Prehistory, also known as pre-literary history, is the period of human history between the use of the first stone tools by hominins c. 3.3 million years ago and the invention of writing systems. The use of symbols, marks, and images appears very early among humans, but the earliest known writing systems appeared c. 5000 years ago and it took thousands of years for writing systems to be widely adopted. In some human cultures, writing systems were not used until the nineteenth century and, in a few, are not even used until the present. The end of prehistory therefore came at very different dates in different places, and the term is less often used in discussing societies where prehistory ended relatively recently. Ancient history is the aggregate of past events from the beginning of writing and recorded human history and extending as far as post-classical history. The phrase may be used either to refer to the period of time or the academic discipline. The span of recorded history is roughly 5,000 years, beginning with the Sumerian cuneiform script, with the oldest coherent texts from about 2600 BC. Ancient history covers all continents inhabited by humans in the period 3000 BC – AD 500. The broad term "ancient history" is not to be confused with "classical antiquity". The term classical antiquity is often used to refer to Western history in the Ancient Mediterranean from the beginning of recorded Greek history in 776 BC (first Olympiad). This roughly coincides with the traditional date of the founding of Rome in 753 BC, the beginning of the history of ancient Rome, and the beginning of the Archaic period in Ancient Greece. The academic term "history" is fundamentally the study of the past, and can be either scientific (archaeology, with the examination of physical evidence) or humanistic (the study of history through texts, poetry, and linguistics). Although the ending date of ancient history is disputed, some Western scholars use the fall of the Western Roman Empire in 476 AD (the most used), the closure of the Platonic Academy in 529 AD, the death of the emperor Justinian I in 565 AD, the coming of Islam, or the rise of Charlemagne as the end of ancient and Classical European history. Outside of Europe, there have been difficulties with the 450–500 time frame for the transition from ancient to post-classical times. During the time period of ancient history (starting roughly from 3000 BC), the world population was already exponentially increasing due to the Neolithic Revolution, which was in full progress. According to HYDE estimates from the Netherlands, world population increased exponentially in this period. In 10,000 BC in prehistory, the world population had stood at 2 million, rising to 45 million by 3,000 BC. By the rise of the Iron Age in 1,000 BC, the population had risen to 72 million. By the end of the period in 500 AD, the world population is thought to have stood at 209 million. In 3,500 years, the world population increased by 100 times. History of the Ancient World is a bare-bones introduction to the Ancient Period from around 4000 BCE until just after the Fall of Rome, around 500 CE. The focus is global, instead of only the Mediterranean region. Other focuses: Ancient Mesopotamia, Persian empires, Ancient Egypt, African civilizations, East and South Asia, Ancient Americas, Classical Antiquity (Ancient Greece and Rome), and European barbarian tribes. Post-classical history, as used in global history, generally runs from about 500 CE to 1500 CE (roughly corresponding to the European Middle Ages). The period is characterized by the expansion of civilizations geographically and development of trade networks between civilizations. In Asia, the spread of Islam created a new empire and Islamic Golden Age with trade among the Asian, African and European continents, and advances in science in the medieval Islamic world. East Asia experienced the full establishment of power of Imperial China, which established several prosperous dynasties influencing Korea, Vietnam, and Japan. Religions such as Buddhism and Neo-Confucianism spread in the region. Gunpowder was developed in China during the post-classical era. The Mongol Empire connected Europe and Asia, creating safe trade and stability between the two regions. In total the population of the world doubled in the time period from approximately 210 million in 500 AD to 461 million in 1500 AD. Population generally grew steadily throughout the period but endured some incidental declines in events including the Plague of Justinian, the Mongol Invasions, and the Black Death. This period is also called the medieval era, post-antiquity era, post-ancient era, or pre-modern era. This documentary about the Middle Ages is a bare-bones introduction to the Postclassical Period from around the year 500 until around 1500. The focus is global, instead of only Europe. It is 2nd in our 4-part TIME PERIOD series Main focuses: West African Kingdoms, Middle Ages, Rise of Islam, Delhi Sultanate, Khmer Empire, Sui, Tang, and Song Dynasties, Japanese Shogunates, Crusades, Black Death, Mongol Empire, Mississippians, Mayans and Aztecs, Incans, Melanesians and Polynesians, Fall of Constantinople. The early modern period of modern history follows the late Middle Ages of the post-classical era. Although the chronological limits of this period are open to debate, the timeframe spans the period after the late post-classical or Middle Ages (c. 1400–1500) through the beginning of the Age of Revolutions (c. 1800). It is variously demarcated by historians as beginning with the Ottoman conquest of Constantinople in 1453, the Renaissance period in Europe and Timurid Central Asia, the Muslim conquests in the Indian subcontinent, the end of the Crusades, the Age of Discovery (especially the voyages of Christopher Columbus beginning in 1492 but also Vasco da Gama's discovery of the sea route to India in 1498), and ending around the French Revolution in 1789, or Napoleon's rise to power. Early modern trends in various regions of the world represented a shift away from medieval modes of organization, politically and economically. Feudalism declined in Europe, and Christians and Christendom saw the end of the Crusades and of religious unity under the Roman Catholic Church. The old order was destabilized by the Protestant Reformation, which caused a backlash that expanded the Inquisition and sparked the disastrous European Wars of Religion, which included the especially bloody Thirty Years' War and ended with the establishment of the modern international system in the Peace of Westphalia. Along with the European colonization of the Americas, this period also contained the Commercial Revolution and the Golden Age of Piracy. This documentary about the Early Modern Period is a bare-bones introduction to the world after the Middle Ages, from around the year 1500 until around 1800. The focus is global, instead of only Europe. It is 3rd in our 4-part TIME PERIOD series Main focuses: Ming dynasty, Qing dynasty, Japanese unification, Invasion of Korea, Mughals and Marathas, Malacca Sultanate, Durrani Empire, Ottoman expansion, Thirty Years' War, Seven Year's War, War of Spanish Succession, Renaissance, Scientific Revolution, Enlightenment, Protestant Reformation, Colonization of the Americas, French Revolution. In many periodizations of human history, the late modern period followed the early modern period. It began approximately in the mid-18th century and depending on the author either ended with the beginning of contemporary history after World War II, or includes that period up to the present day. Notable historical milestones included the American Revolution, the French Revolution, the Industrial Revolution, and the Russian Revolution. It took all of human history up to 1804 for the world's population to reach 1 billion; the next billion came just over a century later, in 1927. This documentary about the Late Modern Period is a bare-bones introduction to the Time Period from around the year 1800 until around the present. The focus is global, instead of only Europe. Industrial Revolution, Napoleonic Wars, Revolutions of 1848, German and Italian Unification, World War I and World War II, Chinese Civil War, Russian Revolution, Russian Civil War, Cold War, Scramble for Africa, American Civil War, Space Race, Gilded Age, the Great Depression, and other topics! General Knowledge World Ancient, Medieval, Modern - World History Timeline The following table illustrates the major events along with respective timeline − Time Events 10000 BCE Middle East people domesticated goats and dogs. 9500 BCE Settled farming began. 6000 BCE Copper was discovered. 5000 BCE Sumerian civilization evolved between the rivers Euphrates and Tigris. Later it became popular as Mesopotamia (present day Iraq). 5000 BCE First calendar of 365 days, 12 months, and 30 days invented. 3500 BCE Bronze was discovered in Egypt. 3100 BCE First dynasty of Egypt. 3000 BCE Early writing. 2600 BCE Indus Valley civilization. 2560 BCE Great Pyramid of Giza. 2000 – 1200 BCE Iron Age. 1800 BCE Alphabetic writing appeared. 1700 BCE End of Indus Valley Civilization. 1400 BCE Water clock is invented in Egypt. 1027 BCE In China, Chou dynasty began. 850 BCE Homer had written the epic “Iliad and Odyssey”. 776 BCE Olympic Games first recorded. 753 BCE City of Rome was established by Romulus. 653 BCE Rise of Persian Empire. 600 BCE Sixteen Maha Janapadas emerged in India. 586 BCE The First Temple in Jerusalem (Solomon's Temple) was destroyed by the Babylonians. 550 BCE Pythagoras (Greek scholar) studied the movements of celestial bodies and mathematics. 509 BCE Founding of Roman Republic after exclusion of the last Roman King. 508 BCE Democracy introduced at Athens. 500 BCE Panini standardized the Sanskrit grammar and its morphology in the text Ashtadhyayi. 500 BCE Pingala learned the uses of zero and binary numeral system. 499 BCE Greco-Persian Wars. 490 BCE Battle of Marathon. 338 BCE In the Battle of Chaeronea, the king Philip II, defeated the combined forces of the Greek city-states Athens and Thebes. 337 BCE Philip II had created a strong and unified nation in Macedonia. He hired Aristotle (the Philosopher) to tutor his son, Alexander. 336 BCE Philip II was assassinated and Alexander became king. 331 BCE In the Battle of Gaugamela, Alexander the Great defeated Darius III of Persia. 326 BCE In the Battle of the Hydaspes River, Alexander the Great defeated Indian king Porus 323 BCE Death of Alexander at Babylon 300 BCE The Great Pyramid of Cholula constructed 221 BCE Qin Shi Huang unified China and the beginning of Imperial rule (in China) 221 BCE The Qin Dynasty began the construction of the Great Wall of China 206 BCE After the death of Qin Shi Huang, Han Dynasty established in China 200 BCE Paper is invented in China 124 BCE China's Imperial University was established 111 BCE First Chinese domination of Việtnam as the Nanyue Kingdom 4 BCE Birth of Jesus Christ (Widely accepted date) Common Era (CE) 29 CE Jesus Christ crucified 70 CE The armies of Titus destructed Jerusalem 78 CE Origin of Saka Era in India 79 CE Mount Vesuvius erupted and destructed Pompeii and other towns (in Italy) 220 CE After the fall of Han Dynasty, three Kingdoms period begins in China 378 CE The Germanic tribes defeated Roman army in the battle of Adrianople 570 CE Prophet Mohammed (the founder of Muslim religion) born 581 CE Sui Dynasty came in China 613 CE Muhammad had commenced preaching publicly in his hometown, Mecca 622 CE Muhammad Migrated from Mecca to Medina 623 CE Muhammad abandoned Saturday as the Sabbath and made Friday as special day of the week 632 CE Muhammad died 660 CE The Quran, the holy book, was published for the first time 793 CE Scandinavians approached the island of Lindisfarne, Scotland by boat and they attacked monks and robbed their monastery. It is the first recorded raid by the Vikings 800 CE Gunpowder was invented 1050 CE An ancient tool of navigation namely The astrolabe” was first used in Europe 1077 CE Construction of the London Tower began 1117 CE The University of Oxford is established 1150 CE The University of Paris is established 1199 CE Europeans first used compasses 1209 CE The University of Cambridge is established 1215 CE John of England sealed the “Magna Carta” 1298 CE Marco Polo published his itinerary of China, along with Rustichello da Pisa. 1299 CE Osman I established the Ottoman Empire 1347 CE The Black Death withered Europe for the first (of many times). In the first year, an estimated 20 to 40% of the population was thought to have perished. 1389 CE Battle of Kosovo (in Serbia) 1397 CE The Medici bank was established in Florence 1461 CE King Loius XI of France started postal service 1492 CE Christopher Columbus discovered a route going to the New World (i.e. Caribbean Islands and America) 1498 CE Vasco da Gama arrived India 1503 CE Leonardo da Vinci started making the painting of Mona Lisa; however, completed after three years 1506 CE Christopher Columbus died in Valladolid, Spain 1632 CE The city of Boston is founded 1636 CE Harvard University is established in Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA 1652 CE Dutch East India Company founded the city Cape Town in South Africa 1666 CE The Great Fire of London 1683 CE China conquered the Kingdom of Tungning and annexes Taiwan 1687 CE Isaac Newton published “Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica” 1694 CE The Bank of England is established 1697 CE The earliest known first-class cricket match had taken place in Sussex 1710 CE The world's first copyright legislation, Britain's Statute of Anne (also known as Copyright Act 1709), took effect 1724 CE Japan began successful forest management reform and subsequently timber cutting was reduced 1765 CE In France, a twenty-eight volume of encyclopedia was completed 1776 CE In USA, second Continental Congress meeting and declaration of independence July 4) 1781 CE The Spanish settlers founded the city of Los Angeles 1783 CE In USA, King George declared the thirteen colonies as "free and independent” 1783 CE In USA, based on the state's 1780 constitution, the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts ruled slavery illegal 1785 CE Napoleon Bonaparte became a lieutenant in the French artillery 1787 CE The United States Constitution is written in Philadelphia and submitted to the states for ratification 1787 CE The slaves freed from London established Freetown (West Africa) i.e. present-day Sierra Leone 1795 CE The first graphite pencils were used 1789–1799 CE French Revolution 1797 CE Napoleon's invasion and partition of the Republic of Venice ended over 1,000 years of independence of the Serene Republic 1801 CE Napoleon (of France) defeated Austria 1804 CE Haiti attained its independence from France and became the first black republic 1805 CE In Milan (Italy), Napoleon was crowned as the King of Italy 1805 CE In the Battle of Austerlitz, Napoleon decisively defeated an Austrian-Russian army 1814 CE Napoleon abdicated and was exiled to Elba. 1815 CE Napoleon escaped; however, he was finally defeated at the Battle of Waterloo (in June) and exiled to Saint Helena Island 1820 CE Discovery of Antarctica 1821 CE Napoleon Bonaparte died (at Saint Helena Island, where he was exiled) 1823 CE Monroe Doctrine was declared by US President James Monroe 1825 CE The two railway station at Stockton and Darlington (the first public railway in the world) was opened 1833 CE Slavery Abolition Act banned slavery throughout the British Empire 1835 CE Vaccination became mandatory in Britain 1838 CE Charles Darwin developed the theory of evolutionary selection and specialization 1840 CE New Zealand is established, as the Treaty of Waitangi is signed between the Māori and British 1841 CE Richard Owen, first time, used the word "dinosaur" 1842 CE First time Anaesthesia was used 1845-49 CE The Irish Potato Famine that lead to the Irish diaspora 1848-58 CE California Gold Rush 1848 CE Karl Marx wrote Communist Manifesto 1849 CE Roman Republic's constitutional law became the first to abolish capital punishment 1854 CE Crimean War (fought between Russia and Turkey) 1856 CE World's first oil refinery founded in Romania 1859-69 CE Suez Canal constructed 1859 CE The first successful oil well was drilled in northern Pennsylvania (USA) 1859 CE John Tyndall, the British scientist, described the concept that the carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapor trapping heat in the atmosphere. Further, he suggested that the changing in the concentration of gases could bring climate change 1861 CE Russia abolished serfdom 1861-65 CE American Civil War, took place between the Union and seceding Confederacy 1862 CE The first paper money was issued in the United States 1865 CE President of the United States, Abraham Lincoln was assassinated 1868 CE Michael Barrett was the last person to be publicly hanged in England 1869 CE Dmitri Mendeleev created Periodic table 1869 CE The Suez Canal route opened that linking the Mediterranean Sea to the Red Sea 1871 CE Royal Albert Hall opened in London 1872 CE The first National Park i.e. Yellowstone National Park, is established 1886 CE Burma was presented to Queen Victoria as a birthday gift 1886 CE Karl Benz sold the first commercial automobile 1887 CE Sir Arthur Conan Doyle published his first Sherlock Holmes story, ‘A Study in Scarlet’ 1889 CE Eiffel Tower is inaugurated in Paris 1891 CE The German government initiated the first public old-age pension scheme 1892 CE For the first time, Fingerprinting was officially adopted. 1893 CE New Zealand became the first country to enact women's suffrage 1894 CE First commercial film was released by Jean Aimé Le Roy 1896 CE Olympic Games revived in Athens, Greece 1898 CE Britain obtained a 99-year lease of Hong Kong from China 1900 CE Hawaii became an official USA territory 1901 CE In Stockholm (Sweden), the first Nobel Prize ceremony was held 1901 CE Theodore Roosevelt become the youngest President of the United States 1904 CE Russian Japanese War 1905 CE Albert Einstein's formulation of relativity 1908 CE First commercial radio transmissions 1911 CE Xinhai Revolution in China overthrows the Qing Dynasty 1912 CE End of the Chinese Empire and Republic of China established 1912 CE First Balkan War began 1912 CE Woodrow Wilson elected as the 28th President of the United States 1913 CE Second Balkan War and Treaty of Bucharest too place 1914 CE Gavrilo Princip assassinated Archduke Franz Ferdinand of Austria in Sarajevo that triggered the World War I 1914 CE Panama Canal opened 1915 CE First use of poison gas at the Battle of Neuve Chapelle and Second Battle of Ypres 1916 CE The implementation of daylight saving time system 1917 CE Russian Revolution ended the Russian Empire 1917 CE The United States joined the Allies (countries) for the last 17 months of World War I 1918 CE End of World War I 1918 CE Poland, Ukraine, and Belarus declared their independence from Russia. 1919 CE Treaty of Versailles redrew European borders. 1919 CE League of Nations founded in Paris. 1920 CE Greece restores its monarchy after a referendum. 1920 CE International Court of Justice founded at Hague in the Netherlands. 1921 CE Adolf Hitler became Führer (guide, leader) of the Nazi Party. 1922 CE The Turkish Grand National Assembly abolished Ottoman Sultanate. 1923 CE Time Magazine was published first time 1923 CE Turkish War of Independence ended and Kemal Atatürk became the first President of the newly established Republic of Turkey. Capital was moved from Istanbul to Ankara 1924 CE Death of Vladimir Lenin (of Russia); rise of Stalin. 1924 CE The Caliphate was abolished by Kemal Atatürk. 1924 CE The US Federal Bureau of Investigation established under J Edgar Hoover. 1925 CE Benito Mussolini gains dictatorial powers in Italy and adopted the title of ‘Duce’. 1925 CE Mein Kampf (an autobiography of the National Socialist leader Adolf Hitler) was published. 1927 CE Joseph Stalin became leader of the Soviet Union. 1927 CE The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland officially became the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 1927 CE The BBC was granted a Royal Charter in the United Kingdom. 1928 CE Mickey Mouse was created at the Walt Disney Studio. 1929 CE Wall Street crash of 1929 and the beginning of the Great Depression 1929 CE Vatican City has given the status of a sovereign State. 1929 CE Saint Valentine's Day Massacre. 1930 CE First FIFA World Cup hosted 1931 CE Construction of the Empire State Building 1931 CE Statute of Westminster created the British Commonwealth of Nations 1931 CE Japan invaded Manchuria (China) and occupied it until the end of World War II 1932 CE Franklin D Roosevelt is elected President of the United States 1932 CE The Nazi party became the largest single party in the German parliament 1933 CE Adolf Hitler became the Chancellor of Germany 1935 CE Persia became Iran 1937 CE Japanese invaded China 1937 CE The Irish Republican Army attempted to assassinate King George VI of the UK 1938 CE Munich agreement that handed over Czechoslovakia to Nazi Germany 1939 CE Nazi invasion of Poland that triggered the beginning of World War II 1940 CE Nazis invaded France, the Netherlands, Denmark and Norway 1940 CE Soviet Union annexes the Baltic states 1940 CE Winston Churchill became the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom 1941 CE Attack on Pearl Harbor that forced the USA to join World War II 1941 CE Hitler invaded the Soviet Union 1943 CE Battle of Stalingrad ended with over two million casualties and the retreat of the German Army 1943 CE Tehran Conference participated by Franklin Roosevelt, Winston Churchill, and Joseph Stalin; all agreed to launch Operation Overlord. 1943 CE Green Revolution began. 1944 CE Chechen insurgency ended with deportation of the entire Chechen population. 1944 CE First operational electronic computer, Colossus, introduced 1944 CE D Day (Military terms associated with Invasion of Normandy) 1945 CE Battle of Berlin 1945 CE Yalta Conference 1945 CE Atomic bombing on Hiroshima and Nagasaki (Japan) 1945 CE End of World War II in Europe. The Holocaust ends after (about) 12 million deaths 1945 CE Death of Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Adolf Hitler, and Benito Mussolini 1945 CE Potsdam Conference (World War II) divided Europe into Western and Soviet blocs 1945 CE United Nations founded 1946 CE First images had been taken of the Earth from space 1948 CE Beginning of apartheid in South Africa 1948 CE Division of North and South Korea 1949 CE Creation of NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) 1949 CE Germany partitioned as the Soviet socialist German Democratic Republic and the NATO-backed Federal Republic of Germany 1949 CE Establishment of the People's Republic of China under the leadership of Mao Zedong 1951 CE Treaty of San Francisco terminated the Occupation of Japan and formally concluded hostilities between Japan and the US 1952 CE Egyptian Revolution under Gamal Abdel Nasser overthrew King Farouk and terminated British occupation 1953 CE Stalin died 1954 CE First time, the Soviet Union generated the electricity by nuclear power 1955 CE Warsaw Pact signed 1957 CE Beginning of the Space Age with the launch of Sputnik I 1958 CE NASA, the US Federal Aviation Authority and Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (CND) established 1959 CE Cuban Revolution 1962 CE Cuban missile crisis 1962 CE Sino-Indian War 1963 CE Assassination of John F Kennedy 1965 CE Deaths of Winston Churchill 1968 CE Martin Luther King, Jr. and Robert F. Kennedy assassinated while the Poor People's Campaign 1969 CE Muammar Gaddafi overthrew King Idris of Libya in a Coup d'état and established the Libyan Arab Republic 1973 CE First space station, Skylab, was launched 1975 CE First Cricket World Cup hosted 1976 CE First outbreak of the Ebola virus 1978 CE Birth of the first test-tube baby 1979 CE Margaret Thatcher became the Prime Minister of the UK 1985 CE Mikhail Gorbachev became Premier of the Soviet Union 1985 CE First use of DNA fingerprinting 1986 CE Chernobyl disasters 1989 CE Fall of the Berlin Wall 1990 CE Sir Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web (WWW) 1990 CE Gulf War began 1990 CE After 27 years of imprisonment, Nelson Mandela released 1991 CE Gulf War ended after US withdrawal and failed uprising 1991 CE Dissolution of the Soviet Union and subsequent independence of 15 former Soviet republics 1991 CE Boris Yeltsin became the first President of the Russian Federation 1991 CE The first Website has been put online and made available to the public 1992 CE Maastricht Treaty created the European Union 1993 CE Velvet divorce between Czech Republic and Slovakia 1994 CE End of apartheid in South Africa and subsequent election of Nelson Mandela the great leader 1994 CE Opening of the Channel Tunnel 1995 CE Establishment of the World Trade Organization 1997 CE Transfer of sovereignty of Hong Kong from UK to China 1997 CE Diana, Princess of Wales, was killed in a car accident in Paris, France 1998 CE Google is founded by Larry Page and Sergey Brin 1999 CE Euro is introduced 2001 CE Terrorists destroyed the World Trade Center in New York City and damaged the Pentagon in Washington, DC 2001 CE Wikipedia founded. 2003 CE Iraq War began that triggered worldwide protests. 2003 CE The space shuttle, Columbia, collapsed (while landing) nearby Texas (USA); all the seven astronauts (including Indian astronaut Kalpana Chawla) died in the accident. 2005 CE Angela Merkel became Germany's first woman Chancellor. 2006 CE Ellen Johnson Sirleaf became the President of Liberia. She was the first elected female head of state in Africa. 2006 CE Execution of Saddam Hussein. 2008 CE Stock markets plunge across the world. 2008 CE Monarchy system terminated in Nepal. 2009 CE The world's tallest skyscraper, Burj Khalifa (in Dubai), has been built. 2010 The largest oil spill in US history occurred in the Gulf of Mexico. 2011 CE Osama bin Laden, Muammar Gaddafi, and Kim Jong-Il were killed. 2011 CE Iraq War ended. 2013 CE Deaths of Hugo Chávez, Nelson Mandela, and Margaret Thatcher. 2015 CE United States and Cuba resumed diplomatic relations. https://www.southampton.ac.uk/~cpd/history.html An Evolutionary Timeline of Homo Sapiens Scientists share the findings that helped them pinpoint key moments in the rise of our species The long evolutionary journey that created modern humans began with a single step—or more accurately—with the ability to walk on two legs. One of our earliest-known ancestors, Sahelanthropus, began the slow transition from ape-like movement some six million years ago, but Homo sapiens wouldn’t show up for more than five million years. During that long interim, a menagerie of different human species lived, evolved and died out, intermingling and sometimes interbreeding along the way. As time went on, their bodies changed, as did their brains and their ability to think, as seen in their tools and technologies. To understand how Homo sapiens eventually evolved from these older lineages of hominins, the group including modern humans and our closest extinct relatives and ancestors, scientists are unearthing ancient bones and stone tools, digging into our genes and recreating the changing environments that helped shape our ancestors’ world and guide their evolution. These lines of evidence increasingly indicate that H. sapiens originated in Africa, although not necessarily in a single time and place. Instead it seems diverse groups of human ancestors lived in habitable regions around Africa, evolving physically and culturally in relative isolation, until climate driven changes to African landscapes spurred them to intermittently mix and swap everything from genes to tool techniques. Eventually, this process gave rise to the unique genetic makeup of modern humans. “East Africa was a setting in foment—one conducive to migrations across Africa during the period when Homo sapiens arose,” says Rick Potts, director of the Smithsonian’s Human Origins Program. “It seems to have been an ideal setting for the mixing of genes from migrating populations widely spread across the continent. The implication is that the human genome arose in Africa. Everyone is African, and yet not from any one part of Africa.” New discoveries are always adding key waypoints to the chart of our human journey. This timeline of Homo sapiens features some of the best evidence documenting how we evolved. 550,000 to 750,000 Years Ago: The Beginning of the Homo sapiens Lineage Homo heidelbergensis A facial reconstruction of Homo heidelbergensis, a popular candidate as a common ancestor for modern humans, Neanderthals and Denisovans John Gurche Genes, rather than fossils, can help us chart the migrations, movements and evolution of our own species—and those we descended from or interbred with over the ages. The oldest-recovered DNA of an early human relative comes from Sima de los Huesos, the “Pit of Bones.” At the bottom of a cave in Spain’s Atapuerca Mountains scientists found thousands of teeth and bones from 28 different individuals who somehow ended up collected en masse. In 2016, scientists painstakingly teased out the partial genome from these 430,000-year-old remains to reveal that the humans in the pit are the oldest known Neanderthals, our very successful and most familiar close relatives. Scientists used the molecular clock to estimate how long it took to accumulate the differences between this oldest Neanderthal genome and that of modern humans, and the researchers suggest that a common ancestor lived sometime between 550,000 and 750,000 years ago. Pinpoint dating isn't the strength of genetic analyses, as the 200,000-year margin of error shows. “In general, estimating ages with genetics is imprecise,” says Joshua Akey, who studies evolution of the human genome at Princeton University. “Genetics is really good at telling us qualitative things about the order of events, and relative time frames.” Before genetics, these divergence dates were estimated by the oldest fossils of various lineages scientists found. In the case of H. sapiens, known remains only date back some 300,000 years, so gene studies have located the divergence far more accurately on our evolutionary timeline than bones alone ever could. Though our genes clearly show that modern humans, Neanderthals and Denisovans—a mysterious hominin species that left behind substantial traces in our DNA but, so far, only a handful of tooth and bone remains—do share a common ancestor, it’s not apparent who it was. Homo heidelbergensis, a species that existed from 200,000 to 700,000 years ago, is a popular candidate. It appears that the African family tree of this species leads to Homo sapiens while a European branch leads to Homo neanderthalensis and the Denisovans. More ancient DNA could help provide a clearer picture, but finding it is no sure bet. Unfortunately, the cold, dry and stable conditions best for long-term preservation aren’t common in Africa, and few ancient African human genomes have been sequenced that are older than 10,000 years. “We currently have no ancient DNA from Africa that even comes near the timeframes of our evolution—a process that is likely to have largely taken place between 800,000 and 300,000 years ago,” says Eleanor Scerri, an archaeological scientist at the Max Planck Institute for the Science of Human History in Germany. 300,000 Years Ago: Fossils Found of Oldest Homo sapiens Homo Sapiens Skull Reconstruction Two views of a composite reconstruction of the earliest known Homo sapiens fossils from Jebel Irhoud Philipp Gunz, MPI EVA Leipzig via CC-BY-SA 2.0 As the physical remains of actual ancient people, fossils tell us most about what they were like in life. But bones or teeth are still subject to a significant amount of interpretation. While human remains can survive after hundreds of thousands of years, scientists can’t always make sense of the wide range of morphological features they see to definitively classify the remains as Homo sapiens, or as different species of human relatives. Fossils often boast a mixture of modern and primitive features, and those don’t evolve uniformly toward our modern anatomy. Instead, certain features seem to change in different places and times, suggesting separate clusters of anatomical evolution would have produced quite different looking people. No scientists suggest that Homo sapiens first lived in what’s now Morocco, because so much early evidence for our species has been found in both South Africa and East Africa. But fragments of 300,000-year-old skulls, jaws, teeth and other fossils found at Jebel Irhoud, a rich site also home to advanced stone tools, are the oldest Homo sapiens remains yet found. The remains of five individuals at Jebel Irhoud exhibit traits of a face that looks compellingly modern, mixed with other traits like an elongated brain case reminiscent of more archaic humans. The remains’ presence in the northwestern corner of Africa isn’t evidence of our origin point, but rather of how widely spread humans were across Africa even at this early date. Other very old fossils often classified as early Homo sapiens come from Florisbad, South Africa (around 260,000 years old), and the Kibish Formation along Ethiopia’s Omo River (around 195,000 years old). The 160,000-year-old skulls of two adults and a child at Herto, Ethiopia, were classified as the subspecies Homo sapiens idaltu because of slight morphological differences including larger size. But they are otherwise so similar to modern humans that some argue they aren’t a subspecies at all. A skull discovered at Ngaloba, Tanzania, also considered Homo sapiens, represents a 120,000-year-old individual with a mix of archaic traits and more modern aspects like smaller facial features and a further reduced brow. Debate over the definition of which fossil remains represent modern humans, given these disparities, is common among experts. So much so that some seek to simplify the characterization by considering them part of a single, diverse group. “The fact of the matter is that all fossils before about 40,000 to 100,000 years ago contain different combinations of so called archaic and modern features. It’s therefore impossible to pick and choose which of the older fossils are members of our lineage or evolutionary dead ends,” Scerri suggests. “The best model is currently one in which they are all early Homo sapiens, as their material culture also indicates.” As Scerri references, African material culture shows a widespread shift some 300,000 years ago from clunky, handheld stone tools to the more refined blades and projectile points known as Middle Stone Age toolkits. So when did fossils finally first show fully modern humans with all representative features? It’s not an easy answer. One skull (but only one of several) from Omo Kibish looks much like a modern human at 195,000 years old, while another found in Nigeria’s Iwo Eleru cave, appears very archaic, but is only 13,000 years old. These discrepancies illustrate that the process wasn’t linear, reaching some single point after which all people were modern humans. 300,000 Years Ago: Artifacts Show a Revolution in Tools Stone Tools The two objects on the right are pigments used between 320,000 and 500,000 years ago in East Africa. All other objects are stone tools used during the same time period in the same area. Human Origins Program, NMNH, Smithsonian Institution Our ancestors used stone tools as long as 3.3 million years ago and by 1.75 million years ago they’d adopted the Acheulean culture, a suite of chunky handaxes and other cutting implements that remained in vogue for nearly 1.5 million years. As recently as 400,000 years ago, thrusting spears used during the hunt of large prey in what is now Germany were state of the art. But they could only be used up close, an obvious and sometimes dangerous limitation. Even as they acquired the more modern anatomy seen in living humans, the ways our ancestors lived, and the tools they created, changed as well. Humans took a leap in tool tech with the Middle Stone Age some 300,000 years ago by making those finely crafted tools with flaked points and attaching them to handles and spear shafts to greatly improve hunting prowess. Projectile points like those Potts and colleagues dated to 298,000 to 320,000 years old in southern Kenya were an innovation that suddenly made it possible to kill all manner of elusive or dangerous prey. “It ultimately changed how these earliest sapiens interacted with their ecosystems, and with other people,” says Potts. Scrapers and awls, which could be used to work animal hides for clothing and to shave wood and other materials, appeared around this time. By at least 90,000 years ago barbed points made of bone—like those discovered at Katanda, Democratic Republic of the Congo—were used to spearfish As with fossils, tool advancements appear in different places and times, suggesting that distinct groups of people evolved, and possibly later shared, these tool technologies. Those groups may include other humans who are not part of our own lineage. Last year a collection including sophisticated stone blades was discovered near Chennai, India, and dated to at least 250,000 years ago. The presence of this toolkit in India so soon after modern humans appeared in Africa suggests that other species may have also invented them independently—or that some modern humans spread the technology by leaving Africa earlier than most current thinking suggests. 100,000 to 210,000 Years Ago: Fossils Show Homo sapiens Lived Outside of Africa Skull From Qafzeh A skull found in Qafzeh, from the collection at the American Museum of Natural History Wapondaponda via Wikipedia under CC BY-SA 3.0 Many genetic analyses tracing our roots back to Africa make it clear that Homo sapiens originated on that continent. But it appears that we had a tendency to wander from a much earlier era than scientists had previously suspected. A jawbone found inside a collapsed cave on the slopes of Mount Carmel, Israel, reveals that modern humans dwelt there, alongside the Mediterranean, some 177,000 to 194,000 years ago. Not only are the jaw and teeth from Misliya Cave unambiguously similar to those seen in modern humans, they were found with sophisticated handaxes and flint tools. Other finds in the region, including multiple individuals at Qafzeh, Israel, are dated later. They range from 100,000 to 130,000 years ago, suggesting a long presence for humans in the region. At Qafzeh, human remains were found with pieces of red ocher and ocher-stained tools in a site that has been interpreted as the oldest intentional human burial. Among the limestone cave systems of southern China, more evidence has turned up from between 80,000 and 120,000 years ago. A 100,000-year-old jawbone, complete with a pair of teeth, from Zhirendong retains some archaic traits like a less prominent chin, but otherwise appears so modern that it may represent Homo sapiens. A cave at Daoxian yielded a surprising array of ancient teeth, barely distinguishable from our own, which suggest that Homo sapiens groups were already living very far from Africa from 80,000 to 120,000 years ago. Even earlier migrations are possible; some believe evidence exists of humans reaching Europe as long as 210,000 years ago. While most early human finds spark some scholarly debate, few reach the level of the Apidima skull fragment, in southern Greece, which may be more than 200,000 years old and might possibly represent the earliest modern human fossil discovered outside of Africa. The site is steeped in controversy, however, with some scholars believing that the badly preserved remains look less those of our own species and more like Neanderthals, whose remains are found just a few feet away in the same cave. Others question the accuracy of the dating analysis undertaken at the site, which is tricky because the fossils have long since fallen out of the geological layers in which they were deposited. While various groups of humans lived outside of Africa during this era, ultimately, they aren’t part of our own evolutionary story. Genetics can reveal which groups of people were our distant ancestors and which had descendants who eventually died out. “Of course, there could be multiple out of Africa dispersals,” says Akey. “The question is whether they contributed ancestry to present day individuals and we can say pretty definitely now that they did not.” 50,000 to 60,000 Years Ago: Genes and Climate Reconstructions Show a Migration Out of Africa Arabian Peninsula A digital rendering of a satellite view of the Arabian Peninsula, where humans are believed to have migrated from Africa roughly 55,000 years ago. All living non-Africans, from Europeans to Australia’s aboriginal people, can trace most of their ancestry to humans who were part of a landmark migration out of Africa beginning some 50,000 to 60,000 years ago, according to numerous genetic studies published in recent years. Reconstructions of climate suggest that lower sea levels created several advantageous periods for humans to leave Africa for the Arabian Peninsula and the Middle East, including one about 55,000 years ago. “Just by looking at DNA from present day individuals we’ve been able to infer a pretty good outline of human history,” Akey says. “A group dispersed out of Africa maybe 50 to 60 thousand years ago, and then that group traveled around the world and eventually made it to all habitable places of the world.” While earlier African emigres to the Middle East or China may have interbred with some of the more archaic hominids still living at that time, their lineage appears to have faded out or been overwhelmed by the later migration. 15,000 to 40,000 Years Ago: Genetics and Fossils Show Homo sapiens Became the Only Surviving Human Species Homo floresiensis A facial reconstruction of Homo floresiensis, a diminutive early human that may have lived until 50,000 years ago John Gurche For most of our history on this planet, Homo sapiens have not been the only humans. We coexisted, and as our genes make clear frequently interbred with various hominin species, including some we haven’t yet identified. But they dropped off, one by one, leaving our own species to represent all humanity. On an evolutionary timescale, some of these species vanished only recently. On the Indonesian island of Flores, fossils evidence a curious and diminutive early human species nicknamed “hobbit.” Homo floresiensis appear to have been living until perhaps 50,000 years ago, but what happened to them is a mystery. They don’t appear to have any close relation to modern humans including the Rampasasa pygmy group, which lives in the same region today. Neanderthals once stretched across Eurasia from Portugal and the British Isles to Siberia. As Homo sapiens became more prevalent across these areas the Neanderthals faded in their turn, being generally consigned to history by some 40,000 years ago. Some evidence suggests that a few die-hards might have held on in enclaves, like Gibraltar, until perhaps 29,000 years ago. Even today traces of them remain because modern humans carry Neanderthal DNA in their genome. Our more mysterious cousins, the Denisovans, left behind so few identifiable fossils that scientists aren’t exactly sure what they looked like, or if they might have been more than one species. A recent study of human genomes in Papua New Guinea suggests that humans may have lived with and interbred with Denisovans there as recently as 15,000 years ago, though the claims are controversial. Their genetic legacy is more certain. Many living Asian people inherited perhaps 3 to 5 percent of their DNA from the Denisovans. Despite the bits of genetic ancestry they contributed to living people, all of our close relatives eventually died out, leaving Homo sapiens as the only human species. Their extinctions add one more intriguing, perhaps unanswerable question to the story of our evolution—why were we the only humans to survive? Thanks From New World Order Year Zero ! Buildings and cities are made to grow old, to outlast people, and to be a testament to these cultural histories. They’re a yardstick for a culture’s ability to endure. When they’re not given the chance to do this, the contradiction can break something loose, and send people scavenging for cultural memory that feels ancient enough to anchor them in an uncertain now. If anything, the world is consistent; no one in any country has a clue how to rebuild the castles found in their own countries. Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed https://rumble.com/v2u8ef4-real-timeline-of-deception-part-0-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ua8sa-real-timeline-of-deception-part-1-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ubf4w-real-timeline-of-deception-part-2-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ueih6-real-timeline-of-deception-part-3-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection https://rumble.com/v2ugl92-real-timeline-of-deception-part-4-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2uij7w-real-timeline-of-deception-part-5-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism https://rumble.com/v2ujvr6-real-timeline-of-deception-part-6-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2uldss-real-timeline-of-deception-part-7-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair https://rumble.com/v2un20g-real-timeline-of-deception-part-8-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed https://rumble.com/v2uo07i-real-timeline-of-deception-part-9-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present https://rumble.com/v2uprfu-real-timeline-of-deception-part-10-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children https://rumble.com/v2urmd0-real-timeline-of-deception-part-11-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies https://rumble.com/v2uu8ck-real-timeline-of-deception-part-12-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets https://rumble.com/v2uwmvc-real-timeline-of-deception-part-13-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Archaix Chronology Anunnaki Sumerian Gods Crystalinks Timelines 2040B.C. 2046A.D. https://rumble.com/v2v0zks-archaix-chronology-anunnaki-sumerian-gods-crystalinks-timelines-2040b.c.-20.html Archaix 2.0 Doomsday Chronology Five color charts with extensive Legend-chronology; exhibits 62 dates involving 300 events in linear timeline combining the Phoenix and Nemesis X Object appearances, the Mayan Long-Count baktuns and the Anunnaki NER 600 year periods, a history spanning over 74 centuries to May 2040 and November 2046. https://rumble.com/v2b2zqq-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-14-all-13-parts-together-woeh.html The Lost History of Earth (Ewaranon) W0W - A Must See Video Lost Earth Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally. https://rumble.com/v28b4q6-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-8-history-of-a-lost-earth-all-7-parts-together-l.html The Secret Life of Symbols with Jordan Maxwell Knowledge of the Heavens, Life on Earth https://rumble.com/v28wyns-the-secret-life-of-symbols-with-jordan-maxwell-knowledge-of-the-heavens-lif.html Ancient Religions From Alpha To Stone Age To Omega To Modern Times To Infinity https://rumble.com/v2wigv2-ancient-religions-from-alpha-to-stone-age-to-omega-to-modern-times-to-infin.html This 11.5 Hrs. Full Documentary With Sound Is About Ancient Religions From Alpha To Stone Age To Omega To Modern Times To Infinity. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally.

I love having my eyes open in a plane I do math on perspective and curvature to see how far the earth should curve and what I should see and what not then just laugh to myself that everyone around me is looking out there little curved windows and thinking they’re looking at a spinning ball. I would love to have a collections of those old NASA videos... Anyway you can publish them separately. I always like to use the old videos of satellite's spinning or models in dark room to show people... If this first thing is fake why the following would be real... I just shared the Hubble and web path etic deployment footages to come body who came showing the pictures of those CGI telescopes as evidence. 60 years ago, a forgotten shiny balloon in space changed how we watch TV forever. The echoes of this NASA mission continue to reverberate today. On April 24, 1962, MIT worked with the U.S. Air Force to use the Echo 1 communications satellite to send itself a message — pinging the image from one of the institute’s national-security research labs in California to a receiver 2,700 miles away in Massachusetts. https://www.inverse.com/science/echo-1-television-history Today, people are able to watch the same thing on TV at the same time across the globe. But until the 1960s, it was impossible. Six decades ago, the development of satellite communications allowed us to broadcast television beyond the horizon — and the ionosphere. The way satellite communications work is that they receive a data transmission from Earth, and reflect it back down to a receiver placed in a separate area of Earth. The idea of using a satellite to communicate messages across Earth had its genesis in 1946 when scientists tried to use the Moon as a passive satellite to improve long-distance communication. Prior to this, broadcasters typically used radio waves to send messages over distance, but these can’t extend beyond the horizon. But some scientists noticed that occasionally long-distance radio signals would hit an ionized section of Earth’s atmosphere, called the ionosphere, before bouncing back to Earth. A satellite, the theory went, could ostensibly relay information beyond the ionosphere and beam it back to the desired receiver on Earth. But first, we needed satellites. How Stanley Kubrick Staged the Moon Landing Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government. https://www.theparisreview.org/blog/2019/07/18/how-stanley-kubrick-staged-the-moon-landing-and-other-stories/ Have you ever met a person who’s been on the moon? There are only four of them left. Within a decade or so, the last will be dead and that astonishing feat will pass from living memory into history, which, sooner or later, is always questioned and turned into fable. It will not be exactly like the moment the last conquistador died, but will lean in that direction. The story of the moon landing will become a little harder to believe. Antarctica is guarded by Air and Sea by 6 different military countries as of 1962 1,000+ people are dead now. 100's plane and ship are gone or sink now for passing 60th parallel south. Yes This Is True! Yes military activity is prohibited under the Antarctic Treaty and it is False statement. Thousands are dead today for passing 60th parallel south. which came into effect on June 23, 1961. Military personnel and equipment may only be used for scientific research (Atomic Bomb Test) or any other peaceful purpose on the continent this is false too. The Treaty specifically prohibits military activity on land or ice shelves below 60°S. While the use of nuclear weapons is absolutely prohibited, the Treaty does not apply to naval activity within these bounds (in the Southern Ocean) so long as it takes place on the high seas. False Again See - Operation Fishbowl was a series of high altitude A-bomb tests conducted in 1962 as part of Operation Dominic. The tests consisted of three shots: a System proof test on May 1, 1962, a Blue Gill test on June 1, 1962, and a Star Fish test on June 15, 1962, at a height of 1.45 MT at 400 km. So The indoctrination in elementary schools was real ? Unbelievable amounts of time that teachers spent on teaching the heliocentric message in the mid 60's -early 80's. I remember even during 1st grade, about the time a child starts to read their first letters, the amount of propaganda films, slide projectors, maps, and globe models that conveniently found themselves sitting either right next to the teacher's desk, or conspicuously placed next to the classroom book shelves, and at the front of the room to perpetuate the visual imprinting. Everyone my age remembers the stories of ridicule concerning Christopher Columbus, how he was such a hero, not necessarily because he sailed the earth and supposedly discovered America Is Not Real, but because he bravely received criticism from everyone else in the world who branded him as a heretic for believing the earth was a sphere. I am a witness to the fact they spent more time in the early years of a child's life pushing heliocentrism, evolution, dinosaurs, missing links, and the possibility of alien life, than they spent in actually ensuring a child could read and do math upon their leaving their tutoring. One thing I have found common among many who have had their eyes opened... Testimonies of how the message of Biblical earth (flat earth) has thrust them into a spiritual path that either leads to either a deeper walk and conversations with God, a new fervor for studying His Word, and in many cases, people who don't even believe are finally led to belief and Salvation through Jesus Christ. What is very ironic too is... The message of flat or Biblical earth really makes people go insane, mad, hateful, and divides friends and family... Just like the Truth of God's Word. Is The Earth Flat Vs. Round Earth Vs. Black Knight Satellite Vs. Fermi Paradox? Here is my honest opinion on what I believe to be the actual shape of the Earth. This is only my opinion and what I believe. Flat-earthers believe one of the most curious conspiracy theories on the internet. Here's a look at what they believe and why. Flat Earth opinions about the moon vary. Some think that while Earth is flat, the moon and sun are spheres, Live Science's sister site Space.com reported. In this vision of the solar system, Earth's day and night cycle is explained by positing that the sun and moon are spheres measuring 32 miles (51 kilometers) that move in circles 3,000 miles (4,828 km) above the plane of the Earth. (Stars, they say, move in a plane 3,100 miles up.) Like spotlights, these celestial spheres illuminate different portions of the planet over a 24-hour cycle. Flat-earthers believe there must also be an invisible "antimoon" that obscures the moon during lunar eclipses. On YouTube, there are videos pointing to shadows in pictures of the moon and arguing that the moon is transparent, and thus just a light. One speaker at the 2018 conference attended by a Guardian reporter made a case for the moon as a projection. If flat-earthers seem hard to dissuade based on standard scientific evidence, there's a reason for that: flat Earth theorizing follows from a mode of thought called the "Zetetic Method." The Zetetic Method is an alternative to the scientific method, developed by a 19th-century flat-earther, in which sensory observations reign supreme. "Broadly, the method places a lot of emphasis on reconciling empiricism and rationalism, and making logical deductions based on empirical data," Flat Earth Society vice president Michael Wilmore, an Irishman, told Live Science in 2017. In Zetetic astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. "The question of belief and sincerity is one that comes up a lot," Wilmore said. "If I had to guess, I would probably say that at least some of our members see the Flat Earth Society and Flat Earth Theory as a kind of epistemological exercise, whether as a critique of the scientific method or as a kind of 'solipsism for beginners.' There are also probably some who thought the certificate would be kind of funny to have on their wall. That being said, I know many members personally, and I am fully convinced of their belief." Wilmore counts himself among the true believers. "My own convictions are a result of philosophical introspection and a considerable body of data that I have personally observed, and which I am still compiling," he said. Wilmore and the society's president Shenton both think the evidence for global warming is strong, despite much of this evidence coming from satellite data gathered by NASA, the kingpin of the "round Earth conspiracy." They also accept evolution and most other mainstream tenets of science. This is in contrast to Davidson, who disputes other scientific theories and findings, such as evolution, that contradict a strict interpretation of the Bible. Despite the claims from flat-earthers, there are plenty of ways to know that the world is round. One quick option is to check out NASA's image library, which is chock-full of nice, curvy pictures of the globe taken from the International Space Station. If NASA is hoaxing everyone, they're committed to the bit. Don't trust NASA? The Russians also snap pictures of the round Earth, Space.com reported. So does Japan's space agency. And China's. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. You can also take a page out of the ancient Greeks' book. Ancient Hellenistic philosophers figured out that the world had to be a globe based on a few observations. One was that the stars aren't the same in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres: From opposite halves of the Earth, you're clearly looking out at different quadrants of space. Another was that Earth's shadow on the moon's surface during lunar eclipses is curved. The Greeks even figured out how to calculate an approximate circumference of the Earth with no fancier tools than a stick and the light of the sun. By measuring the angle of a shadow cast by the sun at the same time and day in two cities a known distance apart, the philosopher Eratosthenes was able to calculate that the planet's circumference was between 24,000 and about 29,000 miles (38,600 and 46,670 kilometers). (It's actually 24,900 miles.) The very fact that the angle of the sun differs on different parts of the planet indicates that we're all sitting on a globe. As inconceivable as their belief system seems, it doesn't really surprise experts. She said all conspiracy theories share a basic thrust: They present an alternative theory about an important issue or event, and construct an (often) vague explanation for why someone is covering up that "true" version of events. "One of the major points of appeal is that they explain a big event but often without going into details," she said. "A lot of the power lies in the fact that they are vague." The self-assured way in which conspiracy theorists stick to their story imbues that story with special appeal. After all, flat-earthers are more adamant that the Earth is flat than most people are that the Earth is round (probably because the rest of us feel we have nothing to prove). "If you're faced with a minority viewpoint that is put forth in an intelligent, seemingly well-informed way, and when the proponents don't deviate from these strong opinions they have, they can be very influential. We call that minority influence. Five Impossible Facts That Would Have To Be True If The Earth Were Flat. From any one location on the surface of the Earth, it's impossible to tell what our planet's shape is. Having a single vantage point, even with a clear horizon, allows you to see a handful of miles (or kilometers) in any direction, but that can only allow you to place constraints. The Earth could be flat, or spherical, or in hydrostatic equilibrium, or egg-shaped, or irregular, and you wouldn't know. All that you can know, from a single location on our surface, is that the Earth is indistinguishable from flat beyond a certain degree. If the Earth is round, it must be quite large: more than a few hundred miles (or kilometers) in diameter. Of course, it actually is quite round: a near-perfect sphere, to better than 99% precision. If you leave Earth's surface, it's impossible not to see the true shape of the Earth, as it's been unavoidable since we first traveled high enough to observe our planet's curvature. From high altitudes, or even from space, the true shape of the Earth can easily be seen. Its dimensions can be measured; its radius of curvature in all directions can be calculated; the imperfections and departures from sphericity are directly observable by our instruments. If you travel far enough away from Earth, you can observe an entire hemisphere at once, even watching the planet rotate on its axis in real time. At right around 12,700 kilometers (7,900 miles) in diameter, our world is undoubtedly a sphere. But what if you had never been to space, or high enough up to see the Earth's curvature yourself? What if you had never circumnavigated the globe, done the Eratosthenes experiment, or heard about the Shaquille O'Neal experiment that anyone can perform? Believe it or not, there are still a number of simple observations you can make that wouldn't occur if the Earth were flat. Here are the top five simplest ones. 1.) Lunar Eclipses don't occur only at midnight. Take a look at the shape of the Earth's shadow during a lunar eclipse, particularly during a partial phase. Do you notice how the Earth's shadow always appears to be a piece of a near-perfect circle? If the Earth were a flat disk, that means there's only one possible orientation that the Sun-Earth-Moon alignment can take place in to create a circular (rather than elliptical) shadow: with the Earth's "disk" perpendicular to the Sun-Moon plane. This means the Sun would need to be at the "midnight" position relative to the night side of Earth, and yet lunar eclipses occur at all different times depending on where you are on Earth. The flat Earth can't explain that. 2.) Different locations on Earth experience seasons at different times. Ever notice how the summer in the United States corresponds to winter in Australia? Or how winter in Italy lines up with summer in Argentina? This is because the Sun's rays, which are almost perfectly parallel, strike Earth at different angles during different parts of the year. If the Earth were flat, the Sun's rays would always come in at the same angle, meaning that the USA, Australia, Italy, and Argentina would all experience the seasons the same exact way. The flat Earth idea can't explain this. 3.) Different stars are visible from different latitudes. Look up at the night sky from a very high (northern) latitude location, and you'll see the Big and Little Dippers, the bright orange giant Arcturus, and the Pleiades, among other sights. Yet if you head to the south pole, none of these celestial sights are visible, but you can see Alpha Centauri, the Magellanic Clouds, and the Southern Cross, all of which are never visible to most northern hemisphere skywatchers. If the Earth were flat, everyone on the night side of the Earth would see the same sky; this is another observation that the flat Earth can't account for. 4.) You cannot see Kawaikini from the peak of Mauna Kea. Mauna Kea, the highest peak in Hawaii (the summit of the Big Island), offers incredible views. With nothing but the ocean around it, and a few other nearby islands, you should be able to see extremely far away. The island of Kauai has the seventh highest point in the Hawaiian islands: the peak known as Kawaikini. If you were to draw a straight line from Mauna Kea (elevation: 13,796 ft.) to Kawaikini (elevation: 5226 ft.) it would span a distance of 303 miles. However, you cannot see one from the other, which you would absolutely be able to do if the Earth were flat. With a curved Earth of its measured radius, the line-of-sight limit for those two elevations caps out at 233 miles. Only with a curved Earth is one invisible from the other, and this is true for any two mountain peaks with clear line-of-sights from one to the other. 5.) Sunsets and sunrises happen at different times depending on your longitude. If the Earth were flat, then someone in New York and someone in Los Angeles would see the sun rise and set at exactly the same time as one another. But in practice, the difference is approximately three hours. Not only that, but at every point in between, the Sun rises/sets at a different time, something that could not happen if the Earth were flat. The fact that it can be evening in New York and late afternoon in Los Angeles, or morning in New York while it's still before dawn in Los Angeles, is something that a flat Earth can't account for. If the Earth were flat, these five phenomena would be very different, and yet they are so simple to verify that any flat Earth believer cannot possibly doubt their veracity. Whether it changes anyone's mind is up for debate, but without resorting to space, circumnavigation, or any advanced scientific experiments, you can experience a whole handful of phenomena that a flat Earth can't account for. With a flat Earth, we'd only get lunar eclipses at midnight, everywhere would have the same seasons, every location would see the same stars, all high mountain peaks would be visible from one another, and every place on your "side" of the Earth would see sunrise and sunset at the same time. Since these are false, so is the flat Earth. If this helps even one person challenge their belief that the Earth is flat, it's a remarkable win for knowledge. But don't bet on it. Like the old saying goes, you can't reason someone out of a position they didn't reason themselves into. Does the Bible prove that the Earth is round and not flat? Despite the many images of the Earth we have from space, theories about the Earth being flat continue to arise. By searching the Scriptures, you will not find proof that the Earth is round. Language in Scripture reflects the ancient Near East writers’ observations of the sun moving through its circuit in the sky (Ps. 19:6), of the sun rising and falling (Ps. 50:1; 113:3; Isa. 59:19; Mal. 1:11), and of the horizon being circular (Job 26:10). The role of Scripture is to reveal spiritual matters, not to argue for scientific fact. For this reason, Scripture does not mention many scientific discoveries. The Bible is for making us wise toward salvation to carry out the work of the gospel (2 Tim. 3:14–17). Believers must be people of truth (Prov. 12:19; Eph. 4:25); lying is a characteristic of those outside of Christ (1 Tim. 1:10; Titus 1:12; Rev. 21:8). As people of truth, in humility, we should tell people who debate over the spherical shape of the Earth that such an argument is unnecessary, for all related data points to the truth of a spherical Earth. When we encounter those who wish to argue, we should walk away and not argue with foolishness (Prov. 26:4–5). We can leave such persons to ponder the swirling of the water in their sinks and bathtubs—swirling that reverses direction when we cross the equator. https://samuel-lereah.com/articles/Physics/flat-vs-round-earth According to some UFO conspiracists, the Black Knight is an artificial satellite of extraterrestrial origin that has orbited Earth for approximately 13,000 years. However, this story is most likely a conflation of several disconnected stories about various objects and their interpretations, all of which have been well documented independently and none using the term Black Knight upon their first publication. The Black Knight's narrative is essential a recall of man previous stories, each with its own unique interpretation, all of which have been thoroughly recorded and studied by leading authorities. A photo taken during the STS-88 mission claimed by some to show the Black Knight satellite is catalogued by NASA as a photo of space debris, and space journalist James Oberg considers it as probable debris of a thermal blanket confirmed as lost during the mission. The claim that the black object is a satellite of extraterrestrial origin near Earth is false, according to NASA. The 'Black Knight' satellite: A hodgepodge of alien conspiracy theories It's a convoluted story that invokes Nikola Tesla, a spacewalker's fumble and more. Sometimes the introduction of a news report will stop you in your tracks, forcing you to reread in fear you didn't quite grasp its point the first time. That was certainly the case when Mail Online published a story on Mar. 21, 2017: "An alien satellite set up more than 12,000 years ago to spy on humans has been shot down by elite soldiers from the illuminati, UFO hunters claim." And with that, the conspiracy surrounding the so-called "Black Knight" satellite appeared to be very much alive. It's been more than 120 years, conspiracists believe, since the existence of the Black Knight was first recorded. Those who subscribe to the theory invoke an extraterrestrial spacecraft in near-polar orbit of Earth, although they draw upon pieces of evidence so disparate that it's not entirely clear why people link them. What it all amounts to is a strange brew that has spurred some folks to shout about cover-ups by NASA and other government entities. It's a legend that refuses to go away. A lot of the earliest discoveries that have been linked to the Black Knight satellite theory relate to radio signals. But a series of images from 1998 really threw the celestial cat among the pigeons. They were taken during STS-88, the first space shuttle mission to the International Space Station (ISS). There, for all to see, were images released by NASA that showed a black object hovering above our planet in low Earth orbit. And it wasn't long after the images were thrust in front of a hopeful public before people were performing some conspiratorial sums and sharing them with the wider world. By way of explanation, STS-88 astronaut Jerry Ross pointed out that the ISS was in the midst of being constructed when the images were taken. The U.S. team, he said, was on its way to attach the American module to the one created by the Russians and, as part of that work, they had taken four trunnion pin thermal covers with them. The task was to wrap these around four bare trunnion pins, these being rods that attached the module to the space shuttle Endeavour while it was being transported. This would act to prevent heat loss from the exposed metal. Unfortunately, during one of the spacewalks associated with this work, things went a little bit wrong: One of the covers came loose from its tether, causing it to float away along with some other items. "Jerry, one of the thermal covers got away from you," STS-88 commander Robert Cabana (who now serves as associate administrator of NASA) told Ross during the spacewalk, and it soon became apparent that the cover was lost for good. Subsequently captured on camera, this runaway black object was given the catalog number 025570 by NASA. A few days later, the item fell from orbit and burned up. Much of this information been placed on the record. Former NASA engineer James Oberg, who personally knows Ross and the person who took the photos, cosmonaut Sergei Krikalev, has demonstrated that these supposed images of the Black Knight actually depict a very mundane object. "Before leaving NASA, I led the trajectory design team that produced the mission profile," Oberg told All About Space. "Every step of the way, there is consistency with what I learned as a lifelong spaceflight operations specialist: why the blankets were needed, why one of them came loose, why it floated off the way it did," he added. "The difference is, for the general public all these features are unearthly to folks who are only familiar with Earthside principles of heating, working, motion and dozens of other never-before-encountered-in-history aspects of outer space." Given Oberg's thorough debunking, you'd think the matter would have been put to bed long ago. But no. Since the images were shared far and wide, conspiracy theories have lingered. "They are probably some of the weirdest-looking 70-mm photos to ever come out of the space shuttle program," Oberg said. “And apparently a NASA website update made the original links inoperative, sparking concerns over a cover-up. All normal journalistic practices — determining the timeline, asking witnesses, searching for the wider context — were skipped." Conspiracists absorbed the STS-88 images into a growing body of "evidence," claiming they were proof that the Black Knight alien satellite really is out there. Reaching that conclusion, however, has required greats leaps of faith, and has also needed past observations to be forced into the overall story. Firm believers have had no problems going all the way back to 1899 in pursuit of such "truth," but, just like the photographic records, each piece of supposed evidence brought to the table so far has been explained just fine without falling back on the Black Knight myth. So what happened in 1899? Nikola Tesla began to record some very odd signals, seemingly from outer space. While in his barn-like laboratory in Colorado Springs that year, the genius Serbian-American inventor and electrical engineer noted some unusual radio signals and speculated they had come from an intelligent alien civilization. That's perhaps the least likely explanation, of course. Over the years, some people have speculated that Tesla may have detected emissions from a pulsar, a superdense, fast-spinning stellar corpse. But that's probably off the mark as well, scientists say. "The very first source of non-terrestrial radio waves was discovered in the 1930s, and that was from the center of our galaxy, which is the most powerful radio source in the sky at many frequencies," said Varoujan Gorjian, a scientist at NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California. "It wasn’t until the 1960s that the technology evolved to detect the first pulsars. If what Tesla detected was a real signal and not an artifact of his instrument, it most likely came from Earth." People continued to use Tesla's findings to bolster claims for the Black Knight. They also took on board the work of a Norwegian engineer called Jørgen Hals, who in the 1920s found that radio signals he transmitted were being echoed back to him a few seconds later. We now know these as long delayed echoes, and Hals was the first person to observe them. The fact that we don't have a confirmed explanation of their cause, however, has been seized upon: In 1973, Duncan Lunan wrote an article in Spaceflight magazine suggesting that people studying long delayed echoes had overlooked the possibility they were sent by an alien space probe. Lunan still has faith in an extraterrestrial explanation for the recordings. "The changes in the long distance echo patterns in apparent response to changes in the outgoing signals from Earth really do look like the responses of a Bracewell probe, and there is still no satisfactory natural explanation for the phenomenon," he said, referring to a hypothesized autonomous spacecraft designed to communicate with other civilizations. If the long distance echoes were deliberately produced by a probe, however, there's a problem in that they stopped in 1975. "If a probe was monitoring Earth, rather than trying to attract attention, perhaps it belatedly discovered from the 1973 to 1974 publicity that it had given away its presence in the 1920s and pulled out in 1975," Lunan said. "That's the only explanation I can see for its apparent departure." And yet, for all of that, Lunan said his research has nothing to do with the "Black Knight nonsense." If there is a link between his theory and the Black Knight, it is not one that is being made by him. The Black Knight conspiracy theory may be with us for a while yet, for there is growing public interest in unidentified flying objects (UFOs) — or, as the US military has recently rebranded them, unidentified aerial phenomena (UAP). This interest really began to surge in December 2017, when The New York Times published three videos captured by cameras aboard US Navy jets. The footage showed objects that appeared to maneuver in ways beyond the capabilities of known technology. That New York Times story also discussed the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP), a previously secret US military project looking into UFOs. Politico and The Washington Post published their own pieces about AATIP around that same time, adding to the UFO momentum. AATIP officially lasted just from 2007 to 2012. But in 2020, the military announced a successor program called the Unidentified Aerial Phenomena Task Force, whose mission is "to detect, analyze and catalog UAPs that could potentially pose a threat to US national security." This is a very practical concern for military officials. For example, what if some of the mysterious objects are alarmingly advanced reconnaissance craft developed by adversary nations? So there is some real intrigue and mystery surrounding UFOs, some of which are difficult to explain. But that mystery does not extend to the Black Knight, a wayward thermal blanket that burned up in Earth's atmosphere more than two decades ago. Fermi Paradox: Where are the aliens? The Fermi Paradox seeks to answer the question of where the aliens are. Given that our solar system is quite young compared to the rest of the universe — roughly 4.5 billion years old, compared to 13.8 billion — and that interstellar travel might be fairly easy to achieve given enough time, Earth should have been visited by aliens already, the idea goes. The paradox takes its name from Nobel Prize-winning physicist Enrico Fermi, who supposedly made the above points during a casual lunchtime conversation in 1950. And the implications have had astrobiologists and other scientists scratching their heads in the decades since. "Fermi grasped that any civilization with a modest amount of rocket technology and an immodest amount of imperial incentive could rapidly colonize the entire galaxy," representatives of the Search For Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) Institute in Mountain View, California, wrote in a Fermi Paradox explainer. "Within a few tens of millions of years, every star system could be brought under the wing of empire. Tens of millions of years may sound like a long project, but in fact it’s quite short compared to the age of the galaxy, which is roughly a thousand times more." Fermi died in 1954, so exploration and explication of the idea fell to other people, such as Michael Hart, who wrote an article titled "An explanation for the absence of extraterrestrials on Earth" in the Royal Astronomical Society (RAS) Quarterly Journal in 1975. (Some say this is the first such paper to explore the Fermi Paradox, although this claim is a bit hard to prove.) "We observe that no intelligent beings from outer space are now present on Earth," Hart wrote in the paper's abstract. "It is suggested that this fact can best be explained by the hypothesis that there are no other advanced civilizations in our galaxy." He noted, however, that more research in biochemistry, planetary formation and atmospheres was needed to better narrow down the answer. Hart argued that intelligent aliens could already have visited Earth at some point in our planet's history unless they started their journey less than two million years ago. He thought the apparent lack of such visits is most likely due to the lack of intelligent aliens. But he outlined four other potential explanations as well: Aliens never came here because of a physical difficulty "that makes space travel infeasible," which could be related to astronomy, biology or engineering. Aliens simply chose never to visit us. Advanced civilizations beyond Earth arose too recently for aliens to reach us. Aliens have visited Earth in the past, but we have not observed them. Frank Tipler, a professor of physics at Tulane University, followed up on Hart's argument in 1980 with a paper titled "Extraterrestrial intelligent beings do not exist," also published in the RAS Quarterly Journal. The bulk of his paper dealt with how to get resources for interstellar travel, which he suggested could be achieved by having some kind of self-replicating artificial intelligence move from star system to star system, creating copies of itself as it traveled. Since evidence of such advanced machinery has never been found on Earth, Tipler argued that we are likely the only intelligence out there. He also wrote in the 1980 paper that those who believe in extraterrestrial intelligence are similar to UFO (unidentified flying object) enthusiasts because both camps believe "we are going to be saved from ourselves by some miraculous interstellar intervention." Today, the topic of extraterrestrial intelligence is a popular one, with multiple papers appearing every year from different research groups. And the idea that advanced civilizations may exist beyond Earth has been buoyed by the ongoing exoplanet revolution. The universe is incredibly vast and old. Data gathered by a variety of telescopes show that the observable universe is about 92 billion light-years wide (and growing faster and faster all the while). And separate measurements indicate it is about 13.82 billion years old. So alien civilizations have had plenty of time to arise and spread — but they also likely must cross a vast cosmic gulf to get to us. When Fermi made his famous remark, the only planets scientists knew about were in our own solar system. But in 1992, astronomers spotted worlds circling a superdense stellar corpse known as a pulsar. And a few years later, the first exoplanet around a sunlike star was confirmed. There are now more than 5,000 confirmed exoplanets, with more being found every year. The sheer number of alien worlds suggests that life may be plentiful throughout the cosmos. Over time, with more advanced telescopes, scientists will be able to probe the chemical compositions of some nearby exoplanets' atmospheres. "Nearby" is a relative term, however; the closest known exoplanet, Proxima b, lies about 4.2 light-years away, which is roughly 25 trillion miles (40 trillion kilometers). The eventual goal is to understand how often rocky planets form in the "habitable zone" of their parent stars, which is traditionally defined as the range of orbital distances in which water can exist on a world's surface. Habitability isn't just about water, however. Other factors must be considered as well, such as the host star's activity and the planet's atmospheric composition. (And there are other reasons why the habitable zone, as traditionally defined, is increasingly viewed as overly simplistic. For example, icy moons in our own solar system, such as Jupiter's Europa and Saturn's Enceladus, lie far beyond the habitable zone and may still harbor life in their subsurface seas.) Such caveats notwithstanding, there does seem to be plenty of habitable real estate out there. For example, a November 2013 study using data from NASA's Kepler space telescope suggested that one in five sunlike stars has a roughly Earth-size planet orbiting in the habitable zone. A few months later, Kepler scientists released a "planet bonanza" of 715 newly discovered worlds. Many of these planets were confirmed using a new technique called "verification by multiplicity," which works partly on the logic of probability. (Objects seen to cross a star's face or tug at it gravitationally are more likely to be planets rather than companion stars, because a companion star at close proximity would likely destabilize the entire system over time.) Sunlike stars are the minority population in our galaxy, however; about three-quarters of Milky Way stars are small, dim burners known as red dwarfs. Astronomers have found multiple rocky worlds circling in the habitable zone of red dwarfs — Proxima b, for example, and three planets in the TRAPPIST-1 system, which lies about 39 light-years from Earth and harbors seven rocky worlds in total. But it's unclear how habitable such planets really are, because red dwarfs are incredibly volatile, especially in their youth. Stellar eruptions may therefore quickly blast away the nascent atmospheres of young "habitable zone" red dwarf planets, making it extremely difficult for life to get a foothold there. More study is required to better understand these stars and the ability of life to persist around them, scientists say. Researchers are getting more tools with which to do such work. For example, NASA's Transiting Exoplanet Survey Satellite (TESS) launched successfully in April 2018 and soon picked up the baton from Kepler, which was retired late that same year. The agency's highly-anticipated, $10 billion James Webb Space Telescope, which is scheduled to launch in December 2021, will hunt for potential biosignature gases in the air of nearby exoplanets, among many other tasks. The European Space Agency's PLATO (PLAnetary Transits and Oscillations of stars) mission is expected to launch in 2026. Three huge ground-based observatories powerful enough to sniff exoplanet air — the Extremely Large Telescope, the Giant Magellan Telescope and the Thirty-Meter Telescope — are scheduled to come online later this decade as well. And one highly ambitious project, known as Breakthrough Starshot, aims to study Proxima b and other nearby worlds up close with swarms of tiny, laser-sailing nanoprobes. If technology development goes well, the first such interstellar robotic craft could launch around 2050. Such missions and instruments will help scientists flesh out their understanding of astrobiology, which remains relatively primitive. For instance, we don't even know if there are life-hosting worlds in our own backyard. Studies here on Earth have shown that microbes can survive in extreme environments, suggesting that microbial life may well exist on Mars, Europa, Enceladus and/or the giant Saturn satellite Titan. But we haven't explored any of those worlds nearly well enough to know for sure. The Fermi Paradox is thinking much bigger than microbes, however. To solve it, we need to know not only how commonly life evolves on alien planets, but also how often it gains the ability, and the desire, to communicate with other intelligent lifeforms or go sailing among the stars. Related: 13 ways to hunt intelligent aliens The number of intelligent, detectable alien civilizations is estimated by the Drake Equation. In the words of the SETI Institute, the equation — written as "N = R* • fp • ne • fl • fi • fc • L" — has the following variables: "N: The number of civilizations in the Milky Way galaxy whose electromagnetic emissions are detectable. R*: The rate of formation of stars suitable for the development of intelligent life (number per year). fp: The fraction of those stars with planetary systems. ne: The number of planets, per solar system, with an environment suitable for life. fl: The fraction of suitable planets on which life actually appears. fi: The fraction of life bearing planets on which intelligent life emerges. fc: The fraction of civilizations that develop a technology that produces detectable signs of their existence. L: The average length of time such civilizations produce such signs (years)." None of these values are known with any certainty right now, which makes predictions difficult. So the Fermi Paradox is fertile ground for speculation, and scientists and laypeople have advanced literally hundreds of possible explanations over the years. These ideas run a very wide gamut. For example, in 2015, scientists analyzing data from the Hubble Space Telescope and the Kepler space telescope concluded that Earth was likely an early bloomer, relatively speaking. Just 8% of all the potentially habitable worlds that will ever exist in the universe were around when Earth formed about 4.5 billion years ago, the researchers determined. So that's one possible explanation to the paradox: The aliens will come, but not for a while yet. Or perhaps life is too fragile to survive for long. A 2016 study suggested that the early part of a rocky planet's history can be very conducive to life, which may commonly emerge starting just 500 million years or so after the planet cools down and liquid water becomes available. The history of our own Earth would seem to bolster that conclusion; there's (disputed) evidence that life had emerged here by about 4.1 billion years ago , and it was definitely established by 3.8 billion years ago. But those good times may not last long, thanks to a runaway greenhouse effect (as occurred on Venus long ago) or other climatic shifts. "Between the early heat pulses, freezing, volatile content variation and runaway positive feedbacks, maintaining life on an initially wet rocky planet in the habitable zone may be like trying to ride a wild bull. Most life falls off," researchers Aditya Chopra and Charley Lineweaver wrote in the study, which was published in the journal Astrobiology. "Life may be rare in the universe, not because it is difficult to get started, but because habitable environments are difficult to maintain during the first billion years." Or maybe the bottleneck comes much later. A number of thinkers have suggested that civilizations may tend to extinguish themselves soon after becoming technologically competent. Again, Earth provides some support for this hypothesis: Humanity came alarmingly close to nuclear war during the Cuban Missile Crisis in 1962, and we may be in the process of destroying ourselves, and much of the other life on the planet, right now via anthropogenic climate change. There are many other factors to consider as well. For example, planetary scientist Alan Stern, the leader of NASA's New Horizons mission to Pluto, recently posited that the most common life-hosting environments in the Milky Way galaxy may be buried oceans, such as the seas of Enceladus and Europa. Organisms that evolve in such locales seem unlikely to develop spacecraft; indeed, many of them may not even know there are other worlds out there to explore. Alien psychology could be playing a role as well. Maybe there are lots of advanced alien civilizations out there, for example, but most of them have no desire to communicate with us or visit Earth. Perhaps Earth and its inhabitants just aren't interesting enough for them to trifle with — and won't be until humanity demonstrates enough intelligence and merit to be welcomed into the "galactic club." Or maybe most intelligent aliens tend to keep quiet as a general rule, concerned that making contact with their cosmic neighbors could bring on their own enslavement or annihilation. A number of researchers, including the late Stephen Hawking, have invoked such possibilities in arguing that humanity shouldn't actively advertise its presence. Then there are the logistical difficulties of finding intelligent aliens. The universe is enormous and incredibly old. Humanity has been around for just 200,000 years, and we've been listening for possible radio signals from E.T. just since 1960. So the odds that we overlap in time and space with a detectable alien civilization don't seem great. There probably is no single solution to the Fermi Paradox, most researchers say. A combination of factors — including, perhaps, some of the ones discussed above — are likely responsible for the "great silence" that currently confronts us. And the nature of those factors may start coming into clearer focus relatively soon. For example, say scientists find evidence of past or present microbial life on Mars, Europa or another body in our own solar system, and that those organisms represent a "second genesis" — something totally different than life on Earth. Such a discovery would strongly suggest that it's not hard for life to get going throughout the cosmos, allowing researchers to cross one possible Fermi Paradox explanation off the lengthy list. Do modern researchers tend to accept the premise of the Fermi Paradox — that is, if intelligent life outside our planet exists, then it's likely that they would have contacted or reached Earth by now? I can't speak for everyone else, but no I do not believe in the premise. Because the Earth is the only planet where we know that life exists, we can only make guesses based on how life here has evolved. The Earth formed about 4.6 billion years ago. Life on Earth began at least 3.5 billion years ago, since fossils of this age have been found, but simpler cells are expected to have formed earlier than that. Possibly, life on Earth started very quickly after conditions allowed for liquid water to be commonly available. On the other hand, life that had more than one cell took until about 1 billion years ago, and humans did not evolve in 0.2 billion years ago. As far as we know, humans are the only life form on the Earth that thinks about what is going on in the Universe, and could potentially communicate with other life. The first telescopes were invented about 400 years ago, and the first space probes were launched less than 100 years ago. What I take away from this is that simple life (like one celled organisms) might be easy to create, but complex life is harder, and life that tries to communicate with life elsewhere in the Universe could be extremely rare. While the technology to find and communicate with extraterrestrial life, once started, appears to develop extremely fast on the timeline of the Universe, we do not know how long modern humans will survive as a species. Is there a commonly accepted way to resolve the Fermi Paradox? I doubt there is a commonly accepted way to resolve the Fermi Paradox, other than to point to the fact that we have very little information about highly evolved intelligent life. We don't know how rare it is, how long a civilization lasts, how likely it would or would not want to communicate with us, how likely it would spread through the Galaxy, or how we would recognize and understand each other. In the absence of any real information to figure any of this out, it just seems like there are many possibilities to solve it. In evaluating the Fermi Paradox, it is important to think about the vast distances of space in the Milky Way. The time for light to travel to the nearest star is more than four years. If a rocket ship travels 20,000 miles per hour, then it would take more than 33,000 years to get there. The light travel time from the Sun to the center of our galaxy is 30,000 years. The rocket travel time is a 170 million years. It is completely unclear whether life will want to, or be able to, travel over these sorts of distances to populate the Galaxy. If it is attempted, it is not clear whether there are suitable places for it to land and thrive. Spreading life throughout the galaxy might be much more difficult than Fermi supposed. Do researchers studying exoplanets, particularly potentially habitable ones, usually consider the Fermi Paradox? Modern researchers looking for potentially habitable planets usually use the Seager Equation when they are thinking about the likelihood of finding life. This is an update of the Drake Equation which was a summary of what people were looking for in 1961. Note that one of the key differences is that the Seager Equation asks how many planets we can find with life that transformed the atmosphere (for example by photosynthesis), while the Drake Equation calculates the number of civilizations that are sending out detectable radio waves. In the 20th century, the SETI program looked for these civilizations and found no signals of such civilizations. So you can see that the conversation has changed to the search for life that is not necessarily intelligent — something that the Earth's history would tell us is much more likely to find. I occasionally teach an Exoplanets and Life class, and the textbook I use does not talk about the Fermi Paradox. My expectation is that most researchers are not currently thinking about it. The current search is for exoplanets, habitable exoplanets with liquid water, and signs of life that is not necessarily intelligent. What are some ways current research might eventually resolve the Fermi Paradox? As we learn more about exoplanets, it becomes more possible to make statistical statements about the likelihood of life, and the possibility for it to spread. The basis of the paradox lies in the idea that there are hundreds of billions of stars in the Milky Way, and with so many there must be other intelligent life on one of them. But we don't really have a way to assess whether that is true. In six tons of sand, there are hundreds of billions of grains of sand. So, it might seems reasonable to think that there must be at least one of them that is made of uranium. But we don't look for uranium on the beach because if it was there, it would be dissolved in the water and wash away. Just having a large number of objects doesn't mean that every possibility for what those objects are must therefore exist. Current experiments are teaching us how many exoplanets there are, what the conditions are on those planets, how common it is for exoplanets to have surface temperatures that allow for liquid water, and possibly how many exoplanets exhibit atmospheric abundances that favor the existence of life. We are working towards actually finding other life of any kind that is on another planet. This information would give us some basis for then extrapolating to the probability that technological civilizations form elsewhere, and would tell us how far they might have to travel to find the nearest habitable planet where they could establish a colony. Ultimate Field Guide 82 Extraterrestrial Species Iceberg Explained Alleged Alien Races https://rumble.com/v2lb5b8-ultimate-field-guide-82-extraterrestrial-species-iceberg-explained-alleged-.html In the story of the abduction and encounters with alien beings or humanoids in the history of ufology, there are, as reported by the various reports of the various police and military who are interested in the subject, lists of different types of beings who should represent various civilizations do not belong to the human, who were either vengoino still in touch with people on our planet. Taboo Conspiracy Of Nature's True Flat Earth Real Time 40 Schemes From N.A.S.A. https://rumble.com/v2dm0zi-taboo-conspiracy-of-natures-true-flat-earth-real-time-40-schemes-from-n.a.s.html Taboo Conspiracy and Other Video's Removed by ? Those channels have since been silenced by ? the other censor's and Nazis at Alphabet. lot's of people have provides time and time again, the very best proofs of our flat world, tests and experiments that completely debunk the heliocentric fantasy, and is also personally responsible for exposing the fakery in every supposed 24/7 sun in Antarctica video. He has certainly opened hundreds of thousands of people’s eyes to our false reality and for that, I’m proud to share his work here at new world order year zero. Flat Earth 21 Questions And Answers Proving Stranger's Guide And Course Flat Earth https://rumble.com/v2u3emu-flat-earth-21-questions-and-answers-proving-strangers-guide-and-course-flat.html Proving Stranger's Guide And Course Flat Earth A comprehensive beginners course that thoroughly explains the answers to 21 of the most frequently asked questions about flat earth. Journey through the list from beginning to end while all the "loose ends" are tied up by the time it's over. Share with you friends, family and loved ones. The #earth is most definitely #flat and it is important for us to understand. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA has since sponsored space expeditions, both human and mechanical, that have yielded vital information about the solar system and universe. During the 1960s, NASA started its space science and interplanetary probe program, with the Mariner program being its flagship program, launching probes to Venus, Mars, and Mercury in the 1960s. The Jet Propulsion Laboratory was the lead NASA center for robotic interplanetary exploration, making significant discoveries about the inner planets. Flat Earth Vs. Round Earth 8 Ways Life Would Get Weird On A Flat Earth Conspiracy https://rumble.com/v2pu5k6-flat-earth-vs.-round-earth-8-ways-life-would-get-weird-on-a-flat-earth-cons.html Flat-earthers believe one of the most curious conspiracy theories on the internet. Here's a look at what they believe and why. Of all the conspiracy theories that litter the Internet, the flat Earth conspiracy is quite possibly the most curious. After all, the ancient Greeks figured out the planet's shape (and even its circumference) in the third century B.C. But a fringe society founded in the 1950s, dedicated to insisting that the Earth is flat, has given rise to a modern ground of flat Earth adherents. These believers claim that the Earth is a flat disc, and that evidence that it is round — say, pictures taken from space — are an elaborate hoax involving multiple governments. Opinions differ on exactly how the flat Earth works, with believers concocting elaborate versions of physics and creative interpretations of the solar system to make their theories work. Proofs Earth Is Not A Spinning Ball What The Hell Happened 200 Times Collection https://rumble.com/v2u2d94-proofs-earth-is-not-a-spinning-ball-what-the-hell-happened-200-times-collec.html Proofs Earth Is Not A Spinning Ball When a photo of spherical Earth is pointed out to flat-earthers, they will dismiss it as CGI in the blink of an eye; even if they haven’t done any analysis at all. They do this because their belief in flat-Earth is not evidence-based, and any evidence contrary to their beliefs needs to be invalidated no matter how. They are so used to doing it, and sometimes they become confused by it themselves, to the point that they would take the slightest hint of digital manipulation of any picture of the Earth as evidence of the flat Earth. Flat Earth 101 Channel - Episode 14 - Eclipse Of Fantasy - (Gerhana Fantasi) https://rumble.com/v2bq47m-flat-earth-101-channel-episode-14-eclipse-of-fantasy-gerhana-fantasi-w0w.html This is the number 1 question? - Flat Earthers hear, why would anyone go through this elaborate hoax? - The powers that be want to hide the truth of our existence at all costs as they do not want to have anyone/anything else in higher power than themselves. The majority of people believe they are descendants. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". After Atomic World War 3 Is Over Creation Of The Humanoids AI Robots Futura Lives https://rumble.com/v2im0dw-after-atomic-world-war-3-is-over-creation-of-the-humanoids-ai-robots-futura.html What would happen to planet earth if the human race were to suddenly disappear forever? Would ecosystems thrive? What remnants of our industrialized world would survive? What would crumble fastest? Life After People is a television series on which scientists, structural engineers, and other experts speculate about what might become of Earth should humanity instantly disappear. If anything, the world is consistent; no one in any country has a clue how to rebuild the castles found in their own countries. Real Timeline Of Deception Part 0 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Exploring Tartaria - Old World Secrets Revealed https://rumble.com/v2u8ef4-real-timeline-of-deception-part-0-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 1 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part I - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ua8sa-real-timeline-of-deception-part-1-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 2 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Timeline Deception - Part II - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ubf4w-real-timeline-of-deception-part-2-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 3 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The King of Tartaria - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2ueih6-real-timeline-of-deception-part-3-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 4 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - Relics, Reliquaries, & The First Resurrection https://rumble.com/v2ugl92-real-timeline-of-deception-part-4-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 5 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Saints - The Ruling Class - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2uij7w-real-timeline-of-deception-part-5-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 6 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years From Atheism, Agnosticism, New Age, Protestantism, to Roman Catholicism https://rumble.com/v2ujvr6-real-timeline-of-deception-part-6-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 7 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years The Millennial Kingdom of God - Exploring Tartaria https://rumble.com/v2uldss-real-timeline-of-deception-part-7-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 8 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Magic of the White City 1893 Chicago World's Fair https://rumble.com/v2un20g-real-timeline-of-deception-part-8-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 9 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years 1000 Years Added To Our History & Dark Ages Never Existed https://rumble.com/v2uo07i-real-timeline-of-deception-part-9-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-ou.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 10 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Church History - Complete Documentary AD 33 to Present https://rumble.com/v2uprfu-real-timeline-of-deception-part-10-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 11 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Christmas Unveiled - Pied Piper - Templars Secret - Saturn's Workshop - Giants Stealing Children https://rumble.com/v2urmd0-real-timeline-of-deception-part-11-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 12 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Ancient Cloning Factories - Foundlings - Incubators - Test-Tube Babies https://rumble.com/v2uu8ck-real-timeline-of-deception-part-12-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Real Timeline Of Deception Part 13 Exploring Tartaria 1000 Years Homunculus Unveiled - Jesus - Artificial Generation - Liber Vaccae - Lost Esoteric Secrets https://rumble.com/v2uwmvc-real-timeline-of-deception-part-13-exploring-tartaria-1000-years-added-to-o.html Archaix Chronology Anunnaki Sumerian Gods Crystalinks Timelines 2040B.C. 2046A.D. https://rumble.com/v2v0zks-archaix-chronology-anunnaki-sumerian-gods-crystalinks-timelines-2040b.c.-20.html Archaix 2.0 Doomsday Chronology Five color charts with extensive Legend-chronology; exhibits 62 dates involving 300 events in linear timeline combining the Phoenix and Nemesis X Object appearances, the Mayan Long-Count baktuns and the Anunnaki NER 600 year periods, a history spanning over 74 centuries to May 2040 and November 2046. https://rumble.com/v2b2zqq-a-must-see-video-what-on-earth-happened-parts-14-all-13-parts-together-woeh.html The Lost History of Earth (Ewaranon) W0W - A Must See Video Lost Earth Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally. https://rumble.com/v28b4q6-a-must-see-video-lhfe-part-8-history-of-a-lost-earth-all-7-parts-together-l.html The Secret Life of Symbols with Jordan Maxwell Knowledge of the Heavens, Life on Earth https://rumble.com/v28wyns-the-secret-life-of-symbols-with-jordan-maxwell-knowledge-of-the-heavens-lif.html Ancient Religions From Alpha To Stone Age To Omega To Modern Times To Infinity https://rumble.com/v2wigv2-ancient-religions-from-alpha-to-stone-age-to-omega-to-modern-times-to-infin.html This 11.5 Hrs. Full Documentary With Sound Is About Ancient Religions From Alpha To Stone Age To Omega To Modern Times To Infinity. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. This mind blowing documentary will shift your perspective of the world monumentally.

NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). In December 2022, NASA astronauts wrapped up successful repairs at the International Space Station after a rare Christmas Eve spacewalk to fix an equipment cooling system. A CHRONOLOGY OF DEFINING EVENTS IN NASA HISTORY, 1958-1998 See Part One - For Start Of The Text 4 This Post. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html 2 Dec. 1993 Astronauts Richard O. Covey and Kenneth D. Bowersox piloted Space Shuttle Endeavour (STS-61) on a highly successful mission to repair the optics of the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) and perform routine servicing on the orbiting observatory. Following a precise and flawless rendezvous, grapple, and berthing of the telescope in the cargo bay of the Shuttle, the Endeavour flight crew, in concert with controllers at Johnson Space Center, Houston, Texas, and Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, Maryland, completed all eleven planned servicing tasks during five extravehicular activities for full accomplishment of all STS-61 servicing objectives. This included installation of a new Wide Field & Planetary Camera and sets of corrective optics for all the other instruments, as well as replacement of faulty solar arrays, gyroscopes, magnetometers, and electrical components to restore the reliability of the observatory subsystem. The Endeavour then provided HST with a reboost into a 321-nautical-mile, nearly circular orbit. Re-deployment of a healthy HST back into orbit using the shuttle robotic arm occurred at 5:26 a.m. EST on 10 Dec., and the telescope was once again a fully operational, free-flying spacecraft with vastly improved optics. Orbital verification of HST's improved capabilities occurred in early Jan., well ahead of the March schedule. Endeavour, the newest of the orbiters, was named after the 18th century vessel captained by British explorer Capt. James Cook. The new Shuttle craft took its maiden voyage in May 1992. 25 Jan.-3 May 1994 After launch from Cape Canaveral, Florida, the joint Department of Defense/NASA Clementine mission mapped most of the lunar surface at a number of resolutions and wavelengths from Ultra Violet to Infrared. The spacecraft was launched on 25 Jan., at 16:34 local time, and the nominal lunar mission lasted until the spacecraft left lunar orbit on 3 May. A malfunction in one of the on-board computers on 7 May at 14:39 UTC (9:39 AM EST) caused a thruster to fire until it had used up all of its fuel, leaving the spacecraft spinning at about 80 RPM with no spin control. The spacecraft remained in geocentric orbit and continued testing the spacecraft components until the end of mission. Perhaps the most important scientific finding of the mission was the possibility of an abundant supply of water on the Moon that would make establishment of a self-sustaining lunar colony much more feasible and less expensive than presently thought. Study of lunar samples revealed that the interior of the Moon is essentially devoid of water, so no underground supplies could be used by lunar inhabitants. However, the lunar surface is bombarded with water-rich objects such as comets, and scientists have suspected that some of the water in these objects could migrate to permanently dark areas at the lunar poles, perhaps accumulating to useable quantities. Analysis of data returned from a radio-wave experiment performed by Clementine revealed that deposits of ice exist in permanently dark regions near the south pole of the Moon. Initial estimates suggested that the volume of a small lake exists, 1 billion cubic meters. 3-11 Feb. 1994 Astronauts Charles F. Bolden and Kenneth S. Reightler, Jr., flew Space Shuttle Discovery (STS-60) on a historic mission featuring the first Russian cosmonaut to fly on a U.S. mission in space, Mission Specialist Sergei K. Krikalev, veteran of two lengthy stays aboard the Russian Mir Space Station. This mission underlined the newly inaugurated cooperation in space between Russia and the U.S., featuring Russia's becoming an international partner in the international space station effort involving the U.S. and its international partners. 3-11 Feb. 1995 Exactly one year after a major cooperative flight with the Russians in STS-60, NASA's Space Shuttle Discovery, this time STS-63, flew another historic mission featuring the flyby of the Russian Mir Space Station. It also featured the first time that a woman pilot, Eileen M. Collins, flew the Space Shuttle. Vladimir Titov is also aboard, the first Russian to be launched aboard a U.S. spacecraft. 27 Jun.-7 Jul. 1995 Twenty years after the world's two greatest spacefaring nations and Cold War rivals staged a dramatic link­up between piloted spacecraft in the Apollo-Soyuz Test Project during the summer of 1975, the space programs of the United States and Russia again met in Earth orbit when the Space Shuttle Atlantis docked to the Mir Space Station. The STS­71 mission by Atlantis was the first of seven planned shuttle/Mir link­ups between 1995 and 1997, including rendezvous, docking, and crew transfers. Atlantis docked with Mir on 29 Jul., and the combine crew of astronauts and cosmonauts performed several experiments. At the end of joint docked activities on 4 Jul., two Russian cosmonauts lifted to the Mir by the shuttle, assumed responsibility for operations of the Mir station. At the same time, the Mir­18 crew, who had been aboard the station since 16 Mar. 1995-Commander Vladimir Dezhurov, Flight Engineer Gennady Strekalov, and American astronaut Norm Thagard-joined the STS­71 crew for the return trip to Earth. Thagard returned home with the American record for a single space flight with more than 100 days in space. The previous record had been held by the Skylab­4 crew with 84 days in 1973­1974. Thagard broke that record on 6 Jun. 1995. 11-20 Nov. 1995 This mission by the Space Shuttle Atlantis carried up and attached a Russian-built docking port and orbiter docking system to the Mir space station for use in future shuttle dockings. 28 Nov. 1995 A McDonnell-Douglas MD-11-equipped with a propulsion controlled aircraft (PCA) system developed by NASA's Dryden Flight Research Center, McDonnell Douglas Aerospace, Pratt & Whitney Aircraft, and Honeywell, Inc.-made the first-ever safe, fully automated landing of a transport aircraft using only engine thrust for control. NASA Dryden engineers and pilots began developing the system in the wake of a long series of failures of hydraulic flight control systems in the 1970s, three of which resulted in crashes claiming the lives of over 1,200 people. The system evolved through landings by NASA research pilot Gordon Fullerton of a NASA F-15 research aircraft using a similar system in April 1993 and of the MD-11 in August 1995 with a prototype system that required him to use cockpit knobs and thumbwheels aided by a still-developing software system. The system used for landings on 28 and 30 November 1995 relieved the pilot of virtually all manual manipulation beyond engaging the auto-land system. The PCA system has the potential of providing aircraft a back-up system to enable safe landings in the event the airplane loses its hydraulic controls. 7 Dec. 1995 Galileo: Probe released into Jupiter's atmosphere. 22-31 Mar. 1996 In this Atlantis shuttle mission to dock with the Russian space station Mir, the United States left astronaut Shannon Lucid, the first U.S. woman to fly on the station, aboard for a total of five months. 7 Aug. 1996 NASA announced that a team of its scientists had uncovered evidence, however not conclusive proof, that microscopic life may have once existed on Mars. The team of scientists recounted the meteor's history, found in Antarctica in 1984 and why they suspect it is from Mars. The 4.2 pound, potato-sized rock, identified as ALH84001, is approximately the same age as the Red Planet. When ALH84001 formed as an igneous rock about 4.5 billion years ago, Mars was much warmer and probably contained oceans hospitable to life. Then, about 15 million years ago, a large asteroid hit the Red Planet and jettisoned the rock into space where it remained until it crashed into Antarctica about 11,000 B.C. The nine-member team of NASA and Stanford University scientists, led by Johnson Space Center scientists David S. McKay and Everett K. Gibson, Jr., presented three compelling, but not conclusive, pieces of evidence that suggest that fossil-like remains of Martian microorganisms, which date back 3.6 billion years, are present in ALH84001. During their two-and-a-half year investigation, the JSC team found trace minerals in the meteor that are usually associated with microscopic organisms. They also used a newly developed electron microscope to uncover possible microfossils that measure between 1/100 to 1/1000 the diameter of a human hair. Finally, discovered organic molecules called polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in ALH84001, usually resulting when microorganisms die and their complex organic molecules breakdown. They called for additional research from other scientists either to confirm or refute these findings. 13 Aug. 1996 Data from NASA's Galileo probe at Jupiter revealed that the gas giant's moon, Europa, may harbor "warm ice" or even liquid water-key elements in life-sustaining environments. Many scientists and science fiction writers have speculated that Europa-in addition to Mars and Saturn's moon Titan-is one of the three planetary bodies in this Solar System that might possess, or may have possessed, an environment where primitive life can exist. Galileo's photos of Europa were taken during a flyby of Ganymede some 96,000 miles away from Europa. They reveal what look like ice floes similar to those seen in Earth's polar regions. The pictures also reveal what look like giant cracks in Europa's ice where warm water "environmental niches" may exist. Although NASA officials stressed that the photos do not conclusively prove anything, they do think that the images are exciting, compelling, and suggestive. 16-26 Sep. 1996 The Atlantis docked with Mir and retrieved Shannon Lucid and left John Blaha for continued joint operations aboard the Russian station. Astronaut Lucid set a new record for an American living in space and broke the world's record for a woman living in space by spending 181 days aboard the Russian Mir Space Station. President Clinton presented Lucid, who conducted microgravity and life sciences experiments aboard the Mir, with the Congressional Space Medal of Honor in an early December ceremony, citing Lucid "for her contributions to international cooperation in space...Shannon Lucid is an explorer in the best tradition of those who dare to challenge the unknown." 13 Jan. 1997 NASA scientists announced the discovery of three black holes in three normal galaxies, suggesting that nearly all galaxies may harbor supermassive black holes which once powered quasars (extremely luminous nuclei of galaxies), but now are quiescent. This conclusion was based on a census of 27 nearby galaxies carried out by NASA's Hubble Space Telescope and ground-based telescopes in Hawaii, which were used to conduct a spectroscopic and photometric survey of galaxies to find black holes which have consumed the mass of millions of Sun-like stars. The key results are: (1) supermassive black holes are so common that nearly every large galaxy has one, (2) a black hole's mass is proportional to the mass of the host galaxy, so that, for example, a galaxy twice as massive as another would have a black hole that is also twice as massive, (3) the number and masses of the black holes found are consistent with what would have been required to power the quasars. 11-21 Feb. 1997 In a record five extravehicular activity (EVA) operations, astronauts from the shuttle Discovery performed the second Hubble Space Telescope servicing mission. This mission replaced the near-infra red camera (NICMOS) and the two-dimensional spectrograph and repaired insulation on the telescope. 20 Feb. 1997 The space probe Galileo exploring Jupiter and its moons discovered Icebergs on Europa. Images captured during Galileo's closest flyby of Europa showed features of the Jovian moon, lending credence to the possibility of hidden, subsurface oceans. The findings generated new questions about the possibility of life on Europa. 1-7 May 1997 A fleet of spacecraft with the International Solar Terrestrial Physics (ISTP) program watched for a break in Comet Hale-Bopp's plasma ion tail. Amateur astronomers around the world were also put on watch the first week of May 1997 when space scientists predicted based on earlier data from ISTP spacecraft estimated that Comet Hale-Bopp's ion tail likely would be disrupted when it enters a region around the Sun known as the "current sheet." Scientists explained that the disruption was a complicated interaction between the comet and the Sun's influence and magnetic fields. The comet first appeared in the spring and excited astronomers for its high visibility and ready analysis. 4 Jul. 1997 The inexpensive Mars Pathfinder (costing only $267 million) landed on Mars, after its launch in December 1996. A small, 23-pound robotic rover, named Sojourner, departed the main lander and began to record weather patterns, atmospheric opacity, and the chemical composition of rocks washed down into the Ares Vallis flood plain, an ancient outflow channel in Mars' northern hemisphere. This vehicle completed its projected milestone 30-day mission on 3 Aug. 1997, capturing far more data on the atmosphere, weather, and geology of Mars than scientists had expected. In all, the Pathfinder mission returned more than 1.2 gigabits (1.2 billion bits) of data and over 10,000 tantalizing pictures of the Martian landscape. The images from both craft were posted to the Internet, to which individuals turned for information about the mission more than 500 million times through the end of July. 25 Aug. 1997-Present Real-time data from NASA's Advanced Composition Explorer were incorporated into the daily weather forecasting system by the end of the year. NOAA's Space Environment Center in Boulder, Colorado, used data from this system to track solar disturbances. Positioned between the Sun and the Earth, the spacecraft intercepts solar winds and geomagnetic activity and allows forecasters to warn users such as satellite operators, power control centers, and others of the threat to their electronic systems resulting from sudden fluctuations in solar energy reaching Earth. 11 Sep. 1997 The Mars Global Surveyor space probe, launched in December 1996, entered orbit at the red planet. The spacecraft's magnetometer, detected a magnetic field on 15 Sep. The existence of a planetary magnetic field has important implications for the geological history of Mars and for the possible development and continued existence of life on Mars. The magnetic field had important implications for the evolution of Mars. Planets like Earth, Jupiter, and Saturn generate their magnetic fields by means of a dynamo made up of moving molten metal at the core. This metal is a very good conductor of electricity, and the rotation of the planet creates electrical currents deep within the planet that give rise to the magnetic field. A molten interior suggests the existence of internal heat sources, which could give rise to volcanoes and a flowing crust responsible for moving continents over geologic time periods. 25 Sep.-6 Oct. 1997 In this seventh docking mission with the Russian space station Mir, the shuttle Atlantis delivered three Russian air tanks and nine Mir batteries (170 pounds each). It also delivered a Spektor module repair kit (500 pounds), which enabled the station crew to begin serious repairs damaged in the Progress collision of 25 Jun. The mission also delivered 1,400 pounds of water; 1,033 pounds of U.S. science items; and 3,000 pounds of Russian supplies. During this mission Russian cosmonauts Parazynski and Titov conduct an EVA to retrieve four environmental effects space exposure experiments (MEEPS) on Mir's module. Atlantis also flew around Mir to assess the damage to the station. The astronaut Michael Foale also departed for Earth after a stay of nearly five months and was replaced by astronaut David Wolf. 15 Oct. 1997 The international Cassini space probe mission left Earth bound for Saturn atop an Air Force Titan IV-B/Centaur rocket in a picture-perfect launch at Cape Canaveral, Florida. With the European Space Agency's Huygens probe and a high-gain antenna provided by the Italian Space Agency, Cassini will arrive at Saturn on 1 July 2004. Dec. 1997 Scientists using the joint European Space Agency/NASA Solar and Heliospheric Observatory (SOHO) spacecraft have discovered "jet streams" or "rivers" of hot, electrically charged plasma flowing beneath the surface of the Sun. These new findings will help scientists understand the famous 11-year sunspot cycle and associated increases in solar activity that can disrupt the Earth's power and communications systems. 6 Jan. 1998 Lunar Prospector was launched on this date for a one-year polar mission to explore the Moon, especially whether or not water ice is buried inside the lunar crust. Developed as part of the Discovery program of frequent, low-cost missions, Lunar Prospector carried a small payload of only five instruments. Besides water, Lunar Prospector was also to look for other natural resources, such as minerals and gases, that could be used to build and sustain a future human lunar base or in manufacturing fuel for launching spacecraft from the Moon to the rest of the Solar System. The spacecraft's Gamma Ray Spectrometer will also collect a large amount of scientific data about chemical composition of the lunar surface and will measure the Moon's magnetic and gravitational fields. Its Alpha Particle Spectrometer will sniff out small quantities of gases that leak out from the lunar interior. Collectively, the scientific data that Prospector will send back to Earth will help researchers construct a more complete and detailed map of the Moon. In Mar. 1998 Lunar Prospector detected the presence of water ice at both lunar poles, using data from the spacecraft's neutron spectrometer instrument. The lunar water ice is estimated at an overall range of eleven million to 330 million tons of lunar water ice dispersed over 3,600 to 18,000 square miles of water ice-bearing deposits across the northern pole, and an additional 1,800 to 7,200 square miles across the southern polar region. Furthermore, twice as much of the water ice mixture was detected by Lunar Prospector at the Moon's north pole as at the south. 29 Jan. 1998 An International Space Station agreement among 15 countries met in Washington to sign agreements to establish the framework for cooperation among the partners on the design, development, operation, and utilization of the Space Station. Acting Secretary of State Strobe Talbott signed the 1998 Intergovernmental Agreement on Space Station Cooperation, along with representatives of Russia, Japan, Canada and participating countries of the European Space Agency (Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom). Three bilateral memoranda of understanding were also signed by NASA Administrator Daniel S. Goldin separately with his counterparts: Russian Space Agency General Director Yuri Koptev, ESA Director General Antonio Rodota and Canadian Space Agency President William (Mac) Evans. 12 Mar. 1998 Development of the X-38, a spacecraft design planned for use as a future International Space Station emergency crew return "lifeboat," passed a major milestone today with a successful first unpiloted flight test. The first X-38 atmospheric test vehicle was dropped from under the wing of NASA's B-52 aircraft at the Dryden Flight Research Center, Edwards, CA, at 11:30 a.m. EST and completed a descent from a 23,000 foot altitude at 11:38 a.m. EST. The test focused on the use of the X-38's parafoil parachute, which deployed as planned within seconds after the vehicle's release from the B-52 and guided the test craft to landing. Atmospheric tests of the X-38 will continue for the next two years using three increasingly complex test vehicles. The drop tests will increase in altitude to a height of 50,000 feet and include longer flight times for the test craft prior to deployment of the parafoil. In 2000, an unpiloted space test vehicle is planned to be deployed from a Space Shuttle and descend to a landing. The X-38 crew return vehicle is targeted to begin operations aboard the International Space Station in 2003. Eventually, the X-38 will become the first new human spacecraft designed to return humans from orbit in more than twenty years, and it is being developed at a fraction of the cost of past human space vehicles. The primary application of the new spacecraft would be as an International Space Station "lifeboat," but the project also aims at developing a design that could be easily modified for other uses, such as a possible joint U.S. and international human spacecraft that could be launched on expendable rockets as well as the Space Shuttle. May 28, 1998 The Hubble Space Telescope gave humanity its first direct image of what is probably a planet outside our solar system-one apparently that has been ejected into deep space by its parent stars. Located in a star-forming region in the constellation Taurus, the object called TMR-1C, appears to lie at the end of a strange filament of light that suggests it has apparently been flung away from the vicinity of a newly forming pair of binary stars. At a distance of 450 light-years, the same distance as the newly formed stars, the candidate protoplanet would be ten thousand times less luminous than the Sun. If the object is a few hundred thousand years old, the same age as the newly formed star system which appears to have ejected it, it was estimated to be two to three times the mass of Jupiter, the largest gas giant planet in our Solar System. Is The Crew of the Exploded Challenger Space Shuttle Still Alive? (Yes They Are.) Conspiracy theory claims the seven astronauts supposedly killed in the 1986 Space Shuttle Challenger explosion are quietly living out their lives in the U.S.A. https://www.snopes.com/fact-check/challenger-crew-alive/ On the morning of 28 January 1986, NASA lost its first astronauts to an in-space accident when all seven members of the Space Shuttle Challenger crew were lost when a booster engine failed and caused the Challenger to break apart just 73 seconds after launch. Killed in that accident were Teacher-in-Space payload specialist Sharon Christa McAuliffe; payload specialist Gregory Jarvis; and astronauts Judith A. Resnik, mission specialist; Francis R. (Dick) Scobee, mission commander; Ronald E. McNair, mission specialist; Mike J. Smith, pilot; and Ellison S. Onizuka, mission specialist. Nearly thirty years later, in May 2015, the online world contemplated a conspiracy rumor questioning whether the Challenger crew was in fact still alive, as evidenced by the fact that persons resembling those original crew members (at the approximate ages they would be now), and bearing similar or identical names, are still living and working in the United States: What if I were to tell you that most, if not all, of Challenger's 7 crew members are still alive and thriving in their new professions, contrary to what we've been told? It's one thing that one of the Challenger's crew members resembles someone alive today. For that, we can chalk it up to a coincidence. Itâ??s another thing entirely that SIX members of the Challenger crew have doppelgängers who are alive, in some cases with exactly the same names (Richard Scobee, Michael J. Smith, Judith Resnick, Sharon McAuliffe). What are the chances of that? You don't have to be an expert in mathematics to know that those odds defy statistical probability. This exercise is an amusing example of how easy it is to weave a compelling conspiracy theory out of a few suggestive elements, but its premise defies credulity: NASA faked (for no explicable reason) the deaths of seven astronauts in a catostrophic shuttle accident, then allowed those astronauts to openly live out the rest of their lives back home without even taking the basic steps of disguising their physical appearances or real names — and nobody noticed it until nearly 30 years later. All this conspiracy exercise really demonstrates is that you can sometimes find two people with the same name who bear a passing resemblance to each other. To wit: Born on May 19, 1939, Commander Francis Richard Scobee was 46 when he died in the Challenger explosion. He would be 75 years old if he were alive today.Strangely, there's a man also named Richard Scobee, the CEO of a Chicago marketing-advertising company called Cows in Trees, who bears a striking resemblance (factoring in the 30-year timelapse) to Commander Richard Scobee — same high forehead, same eyebrows, same wide-set eyes that are slightly tilted down in their outer corners. These two Scobees are similar in appearance, but there are distinct differences that can't be accounted for by the passage of years (such as the difference in ear shapes). Moreover, at the time that Francis Richard Scobee, the former Air Force pilot, was training with NASA as an astronaut and serving as an instructor pilot for the shuttle's 747 carrier aircraft, Richard Scobee, the current CEO of Cows in Trees, was serving as CEO and President of The Marketing Edge, Inc. in Chicago. The same man couldn't have been holding down two such disparate jobs, in two widely separated geographic locations, at the same time. Born on Oct. 21, 1950, Challenger's mission specialist Ronald McNair, the second African-American astronaut, with a Ph.D. in physics, would be 64 years old if he had not perished in the space shuttle explosion. If Ronald (l) were still alive today, he would look just like this pic of his brother, Carl (r). Yes, the late Ronald McNair looked a lot like his brother, Carl, as many siblings do (but they're still easy to tell apart, as Carl has an obvious gap in his front teeth that Ronald didn't). And this proves what, exactly? It might be a curiosity if there were no record of the existence of "Carl McNair" until after the Challenger explosion, but that isn't the case. Are we supposed to believe that Ronald secretly took over his brother's identity after the Challenger "accident" and somehow engineered the disappearance of the real Carl? Of course, the real point of this comparison is that the creators of this conspiracy theory couldn't find a similarly named doppelgänger for Ronald McNair other than his own brother. Another Challenger mission specialist, Ellison Onizuka, the first Japanese-American astronaut, also has a lookalike brother named Claude. Born on June 24, 1946 in Hawaii, Ellison would be 68 years old today if he had not died in the Challenger explosion. If Ellison were still alive, he would look just like this pic of his younger brother Claude — same eyebrows, same eyes, same crow's feet wrinkles, same nose, even the same hair-parting. Again, the shocking revelation that someone looked a lot like his brother. And again, the creators of this theory couldn't find a similarly named doppelgänger for one of the Challenger astronauts other than his own brother. And now we pause for a pertinent question: Why has Gregory Jarvis been completely skipped over in this accounting of dead Challenger astronauts who are seemingly carrying on today as if nothing had ever happened to them? The simple answer is that it's because someone couldn't find any online photographs of another Gregory Jarvis who credibly resembles payload specialist Gregory Jarvis. Born on April 5, 1949, Challenger mission specialist Judith Arlene Resnik, with a Ph.D. in electrical engineering, was the first Jewish American astronaut to go into space and the second female American astronaut. She would be 66 years old today if she had not died in the explosion.If she were alive today, it is not difficult to imagine that after 29 years, astronaut Judith Resnik would look like Arthur Liman Professor of Law Judith Resnik at Yale Law School — dark curly hair, dark eyes, same eyebrow shape, same lines on both sides of the face extending up from the jaw. Nobody familiar with either person would confuse these two Judith Resniks with each other, as they have very different facial structures. And while Judith Resnik the electrical engineer was engaged in work and study at RCA, NIH, Xerox, and NASA in the 1970s and 80s, Judith Resnik the lawyer was teaching law school classes at Yale and USC. How someone could have been simultaneously (not to mention secretly) holding down two completely disparate jobs at opposite ends of the country remains unexplained. Born on Sept. 2, 1948, Sharon Christa McAuliffe was a social studies teacher at Concord High School in New Hampshire when she was selected from more than 11,000 applicants to participate in the NASA Teacher in Space Project. If Challenger had not exploded, she would be the first teacher in space. If she had not died in the Challenger disaster, McAuliffe would be 66 years old today.Well, there's a Sharon A. McAuliffe, an adjunct professor at Syracuse University College of Law, who kinda looks like an older astronaut McAuliffe, factoring in the 30 years timelapse. Look at the cowlick of hair, sweeping from the center of their hairlines to the left side of their foreheads. Same problems: These two Sharon McAuliffes don't really look all that much alike, and while Christa McAuliffe (she went by her middle name rather than "Sharon") the schoolteacher was obtaining degrees in education from Framingham State College (Massachusetts) and Bowie State University (Maryland), teaching social studies at Concord High School (New Hampshire), and training with NASA, Sharon McAuliffe the lawyer was attending Syracuse University and working for an accounting firm in Syracuse (New York). This conspiracy narrative concludes by claiming that there are no records in the Social Security Death Index (SSDI) for any of the seven Challenger astronauts: There is no Social Security Death Index for all 7 Challenger crew members. As far as Social Security is concerned, Francis Richard Scobee, Michael J. Smith, Ronald McNair, Ellison Onizuka, Judith Resnik, Greg Jarvis, and Sharon Christa McAuliffe are still alive. First of all, the SSDI is not comprehensive: That database indexes most &mdash but not all — persons who have died since 1936, had a Social Security Number (SSN), and whose death has been reported to the Social Security Administration. More important, this claim about missing records is not true: entries for at least four of the Challenger crewmembers can easily be found in SSDI searches. All in all, we have four Challenger astronauts who looked somewhat like persons with similar names who are living today, two Challenger astronauts who looked like their siblings, and one Challenger astronaut who apparently didn't look like anyone else bearing the same name. This conspiracy rumor about still-living "dead" Challenger astronauts is some good tongue-in-cheek fun, but as an actual theory it's sorely lacking in evidence and cohesiveness. The NASA Glenn Research Center was originally established as the Aircraft Engine Research Laboratory (AERL), part of the National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA) in 1941. The laboratory became a national resource for innovations in aircraft engine technology, which influenced commercial and military propulsion systems. The AERL was renamed the Lewis Research Center and became part of the new National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) in 1958. In 1999, NASA Lewis was renamed the John H. Glenn Research Center at Lewis Field. For decades, our scientists and engineers have advanced technology in both aviation and space exploration. These innovations have given the U.S. a leading role in the aerospace industry. Timeline 1940s - The Beginning The National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA) transforms the site of the National Air Races in Cleveland into a world-class Aircraft Engine Research Laboratory (AERL), which quickly makes contributions to the World War II effort. 1940 – The NACA announces on November 25 that it will build its new lab in Cleveland. 1941 – Groundbreaking ceremony for the AERL takes place on January 23. 1942 – E. Raymond Sharp officially named laboratory manager on December 1. 1943 – First research flight takes place on March 17 with a Martin B-26. AERL dedication ceremony held on May 20. 1944 – First test is performed in the Altitude Wind Tunnel with a jet engine. The Icing Research Tunnel is completed. 1945 – Lab's first supersonic wind tunnels begin operation in June. AERL undergoes major reorganization in October to focus on jet propulsion. 1946 – Post-war visitors include Dwight Eisenhower, Curtis LeMay, Frank Whittle and James Doolittle. 1948 – In honor of the late George Lewis, the lab’s name changed to NACA Lewis Flight Propulsion Laboratory. 1949 – 8-by-6 Foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel begins operation on April 3. First sponsored rocket testing at the lab is conducted for the Navy. Abe Silverstein is appointed chief of research on August 29 and reorganizes the staff. 1950s – New Types of Propulsion The laboratory’s research activities are reorganized to focus on high energy rocket propellants and nuclear propulsion. The launch of Sputnik in the fall of 1957 leads to the lab’s incorporation into the new NASA space agency. 1950 – New water droplet system perfected in the Icing Research Tunnel. 1951 – Initiation of transonic compressor research. 1952 – Abe Silverstein is appointed associate director. Propulsion Systems Laboratory No. 1 and 2 begins operation. 1953 – Lewis researchers receive safety award for their full-scale aircraft crash investigations. 1954 – First firing of a liquid hydrogen-oxygen engine takes place at the Rocket Lab. 1955 – Neil Armstrong begins his NASA career as a test pilot at Lewis. Silverstein co-authors report on the potential use of liquid hydrogen as a jet fuel. 1956 – The NACA breaks ground at Plum Brook for a nuclear test reactor. Dedication of the 10-by 10-Foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel. 10 x 10 testing of the inlet system for the world’s first supersonic bomber. 1957 – Lewis conducts first flights of a hydrogen-powered aircraft. Lewis staff discusses rocket work and space missions at the NACA’s 1957 Inspection. Lewis staff make recommendations for the NACA’s role in the space program. Rocket Engine Test Facility begins operation. 1958 – Laboratory incorporated into the new NASA space agency as the Lewis Research Center. NASA leases additional acreage at Plum Brook of new Rocket Systems Area facilities. Lewis acquires the West Area property and the Guerin House. 1959 – Launch of Big Joe capsule (assembled at Lewis) for Project Mercury. President Eisenhower approves official NASA seal designed by James Modarelli. 1960s – The Space Program The center contributes to the space program with a series of tests for Project Mercury, an intensive study into the storage and handling of liquid hydrogen, and management of the Centaur upper-stage rocket. By the late 1960s, the center was again shifting back toward aeronautics. 1960 – Mercury 7 astronauts, including John Glenn, train in Lewis' Multiple Axis Space Test Inertia Facility (MASTIF). Space Nuclear Propulsion Office (SNPO) created with Lewis responsible for engine technology. Retirement of original center director Raymond Sharp. 1961 – Abe Silverstein is named center director. Electric Propulsion Laboratory begins operation. Plum Brook Reactor Facility goes critical for first time. 1962 – Transfer of the Centaur upper stage rocket program to Lewis. Center hosts NASA’s largest public exhibition to date at Public Hall. 1963 – Transfer of the Agena upper stage rocket program to Lewis. Lewis manages first successful Centaur rocket launch (AC-2). NASA formally acquires Plum Brook Station from the Army. 1964 – First edition of Lewis News newsletter is issued. Space Electric Rocket Test (SERT I) conducts the first in-space ion thruster test. Stephen Papell invents magnetic fluids, leading to the creation of a ferrofluids industry. Opening of the Development Engineering Building in the North Area. 1965 – Cryogenic Tank Facility (K Site) begins operation at Plum Brook. 1966 – Atlas Centaur-8 becomes the first successful two-burn Centaur. Atlas-Centaur-10 launches the Surveyor spacecraft to the Moon. Center celebrates its 25th anniversary and hosts an Inspection for 2000 invited guests. Zero Gravity Facility begins operation. 1967 – Irving Pinkel participates in the Apollo 1 fire investigation 1968 – 9-by 15-Foot Low Speed Wind Tunnel begins operation. 1969 – Atlas Centaur rockets launch Mariner 6 and 7 flyby missions to Mars. Bruce Lundin becomes Lewis' third center director. Completion of the Space Power Facility and Space Propulsion Research Facility. 1970s – Quiet Engines and Loud Rockets Cutbacks to traditional aerospace programs spurred the center to explore new areas of research such as renewable energy and communication satellites. The aero-propulsion work concentrated on noise and emissions reductions. The center’s most high-profile successes during the 1970s were the Titan-Centaur launches of Viking and Voyager spacecraft. 1970 – Launch of the second Space Electric Rocket Test (SERT II). Lewis performs combustion testing to support the Apollo 13 investigation. 1971 – YF-12 Blackbird inlet testing conducted in the 10-by 10-foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel. NASA establishes the Aerospace Safety Research and Data Institute at Lewis. 1972 – Launch (AC-27) of Pioneer 10, the first man-made object to leave the solar system. Propulsion Systems Laboratory No. 3 and 4 begins operation. 1973 – NASA cancels its nuclear programs, resulting in layoffs of hundreds of Lewis employees. Shutdown of Plum Brook Station begins with the closure of the reactor facility. Lewis’ Wind Energy Conversion Workshop spurs wind turbine development program.1974 – First successful launch Titan-Centaur launch sends Helios 1 on mission to the sun. 1975 – Titan-Centaur launches the Viking 1 and 2 spacecraft to Mars. Dedication of the Mod-0A wind turbine at Plum Brook Station. 1976 – Launch of the Lewis-managed Communications Technology Satellite (CTS). Prop testing for the Advanced Turboprop Program begins in the 8-by-6 Wind Tunnel. 1977 – Titan-Centaur launches Voyager 1 and 2 on missions to explore the outer solar system.Cleveland Clinic begins using the Lewis Cyclotron for its Neutron Therapy Program. 1978 – John McCarthy becomes the fourth Lewis center director. Lewis activates the world’s first solar electric village in Schuchuli, Arizona. Dedication of the Lewis Visitors Information Center. 1979 – Peak of Lewis’ wind energy research efforts. 1980s – The Shuttle Era Begins NASA Lewis goes for major roles in mainstream programs. New programs include the space station power system, the Shuttle/Centaur upper-stage vehicle, and the Advanced Communications Technology Satellite (ACTS). 1980 – Dedication of the Research Analysis Center (RAC). Isidore Warshawsky becomes the first NASA employee with 50 years of service. 1981 – Center is assigned responsibility for the Shuttle-Centaur program. 1982 – Andy Stofan becomes Lewis' fifth center director. Center’s first strategic plan is issued. 1983 – Lewis makes first significant staffing increase in 20 years. 1984 – Center is assigned responsibility for the space station power system. 1985 – Lewis holds first Simulated Shuttle Program for local students. 1986 – Cancellation of the Shuttle-Centaur program. Reactivation of the Space Power Facility begins at Plum Brook. 1987 – The Icing Research Tunnel is designated an ASME Historic Engineering Landmark . John Klineberg becomes Lewis center director. NASA wins Emmy for developing the Communications Technology Satellite. 1988 – Advanced Turboprop team receives Robert J. Collier Trophy on May 13. 1989 – Space Electric Rocket Test (SERT II) is reactivated nearly 20 years after its launch. Dedication of the Power Systems Facility to support the space station program. Atlas-Centaur 68 is the last Lewis-managed commercial Centaur launch. 1990s - A New Name The Center continues its leading aero-propulsion, space power and space propulsion work. Lewis assumes a lead role in the microgravity program as the program manager for Fluid Physics and Combustion Microgravity Research. 1990 – Larry Ross becomes Lewis center director. 1991 – Center celebrates its 50th anniversary. Dedication of new Edward R. Sharp Employee Center. 1992 – 1-by 1-Foot Supersonic Wind Tunnel reaches 5,000 hours of run time. Joseph Nieberding travels to Moscow to explore the use of Russian spacecraft for the space station. Dedication of the Ohio Aerospace Institute. 1993 – Center given responsibility for propulsion system for the new High Speed Research program. Lewis staff help transition Space Station Freedom into the International Space Station. STS-51 deploys the Advanced Communications Technology Satellite (ACTS). 1994 – Donald Campbell is appointed center director. 1995 – Delivery of Lewis-managed Mir Cooperative Solar Array to Russian space station Mir. Lewis rolls out DC-9 aircraft modified for microgravity research. 1996 – Deployment of Lewis-managed Mir Cooperative Solar Array on Mir. 1997 – Mars Pathfinder lands on the Martian surface with Lewis experiments. Last Lewis-managed Centaur launch sends the Cassini spacecraft toward Saturn. 1998 – Launch of Deep Space I powered by Lewis' NSTAR ion thruster. 1999 – The center is renamed the John H. Glenn Research Center. 2000s – The 21st Century The center makes key contributions to the Columbia Accident Investigation and Constellation Project. The campus also undergoes transformation with the addition of the Mission Integration Center and the removal of several historic facilities. 2000 – Dedication of the Ballistics Lab in the Materials and Structures Building. Glenn-designed solar arrays delivered to the International Space Station. 2001 – STS-107 crew visits Glenn to train on the Combustion Module-2. 2002 – Graphics and Visualization (GRUVE) Lab and Telescience Support Center facilities open. 2003 – Julian Earls becomes center director. Ballistics Lab performs impact testing for the Columbia accident investigation. 2004 – Center formally acquires the S-3 Viking aircraft. 2005 – Woodrow Whitlow becomes Glenn center director. 2006 – NASA assigns Glenn responsibility for Orion service module. 2007 – Rededication of the Space Power Facility (SPF). Launch of the NSTAR thruster-powered Dawn asteroid mission 2008 – Demolition of the Altitude Wind Tunnel commences. Assembled Ares I-X segments leave Glenn for delivery to Kennedy Space Center. 2009 – Commercial Aviation Safety Team Robert J. Collier Trophy. Glenn-designed Ares I-X Upper Stage Simulator is successfully launched. 2010 – NASA Glenn Visitor Center moves to Great Lakes Science Center. Ramon Lugo becomes center director. 2011 – Dedication of the new main gate and security building. 2012 – Space Communications and Navigation (SCaN) sent to the ISS. 2013 – Jim Free becomes Glenn center director. NEXT thruster completes record-setting 5 1/2-year duration test. 2014 – Glenn dedicates new Mission Integration Center building. 2015 – The center inducts first class into the Glenn Hall of Fame. 2016 – Janet Kavandi becomes center director. Orion Crew Module acoustics testing conducted at the Space Power Facility. 2017 – Glenn celebrates its 75th anniversary. 2018 – Orion spacecraft for Artemis I is tested at the Space Power Facility Groundbreaking for the Research Support Building. 2019 – Software Defined Radio team inducted into Space Technology Hall of Fame. 2020 – Dr. Marla E. Pérez-Davis becomes center director. Plum Brook Station is renamed the Neil Armstrong Test Facility. What was the space race? The space race was a 20th Century struggle between two nation-states, the Soviet Union (USSR) and the United States (US). The pursuit for both was the domination of space flight technologies. The competition began on 2 August 1955, when the Soviet Union responded to the US announcement of their similar intent to launch artificial satellites. The space race has its origins in the nuclear arms race between the two nations following the Second World War. Both sides were aided by German missile technology and scientists from their missile programme. The technological advantages required for such power were seen as necessary for national security and political superiority. The space race produced groundbreaking efforts to launch artificial satellites; space probes of the Moon, Venus, and Mars, and human space voyages in low Earth orbit and lunar missions. The space race between the United States (US) and the Soviet Union (USSR) was a remarkable time in history with many far-reaching achievements in science, space exploration, and technology. This timeline shows the twenty-year competition between the two nations. Space race timeline 2 August 1955: The USSR responds to the US announcement that they intend to launch the first artificial satellite into space with a satellite of their own. 4 October 1957: The USSR successfully launches Sputnik 1, the first Earth-orbiting satellite in history. 3 November 1957: The USSR successfully launches Sputnik 2, carrying a dog named Laika into space. They become the first nation to successfully send a living organism into orbit. 31 January 1958: The US enter the space race by launching Explorer 1, the first US satellite to reach orbit. It carried experimental equipment that led to the discovery of the Van Allen radiation belt. 1 October 1958: The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is created in the US, replacing the National Advisory Committee on Aeronautics (NACA). 18 December 1958: The US launch SCORE, the world's first communications satellite. It captured world attention by broadcasting a pre-recorded Christmas message from US President Dwight D. Eisenhower, becoming the first broadcast of a human voice from space. 2 January 1959: The USSR launches Luna 1, known as the first "cosmic rocket" as it accidentally escaped the orbit of the Moon due to the object having too much speed. Luna 1 becomes the first human-made object to leave the orbit of the Earth and orbit the sun instead. 2 August 1959: The US launches Explorer 6, the world's first weather satellite and obtains the first pictures of Earth from space. 12 September 1959: The USSR launches Luna 2 and accomplishes its mission of creating the first spacecraft to reach the surface of the Moon. 4 October 1959: The USSR launches Luna 3 and succeeds in their mission of sending an object into orbit around the Moon and photographing the far side of the Moon. 19 August 1960: Aboard the Soviet Union's Sputnik 5, the first animals (two dogs, Belka and Strelka) and a range of plants are returned alive from space. 31 January 1961: Ham, a US chimpanzee, becomes the first hominid (or great ape) in space and the first to successfully survive the landing. 12 April 1961: The Soviet Union achieve a clear triumph in the space race. Aboard the Vostok 1, Yuri Gagarin makes a single orbit around the Earth and becomes the first man to reach space. He remained in space for one hour and forty-eight minutes before landing in Saratov Oblast, west Russia. 5 May 1961: The US achieve the first pilot-controlled journey and first American in space with Alan Shepard aboard the Mercury-Redstone 3 (or Freedom 7) spacecraft. On this flight, Shepard did not orbit Earth. He flew 116 miles high. The flight lasted about 15 minutes. 16 June 1963: Valentina Tereshkova becomes the first civilian and first woman in space. She spends almost three days in space, orbiting the Earth 48 times aboard her spacecraft, Vostok 6. 18 March 1965: Alexei Leonov leaves his spacecraft, the Voskhod 2, in a specialized spacesuit and conducts a twelve-minute spacewalk, the first of its kind. 14 July 1965: The US satellite, Mariner 4, performs the first successful voyage to the planet Mars, returning the first close-up images of the Martian surface. 1967: This year proves the most deadly of the space race for both the US and Soviet Union. In January, American astronauts Ed White, Gus Grissom, and Roger Chaffee die when a fire ignited in their Apollo 1 capsule on the launch pad. Only a few months later the Soviet cosmonaut Vladimir Komarov is also killed when the parachute on his Soyuz 1 capsule fails to open on his reentry into Earth's atmosphere. 21 December 1968: US spacecraft Apollo 8 becomes the first human-crewed spacecraft to reach the Moon, orbit it, and successfully return to Earth. 20 July 1969: Neil Armstrong and later Edwin "Buzz" Aldrin become the first men to walk on the Moon while their crewmate Michael Collins continues to orbit the Moon aboard the Apollo 11. This secured a victory for America in the space race with a televised landing witnessed around the world by 723 million people. 11 April 1970: The US Apollo 13 mission is known as the first explosion onboard a spacecraft where the crew survived. 19 April 1971: The USSR launches the first space station. Parts of this spacecraft will become core segments of the International Space Station (ISS) almost thirty years later in November 2000. 1 August 1971: David Scott, commander of the Apollo 15 mission, becomes the first person to drive on the Moon. He's also remembered for paying tribute to the Soviet Union and US astronauts who died in the advancement of space exploration. When walking on the Moon, Scott places a plaque with a list of the dead. Alongside this, he leaves a small aluminium sculpture of an astronaut in a spacesuit, created by Belgian artist Paul Van Hoeydonck. 15 July 1975: With tensions between the US and USSR softening, the first cooperative Apollo-Soyuz mission is launched. With two separate flights, the Apollo and Soyuz spacecraft dock in space and the two commanders Tom Stafford and Alexei Leonov exchange the first international handshake. This act can be seen to symbolically end the space race, paving the way for future joint missions, such as the International Space Station and the Shuttle-Mir programme. Space race facts The first animals sent into space were fruit flies These were carried aboard a Second World War V2 rocket on 20 February 1947. Find out more about the first animals in space Dogs were sent into space While the US often sent primates on test flights, the Soviet Union preferred to use dogs. They were seen to be more obedient, and Moscow stray dogs were reckoned to be more equipped to deal with the extreme conditions and potential hunger of space travel. There is a solar powered satellite The US Navy's Vanguard 1 was the first solar-powered satellite. Launched on 17 March 1958, it remains the oldest human-made probe in orbit. Although communication with the satellite is now lost, it will stay in space for many years to come. Yuri Gargarin started a tradition On the 12 April 1961, the first man in space, Yuri Gagarin asked the bus driver to stop on the route to the launchpad and urinated against the right-hand back tyre of the bus. This act has become a tradition for all astronauts travelling into space. Female astronauts bring vials of their urine to splash on the wheel. Astronauts were nearly cosmonauts In the 1950s an ongoing discussion began at NASA between astronauts and cosmonauts. The deputy administrator wanted to name US travellers in space as cosmonauts, the term applied to Russian spacemen. He felt that "cosmos" was more applicable to space travel than just the term used to stars (or "Astro"). However, while he made a clear point, he was outvoted by his peers. Alan Shepard played golf on the Moon On 2 February 1971, Alan Shepard became the first human to play golf on the Moon. After smuggling a makeshift golf club aboard his Apollo 14 lunar mission, Shepard hit two balls just before liftoff. Find out about what's been left on the Moon. The Mercury Seven were the oldest The Mercury Seven were the group of seven astronauts that piloted all the crewed spaceflights of the Mercury programme, occurring from May 1961 to May 1963. Of the Mercury Seven, John Glenn went on to become a US senator and on 29 October 1998 (while still a senator), he became the oldest person to fly in space at the age of 77. Apollo 12 was struck by lightning On 14 November 1969, Apollo 12 was sent on its lunar mission. The launch was the most distressing of the Apollo programme, as a series of lightning strikes just after liftoff temporarily disabled their power and guidance systems. On stepping onto the lunar surface five days later, Conrad joked, "Man, that may have been a small one for Neil, but that's a long one for me." The last person to walk on the Moon was Eugene Cernan Cernan was the Mission Commander of the Apollo 17 mission that occurred between 11 and 14 December 11 1972. Only twelve people (all US astronauts) had done so before, and none have done so since. He walked on the Moon with geologist and astronaut, Harrison Schmitt. Who won the space race? With no official measure of success, the winner of the space race is a point of controversy. Most historians agree that the space race ended on 20 July 1969 when Neil Armstrong stepped onto the Moon for the first time. As the climax of space history and exploration, the lunar landing led to a triumph for the US. While the US set a man on the Moon first, their success was fed by a series of pioneering achievements by the Soviet Union. The Space Race can be seen as a climactic comeback for the United States starting in 1968, rather than a decisive victory. Following the Moon landing, the Soviet Union concentrated their efforts on building a space station. On 7 June 1971, the Soyuz 11 spacecraft successfully docked with the Salyut 1 space laboratory and completed a record 22-day stay - demonstrating that space exploration would continue. Furthermore, in May 1972, the US and the Soviet Union negotiated an easing of hostile relations. This "thaw" in the cold war led to cooperation between the two nations on future missions, and the space race became a joint venture. The space race and the Cold War Following the Second World War in 1946, tensions rose between two of the victors; the Soviet Union (USSR) and the United States (US) The primary source of conflict arose from the struggle between two political beliefs of communism (USSR) and capitalism (US). This conflict became known as the Cold War. The term cold in this context meant that there was no direct fighting between the two sides, but each sponsored and supported many conflicts across the world. The Cold War lasted until 1991 with the collapse of the Soviet Union. The space race played a significant part in the Cold War as the Americans and Soviets competed to prove their technological and intellectual superiority by becoming the first nation to put a human into space. From beginning to end, the world's attention was captivated by this contest for dominance. How did the space race affect the world? The space race has had a broader impact on society than just space exploration; here are some of the ways the world has changed. Communication The Earth is now surrounded by a network of satellites, which provide broadband communications and high-definition television, data used for weather reporting and GPS navigation and positioning. Many of these tools and systems were created and developed during the space race. Medical The image processing used in CAT scans and radiography were both initially developed for deep space imaging and photography. NASA's innovations into shock absorbent materials also helped create more functionally dynamic artificial limbs. Technology The world's first portable computer and mouse were created for space exploration and adapted for the commercial markets. Even the wireless headsets we use today originate from NASA creating hands-free equipment for astronauts and pilots. One of the classic examples is NASA's creation of the ball-point pen for writing in space. However, the Soviet Union found a cost-effective method of using a pencil. President Kennedy space race speech On 12 September 1962, President John F. Kennedy delivered a speech to a large crowd gathered at the Rice Stadium in Houston, Texas. The speech called for an ambitious space exploration programme that included not just missions to put astronauts on the Moon, but various other space projects such as communications and weather satellites. The quotation "We choose to go to the Moon" is remembered as the tagline from the speech. The US would succeed in this mission eight years later, but Kennedy would not be around to see it. He was assassinated two years later in Dallas, Texas on 22 November 1963. What even started the space race? Following the Second World War, the United States and the Soviet Union competed to see who had the best technology in space. This included events such as the first satellite to orbit Earth, the first human-crewed spacecraft and the first person to walk on the Moon. The space race was considered vital by the two nations as it showed the world which country had the superior scientific, economic and political systems. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space".

The Cult of Devil Worship in America In This Special Video Exposé From The History Of Satan Worship we take a look at the recent 2023 Grammy Awards and look back at past Grammy Award shows to reveal how satanic worship has been prevalent each year going back quite some time now. The Grammys have been known to be one of the most popular award ceremonies to host a variety of many different artists. This annual event has featured a variety of different satanic-themed performances, as well as blatantly antichrist artists who don’t mind sharing their beliefs with others. This special exposé reveals the satanic history of The Grammys, as well as the mainstream satanic view many popular artists have to this day. Satan Performs at the Super Bowl While many believe the 2021 Super Bowl halftime show by The Weekend was nothing to be concerned about, we take a look behind the curtain to reveal what is really behind the artists who perform each year. Learn how Satan has been using the Super Bowl halftime shows to deceive millions of unsuspecting fans with so-called entertainment. Good Fight Ministries has released several videos over the past several years exposing the artists who perform at the Super Bowl halftime show. We recap some of these artists, take a look at The Weekend, and reveal how Tom Brady and his wife are involved in the occult. THE RIGHT’S SATANIC-GRAMMY-PANIC ISN’T ABOUT THE DEVIL OR PFIZER OR EVEN SCANTILY-CLAD WOMEN — IT’S ALL ABOUT THE TRANSPHOBIA When I need to know what’s wrong with the world and who to be outraged at I turn to the words of Ted Cruz, Marjorie Taylor Greene (MTG) or even Ben Shapiro. Why? Because they certainly give upstanding moral and ethical character vibes, and are shining lights in this evil world. Speaking of evil, the Grammys happened. My insatiable thirst for moral superiority is always tested when I’m forced against my will (sorry Calvinists, you’re wrong!) by ‘woke’ leftists to watch an annual award show about sing-songs. Flipping through streaming services, all it is these days is gay pirates, Black hobbits, and Black timelords. That left me literally no choice but to watch this annual award show and I’m really not surprised that the Grammys took this repulsiveness to a whole new level with what Ted Cruz calls “evil.” Apparently our timeline is the plot to Footloose. On Sunday night at the Grammys, British singer and songwriter Sam Smith—AKA “devil worshiper”—performed their chart-topping collaborative song “Unholy” with German vocalist Kim Petras. The duo also celebrated their win for Best Pop Duo/Group Performance, becoming the first non-binary/transgender woman duo winners in history. Of course this has nothing to do with why I’m repulsed at their win. I have a gay cardiologist. I support the BLTs and those other people like Kanye ‘Ye’ West and Candace Owens. As someone old enough to remember the Satanic panic of the 1980s and 90s, this is exactly that! Except it’s not really. MTG reminded us godly folks that “The Grammy’s [sic] featured Sam Smith’s demonic performance and was sponsored by Pfizer.” Flashing red lights, scantily clad women adorned with devil horns, and Sam dressed as Satan himself backed by a pharmaceutical company sounds more like a weekend at Mar-a-Lago than the Grammys, but at any rate it’s hedonism on the grandest scale. It’s wrong on so many levels but I can’t put my finger on it. It’s connected to Pfizer who clearly endorsed this. It’s somehow normalizing Satan worship. It’s… “gory.” I don’t have “grand children” but if I did, I wouldn’t want “these people” to be their role models. All of these things combined seem vaguely like causes for concern, I guess. You got me. I’m scared. But what really gets me is how we don’t actually have to pin down what’s so upsetting because it’s almost like we’d have to say the quiet part out loud. This is why I’m grateful for Ben Shapiro who fearlessly climbed atop three telephone books to represent the lollipop guild and proclaim that the “annual trolling of traditionally moral people continued apace this year with a full-on Satanic performance from two white men, Sam Smith and Kim Petras.” You see this is not about the devil or Pfizer or my non-existent grandkids or scantily clad women (which no one on the Right really seems too upset about for some reason). It’s about the inability to express transphobia as viciously and irrationally as someone like Shapiro will do. The discomfort on the Right or among QAnons that makes them babble like Babel’s Tower was just erected comes from the fact that their replacement for the 80s and 90s Satanic Panic is transphobia (and CRT but we’ll leave that for another panic session). It’s almost as though these people, most of whom identify strongly as Christian, are unfamiliar with the numerous commands to love their neighbors as themselves. The world—science, art, humanity—is evolving (again let’s leave that word for another panic session too), but it’s changing at a rate that has people pretending they uphold “traditional” values when they’re too cowardly to admit that it’s change that really scares them. What’s probably most upsetting for people like Ben Shapiro is that Kim Petras is just another woman whose special grown-up time zone he can’t make drier than the Sahara. Maybe I don’t really understand what “evil” means after all. I think men walking into schools and murdering children is evil. Forcing rape victims to endure unwanted pregnancies is evil. Forcing people to choose between poverty or death because of a monetized and profit-driven healthcare system is evil. Leaving your constituents to freeze to death while running away to Cancun is evil. Throwing young men and women in prison for decades for trumped up crimes and minor offenses is evil. Devil-horned Lil Nas X sliding down a pole into hell was ev- wait, that was actually amazing. You see, evil is subjective. What makes us “moral” as Shapiro screeches after taking a big swig of helium is also subjective. This sheep-like behavior from people who claim to be free thinkers would be hysterical if it weren’t so dangerous. For some, it’s literally easier to hate than to try and see the world through the eyes of someone with less than you. In other words, it’s sometimes easier to see people as less than you, rather than see them with less than you. It’s about power and purposeful misunderstanding when people have certain privileges over others and want to maintain that power and control. So, Sam Smith dressing up as a devilish goatman for a 3-minute performance isn’t really going to turn people into devil worshipers is it? Was there a sudden rise in the purchase of devil tails from Party City (or whatever was around in the ‘Dark Ages’) after The Rolling Stones’ “Sympathy For the Devil” dropped in 1968? Was there an uptick in sales of hell maps when AC/DC’s “Highway to Hell” came out in 1979? Was Lucifer spotted more frequently when Rob Zombie sang “Lucifer Rising” in 2013? I don’t know. But while we investigate, I think people like Cruz, MTG, and Shapiro should consider the words of Dolly Parton, the world-renowned, universally-beloved country singer-songwriter who, in a beautiful song from her 2003 album “For God and Country,” gave them clear instructions: “Go to hell.” Satanism is a modern, largely non-theistic religion based on literary, artistic and philosophical interpretations of the central figure of evil. It wasn’t until the 1960s that an official Satanic church was formed by Anton LaVey. Prior to the 20th Century, Satanism did not exist as a real organized religion but was commonly claimed as real by Christian churches. These claims surfaced particularly when persecuting other religious groups during events like the Inquisition, various witch hysterias in Europe and Colonial America and the Satanic Panic of the 1980s. Who is Satan? The popular image of Satan is a horned, red, demonic human figure with a pointy tail and sometimes hooves. To Christians, sinners are sent to his domain—hell—after death. Hell is described as an underground world dominated by fire and Sadistic demons under Satan’s command. Satan’s first appearance wasn’t in Christianity. He began as the Zoroastrian Devil figure of Angra Mainyu or Ahriman, which opposed the Zoroastrian creator god and tempted humans. Satan is later portrayed in Jewish Kabbalism, which presents him as a demon who lives in a demonic realm. The name “Satan” first appeared in the Book of Numbers in the Bible, used as a term describing defiance. The character of Satan is featured in the Book of Job as an accusing angel. In the apocryphal Book of Enoch, written in the first century B.C., Satan is a member of the Watchers, a group of fallen angels. Later established as a nemesis of Jesus Christ in the New Testament, the final book of the Bible, Revelations, depicts him as the ultimate evil. It’s the Christian figure of Satan that Satanism directly references. Satan as Anti-Hero In his 14th-century poem “Inferno,” Dante captured centuries of Christian belief by portraying Satan as an evil monster. But the Romantics of the 17th century recast him as an admirable and magnetic rebel, an anti-hero defying God’s authoritarianism. John Milton’s epic 1667 poem “Paradise Lost” is the pivotal text for establishing this interpretation in creative works. William Godwin’s 1793 treatise “An Enquiry Concerning Political Justice” later gave Milton’s depiction political legitimacy. The most enduring Satanic symbol was created by occult author Éliphas Lévi. Lévi describes him as the horned goat deity Baphomet, in his 1854 book Dogme et Rituel, which linked Baphomet with Satan. Probably a French misinterpretation of “Muhammed,” Baphomet was the deity the Knights Templar were accused of worshipping in trials in the 14th century. Satan in the 19th Century The last half of the 19th century saw a resurgence in the view of Satan as anti-hero. This was thanks to works like Italian poet Giosuè Carducci’s anti-papal “Hymn To Satan” and William Blake’s illustrations for Paradise Lost in 1888. In his own book The Marriage of Heaven and Hell, Blake presented Satan as a messiah. Around the same time, Theosophical Society founder Madame Blavatsky wrote about Satan as a commendable insurgent offering humans wisdom. Artists in the Decadent movement like Félicien Rops placed Satanic imagery in paintings, influenced by writers like Baudelaire and Poe. Satan was also employed in writings from socialist leaders like Mikhail Bakunin and Karl Marx. Polish author Stanisław Przybyszewski wrote two books about Satan in 1897, one fiction and one non-fiction. Przybyszewski’s Satan was an anarchist with a comprehensive philosophy that was similar to modern Satanism. Przybyszewski’s young acolytes called themselves Satan’s Kinder. Aleister Crowley Legendary occultist Aleister Crowley viewed Satan symbolically. His 1913 poem “A Hymn to Lucifer” celebrated the Devil as the provider of soul and rebellion to the universe. Crowley’s ideas were influential in Satanism. One offshoot from Crowley’s crowd was the German group Fraternitas Saturni in 1926. Its founder Gregor A. Gregorius wrote Satanische Magie, which borrowed heavily from the Romantics and adopted Satan within the group’s astrological system. Fraternitas Saturni still exists and Gregorius’ writing has been used in Satanist practice. Anton Lavey Sometime between 1957 and 1960, Anton Lavey, a former carnival worker and musician, held night classes in the occult. Regular attendees eventually formed the Church of Satan. These sessions were mostly discussion-based but on April 30, 1966, the group formalized as the Church of Satan and the meetings became more ritual-based, incorporating theatrics, costuming and music. Lavey became known as the Black Pope. The Church’s early recruiting efforts included the short-lived Topless Witches Revue nightclub show, featuring Susan Atkins, who would later join the Manson Family. The Satanic Bible Lavey’s Satanic Bible was published in 1969, bringing together Lavey’s personal mix of black magic and occult concepts, secular philosophy and rationalism and anti-Christian ridicule into essays stressing human autonomy and self-determination in the face of an indifferent universe. The Satanic Bible gave the church a national reputation and served as a strong vehicle for its significant growth. Herbert Sloane Ohio barber and part-time spiritual medium Herbert Sloan claimed in 1969 that he started the first Satanist organization, the Our Lady of Endor Coven of the Ophite Cultus Sathanas, in 1948. Sloane described his group as focused on the metaphysical aspects of Satan and offered service, communion and coffee and donuts socializing afterward. To compete with Lavey’s offerings, he added naked women to the meetings. Order of the Nine Angles The Order of Nine Angles formed in England in the 1970s to practice an occult-focused Satanism and the more recent Joy of Satan which wraps UFO conspiracies and anti-Semitism into their Satanism. Satanic Schisms As the Church of Satan grew in size, internal rifts developed, leading some members split off to start their own branches. One expelled church member, Wayne West, formed the First Occultic Church of Man in 1971. Newsletter editor Michael Aquino left to form the Temple of Set in 1975, and plenty others followed. As proof of Satanism’s growth, the U.S. Army included the faith in its manual for chaplains “Religious Requirements and Practices” beginning in 1978. The next decade brought in newer denominations like the Luciferian Children of Satan, founded by Marco Dimitri in Italy in 1982. Dimitri was convicted of child abuse but was later cleared. Later Satanic groups include the Order of the Left-Hand Path, a New Zealand group founded in1990 that mixed Satanism with Nietzschean philosophy, and the Satanic Reds. The Satanic Reds formed in 1997 in New York, and combined Satanism with socialism and Lovecraftian concepts—a subgenre of horror fiction. Satanic Panic The 1980s Satanic Panic saw Christian fundamentalists push the idea that Satanic cults were systematically abusing children in rituals and committing widespread murder, and successfully convince the general public through sensational news coverage. Christian groups typically misrepresented the Church’s beliefs and practices in order to fabricate a real-world villain behind the conspiracy for the media. Serial killer Richard Ramirez, when finally captured in 1985, claimed to be a Satanist, employing Satanic symbolism to his look and claiming to know Lavey, adding fuel to the fire of the panic. Lavey claimed they had briefly met in the streets in the 1970s, but Ramirez had never set foot in the church. The panic escalated, with Satanic Ritual Abuse becoming a standard aspect of high profile cases like the McMartin School in California. These criminal cases featured a consistent lack of evidence and alleged coercion on the part of child psychologists pushing the conspiracy theory. The zeal of the fundamentalists led to few if any investigations or prosecutions of actual Satanists. Most of the victims of the frenzy were other Christians. Post-Lavey Church of Satan The Church of Satan weathered the Satanic Panic of the 1980s and ‘90s, with Lavey keeping a calm and low profile despite media attention. But the group faced challenges after Lavey’s death in 1997. Leadership went to Lavey’s partner Blanche Barton after a legal battle with his children. In 2001 Barton appointed author and Church member Peter H. Gilmore as high priest and his wife, church administrator Peggy Nadramia, as high priestess. Gilmore’s controversial claims that Church of Satan members were the only true Satanists led to a new wave of exoduses that saw departing church members creating their own offshoots. Luciferanism Former Order of the Nine Angles member and heavy metal musician Michael Ford formed the Greater Church of Lucifer in 2013, opening the first public Satanic Temple in Houston two years later. The GCL follows many LaVeyan principles with touches of the occult and has chapters in other countries. The Satanic Temple The most successful result of church divisions is The Satanic Temple. It first gained attention in 2013 with a satirical rally against Florida Governor Rick Scott, but grew into a more organized group quickly. Cofounders Lucien Greaves and Malcolm Jarry characterized the Temple’s creation as a reaction to the Church of Satan’s inability to “manifest itself into a real-world relevant organization.” Calling itself a non-theistic religion embracing the Devil as a symbolic form of rebellion in the tradition of Milton, the Temple devoted itself to political action focused on the separation of church and state, religious equality and reproductive rights. The Satanic Temple gained notoriety through two attempts to have a statue of Baphomet legally placed on two state capitol grounds—Oklahoma in 2015 and in Arkansas in 2018—in reaction to government-sanctioned 10 Commandments monuments. The Temple launched a physical location in Salem, Massachusetts, in 2016 and was recognized as a religion by the U.S. government in 2019, receiving tax-free status. It has grown to include about 20 temples across North America and was the focus of Penny Lane’s acclaimed 2019 documentary, “Hail Satan?” which is credited for giving Satanism its highest profile yet. Hollywood Goes Full-On Devil Worship If you can imagine Satan roaming around the streets of Los Angeles like he’s Justin Bieber, circa 2013—driving a fast car, catching the interested stares from both girls and boys at the bars, and getting into trouble with the law, the ladies, and the Lord all at the same time—you’ll have a pretty good idea of how Fox’s new TV show, Lucifer, begins. That’s right, America—Fox is bringing a show about Satan to primetime. Nobody’s shocked, really. This is a network owned by a company that, for years, has enabled the public with nightly doses of Bill O’Reilly. Moreover, some Americans—likely Bill O’Reilly fans—have long decried Fox as one of the Devil’s Networks, suggesting that shows like Family Guy and/or Glee to be the feces of Satan. Of course, it’s obvious why Fox is taking a chance on Lucifer. Like the network’s semi-hit show Gotham, the lead character is derived from a DC Comics series, a trend that a lot of networks—from Netflix to The CW—are following, banking huge budgets on shows adapted from comic book characters. In Lucifer, the devil incarnate is loosely based on “Lucifer Morningstar”—a character that debuted in DC Comics’ The Sandman in 1989 and later headlined its own eponymously-titled series. In Fox’s version of Lucifer, an hourlong dramedy that stars Wales native Tom Ellis as the charming Prince of (semi) Darkness, Satan is a bored, uninspired and likable supernatural human who, without giving notice, decides to take a leave of absence from Hell and search for a little excitement in LA. Within the first few minutes of the Fox-planned 13-episode arc, we learn that Lucifer is not only a smooth-talking well-dressed smartass with a penchant for cracking punch lines and quipping smartly worded comebacks, he’s also a self-identifying victim—somebody who thinks he’s been abused by God since the beginning of time. This fact is delivered when Lucifer gets a surprise visit from Amenadiel, another angelic creature who has just flown in from Heaven with a message for Lucifer from God—go back to hell immediately! Side note: The role of Amenadiel is played by D.B. Woodside, whom you might remember played “Wayne Palmer,” one of the former Presidents of the United States from 24. And guess what? In Lucifer, Woodside looks exactly like 24’s former POTUS, except he’s donning enormous angel wings. Sadly, though he was impressive playing a president, here, as an angel with huge wings, Woodside comes off as uncomfortable at best. However, during their conversation, Lucifer refers to himself as a “mere pawn,” one who is only filling the role of an “inherently evil” antagonist in a play written and directed by “dear ol’ Dad,” which is how Lucifer refers to God. Through a series of events, Lucifer eventually realizes that nabbing criminals brings him a certain amount of solace, even joy—and to that end, he starts helping the LAPD catch bad guys. That, at least according to the first episode, will become an ongoing weekly gig for our villain (or is it hero?)—it’s hard to know, really. Honestly, there’s a lot to like about Lucifer—it’s sharply written and, except for Woodside’s angel, is well casted. And Ellis’s delivery as Satan is quite good, in fact, maybe too good. In Episode 1, Lucifer is way too much of a good guy at times—he cries, he second-guesses, heck, he even feels mercy. A likable Satan isn’t a bad idea. In fact, most people—even those who believe in Satan—would be OK with Satan being a likable villain. But that uncertainty—whether Hell’s onetime overseer is good, bad, or cute and lovable—might ultimately become the show’s fall from grace. As one might expect, Lucifer’s “good guy” storyline has sparked a good bit of backlash from several large Christian groups, including the American Family Association (AFA) and One Million Moms. Not only have both organizations initiated online campaigns against Lucifer, asking Fox to remove it from its schedule, they’ve also actively campaigned against the show on social media. That said, Fox likely isn’t listening to the faith-based noise, since marketing this show to Christians would be rather fruitless. However, oddly enough, Fox might end up needing to pay attention to the complaints of those Christian moms. Because they’re honestly not wrong about Lucifer. In fact, the reasons why those 1 million moms (or just 80,000 moms as is the case on Facebook) are decrying the show might become the same reasons the network’s target demographic loses interest—because Lucifer is too pretty, too human, too conscientious, too much like Robin Hood. And while walking that good/bad line works for a variety of other characters, I’m just not sure that a sincerely good Satan is a sellable concept for the long haul. In fact, even before its debut, the show’s Facebook page has garnered several comments from concerned potential viewers about Lucifer’s good-guy persona. One of the show’s fans put it like this: “I am definitely tuning in for the start of the season but if the show is going to make Lucifer a naughty good boy instead of a charming evil, I am not interested.” Ironically, Lucifer might end up being “too good” for people who have no interest in watching and “not bad enough” for those who do. Satan-worshipping pedophile democrats and others are running a massive child-trafficking ring and drinking children's blood, according to various social media and many devotees of the former president. Satanic Pedophile Democrats and others are alleged to have kidnapped hundreds of thousands of children each year, or around a million since 2016. There’s a viral report that 35,000 of them have been caged in tunnels under Central Park. Many also are said to have been trafficked inside storage cabinets. Despite the million or so reported child victims, none of the Satanic Pedophile Democrat perpetrators has been caught. North Carolina warehouse worker Edgar Maddison Welch has come closest to catching one. He stormed a Washington, D.C. pizzeria with an AR-15 in 2016 to break up a child-trafficking ring he heard Hillary Clinton was running. But Hillary must have caught wind of the planned raid and cleared out before he showed up. Just as none of the Satanic Pedophile Democrats and others has been apprehended, so far none of their million child victims has been found. Even though we’ve gotten word where at least 35,000 of them are. There was a claim on social media last year that the U.S. military rescued the 35,000 from their underground cages in Central Park but Reuters exposed that claim as false. Which means the kids must still be down there! When a child disappears, parents or police often come on TV seeking the public’s assistance in finding the child. However, no parent or police official so far has come forward suggesting that a missing child was abducted by a Democrat. Why can’t we find any of these Satanic Pedophile Democrats, their child victims or any distraught parents? For one, Democrats excel at concealing their misconduct. Want to know how to get away with something? Ask a Democrat — like Hillary Clinton. Then there’s the far-left media, which has spread stories to discredit patriots who are working to expose the Satanic Pedophile Democrats. Patriot David Todeschini, for instance, has condemned Democrat pedophiles in online videos viewed by well over 100,000 people. But Newsweek and other left-wing outlets saw fit to attack Todeschini in October just because he himself was convicted of being a pedophile one time. Also, law enforcement has fallen down on the job. I’ll bet some of them have been bought off by Democrat elites involved in the Satanic Pedophile Democrat crime ring and thus may have looked the other way while the evildoers have run rampant.... What about the parents? Parents distraught about the abduction of their child likely have been hushed up. People evil enough to traffic kids won’t hesitate to threaten protesting parents into silent submission. The media says the Satanic Pedophile Democrat crime ring is a baseless conspiracy theory rooted in a centuries-old “blood libel” myth that Jews murdered Christian children and used their blood in religious rituals. The media is way off. We’re talking about Democrats here, not Jews from the Middle Ages. Baloney like this is why the media is the enemy of the people. Bottom line Believe in the satanic pedophile democrat and others in sex crime ring. Millions of patriots cannot be wrong. These evil Democrats must be stopped now. Law enforcement, get to work. The Strange, Centuries-Long History of Satanic Pedophile Panics Modern-day conspiracy theories like Pizzagate and 'QAnon' have roots that stretch back to medieval Europe. This summer, Americans got a crash course in “QAnon,” a pro-Trump conspiracy theory (or possible anti-Trump prank) that has been percolating online for about a year. QAnon’s claims are hard to track, in part because its believers believe so many different things. Conspiracy theory academic Joseph Uscinski noted in an interview that its adherents can basically connect its threads to any number of other conspiracies or beliefs. But most iterations claim that a top government operative nicknamed Q is leaking “breadcrumbs” that show that Donald Trump is secretly working with Special Counsel Robert Mueller to expose Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, and other high-level Democrats’ involvement in a murderous, Satanic pedophile ring. Not many people actually seem to believe in this QAnon stuff, Uscinski pointed out. But even though the theory has largely been out of the news for a couple months, QAnon groups are still active online, and supporters have manifested at Trump rallies. Naturally, many have drawn a connection between QAnon and Pizzagate, a conspiracy theory that blossomed in 2016 and centered around the belief that Democrats ran a ritualistic pedophile ring out of a basement at Comet Ping Pong, a DC pizzeria that doesn't even have a basement. That theory metastasized in late 2016, leading to a December shooting at the pizzeria by a self-proclaimed investigator and sex slave liberator. Even after former Pizzagate promoters like Alex Jones backed off of the theory, it still has proponents. Some observers have slatted these conspiracies into a wider trend on the modern far right of crying pedophile, often using flimsy evidence, against high-profile liberals. Pedophilia is a real threat. Officials have caught large-scale pedophile rings far more often than one might think, and some of them have involved famous individuals and cover-ups. To many, it is a uniquely evil crime; someone who sexually abuses a child seems capable of anything. But fear of pedophiles can be weaponized and used to whip up mobs that don’t want to wait for solid evidence of wrongdoings to emerge, lest unspeakable horrors go unchecked. In many ways, it is an ideal tool for mobilizing small but highly vocal pockets of opposition against one’s enemies, as it can co-opt some people with genuine fears about child trafficking into perpetuating smear and harassment campaigns. It also offers those who are already predisposed to believing terrible things about the accused more license to hate. Accusations of pedophilia are often taken extremely seriously by law enforcement as well: In 2014, for instance, British police launched a multimillion-dollar investigation into a number of individuals, some of them national politicians, based on one man’s accusations, which turned out to be utterly baseless. But Pizzagate, QAnon, and other related conspiracies floating around don’t just fit into a long tradition of accusations of pedophilia. As others have noted, the flourishes of these theories—Satanic rituals performed on child victims by depraved cabals, cryptic symbols signaling dark intent or links to the occult, and secret tunnels under ordinary businesses used to abet villainy—actually connect them to a discrete, centuries-old lineage of satanic, or occultic, panics. Most notably, they bear striking similarities to the American “Satanic Panic” of the 1980s. Pizzagate, QAnon, and their modern ilk are “not as Satanic as the stuff in the 80s was,” said Margaret Peacock, an expert on propaganda and conspiracies involving children, but added there are clear “similarities in language and materiality between them.” According to Rickard Sjöberg, a neuropsychologist who has studied the long history of allegations of Satanic child abuse and pedophilia rings, these sorts of accusations may stretch back at least as far as the 14th century, when stories of ritualistic child abuse by the Knights Templar crusader order were in active circulation. But the first definite link in this conspiratorial chain goes back to 1428 and the valley of Valais, in what is now Switzerland. Locals there started circulating accusations that members of their community had entered into a pact with the devil, who told them to avoid religious services. Rumors and coerced confessions spread the idea that these occult rings met in cellars to hear Satanic preachings, flew around in enchanted chairs, put curses on their neighbors, and abused, murdered, and even ate children. These tales had horrific consequences, as at least hundreds of accused witches were killed over the course of several years, while many more were imprisoned and tortured. The same things that inspire conspiracies today likely fueled these early occult panics. Mary deYoung, a social psychologist and expert on moral panics, says the roots are often anxieties about social change or strains, and especially the potential loss of power by an in-group. These worries are then projected on “folk devils” who embody that stress. “Usually, but not always, folk devils are already marginalized people,” she said, “so inflammatory rhetoric about the evils they pose to the social and moral fabric of society is easily accepted.” Self-proclaimed “moral experts” pick up these claims and spread them, and people try to rise up against their folk devils. “You have a flow of rumor that compounds over and over on itself until it creates a critical mass that legitimizes itself,” said Peacock, “if a listener hears it enough.” Early occult panics, Sjöberg noted, coincided with social changes linked to the transition away from Medieval social structures and norms. (They have been, he said, “described as the dark side of the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Scientific Revolution.”) Informed by the demonological literature of the day, they used a Christian framework to tar (often, but not exclusively) women as witches, who would supposedly “manifest their dedication to turning normality upside down by eating with their necks, dancing back to back,” and so on. They were accused of abducting and abusing children as part of their self-indulgent effort to distort the social order for their benefit, thus corrupting them. These accusations led, over the course of numerous panics across Europe, to the imprisonment, torture, coercion of confessions, and eventual execution of tens, if not hundreds, of thousands of individuals. Similar panics bounced around Europe well into the late 1800s, Sjöberg notes, often in “naïve” communities that had not yet dealt with them before. Each community and era, conspiracy theory wonk Robert Blaskiewicz said in an interview, made adjustments to the targets of the panic, reflecting the stresses of the area and age. Jewish populations, for instance, were on-and-off targets, accused of trafficking children for blood rituals from the medieval era well into the early 1900s. Details changed as people came to realize certain things weren’t physically possible. “The belief that witches are able to fly on cattle, sleeping humans, or sometimes broomsticks,” Sjöberg pointed out, “has become inconsistent with modern thought and disappeared.” The American Satanic Panic of the 1980s fits this lineage perfectly. As US families transitioned from depending on one parent’s income to expecting both parents to work, children increasingly spent their days with childcare professionals. This social change led to widespread suspicion of daycare workers, among others. (Rampant homophobia and rising awareness of the ubiquity of queerness also played a role in these suspicions.) Innocuous but odd remarks made by children or bizarre claims drawn out of kids and adults via bullshit recovered memory techniques got sifted through the same cultural prism that inspired other occult panics through history. Unfamiliar with the details of earlier European panics, most Americans approached increasingly wild claims with an unnerving degree of credulous naivete, said Sjöberg. Rumors circulated, first in-person within communities, then in the press. They then coalesced into a common narrative about daycare operators forcing children into rituals involving physical mutilation and animal slaughter, among other horrors. These tales of Satanic child abuse and sacrifices in secret tunnels marked by occult symbols, while pegged clearly to that era’s culture and fears, harkened back to older panics. “The ability of this myth to survive over more than 550 years in considerable detail,” marveled Sjöberg, “is remarkable.” The American Satanic panic faded by the early 1990s, as investigations into its horrific narratives failed to pan out, and critical reporters debunked their sources. But even though naive societies are more prone to these panics, Sjöberg stressed, this doesn't mean one experience inoculates a community against experiencing variations of them again. No one is entirely sure how this conspiracy spreads, or gets recycled within a culture over time. One explanation is that there have always been conspiratorial people predisposed to explore all manner of eccentric theories. It is also likely that even after an occult panic fizzles out, low-level belief in it persists in pockets of these conspiratorial circles. At least one major modern conspiracy theorist, for example, was still investigating a long debunked and widely abandoned 1980s ritualistic abuse claim centered on a childcare facility run by the US military when he died in 2016. So it is possible that themes or motifs of these theories bleed into new general conspiracy believer groups over time, who don’t critically engage with them but rather adapt them to their needs. Peacock added that it is also not clear whether this bleed is intentional, with people grabbing what they think will be an effective tool to demonize their enemies, or organic. Either way, it makes sense that conspiratorial people would glom onto the old chestnut of Satanic child abuse, even in modern America. Like all good theories, it takes a plausible core—pedophile rings really exist—and details which are easy to spin out of ambiguous evidence but hard to disprove. Blaskiewicz said it also speaks to an attack on “the identity, morality, and cosmic order of Christendom, which some people use as shorthand for the West.” That element is likely less attractive in modern Europe, argued Peacock, which is now highly secularized. This may be why occult inflected pedophile panics don’t seem to strike there as often now. But, she said, “we are kidding ourselves if we think we are free from that [preoccupation] in the United States.” “'Satanic baby rapist' is like the ultimate thought-stopping epithet for the worst possible person,” said Blaskiewicz, “combining all of the most hair-triggering fears of parents with the actual worship of evil personified.” So it’s no wonder that the same tropes burble up over and over. Pizzagate and QAnon, may have strayed from older panics’ primary focus on Satanism, but they carry forward similar language, structure, and certain motifs, all of which are still potent. These theories seem to draw on other long-standing conspiracy theory lineages as well, like deep-state conspiracies, which have been circulating for much of the last century by groups on the left and right. (Uscinski argued that this lineage actually is the primary focus for many QAnon adherents.) So how do you fight a seemingly immortal conspiracy? Some research has indicated that persistent debunking, and even ridicule, can sour people on a belief, perhaps breaking it as a social force over time. But diehards, experts always note, will almost never give up on a theory. And even after a conspiracy fades from the public eye, it may simmer in conspiratorial circles just out of mainstream view, and so a related occult-inflected pedophile ring theory may just resurface with new vigor decades later. “Maybe there is no solving it,” mused Peacock. “Maybe we are cursed, like we are cursed to violence, as humans. Maybe there is nothing to be done but try to survive it.” “Every moral panic is time limited,” noted deYoung. “As the social strains from which they emerge lose their salience over time, their power to generate social anxiety and fuel the relentless pursuit of folk devils” fades as well. Thankfully, Pizzagate, QAnon, and similar conspiracy theories in the air now and to come down the line will likely not do nearly as much damage as their predecessors. Social media makes it easier for conspiracy believers to find each other and spread their ideas. The fact Trump and elements of his administration seemingly endorse conspiracy theories, including QAnon, is not reassuring either. Nor is the fact that unlike earlier occult panics, which depended on the (dubious) testimonies of “actual” child victims as anchors, these theories just make claims without identifying clear victims. “When the kids are unidentified,” Blaskiewicz said, “hell, you can imagine whatever extravagant travesty meets your worldview’s need for a villain.” It also frees believers up to constantly adjust their targets and details, reiterating the theory over and over without losing potency or momentum. However, previous occult-inflected pedophile panics were even more mainstream. They led to the murder of tens of thousands of people, if not more, in the early modern era. Even in the 1980s, they had the buy-in of major media outlets and law enforcement agencies, which actually jailed a number of people on totally bogus charges for years on end. QAnon and its modern kin remain far on the political fringe. “Mobilization may be today’s conspiracy theories’ biggest challenge,” said deYoung. “We sadly live in an increasingly fragmented and divided society. To build steam and turn into a full-fledged moral panic, such claims and claim-makers would have to bridge these divides. And I don’t think that can happen. So we will not likely experience a moral panic a la the Satanic ritual abuse moral panic. But more likely a series of smaller, evanescent moral crusades.” That may seem like cold comfort, as Pizzagate already led one armed man to storm a pizzeria. Fears always swirl about future acts of violence. But these panics are no longer sweeping up entire regions or recruiting serious media figures. As ugly as they still are, their destructive power has lessened over time. Even if Satanic pedophile ring conspiracies are immortal, they are hopefully increasingly impotent as well. Secret Pedophile's Watch Child Beauty Pageant Glitter Girls Age 4 Thru 8 Yrs. Old https://rumble.com/v36e1uw-secret-pedophiles-watch-child-beauty-pageant-glitter-girls-age-4-thru-8-yrs.html A child beauty pageant is a beauty contest featuring contestants starting at age 4 to under 16 years of age. Competition categories may include talent, interview, sportswear, casual wear, swimwear, western wear, theme wear, outfit of choice, decade wear, and evening wear. Depending on the type of pageant system (glitz or natural), contestants may be found wearing anything from makeup to fake teeth, known as flippers, as well as elaborate hairstyles and custom-designed fitted outfits to present their routines on stage. Pedophile and A Pizza Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Evidence ** GRAPHIC ** https://rumble.com/v2bbfv2-pedophile-and-a-pizza-secret-human-trafficking-and-child-sex-ring-evidence-.html Social Effects And Truth About Popular Culture Is Market Driven Kids-Sex-Drugs-Etc. https://rumble.com/v2rvulc-social-effects-and-truth-about-popular-culture-is-market-driven-kids-sex-dr.html Truth About Popular Culture Is Market Driven Kids-Sex-Drugs-Cosmopolitan Magazine Cover and 10,000 Other Magazine Cover all over the world reveals everything wrong with the popular culture Have we completely lost our minds? In a word: Yes. Cosmopolitan Magazine has released its February issue, featuring the most recent transgender poster child Laverne Cox on its cover. There is so much wrong on this one page that it makes one’s head spin. Let me count the ways: • The misogynistic insult of women by denying the biological fact of the female. • The diminishing of the human being to little more than delusion and fantasy. • The blatant disregard for science, i.e. genetics and physiology. • The elevation of special “knowledge” (gnosis) that supersedes the natural and material. This is little more than a placard for a culture — a cult — of deception and deceit; a snapshot of a people who have literally lost their mind. When you dumb down the definition of the person to “being” gay, lesbian, queer, or straight; to “being” a homosexual, a transsexual or even heterosexual, you have just admitted you think those who have a given sexual appetite are actually defined by that desire. You are admitting you think “that’s just who they are” and that their very identity is nothing more than the sum total of their libidinous inclinations. Is this not the ultimate insult to the human being? Decoding 100's Illuminati Symbolism Pyramid All Seeing Eye And 666 Hand Gesture https://rumble.com/v2s1tkm-decoding-100s-illuminati-symbolism-pyramid-all-seeing-eye-and-666-hand-gest.html Decoding 100's Illuminati Symbolism “Coraline” one eye with 666, everything becomes clear through the pyramid all seeing eye. Left eye path symbolizes clear vision, and the right eye in the occult symbolizes darkness. Horus and Lucifer has one eye. Hand signs of the Illuminati can be flashed in public by puppet world leaders and celebrities while the unsuspecting masses remain ignorant. Like Illuminati symbols, only Illuminati insiders are aware of the true meanings hidden behind the signs, hand gestures or semaphores. For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, but lose his soul?" -Mark 8:36 Woe to the idol Shepard that leaves the flock! The sword shall be upon his arm, and upon his right eye: his arm shall be clean dried up, and his right eye shall be utterly darkened. They have turned their backs on their Lord and these idols have led their flock (fans) astray." Zechariah 11:17 Wake up your soul is priceless, only God can give you ever lasting paradise. Satan is a liar. When people uses any of these phrases: One World Religion, Global Government, One World Order, New World Order, these people are pure evil and part of the worlds largest Satanic circles. Everything horrific happening in our world today is because of these satanic monsters. Creepy Pedophile's Uncle Joe Played Out Over 33 Million Dollars Sexual Assault Claims https://rumble.com/v2rp4bc-creepy-pedophiles-uncle-joe-played-out-over-33-million-dollars-sexual-assau.html Creepy Pedophile's Uncle Joe Biden Has Been Accused 696 Times of Sexual Assault And Some Whistle blowers Are Dead Now. Where Is the #TimesUp Movement? The controversy over Joe Biden’s treatment of women, explained An old-school politician in a #MeToo world. A former staffer of Joe Biden has come forward, alleging that he sexually assaulted her while he was a Senator. She had initially approached the Time’s Up Legal Defense Fund but they turned her away, citing fears over accusing politicians. This reveals the inherent contradictions of Time’s Up. Disney Kids Series Again Sparks Backlash after Kids Spell Out - We Love You Satan ! https://rumble.com/v297572-disney-kids-series-again-sparks-backlash-after-kids-spell-out-we-love-you-s.html Disney has been slammed for going woke yet again after a new cartoon series features - But when some of the elves end up in the wrong formation, the line briefly says, “We love you, Satan.” · Santa sees the word and corrects the elves, proclaiming, “Spelling.” They then freak out and fix their formation, delivering the “We love you, Santa” message they intended. The song-and-dance number in which the elves move the letter signs happens about 25 minutes into the series’ third episode. After the elves form the words "We love you Satan," then Allen, as Santa, says: "Spelling." The elves look down and shriek when they realize the typo, and change formation. Pizzagate Is An Alt-Left-Right Fever Dream Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring. https://rumble.com/v2a8q68-pizzagate-is-an-alt-left-right-fever-dream-human-trafficking-and-child-sex-.html What is the real world evidence and sources for these words that I've seen shared so much? “hotdog” = boy “pizza” = girl “cheese” = little girl “pasta” = little boy “ice cream” = male prostitute “walnut” = person of color “map” = semen “sauce” = orgy - So I searching online for any evidence that "pizza," "hotdogs," "cheese," or "pasta" are code words used by pedophiles. Found nothing, yet this "fact" has been repeated in virtually every post about Pizzagate. What's the source? A Woke Hollywood Revolution and Is Hollywood ‘Waking Up Now’ Audience’s Desire ? https://rumble.com/v2bol1s-a-woke-hollywood-revolution-and-is-hollywood-waking-up-now-audiences-desire.html We Got Here Because of Cowardice. We Get Out With Courage Say no to the Woke Revolution. So A Woke Hollywood Revolution - Act I: Prologue 00:00 - Act II: Screw Your Freedom 02:36 - Act III: Consequence Culture 07:39 - Act IV: Culture War 12:58 - Act V: Epilogue 18:40 - Hollywood will barely dare whisper it but the woke revolution that has driven out white men and ensures that every production is ideologically sound will kill the entertainment industry ? Maybe ? What do you mean 'Will' It has already done it. How many new movies are created by the new Woke movement and are terrible have flop ? Yes I Think So ? A lot of people want to convince you that you need a Ph.D. or a law degree or dozens of hours of free time to read dense texts about critical theory to understand the woke movement and its worldview. You do not. You simply need to believe your own eyes and ears. Parents Beware Internet Porn Cartoon Funny Starting Conversation With Your Kids https://rumble.com/v2cehi2-parents-beware-internet-porn-cartoon-funny-starting-conversation-with-your-.html The Internet can be wonderful for kids. They can use it to research school reports, communicate with teachers and other kids, and play interactive games. For many of us, we see our online lives and offline lives as different, but children are growing up with technology and the internet and for them there isn’t a difference; online life and offline life is just life. WoW This Looks Fun Lady's Keyhole Top Surgery For Female to Male Transgender -- https://rumble.com/v2zsoao-wow-this-looks-fun-ladys-keyhole-top-surgery-for-female-to-male-transgender.html Male to Female Sex Reassignment Surgery Live ** Very Graphic ** Think Twice Guys ? - https://rumble.com/v2hpw3e-male-to-female-sex-reassignment-surgery-live-very-graphic-think-twice-guys-.html Pandemic Of The Unvaccinated People Will Threaten The Live Of Vaccinated People? - https://rumble.com/v2qf2nk-pandemic-of-the-unvaccinated-people-will-threaten-the-live-of-vaccinated-pe.html You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Corrupt U.S.A. Governments - https://rumble.com/v2kq5mw-you-will-never-trust-another-celebrity-after-watching-this-corrupt-u.s.a.-g.html Obama, Pelosi, Waters, Squad of 4 Said Today - Trump In Jail - No Bail - A Gag Order https://rumble.com/v2g5lye-obama-pelosi-waters-squad-of-4-said-today-trump-in-jail-no-bail-a-gag-order.html First Federal Rule. Alvin Bragg, Manhattan district attorney In My Opinion Is President Donald Trump a Flight Risk and More Charges To Be Filed & Trump In Jail 20 Years "If Not May He Rest In Peace" Did Obama really say, "they bring a knife we bring a gun" without getting impeached? Yes, and even crazier, Teddy Roosevelt was never impeached for carrying a big a stick. Most people, even now, know the difference between literal and figurative speech. KATHY Griffin has re-tweeted her controversial Donald Trump severed head photo after the president claimed victory in the election. The ongoing row between US President Donald Trump and four non-white Democratic congresswomen has continued to escalate following a controversial campaign rally. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez of New York, Ilhan Omar of Minnesota, Ayanna Pressley of Massachusetts and Rashida Tlaib of Michigan will return to their seats in the US Congress. The four women of color, who championed ambitious climate action, healthcare for all Americans and other progressive causes while enduring frequent racism and derision from Donald Trump, will no longer be newcomers to Capitol Hill. Rep. Maxine Waters, D-Calif., is under fire for saying that members of the Trump administration should be heckled when out in public. johnnemeth - Thanks and Great Reply Post - That was a great video. I really appreciate what you just did there man it’s been a long road for me addiction and Devious behaviors have not allowed me to completely turn myself over to Christ. But, I noticed more and more lately than I’m looking to him and starting to worship and give my entire heart to him. The stuff people are dealing with specially children in this wicked wicked time it’s truly unbearable sometimes. But, as you said, if we turn to the good Lord and give him our entire heart, and the Lords way, you can truly learn to love and forgive yourself, as well as others. God bless you.

Hawaii Wildfires Spark Conspiracy Theory About 'Directed Energy Weapons' At least three viral images that appear to show laser beams have spread across social media as purported evidence of the origins of the Maui fires. Jon Ludwigson discusses our April 2023 report on Directed Energy Weapons. DOD spends about $1 billion annually on directed energy concentrated electromagnetic energy weapons, including high energy lasers and high powered microwaves. DOD has pursued these potentially transformative technologies for decades because they could provide considerable advantages. They can deliver destructive or disruptive effects to targets at the speed of light and have potentially significant advantages over kinetic weapons, such as guns and missiles, including lower per-use cost. Authorities aren't allowing anyone near the Maui Lahaina burn zone, not even allowing drones to fly over head, they forbid taking pictures, communications are made difficult, and they’re doing their best to keep all evidence hidden from the public, but a few brave eye witness patriots from over the world and we managed to find a couple burned cars above the burn zone in an area called Lahaina Luna and are documenting what they found. Only a very little bit of grass fire surrounded these couple of cars with no apparent source to fuel a hot fire, but temperatures are reported to have reached above 3000 degrees! Check out the devastation of these outlying cars engine manifolds burned to dust, melted calipers, liquified aluminum, windshields melted to liquid ?. https://journals.uair.arizona.edu/index.php/jrm/article/viewFile/7009/6619 So How does a small 2-3 feet high grassfire burn an engine block to dust with a closed hood, which allows so little oxygen in ? Almost the only thing left of these cars is the thick metal frames and a little sheet metal. If these metal melting high temperatures are found incinerating cars outside the burn zone, we can only imagine how much evidence they’re keeping hidden inside the off-limits area. Let’s share this story, get the word out, and help Maui in anyway we can! Let’s get do this. https://images.library.wisc.edu/EcoNatRes/EFacs/NAPC/NAPC16/reference/econatres.napc16.mlata.pdf Over 2,000+ Children Missing From Lahaina Public Schools Two Weeks After Maui Fire: Report. More than 450 burnt bodies found in Maui, lots of kids still missing – media is still silent. It’s really a shame, and pathetic what’s happened with Maui, yet no one on the left alive or dead seems to care about anything. Maui search crews have allegedly found over 450+ bodies, according to a local resident who is leading a grassroots relief effort to aid victims of the fire that decimated the town of Lahaina earlier this month. “I guarantee you right now, from what has been seen, the number is over 450 and it’s gonna get it’s gonna get closer to 1,000,” Maui resident Dale Hermo-Fernandez, who has close contacts inside local recovery efforts, said in a recent exclusive interview with Breitbart News. “They’re not giving the number until they toe-tag them and identify them, which is understandable,” he said. “It’s guaranteed in the four hundreds. More than likely you’re going to get to 850 or 900 with 40 percent being kids,” he said. He said he did not want to discuss the children too much, out of respect for parents holding out hope. “What I’m telling you right now is there’s a lot of kids. There’s a lot. There’s so much. And that’s the thing right now. The real disaster hasn’t even happened to the fullest,” Hermo-Fernandez said. “Right now, we’re all in this void of hope. We’re in this void of hope. We have parents hoping that the kids are on the other side [of the island], they’re hoping that the kids would run through a safe person’s home and we just can’t just get a hold of them. So there’s a little bit of hope,” he added. So The Melting Points of Metals Like A Maui-Lahaina Fires Hoax? or A Tesla Electric Vehicles Hoax? and Blue Painted Car Only Do Not Burn At All. Metals are known for their ability to withstand extreme conditions. Heavy loads, nonstop cycling, high impact, caustic environments and even high temperatures. Furnaces, combustion engines, jet engines, ignition nozzles, high-speed machinery, and exhaust systems are consistently subjected to temperatures that can cause certain metal types to melt. When selecting a metal for a high temperature application, several different temperature points need to be evaluated, and one of the most critical temperatures to know is the melting temperature of the metal. What is the Melting Temperature of Metals? A metal’s melting temperature, more scientifically known as the melting point, is the temperature that a metal begins to transform from a solid phase into a liquid phase. At the melting temperature, the solid phase and liquid phase of a metal exist in equilibrium. Once this temperature is achieved, heat can be continuously added to the metal, however this will not raise the overall temperature. Once the metal is completely in the liquid phase, additional heat will again continue to raise the temperature of the metal. Why is the Metal Melting Temperature Important? There are many important temperatures that a metal reaches as it is heated through either a metalworking process or as a result of the application, but the melting temperature of a metal is one of the most important. One reason the melting temperature is so important is because of the component failure that can occur once a metal reaches its melting temperature. Metal failure may happen before the melting point, but when a metal reaches its melting temperature and begins to become a liquid, it will no longer serve its intended purpose. For instance, if a furnace component begins to melt, the furnace will no longer function if the component is important enough. If a jet engine fuel nozzle melts, the orifices will clog and may render the engine useless. It is important to note that other types of metal failure such as creep-induced fractures may occur well before the melting temperature is reached, and research needs to be done beforehand on the effect of the various temperatures to which a metal will be subjected. Another reason why the melting temperature of a metal is so important is that metals are most formable when they are liquid. Metals are heated to their melting temperatures for many different manufacturing processes. Smelting, fusion welding, and casting all require metals to be liquids in order to be performed. When performing a manufacturing process where the metal is going to be melted, it is important to know the temperature at which that will happen so that the appropriate materials for the equipment being used can be selected. For instance, a welding gun must be able to withstand the ambient heat of an electrical arc and molten metal. Casting equipment such as dies must have a higher melting temperature than the metal being cast. Melting Temperatures of Common Metals These are the melting temperatures of common metal types: Aluminum: 660°C (1220°F) Brass: 930°C (1710°F) Aluminum Bronze*: 1027-1038°C (1881-1900°F) Chromium: 1860°C (3380°F) Copper: 1084°C (1983°F) Gold: 1063°C (1945°F) Inconel*: 1390-1425°C (2540-2600°F) Cast Iron: 1204°C (2200°F) Lead: 328°C (622°F) Molybdenum: 2620°C (4748°F) Nickel: 1453°C (2647°F) Platinum: 1770°C (3218°F) Silver: 961°C (1762°F) Carbon Steel*: 1425-1540°C (2597-2800°F) Stainless Steel*: 1375 – 1530°C (2500-2785°F) Titanium: 1670°C (3038°F) Tungsten: 3400°C (6152°F) Zinc: 420°C (787°F) *Alloys have more than one element, therefore their melting temperature is a range that is dependent on the alloy composition. The devastating wildfires in Hawaii have brought a new conspiracy theory from climate change deniers who suggest that the destruction was orchestrated by the federal government's directed energy weapons (DEW). Social media users are circulating photos of light beams and lasers that they claim were taken from Hawaii before this week's deadly fires burned down historic landmarks and killed at least 55 on the island of Maui. "If the fires in Hawaii were natural, what in the h is this?" one user captioned a photo on X, formerly Twitter. The platform flagged the post with a warning that read, "Image captures an event that occurred in Michigan in 2018, not a current event in Hawaii." "The Directed Energy Weapons (DEWs) being used on Hawaii are powerful enough to set the Pacific Ocean on fire," far-right online personality Stew Peters said. DEWs involve "high energy lasers and other high power electromagnetics" that "use concentrated electromagnetic energy to combat enemy forces and assets," according to the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO). Although the Defense Department has spent $1 billion annually on developing these weapons to take down missile and drone threats, an April 2023 GAO report says the department has had trouble deploying these technologies outside of labs because of a lack of transition planning. The new conspiracies seem to arise from the fact that the Air Force Research Laboratory had devoted a whole wing to developing DEWs "for all air traffic intersecting Hawaiian airspace and territorial waters" in 2007, according to a Wired story. The Directed Energy Directorate is located at the Kirtland Air Force Base in New Mexico. Newsweek reached out to the Air Force Research Laboratory via the press inquiry form on its website for comment. State officials have said that various forms of extreme weather, like dry conditions, low humidity and high winds, set Hawaii up for the extreme wildfires, but their exact cause remains to be determined. "We don't know what actually ignited the fires, but we were made aware in advance by the National Weather Service that we were in a red flag situation. So that's dry conditions for a long time—so the fuel, the trees and everything was dry," Major General Kenneth Hara of Hawaii's Department of Defense said. The blazes began as scattered brush fires at the beginning of this week, but a rapid spread fueled by the lack of humidity and strong winds from Hurricane Dora turned them into the most lethal wildfires seen in the U.S. since 2018. Tens of thousands of people have been evacuated, and the death toll is expected to rise as rescuers continue their search and recovery efforts. With Dora, a Category 4 storm, moving farther away from Hawaii and 80 percent of the fires contained, people are expected to be allowed to return by the weekend. "What we saw was likely the largest natural disaster in Hawaii state history," Governor Josh Green said Thursday in a social media post. Per U.S.A. Government Maui Wild Fire Confiscation Hawaii's Property & Kids Missing https://rumble.com/v3tb2xu-per-u.s.a.-government-maui-wild-fire-confiscation-hawaiis-property-and-kids.html Maui Wildfires Consuming Hawaii Leaving Thousand's Kids And Teens (Maybe Sold Sex Slave?) And Other People Missing Fleeing For Their Lives. How tragic that on Aug. 8 2023 the Maui town of Lahaina suffered America’s most deadly wildfire in a century costing hundreds of lives. Around here we can’t even guess at the suffering and these folks deserve our greatest support. The entire story of the fire and situation sounds fishy, and people are upset at the fact that it seems as though content about the fires is being suppressed online. Maui officials are covering up the death toll. Still claiming people are “missing” in order to hide the horrific truth. Children burned alive. Maybe 2,000 or more dead body's of teen's to be found still alive some ware ?. For alarmists though, Maui was a crisis not to be wasted to advance their crippling global warming agenda. High-level Biden officials shrieked for more massive programs to “fight global warming”. Disgusting. The disaster was in fact driven by human activities, but not fossil fuels ? When the fire started in contact with water, aluminum releases heat and hydrogen, so the slightest accumulation of aluminum dust can become a source of heat capable of causing an explosion. According to multiple officials, directed energy weapons were not involved in the recent wildfires in Hawaii, which killed 100s at least 1000+ kids missing people and destroyed more than 2,700 structures in the historic town of Lahaina. The cause of the fires has not been announced, but factors like dry vegetation and gusting winds could start and spread fires. Claims that laser were used to intentionally start the fires are unfounded, and fires can spread quickly and overwhelm vegetation, structures, and cars. Social media users have circulated photos of light beams and lasers that they claim were taken from Hawaii before the fires, but there is no evidence (Exp. Anything made in blue colors did not burn like blue cars) no evidence to support these claims. How about un-burn blue cars only etc. ? Abandoned Sugar plantations became overrun with invasive non-native grasses creating an explosive tinder box. Authorities were warned and failed to act. Power distribution systems built long ago to standards unacceptable today needed upgrading. Authorities were warned and failed to act. Instead of focusing on eliminating these hazards, authorities concentrated on pursuing the zero-carbon fantasy. During the red flag high wind alert, authorities failed to de-energize vulnerable power lines. Wiring was blown to the ground igniting long stretches of the culprit grass. U.S.A. Killed People's And Take Over Attempted Overthrow of the Hawaiian Kingdom,1893 - https://youtu.be/QmavRFmJG_U?si=oSUVpRgObyRYiH8s Keanu Sai explains the event in five minutes. How Did the US Annex Hawaii & Steal Its Land ? https://youtu.be/dEbWjpfwLYk?si=BUMB_HKznZSGah8F Here's How America Destroyed Hawaiian Culture. https://youtu.be/rD4sUyWwqNU?si=NzInsQG__GKefr1S How America Stole The Land Of Hawaii 1893 https://youtu.be/-tw4CyxBJEQ?si=hV_GuY3AWBbxz0tr Hawaii was an independent nation until January 17, 1893. That day, the archipelago and its monarchical government were overthrown illegally by the United States. Since then, the USA has taken over Hawaii illegitimately, turning the island into a military base that threatens world peace, while sovereignty groups organize to rescue its legitimacy. https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/STATUTE-107/pdf/STATUTE-107-Pg1510.pdf President William Jefferson Clinton signing Public Law 103-150 in the Oval Office at the White House in Washington, D.C. The resolution acknowledged the 100th anniversary of the January 17, 1893 overthrow of the Kingdom of Hawaii and offered an apology to Native Hawaiians on behalf of the United States for the overthrow of the Kingdom of Hawaii. Today, we're taking a deep, and honest, dive into American history. Firefighters begged for release of water supplies. Authorities failed a timely approval. Maui has an extensive disaster warning system. Authorities failed to activate it. Residents tried to flee down the only road out. Authorities denied them passage. Hundreds died needlessly because authorities they depended upon for their safety were preoccupied wasting time and squandering economic and human resources in pursuit of the silly notion that they would create nicer weather by “fighting global warming”. America needs a bold course correction. Why Maui Wild Fire In Hawaii's Have Very High Levels Aluminum dust after the fires and it is a very high combustible material that poses a high risk of explosions, especially when suspended in the air. It can have different particle sizes and shapes, and each class has specific particle size and shapes. Aluminum dust can also form flammable alloys with magnesium and other metals. Unlike aluminum in bulk or solid form, aluminum in dust form poses a high risk of explosions, especially when suspended in the air. During fabricating operations, aluminum fines may be generated by such activities as grinding, polishing, sawing, cutting, sanding, or scratch brushing, and at least some of them will be fine enough to be potentially explosive. Aluminum dust tends to heat up and therefore to burn very easily. It is important to grind aluminum in a well-ventilated area to keep the dust volumes to a very low minimum. While aluminum massive blocks or bars have a thin oxide layer which hinders the diffusion of oxygen and thus prevents a chemical reaction that could cause damage, aluminum dust, having a lower surface, tends to heat up and therefore to burn very easily. The biggest mistake you can make, therefore, is considering aluminum as a harmless material without taking into account its characteristics as a dust. More Than 2,000 Children from Lahaina Public Schools Still Missing after Maui Wildfires In a deeply concerning development, the Hawaii State Department of Education has reported that 2,025 students remain unaccounted for in the Lahaina public school system following a devastating fire on August 8 in Lahaina, Maui. Of the 3,001 students initially enrolled across four schools in the district, 538 have re-enrolled in other public schools, and 438 have enrolled in the State Distance Learning Program. However, the fate of the remaining 2,025 is still uncertain. The schools, comprising two elementary, one intermediary, and one high school, are currently closed due to fire damage. One elementary school is severely damaged and unlikely to reopen soon, while the others have suffered damage from winds, debris, and soot. Private schools in Maui are also impacted. Maui Preparatory Academy received about 1,000 new applications and reshuffled its campus to accommodate 110 new students, a 40% enrollment increase. Sacred Heart School, with about 200 students, was destroyed by the fire. We thank State Division of Forestry and Wildlife, University of Hawaiʻi CTAHR Cooperative Extension, and Pacific Fire Exchange for their collaborative support on this project. Funding was provided by Hawaiʻi State Grant-in-Aid Program, 2016, and the U.S. Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Region, under the terms of Grant No. 16-11052012-146 and No. 17-DG-11052012-143. USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer. We also thank the many mapping participants, workshop attendees, and survey respondents who made this all possible! The summary results of the Rapid Mapping Assessment and Collaborative Action Planning can be found below. https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dbf74940ba1c504eca19a0c/1572828330612/Statewide+summary_compressed.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dc678007cdf127e9982c0ef/1573287946858/Maui_compressed.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5d1d7702bfecef0001e623d6/1562212141440/2019+Maui+Vegetative+Fuels+Management+Fact+Sheet_HWMO.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dbf80628fc82a626b9dc2e2/1572831359536/Kaua%CA%BBi_compressed.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dbf7fc48fc82a626b9db888/1572831216967/O%CA%BBahu_compressed.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dbf7e6b6164d93f9b73af8d/1572830846604/Moloka%CA%BBi_compressed.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dbf7c61e9a2667a9195cac3/1572830345351/Lanai_compressed.pdf https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5254fbe2e4b04bbc53b57821/t/5dbf7785c7aa2f31f1f1606a/1572829092128/Hawaii+Island_compressed.pdf The Hawaii Wildfires: The Role of Proper Vegetation Management around Power Lines in Wildfire Prevention If you’ve seen the news lately, you may have watched in horror as wildfires ravaged the beautiful island of Maui. There has been speculation that these wildfires may have been preventable (or at least more manageable) if vegetation around power lines had been properly cut back. Poor vegetation management around power lines is known to spark fires, and recent lawsuits have presented evidence that utility owners may be at least partially responsible for starting or exacerbating the wildfires in Hawaii. As experts in vegetation management, we wanted to weigh in and offer utility owners, property owners, and other concerned citizens with strategies to prevent these issues from happening near your home. How America Stole The Land Of Hawaii 1893 And Confiscation All Hawaii's Property https://rumble.com/v3tpseo-how-america-stole-the-land-of-hawaii-1893-and-confiscation-all-hawaiis-prop.html How America Stole The Land Of Hawaii 1893 And For Centuries the Islands of Hawaii were ruled by warring factions. In 1810, King Kamehameha unified all of the Hawaiian Islands into one royal kingdom. Later, the traditional Hawaiian monarchy was overthrown in favor of a constitutional monarchy. Eventually, the monarchy itself was abandoned in favor of a government elected by a small group of enfranchised voters, although the Hawaiian monarch was retained as the ceremonial head of the government. The United States of America and His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands, equally animated by the desire to strengthen and perpetuate the friendly relations which have heretofore uniformly existed between them, and to consolidate their commercial intercourse, have resolved to enter into a Convention for Commercial Reciprocity. For this purpose, the President of the United States has conferred full powers on Hamilton Fish, Secretary of State, and his Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands has conferred like powers on Honorable Elisha H. Allen, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, Chancellor of the Kingdom, Member of the Privy Council of State, His Majesty's Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United States of America, and Honorable Henry A.P. Carter, Member of the Privy Council of State, His Majesty's Special Commissioner to the United States of America. And the said Plenipotentiaries, after having exchanged their full powers, which were found to be in due form, have agreed to the following articles: ARTICLE I - For and in consideration of the rights and privileges granted by His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands in the next succeeding article of this convention, and as an equivalent therefor, the United States of America hereby agree to admit all the articles named in the following schedule, the same being the growth and manufacture or produce of the Hawaiian Islands, into all the ports of the United States free of duty. SCHEDULE - Arrow-root; castor oil; bananas, nuts, vegetables, dried and undried, preserved and unpreserved; hides and skins undressed; rice; pulu; seeds, plants, shrubs or trees; muscovado, brown, and all other unrefined sugar meaning hereby the grades of sugar heretofore commonly imported from the Hawaiian Islands and now known in the markets of San Francisco and Portland as "Sandwich Island sugar;" syrups of sugar-cane, melado, and molasses; tallow. ARTICLE II - For and in consideration of the rights and privileges granted by the United States of America in the preceeding article of this convention, and as an equivalent therefor, His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands hereby agrees to admit all the articles named in the following schedule, the same being the growth, manufacture, or produce of the United States of America, into all the ports of the Hawaiian Islands free of duty. SCHEDULE - Agricultural implements; animals, beef, bacon, pork, ham and all fresh, smoked or preserved meats; boots and shoes; grain; flour; meal and bran, bread and breadstuffs, of all kinds; bricks, lime and cement; butter, cheese, lard, tallow, bullion, coal; cordage, naval stores including tar, pitch, resin, turpentine raw and rectified; copper and composition sheathing; nails and bolts; cotton and manufactures of cotton bleached, and unbleached, and whether or not colored, stained, painted or printed; eggs; fish and oysters, and all other creatures living in the water, and the products thereof; fruits, nuts, and vegetables, green, dried or undried, preserved or unpreserved; hardware; hides, furs, skins and pelts, dressed or undressed; hoop iron, and rivets, nails, spikes and bolts, tacks, brads or sprigs; ice; iron and steel and manufactures thereof; leather; lumber and timber of all kinds, round, hewed, sawed, and unmanufactured in whole or in part; doors, sashes and blinds; machinery of all kinds, engines and parts thereof, oats and hay; paper, stationery and books, and all manufactures of paper and wood; petroleum and all oils for lubricating or illuminating purposes; plants, scrubs, trees, and seeds; rice; sugar, refined or unrefined; salt; soap; shooks, staves and headings; wool and manufactures of wool, other than ready made clothing; wagons and carts for the purposes of agriculture or of drayage; wood and manufactures of wood, or of wood and metal except furniture either upholstered or carved and carriages; textile manufactures, made of a combination of wool, cotton, silk or linen, or of any two or more of them other than when ready made clothing; harness and all manufactures of leather; starch; and tobacco, whether in leaf or manufactured. ARTICLE III - The evidence that articles proposed to be admitted into the ports of the United States of America, or the ports of the Hawaiian Islands, free of duty, under the first and second articles of this convention, are the growth, manufacture or produce of the United States of America or of the Hawaiian Islands respectively shall be established under such rules and regulations and conditions for the protection of the revenue as the two Governments may from time to time respectively prescribe. ARTICLE IV - No export duty or charges shall be imposed in the Hawaiian Islands or in the United States, upon any of the articles proposed to be admitted into the ports of the United States or the ports of the Hawaiian Islands free of duty, under the First and Second Articles of this convention. It is agreed, on the part of His Hawaiian Majesty, that, so long as this treaty shall remain in force, he will not lease or otherwise dispose of or create any lien upon any port, harbor, or other territory of his dominions, or grant any special privilege or rights of use therein, to any other power, state or government, nor make any treaty by which any other nation shall obtain the same privileges, relative to the admission of any articles free of duty, hereby secured to the United States. ARTICLE V - The present convention shall take effect as soon as it shall have been approved and proclaimed by His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands, and shall have been ratified and duly proclaimed on the part of the Government of the United States, but not until a law to carry it into operation shall have been passed by the Congress of the United States of America. Such assent having been given and the ratifications of the convention having been exchanged as provided in article VI, the convention shall remain in force for seven years, from the date at which it may come into operation; and further, until the expiration of twelve months after either of the high contracting parties shall give notice to the other of its wish to terminate the same; each of the high contracting parties being at liberty to give such notice to the other at the end of the said term of seven years, or at any time thereafter. ARTICLE VI - The present convention shall be duly ratified, and the rafitications exchanged at Washington city, within eighteen months from the date thereof, or earlier if possible. In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries of the high contracting parties have signed this present convention, and have affixed thereto their respective seals. Done in duplicate, at Washington, the thirtieth day of January, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-five. Hamilton Fish - Elisha H. Allen - Henry A.P. Carter U.S.A. People's And Take Over Attempted Overthrow of the Hawaiian Kingdom,1893 - https://youtu.be/QmavRFmJG_U?si=oSUVpRgObyRYiH8s Keanu Sai explains the event in five minutes. How Did the US Annex Hawaii & Steal Its Land ? https://youtu.be/dEbWjpfwLYk?si=BUMB_HKznZSGah8F Here's How America Destroyed Hawaiian Culture. https://youtu.be/rD4sUyWwqNU?si=NzInsQG__GKefr1S How America Stole The Land Of Hawaii 1893 https://youtu.be/-tw4CyxBJEQ?si=hV_GuY3AWBbxz0tr Hawaii was an independent nation until January 17, 1893. That day, the archipelago and its monarchical government were overthrown illegally by the United States. Since then, the USA has taken over Hawaii illegitimately, turning the island into a military base that threatens world peace, while sovereignty groups organize to rescue its legitimacy. https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/STATUTE-107/pdf/STATUTE-107-Pg1510.pdf President William Jefferson Clinton signing Public Law 103-150 in the Oval Office at the White House in Washington, D.C. The resolution acknowledged the 100th anniversary of the January 17, 1893 overthrow of the Kingdom of Hawaii and offered an apology to Native Hawaiians on behalf of the United States for the overthrow of the Kingdom of Hawaii. https://journals.uair.arizona.edu/index.php/jrm/article/viewFile/7009/6619 Historical Chronology Timeline All Hawaii's Treaty and Trust 1810 thru 2021 1810 – Kamehameha establishes a Unified Monarchial Government for the Hawaiian Islands. 1826 – Treaty w/ USA Peace, Friendship & Commerce. 1836 – Treaty w/ Great Britain, Lord E. Russell’s Treaty. 1839 – Hawaiian Bill of Rights, Magna Charta of Hawai’i 1839 – Treaty w/ France, Captain La Place’s Convention. 1840 – Hawaiian Kingdom Constitution Though all the land belonged to King Kamehameha I, “it was Not his own private property.” It belonged to the chiefs & the people in communal, of whom Kamehameha I was the head & had management of the landed property. 1842 – Recognition, by USA no formal Treaty was necessary. 1846 – Recognition by Britain & France Hawaii’s Independence 1846 – Treaty w/ Great Britain 1846 – Treaty w/ Denmark 1848 – Treaty w/ Hamburg 1848 – The Great (Overthrow of the Land) Mahele Communal Land Tenure is divided into pieces of royal patent deeds, land commission awards; private ownership prevails “Subject to Native Tenant Rights.” 1848 – Consular Notices Danish & Hamburg Treaties 1849 – Treaty w/ USA Friendship, Commerce, & Navigation. 1852 – Hawaiian Kingdom Constitution 1852 – Treaty w/ Sweden & Norway 1853 – Treaty w/ Tahiti 1854 – Treaty w/ Bremen 1854 – Proclamation of Neutrality 1858 – Treaty w/France 1859 – Trust – Queen’s Hospital – Free Health for Hawaiians 1862 – Treaty w/ Belgium 1862 – Treaty w/ Netherlands 1863 – Treaty w/ Italy 1863 – Treaty w/ Spain 1864 – Treaty w/ Swiss Confederation 1864 – Hawaiian Kingdom Confederation 1869 – Treaty w/ Russia 1871 – Treaty w/ Japan 1874 – Postal convention w/ New South Wales 1875 – Treaty w/ USA Reciprocity Treaty 1877 – Trust – Lunalilo Home for the aged Hawaiian 1879 – Treaty w/ German Empire 1881 – Trust – Kapiolani Maternity Hospital free maternity 1882 – Provisional Convention w/ Portugal 1884 – Supplemental Convention w/USA 1884 – Money Order regulation w/ Hong Kong 1884 – Trust – Kamehameha Schools, for education 1885 – Universal Postal Union additional Act of Lisbon 1886 – Convention w/ Japan 1886 – Universal Postal Union Ratification 1887 – Treaty w/ USA additional to reciprocity treaty 1887 – Treaty w/ Samoa 1893 – Draft Constitution of Queen Lili’uokalani failed January 17, 1893 – Overthrow of the Hawaiian Kingdom U.S. Minister John L. Stevens, a Committee of Safety of American & European sugar planters, missionary descendants & financiers who deposed the Hawaiian monarchy and proclaimed a provisional government. 1893 – Provisional Government 1894 – Republic of Hawaii 1898 – Ku’e Petition Stops U.S. Treaty of Annexation. The Newlands Joint Resolution, an Act of U.S. Congress to Annex (republic) Hawaii and create the Territory of Hawaii in its place. There was NO Treaty of Annexation. 1900 – Organic Act – a Government for the Territory 1909 Trust – Queen Lili’uokalani’s Children Center 1921 Trust – Hawaiian Homes Commission Act 1945 – United Nations Decolonization Sacred trust obligation & political process (FAILS). National Identity of Hawaiian people stolen by a multi-cultural society. 1959 – 50th State Admissions Act – creates DHHL 1978 – Hawaii State Con Con creates OHA 1980 – Trust – First Office of Hawaiian Affairs elections 1988 – Native Hawaiian Health Care Act – Papa O la Lokahi 1993 – Act 359 2nd Political Process (FAILED) November 23, 1993 – U.S. Public Law 103-150 Apology for the Overthrow of the Hawaiian Kingdom Legal Opinion by Francis A. Boyle, International Law Professor. “After 100 years, the United States government, has finally and officially conceded, that Native Hawaiian people have the right to restore the independent nation state that you had in 1893 when the U.S. came and destroyed it. The Native Hawaiian people have the right to now go out proclaim the restoration of that state.” 1994 – Proclamation: Restoring Hawai’i’s Independence 1994 – President Clinton letter to The Head of State 1995 – Hawai’i Constitution 1995 1995 – Declaration of National State of Emergency 1995 – Executive Order 95-001 – The Refuge Act 1995 – Executive Order 95-002 – The Passport Act 1996 – PU’A Foundation / UCC settlement for Overthrow 2001 – DLNR G.L. #S5368 – Recognition of Nation of Hawaii 2002 – Executive Order 95-003 – The Tribunal Act 2011 – Act 195 3rd Political Process (FAILED) 2015 – E.O. 95-004 – The National Monetary System Act 2015 – Japan Patent Office Registration of ALOHACOIN 2015 – Trip to Tokyo, Japan To promote the ALOHACOIN crypto currency with Japanese businesses and government representatives, mainly from Shizuoka prefecture. We then flew to Yamagata prefecture at Haguro shrine and participated in a ceremony with Nashimoto Denka and the 3 legged Crow. 2016 – ALOHACOIN Registration Date & #5852538 2016 – First ALOHACOIN received by the Head of State 2016 – ALOHACOIN Crypto Currency TN filed with DCCA 2017 – Japan legalizes crypto-currencies in their Country January 1, 2018 – first AlohaCoin draft white paper released January 15, 2018 – AlohaCoin draft white paper update January 17, 2018 – 125 Years since the Overthrow the AlohaCoin draft white paper updated February 28, 2018 – latest update on AlohaCoin draft white paper. October 2019 – Launch of Hawaii’s first community managed broadband network, in partnership with DBEDT and Internet Society. November 2021 – Launch of Nation of Hawaii Central Bank, banking and digital currency acts. Conspiracy Theorists Think the Government Used Lasers to Start Maui Wildfires on Purpose As firefighters on the island of Maui continue to battle flare ups from the deadliest U.S. wildfire in a century, conspiracy theorists on social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and in particular Twitter, are spreading claims that the U.S. government used directed energy weapons to cause the deadly blazes in order to turn Maui into a “smart island.” The posts have racked up tens of millions of views and many of them remain on the platforms without any warning that the claims being made in them are entirely false. While the claims about the government seeking to create a smart island or turn the fire-razed city of Lahaina into a 15-minute city are new, the idea that laser weapon systems developed by the government have been used to start the wildfires are nothing new, dating back to at least the devastating wildfires that raged across California in October 2017. These claims merge two distinct conspiracy narratives: a deep distrust of governments, and claims that undermine the role of climate change in the dramatic increase in the number of wildfires raging across North America in recent years. The fires in Maui began on August 8 and have so far claimed the lives of 99 people, with 1,300 more still unaccounted for, making this the deadliest wildfire in the U.S. in a century. Authorities are still investigating the cause of the fire, but there is no evidence so far that they were started deliberately. But almost as soon as they began, social media users were making up wild allegations about the origins of the deadly blazes. One Instagram video posted on August 11 shows footage from the aftermath of the fires, with the narrator claiming it looks like the aftermath of a bomb being detonated. It has racked up millions of views on Instagram and on other platforms where it has been reposted. On X, where much of the conspiracies have been spread, video claiming to show a “direct energy weapon” or DEW being fired in Maui was viewed 10 million times before a Community Note was added pointing out that the footage actually showed a transformer explosion in Chile earlier this year. Another post on X showed what appeared to be a laser beam pointing at a burning church in Maui, but a review of the original image taken by an Associated Press photographer shows the image had been doctored. That post racked up 9 million views. Claims that DEWs have been deployed to purposely begin fires can be traced back at least six years. In 2017, a flat-earth YouTuber known as ODD Reality claimed DEWs were used to start the devastating wildfires that raged across California that October. A year later, conspiracy theorists blamed Northern California’s Camp Fire, as well as the Woolsey Fire and the Hill Fire on direct energy weapons. In 2021, the same claim was made by Canadian conspiracy theorists who traveled to Lytton, British Columbia to witness the aftermath of a wildfire that destroyed 90% of the village and killed two residents. Directed energy weapons or laser weapons are not an invention of conspiracy theorists; for decades the U.S. government has been attempting to get them to work on the battlefield, where they could be used to combat drone and missile attacks. “The Department of Defense spends about $1 billion annually on directed energy--concentrated electromagnetic energy--weapons, including high energy lasers and high powered microwaves,” Jon Ludwigson, a director at the Government Accountability Office’s Contracting and National Security Acquisitions (CNSA) team, said in a video last April. However, as Ludwigson said in the video, getting the technology out of the lab and onto the battlefield has proven difficult for the DOD, which has yet to deploy such a system in a real world scenario. For the Maui wildfires, the conspiracy theorists have added a new twist to their claims, asserting baselessly that the fires were purposely started to fulfill the World Economic Forum’s goal of creating a smart island on Maui or a 15-minute city in Lahaina, depending on which conspiracy theorist you listen to. Some social media users pointed to a conference that took place on Maui in January, where scientists discussed the idea of 15-minute cities—an urban planning concept where all amenities would be available within a 15-minute walk or bike ride. While the idea of 15-minute cities have been around for decades, in recent years conspiracy theories have latched onto it claiming it is a method to allow governments control their populations. “The governor did say this is climate change doing this,” the narrator of the August 11 Instagram video said. “Interesting. What they don’t talk about is in January how they had in Maui a smart city conference to turn Maui into an entire smart island, changing everything to electric, renewables, solar panels and pushing everybody into electric vehicles—15-minute smart cities.” However none of the research papers presented at the Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, which has been held on the island since 1968, discussed turning Maui into a “smart island.” The conspiracies about the Maui wildfires have been shared on all platforms, but they have found their largest audience on X, where they have been viewed millions of times and even promoted in search results despite the company’s claims that it has rid the platform of almost all disinformation. “By all objective metrics, X is a much healthier and safer platform than it was a year ago,” Linda Yaccarino, the CEO of X told CNBC last week, adding that 99.9% of the content on the platform was what she called “healthy.” But conspiracy theories around the Maui wildfires have spread unchecked on the platform and were among the top results returned when VICE News searched for terms like “Maui” and “wildfire.” Many of those spreading the conspiracies are subscribed to the Twitter Blue service, which ensures their posts are promoted more heavily in search results. And one of those presented another twist on the “our government is using direct energy weapons to kill their own people” conspiracy, by claiming that soft drink maker Mountain Dew was in on the conspiracy from the beginning. “The government has been lying,” one X user wrote. “The name of the weapon they used is a military plane and it’s called the D.E.W It’s no coincidence that mountain dew made a Maui Dew drink called burst, or should we say maui burst into flames? Think about it. People wake up.” https://crsreports.congress.gov/product/pdf/R/R45098 The United States is pursuing directed-energy weapon technologies involving devices for generating and controlling laser, particle, and microwave beams which may revolutionize military strategy, tactics, and doctrine. Laser-weapon technology is the best understood and most mature of the three types of directed-energy weapon technologies. The Department of Defense (DOD) has been developing technology to demonstrate the feasibility of high-energy, laser-weapon systems for various tactical and strategic missions. One widely discussed laser-weapon concept involves a constellation of laser-weapon platforms in space which has the potential to provide a credible air and ballistic missile defense system for the United States. Due to recent interest by Congress and DOD, GAO reviewed the existing Space-Based Laser (SBL) program and assessed program progress, potential, and current management structure.